diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/CHANGELOG.md index 7ed351bac..43f98ed8a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,22 +1,60 @@ +Release v1.4.17 +=== + +Service Model Updates +--- +* `service/acm`: Update service API, and documentation. + * This change allows users to import third-party SSL/TLS certificates into ACM. +* `service/elasticbeanstalk`: Update service API, documentation, and pagination. + * Elastic Beanstalk DescribeApplicationVersions API is being updated to support pagination. +* `service/gamelift`: Update service API, and documentation. + * New APIs to protect game developer resource (builds, alias, fleets, instances, game sessions and player sessions) against abuse. + +SDK Features +--- +* `service/s3`: Add support for accelerate with dualstack [#887](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/887) + +Release v1.4.16 +=== + +Service Model Updates +--- +* `service/ecr`: Update Amazon EC2 Container Registry service model + * DescribeImages is a new api used to expose image metadata which today includes image size and image creation timestamp. +* `service/elasticache`: Update Amazon ElastiCache service model + * Elasticache is launching a new major engine release of Redis, 3.2 (providing stability updates and new command sets over 2.8), as well as ElasticSupport for enabling Redis Cluster in 3.2, which provides support for multiple node groups to horizontally scale data, as well as superior engine failover capabilities + +SDK Bug Fixes +--- +* `aws/session`: Skip shared config on read errors [#883](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/883) +* `aws/signer/v4`: Add support for URL.EscapedPath to signer [#885](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/885) + +SDK Features +--- +* `private/model/api`: Add docs for errors to API operations [#881](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/881) +* `private/model/api`: Improve field and waiter doc strings [#879](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/879) +* `service/dynamodb/dynamodbattribute`: Allow multiple struct tag elements [#886](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/886) +* Add build tags to internal SDK tools [#880](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/880) + Release v1.4.15 === Service Model Updates --- -`service/cognitoidentityprovider`: Update Amazon Cognito Identity Provider service model -`service/devicefarm`: Update AWS Device Farm documentation -`service/opsworks`: Update AWS OpsWorks service model -`service/s3`: Update Amazon Simple Storage Service model -`service/waf`: Update AWS WAF service model +* `service/cognitoidentityprovider`: Update Amazon Cognito Identity Provider service model +* `service/devicefarm`: Update AWS Device Farm documentation +* `service/opsworks`: Update AWS OpsWorks service model +* `service/s3`: Update Amazon Simple Storage Service model +* `service/waf`: Update AWS WAF service model SDK Bug Fixes --- -`aws/request`: Fix HTTP Request Body race condition #874 +* `aws/request`: Fix HTTP Request Body race condition [#874](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/874) SDK Feature Updates --- -`aws/ec2metadata`: Add support for EC2 User Data #872 -`aws/signer/v4`: Remove logic determining if request needs to be resigned #876 +* `aws/ec2metadata`: Add support for EC2 User Data [#872](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/872) +* `aws/signer/v4`: Remove logic determining if request needs to be resigned [#876](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/issues/876) Release v1.4.14 (2016-09-29) === diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/Makefile index ae067d2e9..ab086cbb0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/Makefile +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/Makefile @@ -47,15 +47,15 @@ gen-endpoints: build: @echo "go build SDK and vendor packages" - @go build ${SDK_ONLY_PKGS} + @go build -tags example,codegen ${SDK_ONLY_PKGS} unit: get-deps-tests build verify @echo "go test SDK and vendor packages" - @go test -tags $(SDK_ONLY_PKGS) + @go test -tags example,codegen $(SDK_ONLY_PKGS) unit-with-race-cover: get-deps-tests build verify @echo "go test SDK and vendor packages" - @go test -tags -race -cpu=1,2,4 $(SDK_ONLY_PKGS) + @go test -tags example,codegen -race -cpu=1,2,4 $(SDK_ONLY_PKGS) integration: get-deps-tests integ-custom smoke-tests performance diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go index fca922584..34c2bab33 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go @@ -137,9 +137,6 @@ type Config struct { // accelerate enabled. If the bucket is not enabled for accelerate an error // will be returned. The bucket name must be DNS compatible to also work // with accelerate. - // - // Not compatible with UseDualStack requests will fail if both flags are - // specified. S3UseAccelerate *bool // Set this to `true` to disable the EC2Metadata client from overriding the diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go index 857311f64..6efc77bf0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ var ( // // Example of ChainProvider to be used with an EnvProvider and EC2RoleProvider. // In this example EnvProvider will first check if any credentials are available -// vai the environment variables. If there are none ChainProvider will check +// via the environment variables. If there are none ChainProvider will check // the next Provider in the list, EC2RoleProvider in this case. If EC2RoleProvider // does not return any credentials ChainProvider will return the error // ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go index 0147eedeb..b58076f5e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ package session import ( "fmt" - "os" + "io/ioutil" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" @@ -105,12 +105,13 @@ func loadSharedConfigIniFiles(filenames []string) ([]sharedConfigFile, error) { files := make([]sharedConfigFile, 0, len(filenames)) for _, filename := range filenames { - if _, err := os.Stat(filename); os.IsNotExist(err) { - // Trim files from the list that don't exist. + b, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename) + if err != nil { + // Skip files which can't be opened and read for whatever reason continue } - f, err := ini.Load(filename) + f, err := ini.Load(b) if err != nil { return nil, SharedConfigLoadError{Filename: filename} } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd082e9d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// +build go1.5 + +package v4 + +import ( + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +func getURIPath(u *url.URL) string { + var uri string + + if len(u.Opaque) > 0 { + uri = "/" + strings.Join(strings.Split(u.Opaque, "/")[3:], "/") + } else { + uri = u.EscapedPath() + } + + if len(uri) == 0 { + uri = "/" + } + + return uri +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path_1_4.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path_1_4.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..796604121 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path_1_4.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// +build !go1.5 + +package v4 + +import ( + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +func getURIPath(u *url.URL) string { + var uri string + + if len(u.Opaque) > 0 { + uri = "/" + strings.Join(strings.Split(u.Opaque, "/")[3:], "/") + } else { + uri = u.Path + } + + if len(uri) == 0 { + uri = "/" + } + + return uri +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go index eb79ded93..986530b40 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go @@ -2,6 +2,48 @@ // // Provides request signing for request that need to be signed with // AWS V4 Signatures. +// +// Standalone Signer +// +// Generally using the signer outside of the SDK should not require any additional +// logic when using Go v1.5 or higher. The signer does this by taking advantage +// of the URL.EscapedPath method. If your request URI requires additional escaping +// you many need to use the URL.Opaque to define what the raw URI should be sent +// to the service as. +// +// The signer will first check the URL.Opaque field, and use its value if set. +// The signer does require the URL.Opaque field to be set in the form of: +// +// "///" +// +// // e.g. +// "//example.com/some/path" +// +// The leading "//" and hostname are required or the URL.Opaque escaping will +// not work correctly. +// +// If URL.Opaque is not set the signer will fallback to the URL.EscapedPath() +// method and using the returned value. If you're using Go v1.4 you must set +// URL.Opaque if the URI path needs escaping. If URL.Opaque is not set with +// Go v1.5 the signer will fallback to URL.Path. +// +// AWS v4 signature validation requires that the canonical string's URI path +// element must be the URI escaped form of the HTTP request's path. +// http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html +// +// The Go HTTP client will perform escaping automatically on the request. Some +// of these escaping may cause signature validation errors because the HTTP +// request differs from the URI path or query that the signature was generated. +// https://golang.org/pkg/net/url/#URL.EscapedPath +// +// Because of this, it is recommended that when using the signer outside of the +// SDK that explicitly escaping the request prior to being signed is preferable, +// and will help prevent signature validation errors. This can be done by setting +// the URL.Opaque or URL.RawPath. The SDK will use URL.Opaque first and then +// call URL.EscapedPath() if Opaque is not set. +// +// Test `TestStandaloneSign` provides a complete example of using the signer +// outside of the SDK and pre-escaping the URI path. package v4 import ( @@ -120,6 +162,15 @@ type Signer struct { // request's query string. DisableHeaderHoisting bool + // Disables the automatic escaping of the URI path of the request for the + // siganture's canonical string's path. For services that do not need additional + // escaping then use this to disable the signer escaping the path. + // + // S3 is an example of a service that does not need additional escaping. + // + // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html + DisableURIPathEscaping bool + // currentTimeFn returns the time value which represents the current time. // This value should only be used for testing. If it is nil the default // time.Now will be used. @@ -151,6 +202,8 @@ type signingCtx struct { ExpireTime time.Duration SignedHeaderVals http.Header + DisableURIPathEscaping bool + credValues credentials.Value isPresign bool formattedTime string @@ -236,14 +289,15 @@ func (v4 Signer) signWithBody(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, regi } ctx := &signingCtx{ - Request: r, - Body: body, - Query: r.URL.Query(), - Time: signTime, - ExpireTime: exp, - isPresign: exp != 0, - ServiceName: service, - Region: region, + Request: r, + Body: body, + Query: r.URL.Query(), + Time: signTime, + ExpireTime: exp, + isPresign: exp != 0, + ServiceName: service, + Region: region, + DisableURIPathEscaping: v4.DisableURIPathEscaping, } if ctx.isRequestSigned() { @@ -354,6 +408,10 @@ func signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req *request.Request, curTimeFn func() time.Time v4.Logger = req.Config.Logger v4.DisableHeaderHoisting = req.NotHoist v4.currentTimeFn = curTimeFn + if name == "s3" { + // S3 service should not have any escaping applied + v4.DisableURIPathEscaping = true + } }) signingTime := req.Time @@ -510,17 +568,10 @@ func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalHeaders(r rule, header http.Header) { func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalString() { ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery = strings.Replace(ctx.Query.Encode(), "+", "%20", -1) - uri := ctx.Request.URL.Opaque - if uri != "" { - uri = "/" + strings.Join(strings.Split(uri, "/")[3:], "/") - } else { - uri = ctx.Request.URL.Path - } - if uri == "" { - uri = "/" - } - if ctx.ServiceName != "s3" { + uri := getURIPath(ctx.Request.URL) + + if !ctx.DisableURIPathEscaping { uri = rest.EscapePath(uri, false) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go index 472f38cd4..4434e0492 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.4.14" +const SDKVersion = "1.4.17" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/endpoints/endpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/endpoints/endpoints.go index b4ad7405c..19d97562f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/endpoints/endpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/endpoints/endpoints.go @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ // Package endpoints validates regional endpoints for services. package endpoints -//go:generate go run ../model/cli/gen-endpoints/main.go endpoints.json endpoints_map.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../model/cli/gen-endpoints/main.go endpoints.json endpoints_map.go //go:generate gofmt -s -w endpoints_map.go import ( diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/build.go index bb0dae97a..eedc5bd7d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/build.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/build.go @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ // Package ec2query provides serialization of AWS EC2 requests and responses. package ec2query -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/ec2.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/ec2.json build_test.go import ( "net/url" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/unmarshal.go index 631e63c0b..095e97ccf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/unmarshal.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query/unmarshal.go @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ package ec2query -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/ec2.json unmarshal_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/ec2.json unmarshal_test.go import ( "encoding/xml" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc/jsonrpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc/jsonrpc.go index d5490cd7f..56af4dc44 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc/jsonrpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc/jsonrpc.go @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // requests and responses. package jsonrpc -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/json.json build_test.go -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/json.json unmarshal_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/json.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/json.json unmarshal_test.go import ( "encoding/json" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go index c705481c3..18169f0f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ // Package query provides serialization of AWS query requests, and responses. package query -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/query.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/query.json build_test.go import ( "net/url" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go index a3ea40955..e0f4d5a54 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ package query -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/query.json unmarshal_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/query.json unmarshal_test.go import ( "encoding/xml" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson/restjson.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson/restjson.go index 9e98525bb..b1d5294ad 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson/restjson.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson/restjson.go @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // requests and responses. package restjson -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-json.json build_test.go -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-json.json unmarshal_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-json.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-json.json unmarshal_test.go import ( "encoding/json" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go index c74b97e17..7bdf4c853 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // requests and responses. package restxml -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-xml.json build_test.go -//go:generate go run ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-xml.json unmarshal_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-xml.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-xml.json unmarshal_test.go import ( "bytes" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway/api.go index fcd42b664..8b4858191 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opCreateApiKey = "CreateApiKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateApiKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -53,9 +55,38 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateApiKeyRequest(input *CreateApiKeyInput) (req *request return } +// CreateApiKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Create an ApiKey resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/create-api-key.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateApiKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateApiKey(input *CreateApiKeyInput) (*ApiKey, error) { req, out := c.CreateApiKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +100,8 @@ const opCreateAuthorizer = "CreateAuthorizer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,9 +136,35 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateAuthorizerRequest(input *CreateAuthorizerInput) (req return } +// CreateAuthorizer API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Adds a new Authorizer resource to an existing RestApi resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/create-authorizer.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateAuthorizer(input *CreateAuthorizerInput) (*Authorizer, error) { req, out := c.CreateAuthorizerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -119,6 +178,8 @@ const opCreateBasePathMapping = "CreateBasePathMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -153,7 +214,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateBasePathMappingRequest(input *CreateBasePathMappingIn return } +// CreateBasePathMapping API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a new BasePathMapping resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateBasePathMapping(input *CreateBasePathMappingInput) (*BasePathMapping, error) { req, out := c.CreateBasePathMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -167,6 +254,8 @@ const opCreateDeployment = "CreateDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -201,8 +290,40 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateDeploymentRequest(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (req return } +// CreateDeployment API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a Deployment resource, which makes a specified RestApi callable over // the internet. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateDeployment(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (*Deployment, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -216,6 +337,8 @@ const opCreateDomainName = "CreateDomainName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDomainName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -250,7 +373,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateDomainNameRequest(input *CreateDomainNameInput) (req return } +// CreateDomainName API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a new domain name. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateDomainName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateDomainName(input *CreateDomainNameInput) (*DomainName, error) { req, out := c.CreateDomainNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -264,6 +410,8 @@ const opCreateModel = "CreateModel" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateModel for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -298,7 +446,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateModelRequest(input *CreateModelInput) (req *request.R return } +// CreateModel API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Adds a new Model resource to an existing RestApi resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateModel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateModel(input *CreateModelInput) (*Model, error) { req, out := c.CreateModelRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -312,6 +489,8 @@ const opCreateResource = "CreateResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -346,7 +525,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateResourceRequest(input *CreateResourceInput) (req *req return } +// CreateResource API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a Resource resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateResource(input *CreateResourceInput) (*Resource, error) { req, out := c.CreateResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -360,6 +568,8 @@ const opCreateRestApi = "CreateRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -394,7 +604,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateRestApiRequest(input *CreateRestApiInput) (req *reque return } +// CreateRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a new RestApi resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateRestApi(input *CreateRestApiInput) (*RestApi, error) { req, out := c.CreateRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -408,6 +641,8 @@ const opCreateStage = "CreateStage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -442,8 +677,37 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateStageRequest(input *CreateStageInput) (req *request.R return } +// CreateStage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a new Stage resource that references a pre-existing Deployment for // the API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateStage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateStage(input *CreateStageInput) (*Stage, error) { req, out := c.CreateStageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -457,6 +721,8 @@ const opCreateUsagePlan = "CreateUsagePlan" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -491,8 +757,34 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateUsagePlanRequest(input *CreateUsagePlanInput) (req *r return } +// CreateUsagePlan API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a usage plan with the throttle and quota limits, as well as the associated // API stages, specified in the payload. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateUsagePlan(input *CreateUsagePlanInput) (*UsagePlan, error) { req, out := c.CreateUsagePlanRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -506,6 +798,8 @@ const opCreateUsagePlanKey = "CreateUsagePlanKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -540,7 +834,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) CreateUsagePlanKeyRequest(input *CreateUsagePlanKeyInput) ( return } +// CreateUsagePlanKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Creates a usage plan key for adding an existing API key to a usage plan. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation CreateUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) CreateUsagePlanKey(input *CreateUsagePlanKeyInput) (*UsagePlanKey, error) { req, out := c.CreateUsagePlanKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -554,6 +874,8 @@ const opDeleteApiKey = "DeleteApiKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteApiKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -590,7 +912,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteApiKeyRequest(input *DeleteApiKeyInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteApiKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes the ApiKey resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteApiKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteApiKey(input *DeleteApiKeyInput) (*DeleteApiKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteApiKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -604,6 +946,8 @@ const opDeleteAuthorizer = "DeleteAuthorizer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -640,9 +984,35 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteAuthorizerRequest(input *DeleteAuthorizerInput) (req return } +// DeleteAuthorizer API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes an existing Authorizer resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/delete-authorizer.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteAuthorizer(input *DeleteAuthorizerInput) (*DeleteAuthorizerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAuthorizerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -656,6 +1026,8 @@ const opDeleteBasePathMapping = "DeleteBasePathMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -692,7 +1064,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteBasePathMappingRequest(input *DeleteBasePathMappingIn return } +// DeleteBasePathMapping API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes the BasePathMapping resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteBasePathMapping(input *DeleteBasePathMappingInput) (*DeleteBasePathMappingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBasePathMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -706,6 +1098,8 @@ const opDeleteClientCertificate = "DeleteClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -742,7 +1136,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteClientCertifica return } +// DeleteClientCertificate API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes the ClientCertificate resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteClientCertificate(input *DeleteClientCertificateInput) (*DeleteClientCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -756,6 +1173,8 @@ const opDeleteDeployment = "DeleteDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -792,8 +1211,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteDeploymentRequest(input *DeleteDeploymentInput) (req return } +// DeleteDeployment API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a Deployment resource. Deleting a deployment will only succeed if // there are no Stage resources associated with it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteDeployment(input *DeleteDeploymentInput) (*DeleteDeploymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -807,6 +1249,8 @@ const opDeleteDomainName = "DeleteDomainName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDomainName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -843,7 +1287,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteDomainNameRequest(input *DeleteDomainNameInput) (req return } +// DeleteDomainName API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes the DomainName resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteDomainName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteDomainName(input *DeleteDomainNameInput) (*DeleteDomainNameOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDomainNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -857,6 +1321,8 @@ const opDeleteIntegration = "DeleteIntegration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteIntegration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -893,7 +1359,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteIntegrationRequest(input *DeleteIntegrationInput) (re return } +// DeleteIntegration API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a delete integration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteIntegration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteIntegration(input *DeleteIntegrationInput) (*DeleteIntegrationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteIntegrationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -907,6 +1396,8 @@ const opDeleteIntegrationResponse = "DeleteIntegrationResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -943,7 +1434,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteIntegrationResponseRequest(input *DeleteIntegrationRe return } +// DeleteIntegrationResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a delete integration response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteIntegrationResponse(input *DeleteIntegrationResponseInput) (*DeleteIntegrationResponseOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteIntegrationResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -957,6 +1474,8 @@ const opDeleteMethod = "DeleteMethod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMethod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -993,7 +1512,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteMethodRequest(input *DeleteMethodInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteMethod API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes an existing Method resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteMethod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteMethod(input *DeleteMethodInput) (*DeleteMethodOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMethodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1007,6 +1549,8 @@ const opDeleteMethodResponse = "DeleteMethodResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1043,7 +1587,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteMethodResponseRequest(input *DeleteMethodResponseInpu return } +// DeleteMethodResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes an existing MethodResponse resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteMethodResponse(input *DeleteMethodResponseInput) (*DeleteMethodResponseOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMethodResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1057,6 +1627,8 @@ const opDeleteModel = "DeleteModel" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteModel for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1093,7 +1665,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteModelRequest(input *DeleteModelInput) (req *request.R return } +// DeleteModel API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a model. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteModel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteModel(input *DeleteModelInput) (*DeleteModelOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteModelRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1107,6 +1705,8 @@ const opDeleteResource = "DeleteResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1143,7 +1743,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteResourceRequest(input *DeleteResourceInput) (req *req return } +// DeleteResource API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a Resource resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteResource(input *DeleteResourceInput) (*DeleteResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1157,6 +1783,8 @@ const opDeleteRestApi = "DeleteRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1193,7 +1821,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteRestApiRequest(input *DeleteRestApiInput) (req *reque return } +// DeleteRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes the specified API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteRestApi(input *DeleteRestApiInput) (*DeleteRestApiOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1207,6 +1858,8 @@ const opDeleteStage = "DeleteStage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteStage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1243,7 +1896,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteStageRequest(input *DeleteStageInput) (req *request.R return } +// DeleteStage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a Stage resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteStage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteStage(input *DeleteStageInput) (*DeleteStageOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteStageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1257,6 +1933,8 @@ const opDeleteUsagePlan = "DeleteUsagePlan" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1293,7 +1971,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteUsagePlanRequest(input *DeleteUsagePlanInput) (req *r return } +// DeleteUsagePlan API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a usage plan of a given plan Id. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteUsagePlan(input *DeleteUsagePlanInput) (*DeleteUsagePlanOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteUsagePlanRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1307,6 +2008,8 @@ const opDeleteUsagePlanKey = "DeleteUsagePlanKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1343,8 +2046,34 @@ func (c *APIGateway) DeleteUsagePlanKeyRequest(input *DeleteUsagePlanKeyInput) ( return } +// DeleteUsagePlanKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Deletes a usage plan key and remove the underlying API key from the associated // usage plan. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation DeleteUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) DeleteUsagePlanKey(input *DeleteUsagePlanKeyInput) (*DeleteUsagePlanKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteUsagePlanKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1358,6 +2087,8 @@ const opFlushStageAuthorizersCache = "FlushStageAuthorizersCache" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See FlushStageAuthorizersCache for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1394,7 +2125,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) FlushStageAuthorizersCacheRequest(input *FlushStageAuthoriz return } +// FlushStageAuthorizersCache API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Flushes all authorizer cache entries on a stage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation FlushStageAuthorizersCache for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) FlushStageAuthorizersCache(input *FlushStageAuthorizersCacheInput) (*FlushStageAuthorizersCacheOutput, error) { req, out := c.FlushStageAuthorizersCacheRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1408,6 +2162,8 @@ const opFlushStageCache = "FlushStageCache" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See FlushStageCache for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1444,7 +2200,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) FlushStageCacheRequest(input *FlushStageCacheInput) (req *r return } +// FlushStageCache API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Flushes a stage's cache. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation FlushStageCache for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) FlushStageCache(input *FlushStageCacheInput) (*FlushStageCacheOutput, error) { req, out := c.FlushStageCacheRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1458,6 +2237,8 @@ const opGenerateClientCertificate = "GenerateClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GenerateClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1492,7 +2273,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GenerateClientCertificateRequest(input *GenerateClientCerti return } +// GenerateClientCertificate API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Generates a ClientCertificate resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GenerateClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GenerateClientCertificate(input *GenerateClientCertificateInput) (*ClientCertificate, error) { req, out := c.GenerateClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1506,6 +2307,8 @@ const opGetAccount = "GetAccount" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAccount for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1540,7 +2343,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetAccountRequest(input *GetAccountInput) (req *request.Req return } +// GetAccount API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about the current Account resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetAccount for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetAccount(input *GetAccountInput) (*Account, error) { req, out := c.GetAccountRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1554,6 +2377,8 @@ const opGetApiKey = "GetApiKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetApiKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1588,7 +2413,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetApiKeyRequest(input *GetApiKeyInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetApiKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about the current ApiKey resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetApiKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetApiKey(input *GetApiKeyInput) (*ApiKey, error) { req, out := c.GetApiKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1602,6 +2447,8 @@ const opGetApiKeys = "GetApiKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetApiKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1642,7 +2489,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetApiKeysRequest(input *GetApiKeysInput) (req *request.Req return } +// GetApiKeys API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about the current ApiKeys resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetApiKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetApiKeys(input *GetApiKeysInput) (*GetApiKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetApiKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1681,6 +2548,8 @@ const opGetAuthorizer = "GetAuthorizer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1715,9 +2584,29 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetAuthorizerRequest(input *GetAuthorizerInput) (req *reque return } +// GetAuthorizer API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describe an existing Authorizer resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-authorizer.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetAuthorizer(input *GetAuthorizerInput) (*Authorizer, error) { req, out := c.GetAuthorizerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1731,6 +2620,8 @@ const opGetAuthorizers = "GetAuthorizers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAuthorizers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1765,9 +2656,32 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetAuthorizersRequest(input *GetAuthorizersInput) (req *req return } +// GetAuthorizers API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describe an existing Authorizers resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-authorizers.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetAuthorizers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetAuthorizers(input *GetAuthorizersInput) (*GetAuthorizersOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAuthorizersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1781,6 +2695,8 @@ const opGetBasePathMapping = "GetBasePathMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1815,7 +2731,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetBasePathMappingRequest(input *GetBasePathMappingInput) ( return } +// GetBasePathMapping API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describe a BasePathMapping resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetBasePathMapping(input *GetBasePathMappingInput) (*BasePathMapping, error) { req, out := c.GetBasePathMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1829,6 +2765,8 @@ const opGetBasePathMappings = "GetBasePathMappings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBasePathMappings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1869,7 +2807,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetBasePathMappingsRequest(input *GetBasePathMappingsInput) return } +// GetBasePathMappings API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a collection of BasePathMapping resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetBasePathMappings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetBasePathMappings(input *GetBasePathMappingsInput) (*GetBasePathMappingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBasePathMappingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1908,6 +2866,8 @@ const opGetClientCertificate = "GetClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1942,7 +2902,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetClientCertificateRequest(input *GetClientCertificateInpu return } +// GetClientCertificate API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about the current ClientCertificate resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetClientCertificate(input *GetClientCertificateInput) (*ClientCertificate, error) { req, out := c.GetClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1956,6 +2936,8 @@ const opGetClientCertificates = "GetClientCertificates" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetClientCertificates for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1996,7 +2978,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetClientCertificatesRequest(input *GetClientCertificatesIn return } +// GetClientCertificates API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets a collection of ClientCertificate resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetClientCertificates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetClientCertificates(input *GetClientCertificatesInput) (*GetClientCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetClientCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2035,6 +3037,8 @@ const opGetDeployment = "GetDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2069,7 +3073,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetDeploymentRequest(input *GetDeploymentInput) (req *reque return } +// GetDeployment API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about a Deployment resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetDeployment(input *GetDeploymentInput) (*Deployment, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2083,6 +3110,8 @@ const opGetDeployments = "GetDeployments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeployments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2123,7 +3152,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetDeploymentsRequest(input *GetDeploymentsInput) (req *req return } +// GetDeployments API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about a Deployments collection. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetDeployments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetDeployments(input *GetDeploymentsInput) (*GetDeploymentsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2162,6 +3214,8 @@ const opGetDomainName = "GetDomainName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDomainName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2196,8 +3250,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetDomainNameRequest(input *GetDomainNameInput) (req *reque return } +// GetDomainName API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a domain name that is contained in a simpler, more intuitive URL // that can be called. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetDomainName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetDomainName(input *GetDomainNameInput) (*DomainName, error) { req, out := c.GetDomainNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2211,6 +3288,8 @@ const opGetDomainNames = "GetDomainNames" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDomainNames for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2251,7 +3330,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetDomainNamesRequest(input *GetDomainNamesInput) (req *req return } +// GetDomainNames API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a collection of DomainName resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetDomainNames for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetDomainNames(input *GetDomainNamesInput) (*GetDomainNamesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDomainNamesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2290,6 +3389,8 @@ const opGetExport = "GetExport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetExport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2324,7 +3425,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetExportRequest(input *GetExportInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetExport API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Exports a deployed version of a RestApi in a specified format. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetExport for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetExport(input *GetExportInput) (*GetExportOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetExportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2338,6 +3462,8 @@ const opGetIntegration = "GetIntegration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIntegration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2372,7 +3498,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetIntegrationRequest(input *GetIntegrationInput) (req *req return } +// GetIntegration API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a get integration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetIntegration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetIntegration(input *GetIntegrationInput) (*Integration, error) { req, out := c.GetIntegrationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2386,6 +3532,8 @@ const opGetIntegrationResponse = "GetIntegrationResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2420,7 +3568,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetIntegrationResponseRequest(input *GetIntegrationResponse return } +// GetIntegrationResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a get integration response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetIntegrationResponse(input *GetIntegrationResponseInput) (*IntegrationResponse, error) { req, out := c.GetIntegrationResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2434,6 +3602,8 @@ const opGetMethod = "GetMethod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetMethod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2468,7 +3638,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetMethodRequest(input *GetMethodInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetMethod API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describe an existing Method resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetMethod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetMethod(input *GetMethodInput) (*Method, error) { req, out := c.GetMethodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2482,6 +3672,8 @@ const opGetMethodResponse = "GetMethodResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2516,7 +3708,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetMethodResponseRequest(input *GetMethodResponseInput) (re return } +// GetMethodResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describes a MethodResponse resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetMethodResponse(input *GetMethodResponseInput) (*MethodResponse, error) { req, out := c.GetMethodResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2530,6 +3742,8 @@ const opGetModel = "GetModel" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetModel for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2564,7 +3778,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetModelRequest(input *GetModelInput) (req *request.Request return } +// GetModel API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describes an existing model defined for a RestApi resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetModel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetModel(input *GetModelInput) (*Model, error) { req, out := c.GetModelRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2578,6 +3812,8 @@ const opGetModelTemplate = "GetModelTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetModelTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2612,8 +3848,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetModelTemplateRequest(input *GetModelTemplateInput) (req return } +// GetModelTemplate API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Generates a sample mapping template that can be used to transform a payload // into the structure of a model. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetModelTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetModelTemplate(input *GetModelTemplateInput) (*GetModelTemplateOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetModelTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2627,6 +3886,8 @@ const opGetModels = "GetModels" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetModels for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2667,7 +3928,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetModelsRequest(input *GetModelsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetModels API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Describes existing Models defined for a RestApi resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetModels for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetModels(input *GetModelsInput) (*GetModelsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetModelsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2706,6 +3990,8 @@ const opGetResource = "GetResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2740,7 +4026,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetResourceRequest(input *GetResourceInput) (req *request.R return } +// GetResource API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Lists information about a resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetResource(input *GetResourceInput) (*Resource, error) { req, out := c.GetResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2754,6 +4060,8 @@ const opGetResources = "GetResources" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetResources for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2794,7 +4102,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetResourcesRequest(input *GetResourcesInput) (req *request return } +// GetResources API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Lists information about a collection of Resource resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetResources for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetResources(input *GetResourcesInput) (*GetResourcesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetResourcesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2833,6 +4164,8 @@ const opGetRestApi = "GetRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2867,7 +4200,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetRestApiRequest(input *GetRestApiInput) (req *request.Req return } +// GetRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Lists the RestApi resource in the collection. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetRestApi(input *GetRestApiInput) (*RestApi, error) { req, out := c.GetRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2881,6 +4234,8 @@ const opGetRestApis = "GetRestApis" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRestApis for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2921,7 +4276,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetRestApisRequest(input *GetRestApisInput) (req *request.R return } +// GetRestApis API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Lists the RestApis resources for your collection. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetRestApis for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetRestApis(input *GetRestApisInput) (*GetRestApisOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRestApisRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2960,6 +4335,8 @@ const opGetSdk = "GetSdk" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSdk for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2994,7 +4371,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetSdkRequest(input *GetSdkInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// GetSdk API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Generates a client SDK for a RestApi and Stage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetSdk for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetSdk(input *GetSdkInput) (*GetSdkOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSdkRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3008,6 +4408,8 @@ const opGetStage = "GetStage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetStage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3042,7 +4444,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetStageRequest(input *GetStageInput) (req *request.Request return } +// GetStage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about a Stage resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetStage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetStage(input *GetStageInput) (*Stage, error) { req, out := c.GetStageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3056,6 +4478,8 @@ const opGetStages = "GetStages" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetStages for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3090,7 +4514,27 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetStagesRequest(input *GetStagesInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetStages API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets information about one or more Stage resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetStages for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetStages(input *GetStagesInput) (*GetStagesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetStagesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3104,6 +4548,8 @@ const opGetUsage = "GetUsage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUsage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3144,7 +4590,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetUsageRequest(input *GetUsageInput) (req *request.Request return } +// GetUsage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets the usage data of a usage plan in a specified time interval. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetUsage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetUsage(input *GetUsageInput) (*Usage, error) { req, out := c.GetUsageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3183,6 +4652,8 @@ const opGetUsagePlan = "GetUsagePlan" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3217,7 +4688,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlanRequest(input *GetUsagePlanInput) (req *request return } +// GetUsagePlan API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets a usage plan of a given plan identifier. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlan(input *GetUsagePlanInput) (*UsagePlan, error) { req, out := c.GetUsagePlanRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3231,6 +4725,8 @@ const opGetUsagePlanKey = "GetUsagePlanKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3265,7 +4761,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlanKeyRequest(input *GetUsagePlanKeyInput) (req *r return } +// GetUsagePlanKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets a usage plan key of a given key identifier. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetUsagePlanKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlanKey(input *GetUsagePlanKeyInput) (*UsagePlanKey, error) { req, out := c.GetUsagePlanKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3279,6 +4798,8 @@ const opGetUsagePlanKeys = "GetUsagePlanKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUsagePlanKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3319,8 +4840,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlanKeysRequest(input *GetUsagePlanKeysInput) (req return } +// GetUsagePlanKeys API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets all the usage plan keys representing the API keys added to a specified // usage plan. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetUsagePlanKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlanKeys(input *GetUsagePlanKeysInput) (*GetUsagePlanKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetUsagePlanKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3359,6 +4903,8 @@ const opGetUsagePlans = "GetUsagePlans" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUsagePlans for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3399,7 +4945,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlansRequest(input *GetUsagePlansInput) (req *reque return } +// GetUsagePlans API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Gets all the usage plans of the caller's account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation GetUsagePlans for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) GetUsagePlans(input *GetUsagePlansInput) (*GetUsagePlansOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetUsagePlansRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3438,6 +5007,8 @@ const opImportApiKeys = "ImportApiKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportApiKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3472,7 +5043,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) ImportApiKeysRequest(input *ImportApiKeysInput) (req *reque return } +// ImportApiKeys API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Import API keys from an external source, such as a CSV-formatted file. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation ImportApiKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) ImportApiKeys(input *ImportApiKeysInput) (*ImportApiKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportApiKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3486,6 +5086,8 @@ const opImportRestApi = "ImportRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3520,8 +5122,34 @@ func (c *APIGateway) ImportRestApiRequest(input *ImportRestApiInput) (req *reque return } +// ImportRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // A feature of the Amazon API Gateway control service for creating a new API // from an external API definition file. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation ImportRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) ImportRestApi(input *ImportRestApiInput) (*RestApi, error) { req, out := c.ImportRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3535,6 +5163,8 @@ const opPutIntegration = "PutIntegration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutIntegration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3569,7 +5199,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) PutIntegrationRequest(input *PutIntegrationInput) (req *req return } +// PutIntegration API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a put integration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation PutIntegration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) PutIntegration(input *PutIntegrationInput) (*Integration, error) { req, out := c.PutIntegrationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3583,6 +5239,8 @@ const opPutIntegrationResponse = "PutIntegrationResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3617,7 +5275,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) PutIntegrationResponseRequest(input *PutIntegrationResponse return } +// PutIntegrationResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents a put integration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation PutIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) PutIntegrationResponse(input *PutIntegrationResponseInput) (*IntegrationResponse, error) { req, out := c.PutIntegrationResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3631,6 +5318,8 @@ const opPutMethod = "PutMethod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutMethod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3665,7 +5354,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) PutMethodRequest(input *PutMethodInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// PutMethod API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Add a method to an existing Resource resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation PutMethod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) PutMethod(input *PutMethodInput) (*Method, error) { req, out := c.PutMethodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3679,6 +5397,8 @@ const opPutMethodResponse = "PutMethodResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3713,7 +5433,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) PutMethodResponseRequest(input *PutMethodResponseInput) (re return } +// PutMethodResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Adds a MethodResponse to an existing Method resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation PutMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) PutMethodResponse(input *PutMethodResponseInput) (*MethodResponse, error) { req, out := c.PutMethodResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3727,6 +5476,8 @@ const opPutRestApi = "PutRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3761,10 +5512,39 @@ func (c *APIGateway) PutRestApiRequest(input *PutRestApiInput) (req *request.Req return } +// PutRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // A feature of the Amazon API Gateway control service for updating an existing // API with an input of external API definitions. The update can take the form // of merging the supplied definition into the existing API or overwriting the // existing API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation PutRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) PutRestApi(input *PutRestApiInput) (*RestApi, error) { req, out := c.PutRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3778,6 +5558,8 @@ const opTestInvokeAuthorizer = "TestInvokeAuthorizer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestInvokeAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3812,10 +5594,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) TestInvokeAuthorizerRequest(input *TestInvokeAuthorizerInpu return } +// TestInvokeAuthorizer API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Simulate the execution of an Authorizer in your RestApi with headers, parameters, // and an incoming request body. // // Enable custom authorizers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/use-custom-authorizer.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation TestInvokeAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) TestInvokeAuthorizer(input *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) (*TestInvokeAuthorizerOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestInvokeAuthorizerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3829,6 +5634,8 @@ const opTestInvokeMethod = "TestInvokeMethod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestInvokeMethod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3863,8 +5670,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) TestInvokeMethodRequest(input *TestInvokeMethodInput) (req return } +// TestInvokeMethod API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Simulate the execution of a Method in your RestApi with headers, parameters, // and an incoming request body. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation TestInvokeMethod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) TestInvokeMethod(input *TestInvokeMethodInput) (*TestInvokeMethodOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestInvokeMethodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3878,6 +5708,8 @@ const opUpdateAccount = "UpdateAccount" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAccount for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3912,7 +5744,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateAccountRequest(input *UpdateAccountInput) (req *reque return } +// UpdateAccount API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about the current Account resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateAccount for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateAccount(input *UpdateAccountInput) (*Account, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAccountRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3926,6 +5781,8 @@ const opUpdateApiKey = "UpdateApiKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateApiKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3960,7 +5817,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateApiKeyRequest(input *UpdateApiKeyInput) (req *request return } +// UpdateApiKey API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about an ApiKey resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateApiKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateApiKey(input *UpdateApiKeyInput) (*ApiKey, error) { req, out := c.UpdateApiKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3974,6 +5857,8 @@ const opUpdateAuthorizer = "UpdateAuthorizer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4008,9 +5893,32 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateAuthorizerRequest(input *UpdateAuthorizerInput) (req return } +// UpdateAuthorizer API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Updates an existing Authorizer resource. // // AWS CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/update-authorizer.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateAuthorizer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateAuthorizer(input *UpdateAuthorizerInput) (*Authorizer, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAuthorizerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4024,6 +5932,8 @@ const opUpdateBasePathMapping = "UpdateBasePathMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4058,7 +5968,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateBasePathMappingRequest(input *UpdateBasePathMappingIn return } +// UpdateBasePathMapping API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about the BasePathMapping resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateBasePathMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateBasePathMapping(input *UpdateBasePathMappingInput) (*BasePathMapping, error) { req, out := c.UpdateBasePathMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4072,6 +6008,8 @@ const opUpdateClientCertificate = "UpdateClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4106,7 +6044,30 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateClientCertificateRequest(input *UpdateClientCertifica return } +// UpdateClientCertificate API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about an ClientCertificate resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateClientCertificate(input *UpdateClientCertificateInput) (*ClientCertificate, error) { req, out := c.UpdateClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4120,6 +6081,8 @@ const opUpdateDeployment = "UpdateDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4154,7 +6117,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateDeploymentRequest(input *UpdateDeploymentInput) (req return } +// UpdateDeployment API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about a Deployment resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateDeployment(input *UpdateDeploymentInput) (*Deployment, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4168,6 +6157,8 @@ const opUpdateDomainName = "UpdateDomainName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDomainName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4202,7 +6193,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateDomainNameRequest(input *UpdateDomainNameInput) (req return } +// UpdateDomainName API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about the DomainName resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateDomainName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateDomainName(input *UpdateDomainNameInput) (*DomainName, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDomainNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4216,6 +6233,8 @@ const opUpdateIntegration = "UpdateIntegration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateIntegration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4250,7 +6269,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateIntegrationRequest(input *UpdateIntegrationInput) (re return } +// UpdateIntegration API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents an update integration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateIntegration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateIntegration(input *UpdateIntegrationInput) (*Integration, error) { req, out := c.UpdateIntegrationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4264,6 +6309,8 @@ const opUpdateIntegrationResponse = "UpdateIntegrationResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4298,7 +6345,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateIntegrationResponseRequest(input *UpdateIntegrationRe return } +// UpdateIntegrationResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Represents an update integration response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateIntegrationResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateIntegrationResponse(input *UpdateIntegrationResponseInput) (*IntegrationResponse, error) { req, out := c.UpdateIntegrationResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4312,6 +6385,8 @@ const opUpdateMethod = "UpdateMethod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateMethod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4346,7 +6421,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateMethodRequest(input *UpdateMethodInput) (req *request return } +// UpdateMethod API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Updates an existing Method resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateMethod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateMethod(input *UpdateMethodInput) (*Method, error) { req, out := c.UpdateMethodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4360,6 +6461,8 @@ const opUpdateMethodResponse = "UpdateMethodResponse" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4394,7 +6497,36 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateMethodResponseRequest(input *UpdateMethodResponseInpu return } +// UpdateMethodResponse API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Updates an existing MethodResponse resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateMethodResponse for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * LimitExceededException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateMethodResponse(input *UpdateMethodResponseInput) (*MethodResponse, error) { req, out := c.UpdateMethodResponseRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4408,6 +6540,8 @@ const opUpdateModel = "UpdateModel" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateModel for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4442,7 +6576,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateModelRequest(input *UpdateModelInput) (req *request.R return } +// UpdateModel API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about a model. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateModel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateModel(input *UpdateModelInput) (*Model, error) { req, out := c.UpdateModelRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4456,6 +6616,8 @@ const opUpdateResource = "UpdateResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4490,7 +6652,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateResourceRequest(input *UpdateResourceInput) (req *req return } +// UpdateResource API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about a Resource resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateResource(input *UpdateResourceInput) (*Resource, error) { req, out := c.UpdateResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4504,6 +6692,8 @@ const opUpdateRestApi = "UpdateRestApi" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRestApi for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4538,7 +6728,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateRestApiRequest(input *UpdateRestApiInput) (req *reque return } +// UpdateRestApi API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about the specified API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateRestApi for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateRestApi(input *UpdateRestApiInput) (*RestApi, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRestApiRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4552,6 +6768,8 @@ const opUpdateStage = "UpdateStage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateStage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4586,7 +6804,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateStageRequest(input *UpdateStageInput) (req *request.R return } +// UpdateStage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Changes information about a Stage resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateStage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateStage(input *UpdateStageInput) (*Stage, error) { req, out := c.UpdateStageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4600,6 +6844,8 @@ const opUpdateUsage = "UpdateUsage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateUsage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4634,8 +6880,31 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateUsageRequest(input *UpdateUsageInput) (req *request.R return } +// UpdateUsage API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Grants a temporary extension to the reamining quota of a usage plan associated // with a specified API key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateUsage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateUsage(input *UpdateUsageInput) (*Usage, error) { req, out := c.UpdateUsageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4649,6 +6918,8 @@ const opUpdateUsagePlan = "UpdateUsagePlan" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4683,7 +6954,33 @@ func (c *APIGateway) UpdateUsagePlanRequest(input *UpdateUsagePlanInput) (req *r return } +// UpdateUsagePlan API operation for Amazon API Gateway. +// // Updates a usage plan of a given plan Id. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon API Gateway's +// API operation UpdateUsagePlan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnauthorizedException + +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * BadRequestException + +// +// * NotFoundException + +// +// * ConflictException + +// func (c *APIGateway) UpdateUsagePlan(input *UpdateUsagePlanInput) (*UsagePlan, error) { req, out := c.UpdateUsagePlanRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5003,21 +7300,29 @@ type CreateAuthorizerInput struct { AuthorizerUri *string `locationName:"authorizerUri" type:"string"` // [Required] The source of the identity in an incoming request. + // + // IdentitySource is a required field IdentitySource *string `locationName:"identitySource" type:"string" required:"true"` // A validation expression for the incoming identity. IdentityValidationExpression *string `locationName:"identityValidationExpression" type:"string"` // [Required] The name of the authorizer. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the Cognito Your User Pool authorizer's provider ARNs. ProviderARNs []*string `locationName:"providerARNs" type:"list"` // The RestApi identifier under which the Authorizer will be created. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // [Required] The type of the authorizer. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AuthorizerType"` } @@ -5064,9 +7369,13 @@ type CreateBasePathMappingInput struct { BasePath *string `locationName:"basePath" type:"string"` // The domain name of the BasePathMapping resource to create. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the API that you want to apply this mapping to. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `locationName:"restApiId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the API's stage that you want to use for this mapping. Leave @@ -5116,12 +7425,16 @@ type CreateDeploymentInput struct { Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The RestApi resource identifier for the Deployment resource to create. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The description of the Stage resource for the Deployment resource to create. StageDescription *string `locationName:"stageDescription" type:"string"` // The name of the Stage resource for the Deployment resource to create. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `locationName:"stageName" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map that defines the stage variables for the Stage resource that is associated @@ -5161,6 +7474,8 @@ type CreateDomainNameInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The body of the server certificate provided by your certificate authority. + // + // CertificateBody is a required field CertificateBody *string `locationName:"certificateBody" type:"string" required:"true"` // The intermediate certificates and optionally the root certificate, one after @@ -5169,15 +7484,23 @@ type CreateDomainNameInput struct { // the root certificate. Use the intermediate certificates that were provided // by your certificate authority. Do not include any intermediaries that are // not in the chain of trust path. + // + // CertificateChain is a required field CertificateChain *string `locationName:"certificateChain" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the certificate. + // + // CertificateName is a required field CertificateName *string `locationName:"certificateName" type:"string" required:"true"` // Your certificate's private key. + // + // CertificatePrivateKey is a required field CertificatePrivateKey *string `locationName:"certificatePrivateKey" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DomainName resource. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `locationName:"domainName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5221,15 +7544,21 @@ type CreateModelInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The content-type for the model. + // + // ContentType is a required field ContentType *string `locationName:"contentType" type:"string" required:"true"` // The description of the model. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the model. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier under which the Model will be created. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The schema for the model. For application/json models, this should be JSON-schema @@ -5271,12 +7600,18 @@ type CreateResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The parent resource's identifier. + // + // ParentId is a required field ParentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"parent_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The last path segment for this resource. + // + // PathPart is a required field PathPart *string `locationName:"pathPart" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the RestApi for the resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5320,6 +7655,8 @@ type CreateRestApiInput struct { Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the RestApi. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5357,15 +7694,21 @@ type CreateStageInput struct { CacheClusterSize *string `locationName:"cacheClusterSize" type:"string" enum:"CacheClusterSize"` // The identifier of the Deployment resource for the Stage resource. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The description of the Stage resource. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Stage resource to create. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the Stage resource. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `locationName:"stageName" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map that defines the stage variables for the new Stage resource. Variable @@ -5416,6 +7759,8 @@ type CreateUsagePlanInput struct { Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the usage plan. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The quota of the usage plan. @@ -5454,13 +7799,19 @@ type CreateUsagePlanKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of a UsagePlanKey resource for a plan customer. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `locationName:"keyId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of a UsagePlanKey resource for a plan customer. + // + // KeyType is a required field KeyType *string `locationName:"keyType" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Id of the UsagePlan resource representing the usage plan containing the // to-be-created UsagePlanKey resource representing a plan customer. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5498,6 +7849,8 @@ type DeleteApiKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ApiKey resource to be deleted. + // + // ApiKey is a required field ApiKey *string `location:"uri" locationName:"api_Key" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5543,9 +7896,13 @@ type DeleteAuthorizerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Authorizer resource. + // + // AuthorizerId is a required field AuthorizerId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizer_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Authorizer resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5594,9 +7951,13 @@ type DeleteBasePathMappingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base path name of the BasePathMapping resource to delete. + // + // BasePath is a required field BasePath *string `location:"uri" locationName:"base_path" type:"string" required:"true"` // The domain name of the BasePathMapping resource to delete. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5645,6 +8006,8 @@ type DeleteClientCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ClientCertificate resource to be deleted. + // + // ClientCertificateId is a required field ClientCertificateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"clientcertificate_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5690,9 +8053,13 @@ type DeleteDeploymentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Deployment resource to delete. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"deployment_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Deployment resource to delete. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5741,6 +8108,8 @@ type DeleteDomainNameInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DomainName resource to be deleted. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5786,12 +8155,18 @@ type DeleteIntegrationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a delete integration request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a delete integration request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a delete integration request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5843,15 +8218,23 @@ type DeleteIntegrationResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a delete integration response request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a delete integration response request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a delete integration response request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a delete integration response request's status code. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5906,12 +8289,18 @@ type DeleteMethodInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Resource identifier for the Method resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Method resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5963,15 +8352,23 @@ type DeleteMethodResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Resource identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status code identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6026,9 +8423,13 @@ type DeleteModelInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the model to delete. + // + // ModelName is a required field ModelName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"model_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi under which the model will be deleted. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6077,9 +8478,13 @@ type DeleteResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Resource resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Resource resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6128,6 +8533,8 @@ type DeleteRestApiInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the RestApi you want to delete. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6173,9 +8580,13 @@ type DeleteStageInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Stage resource to delete. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Stage resource to delete. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6224,6 +8635,8 @@ type DeleteUsagePlanInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Id of the to-be-deleted usage plan. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6256,10 +8669,14 @@ type DeleteUsagePlanKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Id of the UsagePlanKey resource to be deleted. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"keyId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Id of the UsagePlan resource representing the usage plan containing the // to-be-deleted UsagePlanKey resource representing a plan customer. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6391,9 +8808,13 @@ type FlushStageAuthorizersCacheInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The API identifier of the stage to flush. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the stage to flush. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6442,9 +8863,13 @@ type FlushStageCacheInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The API identifier of the stage to flush its cache. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the stage to flush its cache. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6527,6 +8952,8 @@ type GetApiKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ApiKey resource. + // + // ApiKey is a required field ApiKey *string `location:"uri" locationName:"api_Key" type:"string" required:"true"` // A boolean flag to specify whether (true) or not (false) the result contains @@ -6616,9 +9043,13 @@ type GetAuthorizerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Authorizer resource. + // + // AuthorizerId is a required field AuthorizerId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizer_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Authorizer resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6660,6 +9091,8 @@ type GetAuthorizersInput struct { Position *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"position" type:"string"` // The RestApi identifier for the Authorizers resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6716,9 +9149,13 @@ type GetBasePathMappingInput struct { // after the domain name. This value must be unique for all of the mappings // across a single API. Leave this blank if you do not want callers to specify // any base path name after the domain name. + // + // BasePath is a required field BasePath *string `location:"uri" locationName:"base_path" type:"string" required:"true"` // The domain name of the BasePathMapping resource to be described. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6753,6 +9190,8 @@ type GetBasePathMappingsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The domain name of a BasePathMapping resource. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of BasePathMapping resources in the collection to get @@ -6816,6 +9255,8 @@ type GetClientCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ClientCertificate resource to be described. + // + // ClientCertificateId is a required field ClientCertificateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"clientcertificate_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6894,10 +9335,14 @@ type GetDeploymentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Deployment resource to get information about. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"deployment_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Deployment resource to get // information about. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6941,6 +9386,8 @@ type GetDeploymentsInput struct { // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the collection of Deployment resources // to get information about. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7003,6 +9450,8 @@ type GetDomainNameInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DomainName resource. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7084,6 +9533,8 @@ type GetExportInput struct { Accepts *string `location:"header" locationName:"Accept" type:"string"` // The type of export. Currently only 'swagger' is supported. + // + // ExportType is a required field ExportType *string `location:"uri" locationName:"export_type" type:"string" required:"true"` // A key-value map of query string parameters that specify properties of the @@ -7096,9 +9547,13 @@ type GetExportInput struct { Parameters map[string]*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"parameters" type:"map"` // The identifier of the RestApi to be exported. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Stage that will be exported. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7161,12 +9616,18 @@ type GetIntegrationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a get integration request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a get integration request's resource identifier + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a get integration request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7204,15 +9665,23 @@ type GetIntegrationResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a get integration response request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a get integration response request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a get integration response request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a get integration response request's status code. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7253,12 +9722,18 @@ type GetMethodInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the method request's HTTP method type. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Resource identifier for the Method resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Method resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7296,15 +9771,23 @@ type GetMethodResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Resource identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status code for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7350,9 +9833,13 @@ type GetModelInput struct { Flatten *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"flatten" type:"boolean"` // The name of the model as an identifier. + // + // ModelName is a required field ModelName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"model_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier under which the Model exists. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7387,9 +9874,13 @@ type GetModelTemplateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the model for which to generate a template. + // + // ModelName is a required field ModelName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"model_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the RestApi under which the model exists. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7453,6 +9944,8 @@ type GetModelsInput struct { Position *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"position" type:"string"` // The RestApi identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7506,9 +9999,13 @@ type GetResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier for the Resource resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7551,6 +10048,8 @@ type GetResourcesInput struct { Position *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"position" type:"string"` // The RestApi identifier for the Resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7604,6 +10103,8 @@ type GetRestApiInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the RestApi resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7687,13 +10188,19 @@ type GetSdkInput struct { Parameters map[string]*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"parameters" type:"map"` // The identifier of the RestApi that the SDK will use. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The language for the generated SDK. Currently javascript, android, and objectivec // (for iOS) are supported. + // + // SdkType is a required field SdkType *string `location:"uri" locationName:"sdk_type" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Stage that the SDK will use. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7756,9 +10263,13 @@ type GetStageInput struct { // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Stage resource to get information // about. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Stage resource to get information about. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7796,6 +10307,8 @@ type GetStagesInput struct { DeploymentId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string"` // The stages' API identifiers. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7848,6 +10361,8 @@ type GetUsageInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ending date (e.g., 2016-12-31) of the usage data. + // + // EndDate is a required field EndDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"endDate" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Id of the API key associated with the resultant usage data. @@ -7860,9 +10375,13 @@ type GetUsageInput struct { Position *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"position" type:"string"` // The starting date (e.g., 2016-01-01) of the usage data. + // + // StartDate is a required field StartDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"startDate" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Id of the usage plan associated with the usage data. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7900,6 +10419,8 @@ type GetUsagePlanInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the UsagePlan resource to be retrieved. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7932,10 +10453,14 @@ type GetUsagePlanKeyInput struct { // The key Id of the to-be-retrieved UsagePlanKey resource representing a plan // customer. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"keyId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Id of the UsagePlan resource representing the usage plan containing the // to-be-retrieved UsagePlanKey resource representing a plan customer. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7983,6 +10508,8 @@ type GetUsagePlanKeysInput struct { // The Id of the UsagePlan resource representing the usage plan containing the // to-be-retrieved UsagePlanKey resource representing a plan customer. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8086,6 +10613,8 @@ type ImportApiKeysInput struct { // The payload of the POST request to import API keys. For the payload format, // see API Key File Format (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/apigateway/latest/developerguide/api-key-file-format.html). + // + // Body is a required field Body []byte `locationName:"body" type:"blob" required:"true"` // A query parameter to indicate whether to rollback ApiKey importation (true) @@ -8094,6 +10623,8 @@ type ImportApiKeysInput struct { // A query parameter to specify the input format to imported API keys. Currently, // only the csv format is supported. + // + // Format is a required field Format *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApiKeysFormat"` } @@ -8151,6 +10682,8 @@ type ImportRestApiInput struct { // The POST request body containing external API definitions. Currently, only // Swagger definition JSON files are supported. + // + // Body is a required field Body []byte `locationName:"body" type:"blob" required:"true"` // A query parameter to indicate whether to rollback the API creation (true) @@ -8774,6 +11307,8 @@ type PutIntegrationInput struct { Credentials *string `locationName:"credentials" type:"string"` // Specifies a put integration request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a put integration HTTP method. When the integration type is HTTP @@ -8812,12 +11347,18 @@ type PutIntegrationInput struct { RequestTemplates map[string]*string `locationName:"requestTemplates" type:"map"` // Specifies a put integration request's resource ID. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a put integration request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a put integration input's type. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IntegrationType"` // Specifies a put integration input's Uniform Resource Identifier (URI). When @@ -8864,9 +11405,13 @@ type PutIntegrationResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a put integration response request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a put integration response request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A key-value map specifying response parameters that are passed to the method @@ -8885,6 +11430,8 @@ type PutIntegrationResponseInput struct { ResponseTemplates map[string]*string `locationName:"responseTemplates" type:"map"` // Specifies a put integration response request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the selection pattern of a put integration response. @@ -8892,6 +11439,8 @@ type PutIntegrationResponseInput struct { // Specifies the status code that is used to map the integration response to // an existing MethodResponse. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8935,6 +11484,8 @@ type PutMethodInput struct { ApiKeyRequired *bool `locationName:"apiKeyRequired" type:"boolean"` // Specifies the type of authorization used for the method. + // + // AuthorizationType is a required field AuthorizationType *string `locationName:"authorizationType" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the identifier of an Authorizer to use on this Method, if the type @@ -8942,6 +11493,8 @@ type PutMethodInput struct { AuthorizerId *string `locationName:"authorizerId" type:"string"` // Specifies the method request's HTTP method type. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the Model resources used for the request's content type. Request @@ -8960,9 +11513,13 @@ type PutMethodInput struct { RequestParameters map[string]*bool `locationName:"requestParameters" type:"map"` // The Resource identifier for the new Method resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the new Method resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9003,9 +11560,13 @@ type PutMethodResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Resource identifier for the Method resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the Model resources used for the response's content type. Response @@ -9027,9 +11588,13 @@ type PutMethodResponseInput struct { ResponseParameters map[string]*bool `locationName:"responseParameters" type:"map"` // The RestApi identifier for the Method resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The method response's status code. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9072,6 +11637,8 @@ type PutRestApiInput struct { // The PUT request body containing external API definitions. Currently, only // Swagger definition JSON files are supported. + // + // Body is a required field Body []byte `locationName:"body" type:"blob" required:"true"` // A query parameter to indicate whether to rollback the API update (true) or @@ -9086,6 +11653,8 @@ type PutRestApiInput struct { Parameters map[string]*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"parameters" type:"map"` // The identifier of the RestApi to be updated. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9350,6 +11919,8 @@ type TestInvokeAuthorizerInput struct { AdditionalContext map[string]*string `locationName:"additionalContext" type:"map"` // Specifies a test invoke authorizer request's Authorizer ID. + // + // AuthorizerId is a required field AuthorizerId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizer_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // [Optional] The simulated request body of an incoming invocation request. @@ -9365,6 +11936,8 @@ type TestInvokeAuthorizerInput struct { PathWithQueryString *string `locationName:"pathWithQueryString" type:"string"` // Specifies a test invoke authorizer request's RestApi identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A key-value map of stage variables to simulate an invocation on a deployed @@ -9452,6 +12025,8 @@ type TestInvokeMethodInput struct { Headers map[string]*string `locationName:"headers" type:"map"` // Specifies a test invoke method request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // The URI path, including query string, of the simulated invocation request. @@ -9459,9 +12034,13 @@ type TestInvokeMethodInput struct { PathWithQueryString *string `locationName:"pathWithQueryString" type:"string"` // Specifies a test invoke method request's resource ID. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a test invoke method request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A key-value map of stage variables to simulate an invocation on a deployed @@ -9578,6 +12157,8 @@ type UpdateApiKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ApiKey resource to be updated. + // + // ApiKey is a required field ApiKey *string `location:"uri" locationName:"api_Key" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9613,6 +12194,8 @@ type UpdateAuthorizerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Authorizer resource. + // + // AuthorizerId is a required field AuthorizerId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizer_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9620,6 +12203,8 @@ type UpdateAuthorizerInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The RestApi identifier for the Authorizer resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9654,9 +12239,13 @@ type UpdateBasePathMappingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base path of the BasePathMapping resource to change. + // + // BasePath is a required field BasePath *string `location:"uri" locationName:"base_path" type:"string" required:"true"` // The domain name of the BasePathMapping resource to change. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9695,6 +12284,8 @@ type UpdateClientCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the ClientCertificate resource to be updated. + // + // ClientCertificateId is a required field ClientCertificateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"clientcertificate_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9731,6 +12322,8 @@ type UpdateDeploymentInput struct { // The replacement identifier for the Deployment resource to change information // about. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"deployment_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9739,6 +12332,8 @@ type UpdateDeploymentInput struct { // The replacement identifier of the RestApi resource for the Deployment resource // to change information about. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9773,6 +12368,8 @@ type UpdateDomainNameInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DomainName resource to be changed. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domain_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9808,6 +12405,8 @@ type UpdateIntegrationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Represents an update integration request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9815,9 +12414,13 @@ type UpdateIntegrationInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // Represents an update integration request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Represents an update integration request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9855,6 +12458,8 @@ type UpdateIntegrationResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies an update integration response request's HTTP method. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9862,12 +12467,18 @@ type UpdateIntegrationResponseInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // Specifies an update integration response request's resource identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies an update integration response request's API identifier. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies an update integration response request's status code. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9908,6 +12519,8 @@ type UpdateMethodInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9915,9 +12528,13 @@ type UpdateMethodInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The Resource identifier for the Method resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Method resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9955,6 +12572,8 @@ type UpdateMethodResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP verb of the Method resource. + // + // HttpMethod is a required field HttpMethod *string `location:"uri" locationName:"http_method" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -9962,12 +12581,18 @@ type UpdateMethodResponseInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The Resource identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status code for the MethodResponse resource. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `location:"uri" locationName:"status_code" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10008,6 +12633,8 @@ type UpdateModelInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the model to update. + // + // ModelName is a required field ModelName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"model_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -10015,6 +12642,8 @@ type UpdateModelInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The RestApi identifier under which the model exists. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10053,9 +12682,13 @@ type UpdateResourceInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The identifier of the Resource resource. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RestApi identifier for the Resource resource. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10094,6 +12727,8 @@ type UpdateRestApiInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The ID of the RestApi you want to update. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10130,9 +12765,13 @@ type UpdateStageInput struct { // The identifier of the RestApi resource for the Stage resource to change information // about. + // + // RestApiId is a required field RestApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restapi_id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Stage resource to change information about. + // + // StageName is a required field StageName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"stage_name" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10169,6 +12808,8 @@ type UpdateUsageInput struct { // The identifier of the API key associated with the usage plan in which a temporary // extension is granted to the remaining quota. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"keyId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of update operations to be applied to the specified resource and in @@ -10176,6 +12817,8 @@ type UpdateUsageInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The Id of the usage plan associated with the usage data. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10214,6 +12857,8 @@ type UpdateUsagePlanInput struct { PatchOperations []*PatchOperation `locationName:"patchOperations" type:"list"` // The Id of the to-be-updated usage plan. + // + // UsagePlanId is a required field UsagePlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"usageplanId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10349,49 +12994,61 @@ func (s UsagePlanKey) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ApiKeysFormat + // ApiKeysFormatCsv is a ApiKeysFormat enum value ApiKeysFormatCsv = "csv" ) // The authorizer type. the only current value is TOKEN. const ( - // @enum AuthorizerType + // AuthorizerTypeToken is a AuthorizerType enum value AuthorizerTypeToken = "TOKEN" - // @enum AuthorizerType + + // AuthorizerTypeCognitoUserPools is a AuthorizerType enum value AuthorizerTypeCognitoUserPools = "COGNITO_USER_POOLS" ) // Returns the size of the CacheCluster. const ( - // @enum CacheClusterSize + // CacheClusterSize05 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize05 = "0.5" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize16 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize16 = "1.6" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize61 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize61 = "6.1" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize135 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize135 = "13.5" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize284 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize284 = "28.4" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize582 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize582 = "58.2" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize118 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize118 = "118" - // @enum CacheClusterSize + + // CacheClusterSize237 is a CacheClusterSize enum value CacheClusterSize237 = "237" ) // Returns the status of the CacheCluster. const ( - // @enum CacheClusterStatus + // CacheClusterStatusCreateInProgress is a CacheClusterStatus enum value CacheClusterStatusCreateInProgress = "CREATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum CacheClusterStatus + + // CacheClusterStatusAvailable is a CacheClusterStatus enum value CacheClusterStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE" - // @enum CacheClusterStatus + + // CacheClusterStatusDeleteInProgress is a CacheClusterStatus enum value CacheClusterStatusDeleteInProgress = "DELETE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum CacheClusterStatus + + // CacheClusterStatusNotAvailable is a CacheClusterStatus enum value CacheClusterStatusNotAvailable = "NOT_AVAILABLE" - // @enum CacheClusterStatus + + // CacheClusterStatusFlushInProgress is a CacheClusterStatus enum value CacheClusterStatusFlushInProgress = "FLUSH_IN_PROGRESS" ) @@ -10400,54 +13057,68 @@ const ( // invoking the back end, HTTP_PROXY for integrating with the HTTP proxy integration, // or AWS_PROXY for integrating with the Lambda proxy integration type. const ( - // @enum IntegrationType + // IntegrationTypeHttp is a IntegrationType enum value IntegrationTypeHttp = "HTTP" - // @enum IntegrationType + + // IntegrationTypeAws is a IntegrationType enum value IntegrationTypeAws = "AWS" - // @enum IntegrationType + + // IntegrationTypeMock is a IntegrationType enum value IntegrationTypeMock = "MOCK" - // @enum IntegrationType + + // IntegrationTypeHttpProxy is a IntegrationType enum value IntegrationTypeHttpProxy = "HTTP_PROXY" - // @enum IntegrationType + + // IntegrationTypeAwsProxy is a IntegrationType enum value IntegrationTypeAwsProxy = "AWS_PROXY" ) const ( - // @enum Op + // OpAdd is a Op enum value OpAdd = "add" - // @enum Op + + // OpRemove is a Op enum value OpRemove = "remove" - // @enum Op + + // OpReplace is a Op enum value OpReplace = "replace" - // @enum Op + + // OpMove is a Op enum value OpMove = "move" - // @enum Op + + // OpCopy is a Op enum value OpCopy = "copy" - // @enum Op + + // OpTest is a Op enum value OpTest = "test" ) const ( - // @enum PutMode + // PutModeMerge is a PutMode enum value PutModeMerge = "merge" - // @enum PutMode + + // PutModeOverwrite is a PutMode enum value PutModeOverwrite = "overwrite" ) const ( - // @enum QuotaPeriodType + // QuotaPeriodTypeDay is a QuotaPeriodType enum value QuotaPeriodTypeDay = "DAY" - // @enum QuotaPeriodType + + // QuotaPeriodTypeWeek is a QuotaPeriodType enum value QuotaPeriodTypeWeek = "WEEK" - // @enum QuotaPeriodType + + // QuotaPeriodTypeMonth is a QuotaPeriodType enum value QuotaPeriodTypeMonth = "MONTH" ) const ( - // @enum UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy + // UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategyFailWith403 is a UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy enum value UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategyFailWith403 = "FAIL_WITH_403" - // @enum UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy + + // UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategySucceedWithResponseHeader is a UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy enum value UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategySucceedWithResponseHeader = "SUCCEED_WITH_RESPONSE_HEADER" - // @enum UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy + + // UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategySucceedWithoutResponseHeader is a UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategy enum value UnauthorizedCacheControlHeaderStrategySucceedWithoutResponseHeader = "SUCCEED_WITHOUT_RESPONSE_HEADER" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go index e606a1fd6..0bcf442a9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opDeleteScalingPolicy = "DeleteScalingPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DeleteScalingPolicyRequest(input *DeleteScaling return } +// DeleteScalingPolicy API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes an Application Auto Scaling scaling policy that was previously created. // If you are no longer using a scaling policy, you can delete it with this // operation. @@ -61,6 +65,34 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DeleteScalingPolicyRequest(input *DeleteScaling // has an associated action. // // To create a new scaling policy or update an existing one, see PutScalingPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * ObjectNotFoundException +// The specified object could not be found. For any Put or Register API operation, +// which depends on the existence of a scalable target, this exception is thrown +// if the scalable target with the specified service namespace, resource ID, +// and scalable dimension does not exist. For any Delete or Deregister API operation, +// this exception is thrown if the resource that is to be deleted or deregistered +// cannot be found. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DeleteScalingPolicy(input *DeleteScalingPolicyInput) (*DeleteScalingPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteScalingPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -74,6 +106,8 @@ const opDeregisterScalableTarget = "DeregisterScalableTarget" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterScalableTarget for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -108,12 +142,42 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DeregisterScalableTargetRequest(input *Deregist return } +// DeregisterScalableTarget API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Deregisters a scalable target that was previously registered. If you are // no longer using a scalable target, you can delete it with this operation. // When you deregister a scalable target, all of the scaling policies that are // associated with that scalable target are deleted. // // To create a new scalable target or update an existing one, see RegisterScalableTarget. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeregisterScalableTarget for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * ObjectNotFoundException +// The specified object could not be found. For any Put or Register API operation, +// which depends on the existence of a scalable target, this exception is thrown +// if the scalable target with the specified service namespace, resource ID, +// and scalable dimension does not exist. For any Delete or Deregister API operation, +// this exception is thrown if the resource that is to be deleted or deregistered +// cannot be found. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DeregisterScalableTarget(input *DeregisterScalableTargetInput) (*DeregisterScalableTargetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterScalableTargetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -127,6 +191,8 @@ const opDescribeScalableTargets = "DescribeScalableTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScalableTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -167,6 +233,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalableTargetsRequest(input *DescribeS return } +// DescribeScalableTargets API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Provides descriptive information for scalable targets with a specified service // namespace. // @@ -176,6 +244,29 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalableTargetsRequest(input *DescribeS // To create a new scalable target or update an existing one, see RegisterScalableTarget. // If you are no longer using a scalable target, you can deregister it with // DeregisterScalableTarget. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScalableTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token supplied was invalid. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalableTargets(input *DescribeScalableTargetsInput) (*DescribeScalableTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScalableTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -214,6 +305,8 @@ const opDescribeScalingActivities = "DescribeScalingActivities" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScalingActivities for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -254,6 +347,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingActivitiesRequest(input *Describ return } +// DescribeScalingActivities API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Provides descriptive information for scaling activities with a specified // service namespace for the previous six weeks. // @@ -264,6 +359,29 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingActivitiesRequest(input *Describ // with scaling policies. To view the existing scaling policies for a service // namespace, see DescribeScalingPolicies. To create a new scaling policy or // update an existing one, see PutScalingPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScalingActivities for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token supplied was invalid. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingActivities(input *DescribeScalingActivitiesInput) (*DescribeScalingActivitiesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScalingActivitiesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -302,6 +420,8 @@ const opDescribeScalingPolicies = "DescribeScalingPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScalingPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -342,6 +462,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeS return } +// DescribeScalingPolicies API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Provides descriptive information for scaling policies with a specified service // namespace. // @@ -350,6 +472,38 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeS // // To create a new scaling policy or update an existing one, see PutScalingPolicy. // If you are no longer using a scaling policy, you can delete it with DeleteScalingPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScalingPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * FailedResourceAccessException +// Failed access to resources caused an exception. This exception currently +// only applies to DescribeScalingPolicies. It is thrown when Application Auto +// Scaling is unable to retrieve the alarms associated with a scaling policy +// due to a client error, for example, if the role ARN specified for a scalable +// target does not have the proper permissions to call the CloudWatch DescribeAlarms +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAlarms.html) +// API operation on behalf of your account. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token supplied was invalid. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) DescribeScalingPolicies(input *DescribeScalingPoliciesInput) (*DescribeScalingPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScalingPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -388,6 +542,8 @@ const opPutScalingPolicy = "PutScalingPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -422,6 +578,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) PutScalingPolicyRequest(input *PutScalingPolicy return } +// PutScalingPolicy API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Creates or updates a policy for an existing Application Auto Scaling scalable // target. Each scalable target is identified by service namespace, a resource // ID, and a scalable dimension, and a scaling policy applies to a scalable @@ -435,6 +593,39 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) PutScalingPolicyRequest(input *PutScalingPolicy // You can view the existing scaling policies for a service namespace with // DescribeScalingPolicies. If you are no longer using a scaling policy, you // can delete it with DeleteScalingPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation PutScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Your account exceeded a limit. This exception is thrown when a per-account +// resource limit is exceeded. For more information, see Application Auto Scaling +// Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html#limits_as-app). +// +// * ObjectNotFoundException +// The specified object could not be found. For any Put or Register API operation, +// which depends on the existence of a scalable target, this exception is thrown +// if the scalable target with the specified service namespace, resource ID, +// and scalable dimension does not exist. For any Delete or Deregister API operation, +// this exception is thrown if the resource that is to be deleted or deregistered +// cannot be found. +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) PutScalingPolicy(input *PutScalingPolicyInput) (*PutScalingPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutScalingPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -448,6 +639,8 @@ const opRegisterScalableTarget = "RegisterScalableTarget" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterScalableTarget for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -482,6 +675,8 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) RegisterScalableTargetRequest(input *RegisterSc return } +// RegisterScalableTarget API operation for Application Auto Scaling. +// // Registers or updates a scalable target. A scalable target is a resource that // can be scaled out or in with Application Auto Scaling. After you have registered // a scalable target, you can use this operation to update the minimum and maximum @@ -492,6 +687,31 @@ func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) RegisterScalableTargetRequest(input *RegisterSc // view the existing scaling policies for a service namespace with DescribeScalableTargets. // If you are no longer using a scalable target, you can deregister it with // DeregisterScalableTarget. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Application Auto Scaling's +// API operation RegisterScalableTarget for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// An exception was thrown for a validation issue. Review the available parameters +// for the API request. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Your account exceeded a limit. This exception is thrown when a per-account +// resource limit is exceeded. For more information, see Application Auto Scaling +// Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html#limits_as-app). +// +// * ConcurrentUpdateException +// Concurrent updates caused an exception, for example, if you request an update +// to an Application Auto Scaling resource that already has a pending update. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// The service encountered an internal error. +// func (c *ApplicationAutoScaling) RegisterScalableTarget(input *RegisterScalableTargetInput) (*RegisterScalableTargetOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterScalableTargetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -503,9 +723,13 @@ type Alarm struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the alarm. + // + // AlarmARN is a required field AlarmARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the alarm. + // + // AlarmName is a required field AlarmName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -523,6 +747,8 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the scaling policy to delete. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The resource type and unique identifier string for the resource associated @@ -530,6 +756,8 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension associated with the scaling policy. The scalable dimension @@ -537,11 +765,15 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct { // as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon ECS service, // or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity of an Amazon // EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scaling policy is associated with. // For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -605,6 +837,8 @@ type DeregisterScalableTargetInput struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension associated with the scalable target. The scalable @@ -612,11 +846,15 @@ type DeregisterScalableTargetInput struct { // such as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon // ECS service, or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity // of an Amazon EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scalable target is associated // with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -704,6 +942,8 @@ type DescribeScalableTargetsInput struct { // The namespace for the AWS service that the scalable target is associated // with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -792,6 +1032,8 @@ type DescribeScalingActivitiesInput struct { // The namespace for the AWS service that the scaling activity is associated // with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -886,6 +1128,8 @@ type DescribeScalingPoliciesInput struct { // The AWS service namespace of the scalable target that the scaling policy // is associated with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -942,6 +1186,8 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the scaling policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy type. If you are creating a new policy, this parameter is required. @@ -953,6 +1199,8 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension of the scalable target that this scaling policy applies @@ -960,11 +1208,15 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { // and scaling property, such as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task // count of an Amazon ECS service, or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity // for the target capacity of an Amazon EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The AWS service namespace of the scalable target that this scaling policy // applies to. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` // The configuration for the step scaling policy. If you are creating a new @@ -1021,6 +1273,8 @@ type PutScalingPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resulting scaling policy. + // + // PolicyARN is a required field PolicyARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1052,6 +1306,8 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Application Auto Scaling to modify your @@ -1065,12 +1321,16 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct { // such as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon // ECS service, or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity // of an Amazon EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scalable target is associated // with. For Amazon ECS services, the namespace value is ecs. For more information, // see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -1128,14 +1388,20 @@ type ScalableTarget struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Unix timestamp for when the scalable target was created. + // + // CreationTime is a required field CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The maximum value for this scalable target to scale out to in response to // scaling activities. + // + // MaxCapacity is a required field MaxCapacity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The minimum value for this scalable target to scale in to in response to // scaling activities. + // + // MinCapacity is a required field MinCapacity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The resource type and unique identifier string for the resource associated @@ -1143,10 +1409,14 @@ type ScalableTarget struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Application Auto Scaling to modify your // scalable target on your behalf. + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension associated with the scalable target. The scalable @@ -1154,11 +1424,15 @@ type ScalableTarget struct { // such as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon // ECS service, or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity // of an Amazon EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scalable target is associated // with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` } @@ -1177,12 +1451,18 @@ type ScalingActivity struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique identifier string for the scaling activity. + // + // ActivityId is a required field ActivityId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A simple description of what caused the scaling activity to happen. + // + // Cause is a required field Cause *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A simple description of what action the scaling activity intends to accomplish. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The details about the scaling activity. @@ -1197,6 +1477,8 @@ type ScalingActivity struct { // service/default/sample-webapp. For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource // type is spot-fleet-request, and the identifier is the Spot fleet request // ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension associated with the scaling activity. The scalable @@ -1204,17 +1486,25 @@ type ScalingActivity struct { // such as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon // ECS service, or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity // of an Amazon EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scaling activity is associated // with. For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` // The Unix timestamp for when the scaling activity began. + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // Indicates the status of the scaling activity. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalingActivityStatusCode"` // A simple message about the current status of the scaling activity. @@ -1239,15 +1529,23 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct { Alarms []*Alarm `type:"list"` // The Unix timestamp for when the scaling policy was created. + // + // CreationTime is a required field CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scaling policy. + // + // PolicyARN is a required field PolicyARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the scaling policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scaling policy type. + // + // PolicyType is a required field PolicyType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PolicyType"` // The resource type and unique identifier string for the resource associated @@ -1255,6 +1553,8 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct { // and the identifier is the cluster name and service name; for example, service/default/sample-webapp. // For Amazon EC2 Spot fleet requests, the resource type is spot-fleet-request, // and the identifier is the Spot fleet request ID; for example, spot-fleet-request/sfr-73fbd2ce-aa30-494c-8788-1cee4EXAMPLE. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The scalable dimension associated with the scaling policy. The scalable dimension @@ -1262,11 +1562,15 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct { // as ecs:service:DesiredCount for the desired task count of an Amazon ECS service, // or ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity for the target capacity of an Amazon // EC2 Spot fleet request. + // + // ScalableDimension is a required field ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"` // The namespace for the AWS service that the scaling policy is associated with. // For more information, see AWS Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ServiceNamespace is a required field ServiceNamespace *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServiceNamespace"` // The configuration for the step scaling policy. @@ -1335,6 +1639,8 @@ type StepAdjustment struct { // The amount by which to scale, based on the specified adjustment type. A positive // value adds to the current scalable dimension while a negative number removes // from the current scalable dimension. + // + // ScalingAdjustment is a required field ScalingAdjustment *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1437,53 +1743,64 @@ func (s *StepScalingPolicyConfiguration) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum AdjustmentType + // AdjustmentTypeChangeInCapacity is a AdjustmentType enum value AdjustmentTypeChangeInCapacity = "ChangeInCapacity" - // @enum AdjustmentType + + // AdjustmentTypePercentChangeInCapacity is a AdjustmentType enum value AdjustmentTypePercentChangeInCapacity = "PercentChangeInCapacity" - // @enum AdjustmentType + + // AdjustmentTypeExactCapacity is a AdjustmentType enum value AdjustmentTypeExactCapacity = "ExactCapacity" ) const ( - // @enum MetricAggregationType + // MetricAggregationTypeAverage is a MetricAggregationType enum value MetricAggregationTypeAverage = "Average" - // @enum MetricAggregationType + + // MetricAggregationTypeMinimum is a MetricAggregationType enum value MetricAggregationTypeMinimum = "Minimum" - // @enum MetricAggregationType + + // MetricAggregationTypeMaximum is a MetricAggregationType enum value MetricAggregationTypeMaximum = "Maximum" ) const ( - // @enum PolicyType + // PolicyTypeStepScaling is a PolicyType enum value PolicyTypeStepScaling = "StepScaling" ) const ( - // @enum ScalableDimension + // ScalableDimensionEcsServiceDesiredCount is a ScalableDimension enum value ScalableDimensionEcsServiceDesiredCount = "ecs:service:DesiredCount" - // @enum ScalableDimension + + // ScalableDimensionEc2SpotFleetRequestTargetCapacity is a ScalableDimension enum value ScalableDimensionEc2SpotFleetRequestTargetCapacity = "ec2:spot-fleet-request:TargetCapacity" ) const ( - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + // ScalingActivityStatusCodePending is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodePending = "Pending" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeInProgress is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeSuccessful is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeSuccessful = "Successful" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeOverridden is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeOverridden = "Overridden" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeUnfulfilled is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeUnfulfilled = "Unfulfilled" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeFailed is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum ServiceNamespace + // ServiceNamespaceEcs is a ServiceNamespace enum value ServiceNamespaceEcs = "ecs" - // @enum ServiceNamespace + + // ServiceNamespaceEc2 is a ServiceNamespace enum value ServiceNamespaceEc2 = "ec2" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/api.go index 000db5be4..2f40e8506 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAttachInstances = "AttachInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,6 +58,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachInstancesRequest(input *AttachInstancesInput) (req * return } +// AttachInstances API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Attaches one or more EC2 instances to the specified Auto Scaling group. // // When you attach instances, Auto Scaling increases the desired capacity of @@ -71,6 +75,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachInstancesRequest(input *AttachInstancesInput) (req * // For more information, see Attach EC2 Instances to Your Auto Scaling Group // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/attach-instance-asg.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation AttachInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) AttachInstances(input *AttachInstancesInput) (*AttachInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -84,6 +101,8 @@ const opAttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups = "AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -118,6 +137,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input *AttachLoadBal return } +// AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Attaches one or more target groups to the specified Auto Scaling group. // // To describe the target groups for an Auto Scaling group, use DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups. @@ -126,6 +147,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input *AttachLoadBal // For more information, see Attach a Load Balancer to Your Auto Scaling Group // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/attach-load-balancer-asg.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups(input *AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput) (*AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -139,6 +173,8 @@ const opAttachLoadBalancers = "AttachLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -173,6 +209,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancersRequest(input *AttachLoadBalancersInput return } +// AttachLoadBalancers API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Attaches one or more Classic load balancers to the specified Auto Scaling // group. // @@ -184,6 +222,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancersRequest(input *AttachLoadBalancersInput // For more information, see Attach a Load Balancer to Your Auto Scaling Group // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/attach-load-balancer-asg.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation AttachLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) AttachLoadBalancers(input *AttachLoadBalancersInput) (*AttachLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -197,6 +248,8 @@ const opCompleteLifecycleAction = "CompleteLifecycleAction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CompleteLifecycleAction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -231,6 +284,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CompleteLifecycleActionRequest(input *CompleteLifecycleAct return } +// CompleteLifecycleAction API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Completes the lifecycle action for the specified token or instance with the // specified result. // @@ -256,6 +311,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CompleteLifecycleActionRequest(input *CompleteLifecycleAct // // For more information, see Auto Scaling Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation CompleteLifecycleAction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) CompleteLifecycleAction(input *CompleteLifecycleActionInput) (*CompleteLifecycleActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteLifecycleActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -269,6 +337,8 @@ const opCreateAutoScalingGroup = "CreateAutoScalingGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -305,6 +375,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *CreateAutoScalingGrou return } +// CreateAutoScalingGroup API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates an Auto Scaling group with the specified name and attributes. // // If you exceed your maximum limit of Auto Scaling groups, which by default @@ -313,6 +385,28 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *CreateAutoScalingGrou // // For more information, see Auto Scaling Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroup.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation CreateAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AlreadyExists +// You already have an Auto Scaling group or launch configuration with this +// name. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) CreateAutoScalingGroup(input *CreateAutoScalingGroupInput) (*CreateAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -326,6 +420,8 @@ const opCreateLaunchConfiguration = "CreateLaunchConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLaunchConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -362,6 +458,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateLaunchConfigurationRequest(input *CreateLaunchConfig return } +// CreateLaunchConfiguration API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates a launch configuration. // // If you exceed your maximum limit of launch configurations, which by default @@ -370,6 +468,28 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateLaunchConfigurationRequest(input *CreateLaunchConfig // // For more information, see Launch Configurations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/LaunchConfiguration.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation CreateLaunchConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AlreadyExists +// You already have an Auto Scaling group or launch configuration with this +// name. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) CreateLaunchConfiguration(input *CreateLaunchConfigurationInput) (*CreateLaunchConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLaunchConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -383,6 +503,8 @@ const opCreateOrUpdateTags = "CreateOrUpdateTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateOrUpdateTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -419,6 +541,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest(input *CreateOrUpdateTagsInput) return } +// CreateOrUpdateTags API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates or updates tags for the specified Auto Scaling group. // // When you specify a tag with a key that already exists, the operation overwrites @@ -426,6 +550,28 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest(input *CreateOrUpdateTagsInput) // // For more information, see Tagging Auto Scaling Groups and Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/ASTagging.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation CreateOrUpdateTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * AlreadyExists +// You already have an Auto Scaling group or launch configuration with this +// name. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) CreateOrUpdateTags(input *CreateOrUpdateTagsInput) (*CreateOrUpdateTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -439,6 +585,8 @@ const opDeleteAutoScalingGroup = "DeleteAutoScalingGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -475,6 +623,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *DeleteAutoScalingGrou return } +// DeleteAutoScalingGroup API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified Auto Scaling group. // // If the group has instances or scaling activities in progress, you must specify @@ -491,6 +641,26 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *DeleteAutoScalingGrou // To terminate all instances before deleting the Auto Scaling group, call // UpdateAutoScalingGroup and set the minimum size and desired capacity of the // Auto Scaling group to zero. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ScalingActivityInProgress +// The operation can't be performed because there are scaling activities in +// progress. +// +// * ResourceInUse +// The operation can't be performed because the resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteAutoScalingGroup(input *DeleteAutoScalingGroupInput) (*DeleteAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAutoScalingGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -504,6 +674,8 @@ const opDeleteLaunchConfiguration = "DeleteLaunchConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLaunchConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -540,11 +712,29 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteLaunchConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteLaunchConfig return } +// DeleteLaunchConfiguration API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified launch configuration. // // The launch configuration must not be attached to an Auto Scaling group. // When this call completes, the launch configuration is no longer available // for use. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteLaunchConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUse +// The operation can't be performed because the resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteLaunchConfiguration(input *DeleteLaunchConfigurationInput) (*DeleteLaunchConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLaunchConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -558,6 +748,8 @@ const opDeleteLifecycleHook = "DeleteLifecycleHook" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLifecycleHook for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -592,10 +784,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteLifecycleHookRequest(input *DeleteLifecycleHookInput return } +// DeleteLifecycleHook API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified lifecycle hook. // // If there are any outstanding lifecycle actions, they are completed first // (ABANDON for launching instances, CONTINUE for terminating instances). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteLifecycleHook for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteLifecycleHook(input *DeleteLifecycleHookInput) (*DeleteLifecycleHookOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLifecycleHookRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -609,6 +816,8 @@ const opDeleteNotificationConfiguration = "DeleteNotificationConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -645,7 +854,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteNotifi return } +// DeleteNotificationConfiguration API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified notification. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteNotificationConfiguration(input *DeleteNotificationConfigurationInput) (*DeleteNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -659,6 +883,8 @@ const opDeletePolicy = "DeletePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -695,10 +921,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// DeletePolicy API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified Auto Scaling policy. // // Deleting a policy deletes the underlying alarm action, but does not delete // the alarm, even if it no longer has an associated action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeletePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeletePolicy(input *DeletePolicyInput) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -712,6 +953,8 @@ const opDeleteScheduledAction = "DeleteScheduledAction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteScheduledAction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -748,7 +991,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteScheduledActionRequest(input *DeleteScheduledActionI return } +// DeleteScheduledAction API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified scheduled action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteScheduledAction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteScheduledAction(input *DeleteScheduledActionInput) (*DeleteScheduledActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteScheduledActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -762,6 +1020,8 @@ const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -798,7 +1058,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteTags API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Deletes the specified tags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -812,6 +1087,8 @@ const opDescribeAccountLimits = "DescribeAccountLimits" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -846,11 +1123,26 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input *DescribeAccountLimitsI return } +// DescribeAccountLimits API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the current Auto Scaling resource limits for your AWS account. // // For information about requesting an increase in these limits, see AWS Service // Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAccountLimits(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -864,6 +1156,8 @@ const opDescribeAdjustmentTypes = "DescribeAdjustmentTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAdjustmentTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -898,7 +1192,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAdjustmentTypesRequest(input *DescribeAdjustmentTy return } +// DescribeAdjustmentTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the policy adjustment types for use with PutScalingPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeAdjustmentTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAdjustmentTypes(input *DescribeAdjustmentTypesInput) (*DescribeAdjustmentTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAdjustmentTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -912,6 +1221,8 @@ const opDescribeAutoScalingGroups = "DescribeAutoScalingGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAutoScalingGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -952,7 +1263,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingGroupsRequest(input *DescribeAutoScalin return } +// DescribeAutoScalingGroups API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes one or more Auto Scaling groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeAutoScalingGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingGroups(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput) (*DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAutoScalingGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -991,6 +1320,8 @@ const opDescribeAutoScalingInstances = "DescribeAutoScalingInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAutoScalingInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1031,7 +1362,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingInstancesRequest(input *DescribeAutoSca return } +// DescribeAutoScalingInstances API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes one or more Auto Scaling instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeAutoScalingInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingInstances(input *DescribeAutoScalingInstancesInput) (*DescribeAutoScalingInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAutoScalingInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1070,6 +1419,8 @@ const opDescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes = "DescribeAutoScalingNotificationT // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1104,7 +1455,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypesRequest(input *Describ return } +// DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the notification types that are supported by Auto Scaling. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes(input *DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypesInput) (*DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1118,6 +1484,8 @@ const opDescribeLaunchConfigurations = "DescribeLaunchConfigurations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLaunchConfigurations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1158,7 +1526,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLaunchConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeLaunchC return } +// DescribeLaunchConfigurations API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes one or more launch configurations. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeLaunchConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLaunchConfigurations(input *DescribeLaunchConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeLaunchConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLaunchConfigurationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1197,6 +1583,8 @@ const opDescribeLifecycleHookTypes = "DescribeLifecycleHookTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLifecycleHookTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1231,7 +1619,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLifecycleHookTypesRequest(input *DescribeLifecycle return } +// DescribeLifecycleHookTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the available types of lifecycle hooks. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeLifecycleHookTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLifecycleHookTypes(input *DescribeLifecycleHookTypesInput) (*DescribeLifecycleHookTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLifecycleHookTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1245,6 +1648,8 @@ const opDescribeLifecycleHooks = "DescribeLifecycleHooks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLifecycleHooks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1279,7 +1684,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLifecycleHooksRequest(input *DescribeLifecycleHook return } +// DescribeLifecycleHooks API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the lifecycle hooks for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeLifecycleHooks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLifecycleHooks(input *DescribeLifecycleHooksInput) (*DescribeLifecycleHooksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLifecycleHooksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1293,6 +1713,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups = "DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1327,7 +1749,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeLoa return } +// DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the target groups for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups(input *DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1341,6 +1778,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1375,10 +1814,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancersI return } +// DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the load balancers for the specified Auto Scaling group. // // Note that this operation describes only Classic load balancers. If you have // Application load balancers, use DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups instead. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeLoadBalancers(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1392,6 +1846,8 @@ const opDescribeMetricCollectionTypes = "DescribeMetricCollectionTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMetricCollectionTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1426,10 +1882,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeMetricCollectionTypesRequest(input *DescribeMetric return } +// DescribeMetricCollectionTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the available CloudWatch metrics for Auto Scaling. // // Note that the GroupStandbyInstances metric is not returned by default. You // must explicitly request this metric when calling EnableMetricsCollection. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeMetricCollectionTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeMetricCollectionTypes(input *DescribeMetricCollectionTypesInput) (*DescribeMetricCollectionTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMetricCollectionTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1443,6 +1914,8 @@ const opDescribeNotificationConfigurations = "DescribeNotificationConfigurations // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeNotificationConfigurations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1483,8 +1956,26 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeNotificationConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeN return } +// DescribeNotificationConfigurations API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the notification actions associated with the specified Auto Scaling // group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeNotificationConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeNotificationConfigurations(input *DescribeNotificationConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeNotificationConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeNotificationConfigurationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1523,6 +2014,8 @@ const opDescribePolicies = "DescribePolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribePolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1563,7 +2056,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribePoliciesRequest(input *DescribePoliciesInput) (req return } +// DescribePolicies API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the policies for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribePolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribePolicies(input *DescribePoliciesInput) (*DescribePoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1602,6 +2113,8 @@ const opDescribeScalingActivities = "DescribeScalingActivities" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScalingActivities for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1642,7 +2155,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScalingActivitiesRequest(input *DescribeScalingAct return } +// DescribeScalingActivities API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes one or more scaling activities for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScalingActivities for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScalingActivities(input *DescribeScalingActivitiesInput) (*DescribeScalingActivitiesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScalingActivitiesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1681,6 +2212,8 @@ const opDescribeScalingProcessTypes = "DescribeScalingProcessTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScalingProcessTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1715,7 +2248,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScalingProcessTypesRequest(input *DescribeScalingP return } +// DescribeScalingProcessTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the scaling process types for use with ResumeProcesses and SuspendProcesses. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScalingProcessTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScalingProcessTypes(input *DescribeScalingProcessTypesInput) (*DescribeScalingProcessTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScalingProcessTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1729,6 +2277,8 @@ const opDescribeScheduledActions = "DescribeScheduledActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScheduledActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1769,8 +2319,26 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(input *DescribeScheduledAc return } +// DescribeScheduledActions API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the actions scheduled for your Auto Scaling group that haven't // run. To describe the actions that have already run, use DescribeScalingActivities. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeScheduledActions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeScheduledActions(input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1809,6 +2377,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1849,6 +2419,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the specified tags. // // You can use filters to limit the results. For example, you can query for @@ -1859,6 +2431,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *reques // You can also specify multiple filters. The result includes information for // a particular tag only if it matches all the filters. If there's no match, // no special message is returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1897,6 +2485,8 @@ const opDescribeTerminationPolicyTypes = "DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1931,7 +2521,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesRequest(input *DescribeTermi return } +// DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Describes the termination policies supported by Auto Scaling. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes(input *DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesInput) (*DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1945,6 +2550,8 @@ const opDetachInstances = "DetachInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1979,6 +2586,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DetachInstancesRequest(input *DetachInstancesInput) (req * return } +// DetachInstances API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Removes one or more instances from the specified Auto Scaling group. // // After the instances are detached, you can manage them independently from @@ -1995,6 +2604,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DetachInstancesRequest(input *DetachInstancesInput) (req * // For more information, see Detach EC2 Instances from Your Auto Scaling Group // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/detach-instance-asg.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DetachInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DetachInstances(input *DetachInstancesInput) (*DetachInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2008,6 +2630,8 @@ const opDetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups = "DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2042,7 +2666,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input *DetachLoadBal return } +// DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Detaches one or more target groups from the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups(input *DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput) (*DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2056,6 +2695,8 @@ const opDetachLoadBalancers = "DetachLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2090,6 +2731,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DetachLoadBalancersRequest(input *DetachLoadBalancersInput return } +// DetachLoadBalancers API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Detaches one or more Classic load balancers from the specified Auto Scaling // group. // @@ -2100,6 +2743,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DetachLoadBalancersRequest(input *DetachLoadBalancersInput // the instances in the group. When all instances are deregistered, then you // can no longer describe the load balancer using DescribeLoadBalancers. Note // that the instances remain running. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DetachLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DetachLoadBalancers(input *DetachLoadBalancersInput) (*DetachLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2113,6 +2769,8 @@ const opDisableMetricsCollection = "DisableMetricsCollection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableMetricsCollection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2149,7 +2807,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) DisableMetricsCollectionRequest(input *DisableMetricsColle return } +// DisableMetricsCollection API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Disables group metrics for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation DisableMetricsCollection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) DisableMetricsCollection(input *DisableMetricsCollectionInput) (*DisableMetricsCollectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableMetricsCollectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2163,6 +2836,8 @@ const opEnableMetricsCollection = "EnableMetricsCollection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableMetricsCollection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2199,9 +2874,24 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) EnableMetricsCollectionRequest(input *EnableMetricsCollect return } +// EnableMetricsCollection API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Enables group metrics for the specified Auto Scaling group. For more information, // see Monitoring Your Auto Scaling Groups and Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/userguide/as-instance-monitoring.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation EnableMetricsCollection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) EnableMetricsCollection(input *EnableMetricsCollectionInput) (*EnableMetricsCollectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableMetricsCollectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2215,6 +2905,8 @@ const opEnterStandby = "EnterStandby" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnterStandby for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2249,10 +2941,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) EnterStandbyRequest(input *EnterStandbyInput) (req *reques return } +// EnterStandby API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Moves the specified instances into Standby mode. // // For more information, see Auto Scaling Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation EnterStandby for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) EnterStandby(input *EnterStandbyInput) (*EnterStandbyOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnterStandbyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2266,6 +2973,8 @@ const opExecutePolicy = "ExecutePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ExecutePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2302,7 +3011,26 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) ExecutePolicyRequest(input *ExecutePolicyInput) (req *requ return } +// ExecutePolicy API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Executes the specified policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation ExecutePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ScalingActivityInProgress +// The operation can't be performed because there are scaling activities in +// progress. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) ExecutePolicy(input *ExecutePolicyInput) (*ExecutePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.ExecutePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2316,6 +3044,8 @@ const opExitStandby = "ExitStandby" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ExitStandby for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2350,10 +3080,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) ExitStandbyRequest(input *ExitStandbyInput) (req *request. return } +// ExitStandby API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Moves the specified instances out of Standby mode. // // For more information, see Auto Scaling Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation ExitStandby for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) ExitStandby(input *ExitStandbyInput) (*ExitStandbyOutput, error) { req, out := c.ExitStandbyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2367,6 +3112,8 @@ const opPutLifecycleHook = "PutLifecycleHook" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutLifecycleHook for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2401,6 +3148,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutLifecycleHookRequest(input *PutLifecycleHookInput) (req return } +// PutLifecycleHook API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates or updates a lifecycle hook for the specified Auto Scaling Group. // // A lifecycle hook tells Auto Scaling that you want to perform an action on @@ -2433,6 +3182,24 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutLifecycleHookRequest(input *PutLifecycleHookInput) (req // 50 per Auto Scaling group, the call fails. For information about updating // this limit, see AWS Service Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation PutLifecycleHook for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) PutLifecycleHook(input *PutLifecycleHookInput) (*PutLifecycleHookOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutLifecycleHookRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2446,6 +3213,8 @@ const opPutNotificationConfiguration = "PutNotificationConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2482,6 +3251,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutNotification return } +// PutNotificationConfiguration API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Configures an Auto Scaling group to send notifications when specified events // take place. Subscribers to the specified topic can have messages delivered // to an endpoint such as a web server or an email address. @@ -2491,6 +3262,24 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutNotification // For more information see Getting SNS Notifications When Your Auto Scaling // Group Scales (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/ASGettingNotifications.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation PutNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) PutNotificationConfiguration(input *PutNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2504,6 +3293,8 @@ const opPutScalingPolicy = "PutScalingPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2538,6 +3329,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutScalingPolicyRequest(input *PutScalingPolicyInput) (req return } +// PutScalingPolicy API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates or updates a policy for an Auto Scaling group. To update an existing // policy, use the existing policy name and set the parameters you want to change. // Any existing parameter not changed in an update to an existing policy is @@ -2547,6 +3340,24 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutScalingPolicyRequest(input *PutScalingPolicyInput) (req // 20 per region, the call fails. For information about updating this limit, // see AWS Service Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation PutScalingPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) PutScalingPolicy(input *PutScalingPolicyInput) (*PutScalingPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutScalingPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2560,6 +3371,8 @@ const opPutScheduledUpdateGroupAction = "PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2596,12 +3409,36 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionRequest(input *PutScheduledUp return } +// PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Creates or updates a scheduled scaling action for an Auto Scaling group. // When updating a scheduled scaling action, if you leave a parameter unspecified, // the corresponding value remains unchanged in the affected Auto Scaling group. // // For more information, see Scheduled Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/schedule_time.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AlreadyExists +// You already have an Auto Scaling group or launch configuration with this +// name. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction(input *PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput) (*PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2615,6 +3452,8 @@ const opRecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat = "RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2649,6 +3488,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatRequest(input *RecordLifecyc return } +// RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Records a heartbeat for the lifecycle action associated with the specified // token or instance. This extends the timeout by the length of time defined // using PutLifecycleHook. @@ -2674,6 +3515,19 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatRequest(input *RecordLifecyc // // For more information, see Auto Scaling Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat(input *RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatInput) (*RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatOutput, error) { req, out := c.RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2687,6 +3541,8 @@ const opResumeProcesses = "ResumeProcesses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResumeProcesses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2723,12 +3579,30 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) ResumeProcessesRequest(input *ScalingProcessQuery) (req *r return } +// ResumeProcesses API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Resumes the specified suspended Auto Scaling processes, or all suspended // process, for the specified Auto Scaling group. // // For more information, see Suspending and Resuming Auto Scaling Processes // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/US_SuspendResume.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation ResumeProcesses for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUse +// The operation can't be performed because the resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) ResumeProcesses(input *ScalingProcessQuery) (*ResumeProcessesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResumeProcessesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2742,6 +3616,8 @@ const opSetDesiredCapacity = "SetDesiredCapacity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetDesiredCapacity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2778,10 +3654,29 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) SetDesiredCapacityRequest(input *SetDesiredCapacityInput) return } +// SetDesiredCapacity API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Sets the size of the specified Auto Scaling group. // // For more information about desired capacity, see What Is Auto Scaling? (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/WhatIsAutoScaling.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation SetDesiredCapacity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ScalingActivityInProgress +// The operation can't be performed because there are scaling activities in +// progress. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) SetDesiredCapacity(input *SetDesiredCapacityInput) (*SetDesiredCapacityOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetDesiredCapacityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2795,6 +3690,8 @@ const opSetInstanceHealth = "SetInstanceHealth" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetInstanceHealth for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2831,10 +3728,25 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) SetInstanceHealthRequest(input *SetInstanceHealthInput) (r return } +// SetInstanceHealth API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Sets the health status of the specified instance. // // For more information, see Health Checks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/healthcheck.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation SetInstanceHealth for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) SetInstanceHealth(input *SetInstanceHealthInput) (*SetInstanceHealthOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetInstanceHealthRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2848,6 +3760,8 @@ const opSetInstanceProtection = "SetInstanceProtection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetInstanceProtection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2882,10 +3796,30 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) SetInstanceProtectionRequest(input *SetInstanceProtectionI return } +// SetInstanceProtection API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Updates the instance protection settings of the specified instances. // // For more information, see Instance Protection (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingBehavior.InstanceTermination.html#instance-protection) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation SetInstanceProtection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// You have already reached a limit for your Auto Scaling resources (for example, +// groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). For more information, +// see DescribeAccountLimits. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) SetInstanceProtection(input *SetInstanceProtectionInput) (*SetInstanceProtectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetInstanceProtectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2899,6 +3833,8 @@ const opSuspendProcesses = "SuspendProcesses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SuspendProcesses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2935,6 +3871,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) SuspendProcessesRequest(input *ScalingProcessQuery) (req * return } +// SuspendProcesses API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Suspends the specified Auto Scaling processes, or all processes, for the // specified Auto Scaling group. // @@ -2946,6 +3884,22 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) SuspendProcessesRequest(input *ScalingProcessQuery) (req * // For more information, see Suspending and Resuming Auto Scaling Processes // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/US_SuspendResume.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation SuspendProcesses for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUse +// The operation can't be performed because the resource is in use. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) SuspendProcesses(input *ScalingProcessQuery) (*SuspendProcessesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SuspendProcessesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2959,6 +3913,8 @@ const opTerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup = "TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGro // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2993,11 +3949,30 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *Terminat return } +// TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Terminates the specified instance and optionally adjusts the desired group // size. // // This call simply makes a termination request. The instance is not terminated // immediately. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ScalingActivityInProgress +// The operation can't be performed because there are scaling activities in +// progress. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup(input *TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupInput) (*TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3011,6 +3986,8 @@ const opUpdateAutoScalingGroup = "UpdateAutoScalingGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3047,6 +4024,8 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) UpdateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *UpdateAutoScalingGrou return } +// UpdateAutoScalingGroup API operation for Auto Scaling. +// // Updates the configuration for the specified Auto Scaling group. // // To update an Auto Scaling group with a launch configuration with InstanceMonitoring @@ -3071,6 +4050,23 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) UpdateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input *UpdateAutoScalingGrou // to the new value of MaxSize. // // All other optional parameters are left unchanged if not specified. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Auto Scaling's +// API operation UpdateAutoScalingGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ScalingActivityInProgress +// The operation can't be performed because there are scaling activities in +// progress. +// +// * ResourceContention +// You already have a pending update to an Auto Scaling resource (for example, +// a group, instance, or load balancer). +// func (c *AutoScaling) UpdateAutoScalingGroup(input *UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput) (*UpdateAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAutoScalingGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3084,12 +4080,18 @@ type Activity struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the activity. + // + // ActivityId is a required field ActivityId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The reason the activity began. + // + // Cause is a required field Cause *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly, more verbose description of the activity. @@ -3105,9 +4107,13 @@ type Activity struct { Progress *int64 `type:"integer"` // The start time of the activity. + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The current status of the activity. + // + // StatusCode is a required field StatusCode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalingActivityStatusCode"` // A friendly, more verbose description of the activity status. @@ -3172,6 +4178,8 @@ type AttachInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more instance IDs. @@ -3223,9 +4231,13 @@ type AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the target groups. + // + // TargetGroupARNs is a required field TargetGroupARNs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3277,9 +4289,13 @@ type AttachLoadBalancersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more load balancer names. + // + // LoadBalancerNames is a required field LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3332,6 +4348,8 @@ type BlockDeviceMapping struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The device name exposed to the EC2 instance (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh). + // + // DeviceName is a required field DeviceName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The information about the Amazon EBS volume. @@ -3387,6 +4405,8 @@ type CompleteLifecycleActionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group for the lifecycle hook. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. @@ -3394,6 +4414,8 @@ type CompleteLifecycleActionInput struct { // The action for the group to take. This parameter can be either CONTINUE or // ABANDON. + // + // LifecycleActionResult is a required field LifecycleActionResult *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A universally unique identifier (UUID) that identifies a specific lifecycle @@ -3402,6 +4424,8 @@ type CompleteLifecycleActionInput struct { LifecycleActionToken *string `min:"36" type:"string"` // The name of the lifecycle hook. + // + // LifecycleHookName is a required field LifecycleHookName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3467,6 +4491,8 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The name of the group. This name must be unique within the scope of your // AWS account. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more Availability Zones for the group. This parameter is optional @@ -3529,9 +4555,13 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list"` // The maximum size of the group. + // + // MaxSize is a required field MaxSize *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The minimum size of the group. + // + // MinSize is a required field MinSize *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination @@ -3737,6 +4767,8 @@ type CreateLaunchConfigurationInput struct { // The name of the launch configuration. This name must be unique within the // scope of your AWS account. + // + // LaunchConfigurationName is a required field LaunchConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The tenancy of the instance. An instance with a tenancy of dedicated runs @@ -3868,6 +4900,8 @@ type CreateOrUpdateTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // One or more tags. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3923,6 +4957,8 @@ type DeleteAutoScalingGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group to delete. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies that the group will be deleted along with all instances associated @@ -3976,6 +5012,8 @@ type DeleteLaunchConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the launch configuration. + // + // LaunchConfigurationName is a required field LaunchConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4024,9 +5062,13 @@ type DeleteLifecycleHookInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group for the lifecycle hook. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the lifecycle hook. + // + // LifecycleHookName is a required field LifecycleHookName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4082,10 +5124,14 @@ type DeleteNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service // (SNS) topic. + // + // TopicARN is a required field TopicARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4143,6 +5189,8 @@ type DeletePolicyInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4194,9 +5242,13 @@ type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the action to delete. + // + // ScheduledActionName is a required field ScheduledActionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4251,6 +5303,8 @@ type DeleteTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // One or more tags. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4407,6 +5461,8 @@ type DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The groups. + // + // AutoScalingGroups is a required field AutoScalingGroups []*Group `type:"list" required:"true"` // The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional @@ -4536,6 +5592,8 @@ type DescribeLaunchConfigurationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The launch configurations. + // + // LaunchConfigurations is a required field LaunchConfigurations []*LaunchConfiguration `type:"list" required:"true"` // The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional @@ -4590,6 +5648,8 @@ type DescribeLifecycleHooksInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The names of one or more lifecycle hooks. If you omit this parameter, all @@ -4646,6 +5706,8 @@ type DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of items to return with this call. @@ -4709,6 +5771,8 @@ type DescribeLoadBalancersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of items to return with this call. @@ -4836,6 +5900,8 @@ type DescribeNotificationConfigurationsOutput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The notification configurations. + // + // NotificationConfigurations is a required field NotificationConfigurations []*NotificationConfiguration `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4969,6 +6035,8 @@ type DescribeScalingActivitiesOutput struct { // The scaling activities. Activities are sorted by start time. Activities still // in progress are described first. + // + // Activities is a required field Activities []*Activity `type:"list" required:"true"` // The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional @@ -5180,6 +6248,8 @@ type DetachInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more instance IDs. @@ -5187,6 +6257,8 @@ type DetachInstancesInput struct { // If True, the Auto Scaling group decrements the desired capacity value by // the number of instances detached. + // + // ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity is a required field ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -5241,9 +6313,13 @@ type DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the target groups. + // + // TargetGroupARNs is a required field TargetGroupARNs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5295,9 +6371,13 @@ type DetachLoadBalancersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more load balancer names. + // + // LoadBalancerNames is a required field LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5350,6 +6430,8 @@ type DisableMetricsCollectionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more of the following metrics. If you omit this parameter, all metrics @@ -5494,10 +6576,14 @@ type EnableMetricsCollectionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or ARN of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The granularity to associate with the metrics to collect. The only valid // value is 1Minute. + // + // Granularity is a required field Granularity *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more of the following metrics. If you omit this parameter, all metrics @@ -5609,6 +6695,8 @@ type EnterStandbyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more instances to move into Standby mode. You must specify at least @@ -5619,6 +6707,8 @@ type EnterStandbyInput struct { // Auto Scaling group's desired capacity. If set, the desired capacity for the // Auto Scaling group decrements by the number of instances moved to Standby // mode. + // + // ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity is a required field ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -5706,6 +6796,8 @@ type ExecutePolicyInput struct { MetricValue *float64 `type:"double"` // The name or ARN of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5757,6 +6849,8 @@ type ExitStandbyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more instance IDs. You must specify at least one instance ID. @@ -5837,19 +6931,29 @@ type Group struct { AutoScalingGroupARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more Availability Zones for the group. + // + // AvailabilityZones is a required field AvailabilityZones []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The date and time the group was created. + // + // CreatedTime is a required field CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes before // another scaling activity can start. + // + // DefaultCooldown is a required field DefaultCooldown *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The desired size of the group. + // + // DesiredCapacity is a required field DesiredCapacity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The metrics enabled for the group. @@ -5860,6 +6964,8 @@ type Group struct { HealthCheckGracePeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` // The service to use for the health checks. The valid values are EC2 and ELB. + // + // HealthCheckType is a required field HealthCheckType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 instances associated with the group. @@ -5872,9 +6978,13 @@ type Group struct { LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list"` // The maximum size of the group. + // + // MaxSize is a required field MaxSize *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The minimum size of the group. + // + // MinSize is a required field MinSize *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination @@ -5923,25 +7033,37 @@ type Instance struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zone in which the instance is running. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The last reported health status of the instance. "Healthy" means that the // instance is healthy and should remain in service. "Unhealthy" means that // the instance is unhealthy and Auto Scaling should terminate and replace it. + // + // HealthStatus is a required field HealthStatus *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The launch configuration associated with the instance. + // + // LaunchConfigurationName is a required field LaunchConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A description of the current lifecycle state. Note that the Quarantined state // is not used. + // + // LifecycleState is a required field LifecycleState *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LifecycleState"` // Indicates whether the instance is protected from termination by Auto Scaling // when scaling in. + // + // ProtectedFromScaleIn is a required field ProtectedFromScaleIn *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -5960,29 +7082,43 @@ type InstanceDetails struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group associated with the instance. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Availability Zone for the instance. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The last reported health status of this instance. "Healthy" means that the // instance is healthy and should remain in service. "Unhealthy" means that // the instance is unhealthy and Auto Scaling should terminate and replace it. + // + // HealthStatus is a required field HealthStatus *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The launch configuration associated with the instance. + // + // LaunchConfigurationName is a required field LaunchConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The lifecycle state for the instance. For more information, see Auto Scaling // Lifecycle (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // LifecycleState is a required field LifecycleState *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether the instance is protected from termination by Auto Scaling // when scaling in. + // + // ProtectedFromScaleIn is a required field ProtectedFromScaleIn *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -6037,6 +7173,8 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { ClassicLinkVPCSecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"` // The creation date and time for the launch configuration. + // + // CreatedTime is a required field CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // Controls whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O (true) or not (false). @@ -6047,6 +7185,8 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { IamInstanceProfile *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Controls whether instances in this group are launched with detailed (true) @@ -6054,6 +7194,8 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { InstanceMonitoring *InstanceMonitoring `type:"structure"` // The instance type for the instances. + // + // InstanceType is a required field InstanceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the kernel associated with the AMI. @@ -6066,6 +7208,8 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { LaunchConfigurationARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the launch configuration. + // + // LaunchConfigurationName is a required field LaunchConfigurationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The tenancy of the instance, either default or dedicated. An instance with @@ -6370,6 +7514,8 @@ type ProcessType struct { // ReplaceUnhealthy // // ScheduledActions + // + // ProcessName is a required field ProcessName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6389,6 +7535,8 @@ type PutLifecycleHookInput struct { // The name of the Auto Scaling group to which you want to assign the lifecycle // hook. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Defines the action the Auto Scaling group should take when the lifecycle @@ -6403,6 +7551,8 @@ type PutLifecycleHookInput struct { HeartbeatTimeout *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the lifecycle hook. + // + // LifecycleHookName is a required field LifecycleHookName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The instance state to which you want to attach the lifecycle hook. For a @@ -6512,14 +7662,20 @@ type PutNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of event that will cause the notification to be sent. For details // about notification types supported by Auto Scaling, see DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes. + // + // NotificationTypes is a required field NotificationTypes []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service // (SNS) topic. + // + // TopicARN is a required field TopicARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6581,9 +7737,13 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { // // For more information, see Dynamic Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AutoScaling/latest/DeveloperGuide/as-scale-based-on-demand.html) // in the Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // AdjustmentType is a required field AdjustmentType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name or ARN of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The amount of time, in seconds, after a scaling activity completes and before @@ -6620,6 +7780,8 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { MinAdjustmentStep *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The name of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy type. Valid values are SimpleScaling and StepScaling. If the policy @@ -6719,6 +7881,8 @@ type PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of EC2 instances that should be running in the group. @@ -6742,6 +7906,8 @@ type PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput struct { Recurrence *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of this scaling action. + // + // ScheduledActionName is a required field ScheduledActionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The time for this action to start, in "YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ" format in UTC/GMT @@ -6812,6 +7978,8 @@ type RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group for the hook. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. @@ -6823,6 +7991,8 @@ type RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatInput struct { LifecycleActionToken *string `min:"36" type:"string"` // The name of the lifecycle hook. + // + // LifecycleHookName is a required field LifecycleHookName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6962,6 +8132,8 @@ type ScalingProcessQuery struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more of the following processes. If you omit this parameter, all processes @@ -7066,9 +8238,13 @@ type SetDesiredCapacityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of EC2 instances that should be running in the Auto Scaling group. + // + // DesiredCapacity is a required field DesiredCapacity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // By default, SetDesiredCapacity overrides any cooldown period associated with @@ -7128,9 +8304,13 @@ type SetInstanceHealthInput struct { // The health status of the instance. Set to Healthy if you want the instance // to remain in service. Set to Unhealthy if you want the instance to be out // of service. Auto Scaling will terminate and replace the unhealthy instance. + // + // HealthStatus is a required field HealthStatus *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If the Auto Scaling group of the specified instance has a HealthCheckGracePeriod @@ -7194,13 +8374,19 @@ type SetInstanceProtectionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // Indicates whether the instance is protected from termination by Auto Scaling // when scaling in. + // + // ProtectedFromScaleIn is a required field ProtectedFromScaleIn *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -7302,6 +8488,8 @@ type StepAdjustment struct { // The amount by which to scale, based on the specified adjustment type. A positive // value adds to the current capacity while a negative number removes from the // current capacity. + // + // ScalingAdjustment is a required field ScalingAdjustment *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -7369,6 +8557,8 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The tag key. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Determines whether the tag is added to new instances as they are launched @@ -7447,10 +8637,14 @@ type TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If true, terminating the instance also decrements the size of the Auto Scaling // group. + // + // ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity is a required field ShouldDecrementDesiredCapacity *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -7506,6 +8700,8 @@ type UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // AutoScalingGroupName is a required field AutoScalingGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more Availability Zones for the group. @@ -7628,57 +8824,80 @@ func (s UpdateAutoScalingGroupOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum LifecycleState + // LifecycleStatePending is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStatePending = "Pending" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStatePendingWait is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStatePendingWait = "Pending:Wait" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStatePendingProceed is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStatePendingProceed = "Pending:Proceed" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateQuarantined is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateQuarantined = "Quarantined" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateInService is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateInService = "InService" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateTerminating is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateTerminating = "Terminating" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateTerminatingWait is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateTerminatingWait = "Terminating:Wait" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateTerminatingProceed is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateTerminatingProceed = "Terminating:Proceed" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateTerminated is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateTerminated = "Terminated" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateDetaching is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateDetaching = "Detaching" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateDetached is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateDetached = "Detached" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateEnteringStandby is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateEnteringStandby = "EnteringStandby" - // @enum LifecycleState + + // LifecycleStateStandby is a LifecycleState enum value LifecycleStateStandby = "Standby" ) const ( - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + // ScalingActivityStatusCodePendingSpotBidPlacement is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodePendingSpotBidPlacement = "PendingSpotBidPlacement" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForSpotInstanceRequestId is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForSpotInstanceRequestId = "WaitingForSpotInstanceRequestId" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForSpotInstanceId is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForSpotInstanceId = "WaitingForSpotInstanceId" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForInstanceId is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForInstanceId = "WaitingForInstanceId" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodePreInService is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodePreInService = "PreInService" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeInProgress is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForElbconnectionDraining is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForElbconnectionDraining = "WaitingForELBConnectionDraining" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeMidLifecycleAction is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeMidLifecycleAction = "MidLifecycleAction" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForInstanceWarmup is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeWaitingForInstanceWarmup = "WaitingForInstanceWarmup" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeSuccessful is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeSuccessful = "Successful" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeFailed is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeFailed = "Failed" - // @enum ScalingActivityStatusCode + + // ScalingActivityStatusCodeCancelled is a ScalingActivityStatusCode enum value ScalingActivityStatusCodeCancelled = "Cancelled" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/waiters.go index 42595d217..15a9fd86e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilGroupExists uses the Auto Scaling API operation +// DescribeAutoScalingGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *AutoScaling) WaitUntilGroupExists(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeAutoScalingGroups", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) WaitUntilGroupExists(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilGroupInService uses the Auto Scaling API operation +// DescribeAutoScalingGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *AutoScaling) WaitUntilGroupInService(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeAutoScalingGroups", @@ -64,6 +72,10 @@ func (c *AutoScaling) WaitUntilGroupInService(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsIn return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilGroupNotExists uses the Auto Scaling API operation +// DescribeAutoScalingGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *AutoScaling) WaitUntilGroupNotExists(input *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeAutoScalingGroups", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/api.go index c319eaf56..711d6d62f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opCancelUpdateStack = "CancelUpdateStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelUpdateStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,10 +57,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) CancelUpdateStackRequest(input *CancelUpdateStackInput) return } +// CancelUpdateStack API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Cancels an update on the specified stack. If the call completes successfully, // the stack rolls back the update and reverts to the previous stack configuration. // // You can cancel only stacks that are in the UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS state. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation CancelUpdateStack for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) CancelUpdateStack(input *CancelUpdateStackInput) (*CancelUpdateStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelUpdateStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -72,6 +83,8 @@ const opContinueUpdateRollback = "ContinueUpdateRollback" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ContinueUpdateRollback for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -106,6 +119,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ContinueUpdateRollbackRequest(input *ContinueUpdateRoll return } +// ContinueUpdateRollback API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // For a specified stack that is in the UPDATE_ROLLBACK_FAILED state, continues // rolling it back to the UPDATE_ROLLBACK_COMPLETE state. Depending on the cause // of the failure, you can manually fix the error (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/troubleshooting.html#troubleshooting-errors-update-rollback-failed) @@ -119,6 +134,13 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ContinueUpdateRollbackRequest(input *ContinueUpdateRoll // was deleted outside of AWS CloudFormation. Because AWS CloudFormation doesn't // know the database was deleted, it assumes that the database instance still // exists and attempts to roll back to it, causing the update rollback to fail. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ContinueUpdateRollback for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) ContinueUpdateRollback(input *ContinueUpdateRollbackInput) (*ContinueUpdateRollbackOutput, error) { req, out := c.ContinueUpdateRollbackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -132,6 +154,8 @@ const opCreateChangeSet = "CreateChangeSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateChangeSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -166,6 +190,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) CreateChangeSetRequest(input *CreateChangeSetInput) (re return } +// CreateChangeSet API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Creates a list of changes for a stack. AWS CloudFormation generates the change // set by comparing the stack's information with the information that you submit. // A change set can help you understand which resources AWS CloudFormation will @@ -180,6 +206,25 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) CreateChangeSetRequest(input *CreateChangeSetInput) (re // After the call successfully completes, AWS CloudFormation starts creating // the change set. To check the status of the change set, use the DescribeChangeSet // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation CreateChangeSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AlreadyExistsException +// Resource with the name requested already exists. +// +// * InsufficientCapabilitiesException +// The template contains resources with capabilities that were not specified +// in the Capabilities parameter. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Quota for the resource has already been reached. +// func (c *CloudFormation) CreateChangeSet(input *CreateChangeSetInput) (*CreateChangeSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateChangeSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -193,6 +238,8 @@ const opCreateStack = "CreateStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -227,9 +274,30 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) CreateStackRequest(input *CreateStackInput) (req *reque return } +// CreateStack API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Creates a stack as specified in the template. After the call completes successfully, // the stack creation starts. You can check the status of the stack via the // DescribeStacks API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation CreateStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceededException +// Quota for the resource has already been reached. +// +// * AlreadyExistsException +// Resource with the name requested already exists. +// +// * InsufficientCapabilitiesException +// The template contains resources with capabilities that were not specified +// in the Capabilities parameter. +// func (c *CloudFormation) CreateStack(input *CreateStackInput) (*CreateStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -243,6 +311,8 @@ const opDeleteChangeSet = "DeleteChangeSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteChangeSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -277,11 +347,27 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DeleteChangeSetRequest(input *DeleteChangeSetInput) (re return } +// DeleteChangeSet API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Deletes the specified change set. Deleting change sets ensures that no one // executes the wrong change set. // // If the call successfully completes, AWS CloudFormation successfully deleted // the change set. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DeleteChangeSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidChangeSetStatus +// The specified change set cannot be used to update the stack. For example, +// the change set status might be CREATE_IN_PROGRESS or the stack status might +// be UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS. +// func (c *CloudFormation) DeleteChangeSet(input *DeleteChangeSetInput) (*DeleteChangeSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteChangeSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -295,6 +381,8 @@ const opDeleteStack = "DeleteStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -331,9 +419,18 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DeleteStackRequest(input *DeleteStackInput) (req *reque return } +// DeleteStack API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Deletes a specified stack. Once the call completes successfully, stack deletion // starts. Deleted stacks do not show up in the DescribeStacks API if the deletion // has been completed successfully. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DeleteStack for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DeleteStack(input *DeleteStackInput) (*DeleteStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -347,6 +444,8 @@ const opDescribeAccountLimits = "DescribeAccountLimits" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -381,8 +480,17 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input *DescribeAccountLimi return } +// DescribeAccountLimits API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Retrieves your account's AWS CloudFormation limits, such as the maximum number // of stacks that you can create in your account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeAccountLimits(input *DescribeAccountLimitsInput) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -396,6 +504,8 @@ const opDescribeChangeSet = "DescribeChangeSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeChangeSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -430,10 +540,25 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeChangeSetRequest(input *DescribeChangeSetInput) return } +// DescribeChangeSet API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the inputs for the change set and a list of changes that AWS CloudFormation // will make if you execute the change set. For more information, see Updating // Stacks Using Change Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/using-cfn-updating-stacks-changesets.html) // in the AWS CloudFormation User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeChangeSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ChangeSetNotFound +// The specified change set name or ID doesn't exit. To view valid change sets +// for a stack, use the ListChangeSets action. +// func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeChangeSet(input *DescribeChangeSetInput) (*DescribeChangeSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeChangeSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -447,6 +572,8 @@ const opDescribeStackEvents = "DescribeStackEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStackEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -487,12 +614,21 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackEventsRequest(input *DescribeStackEventsIn return } +// DescribeStackEvents API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns all stack related events for a specified stack in reverse chronological // order. For more information about a stack's event history, go to Stacks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/concept-stack.html) // in the AWS CloudFormation User Guide. // // You can list events for stacks that have failed to create or have been // deleted by specifying the unique stack identifier (stack ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeStackEvents for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackEvents(input *DescribeStackEventsInput) (*DescribeStackEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStackEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -531,6 +667,8 @@ const opDescribeStackResource = "DescribeStackResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStackResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -565,10 +703,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackResourceRequest(input *DescribeStackResour return } +// DescribeStackResource API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns a description of the specified resource in the specified stack. // // For deleted stacks, DescribeStackResource returns resource information for // up to 90 days after the stack has been deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeStackResource for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackResource(input *DescribeStackResourceInput) (*DescribeStackResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStackResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -582,6 +729,8 @@ const opDescribeStackResources = "DescribeStackResources" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStackResources for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -616,6 +765,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackResourcesRequest(input *DescribeStackResou return } +// DescribeStackResources API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns AWS resource descriptions for running and deleted stacks. If StackName // is specified, all the associated resources that are part of the stack are // returned. If PhysicalResourceId is specified, the associated resources of @@ -634,6 +785,13 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackResourcesRequest(input *DescribeStackResou // // A ValidationError is returned if you specify both StackName and PhysicalResourceId // in the same request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeStackResources for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackResources(input *DescribeStackResourcesInput) (*DescribeStackResourcesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStackResourcesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -647,6 +805,8 @@ const opDescribeStacks = "DescribeStacks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStacks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -687,10 +847,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStacksRequest(input *DescribeStacksInput) (req return } +// DescribeStacks API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the description for the specified stack; if no stack name was specified, // then it returns the description for all the stacks created. // // If the stack does not exist, an AmazonCloudFormationException is returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation DescribeStacks for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStacks(input *DescribeStacksInput) (*DescribeStacksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStacksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -729,6 +898,8 @@ const opEstimateTemplateCost = "EstimateTemplateCost" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EstimateTemplateCost for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -763,9 +934,18 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) EstimateTemplateCostRequest(input *EstimateTemplateCost return } +// EstimateTemplateCost API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the estimated monthly cost of a template. The return value is an // AWS Simple Monthly Calculator URL with a query string that describes the // resources required to run the template. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation EstimateTemplateCost for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) EstimateTemplateCost(input *EstimateTemplateCostInput) (*EstimateTemplateCostOutput, error) { req, out := c.EstimateTemplateCostRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -779,6 +959,8 @@ const opExecuteChangeSet = "ExecuteChangeSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ExecuteChangeSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -813,6 +995,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ExecuteChangeSetRequest(input *ExecuteChangeSetInput) ( return } +// ExecuteChangeSet API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Updates a stack using the input information that was provided when the specified // change set was created. After the call successfully completes, AWS CloudFormation // starts updating the stack. Use the DescribeStacks action to view the status @@ -825,6 +1009,24 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ExecuteChangeSetRequest(input *ExecuteChangeSetInput) ( // If a stack policy is associated with the stack, AWS CloudFormation enforces // the policy during the update. You can't specify a temporary stack policy // that overrides the current policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ExecuteChangeSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidChangeSetStatus +// The specified change set cannot be used to update the stack. For example, +// the change set status might be CREATE_IN_PROGRESS or the stack status might +// be UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS. +// +// * ChangeSetNotFound +// The specified change set name or ID doesn't exit. To view valid change sets +// for a stack, use the ListChangeSets action. +// func (c *CloudFormation) ExecuteChangeSet(input *ExecuteChangeSetInput) (*ExecuteChangeSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.ExecuteChangeSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -838,6 +1040,8 @@ const opGetStackPolicy = "GetStackPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetStackPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -872,8 +1076,17 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) GetStackPolicyRequest(input *GetStackPolicyInput) (req return } +// GetStackPolicy API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the stack policy for a specified stack. If a stack doesn't have a // policy, a null value is returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation GetStackPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) GetStackPolicy(input *GetStackPolicyInput) (*GetStackPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetStackPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -887,6 +1100,8 @@ const opGetTemplate = "GetTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -921,6 +1136,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplateRequest(input *GetTemplateInput) (req *reque return } +// GetTemplate API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the template body for a specified stack. You can get the template // for running or deleted stacks. // @@ -928,6 +1145,13 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplateRequest(input *GetTemplateInput) (req *reque // the stack has been deleted. // // If the template does not exist, a ValidationError is returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation GetTemplate for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplate(input *GetTemplateInput) (*GetTemplateOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -941,6 +1165,8 @@ const opGetTemplateSummary = "GetTemplateSummary" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTemplateSummary for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -975,6 +1201,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplateSummaryRequest(input *GetTemplateSummaryInpu return } +// GetTemplateSummary API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns information about a new or existing template. The GetTemplateSummary // action is useful for viewing parameter information, such as default parameter // values and parameter types, before you create or update a stack. @@ -985,6 +1213,13 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplateSummaryRequest(input *GetTemplateSummaryInpu // For deleted stacks, GetTemplateSummary returns the template information // for up to 90 days after the stack has been deleted. If the template does // not exist, a ValidationError is returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation GetTemplateSummary for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) GetTemplateSummary(input *GetTemplateSummaryInput) (*GetTemplateSummaryOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTemplateSummaryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -998,6 +1233,8 @@ const opListChangeSets = "ListChangeSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListChangeSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1032,9 +1269,18 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ListChangeSetsRequest(input *ListChangeSetsInput) (req return } +// ListChangeSets API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the ID and status of each active change set for a stack. For example, // AWS CloudFormation lists change sets that are in the CREATE_IN_PROGRESS or // CREATE_PENDING state. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ListChangeSets for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) ListChangeSets(input *ListChangeSetsInput) (*ListChangeSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListChangeSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1048,6 +1294,8 @@ const opListStackResources = "ListStackResources" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListStackResources for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1088,10 +1336,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ListStackResourcesRequest(input *ListStackResourcesInpu return } +// ListStackResources API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns descriptions of all resources of the specified stack. // // For deleted stacks, ListStackResources returns resource information for // up to 90 days after the stack has been deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ListStackResources for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) ListStackResources(input *ListStackResourcesInput) (*ListStackResourcesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListStackResourcesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1130,6 +1387,8 @@ const opListStacks = "ListStacks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListStacks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1170,11 +1429,20 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ListStacksRequest(input *ListStacksInput) (req *request return } +// ListStacks API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Returns the summary information for stacks whose status matches the specified // StackStatusFilter. Summary information for stacks that have been deleted // is kept for 90 days after the stack is deleted. If no StackStatusFilter is // specified, summary information for all stacks is returned (including existing // stacks and stacks that have been deleted). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ListStacks for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) ListStacks(input *ListStacksInput) (*ListStacksOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListStacksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1213,6 +1481,8 @@ const opSetStackPolicy = "SetStackPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetStackPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1249,7 +1519,16 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) SetStackPolicyRequest(input *SetStackPolicyInput) (req return } +// SetStackPolicy API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Sets a stack policy for a specified stack. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation SetStackPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) SetStackPolicy(input *SetStackPolicyInput) (*SetStackPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetStackPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1263,6 +1542,8 @@ const opSignalResource = "SignalResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SignalResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1299,12 +1580,21 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) SignalResourceRequest(input *SignalResourceInput) (req return } +// SignalResource API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Sends a signal to the specified resource with a success or failure status. // You can use the SignalResource API in conjunction with a creation policy // or update policy. AWS CloudFormation doesn't proceed with a stack creation // or update until resources receive the required number of signals or the timeout // period is exceeded. The SignalResource API is useful in cases where you want // to send signals from anywhere other than an Amazon EC2 instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation SignalResource for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) SignalResource(input *SignalResourceInput) (*SignalResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.SignalResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1318,6 +1608,8 @@ const opUpdateStack = "UpdateStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1352,6 +1644,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) UpdateStackRequest(input *UpdateStackInput) (req *reque return } +// UpdateStack API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Updates a stack as specified in the template. After the call completes successfully, // the stack update starts. You can check the status of the stack via the DescribeStacks // action. @@ -1361,6 +1655,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) UpdateStackRequest(input *UpdateStackInput) (req *reque // // For more information about creating an update template, updating a stack, // and monitoring the progress of the update, see Updating a Stack (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/using-cfn-updating-stacks.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation UpdateStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientCapabilitiesException +// The template contains resources with capabilities that were not specified +// in the Capabilities parameter. +// func (c *CloudFormation) UpdateStack(input *UpdateStackInput) (*UpdateStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1374,6 +1681,8 @@ const opValidateTemplate = "ValidateTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ValidateTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1408,10 +1717,19 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) ValidateTemplateRequest(input *ValidateTemplateInput) ( return } +// ValidateTemplate API operation for AWS CloudFormation. +// // Validates a specified template. AWS CloudFormation first checks if the template // is valid JSON. If it isn't, AWS CloudFormation checks if the template is // valid YAML. If both these checks fail, AWS CloudFormation returns a template // validation error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudFormation's +// API operation ValidateTemplate for usage and error information. func (c *CloudFormation) ValidateTemplate(input *ValidateTemplateInput) (*ValidateTemplateOutput, error) { req, out := c.ValidateTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1444,6 +1762,8 @@ type CancelUpdateStackInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or the unique stack ID that is associated with the stack. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1576,6 +1896,8 @@ type ContinueUpdateRollbackInput struct { // The name or the unique ID of the stack that you want to continue rolling // back. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1659,6 +1981,8 @@ type CreateChangeSetInput struct { // A change set name can contain only alphanumeric, case sensitive characters // and hyphens. It must start with an alphabetic character and cannot exceed // 128 characters. + // + // ChangeSetName is a required field ChangeSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for this CreateChangeSet request. Specify this token @@ -1710,6 +2034,8 @@ type CreateChangeSetInput struct { // set. AWS CloudFormation generates the change set by comparing this stack's // information with the information that you submit, such as a modified template // or different parameter input values. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Key-value pairs to associate with this stack. AWS CloudFormation also propagates @@ -1890,6 +2216,8 @@ type CreateStackInput struct { // A stack name can contain only alphanumeric characters (case sensitive) // and hyphens. It must start with an alphabetic character and cannot be longer // than 128 characters. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Structure containing the stack policy body. For more information, go to @@ -1998,6 +2326,8 @@ type DeleteChangeSetInput struct { // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the change set that you want to // delete. + // + // ChangeSetName is a required field ChangeSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If you specified the name of a change set to delete, specify the stack name @@ -2071,6 +2401,8 @@ type DeleteStackInput struct { RoleARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` // The name or the unique stack ID that is associated with the stack. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2174,6 +2506,8 @@ type DescribeChangeSetInput struct { // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the change set that you want to // describe. + // + // ChangeSetName is a required field ChangeSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string (provided by the DescribeChangeSet response output) that identifies @@ -2362,6 +2696,8 @@ type DescribeStackResourceInput struct { // The logical name of the resource as specified in the template. // // Default: There is no default value. + // + // LogicalResourceId is a required field LogicalResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name or the unique stack ID that is associated with the stack, which @@ -2373,6 +2709,8 @@ type DescribeStackResourceInput struct { // Deleted stacks: You must specify the unique stack ID. // // Default: There is no default value. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2628,6 +2966,8 @@ type ExecuteChangeSetInput struct { // The name or ARN of the change set that you want use to update the specified // stack. + // + // ChangeSetName is a required field ChangeSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If you specified the name of a change set, specify the stack name or ID (ARN) @@ -2685,6 +3025,8 @@ type GetStackPolicyInput struct { // The name or unique stack ID that is associated with the stack whose policy // you want to get. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2744,6 +3086,8 @@ type GetTemplateInput struct { // Deleted stacks: You must specify the unique stack ID. // // Default: There is no default value. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2911,6 +3255,8 @@ type ListChangeSetsInput struct { // The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the stack for which you want // to list change sets. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2983,6 +3329,8 @@ type ListStackResourcesInput struct { // Deleted stacks: You must specify the unique stack ID. // // Default: There is no default value. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3356,6 +3704,8 @@ type SetStackPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name or unique stack ID that you want to associate a policy with. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Structure containing the stack policy body. For more information, go to @@ -3420,20 +3770,28 @@ type SignalResourceInput struct { // The logical ID of the resource that you want to signal. The logical ID is // the name of the resource that given in the template. + // + // LogicalResourceId is a required field LogicalResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack name or unique stack ID that includes the resource that you want // to signal. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the signal, which is either success or failure. A failure signal // causes AWS CloudFormation to immediately fail the stack creation or update. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceSignalStatus"` // A unique ID of the signal. When you signal Amazon EC2 instances or Auto Scaling // groups, specify the instance ID that you are signaling as the unique ID. // If you send multiple signals to a single resource (such as signaling a wait // condition), each signal requires a different unique ID. + // + // UniqueId is a required field UniqueId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3497,6 +3855,8 @@ type Stack struct { Capabilities []*string `type:"list"` // The time at which the stack was created. + // + // CreationTime is a required field CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // A user-defined description associated with the stack. @@ -3531,9 +3891,13 @@ type Stack struct { StackId *string `type:"string"` // The name associated with the stack. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Current status of the stack. + // + // StackStatus is a required field StackStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StackStatus"` // Success/failure message associated with the stack status. @@ -3561,6 +3925,8 @@ type StackEvent struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique ID of this event. + // + // EventId is a required field EventId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The logical name of the resource specified in the template. @@ -3585,12 +3951,18 @@ type StackEvent struct { ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique ID name of the instance of the stack. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name associated with a stack. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Time the status was updated. + // + // Timestamp is a required field Timestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -3612,6 +3984,8 @@ type StackResource struct { Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The logical name of the resource specified in the template. + // + // LogicalResourceId is a required field LogicalResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name or unique identifier that corresponds to a physical instance ID @@ -3619,6 +3993,8 @@ type StackResource struct { PhysicalResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Current status of the resource. + // + // ResourceStatus is a required field ResourceStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceStatus"` // Success/failure message associated with the resource. @@ -3627,6 +4003,8 @@ type StackResource struct { // Type of resource. (For more information, go to AWS Resource Types Reference // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) // in the AWS CloudFormation User Guide.) + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique identifier of the stack. @@ -3636,6 +4014,8 @@ type StackResource struct { StackName *string `type:"string"` // Time the status was updated. + // + // Timestamp is a required field Timestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -3657,9 +4037,13 @@ type StackResourceDetail struct { Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Time the status was updated. + // + // LastUpdatedTimestamp is a required field LastUpdatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The logical name of the resource specified in the template. + // + // LogicalResourceId is a required field LogicalResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The content of the Metadata attribute declared for the resource. For more @@ -3672,6 +4056,8 @@ type StackResourceDetail struct { PhysicalResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Current status of the resource. + // + // ResourceStatus is a required field ResourceStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceStatus"` // Success/failure message associated with the resource. @@ -3680,6 +4066,8 @@ type StackResourceDetail struct { // Type of resource. ((For more information, go to AWS Resource Types Reference // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) // in the AWS CloudFormation User Guide.) + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique identifier of the stack. @@ -3704,9 +4092,13 @@ type StackResourceSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Time the status was updated. + // + // LastUpdatedTimestamp is a required field LastUpdatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The logical name of the resource specified in the template. + // + // LogicalResourceId is a required field LogicalResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name or unique identifier that corresponds to a physical instance ID @@ -3714,6 +4106,8 @@ type StackResourceSummary struct { PhysicalResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Current status of the resource. + // + // ResourceStatus is a required field ResourceStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceStatus"` // Success/failure message associated with the resource. @@ -3722,6 +4116,8 @@ type StackResourceSummary struct { // Type of resource. (For more information, go to AWS Resource Types Reference // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) // in the AWS CloudFormation User Guide.) + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3740,6 +4136,8 @@ type StackSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The time the stack was created. + // + // CreationTime is a required field CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The time the stack was deleted. @@ -3753,9 +4151,13 @@ type StackSummary struct { StackId *string `type:"string"` // The name associated with the stack. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The current status of the stack. + // + // StackStatus is a required field StackStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StackStatus"` // Success/Failure message associated with the stack status. @@ -3893,6 +4295,8 @@ type UpdateStackInput struct { RoleARN *string `min:"20" type:"string"` // The name or unique stack ID of the stack to update. + // + // StackName is a required field StackName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Structure containing a new stack policy body. You can specify either the @@ -4111,177 +4515,230 @@ func (s ValidateTemplateOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum Capability + // CapabilityCapabilityIam is a Capability enum value CapabilityCapabilityIam = "CAPABILITY_IAM" - // @enum Capability + + // CapabilityCapabilityNamedIam is a Capability enum value CapabilityCapabilityNamedIam = "CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeAction + // ChangeActionAdd is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionAdd = "Add" - // @enum ChangeAction + + // ChangeActionModify is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionModify = "Modify" - // @enum ChangeAction + + // ChangeActionRemove is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionRemove = "Remove" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeSetStatus + // ChangeSetStatusCreatePending is a ChangeSetStatus enum value ChangeSetStatusCreatePending = "CREATE_PENDING" - // @enum ChangeSetStatus + + // ChangeSetStatusCreateInProgress is a ChangeSetStatus enum value ChangeSetStatusCreateInProgress = "CREATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum ChangeSetStatus + + // ChangeSetStatusCreateComplete is a ChangeSetStatus enum value ChangeSetStatusCreateComplete = "CREATE_COMPLETE" - // @enum ChangeSetStatus + + // ChangeSetStatusDeleteComplete is a ChangeSetStatus enum value ChangeSetStatusDeleteComplete = "DELETE_COMPLETE" - // @enum ChangeSetStatus + + // ChangeSetStatusFailed is a ChangeSetStatus enum value ChangeSetStatusFailed = "FAILED" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeSource + // ChangeSourceResourceReference is a ChangeSource enum value ChangeSourceResourceReference = "ResourceReference" - // @enum ChangeSource + + // ChangeSourceParameterReference is a ChangeSource enum value ChangeSourceParameterReference = "ParameterReference" - // @enum ChangeSource + + // ChangeSourceResourceAttribute is a ChangeSource enum value ChangeSourceResourceAttribute = "ResourceAttribute" - // @enum ChangeSource + + // ChangeSourceDirectModification is a ChangeSource enum value ChangeSourceDirectModification = "DirectModification" - // @enum ChangeSource + + // ChangeSourceAutomatic is a ChangeSource enum value ChangeSourceAutomatic = "Automatic" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeType + // ChangeTypeResource is a ChangeType enum value ChangeTypeResource = "Resource" ) const ( - // @enum EvaluationType + // EvaluationTypeStatic is a EvaluationType enum value EvaluationTypeStatic = "Static" - // @enum EvaluationType + + // EvaluationTypeDynamic is a EvaluationType enum value EvaluationTypeDynamic = "Dynamic" ) const ( - // @enum ExecutionStatus + // ExecutionStatusUnavailable is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusUnavailable = "UNAVAILABLE" - // @enum ExecutionStatus + + // ExecutionStatusAvailable is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE" - // @enum ExecutionStatus + + // ExecutionStatusExecuteInProgress is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusExecuteInProgress = "EXECUTE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum ExecutionStatus + + // ExecutionStatusExecuteComplete is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusExecuteComplete = "EXECUTE_COMPLETE" - // @enum ExecutionStatus + + // ExecutionStatusExecuteFailed is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusExecuteFailed = "EXECUTE_FAILED" - // @enum ExecutionStatus + + // ExecutionStatusObsolete is a ExecutionStatus enum value ExecutionStatusObsolete = "OBSOLETE" ) const ( - // @enum OnFailure + // OnFailureDoNothing is a OnFailure enum value OnFailureDoNothing = "DO_NOTHING" - // @enum OnFailure + + // OnFailureRollback is a OnFailure enum value OnFailureRollback = "ROLLBACK" - // @enum OnFailure + + // OnFailureDelete is a OnFailure enum value OnFailureDelete = "DELETE" ) const ( - // @enum Replacement + // ReplacementTrue is a Replacement enum value ReplacementTrue = "True" - // @enum Replacement + + // ReplacementFalse is a Replacement enum value ReplacementFalse = "False" - // @enum Replacement + + // ReplacementConditional is a Replacement enum value ReplacementConditional = "Conditional" ) const ( - // @enum RequiresRecreation + // RequiresRecreationNever is a RequiresRecreation enum value RequiresRecreationNever = "Never" - // @enum RequiresRecreation + + // RequiresRecreationConditionally is a RequiresRecreation enum value RequiresRecreationConditionally = "Conditionally" - // @enum RequiresRecreation + + // RequiresRecreationAlways is a RequiresRecreation enum value RequiresRecreationAlways = "Always" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceAttribute + // ResourceAttributeProperties is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeProperties = "Properties" - // @enum ResourceAttribute + + // ResourceAttributeMetadata is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeMetadata = "Metadata" - // @enum ResourceAttribute + + // ResourceAttributeCreationPolicy is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeCreationPolicy = "CreationPolicy" - // @enum ResourceAttribute + + // ResourceAttributeUpdatePolicy is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeUpdatePolicy = "UpdatePolicy" - // @enum ResourceAttribute + + // ResourceAttributeDeletionPolicy is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeDeletionPolicy = "DeletionPolicy" - // @enum ResourceAttribute + + // ResourceAttributeTags is a ResourceAttribute enum value ResourceAttributeTags = "Tags" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceSignalStatus + // ResourceSignalStatusSuccess is a ResourceSignalStatus enum value ResourceSignalStatusSuccess = "SUCCESS" - // @enum ResourceSignalStatus + + // ResourceSignalStatusFailure is a ResourceSignalStatus enum value ResourceSignalStatusFailure = "FAILURE" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceStatus + // ResourceStatusCreateInProgress is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusCreateInProgress = "CREATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusCreateFailed is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusCreateComplete is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusCreateComplete = "CREATE_COMPLETE" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusDeleteInProgress is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusDeleteInProgress = "DELETE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusDeleteFailed is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusDeleteFailed = "DELETE_FAILED" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusDeleteComplete is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusDeleteComplete = "DELETE_COMPLETE" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusDeleteSkipped is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusDeleteSkipped = "DELETE_SKIPPED" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusUpdateInProgress is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusUpdateInProgress = "UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusUpdateFailed is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED" - // @enum ResourceStatus + + // ResourceStatusUpdateComplete is a ResourceStatus enum value ResourceStatusUpdateComplete = "UPDATE_COMPLETE" ) const ( - // @enum StackStatus + // StackStatusCreateInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusCreateInProgress = "CREATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusCreateFailed is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusCreateComplete is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusCreateComplete = "CREATE_COMPLETE" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusRollbackInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusRollbackInProgress = "ROLLBACK_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusRollbackFailed is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusRollbackFailed = "ROLLBACK_FAILED" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusRollbackComplete is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusRollbackComplete = "ROLLBACK_COMPLETE" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusDeleteInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusDeleteInProgress = "DELETE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusDeleteFailed is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusDeleteFailed = "DELETE_FAILED" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusDeleteComplete is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusDeleteComplete = "DELETE_COMPLETE" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateInProgress = "UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateCompleteCleanupInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateCompleteCleanupInProgress = "UPDATE_COMPLETE_CLEANUP_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateComplete is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateComplete = "UPDATE_COMPLETE" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateRollbackInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateRollbackInProgress = "UPDATE_ROLLBACK_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateRollbackFailed is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateRollbackFailed = "UPDATE_ROLLBACK_FAILED" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateRollbackCompleteCleanupInProgress is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateRollbackCompleteCleanupInProgress = "UPDATE_ROLLBACK_COMPLETE_CLEANUP_IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum StackStatus + + // StackStatusUpdateRollbackComplete is a StackStatus enum value StackStatusUpdateRollbackComplete = "UPDATE_ROLLBACK_COMPLETE" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/waiters.go index f8ca67514..62744e3d3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilStackCreateComplete uses the AWS CloudFormation API operation +// DescribeStacks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackCreateComplete(input *DescribeStacksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStacks", @@ -77,6 +81,10 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackCreateComplete(input *DescribeStacksInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilStackDeleteComplete uses the AWS CloudFormation API operation +// DescribeStacks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackDeleteComplete(input *DescribeStacksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStacks", @@ -190,6 +198,10 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackDeleteComplete(input *DescribeStacksInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilStackExists uses the AWS CloudFormation API operation +// DescribeStacks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackExists(input *DescribeStacksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStacks", @@ -219,6 +231,10 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackExists(input *DescribeStacksInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilStackUpdateComplete uses the AWS CloudFormation API operation +// DescribeStacks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFormation) WaitUntilStackUpdateComplete(input *DescribeStacksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStacks", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/api.go index dc9eed975..9554127d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opCreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity = "CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIden // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,7 +56,38 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input *CreateCl return } +// CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new origin access identity. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OriginAccessIdentityAlreadyExists +// If the CallerReference is a value you already sent in a previous request +// to create an identity but the content of the CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig +// is different from the original request, CloudFront returns a CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityAlreadyExists +// error. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * TooManyCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities +// Processing your request would cause you to exceed the maximum number of origin +// access identities allowed. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity(input *CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput) (*CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -68,6 +101,8 @@ const opCreateDistribution = "CreateDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -102,7 +137,135 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateDistributionRequest(input *CreateDistributionInput) ( return } +// CreateDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * DistributionAlreadyExists +// The caller reference you attempted to create the distribution with is associated +// with another distribution. +// +// * InvalidOrigin +// The Amazon S3 origin server specified does not refer to a valid Amazon S3 +// bucket. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * InvalidViewerCertificate + +// +// * InvalidMinimumProtocolVersion + +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * TooManyDistributionCNAMEs +// Your request contains more CNAMEs than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TooManyDistributions +// Processing your request would cause you to exceed the maximum number of distributions +// allowed. +// +// * InvalidDefaultRootObject +// The default root object file name is too big or contains an invalid character. +// +// * InvalidRelativePath +// The relative path is too big, is not URL-encoded, or does not begin with +// a slash (/). +// +// * InvalidErrorCode + +// +// * InvalidResponseCode + +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidRequiredProtocol +// This operation requires the HTTPS protocol. Ensure that you specify the HTTPS +// protocol in your request, or omit the RequiredProtocols element from your +// distribution configuration. +// +// * NoSuchOrigin +// No origin exists with the specified Origin Id. +// +// * TooManyOrigins +// You cannot create anymore origins for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCacheBehaviors +// You cannot create anymore cache behaviors for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCookieNamesInWhiteList +// Your request contains more cookie names in the whitelist than are allowed +// per cache behavior. +// +// * InvalidForwardCookies +// Your request contains forward cookies option which doesn't match with the +// expectation for the whitelisted list of cookie names. Either list of cookie +// names has been specified when not allowed or list of cookie names is missing +// when expected. +// +// * TooManyHeadersInForwardedValues + +// +// * InvalidHeadersForS3Origin + +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// +// * TooManyCertificates +// You cannot create anymore custom ssl certificates. +// +// * InvalidLocationCode + +// +// * InvalidGeoRestrictionParameter + +// +// * InvalidProtocolSettings +// You cannot specify SSLv3 as the minimum protocol version if you only want +// to support only clients that Support Server Name Indication (SNI). +// +// * InvalidTTLOrder + +// +// * InvalidWebACLId + +// +// * TooManyOriginCustomHeaders + +// +// * TooManyQueryStringParameters + +// +// * InvalidQueryStringParameters + +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateDistribution(input *CreateDistributionInput) (*CreateDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -116,6 +279,8 @@ const opCreateDistributionWithTags = "CreateDistributionWithTags2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDistributionWithTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -150,7 +315,139 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateDistributionWithTagsRequest(input *CreateDistribution return } +// CreateDistributionWithTags API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new distribution with tags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateDistributionWithTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * DistributionAlreadyExists +// The caller reference you attempted to create the distribution with is associated +// with another distribution. +// +// * InvalidOrigin +// The Amazon S3 origin server specified does not refer to a valid Amazon S3 +// bucket. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * InvalidViewerCertificate + +// +// * InvalidMinimumProtocolVersion + +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * TooManyDistributionCNAMEs +// Your request contains more CNAMEs than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TooManyDistributions +// Processing your request would cause you to exceed the maximum number of distributions +// allowed. +// +// * InvalidDefaultRootObject +// The default root object file name is too big or contains an invalid character. +// +// * InvalidRelativePath +// The relative path is too big, is not URL-encoded, or does not begin with +// a slash (/). +// +// * InvalidErrorCode + +// +// * InvalidResponseCode + +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidRequiredProtocol +// This operation requires the HTTPS protocol. Ensure that you specify the HTTPS +// protocol in your request, or omit the RequiredProtocols element from your +// distribution configuration. +// +// * NoSuchOrigin +// No origin exists with the specified Origin Id. +// +// * TooManyOrigins +// You cannot create anymore origins for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCacheBehaviors +// You cannot create anymore cache behaviors for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCookieNamesInWhiteList +// Your request contains more cookie names in the whitelist than are allowed +// per cache behavior. +// +// * InvalidForwardCookies +// Your request contains forward cookies option which doesn't match with the +// expectation for the whitelisted list of cookie names. Either list of cookie +// names has been specified when not allowed or list of cookie names is missing +// when expected. +// +// * TooManyHeadersInForwardedValues + +// +// * InvalidHeadersForS3Origin + +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// +// * TooManyCertificates +// You cannot create anymore custom ssl certificates. +// +// * InvalidLocationCode + +// +// * InvalidGeoRestrictionParameter + +// +// * InvalidProtocolSettings +// You cannot specify SSLv3 as the minimum protocol version if you only want +// to support only clients that Support Server Name Indication (SNI). +// +// * InvalidTTLOrder + +// +// * InvalidWebACLId + +// +// * TooManyOriginCustomHeaders + +// +// * InvalidTagging +// The specified tagging for a CloudFront resource is invalid. For more information, +// see the error text. +// +// * TooManyQueryStringParameters + +// +// * InvalidQueryStringParameters + +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateDistributionWithTags(input *CreateDistributionWithTagsInput) (*CreateDistributionWithTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDistributionWithTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -164,6 +461,8 @@ const opCreateInvalidation = "CreateInvalidation2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateInvalidation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -198,7 +497,41 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateInvalidationRequest(input *CreateInvalidationInput) ( return } +// CreateInvalidation API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new invalidation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateInvalidation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * BatchTooLarge + +// +// * TooManyInvalidationsInProgress +// You have exceeded the maximum number of allowable InProgress invalidation +// batch requests, or invalidation objects. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateInvalidation(input *CreateInvalidationInput) (*CreateInvalidationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateInvalidationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -212,6 +545,8 @@ const opCreateStreamingDistribution = "CreateStreamingDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -246,7 +581,57 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateStreamingDistributionRequest(input *CreateStreamingDi return } +// CreateStreamingDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new streaming distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * StreamingDistributionAlreadyExists + +// +// * InvalidOrigin +// The Amazon S3 origin server specified does not refer to a valid Amazon S3 +// bucket. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * TooManyStreamingDistributionCNAMEs + +// +// * TooManyStreamingDistributions +// Processing your request would cause you to exceed the maximum number of streaming +// distributions allowed. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateStreamingDistribution(input *CreateStreamingDistributionInput) (*CreateStreamingDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStreamingDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -260,6 +645,8 @@ const opCreateStreamingDistributionWithTags = "CreateStreamingDistributionWithTa // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStreamingDistributionWithTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -294,7 +681,61 @@ func (c *CloudFront) CreateStreamingDistributionWithTagsRequest(input *CreateStr return } +// CreateStreamingDistributionWithTags API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Create a new streaming distribution with tags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation CreateStreamingDistributionWithTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * StreamingDistributionAlreadyExists + +// +// * InvalidOrigin +// The Amazon S3 origin server specified does not refer to a valid Amazon S3 +// bucket. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * TooManyStreamingDistributionCNAMEs + +// +// * TooManyStreamingDistributions +// Processing your request would cause you to exceed the maximum number of streaming +// distributions allowed. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// +// * InvalidTagging +// The specified tagging for a CloudFront resource is invalid. For more information, +// see the error text. +// func (c *CloudFront) CreateStreamingDistributionWithTags(input *CreateStreamingDistributionWithTagsInput) (*CreateStreamingDistributionWithTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStreamingDistributionWithTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -308,6 +749,8 @@ const opDeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity = "DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIden // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -344,7 +787,34 @@ func (c *CloudFront) DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input *DeleteCl return } +// DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Delete an origin access identity. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * NoSuchCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity +// The specified origin access identity does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// +// * OriginAccessIdentityInUse + +// func (c *CloudFront) DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity(input *DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput) (*DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -358,6 +828,8 @@ const opDeleteDistribution = "DeleteDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -394,7 +866,34 @@ func (c *CloudFront) DeleteDistributionRequest(input *DeleteDistributionInput) ( return } +// DeleteDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Delete a distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation DeleteDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * DistributionNotDisabled + +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// func (c *CloudFront) DeleteDistribution(input *DeleteDistributionInput) (*DeleteDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -408,6 +907,8 @@ const opDeleteStreamingDistribution = "DeleteStreamingDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -444,7 +945,34 @@ func (c *CloudFront) DeleteStreamingDistributionRequest(input *DeleteStreamingDi return } +// DeleteStreamingDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Delete a streaming distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation DeleteStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * StreamingDistributionNotDisabled + +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * NoSuchStreamingDistribution +// The specified streaming distribution does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// func (c *CloudFront) DeleteStreamingDistribution(input *DeleteStreamingDistributionInput) (*DeleteStreamingDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteStreamingDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -458,6 +986,8 @@ const opGetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity = "GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity20 // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -492,7 +1022,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input *GetCloudFro return } +// GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the information about an origin access identity. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity +// The specified origin access identity does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity(input *GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput) (*GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -506,6 +1053,8 @@ const opGetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig = "GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIden // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -540,7 +1089,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfigRequest(input *GetCl return } +// GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the configuration information about an origin access identity. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity +// The specified origin access identity does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig(input *GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfigInput) (*GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -554,6 +1120,8 @@ const opGetDistribution = "GetDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -588,7 +1156,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetDistributionRequest(input *GetDistributionInput) (req *r return } +// GetDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the information about a distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetDistribution(input *GetDistributionInput) (*GetDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -602,6 +1187,8 @@ const opGetDistributionConfig = "GetDistributionConfig2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDistributionConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -636,7 +1223,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetDistributionConfigRequest(input *GetDistributionConfigIn return } +// GetDistributionConfig API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the configuration information about a distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetDistributionConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetDistributionConfig(input *GetDistributionConfigInput) (*GetDistributionConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDistributionConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -650,6 +1254,8 @@ const opGetInvalidation = "GetInvalidation2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetInvalidation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -684,7 +1290,27 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetInvalidationRequest(input *GetInvalidationInput) (req *r return } +// GetInvalidation API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the information about an invalidation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetInvalidation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchInvalidation +// The specified invalidation does not exist. +// +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetInvalidation(input *GetInvalidationInput) (*GetInvalidationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetInvalidationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -698,6 +1324,8 @@ const opGetStreamingDistribution = "GetStreamingDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -732,7 +1360,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetStreamingDistributionRequest(input *GetStreamingDistribu return } +// GetStreamingDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the information about a streaming distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchStreamingDistribution +// The specified streaming distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetStreamingDistribution(input *GetStreamingDistributionInput) (*GetStreamingDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetStreamingDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -746,6 +1391,8 @@ const opGetStreamingDistributionConfig = "GetStreamingDistributionConfig2016_09_ // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetStreamingDistributionConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -780,7 +1427,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) GetStreamingDistributionConfigRequest(input *GetStreamingDi return } +// GetStreamingDistributionConfig API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Get the configuration information about a streaming distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation GetStreamingDistributionConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchStreamingDistribution +// The specified streaming distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) GetStreamingDistributionConfig(input *GetStreamingDistributionConfigInput) (*GetStreamingDistributionConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetStreamingDistributionConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -794,6 +1458,8 @@ const opListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities = "ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdenti // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -834,7 +1500,21 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitiesRequest(input *ListClou return } +// ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List origin access identities. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// func (c *CloudFront) ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentities(input *ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitiesInput) (*ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitiesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitiesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -873,6 +1553,8 @@ const opListDistributions = "ListDistributions2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDistributions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -913,7 +1595,21 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListDistributionsRequest(input *ListDistributionsInput) (re return } +// ListDistributions API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List distributions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListDistributions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// func (c *CloudFront) ListDistributions(input *ListDistributionsInput) (*ListDistributionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDistributionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -952,6 +1648,8 @@ const opListDistributionsByWebACLId = "ListDistributionsByWebACLId2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDistributionsByWebACLId for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -986,7 +1684,24 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListDistributionsByWebACLIdRequest(input *ListDistributions return } +// ListDistributionsByWebACLId API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List the distributions that are associated with a specified AWS WAF web ACL. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListDistributionsByWebACLId for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidWebACLId + +// func (c *CloudFront) ListDistributionsByWebACLId(input *ListDistributionsByWebACLIdInput) (*ListDistributionsByWebACLIdOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDistributionsByWebACLIdRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1000,6 +1715,8 @@ const opListInvalidations = "ListInvalidations2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListInvalidations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1040,7 +1757,27 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListInvalidationsRequest(input *ListInvalidationsInput) (re return } +// ListInvalidations API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List invalidation batches. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListInvalidations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// func (c *CloudFront) ListInvalidations(input *ListInvalidationsInput) (*ListInvalidationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListInvalidationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1079,6 +1816,8 @@ const opListStreamingDistributions = "ListStreamingDistributions2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListStreamingDistributions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1119,7 +1858,21 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListStreamingDistributionsRequest(input *ListStreamingDistr return } +// ListStreamingDistributions API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List streaming distributions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListStreamingDistributions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// func (c *CloudFront) ListStreamingDistributions(input *ListStreamingDistributionsInput) (*ListStreamingDistributionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListStreamingDistributionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1158,6 +1911,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1192,7 +1947,31 @@ func (c *CloudFront) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) return } +// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // List tags for a CloudFront resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidTagging +// The specified tagging for a CloudFront resource is invalid. For more information, +// see the error text. +// +// * NoSuchResource +// The specified CloudFront resource does not exist. +// func (c *CloudFront) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1206,6 +1985,8 @@ const opTagResource = "TagResource2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TagResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1242,7 +2023,31 @@ func (c *CloudFront) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.R return } +// TagResource API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Add tags to a CloudFront resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation TagResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidTagging +// The specified tagging for a CloudFront resource is invalid. For more information, +// see the error text. +// +// * NoSuchResource +// The specified CloudFront resource does not exist. +// func (c *CloudFront) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1256,6 +2061,8 @@ const opUntagResource = "UntagResource2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UntagResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1292,7 +2099,31 @@ func (c *CloudFront) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *reque return } +// UntagResource API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Remove tags from a CloudFront resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidTagging +// The specified tagging for a CloudFront resource is invalid. For more information, +// see the error text. +// +// * NoSuchResource +// The specified CloudFront resource does not exist. +// func (c *CloudFront) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1306,6 +2137,8 @@ const opUpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity = "UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIden // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1340,7 +2173,44 @@ func (c *CloudFront) UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input *UpdateCl return } +// UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Update an origin access identity. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * IllegalUpdate +// Origin and CallerReference cannot be updated. +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * NoSuchCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity +// The specified origin access identity does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// func (c *CloudFront) UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentity(input *UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput) (*UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1354,6 +2224,8 @@ const opUpdateDistribution = "UpdateDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1388,7 +2260,132 @@ func (c *CloudFront) UpdateDistributionRequest(input *UpdateDistributionInput) ( return } +// UpdateDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Update a distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation UpdateDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * IllegalUpdate +// Origin and CallerReference cannot be updated. +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * NoSuchDistribution +// The specified distribution does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// +// * TooManyDistributionCNAMEs +// Your request contains more CNAMEs than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * InvalidDefaultRootObject +// The default root object file name is too big or contains an invalid character. +// +// * InvalidRelativePath +// The relative path is too big, is not URL-encoded, or does not begin with +// a slash (/). +// +// * InvalidErrorCode + +// +// * InvalidResponseCode + +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * InvalidViewerCertificate + +// +// * InvalidMinimumProtocolVersion + +// +// * InvalidRequiredProtocol +// This operation requires the HTTPS protocol. Ensure that you specify the HTTPS +// protocol in your request, or omit the RequiredProtocols element from your +// distribution configuration. +// +// * NoSuchOrigin +// No origin exists with the specified Origin Id. +// +// * TooManyOrigins +// You cannot create anymore origins for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCacheBehaviors +// You cannot create anymore cache behaviors for the distribution. +// +// * TooManyCookieNamesInWhiteList +// Your request contains more cookie names in the whitelist than are allowed +// per cache behavior. +// +// * InvalidForwardCookies +// Your request contains forward cookies option which doesn't match with the +// expectation for the whitelisted list of cookie names. Either list of cookie +// names has been specified when not allowed or list of cookie names is missing +// when expected. +// +// * TooManyHeadersInForwardedValues + +// +// * InvalidHeadersForS3Origin + +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// +// * TooManyCertificates +// You cannot create anymore custom ssl certificates. +// +// * InvalidLocationCode + +// +// * InvalidGeoRestrictionParameter + +// +// * InvalidTTLOrder + +// +// * InvalidWebACLId + +// +// * TooManyOriginCustomHeaders + +// +// * TooManyQueryStringParameters + +// +// * InvalidQueryStringParameters + +// func (c *CloudFront) UpdateDistribution(input *UpdateDistributionInput) (*UpdateDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1402,6 +2399,8 @@ const opUpdateStreamingDistribution = "UpdateStreamingDistribution2016_09_07" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1436,7 +2435,59 @@ func (c *CloudFront) UpdateStreamingDistributionRequest(input *UpdateStreamingDi return } +// UpdateStreamingDistribution API operation for Amazon CloudFront. +// // Update a streaming distribution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudFront's +// API operation UpdateStreamingDistribution for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessDenied +// Access denied. +// +// * CNAMEAlreadyExists + +// +// * IllegalUpdate +// Origin and CallerReference cannot be updated. +// +// * InvalidIfMatchVersion +// The If-Match version is missing or not valid for the distribution. +// +// * MissingBody +// This operation requires a body. Ensure that the body is present and the Content-Type +// header is set. +// +// * NoSuchStreamingDistribution +// The specified streaming distribution does not exist. +// +// * PreconditionFailed +// The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields evaluated +// to false. +// +// * TooManyStreamingDistributionCNAMEs + +// +// * InvalidArgument +// The argument is invalid. +// +// * InvalidOriginAccessIdentity +// The origin access identity is not valid or doesn't exist. +// +// * TooManyTrustedSigners +// Your request contains more trusted signers than are allowed per distribution. +// +// * TrustedSignerDoesNotExist +// One or more of your trusted signers do not exist. +// +// * InconsistentQuantities +// The value of Quantity and the size of Items do not match. +// func (c *CloudFront) UpdateStreamingDistribution(input *UpdateStreamingDistributionInput) (*UpdateStreamingDistributionOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateStreamingDistributionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1451,6 +2502,8 @@ type ActiveTrustedSigners struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Each active trusted signer. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains one Signer complex type for each unique trusted @@ -1461,6 +2514,8 @@ type ActiveTrustedSigners struct { // The number of unique trusted signers included in all cache behaviors. For // example, if three cache behaviors all list the same three AWS accounts, the // value of Quantity for ActiveTrustedSigners will be 3. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1484,6 +2539,8 @@ type Aliases struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"CNAME" type:"list"` // The number of CNAMEs, if any, for this distribution. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1531,11 +2588,15 @@ type AllowedMethods struct { // A complex type that contains the HTTP methods that you want CloudFront to // process and forward to your origin. + // + // Items is a required field Items []*string `locationNameList:"Method" type:"list" required:"true"` // The number of HTTP methods that you want CloudFront to forward to your origin. // Valid values are 2 (for GET and HEAD requests), 3 (for GET, HEAD and OPTIONS // requests) and 7 (for GET, HEAD, OPTIONS, PUT, PATCH, POST, and DELETE requests). + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1626,6 +2687,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies // and headers. + // + // ForwardedValues is a required field ForwardedValues *ForwardedValues `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The maximum amount of time (in seconds) that an object is in a CloudFront @@ -1639,6 +2702,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // The minimum amount of time that you want objects to stay in CloudFront caches // before CloudFront queries your origin to see whether the object has been // updated.You can specify a value from 0 to 3,153,600,000 seconds (100 years). + // + // MinTTL is a required field MinTTL *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` // The pattern (for example, images/*.jpg) that specifies which requests you @@ -1648,6 +2713,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // the default cache behavior is * and cannot be changed. If the request for // an object does not match the path pattern for any cache behaviors, CloudFront // applies the behavior in the default cache behavior. + // + // PathPattern is a required field PathPattern *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether you want to distribute media files in Microsoft Smooth @@ -1658,6 +2725,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // The value of ID for the origin that you want CloudFront to route requests // to when a request matches the path pattern either for a cache behavior or // for the default cache behavior. + // + // TargetOriginId is a required field TargetOriginId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that specifies the AWS accounts, if any, that you want to @@ -1671,6 +2740,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // add, change, or remove one or more trusted signers, change Enabled to true // (if it's currently false), change Quantity as applicable, and specify all // of the trusted signers that you want to include in the updated distribution. + // + // TrustedSigners is a required field TrustedSigners *TrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Use this element to specify the protocol that users can use to access the @@ -1681,6 +2752,8 @@ type CacheBehavior struct { // request with an HTTP status code of 301 (Moved Permanently) and the HTTPS // URL, specify redirect-to-https. The viewer then resubmits the request using // the HTTPS URL. + // + // ViewerProtocolPolicy is a required field ViewerProtocolPolicy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ViewerProtocolPolicy"` } @@ -1746,6 +2819,8 @@ type CacheBehaviors struct { Items []*CacheBehavior `locationNameList:"CacheBehavior" type:"list"` // The number of cache behaviors for this distribution. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1793,11 +2868,15 @@ type CachedMethods struct { // A complex type that contains the HTTP methods that you want CloudFront to // cache responses to. + // + // Items is a required field Items []*string `locationNameList:"Method" type:"list" required:"true"` // The number of HTTP methods for which you want CloudFront to cache responses. // Valid values are 2 (for caching responses to GET and HEAD requests) and 3 // (for caching responses to GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests). + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1837,6 +2916,8 @@ type CookieNames struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"Name" type:"list"` // The number of whitelisted cookies for this cache behavior. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1872,6 +2953,8 @@ type CookiePreference struct { // to the origin that is associated with this cache behavior. You can specify // all, none or whitelist. If you choose All, CloudFront forwards all cookies // regardless of how many your application uses. + // + // Forward is a required field Forward *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ItemSelection"` // A complex type that specifies the whitelisted cookies, if any, that you want @@ -1912,6 +2995,8 @@ type CreateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig"` // The origin access identity's configuration information. + // + // CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig is a required field CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig *OriginAccessIdentityConfig `locationName:"CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1973,6 +3058,8 @@ type CreateDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"DistributionConfig"` // The distribution's configuration information. + // + // DistributionConfig is a required field DistributionConfig *DistributionConfig `locationName:"DistributionConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2034,6 +3121,8 @@ type CreateDistributionWithTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"DistributionConfigWithTags"` // The distribution's configuration information. + // + // DistributionConfigWithTags is a required field DistributionConfigWithTags *DistributionConfigWithTags `locationName:"DistributionConfigWithTags" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2095,9 +3184,13 @@ type CreateInvalidationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InvalidationBatch"` // The distribution's id. + // + // DistributionId is a required field DistributionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DistributionId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The batch information for the invalidation. + // + // InvalidationBatch is a required field InvalidationBatch *InvalidationBatch `locationName:"InvalidationBatch" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2159,6 +3252,8 @@ type CreateStreamingDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"StreamingDistributionConfig"` // The streaming distribution's configuration information. + // + // StreamingDistributionConfig is a required field StreamingDistributionConfig *StreamingDistributionConfig `locationName:"StreamingDistributionConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2220,6 +3315,8 @@ type CreateStreamingDistributionWithTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags"` // The streaming distribution's configuration information. + // + // StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags is a required field StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags *StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags `locationName:"StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2297,6 +3394,8 @@ type CustomErrorResponse struct { // The 4xx or 5xx HTTP status code that you want to customize. For a list of // HTTP status codes that you can customize, see CloudFront documentation. + // + // ErrorCode is a required field ErrorCode *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The HTTP status code that you want CloudFront to return with the custom error @@ -2345,6 +3444,8 @@ type CustomErrorResponses struct { Items []*CustomErrorResponse `locationNameList:"CustomErrorResponse" type:"list"` // The number of custom error responses for this distribution. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -2389,6 +3490,8 @@ type CustomHeaders struct { Items []*OriginCustomHeader `locationNameList:"OriginCustomHeader" type:"list"` // The number of custom headers for this origin. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -2430,12 +3533,18 @@ type CustomOriginConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP port the custom origin listens on. + // + // HTTPPort is a required field HTTPPort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The HTTPS port the custom origin listens on. + // + // HTTPSPort is a required field HTTPSPort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The origin protocol policy to apply to your origin. + // + // OriginProtocolPolicy is a required field OriginProtocolPolicy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OriginProtocolPolicy"` // The SSL/TLS protocols that you want CloudFront to use when communicating @@ -2522,6 +3631,8 @@ type DefaultCacheBehavior struct { // A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles query strings, cookies // and headers. + // + // ForwardedValues is a required field ForwardedValues *ForwardedValues `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The maximum amount of time (in seconds) that an object is in a CloudFront @@ -2535,6 +3646,8 @@ type DefaultCacheBehavior struct { // The minimum amount of time that you want objects to stay in CloudFront caches // before CloudFront queries your origin to see whether the object has been // updated.You can specify a value from 0 to 3,153,600,000 seconds (100 years). + // + // MinTTL is a required field MinTTL *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` // Indicates whether you want to distribute media files in Microsoft Smooth @@ -2545,6 +3658,8 @@ type DefaultCacheBehavior struct { // The value of ID for the origin that you want CloudFront to route requests // to when a request matches the path pattern either for a cache behavior or // for the default cache behavior. + // + // TargetOriginId is a required field TargetOriginId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that specifies the AWS accounts, if any, that you want to @@ -2558,6 +3673,8 @@ type DefaultCacheBehavior struct { // add, change, or remove one or more trusted signers, change Enabled to true // (if it's currently false), change Quantity as applicable, and specify all // of the trusted signers that you want to include in the updated distribution. + // + // TrustedSigners is a required field TrustedSigners *TrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Use this element to specify the protocol that users can use to access the @@ -2568,6 +3685,8 @@ type DefaultCacheBehavior struct { // request with an HTTP status code of 301 (Moved Permanently) and the HTTPS // URL, specify redirect-to-https. The viewer then resubmits the request using // the HTTPS URL. + // + // ViewerProtocolPolicy is a required field ViewerProtocolPolicy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ViewerProtocolPolicy"` } @@ -2626,6 +3745,8 @@ type DeleteCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The origin access identity's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received from a previous GET or PUT request. @@ -2675,6 +3796,8 @@ type DeleteDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received when you disabled the distribution. @@ -2724,6 +3847,8 @@ type DeleteStreamingDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received when you disabled the streaming @@ -2774,6 +3899,8 @@ type Distribution struct { // The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) for the distribution. For example: arn:aws:cloudfront::123456789012:distribution/EDFDVBD632BHDS5, // where 123456789012 is your AWS account Id. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // CloudFront automatically adds this element to the response only if you've @@ -2784,26 +3911,40 @@ type Distribution struct { // includes the IDs of any active key pairs associated with the trusted signer's // AWS account. If no KeyPairId element appears for a Signer, that signer can't // create working signed URLs. + // + // ActiveTrustedSigners is a required field ActiveTrustedSigners *ActiveTrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The current configuration information for the distribution. + // + // DistributionConfig is a required field DistributionConfig *DistributionConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The domain name corresponding to the distribution. For example: d604721fxaaqy9.cloudfront.net. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the distribution. For example: EDFDVBD632BHDS5. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of invalidation batches currently in progress. + // + // InProgressInvalidationBatches is a required field InProgressInvalidationBatches *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The date and time the distribution was last modified. + // + // LastModifiedTime is a required field LastModifiedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // This response element indicates the current status of the distribution. When // the status is Deployed, the distribution's information is fully propagated // throughout the Amazon CloudFront system. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2837,9 +3978,13 @@ type DistributionConfig struct { // is a value you already sent in a previous request to create a distribution // but the content of the DistributionConfig is different from the original // request, CloudFront returns a DistributionAlreadyExists error. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Any comments you want to include about the distribution. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more CustomErrorResponse elements. @@ -2848,6 +3993,8 @@ type DistributionConfig struct { // A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you do not specify // a CacheBehavior element or if files don't match any of the values of PathPattern // in CacheBehavior elements.You must create exactly one default cache behavior. + // + // DefaultCacheBehavior is a required field DefaultCacheBehavior *DefaultCacheBehavior `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The object that you want CloudFront to return (for example, index.html) when @@ -2862,6 +4009,8 @@ type DistributionConfig struct { DefaultRootObject *string `type:"string"` // Whether the distribution is enabled to accept end user requests for content. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // (Optional) Specify the maximum HTTP version that you want viewers to use @@ -2874,6 +4023,8 @@ type DistributionConfig struct { Logging *LoggingConfig `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains information about origins for this distribution. + // + // Origins is a required field Origins *Origins `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about price class for this distribution. @@ -2968,9 +4119,13 @@ type DistributionConfigWithTags struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A distribution Configuration. + // + // DistributionConfig is a required field DistributionConfig *DistributionConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more Tag elements. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags *Tags `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3018,6 +4173,8 @@ type DistributionList struct { // your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up pagination request // using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more distributions in the // list. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains one DistributionSummary element for each distribution @@ -3025,9 +4182,13 @@ type DistributionList struct { Items []*DistributionSummary `locationNameList:"DistributionSummary" type:"list"` // The value you provided for the Marker request parameter. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value you provided for the MaxItems request parameter. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value you @@ -3036,6 +4197,8 @@ type DistributionList struct { NextMarker *string `type:"string"` // The number of distributions that were created by the current AWS account. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3055,62 +4218,95 @@ type DistributionSummary struct { // The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) for the distribution. For example: arn:aws:cloudfront::123456789012:distribution/EDFDVBD632BHDS5, // where 123456789012 is your AWS account Id. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), // if any, for this distribution. + // + // Aliases is a required field Aliases *Aliases `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more CacheBehavior elements. + // + // CacheBehaviors is a required field CacheBehaviors *CacheBehaviors `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The comment originally specified when this distribution was created. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more CustomErrorResponses elements. + // + // CustomErrorResponses is a required field CustomErrorResponses *CustomErrorResponses `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that describes the default cache behavior if you do not specify // a CacheBehavior element or if files don't match any of the values of PathPattern // in CacheBehavior elements.You must create exactly one default cache behavior. + // + // DefaultCacheBehavior is a required field DefaultCacheBehavior *DefaultCacheBehavior `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The domain name corresponding to the distribution. For example: d604721fxaaqy9.cloudfront.net. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether the distribution is enabled to accept end user requests for content. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Specify the maximum HTTP version that you want viewers to use to communicate // with CloudFront. The default value for new web distributions is http2. Viewers // that don't support HTTP/2 will automatically use an earlier version. + // + // HttpVersion is a required field HttpVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"HttpVersion"` // The identifier for the distribution. For example: EDFDVBD632BHDS5. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The date and time the distribution was last modified. + // + // LastModifiedTime is a required field LastModifiedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about origins for this distribution. + // + // Origins is a required field Origins *Origins `type:"structure" required:"true"` + // PriceClass is a required field PriceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PriceClass"` // A complex type that identifies ways in which you want to restrict distribution // of your content. + // + // Restrictions is a required field Restrictions *Restrictions `type:"structure" required:"true"` // This response element indicates the current status of the distribution. When // the status is Deployed, the distribution's information is fully propagated // throughout the Amazon CloudFront system. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about viewer certificates for this // distribution. + // + // ViewerCertificate is a required field ViewerCertificate *ViewerCertificate `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The Web ACL Id (if any) associated with the distribution. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3130,6 +4326,8 @@ type ForwardedValues struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that specifies how CloudFront handles cookies. + // + // Cookies is a required field Cookies *CookiePreference `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that specifies the Headers, if any, that you want CloudFront @@ -3152,6 +4350,8 @@ type ForwardedValues struct { // you specify. If you specify false for QueryString, CloudFront doesn't forward // any query string parameters to the origin, and doesn't cache based on query // string parameters. + // + // QueryString is a required field QueryString *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about the query string parameters @@ -3223,6 +4423,8 @@ type GeoRestriction struct { // When geo restriction is enabled, this is the number of countries in your // whitelist or blacklist. Otherwise, when it is not enabled, Quantity is 0, // and you can omit Items. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The method that you want to use to restrict distribution of your content @@ -3231,6 +4433,8 @@ type GeoRestriction struct { // specify the countries in which you do not want CloudFront to distribute your // content. - whitelist: The Location elements specify the countries in which // you want CloudFront to distribute your content. + // + // RestrictionType is a required field RestrictionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GeoRestrictionType"` } @@ -3265,6 +4469,8 @@ type GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfigInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identity's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3317,6 +4523,8 @@ type GetCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identity's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3370,6 +4578,8 @@ type GetDistributionConfigInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3422,6 +4632,8 @@ type GetDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3474,9 +4686,13 @@ type GetInvalidationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution's id. + // + // DistributionId is a required field DistributionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DistributionId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The invalidation's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3529,6 +4745,8 @@ type GetStreamingDistributionConfigInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The streaming distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3581,6 +4799,8 @@ type GetStreamingDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The streaming distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3652,6 +4872,8 @@ type Headers struct { // * for Name. If you don't want CloudFront to forward any additional headers // to the origin or to vary on any headers, specify 0 for Quantity and omit // Items. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3683,16 +4905,24 @@ type Invalidation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The date and time the invalidation request was first made. + // + // CreateTime is a required field CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The identifier for the invalidation request. For example: IDFDVBD632BHDS5. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The current invalidation information for the batch request. + // + // InvalidationBatch is a required field InvalidationBatch *InvalidationBatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The status of the invalidation request. When the invalidation batch is finished, // the status is Completed. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3719,6 +4949,8 @@ type InvalidationBatch struct { // sent in a previous request to create a distribution but the content of any // Path is different from the original request, CloudFront returns an InvalidationBatchAlreadyExists // error. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The path of the object to invalidate. The path is relative to the distribution @@ -3727,6 +4959,8 @@ type InvalidationBatch struct { // unsafe characters as defined in RFC 1783 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1738.txt), // URL encode those characters. Do not URL encode any other characters in the // path, or CloudFront will not invalidate the old version of the updated object. + // + // Paths is a required field Paths *Paths `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3769,6 +5003,8 @@ type InvalidationList struct { // be listed. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up pagination // request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more invalidation // batches in the list. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains one InvalidationSummary element for each invalidation @@ -3776,9 +5012,13 @@ type InvalidationList struct { Items []*InvalidationSummary `locationNameList:"InvalidationSummary" type:"list"` // The value you provided for the Marker request parameter. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value you provided for the MaxItems request parameter. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value you @@ -3787,6 +5027,8 @@ type InvalidationList struct { NextMarker *string `type:"string"` // The number of invalidation batches that were created by the current AWS account. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3804,12 +5046,17 @@ func (s InvalidationList) GoString() string { type InvalidationSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // CreateTime is a required field CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The unique ID for an invalidation request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of an invalidation request. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3833,6 +5080,8 @@ type KeyPairIds struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"KeyPairId" type:"list"` // The number of active CloudFront key pairs for AwsAccountNumber. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3908,6 +5157,8 @@ type ListDistributionsByWebACLIdInput struct { // The Id of the AWS WAF web ACL for which you want to list the associated distributions. // If you specify "null" for the Id, the request returns a list of the distributions // that aren't associated with a web ACL. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"WebACLId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4002,6 +5253,8 @@ type ListInvalidationsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The distribution's id. + // + // DistributionId is a required field DistributionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DistributionId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Use this parameter when paginating results to indicate where to begin in @@ -4106,6 +5359,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An ARN of a CloudFront resource. + // + // Resource is a required field Resource *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Resource" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4137,6 +5392,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tags"` // A complex type that contains zero or more Tag elements. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags *Tags `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4155,6 +5412,8 @@ type LoggingConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want CloudFront to save access logs to an Amazon S3 @@ -4163,6 +5422,8 @@ type LoggingConfig struct { // for Enabled, and specify empty Bucket and Prefix elements. If you specify // false for Enabled but you specify values for Bucket, prefix and IncludeCookies, // the values are automatically deleted. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want CloudFront to include cookies in access logs, @@ -4171,12 +5432,16 @@ type LoggingConfig struct { // for this distribution. If you do not want to include cookies when you create // a distribution or if you want to disable include cookies for an existing // distribution, specify false for IncludeCookies. + // + // IncludeCookies is a required field IncludeCookies *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // An optional string that you want CloudFront to prefix to the access log filenames // for this distribution, for example, myprefix/. If you want to enable logging, // but you do not want to specify a prefix, you still must include an empty // Prefix element in the Logging element. + // + // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4230,12 +5495,16 @@ type Origin struct { // CloudFront to get objects for this origin, for example, myawsbucket.s3.amazonaws.com. // Custom origins: The DNS domain name for the HTTP server from which you want // CloudFront to get objects for this origin, for example, www.example.com. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for the origin. The value of Id must be unique within // the distribution. You use the value of Id when you create a cache behavior. // The Id identifies the origin that CloudFront routes a request to when the // request matches the path pattern for that cache behavior. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An optional element that causes CloudFront to request your content from a @@ -4298,11 +5567,15 @@ type OriginAccessIdentity struct { CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig *OriginAccessIdentityConfig `type:"structure"` // The ID for the origin access identity. For example: E74FTE3AJFJ256A. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon S3 canonical user ID for the origin access identity, which you // use when giving the origin access identity read permission to an object in // Amazon S3. + // + // S3CanonicalUserId is a required field S3CanonicalUserId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4331,9 +5604,13 @@ type OriginAccessIdentityConfig struct { // the content of the CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig is different from // the original request, CloudFront returns a CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityAlreadyExists // error. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Any comments you want to include about the origin access identity. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4371,6 +5648,8 @@ type OriginAccessIdentityList struct { // listed. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up pagination // request using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more items in the // list. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains one CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitySummary element @@ -4378,9 +5657,13 @@ type OriginAccessIdentityList struct { Items []*OriginAccessIdentitySummary `locationNameList:"CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentitySummary" type:"list"` // The value you provided for the Marker request parameter. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value you provided for the MaxItems request parameter. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value you @@ -4390,6 +5673,8 @@ type OriginAccessIdentityList struct { // The number of CloudFront origin access identities that were created by the // current AWS account. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4409,14 +5694,20 @@ type OriginAccessIdentitySummary struct { // The comment for this origin access identity, as originally specified when // created. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID for the origin access identity. For example: E74FTE3AJFJ256A. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon S3 canonical user ID for the origin access identity, which you // use when giving the origin access identity read permission to an object in // Amazon S3. + // + // S3CanonicalUserId is a required field S3CanonicalUserId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4435,9 +5726,13 @@ type OriginCustomHeader struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The header's name. + // + // HeaderName is a required field HeaderName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The header's value. + // + // HeaderValue is a required field HeaderValue *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4475,10 +5770,14 @@ type OriginSslProtocols struct { // A complex type that contains one SslProtocol element for each SSL/TLS protocol // that you want to allow CloudFront to use when establishing an HTTPS connection // with this origin. + // + // Items is a required field Items []*string `locationNameList:"SslProtocol" type:"list" required:"true"` // The number of SSL/TLS protocols that you want to allow CloudFront to use // when establishing an HTTPS connection with this origin. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4516,6 +5815,8 @@ type Origins struct { Items []*Origin `locationNameList:"Origin" min:"1" type:"list"` // The number of origins for this distribution. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4564,6 +5865,8 @@ type Paths struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"Path" type:"list"` // The number of objects that you want to invalidate. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4599,6 +5902,8 @@ type QueryStringCacheKeys struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"Name" type:"list"` // The number of whitelisted query string parameters for this cache behavior. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4636,6 +5941,8 @@ type Restrictions struct { // of your users using MaxMind GeoIP databases. For information about the accuracy // of these databases, see How accurate are your GeoIP databases? on the MaxMind // website. + // + // GeoRestriction is a required field GeoRestriction *GeoRestriction `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4673,9 +5980,13 @@ type S3Origin struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DNS name of the S3 origin. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Your S3 origin's origin access identity. + // + // OriginAccessIdentity is a required field OriginAccessIdentity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4721,6 +6032,8 @@ type S3OriginConfig struct { // the new origin access identity. Use the format origin-access-identity/cloudfront/Id // where Id is the value that CloudFront returned in the Id element when you // created the origin access identity. + // + // OriginAccessIdentity is a required field OriginAccessIdentity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4780,6 +6093,8 @@ type StreamingDistribution struct { // The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) for the streaming distribution. For example: // arn:aws:cloudfront::123456789012:streaming-distribution/EDFDVBD632BHDS5, // where 123456789012 is your AWS account Id. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // CloudFront automatically adds this element to the response only if you've @@ -4790,13 +6105,19 @@ type StreamingDistribution struct { // includes the IDs of any active key pairs associated with the trusted signer's // AWS account. If no KeyPairId element appears for a Signer, that signer can't // create working signed URLs. + // + // ActiveTrustedSigners is a required field ActiveTrustedSigners *ActiveTrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The domain name corresponding to the streaming distribution. For example: // s5c39gqb8ow64r.cloudfront.net. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the streaming distribution. For example: EGTXBD79H29TRA8. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The date and time the distribution was last modified. @@ -4805,9 +6126,13 @@ type StreamingDistribution struct { // The current status of the streaming distribution. When the status is Deployed, // the distribution's information is fully propagated throughout the Amazon // CloudFront system. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The current configuration information for the streaming distribution. + // + // StreamingDistributionConfig is a required field StreamingDistributionConfig *StreamingDistributionConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4839,13 +6164,19 @@ type StreamingDistributionConfig struct { // sent in a previous request to create a streaming distribution but the content // of the StreamingDistributionConfig is different from the original request, // CloudFront returns a DistributionAlreadyExists error. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Any comments you want to include about the streaming distribution. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether the streaming distribution is enabled to accept end user requests // for content. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that controls whether access logs are written for the streaming @@ -4858,6 +6189,8 @@ type StreamingDistributionConfig struct { // A complex type that contains information about the Amazon S3 bucket from // which you want CloudFront to get your media files for distribution. + // + // S3Origin is a required field S3Origin *S3Origin `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that specifies the AWS accounts, if any, that you want to @@ -4871,6 +6204,8 @@ type StreamingDistributionConfig struct { // add, change, or remove one or more trusted signers, change Enabled to true // (if it's currently false), change Quantity as applicable, and specify all // of the trusted signers that you want to include in the updated distribution. + // + // TrustedSigners is a required field TrustedSigners *TrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4935,9 +6270,13 @@ type StreamingDistributionConfigWithTags struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A streaming distribution Configuration. + // + // StreamingDistributionConfig is a required field StreamingDistributionConfig *StreamingDistributionConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more Tag elements. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags *Tags `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4985,6 +6324,8 @@ type StreamingDistributionList struct { // If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up pagination request // using the Marker request parameter to retrieve more distributions in the // list. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains one StreamingDistributionSummary element for @@ -4992,9 +6333,13 @@ type StreamingDistributionList struct { Items []*StreamingDistributionSummary `locationNameList:"StreamingDistributionSummary" type:"list"` // The value you provided for the Marker request parameter. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value you provided for the MaxItems request parameter. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value you @@ -5004,6 +6349,8 @@ type StreamingDistributionList struct { // The number of streaming distributions that were created by the current AWS // account. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -5024,36 +6371,55 @@ type StreamingDistributionSummary struct { // The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) for the streaming distribution. For example: // arn:aws:cloudfront::123456789012:streaming-distribution/EDFDVBD632BHDS5, // where 123456789012 is your AWS account Id. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about CNAMEs (alternate domain names), // if any, for this streaming distribution. + // + // Aliases is a required field Aliases *Aliases `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The comment originally specified when this distribution was created. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The domain name corresponding to the distribution. For example: d604721fxaaqy9.cloudfront.net. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether the distribution is enabled to accept end user requests for content. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The identifier for the distribution. For example: EDFDVBD632BHDS5. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The date and time the distribution was last modified. + // + // LastModifiedTime is a required field LastModifiedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` + // PriceClass is a required field PriceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PriceClass"` // A complex type that contains information about the Amazon S3 bucket from // which you want CloudFront to get your media files for distribution. + // + // S3Origin is a required field S3Origin *S3Origin `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Indicates the current status of the distribution. When the status is Deployed, // the distribution's information is fully propagated throughout the Amazon // CloudFront system. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that specifies the AWS accounts, if any, that you want to @@ -5067,6 +6433,8 @@ type StreamingDistributionSummary struct { // add, change, or remove one or more trusted signers, change Enabled to true // (if it's currently false), change Quantity as applicable, and specify all // of the trusted signers that you want to include in the updated distribution. + // + // TrustedSigners is a required field TrustedSigners *TrustedSigners `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5086,6 +6454,8 @@ type StreamingLoggingConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket to store the access logs in, for example, myawslogbucket.s3.amazonaws.com. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want CloudFront to save access logs to an Amazon S3 @@ -5094,12 +6464,16 @@ type StreamingLoggingConfig struct { // distribution, specify false for Enabled, and specify empty Bucket and Prefix // elements. If you specify false for Enabled but you specify values for Bucket // and Prefix, the values are automatically deleted. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // An optional string that you want CloudFront to prefix to the access log filenames // for this streaming distribution, for example, myprefix/. If you want to enable // logging, but you do not want to specify a prefix, you still must include // an empty Prefix element in the Logging element. + // + // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5139,6 +6513,8 @@ type Tag struct { // A string that contains Tag key. The string length should be between 1 and // 128 characters. Valid characters include a-z, A-Z, 0-9, space, and the special // characters _ - . : / = + @. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string that contains an optional Tag value. The string length should be @@ -5196,9 +6572,13 @@ type TagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tags"` // An ARN of a CloudFront resource. + // + // Resource is a required field Resource *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Resource" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more Tag elements. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags *Tags `locationName:"Tags" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5301,6 +6681,8 @@ type TrustedSigners struct { // Specifies whether you want to require end users to use signed URLs to access // the files specified by PathPattern and TargetOriginId. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Optional: A complex type that contains trusted signers for this cache behavior. @@ -5308,6 +6690,8 @@ type TrustedSigners struct { Items []*string `locationNameList:"AwsAccountNumber" type:"list"` // The number of trusted signers for this cache behavior. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -5342,9 +6726,13 @@ type UntagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"TagKeys"` // An ARN of a CloudFront resource. + // + // Resource is a required field Resource *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Resource" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains zero or more Tag key elements. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys *TagKeys `locationName:"TagKeys" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5393,9 +6781,13 @@ type UpdateCloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig"` // The identity's configuration information. + // + // CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig is a required field CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig *OriginAccessIdentityConfig `locationName:"CloudFrontOriginAccessIdentityConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The identity's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received when retrieving the identity's @@ -5460,9 +6852,13 @@ type UpdateDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"DistributionConfig"` // The distribution's configuration information. + // + // DistributionConfig is a required field DistributionConfig *DistributionConfig `locationName:"DistributionConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received when retrieving the distribution's @@ -5527,6 +6923,8 @@ type UpdateStreamingDistributionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"StreamingDistributionConfig"` // The streaming distribution's id. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the ETag header you received when retrieving the streaming distribution's @@ -5534,6 +6932,8 @@ type UpdateStreamingDistributionInput struct { IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` // The streaming distribution's configuration information. + // + // StreamingDistributionConfig is a required field StreamingDistributionConfig *StreamingDistributionConfig `locationName:"StreamingDistributionConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5656,104 +7056,128 @@ func (s ViewerCertificate) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum CertificateSource + // CertificateSourceCloudfront is a CertificateSource enum value CertificateSourceCloudfront = "cloudfront" - // @enum CertificateSource + + // CertificateSourceIam is a CertificateSource enum value CertificateSourceIam = "iam" - // @enum CertificateSource + + // CertificateSourceAcm is a CertificateSource enum value CertificateSourceAcm = "acm" ) const ( - // @enum GeoRestrictionType + // GeoRestrictionTypeBlacklist is a GeoRestrictionType enum value GeoRestrictionTypeBlacklist = "blacklist" - // @enum GeoRestrictionType + + // GeoRestrictionTypeWhitelist is a GeoRestrictionType enum value GeoRestrictionTypeWhitelist = "whitelist" - // @enum GeoRestrictionType + + // GeoRestrictionTypeNone is a GeoRestrictionType enum value GeoRestrictionTypeNone = "none" ) const ( - // @enum HttpVersion + // HttpVersionHttp11 is a HttpVersion enum value HttpVersionHttp11 = "http1.1" - // @enum HttpVersion + + // HttpVersionHttp2 is a HttpVersion enum value HttpVersionHttp2 = "http2" ) const ( - // @enum ItemSelection + // ItemSelectionNone is a ItemSelection enum value ItemSelectionNone = "none" - // @enum ItemSelection + + // ItemSelectionWhitelist is a ItemSelection enum value ItemSelectionWhitelist = "whitelist" - // @enum ItemSelection + + // ItemSelectionAll is a ItemSelection enum value ItemSelectionAll = "all" ) const ( - // @enum Method + // MethodGet is a Method enum value MethodGet = "GET" - // @enum Method + + // MethodHead is a Method enum value MethodHead = "HEAD" - // @enum Method + + // MethodPost is a Method enum value MethodPost = "POST" - // @enum Method + + // MethodPut is a Method enum value MethodPut = "PUT" - // @enum Method + + // MethodPatch is a Method enum value MethodPatch = "PATCH" - // @enum Method + + // MethodOptions is a Method enum value MethodOptions = "OPTIONS" - // @enum Method + + // MethodDelete is a Method enum value MethodDelete = "DELETE" ) const ( - // @enum MinimumProtocolVersion + // MinimumProtocolVersionSslv3 is a MinimumProtocolVersion enum value MinimumProtocolVersionSslv3 = "SSLv3" - // @enum MinimumProtocolVersion + + // MinimumProtocolVersionTlsv1 is a MinimumProtocolVersion enum value MinimumProtocolVersionTlsv1 = "TLSv1" ) const ( - // @enum OriginProtocolPolicy + // OriginProtocolPolicyHttpOnly is a OriginProtocolPolicy enum value OriginProtocolPolicyHttpOnly = "http-only" - // @enum OriginProtocolPolicy + + // OriginProtocolPolicyMatchViewer is a OriginProtocolPolicy enum value OriginProtocolPolicyMatchViewer = "match-viewer" - // @enum OriginProtocolPolicy + + // OriginProtocolPolicyHttpsOnly is a OriginProtocolPolicy enum value OriginProtocolPolicyHttpsOnly = "https-only" ) const ( - // @enum PriceClass + // PriceClassPriceClass100 is a PriceClass enum value PriceClassPriceClass100 = "PriceClass_100" - // @enum PriceClass + + // PriceClassPriceClass200 is a PriceClass enum value PriceClassPriceClass200 = "PriceClass_200" - // @enum PriceClass + + // PriceClassPriceClassAll is a PriceClass enum value PriceClassPriceClassAll = "PriceClass_All" ) const ( - // @enum SSLSupportMethod + // SSLSupportMethodSniOnly is a SSLSupportMethod enum value SSLSupportMethodSniOnly = "sni-only" - // @enum SSLSupportMethod + + // SSLSupportMethodVip is a SSLSupportMethod enum value SSLSupportMethodVip = "vip" ) const ( - // @enum SslProtocol + // SslProtocolSslv3 is a SslProtocol enum value SslProtocolSslv3 = "SSLv3" - // @enum SslProtocol + + // SslProtocolTlsv1 is a SslProtocol enum value SslProtocolTlsv1 = "TLSv1" - // @enum SslProtocol + + // SslProtocolTlsv11 is a SslProtocol enum value SslProtocolTlsv11 = "TLSv1.1" - // @enum SslProtocol + + // SslProtocolTlsv12 is a SslProtocol enum value SslProtocolTlsv12 = "TLSv1.2" ) const ( - // @enum ViewerProtocolPolicy + // ViewerProtocolPolicyAllowAll is a ViewerProtocolPolicy enum value ViewerProtocolPolicyAllowAll = "allow-all" - // @enum ViewerProtocolPolicy + + // ViewerProtocolPolicyHttpsOnly is a ViewerProtocolPolicy enum value ViewerProtocolPolicyHttpsOnly = "https-only" - // @enum ViewerProtocolPolicy + + // ViewerProtocolPolicyRedirectToHttps is a ViewerProtocolPolicy enum value ViewerProtocolPolicyRedirectToHttps = "redirect-to-https" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/waiters.go index 7a0525d17..c14e9d101 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilDistributionDeployed uses the CloudFront API operation +// GetDistribution to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFront) WaitUntilDistributionDeployed(input *GetDistributionInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetDistribution", @@ -29,6 +33,10 @@ func (c *CloudFront) WaitUntilDistributionDeployed(input *GetDistributionInput) return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInvalidationCompleted uses the CloudFront API operation +// GetInvalidation to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFront) WaitUntilInvalidationCompleted(input *GetInvalidationInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetInvalidation", @@ -52,6 +60,10 @@ func (c *CloudFront) WaitUntilInvalidationCompleted(input *GetInvalidationInput) return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilStreamingDistributionDeployed uses the CloudFront API operation +// GetStreamingDistribution to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudFront) WaitUntilStreamingDistributionDeployed(input *GetStreamingDistributionInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetStreamingDistribution", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go index de18a11ca..ebccedbd6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAddTags = "AddTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,12 +54,66 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// AddTags API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Adds one or more tags to a trail, up to a limit of 10. Tags must be unique // per trail. Overwrites an existing tag's value when a new value is specified // for an existing tag key. If you specify a key without a value, the tag will // be created with the specified key and a value of null. You can tag a trail // that applies to all regions only from the region in which the trail was created // (that is, from its home region). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation AddTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource is not found. +// +// * ARNInvalidException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called with an invalid trail +// ARN. The format of a trail ARN is: +// +// arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail +// +// * ResourceTypeNotSupportedException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource type is not supported +// by CloudTrail. +// +// * TagsLimitExceededException +// The number of tags per trail has exceeded the permitted amount. Currently, +// the limit is 10. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * InvalidTagParameterException +// This exception is thrown when the key or value specified for the tag does +// not match the regular expression ^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// func (c *CloudTrail) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -71,6 +127,8 @@ const opCreateTrail = "CreateTrail" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTrail for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -105,9 +163,100 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) CreateTrailRequest(input *CreateTrailInput) (req *request.R return } +// CreateTrail API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Creates a trail that specifies the settings for delivery of log data to an // Amazon S3 bucket. A maximum of five trails can exist in a region, irrespective // of the region in which they were created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation CreateTrail for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MaximumNumberOfTrailsExceededException +// This exception is thrown when the maximum number of trails is reached. +// +// * TrailAlreadyExistsException +// This exception is thrown when the specified trail already exists. +// +// * S3BucketDoesNotExistException +// This exception is thrown when the specified S3 bucket does not exist. +// +// * InsufficientS3BucketPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket is not sufficient. +// +// * InsufficientSnsTopicPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the SNS topic is not sufficient. +// +// * InsufficientEncryptionPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket or KMS key is not +// sufficient. +// +// * InvalidS3BucketNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided S3 bucket name is not valid. +// +// * InvalidS3PrefixException +// This exception is thrown when the provided S3 prefix is not valid. +// +// * InvalidSnsTopicNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided SNS topic name is not valid. +// +// * InvalidKmsKeyIdException +// This exception is thrown when the KMS key ARN is invalid. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * TrailNotProvidedException +// This exception is deprecated. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombinationException +// This exception is thrown when the combination of parameters provided is not +// valid. +// +// * KmsKeyNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the KMS key does not exist, or when the S3 +// bucket and the KMS key are not in the same region. +// +// * KmsKeyDisabledException +// This exception is deprecated. +// +// * KmsException +// This exception is thrown when there is an issue with the specified KMS key +// and the trail can’t be updated. +// +// * InvalidCloudWatchLogsLogGroupArnException +// This exception is thrown when the provided CloudWatch log group is not valid. +// +// * InvalidCloudWatchLogsRoleArnException +// This exception is thrown when the provided role is not valid. +// +// * CloudWatchLogsDeliveryUnavailableException +// Cannot set a CloudWatch Logs delivery for this region. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// func (c *CloudTrail) CreateTrail(input *CreateTrailInput) (*CreateTrailOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTrailRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -121,6 +270,8 @@ const opDeleteTrail = "DeleteTrail" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTrail for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -155,9 +306,43 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) DeleteTrailRequest(input *DeleteTrailInput) (req *request.R return } +// DeleteTrail API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Deletes a trail. This operation must be called from the region in which the // trail was created. DeleteTrail cannot be called on the shadow trails (replicated // trails in other regions) of a trail that is enabled in all regions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation DeleteTrail for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TrailNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * InvalidHomeRegionException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called on a trail from a region +// other than the region in which the trail was created. +// func (c *CloudTrail) DeleteTrail(input *DeleteTrailInput) (*DeleteTrailOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTrailRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -171,6 +356,8 @@ const opDescribeTrails = "DescribeTrails" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTrails for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -205,8 +392,25 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) DescribeTrailsRequest(input *DescribeTrailsInput) (req *req return } +// DescribeTrails API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Retrieves settings for the trail associated with the current region for your // account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation DescribeTrails for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// func (c *CloudTrail) DescribeTrails(input *DescribeTrailsInput) (*DescribeTrailsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTrailsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -220,6 +424,8 @@ const opGetTrailStatus = "GetTrailStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTrailStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -254,11 +460,41 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) GetTrailStatusRequest(input *GetTrailStatusInput) (req *req return } +// GetTrailStatus API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Returns a JSON-formatted list of information about the specified trail. Fields // include information on delivery errors, Amazon SNS and Amazon S3 errors, // and start and stop logging times for each trail. This operation returns trail // status from a single region. To return trail status from all regions, you // must call the operation on each region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation GetTrailStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TrailNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// func (c *CloudTrail) GetTrailStatus(input *GetTrailStatusInput) (*GetTrailStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTrailStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -272,6 +508,8 @@ const opListPublicKeys = "ListPublicKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPublicKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -306,6 +544,8 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) ListPublicKeysRequest(input *ListPublicKeysInput) (req *req return } +// ListPublicKeys API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Returns all public keys whose private keys were used to sign the digest files // within the specified time range. The public key is needed to validate digest // files that were signed with its corresponding private key. @@ -314,6 +554,28 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) ListPublicKeysRequest(input *ListPublicKeysInput) (req *req // file is signed with a private key unique to its region. Therefore, when you // validate a digest file from a particular region, you must look in the same // region for its corresponding public key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation ListPublicKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidTimeRangeException +// Occurs if the timestamp values are invalid. Either the start time occurs +// after the end time or the time range is outside the range of possible values. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// +// * InvalidTokenException +// Reserved for future use. +// func (c *CloudTrail) ListPublicKeys(input *ListPublicKeysInput) (*ListPublicKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPublicKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -327,6 +589,8 @@ const opListTags = "ListTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -361,7 +625,56 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) ListTagsRequest(input *ListTagsInput) (req *request.Request return } +// ListTags API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Lists the tags for the trail in the current region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation ListTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource is not found. +// +// * ARNInvalidException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called with an invalid trail +// ARN. The format of a trail ARN is: +// +// arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail +// +// * ResourceTypeNotSupportedException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource type is not supported +// by CloudTrail. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// +// * InvalidTokenException +// Reserved for future use. +// func (c *CloudTrail) ListTags(input *ListTagsInput) (*ListTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -375,6 +688,8 @@ const opLookupEvents = "LookupEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See LookupEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -409,6 +724,8 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEventsRequest(input *LookupEventsInput) (req *request return } +// LookupEvents API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Looks up API activity events captured by CloudTrail that create, update, // or delete resources in your account. Events for a region can be looked up // for the times in which you had CloudTrail turned on in that region during @@ -425,6 +742,29 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEventsRequest(input *LookupEventsInput) (req *request // // Events that occurred during the selected time range will not be available // for lookup if CloudTrail logging was not enabled when the events occurred. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation LookupEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidLookupAttributesException +// Occurs when an invalid lookup attribute is specified. +// +// * InvalidTimeRangeException +// Occurs if the timestamp values are invalid. Either the start time occurs +// after the end time or the time range is outside the range of possible values. +// +// * InvalidMaxResultsException +// This exception is thrown if the limit specified is invalid. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// Invalid token or token that was previously used in a request with different +// parameters. This exception is thrown if the token is invalid. +// func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEvents(input *LookupEventsInput) (*LookupEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.LookupEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -438,6 +778,8 @@ const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -472,7 +814,57 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Req return } +// RemoveTags API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Removes the specified tags from a trail. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource is not found. +// +// * ARNInvalidException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called with an invalid trail +// ARN. The format of a trail ARN is: +// +// arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail +// +// * ResourceTypeNotSupportedException +// This exception is thrown when the specified resource type is not supported +// by CloudTrail. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * InvalidTagParameterException +// This exception is thrown when the key or value specified for the tag does +// not match the regular expression ^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-@]*)$. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// func (c *CloudTrail) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -486,6 +878,8 @@ const opStartLogging = "StartLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StartLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -520,11 +914,45 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) StartLoggingRequest(input *StartLoggingInput) (req *request return } +// StartLogging API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Starts the recording of AWS API calls and log file delivery for a trail. // For a trail that is enabled in all regions, this operation must be called // from the region in which the trail was created. This operation cannot be // called on the shadow trails (replicated trails in other regions) of a trail // that is enabled in all regions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation StartLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TrailNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * InvalidHomeRegionException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called on a trail from a region +// other than the region in which the trail was created. +// func (c *CloudTrail) StartLogging(input *StartLoggingInput) (*StartLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.StartLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -538,6 +966,8 @@ const opStopLogging = "StopLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -572,6 +1002,8 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) StopLoggingRequest(input *StopLoggingInput) (req *request.R return } +// StopLogging API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Suspends the recording of AWS API calls and log file delivery for the specified // trail. Under most circumstances, there is no need to use this action. You // can update a trail without stopping it first. This action is the only way @@ -579,6 +1011,38 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) StopLoggingRequest(input *StopLoggingInput) (req *request.R // be called from the region in which the trail was created, or an InvalidHomeRegionException // will occur. This operation cannot be called on the shadow trails (replicated // trails in other regions) of a trail enabled in all regions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation StopLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TrailNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * InvalidHomeRegionException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called on a trail from a region +// other than the region in which the trail was created. +// func (c *CloudTrail) StopLogging(input *StopLoggingInput) (*StopLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -592,6 +1056,8 @@ const opUpdateTrail = "UpdateTrail" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateTrail for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -626,12 +1092,104 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) UpdateTrailRequest(input *UpdateTrailInput) (req *request.R return } +// UpdateTrail API operation for AWS CloudTrail. +// // Updates the settings that specify delivery of log files. Changes to a trail // do not require stopping the CloudTrail service. Use this action to designate // an existing bucket for log delivery. If the existing bucket has previously // been a target for CloudTrail log files, an IAM policy exists for the bucket. // UpdateTrail must be called from the region in which the trail was created; // otherwise, an InvalidHomeRegionException is thrown. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's +// API operation UpdateTrail for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * S3BucketDoesNotExistException +// This exception is thrown when the specified S3 bucket does not exist. +// +// * InsufficientS3BucketPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket is not sufficient. +// +// * InsufficientSnsTopicPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the SNS topic is not sufficient. +// +// * InsufficientEncryptionPolicyException +// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket or KMS key is not +// sufficient. +// +// * TrailNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found. +// +// * InvalidS3BucketNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided S3 bucket name is not valid. +// +// * InvalidS3PrefixException +// This exception is thrown when the provided S3 prefix is not valid. +// +// * InvalidSnsTopicNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided SNS topic name is not valid. +// +// * InvalidKmsKeyIdException +// This exception is thrown when the KMS key ARN is invalid. +// +// * InvalidTrailNameException +// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail +// names must meet the following requirements: +// +// Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores +// (_), or dashes (-) +// +// Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number +// +// Be between 3 and 128 characters +// +// Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace +// and my--namespace are invalid. +// +// Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) +// +// * TrailNotProvidedException +// This exception is deprecated. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombinationException +// This exception is thrown when the combination of parameters provided is not +// valid. +// +// * InvalidHomeRegionException +// This exception is thrown when an operation is called on a trail from a region +// other than the region in which the trail was created. +// +// * KmsKeyNotFoundException +// This exception is thrown when the KMS key does not exist, or when the S3 +// bucket and the KMS key are not in the same region. +// +// * KmsKeyDisabledException +// This exception is deprecated. +// +// * KmsException +// This exception is thrown when there is an issue with the specified KMS key +// and the trail can’t be updated. +// +// * InvalidCloudWatchLogsLogGroupArnException +// This exception is thrown when the provided CloudWatch log group is not valid. +// +// * InvalidCloudWatchLogsRoleArnException +// This exception is thrown when the provided role is not valid. +// +// * CloudWatchLogsDeliveryUnavailableException +// Cannot set a CloudWatch Logs delivery for this region. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported. +// +// * OperationNotPermittedException +// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted. +// func (c *CloudTrail) UpdateTrail(input *UpdateTrailInput) (*UpdateTrailOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateTrailRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -646,6 +1204,8 @@ type AddTagsInput struct { // format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Contains a list of CloudTrail tags, up to a limit of 10. @@ -763,10 +1323,14 @@ type CreateTrailInput struct { // and my--namespace are invalid. // // Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4) + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the name of the Amazon S3 bucket designated for publishing log // files. See Amazon S3 Bucket Naming Requirements (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/create_trail_naming_policy.html). + // + // S3BucketName is a required field S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the Amazon S3 key prefix that comes after the name of the bucket @@ -881,6 +1445,8 @@ type DeleteTrailInput struct { // format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1027,6 +1593,8 @@ type GetTrailStatusInput struct { // another region), you must specify its ARN. The format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1207,6 +1775,8 @@ type ListTagsInput struct { // limit of 20 ARNs. The format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // ResourceIdList is a required field ResourceIdList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1260,9 +1830,13 @@ type LookupAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies an attribute on which to filter the events returned. + // + // AttributeKey is a required field AttributeKey *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LookupAttributeKey"` // Specifies a value for the specified AttributeKey. + // + // AttributeValue is a required field AttributeValue *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1419,6 +1993,8 @@ type RemoveTagsInput struct { // of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a list of tags to be removed. @@ -1531,6 +2107,8 @@ type StartLoggingInput struct { // logs AWS API calls. The format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1582,6 +2160,8 @@ type StopLoggingInput struct { // will stop logging AWS API calls. The format of a trail ARN is: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1630,6 +2210,8 @@ type Tag struct { // The key in a key-value pair. The key must be must be no longer than 128 Unicode // characters. The key must be unique for the resource to which it applies. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value in a key-value pair of a tag. The value must be no longer than @@ -1799,6 +2381,8 @@ type UpdateTrailInput struct { // If Name is a trail ARN, it must be in the format: // // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-1:123456789012:trail/MyTrail + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the name of the Amazon S3 bucket designated for publishing log @@ -1907,14 +2491,18 @@ func (s UpdateTrailOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum LookupAttributeKey + // LookupAttributeKeyEventId is a LookupAttributeKey enum value LookupAttributeKeyEventId = "EventId" - // @enum LookupAttributeKey + + // LookupAttributeKeyEventName is a LookupAttributeKey enum value LookupAttributeKeyEventName = "EventName" - // @enum LookupAttributeKey + + // LookupAttributeKeyUsername is a LookupAttributeKey enum value LookupAttributeKeyUsername = "Username" - // @enum LookupAttributeKey + + // LookupAttributeKeyResourceType is a LookupAttributeKey enum value LookupAttributeKeyResourceType = "ResourceType" - // @enum LookupAttributeKey + + // LookupAttributeKeyResourceName is a LookupAttributeKey enum value LookupAttributeKeyResourceName = "ResourceName" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go index 79958fea3..b198b4a84 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opDeleteAlarms = "DeleteAlarms" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAlarms for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,7 +58,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteAlarmsRequest(input *DeleteAlarmsInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteAlarms API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Deletes all specified alarms. In the event of an error, no alarms are deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation DeleteAlarms for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFound +// The named resource does not exist. +// func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteAlarms(input *DeleteAlarmsInput) (*DeleteAlarmsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAlarmsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -70,6 +86,8 @@ const opDescribeAlarmHistory = "DescribeAlarmHistory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAlarmHistory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -110,12 +128,26 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmHistoryRequest(input *DescribeAlarmHistoryInpu return } +// DescribeAlarmHistory API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Retrieves history for the specified alarm. Filter alarms by date range or // item type. If an alarm name is not specified, Amazon CloudWatch returns histories // for all of the owner's alarms. // // Amazon CloudWatch retains the history of an alarm for two weeks, whether // or not you delete the alarm. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation DescribeAlarmHistory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The next token specified is invalid. +// func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmHistory(input *DescribeAlarmHistoryInput) (*DescribeAlarmHistoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAlarmHistoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -154,6 +186,8 @@ const opDescribeAlarms = "DescribeAlarms" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAlarms for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -194,9 +228,23 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmsRequest(input *DescribeAlarmsInput) (req *req return } +// DescribeAlarms API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Retrieves alarms with the specified names. If no name is specified, all alarms // for the user are returned. Alarms can be retrieved by using only a prefix // for the alarm name, the alarm state, or a prefix for any action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation DescribeAlarms for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextToken +// The next token specified is invalid. +// func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarms(input *DescribeAlarmsInput) (*DescribeAlarmsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAlarmsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -235,6 +283,8 @@ const opDescribeAlarmsForMetric = "DescribeAlarmsForMetric" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAlarmsForMetric for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -269,8 +319,17 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmsForMetricRequest(input *DescribeAlarmsForMetr return } +// DescribeAlarmsForMetric API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Retrieves all alarms for a single metric. Specify a statistic, period, or // unit to filter the set of alarms further. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation DescribeAlarmsForMetric for usage and error information. func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmsForMetric(input *DescribeAlarmsForMetricInput) (*DescribeAlarmsForMetricOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAlarmsForMetricRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -284,6 +343,8 @@ const opDisableAlarmActions = "DisableAlarmActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableAlarmActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -320,8 +381,17 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) return } +// DisableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Disables actions for the specified alarms. When an alarm's actions are disabled // the alarm's state may change, but none of the alarm's actions will execute. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation DisableAlarmActions for usage and error information. func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActions(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) (*DisableAlarmActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -335,6 +405,8 @@ const opEnableAlarmActions = "EnableAlarmActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableAlarmActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -371,7 +443,16 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) ( return } +// EnableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Enables actions for the specified alarms. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation EnableAlarmActions for usage and error information. func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActions(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) (*EnableAlarmActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -385,6 +466,8 @@ const opGetMetricStatistics = "GetMetricStatistics" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetMetricStatistics for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -419,6 +502,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricStatisticsRequest(input *GetMetricStatisticsInput) return } +// GetMetricStatistics API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Gets statistics for the specified metric. // // The maximum number of data points that can be queried is 50,850, whereas @@ -451,6 +536,28 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricStatisticsRequest(input *GetMetricStatisticsInput) // other Amazon Web Services products use to send metrics to CloudWatch, go // to Amazon CloudWatch Metrics, Namespaces, and Dimensions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html) // in the Amazon CloudWatch Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation GetMetricStatistics for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// Bad or out-of-range value was supplied for the input parameter. +// +// * MissingParameter +// An input parameter that is mandatory for processing the request is not supplied. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Parameters that must not be used together were used together. +// +// * InternalServiceError +// Indicates that the request processing has failed due to some unknown error, +// exception, or failure. +// func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricStatistics(input *GetMetricStatisticsInput) (*GetMetricStatisticsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetMetricStatisticsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -464,6 +571,8 @@ const opListMetrics = "ListMetrics" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListMetrics for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -504,6 +613,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) ListMetricsRequest(input *ListMetricsInput) (req *request.R return } +// ListMetrics API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Returns a list of valid metrics stored for the AWS account owner. Returned // metrics can be used with GetMetricStatistics to obtain statistical data for // a given metric. @@ -514,6 +625,22 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) ListMetricsRequest(input *ListMetricsInput) (req *request.R // If you create a metric with PutMetricData, allow up to fifteen minutes // for the metric to appear in calls to ListMetrics. Statistics about the metric, // however, are available sooner using GetMetricStatistics. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation ListMetrics for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServiceError +// Indicates that the request processing has failed due to some unknown error, +// exception, or failure. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// Bad or out-of-range value was supplied for the input parameter. +// func (c *CloudWatch) ListMetrics(input *ListMetricsInput) (*ListMetricsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMetricsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -552,6 +679,8 @@ const opPutMetricAlarm = "PutMetricAlarm" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutMetricAlarm for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -588,6 +717,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricAlarmRequest(input *PutMetricAlarmInput) (req *req return } +// PutMetricAlarm API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Creates or updates an alarm and associates it with the specified Amazon CloudWatch // metric. Optionally, this operation can associate one or more Amazon SNS resources // with the alarm. @@ -628,6 +759,18 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricAlarmRequest(input *PutMetricAlarmInput) (req *req // If you are using temporary security credentials granted using the AWS Security // Token Service (AWS STS), you cannot stop or terminate an Amazon EC2 instance // using alarm actions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation PutMetricAlarm for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The quota for alarms for this customer has already been reached. +// func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricAlarm(input *PutMetricAlarmInput) (*PutMetricAlarmOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutMetricAlarmRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -641,6 +784,8 @@ const opPutMetricData = "PutMetricData" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutMetricData for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -677,6 +822,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricDataRequest(input *PutMetricDataInput) (req *reque return } +// PutMetricData API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Publishes metric data points to Amazon CloudWatch. Amazon CloudWatch associates // the data points with the specified metric. If the specified metric does not // exist, Amazon CloudWatch creates the metric. When Amazon CloudWatch creates @@ -694,6 +841,28 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricDataRequest(input *PutMetricDataInput) (req *reque // // Data that is timestamped 24 hours or more in the past may take in excess // of 48 hours to become available from submission time using GetMetricStatistics. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation PutMetricData for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// Bad or out-of-range value was supplied for the input parameter. +// +// * MissingParameter +// An input parameter that is mandatory for processing the request is not supplied. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Parameters that must not be used together were used together. +// +// * InternalServiceError +// Indicates that the request processing has failed due to some unknown error, +// exception, or failure. +// func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricData(input *PutMetricDataInput) (*PutMetricDataOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutMetricDataRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -707,6 +876,8 @@ const opSetAlarmState = "SetAlarmState" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetAlarmState for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -743,6 +914,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) SetAlarmStateRequest(input *SetAlarmStateInput) (req *reque return } +// SetAlarmState API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. +// // Temporarily sets the state of an alarm for testing purposes. When the updated // StateValue differs from the previous value, the action configured for the // appropriate state is invoked. For example, if your alarm is configured to @@ -751,6 +924,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) SetAlarmStateRequest(input *SetAlarmStateInput) (req *reque // to its actual state (often within seconds). Because the alarm state change // happens very quickly, it is typically only visible in the alarm's History // tab in the Amazon CloudWatch console or through DescribeAlarmHistory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's +// API operation SetAlarmState for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFound +// The named resource does not exist. +// +// * InvalidFormat +// Data was not syntactically valid JSON. +// func (c *CloudWatch) SetAlarmState(input *SetAlarmStateInput) (*SetAlarmStateOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetAlarmStateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -832,6 +1020,8 @@ type DeleteAlarmsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of alarms to be deleted. + // + // AlarmNames is a required field AlarmNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -953,9 +1143,13 @@ type DescribeAlarmsForMetricInput struct { Dimensions []*Dimension `type:"list"` // The name of the metric. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The namespace of the metric. + // + // Namespace is a required field Namespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The period in seconds over which the statistic is applied. @@ -1114,9 +1308,13 @@ type Dimension struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the dimension. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value representing the dimension measurement + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1157,6 +1355,8 @@ type DimensionFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The dimension name to be matched. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the dimension to be matched. @@ -1199,6 +1399,8 @@ type DisableAlarmActionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the alarms to disable actions for. + // + // AlarmNames is a required field AlarmNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1244,6 +1446,8 @@ type EnableAlarmActionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the alarms to enable actions for. + // + // AlarmNames is a required field AlarmNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1294,17 +1498,25 @@ type GetMetricStatisticsInput struct { // The time stamp to use for determining the last datapoint to return. The value // specified is exclusive; results will include datapoints up to the time stamp // specified. The time stamp must be in ISO 8601 UTC format (e.g., 2014-09-03T23:00:00Z). + // + // EndTime is a required field EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The name of the metric, with or without spaces. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The namespace of the metric, with or without spaces. + // + // Namespace is a required field Namespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The granularity, in seconds, of the returned datapoints. A Period can be // as short as one minute (60 seconds) or as long as one day (86,400 seconds), // and must be a multiple of 60. The default value is 60. + // + // Period is a required field Period *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The time stamp to use for determining the first datapoint to return. The @@ -1318,11 +1530,15 @@ type GetMetricStatisticsInput struct { // // Data that is timestamped 24 hours or more in the past may take in excess // of 48 hours to become available from submission time using GetMetricStatistics. + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The metric statistics to return. For information about specific statistics // returned by GetMetricStatistics, see Statistics (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/cloudwatch_concepts.html#Statistic) // in the Amazon CloudWatch Developer Guide. + // + // Statistics is a required field Statistics []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The specific unit for a given metric. Metrics may be reported in multiple @@ -1617,6 +1833,8 @@ type MetricDatum struct { Dimensions []*Dimension `type:"list"` // The name of the metric. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A set of statistical values describing the metric. @@ -1711,16 +1929,22 @@ type PutMetricAlarmInput struct { // The descriptive name for the alarm. This name must be unique within the user's // AWS account + // + // AlarmName is a required field AlarmName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The arithmetic operation to use when comparing the specified Statistic and // Threshold. The specified Statistic value is used as the first operand. + // + // ComparisonOperator is a required field ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ComparisonOperator"` // The dimensions for the alarm's associated metric. Dimensions []*Dimension `type:"list"` // The number of periods over which data is compared to the specified threshold. + // + // EvaluationPeriods is a required field EvaluationPeriods *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The list of actions to execute when this alarm transitions into an INSUFFICIENT_DATA @@ -1741,9 +1965,13 @@ type PutMetricAlarmInput struct { InsufficientDataActions []*string `type:"list"` // The name for the alarm's associated metric. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The namespace for the alarm's associated metric. + // + // Namespace is a required field Namespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The list of actions to execute when this alarm transitions into an OK state @@ -1764,12 +1992,18 @@ type PutMetricAlarmInput struct { OKActions []*string `type:"list"` // The period in seconds over which the specified statistic is applied. + // + // Period is a required field Period *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The statistic to apply to the alarm's associated metric. + // + // Statistic is a required field Statistic *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Statistic"` // The value against which the specified statistic is compared. + // + // Threshold is a required field Threshold *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` // The statistic's unit of measure. For example, the units for the Amazon EC2 @@ -1873,6 +2107,8 @@ type PutMetricDataInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of data describing the metric. + // + // MetricData is a required field MetricData []*MetricDatum `type:"list" required:"true"` // The namespace for the metric data. @@ -1880,6 +2116,8 @@ type PutMetricDataInput struct { // You cannot specify a namespace that begins with "AWS/". Namespaces that // begin with "AWS/" are reserved for other Amazon Web Services products that // send metrics to Amazon CloudWatch. + // + // Namespace is a required field Namespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1942,10 +2180,14 @@ type SetAlarmStateInput struct { // The descriptive name for the alarm. This name must be unique within the user's // AWS account. The maximum length is 255 characters. + // + // AlarmName is a required field AlarmName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The reason that this alarm is set to this specific state (in human-readable // text format) + // + // StateReason is a required field StateReason *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The reason that this alarm is set to this specific state (in machine-readable @@ -1953,6 +2195,8 @@ type SetAlarmStateInput struct { StateReasonData *string `type:"string"` // The value of the state. + // + // StateValue is a required field StateValue *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StateValue"` } @@ -2008,15 +2252,23 @@ type StatisticSet struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The maximum value of the sample set. + // + // Maximum is a required field Maximum *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` // The minimum value of the sample set. + // + // Minimum is a required field Minimum *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` // The number of samples used for the statistic set. + // + // SampleCount is a required field SampleCount *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` // The sum of values for the sample set. + // + // Sum is a required field Sum *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` } @@ -2053,100 +2305,137 @@ func (s *StatisticSet) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum ComparisonOperator + // ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold = "GreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanThreshold = "GreaterThanThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLessThanThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLessThanThreshold = "LessThanThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLessThanOrEqualToThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLessThanOrEqualToThreshold = "LessThanOrEqualToThreshold" ) const ( - // @enum HistoryItemType + // HistoryItemTypeConfigurationUpdate is a HistoryItemType enum value HistoryItemTypeConfigurationUpdate = "ConfigurationUpdate" - // @enum HistoryItemType + + // HistoryItemTypeStateUpdate is a HistoryItemType enum value HistoryItemTypeStateUpdate = "StateUpdate" - // @enum HistoryItemType + + // HistoryItemTypeAction is a HistoryItemType enum value HistoryItemTypeAction = "Action" ) const ( - // @enum StandardUnit + // StandardUnitSeconds is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitSeconds = "Seconds" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMicroseconds is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMicroseconds = "Microseconds" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMilliseconds is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMilliseconds = "Milliseconds" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitBytes is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitBytes = "Bytes" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitKilobytes is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitKilobytes = "Kilobytes" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMegabytes is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMegabytes = "Megabytes" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitGigabytes is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitGigabytes = "Gigabytes" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitTerabytes is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitTerabytes = "Terabytes" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitBits is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitBits = "Bits" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitKilobits is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitKilobits = "Kilobits" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMegabits is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMegabits = "Megabits" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitGigabits is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitGigabits = "Gigabits" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitTerabits is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitTerabits = "Terabits" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitPercent is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitPercent = "Percent" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitCount is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitCount = "Count" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitBytesSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitBytesSecond = "Bytes/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitKilobytesSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitKilobytesSecond = "Kilobytes/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMegabytesSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMegabytesSecond = "Megabytes/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitGigabytesSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitGigabytesSecond = "Gigabytes/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitTerabytesSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitTerabytesSecond = "Terabytes/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitBitsSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitBitsSecond = "Bits/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitKilobitsSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitKilobitsSecond = "Kilobits/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitMegabitsSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitMegabitsSecond = "Megabits/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitGigabitsSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitGigabitsSecond = "Gigabits/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitTerabitsSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitTerabitsSecond = "Terabits/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitCountSecond is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitCountSecond = "Count/Second" - // @enum StandardUnit + + // StandardUnitNone is a StandardUnit enum value StandardUnitNone = "None" ) const ( - // @enum StateValue + // StateValueOk is a StateValue enum value StateValueOk = "OK" - // @enum StateValue + + // StateValueAlarm is a StateValue enum value StateValueAlarm = "ALARM" - // @enum StateValue + + // StateValueInsufficientData is a StateValue enum value StateValueInsufficientData = "INSUFFICIENT_DATA" ) const ( - // @enum Statistic + // StatisticSampleCount is a Statistic enum value StatisticSampleCount = "SampleCount" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticAverage is a Statistic enum value StatisticAverage = "Average" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticSum is a Statistic enum value StatisticSum = "Sum" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticMinimum is a Statistic enum value StatisticMinimum = "Minimum" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticMaximum is a Statistic enum value StatisticMaximum = "Maximum" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/waiters.go index c1ca3f334..1184650e2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilAlarmExists uses the CloudWatch API operation +// DescribeAlarms to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CloudWatch) WaitUntilAlarmExists(input *DescribeAlarmsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeAlarms", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents/api.go index 2ae268d88..3ec1c868a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,12 +58,29 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *reque return } +// DeleteRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Deletes a rule. You must remove all targets from a rule using RemoveTargets // before you can delete the rule. // // Note: When you delete a rule, incoming events might still continue to match // to the deleted rule. Please allow a short period of time for changes to take // effect. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DeleteRule(input *DeleteRuleInput) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -75,6 +94,8 @@ const opDescribeRule = "DescribeRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -109,7 +130,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DescribeRuleRequest(input *DescribeRuleInput) (req *r return } +// DescribeRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Describes the details of the specified rule. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation DescribeRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DescribeRule(input *DescribeRuleInput) (*DescribeRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -123,6 +161,8 @@ const opDisableRule = "DisableRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -159,12 +199,32 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DisableRuleRequest(input *DisableRuleInput) (req *req return } +// DisableRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Disables a rule. A disabled rule won't match any events, and won't self-trigger // if it has a schedule expression. // // Note: When you disable a rule, incoming events might still continue to // match to the disabled rule. Please allow a short period of time for changes // to take effect. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation DisableRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) DisableRule(input *DisableRuleInput) (*DisableRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -178,6 +238,8 @@ const opEnableRule = "EnableRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -214,11 +276,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) EnableRuleRequest(input *EnableRuleInput) (req *reque return } +// EnableRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Enables a rule. If the rule does not exist, the operation fails. // // Note: When you enable a rule, incoming events might not immediately start // matching to a newly enabled rule. Please allow a short period of time for // changes to take effect. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation EnableRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) EnableRule(input *EnableRuleInput) (*EnableRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -232,6 +314,8 @@ const opListRuleNamesByTarget = "ListRuleNamesByTarget" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRuleNamesByTarget for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -266,12 +350,26 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListRuleNamesByTargetRequest(input *ListRuleNamesByTa return } +// ListRuleNamesByTarget API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Lists the names of the rules that the given target is put to. You can see // which of the rules in Amazon CloudWatch Events can invoke a specific target // in your account. If you have more rules in your account than the given limit, // the results will be paginated. In that case, use the next token returned // in the response and repeat ListRulesByTarget until the NextToken in the response // is returned as null. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation ListRuleNamesByTarget for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListRuleNamesByTarget(input *ListRuleNamesByTargetInput) (*ListRuleNamesByTargetOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRuleNamesByTargetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -285,6 +383,8 @@ const opListRules = "ListRules" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRules for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -319,11 +419,25 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListRulesRequest(input *ListRulesInput) (req *request return } +// ListRules API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Lists the Amazon CloudWatch Events rules in your account. You can either // list all the rules or you can provide a prefix to match to the rule names. // If you have more rules in your account than the given limit, the results // will be paginated. In that case, use the next token returned in the response // and repeat ListRules until the NextToken in the response is returned as null. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation ListRules for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListRules(input *ListRulesInput) (*ListRulesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRulesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -337,6 +451,8 @@ const opListTargetsByRule = "ListTargetsByRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTargetsByRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -371,7 +487,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListTargetsByRuleRequest(input *ListTargetsByRuleInpu return } +// ListTargetsByRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Lists of targets assigned to the rule. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation ListTargetsByRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) ListTargetsByRule(input *ListTargetsByRuleInput) (*ListTargetsByRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTargetsByRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -385,6 +518,8 @@ const opPutEvents = "PutEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -419,8 +554,22 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutEventsRequest(input *PutEventsInput) (req *request return } +// PutEvents API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Sends custom events to Amazon CloudWatch Events so that they can be matched // to rules. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation PutEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutEvents(input *PutEventsInput) (*PutEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -434,6 +583,8 @@ const opPutRule = "PutRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -468,6 +619,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutRuleRequest(input *PutRuleInput) (req *request.Req return } +// PutRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Creates or updates a rule. Rules are enabled by default, or based on value // of the State parameter. You can disable a rule using DisableRule. // @@ -486,6 +639,28 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutRuleRequest(input *PutRuleInput) (req *request.Req // event patterns and rules. Be sure to use the correct ARN characters when // creating event patterns so that they match the ARN syntax in the event you // want to match. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation PutRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidEventPatternException +// The event pattern is invalid. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// This exception occurs if you try to create more rules or add more targets +// to a rule than allowed by default. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutRule(input *PutRuleInput) (*PutRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -499,6 +674,8 @@ const opPutTargets = "PutTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -533,6 +710,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutTargetsRequest(input *PutTargetsInput) (req *reque return } +// PutTargets API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Adds target(s) to a rule. Targets are the resources that can be invoked when // a rule is triggered. For example, AWS Lambda functions, Amazon Kinesis streams, // and built-in targets. Updates the target(s) if they are already associated @@ -557,6 +736,28 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutTargetsRequest(input *PutTargetsInput) (req *reque // is overridden with this constant. Note: When you add targets to a rule, // when the associated rule triggers, new or updated targets might not be immediately // invoked. Please allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation PutTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// This exception occurs if you try to create more rules or add more targets +// to a rule than allowed by default. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) PutTargets(input *PutTargetsInput) (*PutTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -570,6 +771,8 @@ const opRemoveTargets = "RemoveTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -604,12 +807,32 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) RemoveTargetsRequest(input *RemoveTargetsInput) (req return } +// RemoveTargets API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Removes target(s) from a rule so that when the rule is triggered, those targets // will no longer be invoked. // // Note: When you remove a target, when the associated rule triggers, removed // targets might still continue to be invoked. Please allow a short period of // time for changes to take effect. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation RemoveTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The rule does not exist. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// This exception occurs if there is concurrent modification on rule or target. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) RemoveTargets(input *RemoveTargetsInput) (*RemoveTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -623,6 +846,8 @@ const opTestEventPattern = "TestEventPattern" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestEventPattern for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -657,6 +882,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) TestEventPatternRequest(input *TestEventPatternInput) return } +// TestEventPattern API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Events. +// // Tests whether an event pattern matches the provided event. // // Note: Most services in AWS treat : or / as the same character in Amazon @@ -664,6 +891,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatchEvents) TestEventPatternRequest(input *TestEventPatternInput) // event patterns and rules. Be sure to use the correct ARN characters when // creating event patterns so that they match the ARN syntax in the event you // want to match. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Events's +// API operation TestEventPattern for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidEventPatternException +// The event pattern is invalid. +// +// * InternalException +// This exception occurs due to unexpected causes. +// func (c *CloudWatchEvents) TestEventPattern(input *TestEventPatternInput) (*TestEventPatternOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestEventPatternRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -675,6 +917,8 @@ type DeleteRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule to be deleted. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -723,6 +967,8 @@ type DescribeRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule you want to describe details for. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -793,6 +1039,8 @@ type DisableRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule you want to disable. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -841,6 +1089,8 @@ type EnableRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule that you want to enable. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -897,6 +1147,8 @@ type ListRuleNamesByTargetInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target resource that you want to list // the rules for. + // + // TargetArn is a required field TargetArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1030,6 +1282,8 @@ type ListTargetsByRuleInput struct { NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the rule whose targets you want to list. + // + // Rule is a required field Rule *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1093,6 +1347,8 @@ type PutEventsInput struct { // The entry that defines an event in your system. You can specify several parameters // for the entry such as the source and type of the event, resources associated // with the event, and so on. + // + // Entries is a required field Entries []*PutEventsRequestEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1215,6 +1471,8 @@ type PutRuleInput struct { EventPattern *string `type:"string"` // The name of the rule that you are creating or updating. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with the rule. @@ -1279,9 +1537,13 @@ type PutTargetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule you want to add targets to. + // + // Rule is a required field Rule *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // List of targets you want to update or add to the rule. + // + // Targets is a required field Targets []*Target `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1374,9 +1636,13 @@ type RemoveTargetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of target IDs to remove from the rule. + // + // Ids is a required field Ids []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the rule you want to remove targets from. + // + // Rule is a required field Rule *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1512,9 +1778,13 @@ type Target struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) associated of the target. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique target assignment ID. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Valid JSON text passed to the target. For more information about JSON text, @@ -1564,9 +1834,13 @@ type TestEventPatternInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The event in the JSON format to test against the event pattern. + // + // Event is a required field Event *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The event pattern you want to test. + // + // EventPattern is a required field EventPattern *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1615,8 +1889,9 @@ func (s TestEventPatternOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum RuleState + // RuleStateEnabled is a RuleState enum value RuleStateEnabled = "ENABLED" - // @enum RuleState + + // RuleStateDisabled is a RuleState enum value RuleStateDisabled = "DISABLED" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs/api.go index 991cd6e17..c69ad6f08 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opCancelExportTask = "CancelExportTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelExportTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,7 +57,30 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) ( return } +// CancelExportTask API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Cancels an export task if it is in PENDING or RUNNING state. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation CancelExportTask for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// Returned if the operation is not valid on the specified resource +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CancelExportTask(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +94,8 @@ const opCreateExportTask = "CreateExportTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateExportTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,6 +130,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateExportTaskRequest(input *CreateExportTaskInput) ( return } +// CreateExportTask API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates an ExportTask which allows you to efficiently export data from a // Log Group to your Amazon S3 bucket. // @@ -116,6 +145,34 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateExportTaskRequest(input *CreateExportTaskInput) ( // the same Amazon S3 bucket. To separate out log data for each export task, // you can specify a prefix that will be used as the Amazon S3 key prefix for // all exported objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation CreateExportTask for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if you have reached the maximum number of resources that can be +// created. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ResourceAlreadyExistsException +// Returned if the specified resource already exists. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateExportTask(input *CreateExportTaskInput) (*CreateExportTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateExportTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -129,6 +186,8 @@ const opCreateLogGroup = "CreateLogGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLogGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -165,6 +224,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogGroupRequest(input *CreateLogGroupInput) (req return } +// CreateLogGroup API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates a new log group with the specified name. The name of the log group // must be unique within a region for an AWS account. You can create up to 500 // log groups per account. @@ -175,6 +236,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogGroupRequest(input *CreateLogGroupInput) (req // // Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (hyphen), // '/' (forward slash), and '.' (period). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation CreateLogGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceAlreadyExistsException +// Returned if the specified resource already exists. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if you have reached the maximum number of resources that can be +// created. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogGroup(input *CreateLogGroupInput) (*CreateLogGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLogGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -188,6 +274,8 @@ const opCreateLogStream = "CreateLogStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLogStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -224,6 +312,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogStreamRequest(input *CreateLogStreamInput) (re return } +// CreateLogStream API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates a new log stream in the specified log group. The name of the log // stream must be unique within the log group. There is no limit on the number // of log streams that can exist in a log group. @@ -233,6 +323,27 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogStreamRequest(input *CreateLogStreamInput) (re // Log stream names can be between 1 and 512 characters long. // // The ':' colon character is not allowed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation CreateLogStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceAlreadyExistsException +// Returned if the specified resource already exists. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) CreateLogStream(input *CreateLogStreamInput) (*CreateLogStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLogStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -246,6 +357,8 @@ const opDeleteDestination = "DeleteDestination" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDestination for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -282,9 +395,32 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteDestinationRequest(input *DeleteDestinationInput) return } +// DeleteDestination API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes the destination with the specified name and eventually disables all // the subscription filters that publish to it. This will not delete the physical // resource encapsulated by the destination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteDestination for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteDestination(input *DeleteDestinationInput) (*DeleteDestinationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDestinationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -298,6 +434,8 @@ const opDeleteLogGroup = "DeleteLogGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLogGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -334,8 +472,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteLogGroupRequest(input *DeleteLogGroupInput) (req return } +// DeleteLogGroup API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes the log group with the specified name and permanently deletes all // the archived log events associated with it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteLogGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteLogGroup(input *DeleteLogGroupInput) (*DeleteLogGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLogGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -349,6 +510,8 @@ const opDeleteLogStream = "DeleteLogStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLogStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -385,8 +548,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteLogStreamRequest(input *DeleteLogStreamInput) (re return } +// DeleteLogStream API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes a log stream and permanently deletes all the archived log events // associated with it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteLogStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteLogStream(input *DeleteLogStreamInput) (*DeleteLogStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLogStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -400,6 +586,8 @@ const opDeleteMetricFilter = "DeleteMetricFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -436,7 +624,30 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteMetricFilterRequest(input *DeleteMetricFilterInpu return } +// DeleteMetricFilter API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes a metric filter associated with the specified log group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteMetricFilter(input *DeleteMetricFilterInput) (*DeleteMetricFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMetricFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -450,6 +661,8 @@ const opDeleteRetentionPolicy = "DeleteRetentionPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRetentionPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -486,8 +699,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteRetentionPolicyRequest(input *DeleteRetentionPoli return } +// DeleteRetentionPolicy API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes the retention policy of the specified log group. Log events would // not expire if they belong to log groups without a retention policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteRetentionPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteRetentionPolicy(input *DeleteRetentionPolicyInput) (*DeleteRetentionPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRetentionPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -501,6 +737,8 @@ const opDeleteSubscriptionFilter = "DeleteSubscriptionFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSubscriptionFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -537,7 +775,30 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteSubscriptionFilterRequest(input *DeleteSubscripti return } +// DeleteSubscriptionFilter API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Deletes a subscription filter associated with the specified log group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DeleteSubscriptionFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DeleteSubscriptionFilter(input *DeleteSubscriptionFilterInput) (*DeleteSubscriptionFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSubscriptionFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -551,6 +812,8 @@ const opDescribeDestinations = "DescribeDestinations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDestinations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -591,6 +854,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeDestinationsRequest(input *DescribeDestinations return } +// DescribeDestinations API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the destinations that are associated with the AWS account making // the request. The list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by destination // name. @@ -599,6 +864,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeDestinationsRequest(input *DescribeDestinations // destinations to list, the response would contain a nextToken value in the // response body. You can also limit the number of destinations returned in // the response by specifying the limit parameter in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeDestinations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeDestinations(input *DescribeDestinationsInput) (*DescribeDestinationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDestinationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -637,6 +917,8 @@ const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -671,6 +953,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksIn return } +// DescribeExportTasks API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the export tasks that are associated with the AWS account making // the request. The export tasks can be filtered based on TaskId or TaskStatus. // @@ -679,6 +963,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksIn // contain a nextToken value in the response body. You can also limit the number // of export tasks returned in the response by specifying the limit parameter // in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeExportTasks(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -692,6 +991,8 @@ const opDescribeLogGroups = "DescribeLogGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLogGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -732,6 +1033,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogGroupsRequest(input *DescribeLogGroupsInput) return } +// DescribeLogGroups API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the log groups that are associated with the AWS account making // the request. The list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by log group // name. @@ -740,6 +1043,21 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogGroupsRequest(input *DescribeLogGroupsInput) // log groups to list, the response would contain a nextToken value in the response // body. You can also limit the number of log groups returned in the response // by specifying the limit parameter in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeLogGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogGroups(input *DescribeLogGroupsInput) (*DescribeLogGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLogGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -778,6 +1096,8 @@ const opDescribeLogStreams = "DescribeLogStreams" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLogStreams for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -818,6 +1138,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogStreamsRequest(input *DescribeLogStreamsInpu return } +// DescribeLogStreams API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the log streams that are associated with the specified log group. // The list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by log stream name. // @@ -827,6 +1149,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogStreamsRequest(input *DescribeLogStreamsInpu // response by specifying the limit parameter in the request. This operation // has a limit of five transactions per second, after which transactions are // throttled. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeLogStreams for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeLogStreams(input *DescribeLogStreamsInput) (*DescribeLogStreamsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLogStreamsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -865,6 +1205,8 @@ const opDescribeMetricFilters = "DescribeMetricFilters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMetricFilters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -905,6 +1247,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeMetricFiltersRequest(input *DescribeMetricFilte return } +// DescribeMetricFilters API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the metrics filters associated with the specified log group. // The list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by filter name. // @@ -912,6 +1256,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeMetricFiltersRequest(input *DescribeMetricFilte // more metric filters to list, the response would contain a nextToken value // in the response body. You can also limit the number of metric filters returned // in the response by specifying the limit parameter in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeMetricFilters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeMetricFilters(input *DescribeMetricFiltersInput) (*DescribeMetricFiltersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMetricFiltersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -950,6 +1312,8 @@ const opDescribeSubscriptionFilters = "DescribeSubscriptionFilters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSubscriptionFilters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -990,6 +1354,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeSubscriptionFiltersRequest(input *DescribeSubsc return } +// DescribeSubscriptionFilters API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Returns all the subscription filters associated with the specified log group. // The list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by filter name. // @@ -998,6 +1364,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeSubscriptionFiltersRequest(input *DescribeSubsc // value in the response body. You can also limit the number of subscription // filters returned in the response by specifying the limit parameter in the // request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation DescribeSubscriptionFilters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) DescribeSubscriptionFilters(input *DescribeSubscriptionFiltersInput) (*DescribeSubscriptionFiltersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSubscriptionFiltersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1036,6 +1420,8 @@ const opFilterLogEvents = "FilterLogEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See FilterLogEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1076,6 +1462,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) FilterLogEventsRequest(input *FilterLogEventsInput) (re return } +// FilterLogEvents API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Retrieves log events, optionally filtered by a filter pattern from the specified // log group. You can provide an optional time range to filter the results on // the event timestamp. You can limit the streams searched to an explicit list @@ -1090,6 +1478,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) FilterLogEventsRequest(input *FilterLogEventsInput) (re // and whether they have been searched completely or require further pagination. // The limit parameter in the request can be used to specify the maximum number // of events to return in a page. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation FilterLogEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) FilterLogEvents(input *FilterLogEventsInput) (*FilterLogEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.FilterLogEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1128,6 +1534,8 @@ const opGetLogEvents = "GetLogEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetLogEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1168,6 +1576,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) GetLogEventsRequest(input *GetLogEventsInput) (req *req return } +// GetLogEvents API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Retrieves log events from the specified log stream. You can provide an optional // time range to filter the results on the event timestamp. // @@ -1178,6 +1588,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) GetLogEventsRequest(input *GetLogEventsInput) (req *req // events in either forward or backward direction. You can also limit the number // of log events returned in the response by specifying the limit parameter // in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation GetLogEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) GetLogEvents(input *GetLogEventsInput) (*GetLogEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetLogEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1216,6 +1644,8 @@ const opPutDestination = "PutDestination" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutDestination for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1250,6 +1680,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutDestinationRequest(input *PutDestinationInput) (req return } +// PutDestination API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates or updates a Destination. A destination encapsulates a physical resource // (such as a Kinesis stream) and allows you to subscribe to a real-time stream // of log events of a different account, ingested through PutLogEvents requests. @@ -1261,6 +1693,24 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutDestinationRequest(input *PutDestinationInput) (req // with the destination, which means a cross-account user will not be able to // call PutSubscriptionFilter against this destination. To enable that, the // destination owner must call PutDestinationPolicy after PutDestination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutDestination for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutDestination(input *PutDestinationInput) (*PutDestinationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutDestinationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1274,6 +1724,8 @@ const opPutDestinationPolicy = "PutDestinationPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutDestinationPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1310,10 +1762,30 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutDestinationPolicyRequest(input *PutDestinationPolicy return } +// PutDestinationPolicy API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates or updates an access policy associated with an existing Destination. // An access policy is an IAM policy document (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies_overview.html) // that is used to authorize claims to register a subscription filter against // a given destination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutDestinationPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutDestinationPolicy(input *PutDestinationPolicyInput) (*PutDestinationPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutDestinationPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1327,6 +1799,8 @@ const opPutLogEvents = "PutLogEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutLogEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1361,6 +1835,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutLogEventsRequest(input *PutLogEventsInput) (req *req return } +// PutLogEvents API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Uploads a batch of log events to the specified log stream. // // Every PutLogEvents request must include the sequenceToken obtained from @@ -1385,6 +1861,30 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutLogEventsRequest(input *PutLogEventsInput) (req *req // // A batch of log events in a single PutLogEvents request cannot span more // than 24 hours. Otherwise, the PutLogEvents operation will fail. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutLogEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * InvalidSequenceTokenException + +// +// * DataAlreadyAcceptedException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutLogEvents(input *PutLogEventsInput) (*PutLogEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutLogEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1398,6 +1898,8 @@ const opPutMetricFilter = "PutMetricFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1434,12 +1936,39 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutMetricFilterRequest(input *PutMetricFilterInput) (re return } +// PutMetricFilter API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates or updates a metric filter and associates it with the specified log // group. Metric filters allow you to configure rules to extract metric data // from log events ingested through PutLogEvents requests. // // The maximum number of metric filters that can be associated with a log group // is 100. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if you have reached the maximum number of resources that can be +// created. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutMetricFilter(input *PutMetricFilterInput) (*PutMetricFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutMetricFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1453,6 +1982,8 @@ const opPutRetentionPolicy = "PutRetentionPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRetentionPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1489,9 +2020,32 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutRetentionPolicyRequest(input *PutRetentionPolicyInpu return } +// PutRetentionPolicy API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Sets the retention of the specified log group. A retention policy allows // you to configure the number of days you want to retain log events in the // specified log group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutRetentionPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutRetentionPolicy(input *PutRetentionPolicyInput) (*PutRetentionPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRetentionPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1505,6 +2059,8 @@ const opPutSubscriptionFilter = "PutSubscriptionFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutSubscriptionFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1541,6 +2097,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutSubscriptionFilterRequest(input *PutSubscriptionFilt return } +// PutSubscriptionFilter API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Creates or updates a subscription filter and associates it with the specified // log group. Subscription filters allow you to subscribe to a real-time stream // of log events ingested through PutLogEvents requests and have them delivered @@ -1560,6 +2118,31 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutSubscriptionFilterRequest(input *PutSubscriptionFilt // // Currently there can only be one subscription filter associated with a // log group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation PutSubscriptionFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource does not exist. +// +// * OperationAbortedException +// Returned if multiple requests to update the same resource were in conflict. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if you have reached the maximum number of resources that can be +// created. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) PutSubscriptionFilter(input *PutSubscriptionFilterInput) (*PutSubscriptionFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutSubscriptionFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1573,6 +2156,8 @@ const opTestMetricFilter = "TestMetricFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1607,9 +2192,26 @@ func (c *CloudWatchLogs) TestMetricFilterRequest(input *TestMetricFilterInput) ( return } +// TestMetricFilter API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +// // Tests the filter pattern of a metric filter against a sample of log event // messages. You can use this operation to validate the correctness of a metric // filter pattern. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Logs's +// API operation TestMetricFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *CloudWatchLogs) TestMetricFilter(input *TestMetricFilterInput) (*TestMetricFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestMetricFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1620,6 +2222,8 @@ type CancelExportTaskInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Id of the export task to cancel. + // + // TaskId is a required field TaskId *string `locationName:"taskId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1669,6 +2273,8 @@ type CreateExportTaskInput struct { // Name of Amazon S3 bucket to which the log data will be exported. // // Note: Only buckets in the same AWS region are supported. + // + // Destination is a required field Destination *string `locationName:"destination" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Prefix that will be used as the start of Amazon S3 key for every object exported. @@ -1678,9 +2284,13 @@ type CreateExportTaskInput struct { // A point in time expressed as the number of milliseconds since Jan 1, 1970 // 00:00:00 UTC. It indicates the start time of the range for the request. Events // with a timestamp prior to this time will not be exported. + // + // From is a required field From *int64 `locationName:"from" type:"long" required:"true"` // The name of the log group to export. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Will only export log streams that match the provided logStreamNamePrefix. @@ -1693,6 +2303,8 @@ type CreateExportTaskInput struct { // A point in time expressed as the number of milliseconds since Jan 1, 1970 // 00:00:00 UTC. It indicates the end time of the range for the request. Events // with a timestamp later than this time will not be exported. + // + // To is a required field To *int64 `locationName:"to" type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -1761,6 +2373,8 @@ type CreateLogGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the log group to create. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1808,9 +2422,13 @@ type CreateLogStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the log group under which the log stream is to be created. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log stream to create. + // + // LogStreamName is a required field LogStreamName *string `locationName:"logStreamName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1864,6 +2482,8 @@ type DeleteDestinationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of destination to delete. + // + // DestinationName is a required field DestinationName *string `locationName:"destinationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1911,6 +2531,8 @@ type DeleteLogGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the log group to delete. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1958,9 +2580,13 @@ type DeleteLogStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the log group under which the log stream to delete belongs. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log stream to delete. + // + // LogStreamName is a required field LogStreamName *string `locationName:"logStreamName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2014,9 +2640,13 @@ type DeleteMetricFilterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the metric filter to delete. + // + // FilterName is a required field FilterName *string `locationName:"filterName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log group that is associated with the metric filter to delete. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2071,6 +2701,8 @@ type DeleteRetentionPolicyInput struct { // The name of the log group that is associated with the retention policy to // delete. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2118,10 +2750,14 @@ type DeleteSubscriptionFilterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the subscription filter to delete. + // + // FilterName is a required field FilterName *string `locationName:"filterName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log group that is associated with the subscription filter // to delete. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2389,6 +3025,8 @@ type DescribeLogStreamsInput struct { Limit *int64 `locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"` // The log group name for which log streams are to be listed. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Will only return log streams that match the provided logStreamNamePrefix. @@ -2476,6 +3114,8 @@ type DescribeMetricFiltersInput struct { Limit *int64 `locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"` // The log group name for which metric filters are to be listed. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string token used for pagination that points to the next page of results. @@ -2551,6 +3191,8 @@ type DescribeSubscriptionFiltersInput struct { Limit *int64 `locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"` // The log group name for which subscription filters are to be listed. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string token used for pagination that points to the next page of results. @@ -2760,6 +3402,8 @@ type FilterLogEventsInput struct { Limit *int64 `locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"` // The name of the log group to query. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Optional list of log stream names within the specified log group to search. @@ -2885,9 +3529,13 @@ type GetLogEventsInput struct { Limit *int64 `locationName:"limit" min:"1" type:"integer"` // The name of the log group to query. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log stream to query. + // + // LogStreamName is a required field LogStreamName *string `locationName:"logStreamName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string token used for pagination that points to the next page of results. @@ -2975,10 +3623,13 @@ func (s GetLogEventsOutput) GoString() string { type InputLogEvent struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Message is a required field Message *string `locationName:"message" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A point in time expressed as the number of milliseconds since Jan 1, 1970 // 00:00:00 UTC. + // + // Timestamp is a required field Timestamp *int64 `locationName:"timestamp" type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -3145,13 +3796,19 @@ type MetricTransformation struct { DefaultValue *float64 `locationName:"defaultValue" type:"double"` // Name of the metric. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `locationName:"metricName" type:"string" required:"true"` // Namespace to which the metric belongs. + // + // MetricNamespace is a required field MetricNamespace *string `locationName:"metricNamespace" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string representing a value to publish to this metric when a filter pattern // matches a log event. + // + // MetricValue is a required field MetricValue *string `locationName:"metricValue" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3212,13 +3869,19 @@ type PutDestinationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A name for the destination. + // + // DestinationName is a required field DestinationName *string `locationName:"destinationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of an IAM role that grants CloudWatch Logs permissions to do Amazon // Kinesis PutRecord requests on the destination stream. + // + // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of an Amazon Kinesis stream to deliver matching log events to. + // + // TargetArn is a required field TargetArn *string `locationName:"targetArn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3282,9 +3945,13 @@ type PutDestinationPolicyInput struct { // An IAM policy document that authorizes cross-account users to deliver their // log events to associated destination. + // + // AccessPolicy is a required field AccessPolicy *string `locationName:"accessPolicy" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A name for an existing destination. + // + // DestinationName is a required field DestinationName *string `locationName:"destinationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3338,12 +4005,18 @@ type PutLogEventsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of log events belonging to a log stream. + // + // LogEvents is a required field LogEvents []*InputLogEvent `locationName:"logEvents" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the log group to put log events to. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log stream to put log events to. + // + // LogStreamName is a required field LogStreamName *string `locationName:"logStreamName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A string token that must be obtained from the response of the previous PutLogEvents @@ -3427,16 +4100,24 @@ type PutMetricFilterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A name for the metric filter. + // + // FilterName is a required field FilterName *string `locationName:"filterName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A valid CloudWatch Logs filter pattern for extracting metric data out of // ingested log events. + // + // FilterPattern is a required field FilterPattern *string `locationName:"filterPattern" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log group to associate the metric filter with. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A collection of information needed to define how metric data gets emitted. + // + // MetricTransformations is a required field MetricTransformations []*MetricTransformation `locationName:"metricTransformations" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3509,11 +4190,15 @@ type PutRetentionPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the log group to associate the retention policy with. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the number of days you want to retain log events in the specified // log group. Possible values are: 1, 3, 5, 7, 14, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180, // 365, 400, 545, 731, 1827, 3653. + // + // RetentionInDays is a required field RetentionInDays *int64 `locationName:"retentionInDays" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3577,16 +4262,24 @@ type PutSubscriptionFilterInput struct { // // An AWS Lambda function belonging to the same account as the subscription // filter, for same-account delivery. + // + // DestinationArn is a required field DestinationArn *string `locationName:"destinationArn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A name for the subscription filter. + // + // FilterName is a required field FilterName *string `locationName:"filterName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A valid CloudWatch Logs filter pattern for subscribing to a filtered stream // of log events. + // + // FilterPattern is a required field FilterPattern *string `locationName:"filterPattern" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log group to associate the subscription filter with. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `locationName:"logGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of an IAM role that grants CloudWatch Logs permissions to deliver @@ -3737,9 +4430,13 @@ type TestMetricFilterInput struct { // each log event. For example, a log event may contain timestamps, IP addresses, // strings, and so on. You use the filter pattern to specify what to look for // in the log event message. + // + // FilterPattern is a required field FilterPattern *string `locationName:"filterPattern" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of log event messages to test. + // + // LogEventMessages is a required field LogEventMessages []*string `locationName:"logEventMessages" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3789,23 +4486,29 @@ func (s TestMetricFilterOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + // ExportTaskStatusCodeCancelled is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodeCancelled = "CANCELLED" - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + + // ExportTaskStatusCodeCompleted is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodeCompleted = "COMPLETED" - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + + // ExportTaskStatusCodeFailed is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodeFailed = "FAILED" - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + + // ExportTaskStatusCodePending is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodePending = "PENDING" - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + + // ExportTaskStatusCodePendingCancel is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodePendingCancel = "PENDING_CANCEL" - // @enum ExportTaskStatusCode + + // ExportTaskStatusCodeRunning is a ExportTaskStatusCode enum value ExportTaskStatusCodeRunning = "RUNNING" ) const ( - // @enum OrderBy + // OrderByLogStreamName is a OrderBy enum value OrderByLogStreamName = "LogStreamName" - // @enum OrderBy + + // OrderByLastEventTime is a OrderBy enum value OrderByLastEventTime = "LastEventTime" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go index e4e8c8cd0..504b5addb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opBatchGetRepositories = "BatchGetRepositories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetRepositories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInpu return } +// BatchGetRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Returns information about one or more repositories. // // The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all @@ -60,6 +64,44 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInpu // and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious // code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application // that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation BatchGetRepositories for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNamesRequiredException +// A repository names object is required but was not specified. +// +// * MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException +// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this +// number is 25. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositories(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) (*BatchGetRepositoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +115,8 @@ const opCreateBranch = "CreateBranch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateBranch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -109,10 +153,68 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request return } +// CreateBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Creates a new branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit. // // Calling the create branch operation does not set a repository's default // branch. To do this, call the update default branch operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation CreateBranch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * BranchNameRequiredException +// A branch name is required but was not specified. +// +// * BranchNameExistsException +// The specified branch name already exists. +// +// * InvalidBranchNameException +// The specified branch name is not valid. +// +// * CommitIdRequiredException +// A commit ID was not specified. +// +// * CommitDoesNotExistException +// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified +// repository has no default branch. +// +// * InvalidCommitIdException +// The specified commit ID is not valid. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranch(input *CreateBranchInput) (*CreateBranchOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateBranchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -126,6 +228,8 @@ const opCreateRepository = "CreateRepository" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRepository for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -160,7 +264,52 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepositoryRequest(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (req return } +// CreateRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Creates a new, empty repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation CreateRepository for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameExistsException +// The specified repository name already exists. +// +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException +// The specified repository description is not valid. +// +// * RepositoryLimitExceededException +// A repository resource limit was exceeded. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepository(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (*CreateRepositoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRepositoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -174,6 +323,8 @@ const opDeleteRepository = "DeleteRepository" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRepository for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -208,12 +359,48 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req return } +// DeleteRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null // repository ID will be returned. // // Deleting a repository also deletes all associated objects and metadata. // After a repository is deleted, all future push calls to the deleted repository // will fail. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation DeleteRepository for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepository(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -227,6 +414,8 @@ const opGetBranch = "GetBranch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBranch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -261,8 +450,56 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the // last commit ID. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation GetBranch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * BranchNameRequiredException +// A branch name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidBranchNameException +// The specified branch name is not valid. +// +// * BranchDoesNotExistException +// The specified branch does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranch(input *GetBranchInput) (*GetBranchOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -276,6 +513,8 @@ const opGetCommit = "GetCommit" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCommit for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -310,8 +549,56 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitRequest(input *GetCommitInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer // information. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation GetCommit for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * CommitIdRequiredException +// A commit ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidCommitIdException +// The specified commit ID is not valid. +// +// * CommitIdDoesNotExistException +// The specified commit ID does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommit(input *GetCommitInput) (*GetCommitOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -325,6 +612,8 @@ const opGetRepository = "GetRepository" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRepository for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -359,6 +648,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *reque return } +// GetRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Returns information about a repository. // // The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all @@ -366,6 +657,43 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *reque // and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious // code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application // that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation GetRepository for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepository(input *GetRepositoryInput) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -379,6 +707,8 @@ const opGetRepositoryTriggers = "GetRepositoryTriggers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -413,7 +743,46 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersIn return } +// GetRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Gets information about triggers configured for a repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation GetRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggers(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -427,6 +796,8 @@ const opListBranches = "ListBranches" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListBranches for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -467,7 +838,49 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) (req *request return } +// ListBranches API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Gets information about one or more branches in a repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation ListBranches for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// +// * InvalidContinuationTokenException +// The specified continuation token is not valid. +// func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranches(input *ListBranchesInput) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -506,6 +919,8 @@ const opListRepositories = "ListRepositories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRepositories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -546,7 +961,27 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesRequest(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (req return } +// ListRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Gets information about one or more repositories. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation ListRepositories for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidSortByException +// The specified sort by value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidOrderException +// The specified sort order is not valid. +// +// * InvalidContinuationTokenException +// The specified continuation token is not valid. +// func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositories(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -585,6 +1020,8 @@ const opPutRepositoryTriggers = "PutRepositoryTriggers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -619,8 +1056,92 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersIn return } +// PutRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Replaces all triggers for a repository. This can be used to create or delete // triggers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation PutRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException +// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified. +// +// * MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException +// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException +// The name of the trigger is not valid. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified +// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not +// meet the requirements for the service type. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException +// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository. +// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException +// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid. +// +// * MaximumBranchesExceededException +// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException +// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException +// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make +// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException +// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException +// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but +// was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException +// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger +// configuration. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException +// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggers(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -634,6 +1155,8 @@ const opTestRepositoryTriggers = "TestRepositoryTriggers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -668,10 +1191,94 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggers return } +// TestRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to // the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test // will send data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data // will be generated. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation TestRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException +// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified. +// +// * MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException +// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException +// The name of the trigger is not valid. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException +// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified +// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not +// meet the requirements for the service type. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException +// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository. +// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException +// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid. +// +// * MaximumBranchesExceededException +// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException +// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException +// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make +// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException +// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException +// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but +// was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException +// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger +// configuration. +// +// * RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException +// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggers(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -685,6 +1292,8 @@ const opUpdateDefaultBranch = "UpdateDefaultBranch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDefaultBranch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -721,11 +1330,59 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) return } +// UpdateDefaultBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository. // // If you use this operation to change the default branch name to the current // default branch name, a success message is returned even though the default // branch did not change. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation UpdateDefaultBranch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * BranchNameRequiredException +// A branch name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidBranchNameException +// The specified branch name is not valid. +// +// * BranchDoesNotExistException +// The specified branch does not exist. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranch(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -739,6 +1396,8 @@ const opUpdateRepositoryDescription = "UpdateRepositoryDescription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -775,6 +1434,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryD return } +// UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository. // // The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all @@ -782,6 +1443,46 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryD // and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious // code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application // that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation UpdateRepositoryDescription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException +// The specified repository description is not valid. +// +// * EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException +// An encryption integrity check failed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException +// An encryption key could not be accessed. +// +// * EncryptionKeyDisabledException +// The encryption key is disabled. +// +// * EncryptionKeyNotFoundException +// No encryption key was found. +// +// * EncryptionKeyUnavailableException +// The encryption key is not available. +// func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescription(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -795,6 +1496,8 @@ const opUpdateRepositoryName = "UpdateRepositoryName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRepositoryName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -831,12 +1534,39 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInpu return } +// UpdateRepositoryName API operation for AWS CodeCommit. +// // Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling // AWS account. In addition, repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, // dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The // suffix ".git" is prohibited. For a full description of the limits on repository // names, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's +// API operation UpdateRepositoryName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified repository does not exist. +// +// * RepositoryNameExistsException +// The specified repository name already exists. +// +// * RepositoryNameRequiredException +// A repository name is required but was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRepositoryNameException +// At least one specified repository name is not valid. +// +// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid. +// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or +// when a specified repository does not exist. +// func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryName(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -848,6 +1578,8 @@ type BatchGetRepositoriesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the repositories to get information about. + // + // RepositoryNames is a required field RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -957,12 +1689,18 @@ type CreateBranchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the new branch to create. + // + // BranchName is a required field BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the commit to point the new branch to. + // + // CommitId is a required field CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1035,6 +1773,8 @@ type CreateRepositoryInput struct { // and cannot include certain characters. For a full description of the limits // on repository names, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix ".git" is prohibited. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1087,6 +1827,8 @@ type DeleteRepositoryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the repository to delete. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1195,9 +1937,13 @@ type GetCommitInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The commit ID. + // + // CommitId is a required field CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the repository to which the commit was made. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1235,6 +1981,8 @@ type GetCommitOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the specified commit. + // + // Commit is a required field Commit *Commit `locationName:"commit" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1253,6 +2001,8 @@ type GetRepositoryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the repository to get information about. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1360,6 +2110,8 @@ type ListBranchesInput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // The name of the repository that contains the branches. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1698,9 +2450,13 @@ type UpdateDefaultBranchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the branch to set as the default. + // + // DefaultBranchName is a required field DefaultBranchName *string `locationName:"defaultBranchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the repository to set or change the default branch for. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1759,6 +2515,8 @@ type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput struct { RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"` // The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description for. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1807,9 +2565,13 @@ type UpdateRepositoryNameInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The new name for the repository. + // + // NewName is a required field NewName *string `locationName:"newName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The existing name of the repository. + // + // OldName is a required field OldName *string `locationName:"oldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1884,26 +2646,31 @@ func (s UserInfo) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum OrderEnum + // OrderEnumAscending is a OrderEnum enum value OrderEnumAscending = "ascending" - // @enum OrderEnum + + // OrderEnumDescending is a OrderEnum enum value OrderEnumDescending = "descending" ) const ( - // @enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum + // RepositoryTriggerEventEnumAll is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value RepositoryTriggerEventEnumAll = "all" - // @enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum + + // RepositoryTriggerEventEnumUpdateReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value RepositoryTriggerEventEnumUpdateReference = "updateReference" - // @enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum + + // RepositoryTriggerEventEnumCreateReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value RepositoryTriggerEventEnumCreateReference = "createReference" - // @enum RepositoryTriggerEventEnum + + // RepositoryTriggerEventEnumDeleteReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value RepositoryTriggerEventEnumDeleteReference = "deleteReference" ) const ( - // @enum SortByEnum + // SortByEnumRepositoryName is a SortByEnum enum value SortByEnumRepositoryName = "repositoryName" - // @enum SortByEnum + + // SortByEnumLastModifiedDate is a SortByEnum enum value SortByEnumLastModifiedDate = "lastModifiedDate" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/api.go index e3b405392..41136c874 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAddTagsToOnPremisesInstances = "AddTagsToOnPremisesInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,7 +57,37 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) AddTagsToOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input *AddTagsToOnPremi return } +// AddTagsToOnPremisesInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Adds tags to on-premises instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation AddTagsToOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * TagRequiredException +// A tag was not specified. +// +// * InvalidTagException +// The specified tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * TagLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded. +// +// * InstanceLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of allowed on-premises instances in a single call was +// exceeded. +// +// * InstanceNotRegisteredException +// The specified on-premises instance is not registered. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) AddTagsToOnPremisesInstances(input *AddTagsToOnPremisesInstancesInput) (*AddTagsToOnPremisesInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +101,8 @@ const opBatchGetApplicationRevisions = "BatchGetApplicationRevisions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetApplicationRevisions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,7 +137,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetApplicationRevisionsRequest(input *BatchGetApplicat return } +// BatchGetApplicationRevisions API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about one or more application revisions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetApplicationRevisions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * RevisionRequiredException +// The revision ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRevisionException +// The revision was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetApplicationRevisions(input *BatchGetApplicationRevisionsInput) (*BatchGetApplicationRevisionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetApplicationRevisionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -117,6 +180,8 @@ const opBatchGetApplications = "BatchGetApplications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetApplications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -151,7 +216,30 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetApplicationsRequest(input *BatchGetApplicationsInpu return } +// BatchGetApplications API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about one or more applications. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetApplications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetApplications(input *BatchGetApplicationsInput) (*BatchGetApplicationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetApplicationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -165,6 +253,8 @@ const opBatchGetDeploymentGroups = "BatchGetDeploymentGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetDeploymentGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -199,7 +289,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeploymentGroupsRequest(input *BatchGetDeploymentGr return } +// BatchGetDeploymentGroups API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Get information about one or more deployment groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetDeploymentGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeploymentGroups(input *BatchGetDeploymentGroupsInput) (*BatchGetDeploymentGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetDeploymentGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -213,6 +332,8 @@ const opBatchGetDeploymentInstances = "BatchGetDeploymentInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetDeploymentInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -247,8 +368,37 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeploymentInstancesRequest(input *BatchGetDeploymen return } +// BatchGetDeploymentInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about one or more instance that are part of a deployment // group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetDeploymentInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * DeploymentDoesNotExistException +// The deployment does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InstanceIdRequiredException +// The instance ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeploymentInstances(input *BatchGetDeploymentInstancesInput) (*BatchGetDeploymentInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetDeploymentInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -262,6 +412,8 @@ const opBatchGetDeployments = "BatchGetDeployments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetDeployments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -296,7 +448,27 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeploymentsRequest(input *BatchGetDeploymentsInput) return } +// BatchGetDeployments API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about one or more deployments. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetDeployments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetDeployments(input *BatchGetDeploymentsInput) (*BatchGetDeploymentsOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetDeploymentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -310,6 +482,8 @@ const opBatchGetOnPremisesInstances = "BatchGetOnPremisesInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -344,7 +518,27 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input *BatchGetOnPremise return } +// BatchGetOnPremisesInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about one or more on-premises instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation BatchGetOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BatchLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of names or IDs allowed for this request (100) was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) BatchGetOnPremisesInstances(input *BatchGetOnPremisesInstancesInput) (*BatchGetOnPremisesInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -358,6 +552,8 @@ const opCreateApplication = "CreateApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -392,7 +588,31 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateApplicationRequest(input *CreateApplicationInput) (re return } +// CreateApplication API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Creates an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation CreateApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationAlreadyExistsException +// An application with the specified name already exists with the applicable +// IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationLimitExceededException +// More applications were attempted to be created than are allowed. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateApplication(input *CreateApplicationInput) (*CreateApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -406,6 +626,8 @@ const opCreateDeployment = "CreateDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -440,7 +662,64 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeploymentRequest(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (req return } +// CreateDeployment API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Deploys an application revision through the specified deployment group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupDoesNotExistException +// The named deployment group does not exist with the applicable IAM user or +// AWS account. +// +// * RevisionRequiredException +// The revision ID was not specified. +// +// * RevisionDoesNotExistException +// The named revision does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidRevisionException +// The revision was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigDoesNotExistException +// The deployment configuration does not exist with the applicable IAM user +// or AWS account. +// +// * DescriptionTooLongException +// The description is too long. +// +// * DeploymentLimitExceededException +// The number of allowed deployments was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidAutoRollbackConfigException +// The automatic rollback configuration was specified in an invalid format. +// For example, automatic rollback is enabled but an invalid triggering event +// type or no event types were listed. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeployment(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (*CreateDeploymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -454,6 +733,8 @@ const opCreateDeploymentConfig = "CreateDeploymentConfig" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -488,7 +769,34 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeploymentConfigRequest(input *CreateDeploymentConfig return } +// CreateDeploymentConfig API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Creates a deployment configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation CreateDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigNameRequiredException +// The deployment configuration name was not specified. +// +// * DeploymentConfigAlreadyExistsException +// A deployment configuration with the specified name already exists with the +// applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidMinimumHealthyHostValueException +// The minimum healthy instance value was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigLimitExceededException +// The deployment configurations limit was exceeded. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeploymentConfig(input *CreateDeploymentConfigInput) (*CreateDeploymentConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeploymentConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -502,6 +810,8 @@ const opCreateDeploymentGroup = "CreateDeploymentGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -536,7 +846,94 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeploymentGroupRequest(input *CreateDeploymentGroupIn return } +// CreateDeploymentGroup API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Creates a deployment group to which application revisions will be deployed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation CreateDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupAlreadyExistsException +// A deployment group with the specified name already exists with the applicable +// IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidEC2TagException +// The tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidTagException +// The specified tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidAutoScalingGroupException +// The Auto Scaling group was specified in an invalid format or does not exist. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigDoesNotExistException +// The deployment configuration does not exist with the applicable IAM user +// or AWS account. +// +// * RoleRequiredException +// The role ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRoleException +// The service role ARN was specified in an invalid format. Or, if an Auto Scaling +// group was specified, the specified service role does not grant the appropriate +// permissions to Auto Scaling. +// +// * DeploymentGroupLimitExceededException +// The deployment groups limit was exceeded. +// +// * LifecycleHookLimitExceededException +// The limit for lifecycle hooks was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidTriggerConfigException +// The trigger was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * TriggerTargetsLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of triggers was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidAlarmConfigException +// The format of the alarm configuration is invalid. Possible causes include: +// +// The alarm list is null. +// +// The alarm object is null. +// +// The alarm name is empty or null or exceeds the 255 character limit. +// +// Two alarms with the same name have been specified. +// +// The alarm configuration is enabled but the alarm list is empty. +// +// * AlarmsLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of alarms for a deployment group (10) was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidAutoRollbackConfigException +// The automatic rollback configuration was specified in an invalid format. +// For example, automatic rollback is enabled but an invalid triggering event +// type or no event types were listed. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) CreateDeploymentGroup(input *CreateDeploymentGroupInput) (*CreateDeploymentGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeploymentGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -550,6 +947,8 @@ const opDeleteApplication = "DeleteApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -586,7 +985,24 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteApplicationRequest(input *DeleteApplicationInput) (re return } +// DeleteApplication API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Deletes an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation DeleteApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteApplication(input *DeleteApplicationInput) (*DeleteApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -600,6 +1016,8 @@ const opDeleteDeploymentConfig = "DeleteDeploymentConfig" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -636,10 +1054,33 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteDeploymentConfigRequest(input *DeleteDeploymentConfig return } +// DeleteDeploymentConfig API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Deletes a deployment configuration. // // A deployment configuration cannot be deleted if it is currently in use. // Predefined configurations cannot be deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation DeleteDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigNameRequiredException +// The deployment configuration name was not specified. +// +// * DeploymentConfigInUseException +// The deployment configuration is still in use. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// An invalid operation was detected. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteDeploymentConfig(input *DeleteDeploymentConfigInput) (*DeleteDeploymentConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDeploymentConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -653,6 +1094,8 @@ const opDeleteDeploymentGroup = "DeleteDeploymentGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -687,7 +1130,35 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteDeploymentGroupRequest(input *DeleteDeploymentGroupIn return } +// DeleteDeploymentGroup API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Deletes a deployment group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation DeleteDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidRoleException +// The service role ARN was specified in an invalid format. Or, if an Auto Scaling +// group was specified, the specified service role does not grant the appropriate +// permissions to Auto Scaling. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) DeleteDeploymentGroup(input *DeleteDeploymentGroupInput) (*DeleteDeploymentGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDeploymentGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -701,6 +1172,8 @@ const opDeregisterOnPremisesInstance = "DeregisterOnPremisesInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -737,7 +1210,24 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) DeregisterOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterOnPrem return } +// DeregisterOnPremisesInstance API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Deregisters an on-premises instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation DeregisterOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) DeregisterOnPremisesInstance(input *DeregisterOnPremisesInstanceInput) (*DeregisterOnPremisesInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -751,6 +1241,8 @@ const opGetApplication = "GetApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -785,7 +1277,27 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetApplicationRequest(input *GetApplicationInput) (req *req return } +// GetApplication API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetApplication(input *GetApplicationInput) (*GetApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -799,6 +1311,8 @@ const opGetApplicationRevision = "GetApplicationRevision" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetApplicationRevision for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -833,7 +1347,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetApplicationRevisionRequest(input *GetApplicationRevision return } +// GetApplicationRevision API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about an application revision. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetApplicationRevision for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * RevisionDoesNotExistException +// The named revision does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * RevisionRequiredException +// The revision ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRevisionException +// The revision was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetApplicationRevision(input *GetApplicationRevisionInput) (*GetApplicationRevisionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetApplicationRevisionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -847,6 +1390,8 @@ const opGetDeployment = "GetDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -881,7 +1426,27 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentRequest(input *GetDeploymentInput) (req *reque return } +// GetDeployment API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about a deployment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentDoesNotExistException +// The deployment does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeployment(input *GetDeploymentInput) (*GetDeploymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -895,6 +1460,8 @@ const opGetDeploymentConfig = "GetDeploymentConfig" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -929,7 +1496,28 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentConfigRequest(input *GetDeploymentConfigInput) return } +// GetDeploymentConfig API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about a deployment configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetDeploymentConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigNameRequiredException +// The deployment configuration name was not specified. +// +// * DeploymentConfigDoesNotExistException +// The deployment configuration does not exist with the applicable IAM user +// or AWS account. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentConfig(input *GetDeploymentConfigInput) (*GetDeploymentConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -943,6 +1531,8 @@ const opGetDeploymentGroup = "GetDeploymentGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -977,7 +1567,37 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentGroupRequest(input *GetDeploymentGroupInput) ( return } +// GetDeploymentGroup API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about a deployment group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupDoesNotExistException +// The named deployment group does not exist with the applicable IAM user or +// AWS account. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentGroup(input *GetDeploymentGroupInput) (*GetDeploymentGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -991,6 +1611,8 @@ const opGetDeploymentInstance = "GetDeploymentInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDeploymentInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1025,7 +1647,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentInstanceRequest(input *GetDeploymentInstanceIn return } +// GetDeploymentInstance API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about an instance as part of a deployment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetDeploymentInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * DeploymentDoesNotExistException +// The deployment does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InstanceIdRequiredException +// The instance ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InstanceDoesNotExistException +// The specified instance does not exist in the deployment group. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetDeploymentInstance(input *GetDeploymentInstanceInput) (*GetDeploymentInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDeploymentInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1039,6 +1690,8 @@ const opGetOnPremisesInstance = "GetOnPremisesInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1073,7 +1726,27 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) GetOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input *GetOnPremisesInstanceIn return } +// GetOnPremisesInstance API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets information about an on-premises instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation GetOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * InstanceNotRegisteredException +// The specified on-premises instance is not registered. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) GetOnPremisesInstance(input *GetOnPremisesInstanceInput) (*GetOnPremisesInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1087,6 +1760,8 @@ const opListApplicationRevisions = "ListApplicationRevisions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListApplicationRevisions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1127,7 +1802,49 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListApplicationRevisionsRequest(input *ListApplicationRevis return } +// ListApplicationRevisions API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists information about revisions for an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListApplicationRevisions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidSortByException +// The column name to sort by is either not present or was specified in an invalid +// format. +// +// * InvalidSortOrderException +// The sort order was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidBucketNameFilterException +// The bucket name either doesn't exist or was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidKeyPrefixFilterException +// The specified key prefix filter was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * BucketNameFilterRequiredException +// A bucket name is required, but was not provided. +// +// * InvalidDeployedStateFilterException +// The deployed state filter was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListApplicationRevisions(input *ListApplicationRevisionsInput) (*ListApplicationRevisionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListApplicationRevisionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1166,6 +1883,8 @@ const opListApplications = "ListApplications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListApplications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1206,7 +1925,21 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListApplicationsRequest(input *ListApplicationsInput) (req return } +// ListApplications API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists the applications registered with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListApplications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListApplications(input *ListApplicationsInput) (*ListApplicationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListApplicationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1245,6 +1978,8 @@ const opListDeploymentConfigs = "ListDeploymentConfigs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeploymentConfigs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1285,7 +2020,21 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentConfigsRequest(input *ListDeploymentConfigsIn return } +// ListDeploymentConfigs API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists the deployment configurations with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListDeploymentConfigs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentConfigs(input *ListDeploymentConfigsInput) (*ListDeploymentConfigsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeploymentConfigsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1324,6 +2073,8 @@ const opListDeploymentGroups = "ListDeploymentGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeploymentGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1364,8 +2115,31 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentGroupsRequest(input *ListDeploymentGroupsInpu return } +// ListDeploymentGroups API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists the deployment groups for an application registered with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListDeploymentGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentGroups(input *ListDeploymentGroupsInput) (*ListDeploymentGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeploymentGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1404,6 +2178,8 @@ const opListDeploymentInstances = "ListDeploymentInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeploymentInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1444,8 +2220,37 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentInstancesRequest(input *ListDeploymentInstanc return } +// ListDeploymentInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists the instance for a deployment associated with the applicable IAM user // or AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListDeploymentInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * DeploymentDoesNotExistException +// The deployment does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentNotStartedException +// The specified deployment has not started. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidInstanceStatusException +// The specified instance status does not exist. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentInstances(input *ListDeploymentInstancesInput) (*ListDeploymentInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeploymentInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1484,6 +2289,8 @@ const opListDeployments = "ListDeployments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeployments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1524,8 +2331,47 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeploymentsRequest(input *ListDeploymentsInput) (req *r return } +// ListDeployments API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Lists the deployments in a deployment group for an application registered // with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListDeployments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupDoesNotExistException +// The named deployment group does not exist with the applicable IAM user or +// AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * InvalidTimeRangeException +// The specified time range was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentStatusException +// The specified deployment status doesn't exist or cannot be determined. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListDeployments(input *ListDeploymentsInput) (*ListDeploymentsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeploymentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1564,6 +2410,8 @@ const opListOnPremisesInstances = "ListOnPremisesInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1598,11 +2446,31 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) ListOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input *ListOnPremisesInstanc return } +// ListOnPremisesInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Gets a list of names for one or more on-premises instances. // // Unless otherwise specified, both registered and deregistered on-premises // instance names will be listed. To list only registered or deregistered on-premises // instance names, use the registration status parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation ListOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidRegistrationStatusException +// The registration status was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidTagFilterException +// The specified tag filter was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The next token was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) ListOnPremisesInstances(input *ListOnPremisesInstancesInput) (*ListOnPremisesInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1616,6 +2484,8 @@ const opRegisterApplicationRevision = "RegisterApplicationRevision" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterApplicationRevision for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1652,7 +2522,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) RegisterApplicationRevisionRequest(input *RegisterApplicati return } +// RegisterApplicationRevision API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Registers with AWS CodeDeploy a revision for the specified application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation RegisterApplicationRevision for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DescriptionTooLongException +// The description is too long. +// +// * RevisionRequiredException +// The revision ID was not specified. +// +// * InvalidRevisionException +// The revision was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) RegisterApplicationRevision(input *RegisterApplicationRevisionInput) (*RegisterApplicationRevisionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterApplicationRevisionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1666,6 +2565,8 @@ const opRegisterOnPremisesInstance = "RegisterOnPremisesInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1702,7 +2603,36 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) RegisterOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input *RegisterOnPremises return } +// RegisterOnPremisesInstance API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Registers an on-premises instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation RegisterOnPremisesInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameAlreadyRegisteredException +// The specified on-premises instance name is already registered. +// +// * IamUserArnAlreadyRegisteredException +// The specified IAM user ARN is already registered with an on-premises instance. +// +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * IamUserArnRequiredException +// An IAM user ARN was not specified. +// +// * InvalidInstanceNameException +// The specified on-premises instance name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidIamUserArnException +// The IAM user ARN was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) RegisterOnPremisesInstance(input *RegisterOnPremisesInstanceInput) (*RegisterOnPremisesInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterOnPremisesInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1716,6 +2646,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances = "RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1752,7 +2684,37 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input *RemoveTagsF return } +// RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Removes one or more tags from one or more on-premises instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InstanceNameRequiredException +// An on-premises instance name was not specified. +// +// * TagRequiredException +// A tag was not specified. +// +// * InvalidTagException +// The specified tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * TagLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded. +// +// * InstanceLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of allowed on-premises instances in a single call was +// exceeded. +// +// * InstanceNotRegisteredException +// The specified on-premises instance is not registered. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstances(input *RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstancesInput) (*RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1766,6 +2728,8 @@ const opStopDeployment = "StopDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1800,7 +2764,30 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) StopDeploymentRequest(input *StopDeploymentInput) (req *req return } +// StopDeployment API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Attempts to stop an ongoing deployment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation StopDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DeploymentIdRequiredException +// At least one deployment ID must be specified. +// +// * DeploymentDoesNotExistException +// The deployment does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentAlreadyCompletedException +// The deployment is already complete. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentIdException +// At least one of the deployment IDs was specified in an invalid format. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) StopDeployment(input *StopDeploymentInput) (*StopDeploymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1814,6 +2801,8 @@ const opUpdateApplication = "UpdateApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1850,7 +2839,31 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) UpdateApplicationRequest(input *UpdateApplicationInput) (re return } +// UpdateApplication API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Changes the name of an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation UpdateApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationAlreadyExistsException +// An application with the specified name already exists with the applicable +// IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) UpdateApplication(input *UpdateApplicationInput) (*UpdateApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1864,6 +2877,8 @@ const opUpdateDeploymentGroup = "UpdateDeploymentGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1898,7 +2913,92 @@ func (c *CodeDeploy) UpdateDeploymentGroupRequest(input *UpdateDeploymentGroupIn return } +// UpdateDeploymentGroup API operation for AWS CodeDeploy. +// // Changes information about a deployment group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeDeploy's +// API operation UpdateDeploymentGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ApplicationNameRequiredException +// The minimum number of required application names was not specified. +// +// * InvalidApplicationNameException +// The application name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * ApplicationDoesNotExistException +// The application does not exist with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentGroupNameException +// The deployment group name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentGroupAlreadyExistsException +// A deployment group with the specified name already exists with the applicable +// IAM user or AWS account. +// +// * DeploymentGroupNameRequiredException +// The deployment group name was not specified. +// +// * DeploymentGroupDoesNotExistException +// The named deployment group does not exist with the applicable IAM user or +// AWS account. +// +// * InvalidEC2TagException +// The tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidTagException +// The specified tag was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * InvalidAutoScalingGroupException +// The Auto Scaling group was specified in an invalid format or does not exist. +// +// * InvalidDeploymentConfigNameException +// The deployment configuration name was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * DeploymentConfigDoesNotExistException +// The deployment configuration does not exist with the applicable IAM user +// or AWS account. +// +// * InvalidRoleException +// The service role ARN was specified in an invalid format. Or, if an Auto Scaling +// group was specified, the specified service role does not grant the appropriate +// permissions to Auto Scaling. +// +// * LifecycleHookLimitExceededException +// The limit for lifecycle hooks was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidTriggerConfigException +// The trigger was specified in an invalid format. +// +// * TriggerTargetsLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of triggers was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidAlarmConfigException +// The format of the alarm configuration is invalid. Possible causes include: +// +// The alarm list is null. +// +// The alarm object is null. +// +// The alarm name is empty or null or exceeds the 255 character limit. +// +// Two alarms with the same name have been specified. +// +// The alarm configuration is enabled but the alarm list is empty. +// +// * AlarmsLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of alarms for a deployment group (10) was exceeded. +// +// * InvalidAutoRollbackConfigException +// The automatic rollback configuration was specified in an invalid format. +// For example, automatic rollback is enabled but an invalid triggering event +// type or no event types were listed. +// func (c *CodeDeploy) UpdateDeploymentGroup(input *UpdateDeploymentGroupInput) (*UpdateDeploymentGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDeploymentGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1910,12 +3010,16 @@ type AddTagsToOnPremisesInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the on-premises instances to which to add tags. + // + // InstanceNames is a required field InstanceNames []*string `locationName:"instanceNames" type:"list" required:"true"` // The tag key-value pairs to add to the on-premises instances. // // Keys and values are both required. Keys cannot be null or empty strings. // Value-only tags are not allowed. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tags" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2088,9 +3192,13 @@ type BatchGetApplicationRevisionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application about which to get revision information. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Information to get about the application revisions, including type and location. + // + // Revisions is a required field Revisions []*RevisionLocation `locationName:"revisions" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2189,9 +3297,13 @@ type BatchGetDeploymentGroupsInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The deployment groups' names. + // + // DeploymentGroupNames is a required field DeploymentGroupNames []*string `locationName:"deploymentGroupNames" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2250,9 +3362,13 @@ type BatchGetDeploymentInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique ID of a deployment. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique IDs of instances in the deployment group. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"instanceIds" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2381,6 +3497,8 @@ type CreateApplicationInput struct { // The name of the application. This name must be unique with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2433,6 +3551,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentConfigInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the deployment configuration to create. + // + // DeploymentConfigName is a required field DeploymentConfigName *string `locationName:"deploymentConfigName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The minimum number of healthy instances that should be available at any time @@ -2511,6 +3631,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentGroupInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a @@ -2575,6 +3697,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentGroupInput struct { DeploymentConfigName *string `locationName:"deploymentConfigName" min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of a new deployment group for the specified application. + // + // DeploymentGroupName is a required field DeploymentGroupName *string `locationName:"deploymentGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon EC2 tags on which to filter. @@ -2585,6 +3709,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentGroupInput struct { // A service role ARN that allows AWS CodeDeploy to act on the user's behalf // when interacting with AWS services. + // + // ServiceRoleArn is a required field ServiceRoleArn *string `locationName:"serviceRoleArn" type:"string" required:"true"` // Information about triggers to create when the deployment group is created. @@ -2655,6 +3781,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Configuration information for an automatic rollback that is added when a @@ -2750,6 +3878,8 @@ type DeleteApplicationInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2799,6 +3929,8 @@ type DeleteDeploymentConfigInput struct { // The name of a deployment configuration associated with the applicable IAM // user or AWS account. + // + // DeploymentConfigName is a required field DeploymentConfigName *string `locationName:"deploymentConfigName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2848,9 +3980,13 @@ type DeleteDeploymentGroupInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of an existing deployment group for the specified application. + // + // DeploymentGroupName is a required field DeploymentGroupName *string `locationName:"deploymentGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3113,6 +4249,8 @@ type DeregisterOnPremisesInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the on-premises instance to deregister. + // + // InstanceName is a required field InstanceName *string `locationName:"instanceName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3320,6 +4458,8 @@ type GetApplicationInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3372,9 +4512,13 @@ type GetApplicationRevisionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application that corresponds to the revision. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Information about the application revision to get, including type and location. + // + // Revision is a required field Revision *RevisionLocation `locationName:"revision" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3437,6 +4581,8 @@ type GetDeploymentConfigInput struct { // The name of a deployment configuration associated with the applicable IAM // user or AWS account. + // + // DeploymentConfigName is a required field DeploymentConfigName *string `locationName:"deploymentConfigName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3490,9 +4636,13 @@ type GetDeploymentGroupInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of an existing deployment group for the specified application. + // + // DeploymentGroupName is a required field DeploymentGroupName *string `locationName:"deploymentGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3551,6 +4701,8 @@ type GetDeploymentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A deployment ID associated with the applicable IAM user or AWS account. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3582,9 +4734,13 @@ type GetDeploymentInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique ID of a deployment. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique ID of an instance in the deployment group. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3655,6 +4811,8 @@ type GetOnPremisesInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the on-premises instance about which to get information. + // + // InstanceName is a required field InstanceName *string `locationName:"instanceName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3849,6 +5007,8 @@ type ListApplicationRevisionsInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether to list revisions based on whether the revision is the target revision @@ -4040,6 +5200,8 @@ type ListDeploymentGroupsInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An identifier returned from the previous list deployment groups call. It @@ -4104,6 +5266,8 @@ type ListDeploymentInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique ID of a deployment. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A subset of instances to list by status: @@ -4359,6 +5523,8 @@ type RegisterApplicationRevisionInput struct { // The name of an AWS CodeDeploy application associated with the applicable // IAM user or AWS account. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A comment about the revision. @@ -4366,6 +5532,8 @@ type RegisterApplicationRevisionInput struct { // Information about the application revision to register, including type and // location. + // + // Revision is a required field Revision *RevisionLocation `locationName:"revision" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4417,9 +5585,13 @@ type RegisterOnPremisesInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the IAM user to associate with the on-premises instance. + // + // IamUserArn is a required field IamUserArn *string `locationName:"iamUserArn" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the on-premises instance to register. + // + // InstanceName is a required field InstanceName *string `locationName:"instanceName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4468,9 +5640,13 @@ type RemoveTagsFromOnPremisesInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the on-premises instances from which to remove tags. + // + // InstanceNames is a required field InstanceNames []*string `locationName:"instanceNames" type:"list" required:"true"` // The tag key-value pairs to remove from the on-premises instances. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tags" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4646,6 +5822,8 @@ type StopDeploymentInput struct { AutoRollbackEnabled *bool `locationName:"autoRollbackEnabled" type:"boolean"` // The unique ID of a deployment. + // + // DeploymentId is a required field DeploymentId *string `locationName:"deploymentId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4858,6 +6036,8 @@ type UpdateDeploymentGroupInput struct { AlarmConfiguration *AlarmConfiguration `locationName:"alarmConfiguration" type:"structure"` // The application name corresponding to the deployment group to update. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `locationName:"applicationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Information for an automatic rollback configuration that is added or changed @@ -4871,6 +6051,8 @@ type UpdateDeploymentGroupInput struct { AutoScalingGroups []*string `locationName:"autoScalingGroups" type:"list"` // The current name of the deployment group. + // + // CurrentDeploymentGroupName is a required field CurrentDeploymentGroupName *string `locationName:"currentDeploymentGroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The replacement deployment configuration name to use, if you want to change @@ -4960,217 +6142,280 @@ func (s UpdateDeploymentGroupOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ApplicationRevisionSortBy + // ApplicationRevisionSortByRegisterTime is a ApplicationRevisionSortBy enum value ApplicationRevisionSortByRegisterTime = "registerTime" - // @enum ApplicationRevisionSortBy + + // ApplicationRevisionSortByFirstUsedTime is a ApplicationRevisionSortBy enum value ApplicationRevisionSortByFirstUsedTime = "firstUsedTime" - // @enum ApplicationRevisionSortBy + + // ApplicationRevisionSortByLastUsedTime is a ApplicationRevisionSortBy enum value ApplicationRevisionSortByLastUsedTime = "lastUsedTime" ) const ( - // @enum AutoRollbackEvent + // AutoRollbackEventDeploymentFailure is a AutoRollbackEvent enum value AutoRollbackEventDeploymentFailure = "DEPLOYMENT_FAILURE" - // @enum AutoRollbackEvent + + // AutoRollbackEventDeploymentStopOnAlarm is a AutoRollbackEvent enum value AutoRollbackEventDeploymentStopOnAlarm = "DEPLOYMENT_STOP_ON_ALARM" - // @enum AutoRollbackEvent + + // AutoRollbackEventDeploymentStopOnRequest is a AutoRollbackEvent enum value AutoRollbackEventDeploymentStopOnRequest = "DEPLOYMENT_STOP_ON_REQUEST" ) const ( - // @enum BundleType + // BundleTypeTar is a BundleType enum value BundleTypeTar = "tar" - // @enum BundleType + + // BundleTypeTgz is a BundleType enum value BundleTypeTgz = "tgz" - // @enum BundleType + + // BundleTypeZip is a BundleType enum value BundleTypeZip = "zip" ) const ( - // @enum DeploymentCreator + // DeploymentCreatorUser is a DeploymentCreator enum value DeploymentCreatorUser = "user" - // @enum DeploymentCreator + + // DeploymentCreatorAutoscaling is a DeploymentCreator enum value DeploymentCreatorAutoscaling = "autoscaling" - // @enum DeploymentCreator + + // DeploymentCreatorCodeDeployRollback is a DeploymentCreator enum value DeploymentCreatorCodeDeployRollback = "codeDeployRollback" ) const ( - // @enum DeploymentStatus + // DeploymentStatusCreated is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusCreated = "Created" - // @enum DeploymentStatus + + // DeploymentStatusQueued is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusQueued = "Queued" - // @enum DeploymentStatus + + // DeploymentStatusInProgress is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum DeploymentStatus + + // DeploymentStatusSucceeded is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusSucceeded = "Succeeded" - // @enum DeploymentStatus + + // DeploymentStatusFailed is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum DeploymentStatus + + // DeploymentStatusStopped is a DeploymentStatus enum value DeploymentStatusStopped = "Stopped" ) const ( - // @enum EC2TagFilterType + // EC2TagFilterTypeKeyOnly is a EC2TagFilterType enum value EC2TagFilterTypeKeyOnly = "KEY_ONLY" - // @enum EC2TagFilterType + + // EC2TagFilterTypeValueOnly is a EC2TagFilterType enum value EC2TagFilterTypeValueOnly = "VALUE_ONLY" - // @enum EC2TagFilterType + + // EC2TagFilterTypeKeyAndValue is a EC2TagFilterType enum value EC2TagFilterTypeKeyAndValue = "KEY_AND_VALUE" ) const ( - // @enum ErrorCode + // ErrorCodeDeploymentGroupMissing is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeDeploymentGroupMissing = "DEPLOYMENT_GROUP_MISSING" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeApplicationMissing is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeApplicationMissing = "APPLICATION_MISSING" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeRevisionMissing is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeRevisionMissing = "REVISION_MISSING" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeIamRoleMissing is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeIamRoleMissing = "IAM_ROLE_MISSING" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeIamRolePermissions is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeIamRolePermissions = "IAM_ROLE_PERMISSIONS" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeNoEc2Subscription is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeNoEc2Subscription = "NO_EC2_SUBSCRIPTION" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeOverMaxInstances is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeOverMaxInstances = "OVER_MAX_INSTANCES" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeNoInstances is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeNoInstances = "NO_INSTANCES" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeTimeout is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeTimeout = "TIMEOUT" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeHealthConstraintsInvalid is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeHealthConstraintsInvalid = "HEALTH_CONSTRAINTS_INVALID" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeHealthConstraints is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeHealthConstraints = "HEALTH_CONSTRAINTS" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeInternalError is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeThrottled is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeThrottled = "THROTTLED" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeAlarmActive is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeAlarmActive = "ALARM_ACTIVE" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeAgentIssue is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeAgentIssue = "AGENT_ISSUE" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeAutoScalingIamRolePermissions is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeAutoScalingIamRolePermissions = "AUTO_SCALING_IAM_ROLE_PERMISSIONS" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeAutoScalingConfiguration is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeAutoScalingConfiguration = "AUTO_SCALING_CONFIGURATION" - // @enum ErrorCode + + // ErrorCodeManualStop is a ErrorCode enum value ErrorCodeManualStop = "MANUAL_STOP" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceStatus + // InstanceStatusPending is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum InstanceStatus + + // InstanceStatusInProgress is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum InstanceStatus + + // InstanceStatusSucceeded is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusSucceeded = "Succeeded" - // @enum InstanceStatus + + // InstanceStatusFailed is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum InstanceStatus + + // InstanceStatusSkipped is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusSkipped = "Skipped" - // @enum InstanceStatus + + // InstanceStatusUnknown is a InstanceStatus enum value InstanceStatusUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + // LifecycleErrorCodeSuccess is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeSuccess = "Success" - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + + // LifecycleErrorCodeScriptMissing is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeScriptMissing = "ScriptMissing" - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + + // LifecycleErrorCodeScriptNotExecutable is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeScriptNotExecutable = "ScriptNotExecutable" - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + + // LifecycleErrorCodeScriptTimedOut is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeScriptTimedOut = "ScriptTimedOut" - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + + // LifecycleErrorCodeScriptFailed is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeScriptFailed = "ScriptFailed" - // @enum LifecycleErrorCode + + // LifecycleErrorCodeUnknownError is a LifecycleErrorCode enum value LifecycleErrorCodeUnknownError = "UnknownError" ) const ( - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + // LifecycleEventStatusPending is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + + // LifecycleEventStatusInProgress is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + + // LifecycleEventStatusSucceeded is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusSucceeded = "Succeeded" - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + + // LifecycleEventStatusFailed is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + + // LifecycleEventStatusSkipped is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusSkipped = "Skipped" - // @enum LifecycleEventStatus + + // LifecycleEventStatusUnknown is a LifecycleEventStatus enum value LifecycleEventStatusUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum ListStateFilterAction + // ListStateFilterActionInclude is a ListStateFilterAction enum value ListStateFilterActionInclude = "include" - // @enum ListStateFilterAction + + // ListStateFilterActionExclude is a ListStateFilterAction enum value ListStateFilterActionExclude = "exclude" - // @enum ListStateFilterAction + + // ListStateFilterActionIgnore is a ListStateFilterAction enum value ListStateFilterActionIgnore = "ignore" ) const ( - // @enum MinimumHealthyHostsType + // MinimumHealthyHostsTypeHostCount is a MinimumHealthyHostsType enum value MinimumHealthyHostsTypeHostCount = "HOST_COUNT" - // @enum MinimumHealthyHostsType + + // MinimumHealthyHostsTypeFleetPercent is a MinimumHealthyHostsType enum value MinimumHealthyHostsTypeFleetPercent = "FLEET_PERCENT" ) const ( - // @enum RegistrationStatus + // RegistrationStatusRegistered is a RegistrationStatus enum value RegistrationStatusRegistered = "Registered" - // @enum RegistrationStatus + + // RegistrationStatusDeregistered is a RegistrationStatus enum value RegistrationStatusDeregistered = "Deregistered" ) const ( - // @enum RevisionLocationType + // RevisionLocationTypeS3 is a RevisionLocationType enum value RevisionLocationTypeS3 = "S3" - // @enum RevisionLocationType + + // RevisionLocationTypeGitHub is a RevisionLocationType enum value RevisionLocationTypeGitHub = "GitHub" ) const ( - // @enum SortOrder + // SortOrderAscending is a SortOrder enum value SortOrderAscending = "ascending" - // @enum SortOrder + + // SortOrderDescending is a SortOrder enum value SortOrderDescending = "descending" ) const ( - // @enum StopStatus + // StopStatusPending is a StopStatus enum value StopStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum StopStatus + + // StopStatusSucceeded is a StopStatus enum value StopStatusSucceeded = "Succeeded" ) const ( - // @enum TagFilterType + // TagFilterTypeKeyOnly is a TagFilterType enum value TagFilterTypeKeyOnly = "KEY_ONLY" - // @enum TagFilterType + + // TagFilterTypeValueOnly is a TagFilterType enum value TagFilterTypeValueOnly = "VALUE_ONLY" - // @enum TagFilterType + + // TagFilterTypeKeyAndValue is a TagFilterType enum value TagFilterTypeKeyAndValue = "KEY_AND_VALUE" ) const ( - // @enum TriggerEventType + // TriggerEventTypeDeploymentStart is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeDeploymentStart = "DeploymentStart" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeDeploymentSuccess is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeDeploymentSuccess = "DeploymentSuccess" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeDeploymentFailure is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeDeploymentFailure = "DeploymentFailure" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeDeploymentStop is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeDeploymentStop = "DeploymentStop" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeDeploymentRollback is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeDeploymentRollback = "DeploymentRollback" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeInstanceStart is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeInstanceStart = "InstanceStart" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeInstanceSuccess is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeInstanceSuccess = "InstanceSuccess" - // @enum TriggerEventType + + // TriggerEventTypeInstanceFailure is a TriggerEventType enum value TriggerEventTypeInstanceFailure = "InstanceFailure" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/waiters.go index ce19f2247..3d605b11b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilDeploymentSuccessful uses the CodeDeploy API operation +// GetDeployment to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *CodeDeploy) WaitUntilDeploymentSuccessful(input *GetDeploymentInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetDeployment", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice/api.go index 8289531fa..610dbff11 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAddIpRoutes = "AddIpRoutes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,11 +54,44 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesRequest(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (req *req return } +// AddIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // If the DNS server for your on-premises domain uses a publicly addressable // IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic // to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services. AddIpRoutes adds this // address block. You can also use AddIpRoutes to facilitate routing traffic // that uses public IP ranges from your Microsoft AD on AWS to a peer VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation AddIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * IpRouteLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of IP addresses was exceeded. The default limit +// is 100 IP address blocks. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutes(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -70,6 +105,8 @@ const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -104,9 +141,35 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInpu return } +// AddTagsToResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified Amazon Directory Services // directory. Each directory can have a maximum of 10 tags. Each tag consists // of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique to each resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * TagLimitExceededException +// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -120,6 +183,8 @@ const opConnectDirectory = "ConnectDirectory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ConnectDirectory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -154,7 +219,32 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryRequest(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) return } +// ConnectDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates an AD Connector to connect to an on-premises directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation ConnectDirectory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DirectoryLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can +// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in +// the region. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectory(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -168,6 +258,8 @@ const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -202,12 +294,38 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *req return } +// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory. // The alias is used to construct the access URL for the directory, such as // http://.awsapps.com. // // After an alias has been created, it cannot be deleted or reused, so this // operation should only be used when absolutely necessary. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -221,6 +339,8 @@ const opCreateComputer = "CreateComputer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateComputer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -255,8 +375,43 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerRequest(input *CreateComputerInput) (re return } +// CreateComputer API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates a computer account in the specified directory, and joins the computer // to the directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateComputer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AuthenticationFailedException +// An authentication error occurred. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputer(input *CreateComputerInput) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -270,6 +425,8 @@ const opCreateConditionalForwarder = "CreateConditionalForwarder" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -304,9 +461,41 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *CreateCondit return } +// CreateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your AWS directory. Conditional // forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship with another // domain. The conditional forwarder points to the trusted domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarder(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -320,6 +509,8 @@ const opCreateDirectory = "CreateDirectory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDirectory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -354,7 +545,32 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryRequest(input *CreateDirectoryInput) ( return } +// CreateDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates a Simple AD directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateDirectory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DirectoryLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can +// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in +// the region. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectory(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -368,6 +584,8 @@ const opCreateMicrosoftAD = "CreateMicrosoftAD" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -402,7 +620,35 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input *CreateMicrosoftADInpu return } +// CreateMicrosoftAD API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DirectoryLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can +// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in +// the region. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftAD(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -416,6 +662,8 @@ const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -450,9 +698,37 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (re return } +// CreateSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the AWS cloud. // // You cannot take snapshots of AD Connector directories. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * SnapshotLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. +// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits +// for a directory. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -466,6 +742,8 @@ const opCreateTrust = "CreateTrust" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTrust for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -500,6 +778,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustRequest(input *CreateTrustInput) (req *req return } +// CreateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure // trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your // Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud, and your existing on-premises Microsoft Active @@ -508,6 +788,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustRequest(input *CreateTrustInput) (req *req // // This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship // between a Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud and an external domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation CreateTrust for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrust(input *CreateTrustInput) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -521,6 +828,8 @@ const opDeleteConditionalForwarder = "DeleteConditionalForwarder" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -555,7 +864,36 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input *DeleteCondit return } +// DeleteConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarder(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -569,6 +907,8 @@ const opDeleteDirectory = "DeleteDirectory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDirectory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -603,7 +943,27 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryRequest(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) ( return } +// DeleteDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Deletes an AWS Directory Service directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DeleteDirectory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectory(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -617,6 +977,8 @@ const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -651,7 +1013,30 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (re return } +// DeleteSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Deletes a directory snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -665,6 +1050,8 @@ const opDeleteTrust = "DeleteTrust" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTrust for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -699,8 +1086,34 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustRequest(input *DeleteTrustInput) (req *req return } +// DeleteTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Deletes an existing trust relationship between your Microsoft AD in the AWS // cloud and an external domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DeleteTrust for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrust(input *DeleteTrustInput) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -714,6 +1127,8 @@ const opDeregisterEventTopic = "DeregisterEventTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -748,7 +1163,30 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input *DeregisterEventTop return } +// DeregisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopic(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -762,6 +1200,8 @@ const opDescribeConditionalForwarders = "DescribeConditionalForwarders" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -796,10 +1236,39 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input *DescribeC return } +// DescribeConditionalForwarders API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account. // // If no input parameters are provided for RemoteDomainNames, this request // describes all conditional forwarders for the specified directory ID. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwarders(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -813,6 +1282,8 @@ const opDescribeDirectories = "DescribeDirectories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDirectories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -847,6 +1318,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectories return } +// DescribeDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account. // // You can retrieve information about specific directories by passing the directory @@ -859,6 +1332,30 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectories // to retrieve the next set of items. // // You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeDirectories for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectories(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -872,6 +1369,8 @@ const opDescribeEventTopics = "DescribeEventTopics" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -906,11 +1405,34 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input *DescribeEventTopics return } +// DescribeEventTopics API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains information about which SNS topics receive status messages from the // specified directory. // // If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TopicName, this // request describes all of the associations in the account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopics(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -924,6 +1446,8 @@ const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -958,6 +1482,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInpu return } +// DescribeSnapshots API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account. // // This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request @@ -966,6 +1492,30 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInpu // to retrieve the next set of items. // // You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -979,6 +1529,8 @@ const opDescribeTrusts = "DescribeTrusts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTrusts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1013,10 +1565,39 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (re return } +// DescribeTrusts API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account. // // If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this // request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeTrusts for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1030,6 +1611,8 @@ const opDisableRadius = "DisableRadius" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableRadius for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1064,8 +1647,28 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusRequest(input *DisableRadiusInput) (req return } +// DisableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication // Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DisableRadius for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadius(input *DisableRadiusInput) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1079,6 +1682,8 @@ const opDisableSso = "DisableSso" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableSso for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1113,7 +1718,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoRequest(input *DisableSsoInput) (req *reque return } +// DisableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Disables single-sign on for a directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DisableSso for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InsufficientPermissionsException +// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. +// +// * AuthenticationFailedException +// An authentication error occurred. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSso(input *DisableSsoInput) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1127,6 +1758,8 @@ const opEnableRadius = "EnableRadius" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableRadius for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1161,8 +1794,34 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusRequest(input *EnableRadiusInput) (req *r return } +// EnableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication // Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation EnableRadius for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExistsException +// The specified entity already exists. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadius(input *EnableRadiusInput) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1176,6 +1835,8 @@ const opEnableSso = "EnableSso" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableSso for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1210,7 +1871,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoRequest(input *EnableSsoInput) (req *request return } +// EnableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Enables single-sign on for a directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation EnableSso for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InsufficientPermissionsException +// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. +// +// * AuthenticationFailedException +// An authentication error occurred. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSso(input *EnableSsoInput) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1224,6 +1911,8 @@ const opGetDirectoryLimits = "GetDirectoryLimits" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1258,7 +1947,27 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input *GetDirectoryLimitsIn return } +// GetDirectoryLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains directory limit information for the current region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimits(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1272,6 +1981,8 @@ const opGetSnapshotLimits = "GetSnapshotLimits" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1306,7 +2017,27 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInpu return } +// GetSnapshotLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimits(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1320,6 +2051,8 @@ const opListIpRoutes = "ListIpRoutes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1354,7 +2087,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesRequest(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (req *r return } +// ListIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation ListIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutes(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1368,6 +2127,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1402,7 +2163,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResource return } +// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Lists all tags on an Amazon Directory Services directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1416,6 +2203,8 @@ const opRegisterEventTopic = "RegisterEventTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1450,12 +2239,35 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicRequest(input *RegisterEventTopicIn return } +// RegisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Associates a directory with an SNS topic. This establishes the directory // as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. You can then receive email or // text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified // if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable // status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an // Active status. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopic(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1469,6 +2281,8 @@ const opRemoveIpRoutes = "RemoveIpRoutes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1503,7 +2317,33 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (re return } +// RemoveIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Removes IP address blocks from a directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutes(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1517,6 +2357,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1551,7 +2393,30 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromRe return } +// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Removes tags from an Amazon Directory Services directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1565,6 +2430,8 @@ const opRestoreFromSnapshot = "RestoreFromSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1599,6 +2466,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromSnapshot return } +// RestoreFromSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot. // // When you restore a directory from a snapshot, any changes made to the directory @@ -1608,6 +2477,27 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromSnapshot // monitor the progress of the restore operation by calling the DescribeDirectories // operation with the directory identifier. When the DirectoryDescription.Stage // value changes to Active, the restore operation is complete. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshot(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1621,6 +2511,8 @@ const opUpdateConditionalForwarder = "UpdateConditionalForwarder" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1655,7 +2547,36 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *UpdateCondit return } +// UpdateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarder(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1669,6 +2590,8 @@ const opUpdateRadius = "UpdateRadius" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRadius for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1703,8 +2626,31 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusRequest(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (req *r return } +// UpdateRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information // for an AD Connector directory. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation UpdateRadius for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadius(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1718,6 +2664,8 @@ const opVerifyTrust = "VerifyTrust" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See VerifyTrust for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1752,11 +2700,37 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustRequest(input *VerifyTrustInput) (req *req return } +// VerifyTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// // AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure // and verify trust relationships. // // This action verifies a trust relationship between your Microsoft AD in the // AWS cloud and an external domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation VerifyTrust for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityDoesNotExistException +// The specified entity could not be found. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// * ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// * ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrust(input *VerifyTrustInput) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) { req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1767,10 +2741,14 @@ type AddIpRoutesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifier (ID) of the directory to which to add the address block. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // IP address blocks, using CIDR format, of the traffic to route. This is often // the IP address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. + // + // IpRoutes is a required field IpRoutes []*IpRoute `type:"list" required:"true"` // If set to true, updates the inbound and outbound rules of the security group @@ -1866,9 +2844,13 @@ type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifier (ID) for the directory to which to add the tag. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon Directory Services directory. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2018,21 +3000,29 @@ type ConnectDirectoryInput struct { // A DirectoryConnectSettings object that contains additional information for // the operation. + // + // ConnectSettings is a required field ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A textual description for the directory. Description *string `type:"string"` // The fully-qualified name of the on-premises directory, such as corp.example.com. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password for the on-premises user account. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The NetBIOS name of the on-premises directory, such as CORP. ShortName *string `type:"string"` // The size of the directory. + // + // Size is a required field Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` } @@ -2102,9 +3092,13 @@ type CreateAliasInput struct { // // The alias must be unique amongst all aliases in AWS. This operation throws // an EntityAlreadyExistsException error if the alias already exists. + // + // Alias is a required field Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the directory for which to create the alias. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2167,9 +3161,13 @@ type CreateComputerInput struct { ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"` // The name of the computer account. + // + // ComputerName is a required field ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the directory in which to create the computer account. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The fully-qualified distinguished name of the organizational unit to place @@ -2178,6 +3176,8 @@ type CreateComputerInput struct { // A one-time password that is used to join the computer to the directory. You // should generate a random, strong password to use for this parameter. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `min:"8" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2255,13 +3255,19 @@ type CreateConditionalForwarderInput struct { // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which you are creating the conditional // forwarder. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. + // + // DnsIpAddrs is a required field DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you // will set up a trust relationship. + // + // RemoteDomainName is a required field RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2317,17 +3323,23 @@ type CreateDirectoryInput struct { Description *string `type:"string"` // The fully qualified name for the directory, such as corp.example.com. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password for the directory administrator. The directory creation process // creates a directory administrator account with the username Administrator // and this password. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The short name of the directory, such as CORP. ShortName *string `type:"string"` // The size of the directory. + // + // Size is a required field Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` // A DirectoryVpcSettings object that contains additional information for the @@ -2398,9 +3410,13 @@ type CreateMicrosoftADInput struct { // The fully qualified domain name for the directory, such as corp.example.com. // This name will resolve inside your VPC only. It does not need to be publicly // resolvable. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password for the default administrative user named Admin. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The NetBIOS name for your domain. A short identifier for your domain, such @@ -2409,6 +3425,8 @@ type CreateMicrosoftADInput struct { ShortName *string `type:"string"` // Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation. + // + // VpcSettings is a required field VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2469,6 +3487,8 @@ type CreateSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory of which to take a snapshot. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The descriptive name to apply to the snapshot. @@ -2532,17 +3552,25 @@ type CreateTrustInput struct { // The Directory ID of the Microsoft AD in the AWS cloud for which to establish // the trust relationship. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain for which to // create the trust relationship. + // + // RemoteDomainName is a required field RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The direction of the trust relationship. + // + // TrustDirection is a required field TrustDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrustDirection"` // The trust password. The must be the same password that was used when creating // the trust relationship on the external domain. + // + // TrustPassword is a required field TrustPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The trust relationship type. @@ -2607,10 +3635,14 @@ type DeleteConditionalForwarderInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The directory ID for which you are deleting the conditional forwarder. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you // are deleting the conditional forwarder. + // + // RemoteDomainName is a required field RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2660,6 +3692,8 @@ type DeleteDirectoryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory to delete. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2709,6 +3743,8 @@ type DeleteSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory snapshot to be deleted. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2762,6 +3798,8 @@ type DeleteTrustInput struct { DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder *bool `type:"boolean"` // The Trust ID of the trust relationship to be deleted. + // + // TrustId is a required field TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2812,9 +3850,13 @@ type DeregisterEventTopicInput struct { // The Directory ID to remove as a publisher. This directory will no longer // send messages to the specified SNS topic. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SNS topic from which to remove the directory as a publisher. + // + // TopicName is a required field TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2867,6 +3909,8 @@ type DescribeConditionalForwardersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The directory ID for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the remote domains for which to @@ -3145,6 +4189,8 @@ type DirectoryConnectSettings struct { // A list of one or more IP addresses of DNS servers or domain controllers in // the on-premises directory. + // + // CustomerDnsIps is a required field CustomerDnsIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The username of an account in the on-premises directory that is used to connect @@ -3155,12 +4201,18 @@ type DirectoryConnectSettings struct { // Create computer objects // // Join computers to the domain + // + // CustomerUserName is a required field CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The identifier of the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3363,9 +4415,13 @@ type DirectoryVpcSettings struct { // The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. The two subnets // must be in different Availability Zones. AWS Directory Service creates a // directory server and a DNS server in each of these subnets. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The identifier of the VPC in which to create the directory. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3430,6 +4486,8 @@ type DisableRadiusInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3476,6 +4534,8 @@ type DisableSsoInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This @@ -3544,9 +4604,13 @@ type EnableRadiusInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. + // + // RadiusSettings is a required field RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3601,6 +4665,8 @@ type EnableSsoInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This @@ -3734,6 +4800,8 @@ type GetSnapshotLimitsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the identifier of the directory to obtain the limits for. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3840,6 +4908,8 @@ type ListIpRoutesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve the IP addresses. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number @@ -3906,6 +4976,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve tags. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4023,10 +5095,14 @@ type RegisterEventTopicInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Directory ID that will publish status messages to the SNS topic. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The SNS topic name to which the directory will publish status messages. This // SNS topic must be in the same region as the specified Directory ID. + // + // TopicName is a required field TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4078,9 +5154,13 @@ type RemoveIpRoutesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // IP address blocks that you want to remove. + // + // CidrIps is a required field CidrIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which you want to remove the IP addresses. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4128,9 +5208,13 @@ type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which to remove the tag. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4179,6 +5263,8 @@ type RestoreFromSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the snapshot to restore from. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4285,11 +5371,15 @@ type Tag struct { // Required name of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters and // cannot be prefixed with "aws:". The string can contain only the set of Unicode // letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The optional value of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters. // The string can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4375,14 +5465,20 @@ type UpdateConditionalForwarderInput struct { // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which to update the conditional // forwarder. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The updated IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with the conditional // forwarder. + // + // DnsIpAddrs is a required field DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you // will set up a trust relationship. + // + // RemoteDomainName is a required field RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4435,9 +5531,13 @@ type UpdateRadiusInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. + // + // RadiusSettings is a required field RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4493,6 +5593,8 @@ type VerifyTrustInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship to verify. + // + // TrustId is a required field TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4538,142 +5640,180 @@ func (s VerifyTrustOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum DirectorySize + // DirectorySizeSmall is a DirectorySize enum value DirectorySizeSmall = "Small" - // @enum DirectorySize + + // DirectorySizeLarge is a DirectorySize enum value DirectorySizeLarge = "Large" ) const ( - // @enum DirectoryStage + // DirectoryStageRequested is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageRequested = "Requested" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageCreating is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageCreating = "Creating" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageCreated is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageCreated = "Created" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageActive is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageActive = "Active" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageInoperable is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageInoperable = "Inoperable" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageImpaired is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageImpaired = "Impaired" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageRestoring is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageRestoring = "Restoring" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageRestoreFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageRestoreFailed = "RestoreFailed" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageDeleting is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageDeleting = "Deleting" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageDeleted is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageDeleted = "Deleted" - // @enum DirectoryStage + + // DirectoryStageFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value DirectoryStageFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum DirectoryType + // DirectoryTypeSimpleAd is a DirectoryType enum value DirectoryTypeSimpleAd = "SimpleAD" - // @enum DirectoryType + + // DirectoryTypeAdconnector is a DirectoryType enum value DirectoryTypeAdconnector = "ADConnector" - // @enum DirectoryType + + // DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd = "MicrosoftAD" ) const ( - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + // IpRouteStatusMsgAdding is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgAdding = "Adding" - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + + // IpRouteStatusMsgAdded is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgAdded = "Added" - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + + // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving = "Removing" - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + + // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved = "Removed" - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + + // IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed = "AddFailed" - // @enum IpRouteStatusMsg + + // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed = "RemoveFailed" ) const ( - // @enum RadiusAuthenticationProtocol + // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap = "PAP" - // @enum RadiusAuthenticationProtocol + + // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap = "CHAP" - // @enum RadiusAuthenticationProtocol + + // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 = "MS-CHAPv1" - // @enum RadiusAuthenticationProtocol + + // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 = "MS-CHAPv2" ) const ( - // @enum RadiusStatus + // RadiusStatusCreating is a RadiusStatus enum value RadiusStatusCreating = "Creating" - // @enum RadiusStatus + + // RadiusStatusCompleted is a RadiusStatus enum value RadiusStatusCompleted = "Completed" - // @enum RadiusStatus + + // RadiusStatusFailed is a RadiusStatus enum value RadiusStatusFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum ReplicationScope + // ReplicationScopeDomain is a ReplicationScope enum value ReplicationScopeDomain = "Domain" ) const ( - // @enum SnapshotStatus + // SnapshotStatusCreating is a SnapshotStatus enum value SnapshotStatusCreating = "Creating" - // @enum SnapshotStatus + + // SnapshotStatusCompleted is a SnapshotStatus enum value SnapshotStatusCompleted = "Completed" - // @enum SnapshotStatus + + // SnapshotStatusFailed is a SnapshotStatus enum value SnapshotStatusFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum SnapshotType + // SnapshotTypeAuto is a SnapshotType enum value SnapshotTypeAuto = "Auto" - // @enum SnapshotType + + // SnapshotTypeManual is a SnapshotType enum value SnapshotTypeManual = "Manual" ) const ( - // @enum TopicStatus + // TopicStatusRegistered is a TopicStatus enum value TopicStatusRegistered = "Registered" - // @enum TopicStatus + + // TopicStatusTopicnotfound is a TopicStatus enum value TopicStatusTopicnotfound = "Topic not found" - // @enum TopicStatus + + // TopicStatusFailed is a TopicStatus enum value TopicStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum TopicStatus + + // TopicStatusDeleted is a TopicStatus enum value TopicStatusDeleted = "Deleted" ) const ( - // @enum TrustDirection + // TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing is a TrustDirection enum value TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing = "One-Way: Outgoing" - // @enum TrustDirection + + // TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming is a TrustDirection enum value TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming = "One-Way: Incoming" - // @enum TrustDirection + + // TrustDirectionTwoWay is a TrustDirection enum value TrustDirectionTwoWay = "Two-Way" ) const ( - // @enum TrustState + // TrustStateCreating is a TrustState enum value TrustStateCreating = "Creating" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateCreated is a TrustState enum value TrustStateCreated = "Created" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateVerifying is a TrustState enum value TrustStateVerifying = "Verifying" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateVerifyFailed is a TrustState enum value TrustStateVerifyFailed = "VerifyFailed" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateVerified is a TrustState enum value TrustStateVerified = "Verified" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateDeleting is a TrustState enum value TrustStateDeleting = "Deleting" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateDeleted is a TrustState enum value TrustStateDeleted = "Deleted" - // @enum TrustState + + // TrustStateFailed is a TrustState enum value TrustStateFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum TrustType + // TrustTypeForest is a TrustType enum value TrustTypeForest = "Forest" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go index 3e9d97cbc..1412fe3db 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opBatchGetItem = "BatchGetItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) BatchGetItemRequest(input *BatchGetItemInput) (req *request.R return } +// BatchGetItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The BatchGetItem operation returns the attributes of one or more items from // one or more tables. You identify requested items by primary key. // @@ -107,6 +111,30 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) BatchGetItemRequest(input *BatchGetItemInput) (req *request.R // for nonexistent items consume the minimum read capacity units according to // the type of read. For more information, see Capacity Units Calculations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#CapacityUnitCalculations) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation BatchGetItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) BatchGetItem(input *BatchGetItemInput) (*BatchGetItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -145,6 +173,8 @@ const opBatchWriteItem = "BatchWriteItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchWriteItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -179,6 +209,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) BatchWriteItemRequest(input *BatchWriteItemInput) (req *reque return } +// BatchWriteItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The BatchWriteItem operation puts or deletes multiple items in one or more // tables. A single call to BatchWriteItem can write up to 16 MB of data, which // can comprise as many as 25 put or delete requests. Individual items to be @@ -248,6 +280,34 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) BatchWriteItemRequest(input *BatchWriteItemInput) (req *reque // Any individual item in a batch exceeds 400 KB. // // The total request size exceeds 16 MB. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation BatchWriteItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * ItemCollectionSizeLimitExceededException +// An item collection is too large. This exception is only returned for tables +// that have one or more local secondary indexes. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) BatchWriteItem(input *BatchWriteItemInput) (*BatchWriteItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchWriteItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -261,6 +321,8 @@ const opCreateTable = "CreateTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -295,6 +357,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Req return } +// CreateTable API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The CreateTable operation adds a new table to your account. In an AWS account, // table names must be unique within each region. That is, you can have two // tables with same name if you create the tables in different regions. @@ -310,6 +374,33 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Req // with secondary indexes can be in the CREATING state at any given time. // // You can use the DescribeTable API to check the table status. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation CreateTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you +// attempted to recreate an existing table, or tried to delete a table currently +// in the CREATING state. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The number of concurrent table requests (cumulative number of tables in the +// CREATING, DELETING or UPDATING state) exceeds the maximum allowed of 10. +// +// Also, for tables with secondary indexes, only one of those tables can be +// in the CREATING state at any point in time. Do not attempt to create more +// than one such table simultaneously. +// +// The total limit of tables in the ACTIVE state is 250. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) CreateTable(input *CreateTableInput) (*CreateTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -323,6 +414,8 @@ const opDeleteItem = "DeleteItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -357,6 +450,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteItemRequest(input *DeleteItemInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// DeleteItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Deletes a single item in a table by primary key. You can perform a conditional // delete operation that deletes the item if it exists, or if it has an expected // attribute value. @@ -371,6 +466,37 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteItemRequest(input *DeleteItemInput) (req *request.Reque // Conditional deletes are useful for deleting items only if specific conditions // are met. If those conditions are met, DynamoDB performs the delete. Otherwise, // the item is not deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation DeleteItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ConditionalCheckFailedException +// A condition specified in the operation could not be evaluated. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * ItemCollectionSizeLimitExceededException +// An item collection is too large. This exception is only returned for tables +// that have one or more local secondary indexes. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteItem(input *DeleteItemInput) (*DeleteItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -384,6 +510,8 @@ const opDeleteTable = "DeleteTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -418,6 +546,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Req return } +// DeleteTable API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The DeleteTable operation deletes a table and all of its items. After a DeleteTable // request, the specified table is in the DELETING state until DynamoDB completes // the deletion. If the table is in the ACTIVE state, you can delete it. If @@ -436,6 +566,37 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Req // deleted after 24 hours. // // Use the DescribeTable API to check the status of the table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation DeleteTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you +// attempted to recreate an existing table, or tried to delete a table currently +// in the CREATING state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The number of concurrent table requests (cumulative number of tables in the +// CREATING, DELETING or UPDATING state) exceeds the maximum allowed of 10. +// +// Also, for tables with secondary indexes, only one of those tables can be +// in the CREATING state at any point in time. Do not attempt to create more +// than one such table simultaneously. +// +// The total limit of tables in the ACTIVE state is 250. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) DeleteTable(input *DeleteTableInput) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -449,6 +610,8 @@ const opDescribeLimits = "DescribeLimits" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLimits for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -483,6 +646,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeLimitsRequest(input *DescribeLimitsInput) (req *reque return } +// DescribeLimits API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Returns the current provisioned-capacity limits for your AWS account in a // region, both for the region as a whole and for any one DynamoDB table that // you create there. @@ -541,6 +706,18 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeLimitsRequest(input *DescribeLimitsInput) (req *reque // errors if you call it more than once in a minute. // // The DescribeLimits Request element has no content. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation DescribeLimits for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeLimits(input *DescribeLimitsInput) (*DescribeLimitsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLimitsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -554,6 +731,8 @@ const opDescribeTable = "DescribeTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -588,6 +767,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableRequest(input *DescribeTableInput) (req *request return } +// DescribeTable API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Returns information about the table, including the current status of the // table, when it was created, the primary key schema, and any indexes on the // table. @@ -597,6 +778,22 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableRequest(input *DescribeTableInput) (req *request // uses an eventually consistent query, and the metadata for your table might // not be available at that moment. Wait for a few seconds, and then try the // DescribeTable request again. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation DescribeTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTable(input *DescribeTableInput) (*DescribeTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -610,6 +807,8 @@ const opGetItem = "GetItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -644,6 +843,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) GetItemRequest(input *GetItemInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// GetItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The GetItem operation returns a set of attributes for the item with the given // primary key. If there is no matching item, GetItem does not return any data. // @@ -651,6 +852,30 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) GetItemRequest(input *GetItemInput) (req *request.Request, ou // requires a strongly consistent read, set ConsistentRead to true. Although // a strongly consistent read might take more time than an eventually consistent // read, it always returns the last updated value. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation GetItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) GetItem(input *GetItemInput) (*GetItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -664,6 +889,8 @@ const opListTables = "ListTables" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTables for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -704,9 +931,23 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) ListTablesRequest(input *ListTablesInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// ListTables API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Returns an array of table names associated with the current account and endpoint. // The output from ListTables is paginated, with each page returning a maximum // of 100 table names. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation ListTables for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) ListTables(input *ListTablesInput) (*ListTablesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTablesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -745,6 +986,8 @@ const opPutItem = "PutItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -779,6 +1022,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) PutItemRequest(input *PutItemInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// PutItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Creates a new item, or replaces an old item with a new item. If an item that // has the same primary key as the new item already exists in the specified // table, the new item completely replaces the existing item. You can perform @@ -806,6 +1051,37 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) PutItemRequest(input *PutItemInput) (req *request.Request, ou // // For more information about using this API, see Working with Items (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithItems.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation PutItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ConditionalCheckFailedException +// A condition specified in the operation could not be evaluated. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * ItemCollectionSizeLimitExceededException +// An item collection is too large. This exception is only returned for tables +// that have one or more local secondary indexes. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) PutItem(input *PutItemInput) (*PutItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -819,6 +1095,8 @@ const opQuery = "Query" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Query for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -859,6 +1137,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) QueryRequest(input *QueryInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// Query API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // A Query operation uses the primary key of a table or a secondary index to // directly access items from that table or index. // @@ -885,6 +1165,30 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) QueryRequest(input *QueryInput) (req *request.Request, output // parameter to true and obtain a strongly consistent result. Global secondary // indexes support eventually consistent reads only, so do not specify ConsistentRead // when querying a global secondary index. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation Query for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) Query(input *QueryInput) (*QueryOutput, error) { req, out := c.QueryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -923,6 +1227,8 @@ const opScan = "Scan" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Scan for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -963,6 +1269,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) ScanRequest(input *ScanInput) (req *request.Request, output * return } +// Scan API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // The Scan operation returns one or more items and item attributes by accessing // every item in a table or a secondary index. To have DynamoDB return fewer // items, you can provide a ScanFilter operation. @@ -984,6 +1292,30 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) ScanRequest(input *ScanInput) (req *request.Request, output * // in the table immediately before the operation began. If you need a consistent // copy of the data, as of the time that the Scan begins, you can set the ConsistentRead // parameter to true. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation Scan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) Scan(input *ScanInput) (*ScanOutput, error) { req, out := c.ScanRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1022,6 +1354,8 @@ const opUpdateItem = "UpdateItem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateItem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1056,6 +1390,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateItemRequest(input *UpdateItemInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// UpdateItem API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Edits an existing item's attributes, or adds a new item to the table if it // does not already exist. You can put, delete, or add attribute values. You // can also perform a conditional update on an existing item (insert a new attribute @@ -1064,6 +1400,37 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateItemRequest(input *UpdateItemInput) (req *request.Reque // // You can also return the item's attribute values in the same UpdateItem operation // using the ReturnValues parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation UpdateItem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ConditionalCheckFailedException +// A condition specified in the operation could not be evaluated. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// Your request rate is too high. The AWS SDKs for DynamoDB automatically retry +// requests that receive this exception. Your request is eventually successful, +// unless your retry queue is too large to finish. Reduce the frequency of requests +// and use exponential backoff. For more information, go to Error Retries and +// Exponential Backoff (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/ErrorHandling.html#APIRetries) +// in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * ItemCollectionSizeLimitExceededException +// An item collection is too large. This exception is only returned for tables +// that have one or more local secondary indexes. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateItem(input *UpdateItemInput) (*UpdateItemOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateItemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1077,6 +1444,8 @@ const opUpdateTable = "UpdateTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1111,6 +1480,8 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Req return } +// UpdateTable API operation for Amazon DynamoDB. +// // Modifies the provisioned throughput settings, global secondary indexes, or // DynamoDB Streams settings for a given table. // @@ -1129,6 +1500,37 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Req // table status changes from ACTIVE to UPDATING. While it is UPDATING, you cannot // issue another UpdateTable request. When the table returns to the ACTIVE state, // the UpdateTable operation is complete. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's +// API operation UpdateTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you +// attempted to recreate an existing table, or tried to delete a table currently +// in the CREATING state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource +// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The number of concurrent table requests (cumulative number of tables in the +// CREATING, DELETING or UPDATING state) exceeds the maximum allowed of 10. +// +// Also, for tables with secondary indexes, only one of those tables can be +// in the CREATING state at any point in time. Do not attempt to create more +// than one such table simultaneously. +// +// The total limit of tables in the ACTIVE state is 250. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTable(input *UpdateTableInput) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1140,6 +1542,8 @@ type AttributeDefinition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A name for the attribute. + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The data type for the attribute, where: @@ -1149,6 +1553,8 @@ type AttributeDefinition struct { // N - the attribute is of type Number // // B - the attribute is of type Binary + // + // AttributeType is a required field AttributeType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalarAttributeType"` } @@ -1415,6 +1821,8 @@ type BatchGetItemInput struct { // Note that AttributesToGet has no effect on provisioned throughput consumption. // DynamoDB determines capacity units consumed based on item size, not on the // amount of data that is returned to an application. + // + // RequestItems is a required field RequestItems map[string]*KeysAndAttributes `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"` // Determines the level of detail about provisioned throughput consumption that @@ -1552,6 +1960,8 @@ type BatchWriteItemInput struct { // If you specify any attributes that are part of an index key, then the data // types for those attributes must match those of the schema in the table's // attribute definition. + // + // RequestItems is a required field RequestItems map[string][]*WriteRequest `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"` // Determines the level of detail about provisioned throughput consumption that @@ -1860,6 +2270,8 @@ type Condition struct { // For usage examples of AttributeValueList and ComparisonOperator, see Legacy // Conditional Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/LegacyConditionalParameters.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ComparisonOperator is a required field ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ComparisonOperator"` } @@ -1926,14 +2338,20 @@ type CreateGlobalSecondaryIndexAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the global secondary index to be created. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // The key schema for the global secondary index. + // + // KeySchema is a required field KeySchema []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // Represents attributes that are copied (projected) from the table into an // index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key // attributes, which are automatically projected. + // + // Projection is a required field Projection *Projection `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Represents the provisioned throughput settings for a specified table or index. @@ -1942,6 +2360,8 @@ type CreateGlobalSecondaryIndexAction struct { // For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Limits // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ProvisionedThroughput is a required field ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughput `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2008,6 +2428,8 @@ type CreateTableInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An array of attributes that describe the key schema for the table and indexes. + // + // AttributeDefinitions is a required field AttributeDefinitions []*AttributeDefinition `type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more global secondary indexes (the maximum is five) to be created @@ -2075,6 +2497,8 @@ type CreateTableInput struct { // // For more information, see Specifying the Primary Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#WorkingWithTables.primary.key) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // KeySchema is a required field KeySchema []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more local secondary indexes (the maximum is five) to be created on @@ -2117,6 +2541,8 @@ type CreateTableInput struct { // For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Limits // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ProvisionedThroughput is a required field ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The settings for DynamoDB Streams on the table. These settings consist of: @@ -2142,6 +2568,8 @@ type CreateTableInput struct { StreamSpecification *StreamSpecification `type:"structure"` // The name of the table to create. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2251,6 +2679,8 @@ type DeleteGlobalSecondaryIndexAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the global secondary index to be deleted. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2588,6 +3018,8 @@ type DeleteItemInput struct { // with a simple primary key, you only need to provide a value for the partition // key. For a composite primary key, you must provide values for both the partition // key and the sort key. + // + // Key is a required field Key map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` // Determines the level of detail about provisioned throughput consumption that @@ -2626,6 +3058,8 @@ type DeleteItemInput struct { ReturnValues *string `type:"string" enum:"ReturnValue"` // The name of the table from which to delete the item. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2714,6 +3148,8 @@ type DeleteRequest struct { // A map of attribute name to attribute values, representing the primary key // of the item to delete. All of the table's primary key attributes must be // specified, and their data types must match those of the table's key schema. + // + // Key is a required field Key map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -2732,6 +3168,8 @@ type DeleteTableInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the table to delete. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2832,6 +3270,8 @@ type DescribeTableInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the table to describe. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3161,6 +3601,8 @@ type GetItemInput struct { // with a simple primary key, you only need to provide a value for the partition // key. For a composite primary key, you must provide values for both the partition // key and the sort key. + // + // Key is a required field Key map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` // A string that identifies one or more attributes to retrieve from the table. @@ -3195,6 +3637,8 @@ type GetItemInput struct { ReturnConsumedCapacity *string `type:"string" enum:"ReturnConsumedCapacity"` // The name of the table containing the requested item. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3262,6 +3706,8 @@ type GlobalSecondaryIndex struct { // The name of the global secondary index. The name must be unique among all // other indexes on this table. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // The complete key schema for a global secondary index, which consists of one @@ -3279,11 +3725,15 @@ type GlobalSecondaryIndex struct { // The sort key of an item is also known as its range attribute. The term "range // attribute" derives from the way DynamoDB stores items with the same partition // key physically close together, in sorted order by the sort key value. + // + // KeySchema is a required field KeySchema []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // Represents attributes that are copied (projected) from the table into an // index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key // attributes, which are automatically projected. + // + // Projection is a required field Projection *Projection `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Represents the provisioned throughput settings for a specified table or index. @@ -3292,6 +3742,8 @@ type GlobalSecondaryIndex struct { // For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Limits // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ProvisionedThroughput is a required field ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughput `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3547,6 +3999,8 @@ type KeySchemaElement struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a key attribute. + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The role that this key attribute will assume: @@ -3563,6 +4017,8 @@ type KeySchemaElement struct { // The sort key of an item is also known as its range attribute. The term "range // attribute" derives from the way DynamoDB stores items with the same partition // key physically close together, in sorted order by the sort key value. + // + // KeyType is a required field KeyType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"KeyType"` } @@ -3652,6 +4108,8 @@ type KeysAndAttributes struct { // The primary key attribute values that define the items and the attributes // associated with the items. + // + // Keys is a required field Keys []map[string]*AttributeValue `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // A string that identifies one or more attributes to retrieve from the table. @@ -3775,6 +4233,8 @@ type LocalSecondaryIndex struct { // The name of the local secondary index. The name must be unique among all // other indexes on this table. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // The complete key schema for the local secondary index, consisting of one @@ -3792,11 +4252,15 @@ type LocalSecondaryIndex struct { // The sort key of an item is also known as its range attribute. The term "range // attribute" derives from the way DynamoDB stores items with the same partition // key physically close together, in sorted order by the sort key value. + // + // KeySchema is a required field KeySchema []*KeySchemaElement `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // Represents attributes that are copied (projected) from the table into an // index. These are in addition to the primary key attributes and index key // attributes, which are automatically projected. + // + // Projection is a required field Projection *Projection `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3963,12 +4427,16 @@ type ProvisionedThroughput struct { // DynamoDB returns a ThrottlingException. For more information, see Specifying // Read and Write Requirements (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#ProvisionedThroughput) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ReadCapacityUnits is a required field ReadCapacityUnits *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` // The maximum number of writes consumed per second before DynamoDB returns // a ThrottlingException. For more information, see Specifying Read and Write // Requirements (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/WorkingWithTables.html#ProvisionedThroughput) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // WriteCapacityUnits is a required field WriteCapacityUnits *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -4360,6 +4828,8 @@ type PutItemInput struct { // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. // // Each element in the Item map is an AttributeValue object. + // + // Item is a required field Item map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` // Determines the level of detail about provisioned throughput consumption that @@ -4400,6 +4870,8 @@ type PutItemInput struct { ReturnValues *string `type:"string" enum:"ReturnValue"` // The name of the table to contain the item. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4490,6 +4962,8 @@ type PutRequest struct { // must be specified, and their data types must match those of the table's key // schema. If any attributes are present in the item which are part of an index // key schema for the table, their types must match the index key schema. + // + // Item is a required field Item map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -4988,6 +5462,8 @@ type QueryInput struct { Select *string `type:"string" enum:"Select"` // The name of the table containing the requested items. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5383,6 +5859,8 @@ type ScanInput struct { // The name of the table containing the requested items; or, if you provide // IndexName, the name of the table to which that index belongs. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // For a parallel Scan request, TotalSegments represents the total number of @@ -5759,6 +6237,8 @@ type UpdateGlobalSecondaryIndexAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the global secondary index to be updated. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // Represents the provisioned throughput settings for a specified table or index. @@ -5767,6 +6247,8 @@ type UpdateGlobalSecondaryIndexAction struct { // For current minimum and maximum provisioned throughput values, see Limits // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/Limits.html) // in the Amazon DynamoDB Developer Guide. + // + // ProvisionedThroughput is a required field ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughput `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -6201,6 +6683,8 @@ type UpdateItemInput struct { // with a simple primary key, you only need to provide a value for the partition // key. For a composite primary key, you must provide values for both the partition // key and the sort key. + // + // Key is a required field Key map[string]*AttributeValue `type:"map" required:"true"` // Determines the level of detail about provisioned throughput consumption that @@ -6250,6 +6734,8 @@ type UpdateItemInput struct { ReturnValues *string `type:"string" enum:"ReturnValue"` // The name of the table containing the item to update. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // An expression that defines one or more attributes to be updated, the action @@ -6431,6 +6917,8 @@ type UpdateTableInput struct { StreamSpecification *StreamSpecification `type:"structure"` // The name of the table to be updated. + // + // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6528,74 +7016,95 @@ func (s WriteRequest) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AttributeAction + // AttributeActionAdd is a AttributeAction enum value AttributeActionAdd = "ADD" - // @enum AttributeAction + + // AttributeActionPut is a AttributeAction enum value AttributeActionPut = "PUT" - // @enum AttributeAction + + // AttributeActionDelete is a AttributeAction enum value AttributeActionDelete = "DELETE" ) const ( - // @enum ComparisonOperator + // ComparisonOperatorEq is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorEq = "EQ" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorNe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorNe = "NE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorIn is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorIn = "IN" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLe = "LE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLt is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLt = "LT" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGe = "GE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGt is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGt = "GT" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorBetween is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorBetween = "BETWEEN" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorNotNull is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorNotNull = "NOT_NULL" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorNull is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorNull = "NULL" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorContains is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorContains = "CONTAINS" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorNotContains is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorNotContains = "NOT_CONTAINS" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorBeginsWith is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorBeginsWith = "BEGINS_WITH" ) const ( - // @enum ConditionalOperator + // ConditionalOperatorAnd is a ConditionalOperator enum value ConditionalOperatorAnd = "AND" - // @enum ConditionalOperator + + // ConditionalOperatorOr is a ConditionalOperator enum value ConditionalOperatorOr = "OR" ) const ( - // @enum IndexStatus + // IndexStatusCreating is a IndexStatus enum value IndexStatusCreating = "CREATING" - // @enum IndexStatus + + // IndexStatusUpdating is a IndexStatus enum value IndexStatusUpdating = "UPDATING" - // @enum IndexStatus + + // IndexStatusDeleting is a IndexStatus enum value IndexStatusDeleting = "DELETING" - // @enum IndexStatus + + // IndexStatusActive is a IndexStatus enum value IndexStatusActive = "ACTIVE" ) const ( - // @enum KeyType + // KeyTypeHash is a KeyType enum value KeyTypeHash = "HASH" - // @enum KeyType + + // KeyTypeRange is a KeyType enum value KeyTypeRange = "RANGE" ) const ( - // @enum ProjectionType + // ProjectionTypeAll is a ProjectionType enum value ProjectionTypeAll = "ALL" - // @enum ProjectionType + + // ProjectionTypeKeysOnly is a ProjectionType enum value ProjectionTypeKeysOnly = "KEYS_ONLY" - // @enum ProjectionType + + // ProjectionTypeInclude is a ProjectionType enum value ProjectionTypeInclude = "INCLUDE" ) @@ -6615,72 +7124,90 @@ const ( // // NONE - No ConsumedCapacity details are included in the response. const ( - // @enum ReturnConsumedCapacity + // ReturnConsumedCapacityIndexes is a ReturnConsumedCapacity enum value ReturnConsumedCapacityIndexes = "INDEXES" - // @enum ReturnConsumedCapacity + + // ReturnConsumedCapacityTotal is a ReturnConsumedCapacity enum value ReturnConsumedCapacityTotal = "TOTAL" - // @enum ReturnConsumedCapacity + + // ReturnConsumedCapacityNone is a ReturnConsumedCapacity enum value ReturnConsumedCapacityNone = "NONE" ) const ( - // @enum ReturnItemCollectionMetrics + // ReturnItemCollectionMetricsSize is a ReturnItemCollectionMetrics enum value ReturnItemCollectionMetricsSize = "SIZE" - // @enum ReturnItemCollectionMetrics + + // ReturnItemCollectionMetricsNone is a ReturnItemCollectionMetrics enum value ReturnItemCollectionMetricsNone = "NONE" ) const ( - // @enum ReturnValue + // ReturnValueNone is a ReturnValue enum value ReturnValueNone = "NONE" - // @enum ReturnValue + + // ReturnValueAllOld is a ReturnValue enum value ReturnValueAllOld = "ALL_OLD" - // @enum ReturnValue + + // ReturnValueUpdatedOld is a ReturnValue enum value ReturnValueUpdatedOld = "UPDATED_OLD" - // @enum ReturnValue + + // ReturnValueAllNew is a ReturnValue enum value ReturnValueAllNew = "ALL_NEW" - // @enum ReturnValue + + // ReturnValueUpdatedNew is a ReturnValue enum value ReturnValueUpdatedNew = "UPDATED_NEW" ) const ( - // @enum ScalarAttributeType + // ScalarAttributeTypeS is a ScalarAttributeType enum value ScalarAttributeTypeS = "S" - // @enum ScalarAttributeType + + // ScalarAttributeTypeN is a ScalarAttributeType enum value ScalarAttributeTypeN = "N" - // @enum ScalarAttributeType + + // ScalarAttributeTypeB is a ScalarAttributeType enum value ScalarAttributeTypeB = "B" ) const ( - // @enum Select + // SelectAllAttributes is a Select enum value SelectAllAttributes = "ALL_ATTRIBUTES" - // @enum Select + + // SelectAllProjectedAttributes is a Select enum value SelectAllProjectedAttributes = "ALL_PROJECTED_ATTRIBUTES" - // @enum Select + + // SelectSpecificAttributes is a Select enum value SelectSpecificAttributes = "SPECIFIC_ATTRIBUTES" - // @enum Select + + // SelectCount is a Select enum value SelectCount = "COUNT" ) const ( - // @enum StreamViewType + // StreamViewTypeNewImage is a StreamViewType enum value StreamViewTypeNewImage = "NEW_IMAGE" - // @enum StreamViewType + + // StreamViewTypeOldImage is a StreamViewType enum value StreamViewTypeOldImage = "OLD_IMAGE" - // @enum StreamViewType + + // StreamViewTypeNewAndOldImages is a StreamViewType enum value StreamViewTypeNewAndOldImages = "NEW_AND_OLD_IMAGES" - // @enum StreamViewType + + // StreamViewTypeKeysOnly is a StreamViewType enum value StreamViewTypeKeysOnly = "KEYS_ONLY" ) const ( - // @enum TableStatus + // TableStatusCreating is a TableStatus enum value TableStatusCreating = "CREATING" - // @enum TableStatus + + // TableStatusUpdating is a TableStatus enum value TableStatusUpdating = "UPDATING" - // @enum TableStatus + + // TableStatusDeleting is a TableStatus enum value TableStatusDeleting = "DELETING" - // @enum TableStatus + + // TableStatusActive is a TableStatus enum value TableStatusActive = "ACTIVE" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/waiters.go index 4deeed7a5..57e1264b7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilTableExists uses the DynamoDB API operation +// DescribeTable to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *DynamoDB) WaitUntilTableExists(input *DescribeTableInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeTable", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) WaitUntilTableExists(input *DescribeTableInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilTableNotExists uses the DynamoDB API operation +// DescribeTable to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *DynamoDB) WaitUntilTableNotExists(input *DescribeTableInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeTable", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go index 43d88fcad..d9aa717bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQ // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,8 +56,17 @@ func (c *EC2) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input *AcceptReservedI return } +// AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Purchases Convertible Reserved Instance offerings described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote // call. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(input *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (*AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) { req, out := c.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +80,8 @@ const opAcceptVpcPeeringConnection = "AcceptVpcPeeringConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AcceptVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,10 +116,19 @@ func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectio return } +// AcceptVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering // connection must be in the pending-acceptance state, and you must be the owner // of the peer VPC. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections request to view your // outstanding VPC peering connection requests. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AcceptVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AcceptVpcPeeringConnection(input *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -120,6 +142,8 @@ const opAllocateAddress = "AllocateAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AllocateAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -154,11 +178,20 @@ func (c *EC2) AllocateAddressRequest(input *AllocateAddressInput) (req *request. return } +// AllocateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Acquires an Elastic IP address. // // An Elastic IP address is for use either in the EC2-Classic platform or in // a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AllocateAddress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AllocateAddress(input *AllocateAddressInput) (*AllocateAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AllocateAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -172,6 +205,8 @@ const opAllocateHosts = "AllocateHosts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AllocateHosts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -206,9 +241,18 @@ func (c *EC2) AllocateHostsRequest(input *AllocateHostsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// AllocateHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At minimum you need to specify // the instance size type, Availability Zone, and quantity of hosts you want // to allocate. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AllocateHosts for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AllocateHosts(input *AllocateHostsInput) (*AllocateHostsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AllocateHostsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -222,6 +266,8 @@ const opAssignPrivateIpAddresses = "AssignPrivateIpAddresses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -258,6 +304,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInp return } +// AssignPrivateIpAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network // interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or // you can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically @@ -269,6 +317,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInp // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. // // AssignPrivateIpAddresses is available only in EC2-VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AssignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AssignPrivateIpAddresses(input *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (*AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -282,6 +337,8 @@ const opAssociateAddress = "AssociateAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssociateAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -316,6 +373,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateAddressRequest(input *AssociateAddressInput) (req *reques return } +// AssociateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Associates an Elastic IP address with an instance or a network interface. // // An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in @@ -335,6 +394,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateAddressRequest(input *AssociateAddressInput) (req *reques // once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and you may be charged for each // time the Elastic IP address is remapped to the same instance. For more information, // see the Elastic IP Addresses section of Amazon EC2 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/pricing/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AssociateAddress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AssociateAddress(input *AssociateAddressInput) (*AssociateAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssociateAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -348,6 +414,8 @@ const opAssociateDhcpOptions = "AssociateDhcpOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssociateDhcpOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -384,6 +452,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) (req return } +// AssociateDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the // specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. // @@ -396,6 +466,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) (req // // For more information, see DHCP Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AssociateDhcpOptions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AssociateDhcpOptions(input *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput) (*AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssociateDhcpOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -409,6 +486,8 @@ const opAssociateRouteTable = "AssociateRouteTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssociateRouteTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -443,6 +522,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTableRequest(input *AssociateRouteTableInput) (req * return } +// AssociateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Associates a subnet with a route table. The subnet and route table must be // in the same VPC. This association causes traffic originating from the subnet // to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns @@ -451,6 +532,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTableRequest(input *AssociateRouteTableInput) (req * // // For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AssociateRouteTable for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AssociateRouteTable(input *AssociateRouteTableInput) (*AssociateRouteTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssociateRouteTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -464,6 +552,8 @@ const opAttachClassicLinkVpc = "AttachClassicLinkVpc" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -498,6 +588,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) (req return } +// AttachClassicLinkVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or // more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance // to more than one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that's in the @@ -510,6 +602,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) (req // // Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your // instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AttachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AttachClassicLinkVpc(input *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput) (*AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -523,6 +622,8 @@ const opAttachInternetGateway = "AttachInternetGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachInternetGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -559,9 +660,18 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachInternetGatewayRequest(input *AttachInternetGatewayInput) (r return } +// AttachInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Attaches an Internet gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the // Internet and the VPC. For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, // see the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AttachInternetGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AttachInternetGateway(input *AttachInternetGatewayInput) (*AttachInternetGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachInternetGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -575,6 +685,8 @@ const opAttachNetworkInterface = "AttachNetworkInterface" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachNetworkInterface for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -609,7 +721,16 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) return } +// AttachNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Attaches a network interface to an instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AttachNetworkInterface for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AttachNetworkInterface(input *AttachNetworkInterfaceInput) (*AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -623,6 +744,8 @@ const opAttachVolume = "AttachVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -657,6 +780,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeRequest(input *AttachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// AttachVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to // the instance with the specified device name. // @@ -688,6 +813,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeRequest(input *AttachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // For more information about EBS volumes, see Attaching Amazon EBS Volumes // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-attaching-volume.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AttachVolume for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AttachVolume(input *AttachVolumeInput) (*VolumeAttachment, error) { req, out := c.AttachVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -701,6 +833,8 @@ const opAttachVpnGateway = "AttachVpnGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachVpnGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -735,9 +869,18 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachVpnGatewayRequest(input *AttachVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// AttachVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. For more information, see Adding // a Hardware Virtual Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AttachVpnGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AttachVpnGateway(input *AttachVpnGatewayInput) (*AttachVpnGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachVpnGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -751,6 +894,8 @@ const opAuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress = "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -787,6 +932,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupE return } +// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // [EC2-VPC only] Adds one or more egress rules to a security group for use // with a VPC. Specifically, this action permits instances to send traffic to // one or more destination CIDR IP address ranges, or to one or more destination @@ -806,6 +953,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupE // // Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible. // However, a small delay might occur. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -819,6 +973,8 @@ const opAuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -855,6 +1011,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroup return } +// AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Adds one or more ingress rules to a security group. // // EC2-Classic: You can have up to 100 rules per group. @@ -874,6 +1032,13 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroup // to access a security group in your VPC, or gives one or more other security // groups (called the source groups) permission to access a security group for // your VPC. The security groups must all be for the same VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -887,6 +1052,8 @@ const opBundleInstance = "BundleInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BundleInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -921,6 +1088,8 @@ func (c *EC2) BundleInstanceRequest(input *BundleInstanceInput) (req *request.Re return } +// BundleInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance. // // During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other @@ -931,6 +1100,13 @@ func (c *EC2) BundleInstanceRequest(input *BundleInstanceInput) (req *request.Re // // For more information, see Creating an Instance Store-Backed Windows AMI // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/Creating_InstanceStoreBacked_WinAMI.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation BundleInstance for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) BundleInstance(input *BundleInstanceInput) (*BundleInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.BundleInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -944,6 +1120,8 @@ const opCancelBundleTask = "CancelBundleTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelBundleTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -978,7 +1156,16 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelBundleTaskRequest(input *CancelBundleTaskInput) (req *reques return } +// CancelBundleTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelBundleTask for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelBundleTask(input *CancelBundleTaskInput) (*CancelBundleTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelBundleTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -992,6 +1179,8 @@ const opCancelConversionTask = "CancelConversionTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelConversionTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1028,6 +1217,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTaskRequest(input *CancelConversionTaskInput) (req return } +// CancelConversionTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance // or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including // a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or @@ -1036,6 +1227,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTaskRequest(input *CancelConversionTaskInput) (req // // For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using the Amazon EC2 // CLI (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelConversionTask for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelConversionTask(input *CancelConversionTaskInput) (*CancelConversionTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelConversionTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1049,6 +1247,8 @@ const opCancelExportTask = "CancelExportTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelExportTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1085,10 +1285,19 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelExportTaskRequest(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (req *reques return } +// CancelExportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export, // including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is // complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command // fails and returns an error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelExportTask for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelExportTask(input *CancelExportTaskInput) (*CancelExportTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelExportTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1102,6 +1311,8 @@ const opCancelImportTask = "CancelImportTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelImportTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1136,7 +1347,16 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelImportTaskRequest(input *CancelImportTaskInput) (req *reques return } +// CancelImportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelImportTask for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelImportTask(input *CancelImportTaskInput) (*CancelImportTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelImportTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1150,6 +1370,8 @@ const opCancelReservedInstancesListing = "CancelReservedInstancesListing" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1184,11 +1406,20 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(input *CancelReservedInstanc return } +// CancelReservedInstancesListing API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance // Marketplace. // // For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelReservedInstancesListing(input *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput) (*CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelReservedInstancesListingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1202,6 +1433,8 @@ const opCancelSpotFleetRequests = "CancelSpotFleetRequests" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1236,6 +1469,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput return } +// CancelSpotFleetRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels the specified Spot fleet requests. // // After you cancel a Spot fleet request, the Spot fleet launches no new Spot @@ -1244,6 +1479,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput // enters the cancelled_terminating state. Otherwise, the Spot fleet request // enters the cancelled_running state and the instances continue to run until // they are interrupted or you terminate them manually. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelSpotFleetRequests(input *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput) (*CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1257,6 +1499,8 @@ const opCancelSpotInstanceRequests = "CancelSpotInstanceRequests" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1291,6 +1535,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotInstanceRequest return } +// CancelSpotInstanceRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Cancels one or more Spot instance requests. Spot instances are instances // that Amazon EC2 starts on your behalf when the bid price that you specify // exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price @@ -1300,6 +1546,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *CancelSpotInstanceRequest // // Canceling a Spot instance request does not terminate running Spot instances // associated with the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CancelSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CancelSpotInstanceRequests(input *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (*CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1313,6 +1566,8 @@ const opConfirmProductInstance = "ConfirmProductInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ConfirmProductInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1347,10 +1602,19 @@ func (c *EC2) ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(input *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) return } +// ConfirmProductInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action // can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product // code owner needs to verify whether another user's instance is eligible for // support. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ConfirmProductInstance for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ConfirmProductInstance(input *ConfirmProductInstanceInput) (*ConfirmProductInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ConfirmProductInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1364,6 +1628,8 @@ const opCopyImage = "CopyImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1398,12 +1664,21 @@ func (c *EC2) CopyImageRequest(input *CopyImageInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// CopyImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Initiates the copy of an AMI from the specified source region to the current // region. You specify the destination region by using its endpoint when making // the request. // // For more information, see Copying AMIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CopyImage for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CopyImage(input *CopyImageInput) (*CopyImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1417,6 +1692,8 @@ const opCopySnapshot = "CopySnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopySnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1451,6 +1728,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CopySnapshotRequest(input *CopySnapshotInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// CopySnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon // S3. You can copy the snapshot within the same region or from one region to // another. You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine @@ -1471,6 +1750,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CopySnapshotRequest(input *CopySnapshotInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information, see Copying an Amazon EBS Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CopySnapshot for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CopySnapshot(input *CopySnapshotInput) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopySnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1484,6 +1770,8 @@ const opCreateCustomerGateway = "CreateCustomerGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCustomerGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1518,6 +1806,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (r return } +// CreateCustomerGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Provides information to AWS about your VPN customer gateway device. The customer // gateway is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. (The device on // the AWS side of the VPN connection is the virtual private gateway.) You must @@ -1543,6 +1833,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (r // more than one time, the first request creates the customer gateway, and subsequent // requests return information about the existing customer gateway. The subsequent // requests do not create new customer gateway resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateCustomerGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGateway(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (*CreateCustomerGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1556,6 +1853,8 @@ const opCreateDhcpOptions = "CreateDhcpOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDhcpOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1590,6 +1889,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must // associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you // launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the @@ -1630,6 +1931,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (req *requ // server of your choice. For more information about DHCP options, see DHCP // Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateDhcpOptions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptions(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (*CreateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1643,6 +1951,8 @@ const opCreateFlowLogs = "CreateFlowLogs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateFlowLogs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1677,6 +1987,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogsRequest(input *CreateFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Re return } +// CreateFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates one or more flow logs to capture IP traffic for a specific network // interface, subnet, or VPC. Flow logs are delivered to a specified log group // in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. If you specify a VPC or subnet in the request, @@ -1687,6 +1999,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogsRequest(input *CreateFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Re // // In your request, you must also specify an IAM role that has permission to // publish logs to CloudWatch Logs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateFlowLogs for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateFlowLogs(input *CreateFlowLogsInput) (*CreateFlowLogsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateFlowLogsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1700,6 +2019,8 @@ const opCreateImage = "CreateImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1734,6 +2055,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateImageRequest(input *CreateImageInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that // is either running or stopped. // @@ -1744,6 +2067,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateImageRequest(input *CreateImageInput) (req *request.Request, // // For more information, see Creating Amazon EBS-Backed Linux AMIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateImage for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateImage(input *CreateImageInput) (*CreateImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1757,6 +2087,8 @@ const opCreateInstanceExportTask = "CreateInstanceExportTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateInstanceExportTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1791,12 +2123,21 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(input *CreateInstanceExportTaskInp return } +// CreateInstanceExportTask API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Exports a running or stopped instance to an S3 bucket. // // For information about the supported operating systems, image formats, and // known limitations for the types of instances you can export, see Exporting // an Instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html) // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateInstanceExportTask for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateInstanceExportTask(input *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput) (*CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1810,6 +2151,8 @@ const opCreateInternetGateway = "CreateInternetGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateInternetGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1844,11 +2187,20 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateInternetGatewayRequest(input *CreateInternetGatewayInput) (r return } +// CreateInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an Internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the Internet // gateway, you attach it to a VPC using AttachInternetGateway. // // For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the Amazon // Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateInternetGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateInternetGateway(input *CreateInternetGatewayInput) (*CreateInternetGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateInternetGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1862,6 +2214,8 @@ const opCreateKeyPair = "CreateKeyPair" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateKeyPair for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1896,6 +2250,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPairRequest(input *CreateKeyPairInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// CreateKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name. Amazon EC2 stores // the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The // private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#8 private key. @@ -1908,6 +2264,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPairRequest(input *CreateKeyPairInput) (req *request.Requ // // For more information about key pairs, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateKeyPair for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateKeyPair(input *CreateKeyPairInput) (*CreateKeyPairOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateKeyPairRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1921,6 +2284,8 @@ const opCreateNatGateway = "CreateNatGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateNatGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1955,12 +2320,21 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateNatGatewayRequest(input *CreateNatGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateNatGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. A NAT gateway can be used // to enable instances in a private subnet to connect to the Internet. This // action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private // IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. For more information, // see NAT Gateways (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateNatGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateNatGateway(input *CreateNatGatewayInput) (*CreateNatGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateNatGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1974,6 +2348,8 @@ const opCreateNetworkAcl = "CreateNetworkAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateNetworkAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2008,11 +2384,20 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclRequest(input *CreateNetworkAclInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateNetworkAcl API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of // security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC. // // For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateNetworkAcl for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAcl(input *CreateNetworkAclInput) (*CreateNetworkAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2026,6 +2411,8 @@ const opCreateNetworkAclEntry = "CreateNetworkAclEntry" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2062,6 +2449,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) (r return } +// CreateNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number. // Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of // numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed @@ -2079,6 +2468,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) (r // // For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkAclEntry(input *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput) (*CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateNetworkAclEntryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2092,6 +2488,8 @@ const opCreateNetworkInterface = "CreateNetworkInterface" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateNetworkInterface for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2126,11 +2524,20 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) return } +// CreateNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a network interface in the specified subnet. // // For more information about network interfaces, see Elastic Network Interfaces // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html) in the // Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateNetworkInterface for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateNetworkInterface(input *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput) (*CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateNetworkInterfaceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2144,6 +2551,8 @@ const opCreatePlacementGroup = "CreatePlacementGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePlacementGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2180,12 +2589,21 @@ func (c *EC2) CreatePlacementGroupRequest(input *CreatePlacementGroupInput) (req return } +// CreatePlacementGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a placement group that you launch cluster instances into. You must // give the group a name that's unique within the scope of your account. // // For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see Cluster // Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using_cluster_computing.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreatePlacementGroup for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreatePlacementGroup(input *CreatePlacementGroupInput) (*CreatePlacementGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePlacementGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2199,6 +2617,8 @@ const opCreateReservedInstancesListing = "CreateReservedInstancesListing" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2233,6 +2653,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input *CreateReservedInstanc return } +// CreateReservedInstancesListing API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in // the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance // listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you @@ -2253,6 +2675,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input *CreateReservedInstanc // // For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateReservedInstancesListing for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateReservedInstancesListing(input *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput) (*CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReservedInstancesListingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2266,6 +2695,8 @@ const opCreateRoute = "CreateRoute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRoute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2300,6 +2731,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateRouteRequest(input *CreateRouteInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a route in a route table within a VPC. // // You must specify one of the following targets: Internet gateway or virtual @@ -2320,6 +2753,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateRouteRequest(input *CreateRouteInput) (req *request.Request, // // For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateRoute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateRoute(input *CreateRouteInput) (*CreateRouteOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRouteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2333,6 +2773,8 @@ const opCreateRouteTable = "CreateRouteTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRouteTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2367,11 +2809,20 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateRouteTableRequest(input *CreateRouteTableInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, // you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet. // // For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateRouteTable for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateRouteTable(input *CreateRouteTableInput) (*CreateRouteTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRouteTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2385,6 +2836,8 @@ const opCreateSecurityGroup = "CreateSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2419,6 +2872,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateSecurityGroupInput) (req * return } +// CreateSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a security group. // // A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform @@ -2446,6 +2901,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateSecurityGroupInput) (req * // // You can add or remove rules from your security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress, // AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupIngress, and RevokeSecurityGroupEgress. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateSecurityGroup for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateSecurityGroup(input *CreateSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2459,6 +2921,8 @@ const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2493,6 +2957,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re return } +// CreateSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use // snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before // shutting down an instance. @@ -2521,6 +2987,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re // For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AmazonEBS.html) // and Amazon EBS Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*Snapshot, error) { req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2534,6 +3007,8 @@ const opCreateSpotDatafeedSubscription = "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2568,10 +3043,19 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateSpotDatafeedSub return } +// CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a data feed for Spot instances, enabling you to view Spot instance // usage logs. You can create one data feed per AWS account. For more information, // see Spot Instance Data Feed (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2585,6 +3069,8 @@ const opCreateSubnet = "CreateSubnet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSubnet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2619,6 +3105,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSubnetRequest(input *CreateSubnetInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// CreateSubnet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a subnet in an existing VPC. // // When you create each subnet, you provide the VPC ID and the CIDR block you @@ -2644,6 +3132,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSubnetRequest(input *CreateSubnetInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information about subnets, see Your VPC and Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateSubnet for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateSubnet(input *CreateSubnetInput) (*CreateSubnetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSubnetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2657,6 +3152,8 @@ const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2693,6 +3190,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource // or resources. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists // of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource. @@ -2702,6 +3201,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o // creating IAM policies that control users' access to resources based on tags, // see Supported Resource-Level Permissions for Amazon EC2 API Actions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-iam-actions-resources.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2715,6 +3221,8 @@ const opCreateVolume = "CreateVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2749,6 +3257,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVolumeRequest(input *CreateVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// CreateVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability // Zone. The volume is created in the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP // request to. For more information see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html). @@ -2765,6 +3275,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVolumeRequest(input *CreateVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information, see Creating or Restoring an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-creating-volume.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVolume for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVolume(input *CreateVolumeInput) (*Volume, error) { req, out := c.CreateVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2778,6 +3295,8 @@ const opCreateVpc = "CreateVpc" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpc for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2812,6 +3331,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcRequest(input *CreateVpcInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// CreateVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR block. // // The smallest VPC you can create uses a /28 netmask (16 IP addresses), and @@ -2828,6 +3349,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcRequest(input *CreateVpcInput) (req *request.Request, out // You can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, // see Dedicated Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpc for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpc(input *CreateVpcInput) (*CreateVpcOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpcRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2841,6 +3369,8 @@ const opCreateVpcEndpoint = "CreateVpcEndpoint" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpcEndpoint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2875,6 +3405,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input *CreateVpcEndpointInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateVpcEndpoint API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a VPC endpoint for a specified AWS service. An endpoint enables you // to create a private connection between your VPC and another AWS service in // your account. You can specify an endpoint policy to attach to the endpoint @@ -2882,6 +3414,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input *CreateVpcEndpointInput) (req *requ // the VPC route tables that use the endpoint. // // Currently, only endpoints to Amazon S3 are supported. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpcEndpoint for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpcEndpoint(input *CreateVpcEndpointInput) (*CreateVpcEndpointOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpcEndpointRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2895,6 +3434,8 @@ const opCreateVpcPeeringConnection = "CreateVpcPeeringConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2929,6 +3470,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectio return } +// CreateVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that // you own and a peer VPC with which to create the connection. The peer VPC // can belong to another AWS account. The requester VPC and peer VPC cannot @@ -2940,6 +3483,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectio // // A CreateVpcPeeringConnection request between VPCs with overlapping CIDR // blocks results in the VPC peering connection having a status of failed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpcPeeringConnection(input *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2953,6 +3503,8 @@ const opCreateVpnConnection = "CreateVpnConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpnConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2987,6 +3539,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionInput) (req * return } +// CreateVpnConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and // a VPN customer gateway. The only supported connection type is ipsec.1. // @@ -3007,6 +3561,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionInput) (req * // For more information about VPN connections, see Adding a Hardware Virtual // Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpnConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnection(input *CreateVpnConnectionInput) (*CreateVpnConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3020,6 +3581,8 @@ const opCreateVpnConnectionRoute = "CreateVpnConnectionRoute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3056,6 +3619,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInp return } +// CreateVpnConnectionRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing // virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows // traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer @@ -3064,6 +3629,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInp // For more information about VPN connections, see Adding a Hardware Virtual // Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpnConnectionRoute(input *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput) (*CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3077,6 +3649,8 @@ const opCreateVpnGateway = "CreateVpnGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVpnGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3111,6 +3685,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input *CreateVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint // on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private // gateway before creating the VPC itself. @@ -3118,6 +3694,13 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input *CreateVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques // For more information about virtual private gateways, see Adding a Hardware // Virtual Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation CreateVpnGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) CreateVpnGateway(input *CreateVpnGatewayInput) (*CreateVpnGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVpnGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3131,6 +3714,8 @@ const opDeleteCustomerGateway = "DeleteCustomerGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCustomerGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3167,8 +3752,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(input *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) (r return } +// DeleteCustomerGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection // before you can delete the customer gateway. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteCustomerGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteCustomerGateway(input *DeleteCustomerGatewayInput) (*DeleteCustomerGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCustomerGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3182,6 +3776,8 @@ const opDeleteDhcpOptions = "DeleteDhcpOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDhcpOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3218,10 +3814,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(input *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set // of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of // DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set // of options with the VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteDhcpOptions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteDhcpOptions(input *DeleteDhcpOptionsInput) (*DeleteDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDhcpOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3235,6 +3840,8 @@ const opDeleteFlowLogs = "DeleteFlowLogs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteFlowLogs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3269,7 +3876,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteFlowLogsRequest(input *DeleteFlowLogsInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes one or more flow logs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteFlowLogs for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteFlowLogs(input *DeleteFlowLogsInput) (*DeleteFlowLogsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteFlowLogsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3283,6 +3899,8 @@ const opDeleteInternetGateway = "DeleteInternetGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteInternetGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3319,8 +3937,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(input *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) (r return } +// DeleteInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified Internet gateway. You must detach the Internet gateway // from the VPC before you can delete it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteInternetGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteInternetGateway(input *DeleteInternetGatewayInput) (*DeleteInternetGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteInternetGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3334,6 +3961,8 @@ const opDeleteKeyPair = "DeleteKeyPair" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteKeyPair for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3370,7 +3999,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteKeyPairRequest(input *DeleteKeyPairInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DeleteKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteKeyPair for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteKeyPair(input *DeleteKeyPairInput) (*DeleteKeyPairOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteKeyPairRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3384,6 +4022,8 @@ const opDeleteNatGateway = "DeleteNatGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteNatGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3418,9 +4058,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteNatGatewayRequest(input *DeleteNatGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteNatGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a NAT gateway disassociates its // Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting // a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteNatGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteNatGateway(input *DeleteNatGatewayInput) (*DeleteNatGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteNatGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3434,6 +4083,8 @@ const opDeleteNetworkAcl = "DeleteNetworkAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteNetworkAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3470,8 +4121,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclRequest(input *DeleteNetworkAclInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteNetworkAcl API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated // with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteNetworkAcl for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAcl(input *DeleteNetworkAclInput) (*DeleteNetworkAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3485,6 +4145,8 @@ const opDeleteNetworkAclEntry = "DeleteNetworkAclEntry" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3521,8 +4183,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) (r return } +// DeleteNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network // ACL. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkAclEntry(input *DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput) (*DeleteNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteNetworkAclEntryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3536,6 +4207,8 @@ const opDeleteNetworkInterface = "DeleteNetworkInterface" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteNetworkInterface for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3572,8 +4245,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) return } +// DeleteNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface // before you can delete it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteNetworkInterface for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteNetworkInterface(input *DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput) (*DeleteNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteNetworkInterfaceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3587,6 +4269,8 @@ const opDeletePlacementGroup = "DeletePlacementGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePlacementGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3623,10 +4307,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DeletePlacementGroupRequest(input *DeletePlacementGroupInput) (req return } +// DeletePlacementGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in // the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information // about placement groups and cluster instances, see Cluster Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using_cluster_computing.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeletePlacementGroup for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeletePlacementGroup(input *DeletePlacementGroupInput) (*DeletePlacementGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePlacementGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3640,6 +4333,8 @@ const opDeleteRoute = "DeleteRoute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRoute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3676,7 +4371,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteRequest(input *DeleteRouteInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified route from the specified route table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteRoute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteRoute(input *DeleteRouteInput) (*DeleteRouteOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRouteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3690,6 +4394,8 @@ const opDeleteRouteTable = "DeleteRouteTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRouteTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3726,9 +4432,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteTableRequest(input *DeleteRouteTableInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table // from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route // table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteRouteTable for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteRouteTable(input *DeleteRouteTableInput) (*DeleteRouteTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRouteTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3742,6 +4457,8 @@ const opDeleteSecurityGroup = "DeleteSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3778,11 +4495,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) (req * return } +// DeleteSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes a security group. // // If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance, // or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with InvalidGroup.InUse // in EC2-Classic or DependencyViolation in EC2-VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteSecurityGroup for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteSecurityGroup(input *DeleteSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3796,6 +4522,8 @@ const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3832,6 +4560,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified snapshot. // // When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, @@ -3847,6 +4577,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re // // For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3860,6 +4597,8 @@ const opDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = "DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3896,7 +4635,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteSpotDatafeedSub return } +// DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the data feed for Spot instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3910,6 +4658,8 @@ const opDeleteSubnet = "DeleteSubnet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSubnet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3946,8 +4696,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSubnetRequest(input *DeleteSubnetInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DeleteSubnet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in // the subnet before you can delete the subnet. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteSubnet for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteSubnet(input *DeleteSubnetInput) (*DeleteSubnetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSubnetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3961,6 +4720,8 @@ const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3997,11 +4758,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. This // call is designed to follow a DescribeTags request. // // For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4015,6 +4785,8 @@ const opDeleteVolume = "DeleteVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4051,6 +4823,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVolumeRequest(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DeleteVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state // (not attached to an instance). // @@ -4058,6 +4832,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVolumeRequest(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information, see Deleting an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-volume.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVolume for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVolume(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (*DeleteVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4071,6 +4852,8 @@ const opDeleteVpc = "DeleteVpc" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpc for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4107,11 +4890,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcRequest(input *DeleteVpcInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// DeleteVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources // that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you // must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups // associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables // associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpc for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpc(input *DeleteVpcInput) (*DeleteVpcOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpcRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4125,6 +4917,8 @@ const opDeleteVpcEndpoints = "DeleteVpcEndpoints" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpcEndpoints for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4159,8 +4953,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(input *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteVpcEndpoints API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes one or more specified VPC endpoints. Deleting the endpoint also deletes // the endpoint routes in the route tables that were associated with the endpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpcEndpoints for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcEndpoints(input *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput) (*DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpcEndpointsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4174,6 +4977,8 @@ const opDeleteVpcPeeringConnection = "DeleteVpcPeeringConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4208,10 +5013,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectio return } +// DeleteVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or // the owner of the peer VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's in // the active state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering // connection in the pending-acceptance state. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpcPeeringConnection(input *DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4225,6 +5039,8 @@ const opDeleteVpnConnection = "DeleteVpnConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpnConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4261,6 +5077,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) (req * return } +// DeleteVpnConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified VPN connection. // // If you're deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that @@ -4271,6 +5089,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) (req * // or virtual private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must // reconfigure the customer gateway using the new configuration information // returned with the new VPN connection ID. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpnConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnection(input *DeleteVpnConnectionInput) (*DeleteVpnConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4284,6 +5109,8 @@ const opDeleteVpnConnectionRoute = "DeleteVpnConnectionRoute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4320,10 +5147,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInp return } +// DeleteVpnConnectionRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between // an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static // route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the // VPN customer gateway. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpnConnectionRoute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnConnectionRoute(input *DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput) (*DeleteVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpnConnectionRouteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4337,6 +5173,8 @@ const opDeleteVpnGateway = "DeleteVpnGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVpnGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4373,11 +5211,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(input *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. We recommend that before you // delete a virtual private gateway, you detach it from the VPC and delete the // VPN connection. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway // if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and // your network. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeleteVpnGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeleteVpnGateway(input *DeleteVpnGatewayInput) (*DeleteVpnGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVpnGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4391,6 +5238,8 @@ const opDeregisterImage = "DeregisterImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4427,10 +5276,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DeregisterImageRequest(input *DeregisterImageInput) (req *request. return } +// DeregisterImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used // to launch new instances. // // This command does not delete the AMI. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DeregisterImage for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DeregisterImage(input *DeregisterImageInput) (*DeregisterImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4444,6 +5302,8 @@ const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4478,6 +5338,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesI return } +// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes attributes of your AWS account. The following are the supported // account attributes: // @@ -4497,6 +5359,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesI // // vpc-max-elastic-ips: The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that // you can allocate for use with EC2-VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4510,6 +5379,8 @@ const opDescribeAddresses = "DescribeAddresses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAddresses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4544,11 +5415,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAddressesRequest(input *DescribeAddressesInput) (req *requ return } +// DescribeAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your Elastic IP addresses. // // An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in // a VPC. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeAddresses for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeAddresses(input *DescribeAddressesInput) (*DescribeAddressesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAddressesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4562,6 +5442,8 @@ const opDescribeAvailabilityZones = "DescribeAvailabilityZones" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAvailabilityZones for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4596,6 +5478,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesI return } +// DescribeAvailabilityZones API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the Availability Zones that are available to you. // The results include zones only for the region you're currently using. If // there is an event impacting an Availability Zone, you can use this request @@ -4603,6 +5487,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesI // // For more information, see Regions and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeAvailabilityZones for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZones(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput) (*DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4616,6 +5507,8 @@ const opDescribeBundleTasks = "DescribeBundleTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeBundleTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4650,12 +5543,21 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeBundleTasksRequest(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) (req * return } +// DescribeBundleTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your bundling tasks. // // Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle // task is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just // use RegisterImage with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name // you provided to the bundle task. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeBundleTasks for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeBundleTasks(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeBundleTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4669,6 +5571,8 @@ const opDescribeClassicLinkInstances = "DescribeClassicLinkInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClassicLinkInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4703,10 +5607,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(input *DescribeClassicLinkInst return } +// DescribeClassicLinkInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic instances. This request // only returns information about EC2-Classic instances linked to a VPC through // ClassicLink; you cannot use this request to return information about other // instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeClassicLinkInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstances(input *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClassicLinkInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4720,6 +5633,8 @@ const opDescribeConversionTasks = "DescribeConversionTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeConversionTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4754,11 +5669,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeConversionTasksRequest(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput return } +// DescribeConversionTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your conversion tasks. For more information, see // the VM Import/Export User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/). // // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, // see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeConversionTasks for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeConversionTasks(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeConversionTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4772,6 +5696,8 @@ const opDescribeCustomerGateways = "DescribeCustomerGateways" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCustomerGateways for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4806,11 +5732,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInp return } +// DescribeCustomerGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways. // // For more information about VPN customer gateways, see Adding a Hardware // Virtual Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeCustomerGateways for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeCustomerGateways(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCustomerGatewaysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4824,6 +5759,8 @@ const opDescribeDhcpOptions = "DescribeDhcpOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDhcpOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4858,10 +5795,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(input *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) (req * return } +// DescribeDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets. // // For more information about DHCP options sets, see DHCP Options Sets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeDhcpOptions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptions(input *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDhcpOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4875,6 +5821,8 @@ const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4909,7 +5857,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (req * return } +// DescribeExportTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your export tasks. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeExportTasks for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasks(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) (*DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeExportTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4923,6 +5880,8 @@ const opDescribeFlowLogs = "DescribeFlowLogs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeFlowLogs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4957,9 +5916,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogsRequest(input *DescribeFlowLogsInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeFlowLogs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more flow logs. To view the information in your flow logs // (the log streams for the network interfaces), you must use the CloudWatch // Logs console or the CloudWatch Logs API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeFlowLogs for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogs(input *DescribeFlowLogsInput) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeFlowLogsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4973,6 +5941,8 @@ const opDescribeHostReservationOfferings = "DescribeHostReservationOfferings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeHostReservationOfferings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5007,6 +5977,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeHostReserva return } +// DescribeHostReservationOfferings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the Dedicated Host Reservations that are available to purchase. // // The results describe all the Dedicated Host Reservation offerings, including @@ -5016,6 +5988,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeHostReserva // with. For an overview of supported instance types, see Dedicated Hosts Overview // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeHostReservationOfferings for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferings(input *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5029,6 +6008,8 @@ const opDescribeHostReservations = "DescribeHostReservations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeHostReservations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5063,8 +6044,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationsRequest(input *DescribeHostReservationsInp return } +// DescribeHostReservations API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes Dedicated Host Reservations which are associated with Dedicated // Hosts in your account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeHostReservations for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservations(input *DescribeHostReservationsInput) (*DescribeHostReservationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeHostReservationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5078,6 +6068,8 @@ const opDescribeHosts = "DescribeHosts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeHosts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5112,11 +6104,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostsRequest(input *DescribeHostsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DescribeHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your Dedicated Hosts. // // The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the region you're currently // using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated // Hosts that have recently been released will be listed with the state released. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeHosts for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeHosts(input *DescribeHostsInput) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeHostsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5130,6 +6131,8 @@ const opDescribeIdFormat = "DescribeIdFormat" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeIdFormat for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5164,6 +6167,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdFormatInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-region basis, // for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This // request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can @@ -5179,6 +6184,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdFormatInput) (req *reques // are visible to all IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that // they have permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource // type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeIdFormat for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeIdFormat(input *DescribeIdFormatInput) (*DescribeIdFormatOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeIdFormatRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5192,6 +6204,8 @@ const opDescribeIdentityIdFormat = "DescribeIdentityIdFormat" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5226,6 +6240,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInp return } +// DescribeIdentityIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, // IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that // are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource @@ -5238,6 +6254,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInp // // These settings apply to the principal specified in the request. They do // not apply to the principal that makes the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeIdentityIdFormat(input *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput) (*DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeIdentityIdFormatRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5251,6 +6274,8 @@ const opDescribeImageAttribute = "DescribeImageAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeImageAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5285,8 +6310,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImageAttributeRequest(input *DescribeImageAttributeInput) return } +// DescribeImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only // one attribute at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeImageAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeImageAttribute(input *DescribeImageAttributeInput) (*DescribeImageAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeImageAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5300,6 +6334,8 @@ const opDescribeImages = "DescribeImages" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeImages for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5334,6 +6370,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImagesRequest(input *DescribeImagesInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DescribeImages API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you. // Images available to you include public images, private images that you own, // and private images owned by other AWS accounts but for which you have explicit @@ -5341,6 +6379,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImagesRequest(input *DescribeImagesInput) (req *request.Re // // Deregistered images are included in the returned results for an unspecified // interval after deregistration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeImages for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeImages(input *DescribeImagesInput) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeImagesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5354,6 +6399,8 @@ const opDescribeImportImageTasks = "DescribeImportImageTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeImportImageTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5388,8 +6435,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(input *DescribeImportImageTasksInp return } +// DescribeImportImageTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks // that are already created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeImportImageTasks for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasks(input *DescribeImportImageTasksInput) (*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeImportImageTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5403,6 +6459,8 @@ const opDescribeImportSnapshotTasks = "DescribeImportSnapshotTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeImportSnapshotTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5437,7 +6495,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(input *DescribeImportSnapshotTa return } +// DescribeImportSnapshotTasks API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes your import snapshot tasks. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeImportSnapshotTasks for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasks(input *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput) (*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeImportSnapshotTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5451,6 +6518,8 @@ const opDescribeInstanceAttribute = "DescribeInstanceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5485,11 +6554,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(input *DescribeInstanceAttributeI return } +// DescribeInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. Valid attribute values are: instanceType | // kernel | ramdisk | userData | disableApiTermination | instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior // | rootDeviceName | blockDeviceMapping | productCodes | sourceDestCheck | // groupSet | ebsOptimized | sriovNetSupport +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceAttribute(input *DescribeInstanceAttributeInput) (*DescribeInstanceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstanceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5503,6 +6581,8 @@ const opDescribeInstanceStatus = "DescribeInstanceStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstanceStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5543,6 +6623,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) return } +// DescribeInstanceStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the status of one or more instances. By default, only running instances // are described, unless specified otherwise. // @@ -5564,6 +6646,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) // them through their termination. For more information, see Instance Lifecycle // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeInstanceStatus for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatus(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstanceStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5602,6 +6691,8 @@ const opDescribeInstances = "DescribeInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5642,6 +6733,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesRequest(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (req *requ return } +// DescribeInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your instances. // // If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns information @@ -5658,6 +6751,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesRequest(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (req *requ // the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. // If you describe instances and specify only instance IDs that are in an unaffected // zone, the call works normally. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeInstances(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5696,6 +6796,8 @@ const opDescribeInternetGateways = "DescribeInternetGateways" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInternetGateways for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5730,7 +6832,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeInternetGatewaysInp return } +// DescribeInternetGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your Internet gateways. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeInternetGateways for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGateways(input *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput) (*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInternetGatewaysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5744,6 +6855,8 @@ const opDescribeKeyPairs = "DescribeKeyPairs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeKeyPairs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5778,10 +6891,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeKeyPairsRequest(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeKeyPairs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your key pairs. // // For more information about key pairs, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeKeyPairs for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeKeyPairs(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeKeyPairsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5795,6 +6917,8 @@ const opDescribeMovingAddresses = "DescribeMovingAddresses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMovingAddresses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5829,9 +6953,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(input *DescribeMovingAddressesInput return } +// DescribeMovingAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, // or that are being restored to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does // not return information about any other Elastic IP addresses in your account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeMovingAddresses for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddresses(input *DescribeMovingAddressesInput) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMovingAddressesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5845,6 +6978,8 @@ const opDescribeNatGateways = "DescribeNatGateways" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeNatGateways for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5879,7 +7014,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) (req * return } +// DescribeNatGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the your NAT gateways. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeNatGateways for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGateways(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) (*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeNatGatewaysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5893,6 +7037,8 @@ const opDescribeNetworkAcls = "DescribeNetworkAcls" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeNetworkAcls for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5927,10 +7073,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(input *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) (req * return } +// DescribeNetworkAcls API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your network ACLs. // // For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeNetworkAcls for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAcls(input *DescribeNetworkAclsInput) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeNetworkAclsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5944,6 +7099,8 @@ const opDescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5978,8 +7135,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *DescribeNetworkInt return } +// DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute // at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5993,6 +7159,8 @@ const opDescribeNetworkInterfaces = "DescribeNetworkInterfaces" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeNetworkInterfaces for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6027,7 +7195,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesI return } +// DescribeNetworkInterfaces API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your network interfaces. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeNetworkInterfaces for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfaces(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeNetworkInterfacesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6041,6 +7218,8 @@ const opDescribePlacementGroups = "DescribePlacementGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribePlacementGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6075,9 +7254,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(input *DescribePlacementGroupsInput return } +// DescribePlacementGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your placement groups. For more information about // placement groups and cluster instances, see Cluster Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using_cluster_computing.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribePlacementGroups for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribePlacementGroups(input *DescribePlacementGroupsInput) (*DescribePlacementGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePlacementGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6091,6 +7279,8 @@ const opDescribePrefixLists = "DescribePrefixLists" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribePrefixLists for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6125,11 +7315,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixListsRequest(input *DescribePrefixListsInput) (req * return } +// DescribePrefixLists API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes available AWS services in a prefix list format, which includes // the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address // range for the service. A prefix list ID is required for creating an outbound // security group rule that allows traffic from a VPC to access an AWS service // through a VPC endpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribePrefixLists for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixLists(input *DescribePrefixListsInput) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePrefixListsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6143,6 +7342,8 @@ const opDescribeRegions = "DescribeRegions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRegions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6177,10 +7378,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeRegionsRequest(input *DescribeRegionsInput) (req *request. return } +// DescribeRegions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more regions that are currently available to you. // // For a list of the regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Regions and Endpoints // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#ec2_region). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeRegions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeRegions(input *DescribeRegionsInput) (*DescribeRegionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRegionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6194,6 +7404,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedInstances = "DescribeReservedInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6228,10 +7440,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedInstancesI return } +// DescribeReservedInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased. // // For more information about Reserved Instances, see Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeReservedInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstances(input *DescribeReservedInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6245,6 +7466,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedInstancesListings = "DescribeReservedInstancesListings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedInstancesListings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6279,6 +7502,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedIn return } +// DescribeReservedInstancesListings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance // Marketplace. // @@ -6301,6 +7526,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedIn // // For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesListings for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesListings(input *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesListingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6314,6 +7546,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedInstancesModifications = "DescribeReservedInstancesModif // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedInstancesModifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6354,6 +7588,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input *DescribeReser return } +// DescribeReservedInstancesModifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter // is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification // requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information @@ -6361,6 +7597,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input *DescribeReser // // For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesModifications for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(input *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6399,6 +7642,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6439,6 +7684,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedI return } +// DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With // Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period // of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity @@ -6451,6 +7698,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedI // // For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6489,6 +7743,8 @@ const opDescribeRouteTables = "DescribeRouteTables" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRouteTables for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6523,6 +7779,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input *DescribeRouteTablesInput) (req * return } +// DescribeRouteTables API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your route tables. // // Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet @@ -6532,6 +7790,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input *DescribeRouteTablesInput) (req * // // For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeRouteTables for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTables(input *DescribeRouteTablesInput) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRouteTablesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6545,6 +7810,8 @@ const opDescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability = "DescribeScheduledInstanceAvaila // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6579,6 +7846,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input *DescribeSchedu return } +// DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria. // // You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. @@ -6588,6 +7857,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input *DescribeSchedu // // After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances // to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability(input *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6601,6 +7877,8 @@ const opDescribeScheduledInstances = "DescribeScheduledInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeScheduledInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6635,7 +7913,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(input *DescribeScheduledInstance return } +// DescribeScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your Scheduled Instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeScheduledInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstances(input *DescribeScheduledInstancesInput) (*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeScheduledInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6649,6 +7936,8 @@ const opDescribeSecurityGroupReferences = "DescribeSecurityGroupReferences" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSecurityGroupReferences for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6683,8 +7972,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGrou return } +// DescribeSecurityGroupReferences API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // [EC2-VPC only] Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection // that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSecurityGroupReferences for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferences(input *DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput) (*DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6698,6 +7996,8 @@ const opDescribeSecurityGroups = "DescribeSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6732,6 +8032,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) return } +// DescribeSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your security groups. // // A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform @@ -6740,6 +8042,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security Groups for Your // VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSecurityGroups for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroups(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6753,6 +8062,8 @@ const opDescribeSnapshotAttribute = "DescribeSnapshotAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6787,11 +8098,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeI return } +// DescribeSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. // // For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttribute(input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) (*DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6805,6 +8125,8 @@ const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6845,6 +8167,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *requ return } +// DescribeSnapshots API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the EBS snapshots available to you. Available snapshots // include public snapshots available for any AWS account to launch, private // snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by another AWS account @@ -6891,6 +8215,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *requ // // For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6929,6 +8260,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription = "DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6963,9 +8296,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input *DescribeSpotDatafee return } +// DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the data feed for Spot instances. For more information, see Spot // Instance Data Feed (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription(input *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput) (*DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6979,6 +8321,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotFleetInstances = "DescribeSpotFleetInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotFleetInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7013,7 +8357,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetInstance return } +// DescribeSpotFleetInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the running instances for the specified Spot fleet. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotFleetInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetInstances(input *DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7027,6 +8380,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory = "DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7061,12 +8416,21 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetReq return } +// DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the events for the specified Spot fleet request during the specified // time. // // Spot fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. // This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a // recorded event. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7080,6 +8444,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotFleetRequests = "DescribeSpotFleetRequests" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7120,10 +8486,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsI return } +// DescribeSpotFleetRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes your Spot fleet requests. // // Spot fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their // instances are terminated. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotFleetRequests for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequests(input *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotFleetRequestsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7162,6 +8537,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotInstanceRequests = "DescribeSpotInstanceRequests" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7196,6 +8573,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *DescribeSpotInstanceReq return } +// DescribeSpotInstanceRequests API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the Spot instance requests that belong to your account. Spot instances // are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify // exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price @@ -7211,6 +8590,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input *DescribeSpotInstanceReq // // Spot instance requests are deleted 4 hours after they are canceled and their // instances are terminated. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotInstanceRequests for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequests(input *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7224,6 +8610,8 @@ const opDescribeSpotPriceHistory = "DescribeSpotPriceHistory" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSpotPriceHistory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7264,6 +8652,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInp return } +// DescribeSpotPriceHistory API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the Spot price history. The prices returned are listed in chronological // order, from the oldest to the most recent, for up to the past 90 days. For // more information, see Spot Instance Pricing History (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-spot-instances-history.html) @@ -7273,6 +8663,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInp // of the instance types within the time range that you specified and the time // when the price changed. The price is valid within the time period that you // specified; the response merely indicates the last time that the price changed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSpotPriceHistory for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistory(input *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSpotPriceHistoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7311,6 +8708,8 @@ const opDescribeStaleSecurityGroups = "DescribeStaleSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStaleSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7345,10 +8744,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeStaleSecurityGro return } +// DescribeStaleSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // [EC2-VPC only] Describes the stale security group rules for security groups // in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security // group in a peer VPC, or a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC // peering connection has been deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeStaleSecurityGroups for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroups(input *DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7362,6 +8770,8 @@ const opDescribeSubnets = "DescribeSubnets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSubnets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7396,10 +8806,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnetsRequest(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) (req *request. return } +// DescribeSubnets API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your subnets. // // For more information about subnets, see Your VPC and Subnets (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Subnets.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeSubnets for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnets(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSubnetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7413,6 +8832,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7453,10 +8874,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of the tags for your EC2 resources. // // For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7495,6 +8925,8 @@ const opDescribeVolumeAttribute = "DescribeVolumeAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVolumeAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7529,11 +8961,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput return } +// DescribeVolumeAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. // // For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVolumeAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttribute(input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) (*DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7547,6 +8988,8 @@ const opDescribeVolumeStatus = "DescribeVolumeStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVolumeStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7587,6 +9030,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (req return } +// DescribeVolumeStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the // result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can // impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be @@ -7622,6 +9067,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (req // Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect // the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the // error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVolumeStatus for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatus(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7660,6 +9112,8 @@ const opDescribeVolumes = "DescribeVolumes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVolumes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7700,6 +9154,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *request. return } +// DescribeVolumes API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified EBS volumes. // // If you are describing a long list of volumes, you can paginate the output @@ -7711,6 +9167,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *request. // // For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVolumes for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumes(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVolumesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7749,6 +9212,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcAttribute = "DescribeVpcAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7783,8 +9248,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(input *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) (req return } +// DescribeVpcAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only // one attribute at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcAttribute(input *DescribeVpcAttributeInput) (*DescribeVpcAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7798,6 +9272,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcClassicLink = "DescribeVpcClassicLink" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7832,7 +9308,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) return } +// DescribeVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLink(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7846,6 +9331,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7880,6 +9367,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *DescribeVpcClassicL return } +// DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, // the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private // IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. @@ -7887,6 +9376,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *DescribeVpcClassicL // IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information // about ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7900,6 +9396,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcEndpointServices = "DescribeVpcEndpointServices" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcEndpointServices for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7934,8 +9432,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServi return } +// DescribeVpcEndpointServices API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes all supported AWS services that can be specified when creating // a VPC endpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcEndpointServices for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServices(input *DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointServicesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointServicesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7949,6 +9456,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcEndpoints = "DescribeVpcEndpoints" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcEndpoints for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7983,7 +9492,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) (req return } +// DescribeVpcEndpoints API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your VPC endpoints. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcEndpoints for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpoints(input *DescribeVpcEndpointsInput) (*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcEndpointsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7997,6 +9515,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcPeeringConnections = "DescribeVpcPeeringConnections" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcPeeringConnections for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8031,7 +9551,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConn return } +// DescribeVpcPeeringConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your VPC peering connections. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcPeeringConnections for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnections(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) (*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8045,6 +9574,8 @@ const opDescribeVpcs = "DescribeVpcs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpcs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8079,7 +9610,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcsRequest(input *DescribeVpcsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DescribeVpcs API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your VPCs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpcs for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcs(input *DescribeVpcsInput) (*DescribeVpcsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpcsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8093,6 +9633,8 @@ const opDescribeVpnConnections = "DescribeVpnConnections" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpnConnections for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8127,11 +9669,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) return } +// DescribeVpnConnections API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your VPN connections. // // For more information about VPN connections, see Adding a Hardware Virtual // Private Gateway to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpnConnections for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnConnections(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpnConnectionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8145,6 +9696,8 @@ const opDescribeVpnGateways = "DescribeVpnGateways" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVpnGateways for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8179,11 +9732,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(input *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) (req * return } +// DescribeVpnGateways API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways. // // For more information about virtual private gateways, see Adding an IPsec // Hardware VPN to Your VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_VPN.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DescribeVpnGateways for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DescribeVpnGateways(input *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput) (*DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVpnGatewaysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8197,6 +9759,8 @@ const opDetachClassicLinkVpc = "DetachClassicLinkVpc" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8231,9 +9795,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) (req return } +// DetachClassicLinkVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance // has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with // it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DetachClassicLinkVpc for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DetachClassicLinkVpc(input *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput) (*DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachClassicLinkVpcRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8247,6 +9820,8 @@ const opDetachInternetGateway = "DetachInternetGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachInternetGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8283,9 +9858,18 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachInternetGatewayRequest(input *DetachInternetGatewayInput) (r return } +// DetachInternetGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Detaches an Internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the // Internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with // Elastic IP addresses. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DetachInternetGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DetachInternetGateway(input *DetachInternetGatewayInput) (*DetachInternetGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachInternetGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8299,6 +9883,8 @@ const opDetachNetworkInterface = "DetachNetworkInterface" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachNetworkInterface for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8335,7 +9921,16 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) return } +// DetachNetworkInterface API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Detaches a network interface from an instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DetachNetworkInterface for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DetachNetworkInterface(input *DetachNetworkInterfaceInput) (*DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachNetworkInterfaceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8349,6 +9944,8 @@ const opDetachVolume = "DetachVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8383,6 +9980,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachVolumeRequest(input *DetachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DetachVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems // on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure // to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while @@ -8397,6 +9996,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachVolumeRequest(input *DetachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information, see Detaching an Amazon EBS Volume (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-detaching-volume.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DetachVolume for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DetachVolume(input *DetachVolumeInput) (*VolumeAttachment, error) { req, out := c.DetachVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8410,6 +10016,8 @@ const opDetachVpnGateway = "DetachVpnGateway" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachVpnGateway for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8446,6 +10054,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input *DetachVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques return } +// DetachVpnGateway API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning // to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private // gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual @@ -8454,6 +10064,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input *DetachVpnGatewayInput) (req *reques // // You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached before you // can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DetachVpnGateway for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DetachVpnGateway(input *DetachVpnGatewayInput) (*DetachVpnGatewayOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachVpnGatewayRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8467,6 +10084,8 @@ const opDisableVgwRoutePropagation = "DisableVgwRoutePropagation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8503,8 +10122,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input *DisableVgwRoutePropagatio return } +// DisableVgwRoutePropagation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified // route table of a VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DisableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DisableVgwRoutePropagation(input *DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (*DisableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8518,6 +10146,8 @@ const opDisableVpcClassicLink = "DisableVpcClassicLink" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8552,8 +10182,17 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) (r return } +// DisableVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC // that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DisableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLink(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8567,6 +10206,8 @@ const opDisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8601,11 +10242,20 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *DisableVpcClassicLin return } +// DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve // to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance // and instances in the VPC to which it's linked. For more information about // ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8619,6 +10269,8 @@ const opDisassociateAddress = "DisassociateAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisassociateAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8655,6 +10307,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddressRequest(input *DisassociateAddressInput) (req * return } +// DisassociateAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface // it's associated with. // @@ -8664,6 +10318,13 @@ func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddressRequest(input *DisassociateAddressInput) (req * // // This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than // once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DisassociateAddress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DisassociateAddress(input *DisassociateAddressInput) (*DisassociateAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisassociateAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8677,6 +10338,8 @@ const opDisassociateRouteTable = "DisassociateRouteTable" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisassociateRouteTable for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8713,12 +10376,21 @@ func (c *EC2) DisassociateRouteTableRequest(input *DisassociateRouteTableInput) return } +// DisassociateRouteTable API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disassociates a subnet from a route table. // // After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the // route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For // more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation DisassociateRouteTable for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) DisassociateRouteTable(input *DisassociateRouteTableInput) (*DisassociateRouteTableOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisassociateRouteTableRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8732,6 +10404,8 @@ const opEnableVgwRoutePropagation = "EnableVgwRoutePropagation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8768,8 +10442,17 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input *EnableVgwRoutePropagationI return } +// EnableVgwRoutePropagation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified // route table of a VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation EnableVgwRoutePropagation for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) EnableVgwRoutePropagation(input *EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput) (*EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableVgwRoutePropagationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8783,6 +10466,8 @@ const opEnableVolumeIO = "EnableVolumeIO" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableVolumeIO for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8819,8 +10504,17 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVolumeIORequest(input *EnableVolumeIOInput) (req *request.Re return } +// EnableVolumeIO API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because // the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation EnableVolumeIO for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) EnableVolumeIO(input *EnableVolumeIOInput) (*EnableVolumeIOOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableVolumeIORequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8834,6 +10528,8 @@ const opEnableVpcClassicLink = "EnableVpcClassicLink" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8868,6 +10564,8 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) (req return } +// EnableVpcClassicLink API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to // your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses. // You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC's route tables @@ -8875,6 +10573,13 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) (req // range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16 // IP address ranges. For more information, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation EnableVpcClassicLink for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLink(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8888,6 +10593,8 @@ const opEnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport = "EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8922,6 +10629,8 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkD return } +// EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled, // the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private // IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. @@ -8929,6 +10638,13 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkD // IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information // about ClassicLink, see ClassicLink (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/vpc-classiclink.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(input *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -8942,6 +10658,8 @@ const opGetConsoleOutput = "GetConsoleOutput" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetConsoleOutput for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -8976,6 +10694,8 @@ func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutputRequest(input *GetConsoleOutputInput) (req *reques return } +// GetConsoleOutput API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Gets the console output for the specified instance. // // Instances do not have a physical monitor through which you can view their @@ -8994,6 +10714,13 @@ func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutputRequest(input *GetConsoleOutputInput) (req *reques // // For Windows instances, the instance console output includes output from // the EC2Config service. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation GetConsoleOutput for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) GetConsoleOutput(input *GetConsoleOutputInput) (*GetConsoleOutputOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetConsoleOutputRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9007,6 +10734,8 @@ const opGetConsoleScreenshot = "GetConsoleScreenshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetConsoleScreenshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9041,9 +10770,18 @@ func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(input *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) (req return } +// GetConsoleScreenshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting. // // The returned content is Base64-encoded. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation GetConsoleScreenshot for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshot(input *GetConsoleScreenshotInput) (*GetConsoleScreenshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetConsoleScreenshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9057,6 +10795,8 @@ const opGetHostReservationPurchasePreview = "GetHostReservationPurchasePreview" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHostReservationPurchasePreview for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9091,12 +10831,21 @@ func (c *EC2) GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(input *GetHostReservation return } +// GetHostReservationPurchasePreview API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your // Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before // you purchase a reservation. // // This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action and does not result // in the offering being purchased. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation GetHostReservationPurchasePreview for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) GetHostReservationPurchasePreview(input *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput) (*GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9110,6 +10859,8 @@ const opGetPasswordData = "GetPasswordData" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetPasswordData for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9144,6 +10895,8 @@ func (c *EC2) GetPasswordDataRequest(input *GetPasswordDataInput) (req *request. return } +// GetPasswordData API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for an instance running Windows. // // The Windows password is generated at boot if the EC2Config service plugin, @@ -9158,6 +10911,13 @@ func (c *EC2) GetPasswordDataRequest(input *GetPasswordDataInput) (req *request. // Password generation and encryption takes a few moments. We recommend that // you wait up to 15 minutes after launching an instance before trying to retrieve // the generated password. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation GetPasswordData for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) GetPasswordData(input *GetPasswordDataInput) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPasswordDataRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9171,6 +10931,8 @@ const opGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9205,9 +10967,18 @@ func (c *EC2) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input *GetReservedInstanc return } +// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Returns details about the values and term of your specified Convertible Reserved // Instances. When an offering ID is specified it returns information about // whether the exchange is valid and can be performed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(input *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput) (*GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9221,6 +10992,8 @@ const opImportImage = "ImportImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9255,10 +11028,19 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportImageRequest(input *ImportImageInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ImportImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon // Machine Image (AMI). For more information, see Importing a VM as an Image // Using VM Import/Export (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html) // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ImportImage for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ImportImage(input *ImportImageInput) (*ImportImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9272,6 +11054,8 @@ const opImportInstance = "ImportInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9306,6 +11090,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportInstanceRequest(input *ImportInstanceInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ImportInstance API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image. // ImportInstance only supports single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, // use ImportImage. For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using @@ -9313,6 +11099,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportInstanceRequest(input *ImportInstanceInput) (req *request.Re // // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, // see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ImportInstance for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ImportInstance(input *ImportInstanceInput) (*ImportInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9326,6 +11119,8 @@ const opImportKeyPair = "ImportKeyPair" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportKeyPair for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9360,6 +11155,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPairRequest(input *ImportKeyPairInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// ImportKeyPair API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Imports the public key from an RSA key pair that you created with a third-party // tool. Compare this with CreateKeyPair, in which AWS creates the key pair // and gives the keys to you (AWS keeps a copy of the public key). With ImportKeyPair, @@ -9368,6 +11165,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPairRequest(input *ImportKeyPairInput) (req *request.Requ // // For more information about key pairs, see Key Pairs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ImportKeyPair for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ImportKeyPair(input *ImportKeyPairInput) (*ImportKeyPairOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportKeyPairRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9381,6 +11185,8 @@ const opImportSnapshot = "ImportSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9415,7 +11221,16 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportSnapshotRequest(input *ImportSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ImportSnapshot API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ImportSnapshot for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ImportSnapshot(input *ImportSnapshotInput) (*ImportSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9429,6 +11244,8 @@ const opImportVolume = "ImportVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9463,11 +11280,20 @@ func (c *EC2) ImportVolumeRequest(input *ImportVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ImportVolume API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image.For // more information, see Importing Disks to Amazon EBS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/importing-your-volumes-into-amazon-ebs.html). // // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, // see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ImportVolume for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ImportVolume(input *ImportVolumeInput) (*ImportVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9481,6 +11307,8 @@ const opModifyHosts = "ModifyHosts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyHosts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9515,6 +11343,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyHostsRequest(input *ModifyHostsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ModifyHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement // is enabled, AWS will place instances that you launch with a tenancy of host, // but without targeting a specific host ID, onto any available Dedicated Host @@ -9522,6 +11352,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyHostsRequest(input *ModifyHostsInput) (req *request.Request, // disabled, you need to provide a host ID if you want the instance to launch // onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance will be launched // onto a suitable host which has auto-placement enabled. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyHosts for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyHosts(input *ModifyHostsInput) (*ModifyHostsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyHostsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9535,6 +11372,8 @@ const opModifyIdFormat = "ModifyIdFormat" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyIdFormat for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9571,6 +11410,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdFormatInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ModifyIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-region basis. // You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) // when they are created. The following resource types support longer IDs: instance @@ -9587,6 +11428,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdFormatInput) (req *request.Re // Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, // regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use // the relevant Describe command for the resource type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyIdFormat for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyIdFormat(input *ModifyIdFormatInput) (*ModifyIdFormatOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyIdFormatRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9600,6 +11448,8 @@ const opModifyIdentityIdFormat = "ModifyIdentityIdFormat" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9636,6 +11486,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) return } +// ModifyIdentityIdFormat API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, // or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root // user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer @@ -9651,6 +11503,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) // Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, // regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use // the relevant Describe command for the resource type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyIdentityIdFormat for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyIdentityIdFormat(input *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput) (*ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyIdentityIdFormatRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9664,6 +11523,8 @@ const opModifyImageAttribute = "ModifyImageAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyImageAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9700,6 +11561,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input *ModifyImageAttributeInput) (req return } +// ModifyImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only // one attribute at a time. // @@ -9710,6 +11573,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input *ModifyImageAttributeInput) (req // this command. Instead, enable SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an // AMI from the instance. This will result in an image with SriovNetSupport // enabled. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyImageAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyImageAttribute(input *ModifyImageAttributeInput) (*ModifyImageAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyImageAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9723,6 +11593,8 @@ const opModifyInstanceAttribute = "ModifyInstanceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9759,12 +11631,21 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(input *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput return } +// ModifyInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. // // To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information, // see Modifying Attributes of a Stopped Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_ChangingAttributesWhileInstanceStopped.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceAttribute(input *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput) (*ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9778,6 +11659,8 @@ const opModifyInstancePlacement = "ModifyInstancePlacement" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyInstancePlacement for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9812,6 +11695,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput return } +// ModifyInstancePlacement API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Set the instance affinity value for a specific stopped instance and modify // the instance tenancy setting. // @@ -9831,6 +11716,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput // one of them must be specified in the request. Affinity and tenancy can be // modified in the same request, but tenancy can only be modified on instances // that are stopped. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyInstancePlacement for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyInstancePlacement(input *ModifyInstancePlacementInput) (*ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9844,6 +11736,8 @@ const opModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9880,8 +11774,17 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *ModifyNetworkInterfa return } +// ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only // one attribute at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9895,6 +11798,8 @@ const opModifyReservedInstances = "ModifyReservedInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyReservedInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9929,6 +11834,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput return } +// ModifyReservedInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the Availability Zone, instance count, instance type, or network // platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC) of your Standard Reserved Instances. The // Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability @@ -9936,6 +11843,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput // // For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyReservedInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyReservedInstances(input *ModifyReservedInstancesInput) (*ModifyReservedInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyReservedInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -9949,6 +11863,8 @@ const opModifySnapshotAttribute = "ModifySnapshotAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifySnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -9985,6 +11901,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput return } +// ModifySnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add // or remove specified AWS account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume // permissions, but you cannot do both in a single API call. If you need to @@ -9998,6 +11916,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput // For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see Sharing Snapshots // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifySnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttribute(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10011,6 +11936,8 @@ const opModifySpotFleetRequest = "ModifySpotFleetRequest" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifySpotFleetRequest for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10045,6 +11972,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) return } +// ModifySpotFleetRequest API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the specified Spot fleet request. // // While the Spot fleet request is being modified, it is in the modifying state. @@ -10065,6 +11994,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) // terminates instances across the Spot pools. Alternatively, you can request // that the Spot fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any // Spot instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifySpotFleetRequest for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifySpotFleetRequest(input *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput) (*ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifySpotFleetRequestRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10078,6 +12014,8 @@ const opModifySubnetAttribute = "ModifySubnetAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifySubnetAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10114,7 +12052,16 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(input *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) (r return } +// ModifySubnetAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies a subnet attribute. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifySubnetAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifySubnetAttribute(input *ModifySubnetAttributeInput) (*ModifySubnetAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifySubnetAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10128,6 +12075,8 @@ const opModifyVolumeAttribute = "ModifyVolumeAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyVolumeAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10164,6 +12113,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) (r return } +// ModifyVolumeAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies a volume attribute. // // By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data @@ -10174,6 +12125,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) (r // You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend // that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless // or disposable. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyVolumeAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeAttribute(input *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput) (*ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10187,6 +12145,8 @@ const opModifyVpcAttribute = "ModifyVpcAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyVpcAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10223,7 +12183,16 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(input *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) (req *re return } +// ModifyVpcAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyVpcAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcAttribute(input *ModifyVpcAttributeInput) (*ModifyVpcAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyVpcAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10237,6 +12206,8 @@ const opModifyVpcEndpoint = "ModifyVpcEndpoint" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyVpcEndpoint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10271,9 +12242,18 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(input *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) (req *requ return } +// ModifyVpcEndpoint API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. You can modify the policy // associated with the endpoint, and you can add and remove route tables associated // with the endpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyVpcEndpoint for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcEndpoint(input *ModifyVpcEndpointInput) (*ModifyVpcEndpointOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyVpcEndpointRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10287,6 +12267,8 @@ const opModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions = "ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10321,6 +12303,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input *ModifyVpcPeeringCo return } +// ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering // connection. You can do the following: // @@ -10341,6 +12325,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input *ModifyVpcPeeringCo // and accepter options in the same request. To confirm which VPC is the accepter // and requester for a VPC peering connection, use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections // command. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions(input *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput) (*ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10354,6 +12345,8 @@ const opMonitorInstances = "MonitorInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See MonitorInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10388,9 +12381,18 @@ func (c *EC2) MonitorInstancesRequest(input *MonitorInstancesInput) (req *reques return } +// MonitorInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Enables monitoring for a running instance. For more information about monitoring // instances, see Monitoring Your Instances and Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation MonitorInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) MonitorInstances(input *MonitorInstancesInput) (*MonitorInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.MonitorInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10404,6 +12406,8 @@ const opMoveAddressToVpc = "MoveAddressToVpc" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See MoveAddressToVpc for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10438,6 +12442,8 @@ func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input *MoveAddressToVpcInput) (req *reques return } +// MoveAddressToVpc API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC // platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more // than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the @@ -10445,6 +12451,13 @@ func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input *MoveAddressToVpcInput) (req *reques // platform, unless you move it back using the RestoreAddressToClassic request. // You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use // in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic platform. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation MoveAddressToVpc for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) MoveAddressToVpc(input *MoveAddressToVpcInput) (*MoveAddressToVpcOutput, error) { req, out := c.MoveAddressToVpcRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10458,6 +12471,8 @@ const opPurchaseHostReservation = "PurchaseHostReservation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseHostReservation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10492,10 +12507,19 @@ func (c *EC2) PurchaseHostReservationRequest(input *PurchaseHostReservationInput return } +// PurchaseHostReservation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated // Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase // a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased // and charged to your account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation PurchaseHostReservation for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) PurchaseHostReservation(input *PurchaseHostReservationInput) (*PurchaseHostReservationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseHostReservationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10509,6 +12533,8 @@ const opPurchaseReservedInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10543,6 +12569,8 @@ func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedIn return } +// PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, // you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing. // @@ -10553,6 +12581,13 @@ func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedIn // For more information, see Reserved Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) // and Reserved Instance Marketplace (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10566,6 +12601,8 @@ const opPurchaseScheduledInstances = "PurchaseScheduledInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseScheduledInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10600,6 +12637,8 @@ func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input *PurchaseScheduledInstance return } +// PurchaseScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Purchases one or more Scheduled Instances with the specified schedule. // // Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by @@ -10610,6 +12649,13 @@ func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input *PurchaseScheduledInstance // // After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell // your purchase. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation PurchaseScheduledInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) PurchaseScheduledInstances(input *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput) (*PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseScheduledInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10623,6 +12669,8 @@ const opRebootInstances = "RebootInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebootInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10659,6 +12707,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RebootInstancesRequest(input *RebootInstancesInput) (req *request. return } +// RebootInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Requests a reboot of one or more instances. This operation is asynchronous; // it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation // succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot @@ -10670,6 +12720,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RebootInstancesRequest(input *RebootInstancesInput) (req *request. // For more information about troubleshooting, see Getting Console Output and // Rebooting Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RebootInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RebootInstances(input *RebootInstancesInput) (*RebootInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10683,6 +12740,8 @@ const opRegisterImage = "RegisterImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10717,6 +12776,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RegisterImageRequest(input *RegisterImageInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// RegisterImage API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Registers an AMI. When you're creating an AMI, this is the final step you // must complete before you can launch an instance from the AMI. For more information // about creating AMIs, see Creating Your Own AMIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami.html) @@ -10750,6 +12811,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RegisterImageRequest(input *RegisterImageInput) (req *request.Requ // // You can't register an image where a secondary (non-root) snapshot has AWS // Marketplace product codes. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RegisterImage for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RegisterImage(input *RegisterImageInput) (*RegisterImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10763,6 +12831,8 @@ const opRejectVpcPeeringConnection = "RejectVpcPeeringConnection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RejectVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10797,11 +12867,20 @@ func (c *EC2) RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input *RejectVpcPeeringConnectio return } +// RejectVpcPeeringConnection API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must // be in the pending-acceptance state. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections // request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete // an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request // that you initiated, use DeleteVpcPeeringConnection. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RejectVpcPeeringConnection for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RejectVpcPeeringConnection(input *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput) (*RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RejectVpcPeeringConnectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10815,6 +12894,8 @@ const opReleaseAddress = "ReleaseAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReleaseAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10851,6 +12932,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddressRequest(input *ReleaseAddressInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ReleaseAddress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Releases the specified Elastic IP address. // // After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address @@ -10866,6 +12949,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddressRequest(input *ReleaseAddressInput) (req *request.Re // [Nondefault VPC] You must use DisassociateAddress to disassociate the Elastic // IP address before you try to release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an // error (InvalidIPAddress.InUse). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReleaseAddress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReleaseAddress(input *ReleaseAddressInput) (*ReleaseAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReleaseAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10879,6 +12969,8 @@ const opReleaseHosts = "ReleaseHosts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReleaseHosts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10913,6 +13005,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ReleaseHostsRequest(input *ReleaseHostsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ReleaseHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. // On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released state. The host // ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified @@ -10925,6 +13019,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ReleaseHostsRequest(input *ReleaseHostsInput) (req *request.Reques // again. // // Released hosts will still appear in a DescribeHosts response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReleaseHosts for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReleaseHosts(input *ReleaseHostsInput) (*ReleaseHostsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReleaseHostsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10938,6 +13039,8 @@ const opReplaceNetworkAclAssociation = "ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -10972,10 +13075,19 @@ func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceNetworkAclAssoci return } +// ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you // create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. // For more information about network ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation(input *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput) (*ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -10989,6 +13101,8 @@ const opReplaceNetworkAclEntry = "ReplaceNetworkAclEntry" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReplaceNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11025,9 +13139,18 @@ func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(input *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) return } +// ReplaceNetworkAclEntry API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information about network // ACLs, see Network ACLs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_ACLs.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReplaceNetworkAclEntry for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry(input *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput) (*ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReplaceNetworkAclEntryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11041,6 +13164,8 @@ const opReplaceRoute = "ReplaceRoute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReplaceRoute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11077,12 +13202,21 @@ func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteRequest(input *ReplaceRouteInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ReplaceRoute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must provide // only one of the following: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT // instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, or network interface. // // For more information about route tables, see Route Tables (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReplaceRoute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReplaceRoute(input *ReplaceRouteInput) (*ReplaceRouteOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReplaceRouteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11096,6 +13230,8 @@ const opReplaceRouteTableAssociation = "ReplaceRouteTableAssociation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReplaceRouteTableAssociation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11130,6 +13266,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceRouteTableAssoci return } +// ReplaceRouteTableAssociation API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Changes the route table associated with a given subnet in a VPC. After the // operation completes, the subnet uses the routes in the new route table it's // associated with. For more information about route tables, see Route Tables @@ -11139,6 +13277,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input *ReplaceRouteTableAssoci // You can also use ReplaceRouteTableAssociation to change which table is the // main route table in the VPC. You just specify the main route table's association // ID and the route table to be the new main route table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReplaceRouteTableAssociation for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReplaceRouteTableAssociation(input *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput) (*ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReplaceRouteTableAssociationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11152,6 +13297,8 @@ const opReportInstanceStatus = "ReportInstanceStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReportInstanceStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11188,6 +13335,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input *ReportInstanceStatusInput) (req return } +// ReportInstanceStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in // the running state. If your experience with the instance differs from the // instance status returned by DescribeInstanceStatus, use ReportInstanceStatus @@ -11195,6 +13344,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input *ReportInstanceStatusInput) (req // to improve the accuracy of status checks. // // Use of this action does not change the value returned by DescribeInstanceStatus. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ReportInstanceStatus for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ReportInstanceStatus(input *ReportInstanceStatusInput) (*ReportInstanceStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReportInstanceStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11208,6 +13364,8 @@ const opRequestSpotFleet = "RequestSpotFleet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RequestSpotFleet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11242,6 +13400,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleetRequest(input *RequestSpotFleetInput) (req *reques return } +// RequestSpotFleet API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a Spot fleet request. // // You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications @@ -11259,6 +13419,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleetRequest(input *RequestSpotFleetInput) (req *reques // // For more information, see Spot Fleet Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RequestSpotFleet for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RequestSpotFleet(input *RequestSpotFleetInput) (*RequestSpotFleetOutput, error) { req, out := c.RequestSpotFleetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11272,6 +13439,8 @@ const opRequestSpotInstances = "RequestSpotInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RequestSpotInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11306,12 +13475,21 @@ func (c *EC2) RequestSpotInstancesRequest(input *RequestSpotInstancesInput) (req return } +// RequestSpotInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Creates a Spot instance request. Spot instances are instances that Amazon // EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot // price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot // Instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, // see Spot Instance Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RequestSpotInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RequestSpotInstances(input *RequestSpotInstancesInput) (*RequestSpotInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.RequestSpotInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11325,6 +13503,8 @@ const opResetImageAttribute = "ResetImageAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetImageAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11361,9 +13541,18 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetImageAttributeRequest(input *ResetImageAttributeInput) (req * return } +// ResetImageAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value. // // The productCodes attribute can't be reset. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ResetImageAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ResetImageAttribute(input *ResetImageAttributeInput) (*ResetImageAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResetImageAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11377,6 +13566,8 @@ const opResetInstanceAttribute = "ResetInstanceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11413,6 +13604,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) return } +// ResetInstanceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel // or ramdisk, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck, // the instance can be either running or stopped. @@ -11422,6 +13615,13 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) // value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, // see NAT Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html) // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ResetInstanceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ResetInstanceAttribute(input *ResetInstanceAttributeInput) (*ResetInstanceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResetInstanceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11435,6 +13635,8 @@ const opResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute = "ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11471,8 +13673,17 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input *ResetNetworkInterface return } +// ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute // at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute(input *ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput) (*ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11486,6 +13697,8 @@ const opResetSnapshotAttribute = "ResetSnapshotAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11522,11 +13735,20 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) return } +// ResetSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. // // For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see Sharing Snapshots // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ResetSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttribute(input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11540,6 +13762,8 @@ const opRestoreAddressToClassic = "RestoreAddressToClassic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreAddressToClassic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11574,10 +13798,19 @@ func (c *EC2) RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(input *RestoreAddressToClassicInput return } +// RestoreAddressToClassic API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC platform // back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that // was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must // not be associated with an instance or network interface. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RestoreAddressToClassic for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RestoreAddressToClassic(input *RestoreAddressToClassicInput) (*RestoreAddressToClassicOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreAddressToClassicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11591,6 +13824,8 @@ const opRevokeSecurityGroupEgress = "RevokeSecurityGroupEgress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11627,6 +13862,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressI return } +// RevokeSecurityGroupEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // [EC2-VPC only] Removes one or more egress rules from a security group for // EC2-VPC. This action doesn't apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. // The values that you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must @@ -11639,6 +13876,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressI // // Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly // as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RevokeSecurityGroupEgress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupEgress(input *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput) (*RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11652,6 +13896,8 @@ const opRevokeSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11688,6 +13934,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngres return } +// RevokeSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Removes one or more ingress rules from a security group. The values that // you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must match the existing // rule's values for the rule to be removed. @@ -11699,6 +13947,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngres // // Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly // as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RevokeSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RevokeSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11712,6 +13967,8 @@ const opRunInstances = "RunInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RunInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11746,6 +14003,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RunInstancesRequest(input *RunInstancesInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// RunInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have // permissions. // @@ -11793,6 +14052,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RunInstancesRequest(input *RunInstancesInput) (req *request.Reques // Immediately Terminates (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_InstanceStraightToTerminated.html), // and Troubleshooting Connecting to Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesConnecting.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RunInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RunInstances(input *RunInstancesInput) (*Reservation, error) { req, out := c.RunInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11806,6 +14072,8 @@ const opRunScheduledInstances = "RunScheduledInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RunScheduledInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11840,6 +14108,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input *RunScheduledInstancesInput) (r return } +// RunScheduledInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Launches the specified Scheduled Instances. // // Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain @@ -11851,6 +14121,13 @@ func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input *RunScheduledInstancesInput) (r // ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information, // see Scheduled Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-scheduled-instances.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation RunScheduledInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) RunScheduledInstances(input *RunScheduledInstancesInput) (*RunScheduledInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.RunScheduledInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11864,6 +14141,8 @@ const opStartInstances = "StartInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StartInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11898,6 +14177,8 @@ func (c *EC2) StartInstancesRequest(input *StartInstancesInput) (req *request.Re return } +// StartInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Starts an Amazon EBS-backed AMI that you've previously stopped. // // Instances that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly @@ -11917,6 +14198,13 @@ func (c *EC2) StartInstancesRequest(input *StartInstancesInput) (req *request.Re // // For more information, see Stopping Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation StartInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) StartInstances(input *StartInstancesInput) (*StartInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.StartInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -11930,6 +14218,8 @@ const opStopInstances = "StopInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -11964,6 +14254,8 @@ func (c *EC2) StopInstancesRequest(input *StopInstancesInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// StopInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. // // We don't charge hourly usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; @@ -11994,6 +14286,13 @@ func (c *EC2) StopInstancesRequest(input *StopInstancesInput) (req *request.Requ // of time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more // information, see Troubleshooting Stopping Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesStopping.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation StopInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) StopInstances(input *StopInstancesInput) (*StopInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -12007,6 +14306,8 @@ const opTerminateInstances = "TerminateInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TerminateInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -12041,6 +14342,8 @@ func (c *EC2) TerminateInstancesRequest(input *TerminateInstancesInput) (req *re return } +// TerminateInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Shuts down one or more instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate // an instance more than once, each call succeeds. // @@ -12066,6 +14369,13 @@ func (c *EC2) TerminateInstancesRequest(input *TerminateInstancesInput) (req *re // For more information about troubleshooting, see Troubleshooting Terminating // Your Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesShuttingDown.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation TerminateInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) TerminateInstances(input *TerminateInstancesInput) (*TerminateInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.TerminateInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -12079,6 +14389,8 @@ const opUnassignPrivateIpAddresses = "UnassignPrivateIpAddresses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UnassignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -12115,7 +14427,16 @@ func (c *EC2) UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input *UnassignPrivateIpAddresse return } +// UnassignPrivateIpAddresses API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Unassigns one or more secondary private IP addresses from a network interface. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation UnassignPrivateIpAddresses for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) UnassignPrivateIpAddresses(input *UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput) (*UnassignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) { req, out := c.UnassignPrivateIpAddressesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -12129,6 +14450,8 @@ const opUnmonitorInstances = "UnmonitorInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UnmonitorInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -12163,9 +14486,18 @@ func (c *EC2) UnmonitorInstancesRequest(input *UnmonitorInstancesInput) (req *re return } +// UnmonitorInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// // Disables monitoring for a running instance. For more information about monitoring // instances, see Monitoring Your Instances and Volumes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation UnmonitorInstances for usage and error information. func (c *EC2) UnmonitorInstances(input *UnmonitorInstancesInput) (*UnmonitorInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.UnmonitorInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -12184,6 +14516,8 @@ type AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct { // The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances that you want to exchange for // other Convertible Reserved Instances of the same or higher value. + // + // ReservedInstanceIds is a required field ReservedInstanceIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstanceId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` // The configurations of the Convertible Reserved Instance offerings you are @@ -12452,6 +14786,8 @@ type AllocateHostsInput struct { AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" enum:"AutoPlacement"` // The Availability Zone for the Dedicated Hosts. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the @@ -12462,10 +14798,14 @@ type AllocateHostsInput struct { // Specify the instance type that you want your Dedicated Hosts to be configured // for. When you specify the instance type, that is the only instance type that // you can launch onto that host. + // + // InstanceType is a required field InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of Dedicated Hosts you want to allocate to your account with these // parameters. + // + // Quantity is a required field Quantity *int64 `locationName:"quantity" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -12526,6 +14866,8 @@ type AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct { AllowReassignment *bool `locationName:"allowReassignment" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address @@ -12653,6 +14995,8 @@ type AssociateDhcpOptionsInput struct { // The ID of the DHCP options set, or default to associate no DHCP options with // the VPC. + // + // DhcpOptionsId is a required field DhcpOptionsId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -12662,6 +15006,8 @@ type AssociateDhcpOptionsInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12716,9 +15062,13 @@ type AssociateRouteTableInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the subnet. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12778,12 +15128,18 @@ type AttachClassicLinkVpcInput struct { // The ID of one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot specify security // groups from a different VPC. + // + // Groups is a required field Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list" required:"true"` // The ID of an EC2-Classic instance to link to the ClassicLink-enabled VPC. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of a ClassicLink-enabled VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12845,9 +15201,13 @@ type AttachInternetGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the Internet gateway. + // + // InternetGatewayId is a required field InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12896,6 +15256,8 @@ type AttachNetworkInterfaceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The index of the device for the network interface attachment. + // + // DeviceIndex is a required field DeviceIndex *int64 `locationName:"deviceIndex" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -12905,9 +15267,13 @@ type AttachNetworkInterfaceInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12963,6 +15329,8 @@ type AttachVolumeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The device name to expose to the instance (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh). + // + // Device is a required field Device *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -12972,10 +15340,14 @@ type AttachVolumeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same // Availability Zone. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13019,9 +15391,13 @@ type AttachVpnGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // VpnGatewayId is a required field VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13124,6 +15500,8 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct { FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` // The ID of the security group. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and @@ -13403,11 +15781,15 @@ type BundleInstanceInput struct { // Default: None // // Required: Yes + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already // own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify // a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. + // + // Storage is a required field Storage *Storage `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -13520,6 +15902,8 @@ type CancelBundleTaskInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the bundle task. + // + // BundleId is a required field BundleId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -13575,6 +15959,8 @@ type CancelConversionTaskInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the conversion task. + // + // ConversionTaskId is a required field ConversionTaskId *string `locationName:"conversionTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -13629,6 +16015,8 @@ type CancelExportTaskInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by CreateInstanceExportTask. + // + // ExportTaskId is a required field ExportTaskId *string `locationName:"exportTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13725,6 +16113,8 @@ type CancelReservedInstancesListingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. + // + // ReservedInstancesListingId is a required field ReservedInstancesListingId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesListingId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13774,9 +16164,13 @@ type CancelSpotFleetRequestsError struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The error code. + // + // Code is a required field Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CancelBatchErrorCode"` // The description for the error code. + // + // Message is a required field Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13795,9 +16189,13 @@ type CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The error. + // + // Error is a required field Error *CancelSpotFleetRequestsError `locationName:"error" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13822,10 +16220,14 @@ type CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The IDs of the Spot fleet requests. + // + // SpotFleetRequestIds is a required field SpotFleetRequestIds []*string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to terminate instances for a Spot fleet request if it is // canceled successfully. + // + // TerminateInstances is a required field TerminateInstances *bool `locationName:"terminateInstances" type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -13881,12 +16283,18 @@ type CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The current state of the Spot fleet request. + // + // CurrentSpotFleetRequestState is a required field CurrentSpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"currentSpotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"` // The previous state of the Spot fleet request. + // + // PreviousSpotFleetRequestState is a required field PreviousSpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"previousSpotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13911,6 +16319,8 @@ type CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // One or more Spot instance request IDs. + // + // SpotInstanceRequestIds is a required field SpotInstanceRequestIds []*string `locationName:"SpotInstanceRequestId" locationNameList:"SpotInstanceRequestId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -14062,9 +16472,13 @@ type ConfirmProductInstanceInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The product code. This must be a product code that you own. + // + // ProductCode is a required field ProductCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14122,6 +16536,8 @@ type ConversionTask struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the conversion task. + // + // ConversionTaskId is a required field ConversionTaskId *string `locationName:"conversionTaskId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The time when the task expires. If the upload isn't complete before the expiration @@ -14137,6 +16553,8 @@ type ConversionTask struct { ImportVolume *ImportVolumeTaskDetails `locationName:"importVolume" type:"structure"` // The state of the conversion task. + // + // State is a required field State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConversionTaskState"` // The status message related to the conversion task. @@ -14192,12 +16610,18 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"` // The name of the new AMI in the destination region. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the AMI to copy. + // + // SourceImageId is a required field SourceImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the region that contains the AMI to copy. + // + // SourceRegion is a required field SourceRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14305,9 +16729,13 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { PresignedUrl *string `locationName:"presignedUrl" type:"string"` // The ID of the region that contains the snapshot to be copied. + // + // SourceRegion is a required field SourceRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy. + // + // SourceSnapshotId is a required field SourceSnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14362,6 +16790,8 @@ type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct { // For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. // // Default: 65000 + // + // BgpAsn is a required field BgpAsn *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -14372,9 +16802,13 @@ type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct { // The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface. // The address must be static. + // + // PublicIp is a required field PublicIp *string `locationName:"IpAddress" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (ipsec.1). + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GatewayType"` } @@ -14430,6 +16864,8 @@ type CreateDhcpOptionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A DHCP configuration option. + // + // DhcpConfigurations is a required field DhcpConfigurations []*NewDhcpConfiguration `locationName:"dhcpConfiguration" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -14490,20 +16926,30 @@ type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { // The ARN for the IAM role that's used to post flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs // log group. + // + // DeliverLogsPermissionArn is a required field DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the CloudWatch log group. + // + // LogGroupName is a required field LogGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more subnet, network interface, or VPC IDs. // // Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources + // + // ResourceIds is a required field ResourceIds []*string `locationName:"ResourceId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The type of resource on which to create the flow log. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FlowLogsResourceType"` // The type of traffic to log. + // + // TrafficType is a required field TrafficType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrafficType"` } @@ -14584,6 +17030,8 @@ type CreateImageInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A name for the new image. @@ -14591,6 +17039,8 @@ type CreateImageInput struct { // Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets // ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), // at-signs (@), or underscores(_) + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before @@ -14656,6 +17106,8 @@ type CreateInstanceExportTaskInput struct { ExportToS3Task *ExportToS3TaskSpecification `locationName:"exportToS3" type:"structure"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The target virtualization environment. @@ -14755,6 +17207,8 @@ type CreateKeyPairInput struct { // A unique name for the key pair. // // Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters + // + // KeyName is a required field KeyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14812,6 +17266,8 @@ type CreateNatGatewayInput struct { // The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to associate with the NAT gateway. // If the Elastic IP address is associated with another resource, you must first // disassociate it. + // + // AllocationId is a required field AllocationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of @@ -14821,6 +17277,8 @@ type CreateNatGatewayInput struct { ClientToken *string `type:"string"` // The subnet in which to create the NAT gateway. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14877,6 +17335,8 @@ type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example 172.16.0.0/24). + // + // CidrBlock is a required field CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -14887,6 +17347,8 @@ type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct { // Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving // the subnet). + // + // Egress is a required field Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"` // ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. Required if specifying ICMP for the @@ -14894,15 +17356,21 @@ type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct { IcmpTypeCode *IcmpTypeCode `locationName:"Icmp" type:"structure"` // The ID of the network ACL. + // + // NetworkAclId is a required field NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"` // TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. PortRange *PortRange `locationName:"portRange" type:"structure"` // The protocol. A value of -1 means all protocols. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `locationName:"protocol" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. + // + // RuleAction is a required field RuleAction *string `locationName:"ruleAction" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RuleAction"` // The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed @@ -14910,6 +17378,8 @@ type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct { // // Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 // is reserved for internal use. + // + // RuleNumber is a required field RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -14976,6 +17446,8 @@ type CreateNetworkAclInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15057,6 +17529,8 @@ type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct { SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int64 `locationName:"secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" type:"integer"` // The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15124,9 +17598,13 @@ type CreatePlacementGroupInput struct { // A name for the placement group. // // Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string" required:"true"` // The placement strategy. + // + // Strategy is a required field Strategy *string `locationName:"strategy" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PlacementStrategy"` } @@ -15177,19 +17655,27 @@ type CreateReservedInstancesListingInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your // listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see // Ensuring Idempotency (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html). + // + // ClientToken is a required field ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to // be listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less // than or equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance // ID specified in this call. + // + // InstanceCount is a required field InstanceCount *int64 `locationName:"instanceCount" type:"integer" required:"true"` // A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month // remaining in the Reserved Instance term. + // + // PriceSchedules is a required field PriceSchedules []*PriceScheduleSpecification `locationName:"priceSchedules" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance. + // + // ReservedInstancesId is a required field ReservedInstancesId *string `locationName:"reservedInstancesId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15249,6 +17735,8 @@ type CreateRouteInput struct { // The CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions // are based on the most specific match. + // + // DestinationCidrBlock is a required field DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -15272,6 +17760,8 @@ type CreateRouteInput struct { NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"` // The ID of the route table for the route. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of a VPC peering connection. @@ -15333,6 +17823,8 @@ type CreateRouteTableInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15388,6 +17880,8 @@ type CreateSecurityGroupInput struct { // Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters // // Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `locationName:"GroupDescription" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -15403,6 +17897,8 @@ type CreateSecurityGroupInput struct { // Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters // // Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC. Required for EC2-VPC. @@ -15467,6 +17963,8 @@ type CreateSnapshotInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the EBS volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15498,6 +17996,8 @@ type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot instance data feed. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -15562,6 +18062,8 @@ type CreateSubnetInput struct { AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/24. + // + // CidrBlock is a required field CidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -15571,6 +18073,8 @@ type CreateSubnetInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15629,11 +18133,15 @@ type CreateTagsInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The IDs of one or more resources to tag. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d. + // + // Resources is a required field Resources []*string `locationName:"ResourceId" type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more tags. The value parameter is required, but if you don't want // the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set // the value to an empty string. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -15683,6 +18191,8 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // The Availability Zone in which to create the volume. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones // to list the Availability Zones that are currently available to you. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -15831,9 +18341,13 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct { // The AWS service name, in the form com.amazonaws.region.service . To get a // list of available services, use the DescribeVpcEndpointServices request. + // + // ServiceName is a required field ServiceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint will be used. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15890,6 +18404,8 @@ type CreateVpcInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, 10.0.0.0/16. + // + // CidrBlock is a required field CidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -16007,6 +18523,8 @@ type CreateVpnConnectionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the customer gateway. + // + // CustomerGatewayId is a required field CustomerGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -16023,9 +18541,13 @@ type CreateVpnConnectionInput struct { Options *VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification `locationName:"options" type:"structure"` // The type of VPN connection (ipsec.1). + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // VpnGatewayId is a required field VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16081,9 +18603,13 @@ type CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. + // + // DestinationCidrBlock is a required field DestinationCidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPN connection. + // + // VpnConnectionId is a required field VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16141,6 +18667,8 @@ type CreateVpnGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GatewayType"` } @@ -16225,6 +18753,8 @@ type DeleteCustomerGatewayInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the customer gateway. + // + // CustomerGatewayId is a required field CustomerGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -16276,6 +18806,8 @@ type DeleteDhcpOptionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the DHCP options set. + // + // DhcpOptionsId is a required field DhcpOptionsId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -16327,6 +18859,8 @@ type DeleteFlowLogsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // One or more flow log IDs. + // + // FlowLogIds is a required field FlowLogIds []*string `locationName:"FlowLogId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -16382,6 +18916,8 @@ type DeleteInternetGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the Internet gateway. + // + // InternetGatewayId is a required field InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16433,6 +18969,8 @@ type DeleteKeyPairInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The name of the key pair. + // + // KeyName is a required field KeyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16478,6 +19016,8 @@ type DeleteNatGatewayInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the NAT gateway. + // + // NatGatewayId is a required field NatGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16533,12 +19073,18 @@ type DeleteNetworkAclEntryInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule. + // + // Egress is a required field Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The ID of the network ACL. + // + // NetworkAclId is a required field NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The rule number of the entry to delete. + // + // RuleNumber is a required field RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -16596,6 +19142,8 @@ type DeleteNetworkAclInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the network ACL. + // + // NetworkAclId is a required field NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16647,6 +19195,8 @@ type DeleteNetworkInterfaceInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16698,6 +19248,8 @@ type DeletePlacementGroupInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The name of the placement group. + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16744,6 +19296,8 @@ type DeleteRouteInput struct { // The CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for // the route exactly. + // + // DestinationCidrBlock is a required field DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -16753,6 +19307,8 @@ type DeleteRouteInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16807,6 +19363,8 @@ type DeleteRouteTableInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16900,6 +19458,8 @@ type DeleteSnapshotInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the EBS snapshot. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16986,6 +19546,8 @@ type DeleteSubnetInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the subnet. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17038,6 +19600,8 @@ type DeleteTagsInput struct { // The ID of the resource. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d. You can specify more than // one resource ID. + // + // Resources is a required field Resources []*string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more tags to delete. If you omit the value parameter, we delete the @@ -17094,6 +19658,8 @@ type DeleteVolumeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17145,6 +19711,8 @@ type DeleteVpcEndpointsInput struct { DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` // One or more endpoint IDs. + // + // VpcEndpointIds is a required field VpcEndpointIds []*string `locationName:"VpcEndpointId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -17200,6 +19768,8 @@ type DeleteVpcInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17251,6 +19821,8 @@ type DeleteVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC peering connection. + // + // VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17306,6 +19878,8 @@ type DeleteVpnConnectionInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPN connection. + // + // VpnConnectionId is a required field VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17351,9 +19925,13 @@ type DeleteVpnConnectionRouteInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. + // + // DestinationCidrBlock is a required field DestinationCidrBlock *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPN connection. + // + // VpnConnectionId is a required field VpnConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17408,6 +19986,8 @@ type DeleteVpnGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // VpnGatewayId is a required field VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -17459,6 +20039,8 @@ type DeregisterImageInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the AMI. + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -18335,6 +20917,8 @@ type DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput struct { // The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root // user. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field PrincipalArn *string `locationName:"principalArn" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of resource: instance | reservation | snapshot | volume @@ -18391,6 +20975,8 @@ type DescribeImageAttributeInput struct { // Note: Depending on your account privileges, the blockDeviceMapping attribute // may return a Client.AuthFailure error. If this happens, use DescribeImages // to get information about the block device mapping for the AMI. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ImageAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -18400,6 +20986,8 @@ type DescribeImageAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the AMI. + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -18719,6 +21307,8 @@ type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput struct { // The instance attribute. // // Note: The enaSupport attribute is not supported at this time. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -18728,6 +21318,8 @@ type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -19564,6 +22156,8 @@ type DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -20429,6 +23023,8 @@ type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput struct { Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // The time period for the first schedule to start. + // + // FirstSlotStartTimeRange is a required field FirstSlotStartTimeRange *SlotDateTimeRangeRequest `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can @@ -20450,6 +23046,8 @@ type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The schedule recurrence. + // + // Recurrence is a required field Recurrence *ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -20584,6 +23182,8 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesInput struct { DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` // One or more security group IDs in your account. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -20727,6 +23327,8 @@ type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The snapshot attribute you would like to view. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SnapshotAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -20736,6 +23338,8 @@ type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the EBS snapshot. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -20958,6 +23562,8 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -20990,6 +23596,8 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput struct { // The running instances. Note that this list is refreshed periodically and // might be out of date. + // + // ActiveInstances is a required field ActiveInstances []*ActiveInstance `locationName:"activeInstanceSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null @@ -20997,6 +23605,8 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesOutput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -21032,9 +23642,13 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -21069,12 +23683,16 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the events in the history of the Spot fleet request. + // + // HistoryRecords is a required field HistoryRecords []*HistoryRecord `locationName:"historyRecordSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). // All records up to this time were retrieved. // // If nextToken indicates that there are more results, this value is not present. + // + // LastEvaluatedTime is a required field LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastEvaluatedTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is null @@ -21082,9 +23700,13 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -21139,6 +23761,8 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput struct { NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // Information about the configuration of your Spot fleet. + // + // SpotFleetRequestConfigs is a required field SpotFleetRequestConfigs []*SpotFleetRequestConfig `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfigSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -21411,6 +24035,8 @@ type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput struct { NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -21621,6 +24247,8 @@ type DescribeVolumeAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -21886,6 +24514,8 @@ type DescribeVpcAttributeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The VPC attribute. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"VpcAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -21895,6 +24525,8 @@ type DescribeVpcAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22525,9 +25157,13 @@ type DetachClassicLinkVpcInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22586,9 +25222,13 @@ type DetachInternetGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the Internet gateway. + // + // InternetGatewayId is a required field InternetGatewayId *string `locationName:"internetGatewayId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22637,6 +25277,8 @@ type DetachNetworkInterfaceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the attachment. + // + // AttachmentId is a required field AttachmentId *string `locationName:"attachmentId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -22712,6 +25354,8 @@ type DetachVolumeInput struct { InstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22749,9 +25393,13 @@ type DetachVpnGatewayInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // VpnGatewayId is a required field VpnGatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22845,9 +25493,13 @@ type DisableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // GatewayId is a required field GatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -22938,6 +25590,8 @@ type DisableVpcClassicLinkInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23029,6 +25683,8 @@ type DisassociateRouteTableInput struct { // The association ID representing the current association between the route // table and subnet. + // + // AssociationId is a required field AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -23127,6 +25783,8 @@ type DiskImageDescription struct { Checksum *string `locationName:"checksum" type:"string"` // The disk image format. + // + // Format is a required field Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DiskImageFormat"` // A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information @@ -23137,9 +25795,13 @@ type DiskImageDescription struct { // // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, // see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html). + // + // ImportManifestUrl is a required field ImportManifestUrl *string `locationName:"importManifestUrl" type:"string" required:"true"` // The size of the disk image, in GiB. + // + // Size is a required field Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -23158,9 +25820,13 @@ type DiskImageDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The size of the disk image, in GiB. + // + // Bytes is a required field Bytes *int64 `locationName:"bytes" type:"long" required:"true"` // The disk image format. + // + // Format is a required field Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DiskImageFormat"` // A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented @@ -23171,6 +25837,8 @@ type DiskImageDetail struct { // // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, // see VM Import Manifest (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html). + // + // ImportManifestUrl is a required field ImportManifestUrl *string `locationName:"importManifestUrl" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23208,6 +25876,8 @@ type DiskImageVolumeDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The volume identifier. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The size of the volume, in GiB. @@ -23335,9 +26005,13 @@ type EnableVgwRoutePropagationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the virtual private gateway. + // + // GatewayId is a required field GatewayId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23392,6 +26066,8 @@ type EnableVolumeIOInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `locationName:"volumeId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23479,6 +26155,8 @@ type EnableVpcClassicLinkInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23772,6 +26450,8 @@ type GetConsoleOutputInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23834,6 +26514,8 @@ type GetConsoleScreenshotInput struct { DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // When set to true, acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's @@ -23890,9 +26572,13 @@ type GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput struct { // The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated // with. + // + // HostIdSet is a required field HostIdSet []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The offering ID of the reservation. + // + // OfferingId is a required field OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -23961,6 +26647,8 @@ type GetPasswordDataInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the Windows instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -24022,6 +26710,8 @@ type GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput struct { DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` // The ID/s of the Convertible Reserved Instances you want to exchange. + // + // ReservedInstanceIds is a required field ReservedInstanceIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstanceId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` // The configuration requirements of the Convertible Reserved Instances you @@ -24130,6 +26820,8 @@ type HistoryRecord struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the event. + // + // EventInformation is a required field EventInformation *EventInformation `locationName:"eventInformation" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The event type. @@ -24140,9 +26832,13 @@ type HistoryRecord struct { // of the Spot fleet request. // // instanceChange - Indicates that an instance was launched or terminated. + // + // EventType is a required field EventType *string `locationName:"eventType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EventType"` // The date and time of the event, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). + // + // Timestamp is a required field Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -24745,6 +27441,8 @@ type ImportInstanceInput struct { LaunchSpecification *ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification `locationName:"launchSpecification" type:"structure"` // The instance operating system. + // + // Platform is a required field Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PlatformValues"` } @@ -24866,6 +27564,8 @@ type ImportInstanceTaskDetails struct { Platform *string `locationName:"platform" type:"string" enum:"PlatformValues"` // One or more volumes. + // + // Volumes is a required field Volumes []*ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem `locationName:"volumes" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -24884,24 +27584,34 @@ type ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zone where the resulting instance will reside. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of bytes converted so far. + // + // BytesConverted is a required field BytesConverted *int64 `locationName:"bytesConverted" type:"long" required:"true"` // A description of the task. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The image. + // + // Image is a required field Image *DiskImageDescription `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The status of the import of this particular disk image. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status information or errors related to the disk image. StatusMessage *string `locationName:"statusMessage" type:"string"` // The volume. + // + // Volume is a required field Volume *DiskImageVolumeDescription `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -24926,12 +27636,16 @@ type ImportKeyPairInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // A unique name for the key pair. + // + // KeyName is a required field KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string" required:"true"` // The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command // line tools, base64 encoding is performed for you. // // PublicKeyMaterial is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // PublicKeyMaterial is a required field PublicKeyMaterial []byte `locationName:"publicKeyMaterial" type:"blob" required:"true"` } @@ -25071,6 +27785,8 @@ type ImportVolumeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"` // A description of the volume. @@ -25083,9 +27799,13 @@ type ImportVolumeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The disk image. + // + // Image is a required field Image *DiskImageDetail `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The volume size. + // + // Volume is a required field Volume *VolumeDetail `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -25151,18 +27871,26 @@ type ImportVolumeTaskDetails struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zone where the resulting volume will reside. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of bytes converted so far. + // + // BytesConverted is a required field BytesConverted *int64 `locationName:"bytesConverted" type:"long" required:"true"` // The description you provided when starting the import volume task. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The image. + // + // Image is a required field Image *DiskImageDescription `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The volume. + // + // Volume is a required field Volume *DiskImageVolumeDescription `locationName:"volume" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -26106,9 +28834,13 @@ type ModifyHostsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement. + // + // AutoPlacement is a required field AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AutoPlacement"` // The host IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to modify. + // + // HostIds is a required field HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -26165,9 +28897,13 @@ type ModifyIdFormatInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The type of resource: instance | reservation | snapshot | volume + // + // Resource is a required field Resource *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs). + // + // UseLongIds is a required field UseLongIds *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -26218,12 +28954,18 @@ type ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput struct { // The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root // user. Specify all to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and // the root user of the account. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field PrincipalArn *string `locationName:"principalArn" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of resource: instance | reservation | snapshot | volume + // + // Resource is a required field Resource *string `locationName:"resource" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs) + // + // UseLongIds is a required field UseLongIds *bool `locationName:"useLongIds" type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -26287,6 +29029,8 @@ type ModifyImageAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the AMI. + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A launch permission modification. @@ -26397,6 +29141,8 @@ type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct { Groups []*string `locationName:"GroupId" locationNameList:"groupId" type:"list"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown @@ -26492,6 +29238,8 @@ type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct { HostId *string `locationName:"hostId" type:"string"` // The ID of the instance that you are modifying. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The tenancy of the instance that you are modifying. @@ -26563,6 +29311,8 @@ type ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct { Groups []*string `locationName:"SecurityGroupId" locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of true @@ -26619,9 +29369,13 @@ type ModifyReservedInstancesInput struct { ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"` // The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify. + // + // ReservedInstancesIds is a required field ReservedInstancesIds []*string `locationName:"ReservedInstancesId" locationNameList:"ReservedInstancesId" type:"list" required:"true"` // The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify. + // + // TargetConfigurations is a required field TargetConfigurations []*ReservedInstancesConfiguration `locationName:"ReservedInstancesConfigurationSetItemType" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -26694,6 +29448,8 @@ type ModifySnapshotAttributeInput struct { OperationType *string `type:"string" enum:"OperationType"` // The ID of the snapshot. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID to modify for the snapshot. @@ -26747,6 +29503,8 @@ type ModifySpotFleetRequestInput struct { ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy *string `locationName:"excessCapacityTerminationPolicy" type:"string" enum:"ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The size of the fleet. @@ -26803,6 +29561,8 @@ type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct { MapPublicIpOnLaunch *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"` // The ID of the subnet. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -26857,6 +29617,8 @@ type ModifyVolumeAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the volume. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -26920,6 +29682,8 @@ type ModifyVpcAttributeInput struct { EnableDnsSupport *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"` // The ID of the VPC. + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `locationName:"vpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -26985,6 +29749,8 @@ type ModifyVpcEndpointInput struct { ResetPolicy *bool `type:"boolean"` // The ID of the endpoint. + // + // VpcEndpointId is a required field VpcEndpointId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -27045,6 +29811,8 @@ type ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput struct { RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions *PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest `type:"structure"` // The ID of the VPC peering connection. + // + // VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -27102,6 +29870,8 @@ type MonitorInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -27175,6 +29945,8 @@ type MoveAddressToVpcInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // PublicIp is a required field PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -27929,6 +30701,8 @@ type PrivateIpAddressSpecification struct { Primary *bool `locationName:"primary" type:"boolean"` // The private IP addresses. + // + // PrivateIpAddress is a required field PrivateIpAddress *string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28091,6 +30865,8 @@ type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct { // The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated // with. + // + // HostIdSet is a required field HostIdSet []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation @@ -28103,6 +30879,8 @@ type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct { LimitPrice *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the offering. + // + // OfferingId is a required field OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28170,9 +30948,13 @@ type PurchaseRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of instances. + // + // InstanceCount is a required field InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The purchase token. + // + // PurchaseToken is a required field PurchaseToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28213,6 +30995,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The number of Reserved Instances to purchase. + // + // InstanceCount is a required field InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total @@ -28221,6 +31005,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput struct { LimitPrice *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice `locationName:"limitPrice" type:"structure"` // The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase. + // + // ReservedInstancesOfferingId is a required field ReservedInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28283,6 +31069,8 @@ type PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` // One or more purchase requests. + // + // PurchaseRequests is a required field PurchaseRequests []*PurchaseRequest `locationName:"PurchaseRequest" locationNameList:"PurchaseRequest" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -28351,6 +31139,8 @@ type RebootInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -28473,6 +31263,8 @@ type RegisterImageInput struct { // Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets // ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), // at-signs (@), or underscores(_) + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the RAM disk. @@ -28549,6 +31341,8 @@ type RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the VPC peering connection. + // + // VpcPeeringConnectionId is a required field VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28639,6 +31433,8 @@ type ReleaseHostsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to release. + // + // HostIds is a required field HostIds []*string `locationName:"hostId" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -28693,6 +31489,8 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput struct { // The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the // subnet. + // + // AssociationId is a required field AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -28702,6 +31500,8 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet. + // + // NetworkAclId is a required field NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28754,6 +31554,8 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. + // + // CidrBlock is a required field CidrBlock *string `locationName:"cidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -28765,6 +31567,8 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct { // Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. // // Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. + // + // Egress is a required field Egress *bool `locationName:"egress" type:"boolean" required:"true"` // ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. Required if specifying 1 (ICMP) for @@ -28772,6 +31576,8 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct { IcmpTypeCode *IcmpTypeCode `locationName:"Icmp" type:"structure"` // The ID of the ACL. + // + // NetworkAclId is a required field NetworkAclId *string `locationName:"networkAclId" type:"string" required:"true"` // TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if @@ -28779,12 +31585,18 @@ type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct { PortRange *PortRange `locationName:"portRange" type:"structure"` // The IP protocol. You can specify all or -1 to mean all protocols. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `locationName:"protocol" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. + // + // RuleAction is a required field RuleAction *string `locationName:"ruleAction" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RuleAction"` // The rule number of the entry to replace. + // + // RuleNumber is a required field RuleNumber *int64 `locationName:"ruleNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -28846,6 +31658,8 @@ type ReplaceRouteInput struct { // The CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide // must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. + // + // DestinationCidrBlock is a required field DestinationCidrBlock *string `locationName:"destinationCidrBlock" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -28867,6 +31681,8 @@ type ReplaceRouteInput struct { NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"` // The ID of the route table. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of a VPC peering connection. @@ -28918,6 +31734,8 @@ type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The association ID. + // + // AssociationId is a required field AssociationId *string `locationName:"associationId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -28927,6 +31745,8 @@ type ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet. + // + // RouteTableId is a required field RouteTableId *string `locationName:"routeTableId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -28991,6 +31811,8 @@ type ReportInstanceStatusInput struct { EndTime *time.Time `locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // One or more instances. + // + // Instances is a required field Instances []*string `locationName:"instanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more reason codes that describes the health state of your instance. @@ -29015,12 +31837,16 @@ type ReportInstanceStatusInput struct { // performance-other: My instance is experiencing performance problems. // // other: [explain using the description parameter] + // + // ReasonCodes is a required field ReasonCodes []*string `locationName:"reasonCode" locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"` // The time at which the reported instance health state began. StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The status of all instances listed. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportStatusType"` } @@ -29078,6 +31904,8 @@ type RequestSpotFleetInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The configuration for the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestConfig is a required field SpotFleetRequestConfig *SpotFleetRequestConfigData `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -29114,6 +31942,8 @@ type RequestSpotFleetOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -29192,6 +32022,8 @@ type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct { // The maximum hourly price (bid) for any Spot instance launched to fulfill // the request. + // + // SpotPrice is a required field SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Spot instance request type. @@ -29767,6 +32599,8 @@ type ResetImageAttributeInput struct { // The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission // attribute). + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResetImageAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -29776,6 +32610,8 @@ type ResetImageAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the AMI. + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -29827,6 +32663,8 @@ type ResetInstanceAttributeInput struct { // // You can only reset the following attributes: kernel | ramdisk | sourceDestCheck. // To change an instance attribute, use ModifyInstanceAttribute. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `locationName:"attribute" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -29836,6 +32674,8 @@ type ResetInstanceAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -29890,6 +32730,8 @@ type ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to true. @@ -29939,6 +32781,8 @@ type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput struct { // The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create // volumes can be reset. + // + // Attribute is a required field Attribute *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SnapshotAttributeName"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -29948,6 +32792,8 @@ type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The ID of the snapshot. + // + // SnapshotId is a required field SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -30002,6 +32848,8 @@ type RestoreAddressToClassicInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // PublicIp is a required field PublicIp *string `locationName:"publicIp" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -30068,6 +32916,8 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct { FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` // The ID of the security group. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and @@ -30374,6 +33224,8 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { IamInstanceProfile *IamInstanceProfileSpecification `locationName:"iamInstanceProfile" type:"structure"` // The ID of the AMI, which you can get by calling DescribeImages. + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown @@ -30410,6 +33262,8 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to // request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) // in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. + // + // MaxCount is a required field MaxCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that @@ -30420,6 +33274,8 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to // request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) // in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. + // + // MinCount is a required field MinCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The monitoring for the instance. @@ -30523,6 +33379,8 @@ type RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether monitoring is enabled for the instance. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -30570,9 +33428,13 @@ type RunScheduledInstancesInput struct { // The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability // Zone, network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased. + // + // LaunchSpecification is a required field LaunchSpecification *ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The Scheduled Instance ID. + // + // ScheduledInstanceId is a required field ScheduledInstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -30984,6 +33846,8 @@ type ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification struct { IamInstanceProfile *ScheduledInstancesIamInstanceProfile `type:"structure"` // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). + // + // ImageId is a required field ImageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The instance type. @@ -31194,9 +34058,13 @@ type SecurityGroupReference struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of your security group. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. + // + // ReferencingVpcId is a required field ReferencingVpcId *string `locationName:"referencingVpcId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the VPC peering connection. @@ -31219,11 +34087,15 @@ type SlotDateTimeRangeRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. + // + // EarliestTime is a required field EarliestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. This // value must be later than or equal to the earliest date and at most three // months in the future. + // + // LatestTime is a required field LatestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -31632,15 +34504,23 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfig struct { ActivityStatus *string `locationName:"activityStatus" type:"string" enum:"ActivityStatus"` // The creation date and time of the request. + // + // CreateTime is a required field CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // Information about the configuration of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestConfig is a required field SpotFleetRequestConfig *SpotFleetRequestConfigData `locationName:"spotFleetRequestConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The ID of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestId is a required field SpotFleetRequestId *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The state of the Spot fleet request. + // + // SpotFleetRequestState is a required field SpotFleetRequestState *string `locationName:"spotFleetRequestState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BatchState"` } @@ -31679,17 +34559,25 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // Grants the Spot fleet permission to terminate Spot instances on your behalf // when you cancel its Spot fleet request using CancelSpotFleetRequests or when // the Spot fleet request expires, if you set terminateInstancesWithExpiration. + // + // IamFleetRole is a required field IamFleetRole *string `locationName:"iamFleetRole" type:"string" required:"true"` // Information about the launch specifications for the Spot fleet request. + // + // LaunchSpecifications is a required field LaunchSpecifications []*SpotFleetLaunchSpecification `locationName:"launchSpecifications" locationNameList:"item" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The bid price per unit hour. + // + // SpotPrice is a required field SpotPrice *string `locationName:"spotPrice" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity // in terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to // your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. + // + // TargetCapacity is a required field TargetCapacity *int64 `locationName:"targetCapacity" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated when the Spot @@ -31992,6 +34880,8 @@ type StaleSecurityGroup struct { Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The ID of the security group. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the security group. @@ -32031,6 +34921,8 @@ type StartInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -32139,6 +35031,8 @@ type StopInstancesInput struct { Force *bool `locationName:"force" type:"boolean"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -32331,6 +35225,8 @@ type TargetConfigurationRequest struct { // The Convertible Reserved Instance offering ID. If this isn't included in // the request, the response lists your current Convertible Reserved Instance/s // and their value/s. + // + // OfferingId is a required field OfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -32395,6 +35291,8 @@ type TerminateInstancesInput struct { // // Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request // into smaller batches. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -32444,10 +35342,14 @@ type UnassignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceId is a required field NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface. // You can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address. + // + // PrivateIpAddresses is a required field PrivateIpAddresses []*string `locationName:"privateIpAddress" locationNameList:"PrivateIpAddress" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -32502,6 +35404,8 @@ type UnmonitorInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // One or more instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `locationName:"InstanceId" locationNameList:"InstanceId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -32551,6 +35455,8 @@ type UnsuccessfulItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the error. + // + // Error is a required field Error *UnsuccessfulItemError `locationName:"error" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The ID of the resource. @@ -32573,9 +35479,13 @@ type UnsuccessfulItemError struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The error code. + // + // Code is a required field Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string" required:"true"` // The error message accompanying the error code. + // + // Message is a required field Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -32825,6 +35735,8 @@ type VolumeDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The size of the volume, in GiB. + // + // Size is a required field Size *int64 `locationName:"size" type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -33354,1031 +36266,1316 @@ func (s VpnStaticRoute) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AccountAttributeName + // AccountAttributeNameSupportedPlatforms is a AccountAttributeName enum value AccountAttributeNameSupportedPlatforms = "supported-platforms" - // @enum AccountAttributeName + + // AccountAttributeNameDefaultVpc is a AccountAttributeName enum value AccountAttributeNameDefaultVpc = "default-vpc" ) const ( - // @enum ActivityStatus + // ActivityStatusError is a ActivityStatus enum value ActivityStatusError = "error" - // @enum ActivityStatus + + // ActivityStatusPendingFulfillment is a ActivityStatus enum value ActivityStatusPendingFulfillment = "pending_fulfillment" - // @enum ActivityStatus + + // ActivityStatusPendingTermination is a ActivityStatus enum value ActivityStatusPendingTermination = "pending_termination" - // @enum ActivityStatus + + // ActivityStatusFulfilled is a ActivityStatus enum value ActivityStatusFulfilled = "fulfilled" ) const ( - // @enum Affinity + // AffinityDefault is a Affinity enum value AffinityDefault = "default" - // @enum Affinity + + // AffinityHost is a Affinity enum value AffinityHost = "host" ) const ( - // @enum AllocationState + // AllocationStateAvailable is a AllocationState enum value AllocationStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum AllocationState + + // AllocationStateUnderAssessment is a AllocationState enum value AllocationStateUnderAssessment = "under-assessment" - // @enum AllocationState + + // AllocationStatePermanentFailure is a AllocationState enum value AllocationStatePermanentFailure = "permanent-failure" - // @enum AllocationState + + // AllocationStateReleased is a AllocationState enum value AllocationStateReleased = "released" - // @enum AllocationState + + // AllocationStateReleasedPermanentFailure is a AllocationState enum value AllocationStateReleasedPermanentFailure = "released-permanent-failure" ) const ( - // @enum AllocationStrategy + // AllocationStrategyLowestPrice is a AllocationStrategy enum value AllocationStrategyLowestPrice = "lowestPrice" - // @enum AllocationStrategy + + // AllocationStrategyDiversified is a AllocationStrategy enum value AllocationStrategyDiversified = "diversified" ) const ( - // @enum ArchitectureValues + // ArchitectureValuesI386 is a ArchitectureValues enum value ArchitectureValuesI386 = "i386" - // @enum ArchitectureValues + + // ArchitectureValuesX8664 is a ArchitectureValues enum value ArchitectureValuesX8664 = "x86_64" ) const ( - // @enum AttachmentStatus + // AttachmentStatusAttaching is a AttachmentStatus enum value AttachmentStatusAttaching = "attaching" - // @enum AttachmentStatus + + // AttachmentStatusAttached is a AttachmentStatus enum value AttachmentStatusAttached = "attached" - // @enum AttachmentStatus + + // AttachmentStatusDetaching is a AttachmentStatus enum value AttachmentStatusDetaching = "detaching" - // @enum AttachmentStatus + + // AttachmentStatusDetached is a AttachmentStatus enum value AttachmentStatusDetached = "detached" ) const ( - // @enum AutoPlacement + // AutoPlacementOn is a AutoPlacement enum value AutoPlacementOn = "on" - // @enum AutoPlacement + + // AutoPlacementOff is a AutoPlacement enum value AutoPlacementOff = "off" ) const ( - // @enum AvailabilityZoneState + // AvailabilityZoneStateAvailable is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value AvailabilityZoneStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum AvailabilityZoneState + + // AvailabilityZoneStateInformation is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value AvailabilityZoneStateInformation = "information" - // @enum AvailabilityZoneState + + // AvailabilityZoneStateImpaired is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value AvailabilityZoneStateImpaired = "impaired" - // @enum AvailabilityZoneState + + // AvailabilityZoneStateUnavailable is a AvailabilityZoneState enum value AvailabilityZoneStateUnavailable = "unavailable" ) const ( - // @enum BatchState + // BatchStateSubmitted is a BatchState enum value BatchStateSubmitted = "submitted" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateActive is a BatchState enum value BatchStateActive = "active" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateCancelled is a BatchState enum value BatchStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateFailed is a BatchState enum value BatchStateFailed = "failed" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateCancelledRunning is a BatchState enum value BatchStateCancelledRunning = "cancelled_running" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateCancelledTerminating is a BatchState enum value BatchStateCancelledTerminating = "cancelled_terminating" - // @enum BatchState + + // BatchStateModifying is a BatchState enum value BatchStateModifying = "modifying" ) const ( - // @enum BundleTaskState + // BundleTaskStatePending is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStatePending = "pending" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateWaitingForShutdown is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateWaitingForShutdown = "waiting-for-shutdown" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateBundling is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateBundling = "bundling" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateStoring is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateStoring = "storing" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateCancelling is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateComplete is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateComplete = "complete" - // @enum BundleTaskState + + // BundleTaskStateFailed is a BundleTaskState enum value BundleTaskStateFailed = "failed" ) const ( - // @enum CancelBatchErrorCode + // CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdDoesNotExist is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdDoesNotExist = "fleetRequestIdDoesNotExist" - // @enum CancelBatchErrorCode + + // CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdMalformed is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestIdMalformed = "fleetRequestIdMalformed" - // @enum CancelBatchErrorCode + + // CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestNotInCancellableState is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value CancelBatchErrorCodeFleetRequestNotInCancellableState = "fleetRequestNotInCancellableState" - // @enum CancelBatchErrorCode + + // CancelBatchErrorCodeUnexpectedError is a CancelBatchErrorCode enum value CancelBatchErrorCodeUnexpectedError = "unexpectedError" ) const ( - // @enum CancelSpotInstanceRequestState + // CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateActive is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateActive = "active" - // @enum CancelSpotInstanceRequestState + + // CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateOpen is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateOpen = "open" - // @enum CancelSpotInstanceRequestState + + // CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateClosed is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateClosed = "closed" - // @enum CancelSpotInstanceRequestState + + // CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCancelled is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum CancelSpotInstanceRequestState + + // CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCompleted is a CancelSpotInstanceRequestState enum value CancelSpotInstanceRequestStateCompleted = "completed" ) const ( - // @enum ContainerFormat + // ContainerFormatOva is a ContainerFormat enum value ContainerFormatOva = "ova" ) const ( - // @enum ConversionTaskState + // ConversionTaskStateActive is a ConversionTaskState enum value ConversionTaskStateActive = "active" - // @enum ConversionTaskState + + // ConversionTaskStateCancelling is a ConversionTaskState enum value ConversionTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling" - // @enum ConversionTaskState + + // ConversionTaskStateCancelled is a ConversionTaskState enum value ConversionTaskStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum ConversionTaskState + + // ConversionTaskStateCompleted is a ConversionTaskState enum value ConversionTaskStateCompleted = "completed" ) const ( - // @enum CurrencyCodeValues + // CurrencyCodeValuesUsd is a CurrencyCodeValues enum value CurrencyCodeValuesUsd = "USD" ) const ( - // @enum DatafeedSubscriptionState + // DatafeedSubscriptionStateActive is a DatafeedSubscriptionState enum value DatafeedSubscriptionStateActive = "Active" - // @enum DatafeedSubscriptionState + + // DatafeedSubscriptionStateInactive is a DatafeedSubscriptionState enum value DatafeedSubscriptionStateInactive = "Inactive" ) const ( - // @enum DeviceType + // DeviceTypeEbs is a DeviceType enum value DeviceTypeEbs = "ebs" - // @enum DeviceType + + // DeviceTypeInstanceStore is a DeviceType enum value DeviceTypeInstanceStore = "instance-store" ) const ( - // @enum DiskImageFormat + // DiskImageFormatVmdk is a DiskImageFormat enum value DiskImageFormatVmdk = "VMDK" - // @enum DiskImageFormat + + // DiskImageFormatRaw is a DiskImageFormat enum value DiskImageFormatRaw = "RAW" - // @enum DiskImageFormat + + // DiskImageFormatVhd is a DiskImageFormat enum value DiskImageFormatVhd = "VHD" ) const ( - // @enum DomainType + // DomainTypeVpc is a DomainType enum value DomainTypeVpc = "vpc" - // @enum DomainType + + // DomainTypeStandard is a DomainType enum value DomainTypeStandard = "standard" ) const ( - // @enum EventCode + // EventCodeInstanceReboot is a EventCode enum value EventCodeInstanceReboot = "instance-reboot" - // @enum EventCode + + // EventCodeSystemReboot is a EventCode enum value EventCodeSystemReboot = "system-reboot" - // @enum EventCode + + // EventCodeSystemMaintenance is a EventCode enum value EventCodeSystemMaintenance = "system-maintenance" - // @enum EventCode + + // EventCodeInstanceRetirement is a EventCode enum value EventCodeInstanceRetirement = "instance-retirement" - // @enum EventCode + + // EventCodeInstanceStop is a EventCode enum value EventCodeInstanceStop = "instance-stop" ) const ( - // @enum EventType + // EventTypeInstanceChange is a EventType enum value EventTypeInstanceChange = "instanceChange" - // @enum EventType + + // EventTypeFleetRequestChange is a EventType enum value EventTypeFleetRequestChange = "fleetRequestChange" - // @enum EventType + + // EventTypeError is a EventType enum value EventTypeError = "error" ) const ( - // @enum ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy + // ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyNoTermination is a ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy enum value ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyNoTermination = "noTermination" - // @enum ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy + + // ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyDefault is a ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy enum value ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicyDefault = "default" ) const ( - // @enum ExportEnvironment + // ExportEnvironmentCitrix is a ExportEnvironment enum value ExportEnvironmentCitrix = "citrix" - // @enum ExportEnvironment + + // ExportEnvironmentVmware is a ExportEnvironment enum value ExportEnvironmentVmware = "vmware" - // @enum ExportEnvironment + + // ExportEnvironmentMicrosoft is a ExportEnvironment enum value ExportEnvironmentMicrosoft = "microsoft" ) const ( - // @enum ExportTaskState + // ExportTaskStateActive is a ExportTaskState enum value ExportTaskStateActive = "active" - // @enum ExportTaskState + + // ExportTaskStateCancelling is a ExportTaskState enum value ExportTaskStateCancelling = "cancelling" - // @enum ExportTaskState + + // ExportTaskStateCancelled is a ExportTaskState enum value ExportTaskStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum ExportTaskState + + // ExportTaskStateCompleted is a ExportTaskState enum value ExportTaskStateCompleted = "completed" ) const ( - // @enum FleetType + // FleetTypeRequest is a FleetType enum value FleetTypeRequest = "request" - // @enum FleetType + + // FleetTypeMaintain is a FleetType enum value FleetTypeMaintain = "maintain" ) const ( - // @enum FlowLogsResourceType + // FlowLogsResourceTypeVpc is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value FlowLogsResourceTypeVpc = "VPC" - // @enum FlowLogsResourceType + + // FlowLogsResourceTypeSubnet is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value FlowLogsResourceTypeSubnet = "Subnet" - // @enum FlowLogsResourceType + + // FlowLogsResourceTypeNetworkInterface is a FlowLogsResourceType enum value FlowLogsResourceTypeNetworkInterface = "NetworkInterface" ) const ( - // @enum GatewayType + // GatewayTypeIpsec1 is a GatewayType enum value GatewayTypeIpsec1 = "ipsec.1" ) const ( - // @enum HostTenancy + // HostTenancyDedicated is a HostTenancy enum value HostTenancyDedicated = "dedicated" - // @enum HostTenancy + + // HostTenancyHost is a HostTenancy enum value HostTenancyHost = "host" ) const ( - // @enum HypervisorType + // HypervisorTypeOvm is a HypervisorType enum value HypervisorTypeOvm = "ovm" - // @enum HypervisorType + + // HypervisorTypeXen is a HypervisorType enum value HypervisorTypeXen = "xen" ) const ( - // @enum ImageAttributeName + // ImageAttributeNameDescription is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameDescription = "description" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameKernel is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameKernel = "kernel" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameRamdisk is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameRamdisk = "ramdisk" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission = "launchPermission" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameProductCodes is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping = "blockDeviceMapping" - // @enum ImageAttributeName + + // ImageAttributeNameSriovNetSupport is a ImageAttributeName enum value ImageAttributeNameSriovNetSupport = "sriovNetSupport" ) const ( - // @enum ImageState + // ImageStatePending is a ImageState enum value ImageStatePending = "pending" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateAvailable is a ImageState enum value ImageStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateInvalid is a ImageState enum value ImageStateInvalid = "invalid" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateDeregistered is a ImageState enum value ImageStateDeregistered = "deregistered" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateTransient is a ImageState enum value ImageStateTransient = "transient" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateFailed is a ImageState enum value ImageStateFailed = "failed" - // @enum ImageState + + // ImageStateError is a ImageState enum value ImageStateError = "error" ) const ( - // @enum ImageTypeValues + // ImageTypeValuesMachine is a ImageTypeValues enum value ImageTypeValuesMachine = "machine" - // @enum ImageTypeValues + + // ImageTypeValuesKernel is a ImageTypeValues enum value ImageTypeValuesKernel = "kernel" - // @enum ImageTypeValues + + // ImageTypeValuesRamdisk is a ImageTypeValues enum value ImageTypeValuesRamdisk = "ramdisk" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + // InstanceAttributeNameInstanceType is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameInstanceType = "instanceType" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameKernel is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameKernel = "kernel" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameRamdisk is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameRamdisk = "ramdisk" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameUserData is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameUserData = "userData" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameDisableApiTermination is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameDisableApiTermination = "disableApiTermination" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = "instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameRootDeviceName is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameRootDeviceName = "rootDeviceName" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameBlockDeviceMapping = "blockDeviceMapping" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameProductCodes is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameSourceDestCheck is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameSourceDestCheck = "sourceDestCheck" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameGroupSet is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameGroupSet = "groupSet" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameEbsOptimized is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameEbsOptimized = "ebsOptimized" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameSriovNetSupport is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameSriovNetSupport = "sriovNetSupport" - // @enum InstanceAttributeName + + // InstanceAttributeNameEnaSupport is a InstanceAttributeName enum value InstanceAttributeNameEnaSupport = "enaSupport" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceLifecycleType + // InstanceLifecycleTypeSpot is a InstanceLifecycleType enum value InstanceLifecycleTypeSpot = "spot" - // @enum InstanceLifecycleType + + // InstanceLifecycleTypeScheduled is a InstanceLifecycleType enum value InstanceLifecycleTypeScheduled = "scheduled" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceStateName + // InstanceStateNamePending is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNamePending = "pending" - // @enum InstanceStateName + + // InstanceStateNameRunning is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNameRunning = "running" - // @enum InstanceStateName + + // InstanceStateNameShuttingDown is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNameShuttingDown = "shutting-down" - // @enum InstanceStateName + + // InstanceStateNameTerminated is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNameTerminated = "terminated" - // @enum InstanceStateName + + // InstanceStateNameStopping is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNameStopping = "stopping" - // @enum InstanceStateName + + // InstanceStateNameStopped is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNameStopped = "stopped" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceType + // InstanceTypeT1Micro is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT1Micro = "t1.micro" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeT2Nano is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT2Nano = "t2.nano" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeT2Micro is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT2Micro = "t2.micro" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeT2Small is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT2Small = "t2.small" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeT2Medium is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT2Medium = "t2.medium" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeT2Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeT2Large = "t2.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM1Small is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM1Small = "m1.small" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM1Medium is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM1Medium = "m1.medium" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM1Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM1Large = "m1.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM1Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM1Xlarge = "m1.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM3Medium is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM3Medium = "m3.medium" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM3Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM3Large = "m3.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM3Xlarge = "m3.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM32xlarge = "m3.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM4Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM4Large = "m4.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM4Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM4Xlarge = "m4.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM42xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM42xlarge = "m4.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM44xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM44xlarge = "m4.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM410xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM410xlarge = "m4.10xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM416xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM416xlarge = "m4.16xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM2Xlarge = "m2.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM22xlarge = "m2.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeM24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeM24xlarge = "m2.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeCr18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeCr18xlarge = "cr1.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeR3Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeR3Large = "r3.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeR3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeR3Xlarge = "r3.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeR32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeR32xlarge = "r3.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeR34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeR34xlarge = "r3.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeR38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeR38xlarge = "r3.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeX116xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeX116xlarge = "x1.16xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeX132xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeX132xlarge = "x1.32xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeI2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeI2Xlarge = "i2.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeI22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeI22xlarge = "i2.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeI24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeI24xlarge = "i2.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeI28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeI28xlarge = "i2.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeHi14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeHi14xlarge = "hi1.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeHs18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeHs18xlarge = "hs1.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC1Medium is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC1Medium = "c1.medium" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC1Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC1Xlarge = "c1.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC3Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC3Large = "c3.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC3Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC3Xlarge = "c3.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC32xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC32xlarge = "c3.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC34xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC34xlarge = "c3.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC38xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC38xlarge = "c3.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC4Large is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC4Large = "c4.large" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC4Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC4Xlarge = "c4.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC42xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC42xlarge = "c4.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC44xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC44xlarge = "c4.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeC48xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeC48xlarge = "c4.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeCc14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeCc14xlarge = "cc1.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeCc28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeCc28xlarge = "cc2.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeG22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeG22xlarge = "g2.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeG28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeG28xlarge = "g2.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeCg14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeCg14xlarge = "cg1.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeP2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeP2Xlarge = "p2.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeP28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeP28xlarge = "p2.8xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeP216xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeP216xlarge = "p2.16xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeD2Xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeD2Xlarge = "d2.xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeD22xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeD22xlarge = "d2.2xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeD24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeD24xlarge = "d2.4xlarge" - // @enum InstanceType + + // InstanceTypeD28xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeD28xlarge = "d2.8xlarge" ) const ( - // @enum ListingState + // ListingStateAvailable is a ListingState enum value ListingStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum ListingState + + // ListingStateSold is a ListingState enum value ListingStateSold = "sold" - // @enum ListingState + + // ListingStateCancelled is a ListingState enum value ListingStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum ListingState + + // ListingStatePending is a ListingState enum value ListingStatePending = "pending" ) const ( - // @enum ListingStatus + // ListingStatusActive is a ListingStatus enum value ListingStatusActive = "active" - // @enum ListingStatus + + // ListingStatusPending is a ListingStatus enum value ListingStatusPending = "pending" - // @enum ListingStatus + + // ListingStatusCancelled is a ListingStatus enum value ListingStatusCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum ListingStatus + + // ListingStatusClosed is a ListingStatus enum value ListingStatusClosed = "closed" ) const ( - // @enum MonitoringState + // MonitoringStateDisabled is a MonitoringState enum value MonitoringStateDisabled = "disabled" - // @enum MonitoringState + + // MonitoringStateDisabling is a MonitoringState enum value MonitoringStateDisabling = "disabling" - // @enum MonitoringState + + // MonitoringStateEnabled is a MonitoringState enum value MonitoringStateEnabled = "enabled" - // @enum MonitoringState + + // MonitoringStatePending is a MonitoringState enum value MonitoringStatePending = "pending" ) const ( - // @enum MoveStatus + // MoveStatusMovingToVpc is a MoveStatus enum value MoveStatusMovingToVpc = "movingToVpc" - // @enum MoveStatus + + // MoveStatusRestoringToClassic is a MoveStatus enum value MoveStatusRestoringToClassic = "restoringToClassic" ) const ( - // @enum NatGatewayState + // NatGatewayStatePending is a NatGatewayState enum value NatGatewayStatePending = "pending" - // @enum NatGatewayState + + // NatGatewayStateFailed is a NatGatewayState enum value NatGatewayStateFailed = "failed" - // @enum NatGatewayState + + // NatGatewayStateAvailable is a NatGatewayState enum value NatGatewayStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum NatGatewayState + + // NatGatewayStateDeleting is a NatGatewayState enum value NatGatewayStateDeleting = "deleting" - // @enum NatGatewayState + + // NatGatewayStateDeleted is a NatGatewayState enum value NatGatewayStateDeleted = "deleted" ) const ( - // @enum NetworkInterfaceAttribute + // NetworkInterfaceAttributeDescription is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value NetworkInterfaceAttributeDescription = "description" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceAttribute + + // NetworkInterfaceAttributeGroupSet is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value NetworkInterfaceAttributeGroupSet = "groupSet" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceAttribute + + // NetworkInterfaceAttributeSourceDestCheck is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value NetworkInterfaceAttributeSourceDestCheck = "sourceDestCheck" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceAttribute + + // NetworkInterfaceAttributeAttachment is a NetworkInterfaceAttribute enum value NetworkInterfaceAttributeAttachment = "attachment" ) const ( - // @enum NetworkInterfaceStatus + // NetworkInterfaceStatusAvailable is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value NetworkInterfaceStatusAvailable = "available" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceStatus + + // NetworkInterfaceStatusAttaching is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value NetworkInterfaceStatusAttaching = "attaching" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceStatus + + // NetworkInterfaceStatusInUse is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value NetworkInterfaceStatusInUse = "in-use" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceStatus + + // NetworkInterfaceStatusDetaching is a NetworkInterfaceStatus enum value NetworkInterfaceStatusDetaching = "detaching" ) const ( - // @enum NetworkInterfaceType + // NetworkInterfaceTypeInterface is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value NetworkInterfaceTypeInterface = "interface" - // @enum NetworkInterfaceType + + // NetworkInterfaceTypeNatGateway is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value NetworkInterfaceTypeNatGateway = "natGateway" ) const ( - // @enum OfferingClassType + // OfferingClassTypeStandard is a OfferingClassType enum value OfferingClassTypeStandard = "standard" - // @enum OfferingClassType + + // OfferingClassTypeConvertible is a OfferingClassType enum value OfferingClassTypeConvertible = "convertible" ) const ( - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + // OfferingTypeValuesHeavyUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesHeavyUtilization = "Heavy Utilization" - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + + // OfferingTypeValuesMediumUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesMediumUtilization = "Medium Utilization" - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + + // OfferingTypeValuesLightUtilization is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesLightUtilization = "Light Utilization" - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + + // OfferingTypeValuesNoUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesNoUpfront = "No Upfront" - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + + // OfferingTypeValuesPartialUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesPartialUpfront = "Partial Upfront" - // @enum OfferingTypeValues + + // OfferingTypeValuesAllUpfront is a OfferingTypeValues enum value OfferingTypeValuesAllUpfront = "All Upfront" ) const ( - // @enum OperationType + // OperationTypeAdd is a OperationType enum value OperationTypeAdd = "add" - // @enum OperationType + + // OperationTypeRemove is a OperationType enum value OperationTypeRemove = "remove" ) const ( - // @enum PaymentOption + // PaymentOptionAllUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value PaymentOptionAllUpfront = "AllUpfront" - // @enum PaymentOption + + // PaymentOptionPartialUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value PaymentOptionPartialUpfront = "PartialUpfront" - // @enum PaymentOption + + // PaymentOptionNoUpfront is a PaymentOption enum value PaymentOptionNoUpfront = "NoUpfront" ) const ( - // @enum PermissionGroup + // PermissionGroupAll is a PermissionGroup enum value PermissionGroupAll = "all" ) const ( - // @enum PlacementGroupState + // PlacementGroupStatePending is a PlacementGroupState enum value PlacementGroupStatePending = "pending" - // @enum PlacementGroupState + + // PlacementGroupStateAvailable is a PlacementGroupState enum value PlacementGroupStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum PlacementGroupState + + // PlacementGroupStateDeleting is a PlacementGroupState enum value PlacementGroupStateDeleting = "deleting" - // @enum PlacementGroupState + + // PlacementGroupStateDeleted is a PlacementGroupState enum value PlacementGroupStateDeleted = "deleted" ) const ( - // @enum PlacementStrategy + // PlacementStrategyCluster is a PlacementStrategy enum value PlacementStrategyCluster = "cluster" ) const ( - // @enum PlatformValues + // PlatformValuesWindows is a PlatformValues enum value PlatformValuesWindows = "Windows" ) const ( - // @enum ProductCodeValues + // ProductCodeValuesDevpay is a ProductCodeValues enum value ProductCodeValuesDevpay = "devpay" - // @enum ProductCodeValues + + // ProductCodeValuesMarketplace is a ProductCodeValues enum value ProductCodeValuesMarketplace = "marketplace" ) const ( - // @enum RIProductDescription + // RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnix is a RIProductDescription enum value RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnix = "Linux/UNIX" - // @enum RIProductDescription + + // RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnixamazonVpc is a RIProductDescription enum value RIProductDescriptionLinuxUnixamazonVpc = "Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)" - // @enum RIProductDescription + + // RIProductDescriptionWindows is a RIProductDescription enum value RIProductDescriptionWindows = "Windows" - // @enum RIProductDescription + + // RIProductDescriptionWindowsAmazonVpc is a RIProductDescription enum value RIProductDescriptionWindowsAmazonVpc = "Windows (Amazon VPC)" ) const ( - // @enum RecurringChargeFrequency + // RecurringChargeFrequencyHourly is a RecurringChargeFrequency enum value RecurringChargeFrequencyHourly = "Hourly" ) const ( - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesInstanceStuckInState is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesInstanceStuckInState = "instance-stuck-in-state" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesUnresponsive is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesUnresponsive = "unresponsive" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesNotAcceptingCredentials is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesNotAcceptingCredentials = "not-accepting-credentials" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesPasswordNotAvailable is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesPasswordNotAvailable = "password-not-available" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceNetwork is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceNetwork = "performance-network" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceInstanceStore is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceInstanceStore = "performance-instance-store" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceEbsVolume is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceEbsVolume = "performance-ebs-volume" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceOther is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesPerformanceOther = "performance-other" - // @enum ReportInstanceReasonCodes + + // ReportInstanceReasonCodesOther is a ReportInstanceReasonCodes enum value ReportInstanceReasonCodesOther = "other" ) const ( - // @enum ReportStatusType + // ReportStatusTypeOk is a ReportStatusType enum value ReportStatusTypeOk = "ok" - // @enum ReportStatusType + + // ReportStatusTypeImpaired is a ReportStatusType enum value ReportStatusTypeImpaired = "impaired" ) const ( - // @enum ReservationState + // ReservationStatePaymentPending is a ReservationState enum value ReservationStatePaymentPending = "payment-pending" - // @enum ReservationState + + // ReservationStatePaymentFailed is a ReservationState enum value ReservationStatePaymentFailed = "payment-failed" - // @enum ReservationState + + // ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value ReservationStateActive = "active" - // @enum ReservationState + + // ReservationStateRetired is a ReservationState enum value ReservationStateRetired = "retired" ) const ( - // @enum ReservedInstanceState + // ReservedInstanceStatePaymentPending is a ReservedInstanceState enum value ReservedInstanceStatePaymentPending = "payment-pending" - // @enum ReservedInstanceState + + // ReservedInstanceStateActive is a ReservedInstanceState enum value ReservedInstanceStateActive = "active" - // @enum ReservedInstanceState + + // ReservedInstanceStatePaymentFailed is a ReservedInstanceState enum value ReservedInstanceStatePaymentFailed = "payment-failed" - // @enum ReservedInstanceState + + // ReservedInstanceStateRetired is a ReservedInstanceState enum value ReservedInstanceStateRetired = "retired" ) const ( - // @enum ResetImageAttributeName + // ResetImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission is a ResetImageAttributeName enum value ResetImageAttributeNameLaunchPermission = "launchPermission" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceType + // ResourceTypeCustomerGateway is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeCustomerGateway = "customer-gateway" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeDhcpOptions is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeDhcpOptions = "dhcp-options" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeImage is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeImage = "image" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeInstance is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeInstance = "instance" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeInternetGateway is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeInternetGateway = "internet-gateway" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeNetworkAcl is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeNetworkAcl = "network-acl" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeNetworkInterface is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeNetworkInterface = "network-interface" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeReservedInstances is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeReservedInstances = "reserved-instances" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeRouteTable is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeRouteTable = "route-table" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeSnapshot is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeSnapshot = "snapshot" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeSpotInstancesRequest is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeSpotInstancesRequest = "spot-instances-request" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeSubnet is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeSubnet = "subnet" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeSecurityGroup is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeSecurityGroup = "security-group" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeVolume is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeVolume = "volume" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeVpc is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeVpc = "vpc" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeVpnConnection is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeVpnConnection = "vpn-connection" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeVpnGateway is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeVpnGateway = "vpn-gateway" ) const ( - // @enum RouteOrigin + // RouteOriginCreateRouteTable is a RouteOrigin enum value RouteOriginCreateRouteTable = "CreateRouteTable" - // @enum RouteOrigin + + // RouteOriginCreateRoute is a RouteOrigin enum value RouteOriginCreateRoute = "CreateRoute" - // @enum RouteOrigin + + // RouteOriginEnableVgwRoutePropagation is a RouteOrigin enum value RouteOriginEnableVgwRoutePropagation = "EnableVgwRoutePropagation" ) const ( - // @enum RouteState + // RouteStateActive is a RouteState enum value RouteStateActive = "active" - // @enum RouteState + + // RouteStateBlackhole is a RouteState enum value RouteStateBlackhole = "blackhole" ) const ( - // @enum RuleAction + // RuleActionAllow is a RuleAction enum value RuleActionAllow = "allow" - // @enum RuleAction + + // RuleActionDeny is a RuleAction enum value RuleActionDeny = "deny" ) const ( - // @enum ShutdownBehavior + // ShutdownBehaviorStop is a ShutdownBehavior enum value ShutdownBehaviorStop = "stop" - // @enum ShutdownBehavior + + // ShutdownBehaviorTerminate is a ShutdownBehavior enum value ShutdownBehaviorTerminate = "terminate" ) const ( - // @enum SnapshotAttributeName + // SnapshotAttributeNameProductCodes is a SnapshotAttributeName enum value SnapshotAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes" - // @enum SnapshotAttributeName + + // SnapshotAttributeNameCreateVolumePermission is a SnapshotAttributeName enum value SnapshotAttributeNameCreateVolumePermission = "createVolumePermission" ) const ( - // @enum SnapshotState + // SnapshotStatePending is a SnapshotState enum value SnapshotStatePending = "pending" - // @enum SnapshotState + + // SnapshotStateCompleted is a SnapshotState enum value SnapshotStateCompleted = "completed" - // @enum SnapshotState + + // SnapshotStateError is a SnapshotState enum value SnapshotStateError = "error" ) const ( - // @enum SpotInstanceState + // SpotInstanceStateOpen is a SpotInstanceState enum value SpotInstanceStateOpen = "open" - // @enum SpotInstanceState + + // SpotInstanceStateActive is a SpotInstanceState enum value SpotInstanceStateActive = "active" - // @enum SpotInstanceState + + // SpotInstanceStateClosed is a SpotInstanceState enum value SpotInstanceStateClosed = "closed" - // @enum SpotInstanceState + + // SpotInstanceStateCancelled is a SpotInstanceState enum value SpotInstanceStateCancelled = "cancelled" - // @enum SpotInstanceState + + // SpotInstanceStateFailed is a SpotInstanceState enum value SpotInstanceStateFailed = "failed" ) const ( - // @enum SpotInstanceType + // SpotInstanceTypeOneTime is a SpotInstanceType enum value SpotInstanceTypeOneTime = "one-time" - // @enum SpotInstanceType + + // SpotInstanceTypePersistent is a SpotInstanceType enum value SpotInstanceTypePersistent = "persistent" ) const ( - // @enum State + // StatePending is a State enum value StatePending = "Pending" - // @enum State + + // StateAvailable is a State enum value StateAvailable = "Available" - // @enum State + + // StateDeleting is a State enum value StateDeleting = "Deleting" - // @enum State + + // StateDeleted is a State enum value StateDeleted = "Deleted" ) const ( - // @enum Status + // StatusMoveInProgress is a Status enum value StatusMoveInProgress = "MoveInProgress" - // @enum Status + + // StatusInVpc is a Status enum value StatusInVpc = "InVpc" - // @enum Status + + // StatusInClassic is a Status enum value StatusInClassic = "InClassic" ) const ( - // @enum StatusName + // StatusNameReachability is a StatusName enum value StatusNameReachability = "reachability" ) const ( - // @enum StatusType + // StatusTypePassed is a StatusType enum value StatusTypePassed = "passed" - // @enum StatusType + + // StatusTypeFailed is a StatusType enum value StatusTypeFailed = "failed" - // @enum StatusType + + // StatusTypeInsufficientData is a StatusType enum value StatusTypeInsufficientData = "insufficient-data" - // @enum StatusType + + // StatusTypeInitializing is a StatusType enum value StatusTypeInitializing = "initializing" ) const ( - // @enum SubnetState + // SubnetStatePending is a SubnetState enum value SubnetStatePending = "pending" - // @enum SubnetState + + // SubnetStateAvailable is a SubnetState enum value SubnetStateAvailable = "available" ) const ( - // @enum SummaryStatus + // SummaryStatusOk is a SummaryStatus enum value SummaryStatusOk = "ok" - // @enum SummaryStatus + + // SummaryStatusImpaired is a SummaryStatus enum value SummaryStatusImpaired = "impaired" - // @enum SummaryStatus + + // SummaryStatusInsufficientData is a SummaryStatus enum value SummaryStatusInsufficientData = "insufficient-data" - // @enum SummaryStatus + + // SummaryStatusNotApplicable is a SummaryStatus enum value SummaryStatusNotApplicable = "not-applicable" - // @enum SummaryStatus + + // SummaryStatusInitializing is a SummaryStatus enum value SummaryStatusInitializing = "initializing" ) const ( - // @enum TelemetryStatus + // TelemetryStatusUp is a TelemetryStatus enum value TelemetryStatusUp = "UP" - // @enum TelemetryStatus + + // TelemetryStatusDown is a TelemetryStatus enum value TelemetryStatusDown = "DOWN" ) const ( - // @enum Tenancy + // TenancyDefault is a Tenancy enum value TenancyDefault = "default" - // @enum Tenancy + + // TenancyDedicated is a Tenancy enum value TenancyDedicated = "dedicated" - // @enum Tenancy + + // TenancyHost is a Tenancy enum value TenancyHost = "host" ) const ( - // @enum TrafficType + // TrafficTypeAccept is a TrafficType enum value TrafficTypeAccept = "ACCEPT" - // @enum TrafficType + + // TrafficTypeReject is a TrafficType enum value TrafficTypeReject = "REJECT" - // @enum TrafficType + + // TrafficTypeAll is a TrafficType enum value TrafficTypeAll = "ALL" ) const ( - // @enum VirtualizationType + // VirtualizationTypeHvm is a VirtualizationType enum value VirtualizationTypeHvm = "hvm" - // @enum VirtualizationType + + // VirtualizationTypeParavirtual is a VirtualizationType enum value VirtualizationTypeParavirtual = "paravirtual" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeAttachmentState + // VolumeAttachmentStateAttaching is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value VolumeAttachmentStateAttaching = "attaching" - // @enum VolumeAttachmentState + + // VolumeAttachmentStateAttached is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value VolumeAttachmentStateAttached = "attached" - // @enum VolumeAttachmentState + + // VolumeAttachmentStateDetaching is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value VolumeAttachmentStateDetaching = "detaching" - // @enum VolumeAttachmentState + + // VolumeAttachmentStateDetached is a VolumeAttachmentState enum value VolumeAttachmentStateDetached = "detached" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeAttributeName + // VolumeAttributeNameAutoEnableIo is a VolumeAttributeName enum value VolumeAttributeNameAutoEnableIo = "autoEnableIO" - // @enum VolumeAttributeName + + // VolumeAttributeNameProductCodes is a VolumeAttributeName enum value VolumeAttributeNameProductCodes = "productCodes" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeState + // VolumeStateCreating is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateCreating = "creating" - // @enum VolumeState + + // VolumeStateAvailable is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum VolumeState + + // VolumeStateInUse is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateInUse = "in-use" - // @enum VolumeState + + // VolumeStateDeleting is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateDeleting = "deleting" - // @enum VolumeState + + // VolumeStateDeleted is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateDeleted = "deleted" - // @enum VolumeState + + // VolumeStateError is a VolumeState enum value VolumeStateError = "error" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeStatusInfoStatus + // VolumeStatusInfoStatusOk is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value VolumeStatusInfoStatusOk = "ok" - // @enum VolumeStatusInfoStatus + + // VolumeStatusInfoStatusImpaired is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value VolumeStatusInfoStatusImpaired = "impaired" - // @enum VolumeStatusInfoStatus + + // VolumeStatusInfoStatusInsufficientData is a VolumeStatusInfoStatus enum value VolumeStatusInfoStatusInsufficientData = "insufficient-data" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeStatusName + // VolumeStatusNameIoEnabled is a VolumeStatusName enum value VolumeStatusNameIoEnabled = "io-enabled" - // @enum VolumeStatusName + + // VolumeStatusNameIoPerformance is a VolumeStatusName enum value VolumeStatusNameIoPerformance = "io-performance" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeType + // VolumeTypeStandard is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeStandard = "standard" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeIo1 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeIo1 = "io1" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeGp2 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeGp2 = "gp2" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeSc1 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeSc1 = "sc1" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeSt1 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeSt1 = "st1" ) const ( - // @enum VpcAttributeName + // VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsSupport is a VpcAttributeName enum value VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsSupport = "enableDnsSupport" - // @enum VpcAttributeName + + // VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsHostnames is a VpcAttributeName enum value VpcAttributeNameEnableDnsHostnames = "enableDnsHostnames" ) const ( - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeInitiatingRequest is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeInitiatingRequest = "initiating-request" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodePendingAcceptance is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodePendingAcceptance = "pending-acceptance" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeActive is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeActive = "active" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleted is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleted = "deleted" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeRejected is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeRejected = "rejected" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeFailed is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeFailed = "failed" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeExpired is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeExpired = "expired" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeProvisioning is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeProvisioning = "provisioning" - // @enum VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode + + // VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleting is a VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode enum value VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCodeDeleting = "deleting" ) const ( - // @enum VpcState + // VpcStatePending is a VpcState enum value VpcStatePending = "pending" - // @enum VpcState + + // VpcStateAvailable is a VpcState enum value VpcStateAvailable = "available" ) const ( - // @enum VpnState + // VpnStatePending is a VpnState enum value VpnStatePending = "pending" - // @enum VpnState + + // VpnStateAvailable is a VpnState enum value VpnStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum VpnState + + // VpnStateDeleting is a VpnState enum value VpnStateDeleting = "deleting" - // @enum VpnState + + // VpnStateDeleted is a VpnState enum value VpnStateDeleted = "deleted" ) const ( - // @enum VpnStaticRouteSource + // VpnStaticRouteSourceStatic is a VpnStaticRouteSource enum value VpnStaticRouteSourceStatic = "Static" ) const ( - // @enum scope + // ScopeAvailabilityZone is a scope enum value ScopeAvailabilityZone = "Availability Zone" - // @enum scope + + // ScopeRegion is a scope enum value ScopeRegion = "Region" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go index bee4a057f..94fab6d84 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilBundleTaskComplete uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeBundleTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilBundleTaskComplete(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeBundleTasks", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilBundleTaskComplete(input *DescribeBundleTasksInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilConversionTaskCancelled uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeConversionTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskCancelled(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeConversionTasks", @@ -58,6 +66,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskCancelled(input *DescribeConversionTasksInp return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilConversionTaskCompleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeConversionTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskCompleted(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeConversionTasks", @@ -93,6 +105,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskCompleted(input *DescribeConversionTasksInp return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilConversionTaskDeleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeConversionTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskDeleted(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeConversionTasks", @@ -116,6 +132,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilConversionTaskDeleted(input *DescribeConversionTasksInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilCustomerGatewayAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeCustomerGateways to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilCustomerGatewayAvailable(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeCustomerGateways", @@ -151,6 +171,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilCustomerGatewayAvailable(input *DescribeCustomerGatewaysI return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilExportTaskCancelled uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeExportTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilExportTaskCancelled(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeExportTasks", @@ -174,6 +198,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilExportTaskCancelled(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) erro return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilExportTaskCompleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeExportTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilExportTaskCompleted(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeExportTasks", @@ -197,6 +225,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilExportTaskCompleted(input *DescribeExportTasksInput) erro return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilImageAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeImages to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilImageAvailable(input *DescribeImagesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeImages", @@ -226,6 +258,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilImageAvailable(input *DescribeImagesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilImageExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeImages to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilImageExists(input *DescribeImagesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeImages", @@ -255,6 +291,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilImageExists(input *DescribeImagesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceExists(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -284,6 +324,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceExists(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceRunning uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceRunning(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -331,6 +375,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceRunning(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceStatusOk uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstanceStatus to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceStatusOk(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstanceStatus", @@ -360,6 +408,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceStatusOk(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) erro return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceStopped uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceStopped(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -395,6 +447,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceStopped(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceTerminated uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceTerminated(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -430,6 +486,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilInstanceTerminated(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilKeyPairExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeKeyPairs to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilKeyPairExists(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeKeyPairs", @@ -459,6 +519,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilKeyPairExists(input *DescribeKeyPairsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilNatGatewayAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeNatGateways to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilNatGatewayAvailable(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeNatGateways", @@ -506,6 +570,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilNatGatewayAvailable(input *DescribeNatGatewaysInput) erro return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilNetworkInterfaceAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeNetworkInterfaces to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilNetworkInterfaceAvailable(input *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeNetworkInterfaces", @@ -535,6 +603,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilNetworkInterfaceAvailable(input *DescribeNetworkInterface return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilPasswordDataAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// GetPasswordData to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilPasswordDataAvailable(input *GetPasswordDataInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetPasswordData", @@ -558,6 +630,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilPasswordDataAvailable(input *GetPasswordDataInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilSnapshotCompleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSnapshotCompleted(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeSnapshots", @@ -581,6 +657,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSnapshotCompleted(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilSpotInstanceRequestFulfilled uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSpotInstanceRequestFulfilled(input *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeSpotInstanceRequests", @@ -628,6 +708,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSpotInstanceRequestFulfilled(input *DescribeSpotInstanceR return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilSubnetAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeSubnets to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSubnetAvailable(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeSubnets", @@ -651,6 +735,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSubnetAvailable(input *DescribeSubnetsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilSystemStatusOk uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeInstanceStatus to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSystemStatusOk(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstanceStatus", @@ -674,6 +762,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSystemStatusOk(input *DescribeInstanceStatusInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVolumeAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVolumes to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeAvailable(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVolumes", @@ -703,6 +795,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeAvailable(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVolumeDeleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVolumes to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeDeleted(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVolumes", @@ -732,6 +828,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeDeleted(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVolumeInUse uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVolumes to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeInUse(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVolumes", @@ -761,6 +861,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVolumeInUse(input *DescribeVolumesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVpcAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVpcs to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcAvailable(input *DescribeVpcsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVpcs", @@ -784,6 +888,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcAvailable(input *DescribeVpcsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVpcExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVpcs to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcExists(input *DescribeVpcsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVpcs", @@ -813,6 +921,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcExists(input *DescribeVpcsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVpcPeeringConnectionExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVpcPeeringConnections to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcPeeringConnectionExists(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVpcPeeringConnections", @@ -842,6 +954,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpcPeeringConnectionExists(input *DescribeVpcPeeringConne return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVpnConnectionAvailable uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVpnConnections to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpnConnectionAvailable(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVpnConnections", @@ -877,6 +993,10 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpnConnectionAvailable(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVpnConnectionDeleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation +// DescribeVpnConnections to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EC2) WaitUntilVpnConnectionDeleted(input *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVpnConnections", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr/api.go index 41d66af4f..1ef1aa9ae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr/api.go @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ const opBatchCheckLayerAvailability = "BatchCheckLayerAvailability" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchCheckLayerAvailability for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -51,11 +53,33 @@ func (c *ECR) BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityRequest(input *BatchCheckLayerAvailabil return } +// BatchCheckLayerAvailability API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Check the availability of multiple image layers in a specified registry and // repository. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation BatchCheckLayerAvailability for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// func (c *ECR) BatchCheckLayerAvailability(input *BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityInput) (*BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +93,8 @@ const opBatchDeleteImage = "BatchDeleteImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchDeleteImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,8 +129,30 @@ func (c *ECR) BatchDeleteImageRequest(input *BatchDeleteImageInput) (req *reques return } +// BatchDeleteImage API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Deletes a list of specified images within a specified repository. Images // are specified with either imageTag or imageDigest. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation BatchDeleteImage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) BatchDeleteImage(input *BatchDeleteImageInput) (*BatchDeleteImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchDeleteImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -118,6 +166,8 @@ const opBatchGetImage = "BatchGetImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchGetImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -152,8 +202,30 @@ func (c *ECR) BatchGetImageRequest(input *BatchGetImageInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// BatchGetImage API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Gets detailed information for specified images within a specified repository. // Images are specified with either imageTag or imageDigest. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation BatchGetImage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) BatchGetImage(input *BatchGetImageInput) (*BatchGetImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchGetImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -167,6 +239,8 @@ const opCompleteLayerUpload = "CompleteLayerUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CompleteLayerUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -201,12 +275,51 @@ func (c *ECR) CompleteLayerUploadRequest(input *CompleteLayerUploadInput) (req * return } +// CompleteLayerUpload API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Inform Amazon ECR that the image layer upload for a specified registry, repository // name, and upload ID, has completed. You can optionally provide a sha256 digest // of the image layer for data validation purposes. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation CompleteLayerUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * UploadNotFoundException +// The upload could not be found, or the specified upload id is not valid for +// this repository. +// +// * InvalidLayerException +// The layer digest calculation performed by Amazon ECR upon receipt of the +// image layer does not match the digest specified. +// +// * LayerPartTooSmallException +// Layer parts must be at least 5 MiB in size. +// +// * LayerAlreadyExistsException +// The image layer already exists in the associated repository. +// +// * EmptyUploadException +// The specified layer upload does not contain any layer parts. +// func (c *ECR) CompleteLayerUpload(input *CompleteLayerUploadInput) (*CompleteLayerUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteLayerUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -220,6 +333,8 @@ const opCreateRepository = "CreateRepository" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRepository for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -254,7 +369,34 @@ func (c *ECR) CreateRepositoryRequest(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateRepository API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Creates an image repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation CreateRepository for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryAlreadyExistsException +// The specified repository already exists in the specified registry. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The operation did not succeed because it would have exceeded a service limit +// for your account. For more information, see Amazon ECR Default Service Limits +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECR/latest/userguide/service_limits.html) +// in the Amazon EC2 Container Registry User Guide. +// func (c *ECR) CreateRepository(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (*CreateRepositoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRepositoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -268,6 +410,8 @@ const opDeleteRepository = "DeleteRepository" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRepository for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -302,8 +446,34 @@ func (c *ECR) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteRepository API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Deletes an existing image repository. If a repository contains images, you // must use the force option to delete it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation DeleteRepository for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * RepositoryNotEmptyException +// The specified repository contains images. To delete a repository that contains +// images, you must force the deletion with the force parameter. +// func (c *ECR) DeleteRepository(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -317,6 +487,8 @@ const opDeleteRepositoryPolicy = "DeleteRepositoryPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -351,13 +523,120 @@ func (c *ECR) DeleteRepositoryPolicyRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryPolicyInput) return } +// DeleteRepositoryPolicy API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Deletes the repository policy from a specified repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation DeleteRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * RepositoryPolicyNotFoundException +// The specified repository and registry combination does not have an associated +// repository policy. +// func (c *ECR) DeleteRepositoryPolicy(input *DeleteRepositoryPolicyInput) (*DeleteRepositoryPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } +const opDescribeImages = "DescribeImages" + +// DescribeImagesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeImages operation. The "output" return +// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method +// is called. +// +// See DescribeImages for usage and error information. +// +// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject +// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to +// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If +// you just want the service response, call the DescribeImages method directly +// instead. +// +// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order +// to execute the request. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeImagesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeImagesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +func (c *ECR) DescribeImagesRequest(input *DescribeImagesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeImagesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeImages, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeImagesInput{} + } + + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + output = &DescribeImagesOutput{} + req.Data = output + return +} + +// DescribeImages API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// +// Returns metadata about the images in a repository, including image size and +// creation date. +// +// Beginning with Docker version 1.9, the Docker client compresses image layers +// before pushing them to a V2 Docker registry. The output of the docker images +// command shows the uncompressed image size, so it may return a larger image +// size than the image sizes returned by DescribeImages. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation DescribeImages for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * ImageNotFoundException +// The image requested does not exist in the specified repository. +// +func (c *ECR) DescribeImages(input *DescribeImagesInput) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeImagesRequest(input) + err := req.Send() + return out, err +} + const opDescribeRepositories = "DescribeRepositories" // DescribeRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -365,6 +644,8 @@ const opDescribeRepositories = "DescribeRepositories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRepositories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -399,7 +680,29 @@ func (c *ECR) DescribeRepositoriesRequest(input *DescribeRepositoriesInput) (req return } +// DescribeRepositories API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Describes image repositories in a registry. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation DescribeRepositories for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) DescribeRepositories(input *DescribeRepositoriesInput) (*DescribeRepositoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRepositoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -413,6 +716,8 @@ const opGetAuthorizationToken = "GetAuthorizationToken" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAuthorizationToken for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -447,6 +752,8 @@ func (c *ECR) GetAuthorizationTokenRequest(input *GetAuthorizationTokenInput) (r return } +// GetAuthorizationToken API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Retrieves a token that is valid for a specified registry for 12 hours. This // command allows you to use the docker CLI to push and pull images with Amazon // ECR. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. @@ -455,6 +762,22 @@ func (c *ECR) GetAuthorizationTokenRequest(input *GetAuthorizationTokenInput) (r // encoded string that can be decoded and used in a docker login command to // authenticate to a registry. The AWS CLI offers an aws ecr get-login command // that simplifies the login process. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation GetAuthorizationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECR) GetAuthorizationToken(input *GetAuthorizationTokenInput) (*GetAuthorizationTokenOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAuthorizationTokenRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -468,6 +791,8 @@ const opGetDownloadUrlForLayer = "GetDownloadUrlForLayer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDownloadUrlForLayer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -502,11 +827,41 @@ func (c *ECR) GetDownloadUrlForLayerRequest(input *GetDownloadUrlForLayerInput) return } +// GetDownloadUrlForLayer API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image // layer. You can only get URLs for image layers that are referenced in an image. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation GetDownloadUrlForLayer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * LayersNotFoundException +// The specified layers could not be found, or the specified layer is not valid +// for this repository. +// +// * LayerInaccessibleException +// The specified layer is not available because it is not associated with an +// image. Unassociated image layers may be cleaned up at any time. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) GetDownloadUrlForLayer(input *GetDownloadUrlForLayerInput) (*GetDownloadUrlForLayerOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDownloadUrlForLayerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -520,6 +875,8 @@ const opGetRepositoryPolicy = "GetRepositoryPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -554,7 +911,33 @@ func (c *ECR) GetRepositoryPolicyRequest(input *GetRepositoryPolicyInput) (req * return } +// GetRepositoryPolicy API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Retrieves the repository policy for a specified repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation GetRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * RepositoryPolicyNotFoundException +// The specified repository and registry combination does not have an associated +// repository policy. +// func (c *ECR) GetRepositoryPolicy(input *GetRepositoryPolicyInput) (*GetRepositoryPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRepositoryPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -568,6 +951,8 @@ const opInitiateLayerUpload = "InitiateLayerUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See InitiateLayerUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -602,10 +987,32 @@ func (c *ECR) InitiateLayerUploadRequest(input *InitiateLayerUploadInput) (req * return } +// InitiateLayerUpload API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Notify Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation InitiateLayerUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) InitiateLayerUpload(input *InitiateLayerUploadInput) (*InitiateLayerUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.InitiateLayerUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -619,6 +1026,8 @@ const opListImages = "ListImages" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListImages for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -653,6 +1062,8 @@ func (c *ECR) ListImagesRequest(input *ListImagesInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListImages API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Lists all the image IDs for a given repository. // // You can filter images based on whether or not they are tagged by setting @@ -660,6 +1071,26 @@ func (c *ECR) ListImagesRequest(input *ListImagesInput) (req *request.Request, o // your results to return only UNTAGGED images and then pipe that result to // a BatchDeleteImage operation to delete them. Or, you can filter your results // to return only TAGGED images to list all of the tags in your repository. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation ListImages for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) ListImages(input *ListImagesInput) (*ListImagesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListImagesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -673,6 +1104,8 @@ const opPutImage = "PutImage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutImage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -707,10 +1140,46 @@ func (c *ECR) PutImageRequest(input *PutImageInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// PutImage API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Creates or updates the image manifest associated with an image. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation PutImage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * ImageAlreadyExistsException +// The specified image has already been pushed, and there are no changes to +// the manifest or image tag since the last push. +// +// * LayersNotFoundException +// The specified layers could not be found, or the specified layer is not valid +// for this repository. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The operation did not succeed because it would have exceeded a service limit +// for your account. For more information, see Amazon ECR Default Service Limits +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECR/latest/userguide/service_limits.html) +// in the Amazon EC2 Container Registry User Guide. +// func (c *ECR) PutImage(input *PutImageInput) (*PutImageOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutImageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -724,6 +1193,8 @@ const opSetRepositoryPolicy = "SetRepositoryPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -758,7 +1229,29 @@ func (c *ECR) SetRepositoryPolicyRequest(input *SetRepositoryPolicyInput) (req * return } +// SetRepositoryPolicy API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Applies a repository policy on a specified repository to control access permissions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation SetRepositoryPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// func (c *ECR) SetRepositoryPolicy(input *SetRepositoryPolicyInput) (*SetRepositoryPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetRepositoryPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -772,6 +1265,8 @@ const opUploadLayerPart = "UploadLayerPart" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadLayerPart for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -806,10 +1301,46 @@ func (c *ECR) UploadLayerPartRequest(input *UploadLayerPartInput) (req *request. return } +// UploadLayerPart API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Registry. +// // Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR. // // This operation is used by the Amazon ECR proxy, and it is not intended // for general use by customers. Use the docker CLI to pull, tag, and push images. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Registry's +// API operation UploadLayerPart for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server-side issue. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * InvalidLayerPartException +// The layer part size is not valid, or the first byte specified is not consecutive +// to the last byte of a previous layer part upload. +// +// * RepositoryNotFoundException +// The specified repository could not be found. Check the spelling of the specified +// repository and ensure that you are performing operations on the correct registry. +// +// * UploadNotFoundException +// The upload could not be found, or the specified upload id is not valid for +// this repository. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The operation did not succeed because it would have exceeded a service limit +// for your account. For more information, see Amazon ECR Default Service Limits +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECR/latest/userguide/service_limits.html) +// in the Amazon EC2 Container Registry User Guide. +// func (c *ECR) UploadLayerPart(input *UploadLayerPartInput) (*UploadLayerPartOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadLayerPartRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -849,6 +1380,8 @@ type BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The digests of the image layers to check. + // + // LayerDigests is a required field LayerDigests []*string `locationName:"layerDigests" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layers @@ -856,6 +1389,8 @@ type BatchCheckLayerAvailabilityInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository that is associated with the image layers to check. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -919,6 +1454,8 @@ type BatchDeleteImageInput struct { // A list of image ID references that correspond to images to delete. The format // of the imageIds reference is imageTag=tag or imageDigest=digest. + // + // ImageIds is a required field ImageIds []*ImageIdentifier `locationName:"imageIds" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the image to @@ -926,6 +1463,8 @@ type BatchDeleteImageInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The repository that contains the image to delete. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -986,6 +1525,8 @@ type BatchGetImageInput struct { // A list of image ID references that correspond to images to describe. The // format of the imageIds reference is imageTag=tag or imageDigest=digest. + // + // ImageIds is a required field ImageIds []*ImageIdentifier `locationName:"imageIds" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the images @@ -993,6 +1534,8 @@ type BatchGetImageInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The repository that contains the images to describe. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1052,6 +1595,8 @@ type CompleteLayerUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The sha256 digest of the image layer. + // + // LayerDigests is a required field LayerDigests []*string `locationName:"layerDigests" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry to which to upload layers. @@ -1059,10 +1604,14 @@ type CompleteLayerUploadInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository to associate with the image layer. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // The upload ID from a previous InitiateLayerUpload operation to associate // with the image layer. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1133,6 +1682,8 @@ type CreateRepositoryInput struct { // The name to use for the repository. The repository name may be specified // on its own (such as nginx-web-app) or it can be prepended with a namespace // to group the repository into a category (such as project-a/nginx-web-app). + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1165,7 +1716,7 @@ func (s *CreateRepositoryInput) Validate() error { type CreateRepositoryOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // An object representing a repository. + // The repository that was created. Repository *Repository `locationName:"repository" type:"structure"` } @@ -1190,6 +1741,8 @@ type DeleteRepositoryInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository to delete. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1222,7 +1775,7 @@ func (s *DeleteRepositoryInput) Validate() error { type DeleteRepositoryOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // An object representing a repository. + // The repository that was deleted. Repository *Repository `locationName:"repository" type:"structure"` } @@ -1246,6 +1799,8 @@ type DeleteRepositoryPolicyInput struct { // The name of the repository that is associated with the repository policy // to delete. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1298,6 +1853,116 @@ func (s DeleteRepositoryPolicyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// An object representing a filter on a DescribeImages operation. +type DescribeImagesFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The tag status with which to filter your DescribeImages results. You can + // filter results based on whether they are TAGGED or UNTAGGED. + TagStatus *string `locationName:"tagStatus" type:"string" enum:"TagStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DescribeImagesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The filter key and value with which to filter your DescribeImages results. + Filter *DescribeImagesFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"structure"` + + // The list of image IDs for the requested repository. + ImageIds []*ImageIdentifier `locationName:"imageIds" min:"1" type:"list"` + + // The maximum number of repository results returned by DescribeImages in paginated + // output. When this parameter is used, DescribeImages only returns maxResults + // results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining + // results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeImages + // request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and + // 100. If this parameter is not used, then DescribeImages returns up to 100 + // results and a nextToken value, if applicable. + MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribeImages request + // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. + // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the + // nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository + // in which to list images. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry + // is assumed. + RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` + + // A list of repositories to describe. If this parameter is omitted, then all + // repositories in a registry are described. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field + RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeImagesInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeImagesInput"} + if s.ImageIds != nil && len(s.ImageIds) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ImageIds", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.RepositoryName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName")) + } + if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 2)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +type DescribeImagesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of ImageDetail objects that contain data about the image. + ImageDetails []*ImageDetail `locationName:"imageDetails" type:"list"` + + // The nextToken value to include in a future DescribeImages request. When the + // results of a DescribeImages request exceed maxResults, this value can be + // used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there + // are no more results to return. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeImagesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type DescribeRepositoriesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -1433,6 +2098,8 @@ type GetDownloadUrlForLayerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The digest of the image layer to download. + // + // LayerDigest is a required field LayerDigest *string `locationName:"layerDigest" type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layer @@ -1440,6 +2107,8 @@ type GetDownloadUrlForLayerInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository that is associated with the image layer to download. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1500,6 +2169,8 @@ type GetRepositoryPolicyInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository whose policy you want to retrieve. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1579,6 +2250,45 @@ func (s Image) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// An object that describes an image returned by a DescribeImages operation. +type ImageDetail struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The sha256 digest of the image manifest. + ImageDigest *string `locationName:"imageDigest" type:"string"` + + // The date and time, expressed in standard JavaScript date format, at which + // the current image was pushed to the repository. + ImagePushedAt *time.Time `locationName:"imagePushedAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The size, in bytes, of the image in the repository. + // + // Beginning with Docker version 1.9, the Docker client compresses image layers + // before pushing them to a V2 Docker registry. The output of the docker images + // command shows the uncompressed image size, so it may return a larger image + // size than the image sizes returned by DescribeImages. + ImageSizeInBytes *int64 `locationName:"imageSizeInBytes" type:"long"` + + // The list of tags associated with this image. + ImageTags []*string `locationName:"imageTags" type:"list"` + + // The AWS account ID associated with the registry to which this image belongs. + RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` + + // The name of the repository to which this image belongs. + RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImageDetail) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImageDetail) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + // An object representing an Amazon ECR image failure. type ImageFailure struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -1632,6 +2342,8 @@ type InitiateLayerUploadInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository that you intend to upload layers to. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1781,6 +2493,8 @@ type ListImagesInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The repository whose image IDs are to be listed. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1840,6 +2554,8 @@ type PutImageInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The image manifest corresponding to the image to be uploaded. + // + // ImageManifest is a required field ImageManifest *string `locationName:"imageManifest" type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository @@ -1848,6 +2564,8 @@ type PutImageInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository in which to put the image. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1901,6 +2619,10 @@ func (s PutImageOutput) GoString() string { type Repository struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The date and time, in JavaScript date/time format, when the repository was + // created. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` @@ -1937,6 +2659,8 @@ type SetRepositoryPolicyInput struct { Force *bool `locationName:"force" type:"boolean"` // The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. + // + // PolicyText is a required field PolicyText *string `locationName:"policyText" type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. @@ -1944,6 +2668,8 @@ type SetRepositoryPolicyInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository to receive the policy. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2005,12 +2731,18 @@ type UploadLayerPartInput struct { // The base64-encoded layer part payload. // // LayerPartBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // LayerPartBlob is a required field LayerPartBlob []byte `locationName:"layerPartBlob" type:"blob" required:"true"` // The integer value of the first byte of the layer part. + // + // PartFirstByte is a required field PartFirstByte *int64 `locationName:"partFirstByte" type:"long" required:"true"` // The integer value of the last byte of the layer part. + // + // PartLastByte is a required field PartLastByte *int64 `locationName:"partLastByte" type:"long" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID associated with the registry that you are uploading layer @@ -2018,10 +2750,14 @@ type UploadLayerPartInput struct { RegistryId *string `locationName:"registryId" type:"string"` // The name of the repository that you are uploading layer parts to. + // + // RepositoryName is a required field RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // The upload ID from a previous InitiateLayerUpload operation to associate // with the layer part upload. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2090,35 +2826,42 @@ func (s UploadLayerPartOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ImageFailureCode + // ImageFailureCodeInvalidImageDigest is a ImageFailureCode enum value ImageFailureCodeInvalidImageDigest = "InvalidImageDigest" - // @enum ImageFailureCode + + // ImageFailureCodeInvalidImageTag is a ImageFailureCode enum value ImageFailureCodeInvalidImageTag = "InvalidImageTag" - // @enum ImageFailureCode + + // ImageFailureCodeImageTagDoesNotMatchDigest is a ImageFailureCode enum value ImageFailureCodeImageTagDoesNotMatchDigest = "ImageTagDoesNotMatchDigest" - // @enum ImageFailureCode + + // ImageFailureCodeImageNotFound is a ImageFailureCode enum value ImageFailureCodeImageNotFound = "ImageNotFound" - // @enum ImageFailureCode + + // ImageFailureCodeMissingDigestAndTag is a ImageFailureCode enum value ImageFailureCodeMissingDigestAndTag = "MissingDigestAndTag" ) const ( - // @enum LayerAvailability + // LayerAvailabilityAvailable is a LayerAvailability enum value LayerAvailabilityAvailable = "AVAILABLE" - // @enum LayerAvailability + + // LayerAvailabilityUnavailable is a LayerAvailability enum value LayerAvailabilityUnavailable = "UNAVAILABLE" ) const ( - // @enum LayerFailureCode + // LayerFailureCodeInvalidLayerDigest is a LayerFailureCode enum value LayerFailureCodeInvalidLayerDigest = "InvalidLayerDigest" - // @enum LayerFailureCode + + // LayerFailureCodeMissingLayerDigest is a LayerFailureCode enum value LayerFailureCodeMissingLayerDigest = "MissingLayerDigest" ) const ( - // @enum TagStatus + // TagStatusTagged is a TagStatus enum value TagStatusTagged = "TAGGED" - // @enum TagStatus + + // TagStatusUntagged is a TagStatus enum value TagStatusUntagged = "UNTAGGED" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go index 8b1fd8185..f05c92c72 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opCreateCluster = "CreateCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,9 +54,32 @@ func (c *ECS) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// CreateCluster API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster. By default, your account receives a default // cluster when you launch your first container instance. However, you can create // your own cluster with a unique name with the CreateCluster action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation CreateCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) CreateCluster(input *CreateClusterInput) (*CreateClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -68,6 +93,8 @@ const opCreateService = "CreateService" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateService for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -102,6 +129,8 @@ func (c *ECS) CreateServiceRequest(input *CreateServiceInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// CreateService API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Runs and maintains a desired number of tasks from a specified task definition. // If the number of tasks running in a service drops below desiredCount, Amazon // ECS spawns another instantiation of the task in the specified cluster. To @@ -153,6 +182,31 @@ func (c *ECS) CreateServiceRequest(input *CreateServiceInput) (req *request.Requ // Place the new service task on a valid container instance in an optimal // Availability Zone (based on the previous steps), favoring container instances // with the fewest number of running tasks for this service. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation CreateService for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) CreateService(input *CreateServiceInput) (*CreateServiceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateServiceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -166,6 +220,8 @@ const opDeleteCluster = "DeleteCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -200,9 +256,46 @@ func (c *ECS) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DeleteCluster API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Deletes the specified cluster. You must deregister all container instances // from this cluster before you may delete it. You can list the container instances // in a cluster with ListContainerInstances and deregister them with DeregisterContainerInstance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DeleteCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// +// * ClusterContainsContainerInstancesException +// You cannot delete a cluster that has registered container instances. You +// must first deregister the container instances before you can delete the cluster. +// For more information, see DeregisterContainerInstance. +// +// * ClusterContainsServicesException +// You cannot delete a cluster that contains services. You must first update +// the service to reduce its desired task count to 0 and then delete the service. +// For more information, see UpdateService and DeleteService. +// func (c *ECS) DeleteCluster(input *DeleteClusterInput) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -216,6 +309,8 @@ const opDeleteService = "DeleteService" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteService for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -250,6 +345,8 @@ func (c *ECS) DeleteServiceRequest(input *DeleteServiceInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DeleteService API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Deletes a specified service within a cluster. You can delete a service if // you have no running tasks in it and the desired task count is zero. If the // service is actively maintaining tasks, you cannot delete it, and you must @@ -264,6 +361,35 @@ func (c *ECS) DeleteServiceRequest(input *DeleteServiceInput) (req *request.Requ // API operations; however, in the future, INACTIVE services may be cleaned // up and purged from Amazon ECS record keeping, and DescribeServices API operations // on those services will return a ServiceNotFoundException error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DeleteService for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// +// * ServiceNotFoundException +// The specified service could not be found. You can view your available services +// with ListServices. Amazon ECS services are cluster-specific and region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) DeleteService(input *DeleteServiceInput) (*DeleteServiceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteServiceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -277,6 +403,8 @@ const opDeregisterContainerInstance = "DeregisterContainerInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterContainerInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -311,6 +439,8 @@ func (c *ECS) DeregisterContainerInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterContainerInsta return } +// DeregisterContainerInstance API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster. // This instance is no longer available to run tasks. // @@ -327,6 +457,31 @@ func (c *ECS) DeregisterContainerInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterContainerInsta // container agent, the agent automatically deregisters the instance from your // cluster (stopped container instances or instances with disconnected agents // are not automatically deregistered when terminated). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DeregisterContainerInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) DeregisterContainerInstance(input *DeregisterContainerInstanceInput) (*DeregisterContainerInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterContainerInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -340,6 +495,8 @@ const opDeregisterTaskDefinition = "DeregisterTaskDefinition" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -374,6 +531,8 @@ func (c *ECS) DeregisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input *DeregisterTaskDefinitionInp return } +// DeregisterTaskDefinition API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision. Upon deregistration, // the task definition is marked as INACTIVE. Existing tasks and services that // reference an INACTIVE task definition continue to run without disruption. @@ -384,6 +543,27 @@ func (c *ECS) DeregisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input *DeregisterTaskDefinitionInp // services, and you cannot update an existing service to reference an INACTIVE // task definition (although there may be up to a 10 minute window following // deregistration where these restrictions have not yet taken effect). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DeregisterTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) DeregisterTaskDefinition(input *DeregisterTaskDefinitionInput) (*DeregisterTaskDefinitionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -397,6 +577,8 @@ const opDescribeClusters = "DescribeClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -431,7 +613,30 @@ func (c *ECS) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeClusters API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Describes one or more of your clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DescribeClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) DescribeClusters(input *DescribeClustersInput) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -445,6 +650,8 @@ const opDescribeContainerInstances = "DescribeContainerInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeContainerInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -479,8 +686,35 @@ func (c *ECS) DescribeContainerInstancesRequest(input *DescribeContainerInstance return } +// DescribeContainerInstances API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Describes Amazon EC2 Container Service container instances. Returns metadata // about registered and remaining resources on each container instance requested. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DescribeContainerInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) DescribeContainerInstances(input *DescribeContainerInstancesInput) (*DescribeContainerInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeContainerInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -494,6 +728,8 @@ const opDescribeServices = "DescribeServices" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeServices for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -528,7 +764,34 @@ func (c *ECS) DescribeServicesRequest(input *DescribeServicesInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeServices API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Describes the specified services running in your cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DescribeServices for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) DescribeServices(input *DescribeServicesInput) (*DescribeServicesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeServicesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -542,6 +805,8 @@ const opDescribeTaskDefinition = "DescribeTaskDefinition" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -576,12 +841,35 @@ func (c *ECS) DescribeTaskDefinitionRequest(input *DescribeTaskDefinitionInput) return } +// DescribeTaskDefinition API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Describes a task definition. You can specify a family and revision to find // information about a specific task definition, or you can simply specify the // family to find the latest ACTIVE revision in that family. // // You can only describe INACTIVE task definitions while an active task or // service references them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DescribeTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) DescribeTaskDefinition(input *DescribeTaskDefinitionInput) (*DescribeTaskDefinitionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTaskDefinitionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -595,6 +883,8 @@ const opDescribeTasks = "DescribeTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -629,7 +919,34 @@ func (c *ECS) DescribeTasksRequest(input *DescribeTasksInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DescribeTasks API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Describes a specified task or tasks. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DescribeTasks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) DescribeTasks(input *DescribeTasksInput) (*DescribeTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -643,6 +960,8 @@ const opDiscoverPollEndpoint = "DiscoverPollEndpoint" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DiscoverPollEndpoint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -677,11 +996,30 @@ func (c *ECS) DiscoverPollEndpointRequest(input *DiscoverPollEndpointInput) (req return } +// DiscoverPollEndpoint API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // This action is only used by the Amazon EC2 Container Service agent, and it // is not intended for use outside of the agent. // // Returns an endpoint for the Amazon EC2 Container Service agent to poll // for updates. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation DiscoverPollEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// func (c *ECS) DiscoverPollEndpoint(input *DiscoverPollEndpointInput) (*DiscoverPollEndpointOutput, error) { req, out := c.DiscoverPollEndpointRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -695,6 +1033,8 @@ const opListClusters = "ListClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -735,7 +1075,30 @@ func (c *ECS) ListClustersRequest(input *ListClustersInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListClusters API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Returns a list of existing clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) ListClusters(input *ListClustersInput) (*ListClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -774,6 +1137,8 @@ const opListContainerInstances = "ListContainerInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListContainerInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -814,7 +1179,34 @@ func (c *ECS) ListContainerInstancesRequest(input *ListContainerInstancesInput) return } +// ListContainerInstances API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListContainerInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) ListContainerInstances(input *ListContainerInstancesInput) (*ListContainerInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListContainerInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -853,6 +1245,8 @@ const opListServices = "ListServices" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListServices for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -893,7 +1287,34 @@ func (c *ECS) ListServicesRequest(input *ListServicesInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListServices API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Lists the services that are running in a specified cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListServices for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) ListServices(input *ListServicesInput) (*ListServicesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListServicesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -932,6 +1353,8 @@ const opListTaskDefinitionFamilies = "ListTaskDefinitionFamilies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTaskDefinitionFamilies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -972,6 +1395,8 @@ func (c *ECS) ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesRequest(input *ListTaskDefinitionFamilie return } +// ListTaskDefinitionFamilies API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account // (which may include task definition families that no longer have any ACTIVE // task definition revisions). @@ -979,6 +1404,27 @@ func (c *ECS) ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesRequest(input *ListTaskDefinitionFamilie // You can filter out task definition families that do not contain any ACTIVE // task definition revisions by setting the status parameter to ACTIVE. You // can also filter the results with the familyPrefix parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListTaskDefinitionFamilies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) ListTaskDefinitionFamilies(input *ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesInput) (*ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1017,6 +1463,8 @@ const opListTaskDefinitions = "ListTaskDefinitions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTaskDefinitions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1057,9 +1505,32 @@ func (c *ECS) ListTaskDefinitionsRequest(input *ListTaskDefinitionsInput) (req * return } +// ListTaskDefinitions API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account. You // can filter the results by family name with the familyPrefix parameter or // by status with the status parameter. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListTaskDefinitions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) ListTaskDefinitions(input *ListTaskDefinitionsInput) (*ListTaskDefinitionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTaskDefinitionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1098,6 +1569,8 @@ const opListTasks = "ListTasks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTasks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1138,12 +1611,43 @@ func (c *ECS) ListTasksRequest(input *ListTasksInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ListTasks API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Returns a list of tasks for a specified cluster. You can filter the results // by family name, by a particular container instance, or by the desired status // of the task with the family, containerInstance, and desiredStatus parameters. // // Recently-stopped tasks might appear in the returned results. Currently, // stopped tasks appear in the returned results for at least one hour. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation ListTasks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// +// * ServiceNotFoundException +// The specified service could not be found. You can view your available services +// with ListServices. Amazon ECS services are cluster-specific and region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) ListTasks(input *ListTasksInput) (*ListTasksOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTasksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1182,6 +1686,8 @@ const opRegisterContainerInstance = "RegisterContainerInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterContainerInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1216,11 +1722,30 @@ func (c *ECS) RegisterContainerInstanceRequest(input *RegisterContainerInstanceI return } +// RegisterContainerInstance API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // This action is only used by the Amazon EC2 Container Service agent, and it // is not intended for use outside of the agent. // // Registers an EC2 instance into the specified cluster. This instance becomes // available to place containers on. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation RegisterContainerInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// func (c *ECS) RegisterContainerInstance(input *RegisterContainerInstanceInput) (*RegisterContainerInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterContainerInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1234,6 +1759,8 @@ const opRegisterTaskDefinition = "RegisterTaskDefinition" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1268,6 +1795,8 @@ func (c *ECS) RegisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input *RegisterTaskDefinitionInput) return } +// RegisterTaskDefinition API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions. // Optionally, you can add data volumes to your containers with the volumes // parameter. For more information about task definition parameters and defaults, @@ -1285,6 +1814,27 @@ func (c *ECS) RegisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input *RegisterTaskDefinitionInput) // definition with the networkMode parameter. The available network modes correspond // to those described in Network settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/run/#/network-settings) // in the Docker run reference. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation RegisterTaskDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// func (c *ECS) RegisterTaskDefinition(input *RegisterTaskDefinitionInput) (*RegisterTaskDefinitionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterTaskDefinitionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1298,6 +1848,8 @@ const opRunTask = "RunTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RunTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1332,11 +1884,38 @@ func (c *ECS) RunTaskRequest(input *RunTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// RunTask API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Start a task using random placement and the default Amazon ECS scheduler. // To use your own scheduler or place a task on a specific container instance, // use StartTask instead. // // The count parameter is limited to 10 tasks per call. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation RunTask for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) RunTask(input *RunTaskInput) (*RunTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.RunTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1350,6 +1929,8 @@ const opStartTask = "StartTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StartTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1384,11 +1965,38 @@ func (c *ECS) StartTaskRequest(input *StartTaskInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// StartTask API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container // instance or instances. To use the default Amazon ECS scheduler to place your // task, use RunTask instead. // // The list of container instances to start tasks on is limited to 10. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation StartTask for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) StartTask(input *StartTaskInput) (*StartTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.StartTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1402,6 +2010,8 @@ const opStopTask = "StopTask" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopTask for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1436,6 +2046,8 @@ func (c *ECS) StopTaskRequest(input *StopTaskInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// StopTask API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Stops a running task. // // When StopTask is called on a task, the equivalent of docker stop is issued @@ -1443,6 +2055,31 @@ func (c *ECS) StopTaskRequest(input *StopTaskInput) (req *request.Request, outpu // timeout, after which SIGKILL is sent and the containers are forcibly stopped. // If the container handles the SIGTERM gracefully and exits within 30 seconds // from receiving it, no SIGKILL is sent. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation StopTask for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// func (c *ECS) StopTask(input *StopTaskInput) (*StopTaskOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopTaskRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1456,6 +2093,8 @@ const opSubmitContainerStateChange = "SubmitContainerStateChange" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SubmitContainerStateChange for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1490,10 +2129,29 @@ func (c *ECS) SubmitContainerStateChangeRequest(input *SubmitContainerStateChang return } +// SubmitContainerStateChange API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // This action is only used by the Amazon EC2 Container Service agent, and it // is not intended for use outside of the agent. // // Sent to acknowledge that a container changed states. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation SubmitContainerStateChange for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// func (c *ECS) SubmitContainerStateChange(input *SubmitContainerStateChangeInput) (*SubmitContainerStateChangeOutput, error) { req, out := c.SubmitContainerStateChangeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1507,6 +2165,8 @@ const opSubmitTaskStateChange = "SubmitTaskStateChange" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SubmitTaskStateChange for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1541,10 +2201,29 @@ func (c *ECS) SubmitTaskStateChangeRequest(input *SubmitTaskStateChangeInput) (r return } +// SubmitTaskStateChange API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // This action is only used by the Amazon EC2 Container Service agent, and it // is not intended for use outside of the agent. // // Sent to acknowledge that a task changed states. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation SubmitTaskStateChange for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// func (c *ECS) SubmitTaskStateChange(input *SubmitTaskStateChangeInput) (*SubmitTaskStateChangeOutput, error) { req, out := c.SubmitTaskStateChangeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1558,6 +2237,8 @@ const opUpdateContainerAgent = "UpdateContainerAgent" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateContainerAgent for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1592,6 +2273,8 @@ func (c *ECS) UpdateContainerAgentRequest(input *UpdateContainerAgentInput) (req return } +// UpdateContainerAgent API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance. // Updating the Amazon ECS container agent does not interrupt running tasks // or services on the container instance. The process for updating the agent @@ -1603,6 +2286,49 @@ func (c *ECS) UpdateContainerAgentRequest(input *UpdateContainerAgentInput) (req // ECS container agent on other operating systems, see Manually Updating the // Amazon ECS Container Agent (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-agent-update.html#manually_update_agent) // in the Amazon EC2 Container Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation UpdateContainerAgent for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// +// * UpdateInProgressException +// There is already a current Amazon ECS container agent update in progress +// on the specified container instance. If the container agent becomes disconnected +// while it is in a transitional stage, such as PENDING or STAGING, the update +// process can get stuck in that state. However, when the agent reconnects, +// it resumes where it stopped previously. +// +// * NoUpdateAvailableException +// There is no update available for this Amazon ECS container agent. This could +// be because the agent is already running the latest version, or it is so old +// that there is no update path to the current version. +// +// * MissingVersionException +// Amazon ECS is unable to determine the current version of the Amazon ECS container +// agent on the container instance and does not have enough information to proceed +// with an update. This could be because the agent running on the container +// instance is an older or custom version that does not use our version information. +// func (c *ECS) UpdateContainerAgent(input *UpdateContainerAgentInput) (*UpdateContainerAgentOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateContainerAgentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1616,6 +2342,8 @@ const opUpdateService = "UpdateService" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateService for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1650,6 +2378,8 @@ func (c *ECS) UpdateServiceRequest(input *UpdateServiceInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// UpdateService API operation for Amazon EC2 Container Service. +// // Modifies the desired count, deployment configuration, or task definition // used in a service. // @@ -1703,6 +2433,40 @@ func (c *ECS) UpdateServiceRequest(input *UpdateServiceInput) (req *request.Requ // Place the new service task on a valid container instance in an optimal // Availability Zone (based on the previous steps), favoring container instances // with the fewest number of running tasks for this service. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon EC2 Container Service's +// API operation UpdateService for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServerException +// These errors are usually caused by a server issue. +// +// * ClientException +// These errors are usually caused by a client action, such as using an action +// or resource on behalf of a user that doesn't have permission to use the action +// or resource, or specifying an identifier that is not valid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The specified parameter is invalid. Review the available parameters for the +// API request. +// +// * ClusterNotFoundException +// The specified cluster could not be found. You can view your available clusters +// with ListClusters. Amazon ECS clusters are region-specific. +// +// * ServiceNotFoundException +// The specified service could not be found. You can view your available services +// with ListServices. Amazon ECS services are cluster-specific and region-specific. +// +// * ServiceNotActiveException +// The specified service is not active. You cannot update a service that is +// not active. If you have previously deleted a service, you can re-create it +// with CreateService. +// func (c *ECS) UpdateService(input *UpdateServiceInput) (*UpdateServiceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateServiceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1714,6 +2478,8 @@ type Attribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the container instance attribute. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the container instance attribute (at this time, the value here @@ -2338,6 +3104,8 @@ type CreateServiceInput struct { // The number of instantiations of the specified task definition to place and // keep running on your cluster. + // + // DesiredCount is a required field DesiredCount *int64 `locationName:"desiredCount" type:"integer" required:"true"` // A load balancer object representing the load balancer to use with your service. @@ -2377,11 +3145,15 @@ type CreateServiceInput struct { // hyphens, and underscores are allowed. Service names must be unique within // a cluster, but you can have similarly named services in multiple clusters // within a region or across multiple regions. + // + // ServiceName is a required field ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"` // The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the task definition to run in your service. If a revision is not specified, // the latest ACTIVE revision is used. + // + // TaskDefinition is a required field TaskDefinition *string `locationName:"taskDefinition" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2435,6 +3207,8 @@ type DeleteClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to delete. + // + // Cluster is a required field Cluster *string `locationName:"cluster" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2486,6 +3260,8 @@ type DeleteServiceInput struct { Cluster *string `locationName:"cluster" type:"string"` // The name of the service to delete. + // + // Service is a required field Service *string `locationName:"service" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2615,6 +3391,8 @@ type DeregisterContainerInstanceInput struct { // instance owner, the container-instance namespace, and then the container // instance ID. For example, arn:aws:ecs:region:aws_account_id:container-instance/container_instance_ID // . + // + // ContainerInstance is a required field ContainerInstance *string `locationName:"containerInstance" type:"string" required:"true"` // Forces the deregistration of the container instance. If you have tasks running @@ -2674,6 +3452,8 @@ type DeregisterTaskDefinitionInput struct { // The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the task definition to deregister. You must specify a revision. + // + // TaskDefinition is a required field TaskDefinition *string `locationName:"taskDefinition" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2766,6 +3546,8 @@ type DescribeContainerInstancesInput struct { // A space-separated list of container instance IDs or full Amazon Resource // Name (ARN) entries. + // + // ContainerInstances is a required field ContainerInstances []*string `locationName:"containerInstances" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2820,6 +3602,8 @@ type DescribeServicesInput struct { Cluster *string `locationName:"cluster" type:"string"` // A list of services to describe. + // + // Services is a required field Services []*string `locationName:"services" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2872,6 +3656,8 @@ type DescribeTaskDefinitionInput struct { // The family for the latest ACTIVE revision, family and revision (family:revision) // for a specific revision in the family, or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the task definition to describe. + // + // TaskDefinition is a required field TaskDefinition *string `locationName:"taskDefinition" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2924,6 +3710,8 @@ type DescribeTasksInput struct { Cluster *string `locationName:"cluster" type:"string"` // A space-separated list of task IDs or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. + // + // Tasks is a required field Tasks []*string `locationName:"tasks" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3042,9 +3830,13 @@ type HostEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The hostname to use in the /etc/hosts entry. + // + // Hostname is a required field Hostname *string `locationName:"hostname" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IP address to use in the /etc/hosts entry. + // + // IpAddress is a required field IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3590,6 +4382,8 @@ type LogConfiguration struct { // on your container instance. To check the Docker Remote API version on your // container instance, log into your container instance and run the following // command: sudo docker version | grep "Server API version" + // + // LogDriver is a required field LogDriver *string `locationName:"logDriver" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LogDriver"` // The configuration options to send to the log driver. This parameter requires @@ -3819,12 +4613,16 @@ type RegisterTaskDefinitionInput struct { // A list of container definitions in JSON format that describe the different // containers that make up your task. + // + // ContainerDefinitions is a required field ContainerDefinitions []*ContainerDefinition `locationName:"containerDefinitions" type:"list" required:"true"` // You must specify a family for a task definition, which allows you to track // multiple versions of the same task definition. The family is used as a name // for your task definition. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, // hyphens, and underscores are allowed. + // + // Family is a required field Family *string `locationName:"family" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Docker networking mode to use for the containers in the task. The valid @@ -3982,6 +4780,8 @@ type RunTaskInput struct { // The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the task definition to run. If a revision is not specified, the latest // ACTIVE revision is used. + // + // TaskDefinition is a required field TaskDefinition *string `locationName:"taskDefinition" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4138,6 +4938,8 @@ type StartTaskInput struct { // the container instances on which you would like to place your task. // // The list of container instances to start tasks on is limited to 10. + // + // ContainerInstances is a required field ContainerInstances []*string `locationName:"containerInstances" type:"list" required:"true"` // A list of container overrides in JSON format that specify the name of a container @@ -4166,6 +4968,8 @@ type StartTaskInput struct { // The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the task definition to start. If a revision is not specified, the latest // ACTIVE revision is used. + // + // TaskDefinition is a required field TaskDefinition *string `locationName:"taskDefinition" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4231,6 +5035,8 @@ type StopTaskInput struct { Reason *string `locationName:"reason" type:"string"` // The task ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entry of the task to stop. + // + // Task is a required field Task *string `locationName:"task" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4522,12 +5328,18 @@ type Ulimit struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The hard limit for the ulimit type. + // + // HardLimit is a required field HardLimit *int64 `locationName:"hardLimit" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The type of the ulimit. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UlimitName"` // The soft limit for the ulimit type. + // + // SoftLimit is a required field SoftLimit *int64 `locationName:"softLimit" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4571,6 +5383,8 @@ type UpdateContainerAgentInput struct { // The container instance ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries for // the container instance on which you would like to update the Amazon ECS container // agent. + // + // ContainerInstance is a required field ContainerInstance *string `locationName:"containerInstance" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4632,6 +5446,8 @@ type UpdateServiceInput struct { DesiredCount *int64 `locationName:"desiredCount" type:"integer"` // The name of the service to update. + // + // Service is a required field Service *string `locationName:"service" type:"string" required:"true"` // The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) @@ -4759,114 +5575,148 @@ func (s VolumeFrom) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + // AgentUpdateStatusPending is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusPending = "PENDING" - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + + // AgentUpdateStatusStaging is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusStaging = "STAGING" - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + + // AgentUpdateStatusStaged is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusStaged = "STAGED" - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + + // AgentUpdateStatusUpdating is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusUpdating = "UPDATING" - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + + // AgentUpdateStatusUpdated is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusUpdated = "UPDATED" - // @enum AgentUpdateStatus + + // AgentUpdateStatusFailed is a AgentUpdateStatus enum value AgentUpdateStatusFailed = "FAILED" ) const ( - // @enum DesiredStatus + // DesiredStatusRunning is a DesiredStatus enum value DesiredStatusRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum DesiredStatus + + // DesiredStatusPending is a DesiredStatus enum value DesiredStatusPending = "PENDING" - // @enum DesiredStatus + + // DesiredStatusStopped is a DesiredStatus enum value DesiredStatusStopped = "STOPPED" ) const ( - // @enum LogDriver + // LogDriverJsonFile is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverJsonFile = "json-file" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverSyslog is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverSyslog = "syslog" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverJournald is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverJournald = "journald" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverGelf is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverGelf = "gelf" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverFluentd is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverFluentd = "fluentd" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverAwslogs is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverAwslogs = "awslogs" - // @enum LogDriver + + // LogDriverSplunk is a LogDriver enum value LogDriverSplunk = "splunk" ) const ( - // @enum NetworkMode + // NetworkModeBridge is a NetworkMode enum value NetworkModeBridge = "bridge" - // @enum NetworkMode + + // NetworkModeHost is a NetworkMode enum value NetworkModeHost = "host" - // @enum NetworkMode + + // NetworkModeNone is a NetworkMode enum value NetworkModeNone = "none" ) const ( - // @enum SortOrder + // SortOrderAsc is a SortOrder enum value SortOrderAsc = "ASC" - // @enum SortOrder + + // SortOrderDesc is a SortOrder enum value SortOrderDesc = "DESC" ) const ( - // @enum TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus + // TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusActive is a TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus enum value TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusActive = "ACTIVE" - // @enum TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus + + // TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusInactive is a TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus enum value TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusInactive = "INACTIVE" - // @enum TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus + + // TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusAll is a TaskDefinitionFamilyStatus enum value TaskDefinitionFamilyStatusAll = "ALL" ) const ( - // @enum TaskDefinitionStatus + // TaskDefinitionStatusActive is a TaskDefinitionStatus enum value TaskDefinitionStatusActive = "ACTIVE" - // @enum TaskDefinitionStatus + + // TaskDefinitionStatusInactive is a TaskDefinitionStatus enum value TaskDefinitionStatusInactive = "INACTIVE" ) const ( - // @enum TransportProtocol + // TransportProtocolTcp is a TransportProtocol enum value TransportProtocolTcp = "tcp" - // @enum TransportProtocol + + // TransportProtocolUdp is a TransportProtocol enum value TransportProtocolUdp = "udp" ) const ( - // @enum UlimitName + // UlimitNameCore is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameCore = "core" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameCpu is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameCpu = "cpu" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameData is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameData = "data" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameFsize is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameFsize = "fsize" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameLocks is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameLocks = "locks" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameMemlock is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameMemlock = "memlock" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameMsgqueue is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameMsgqueue = "msgqueue" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameNice is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameNice = "nice" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameNofile is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameNofile = "nofile" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameNproc is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameNproc = "nproc" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameRss is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameRss = "rss" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameRtprio is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameRtprio = "rtprio" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameRttime is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameRttime = "rttime" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameSigpending is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameSigpending = "sigpending" - // @enum UlimitName + + // UlimitNameStack is a UlimitName enum value UlimitNameStack = "stack" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/waiters.go index c571afd18..cbc6f76e1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilServicesInactive uses the Amazon ECS API operation +// DescribeServices to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ECS) WaitUntilServicesInactive(input *DescribeServicesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeServices", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *ECS) WaitUntilServicesInactive(input *DescribeServicesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilServicesStable uses the Amazon ECS API operation +// DescribeServices to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ECS) WaitUntilServicesStable(input *DescribeServicesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeServices", @@ -76,6 +84,10 @@ func (c *ECS) WaitUntilServicesStable(input *DescribeServicesInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilTasksRunning uses the Amazon ECS API operation +// DescribeTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ECS) WaitUntilTasksRunning(input *DescribeTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeTasks", @@ -111,6 +123,10 @@ func (c *ECS) WaitUntilTasksRunning(input *DescribeTasksInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilTasksStopped uses the Amazon ECS API operation +// DescribeTasks to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ECS) WaitUntilTasksStopped(input *DescribeTasksInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeTasks", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs/api.go index 1245ef45d..f05c8fb2c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opCreateFileSystem = "CreateFileSystem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateFileSystem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateFileSystemRequest(input *CreateFileSystemInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateFileSystem API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Creates a new, empty file system. The operation requires a creation token // in the request that Amazon EFS uses to ensure idempotent creation (calling // the operation with same creation token has no effect). If a file system does @@ -100,6 +104,30 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateFileSystemRequest(input *CreateFileSystemInput) (req *reques // // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:CreateFileSystem // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation CreateFileSystem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemAlreadyExists +// Returned if the file system you are trying to create already exists, with +// the creation token you provided. +// +// * FileSystemLimitExceeded +// Returned if the AWS account has already created maximum number of file systems +// allowed per account. +// func (c *EFS) CreateFileSystem(input *CreateFileSystemInput) (*FileSystemDescription, error) { req, out := c.CreateFileSystemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -113,6 +141,8 @@ const opCreateMountTarget = "CreateMountTarget" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateMountTarget for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -147,6 +177,8 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateMountTargetRequest(input *CreateMountTargetInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateMountTarget API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Creates a mount target for a file system. You can then mount the file system // on EC2 instances via the mount target. // @@ -243,6 +275,62 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateMountTargetRequest(input *CreateMountTargetInput) (req *requ // ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaces // // ec2:CreateNetworkInterface +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation CreateMountTarget for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// +// * IncorrectFileSystemLifeCycleState +// Returned if the file system's life cycle state is not "created". +// +// * MountTargetConflict +// Returned if the mount target would violate one of the specified restrictions +// based on the file system's existing mount targets. +// +// * SubnetNotFound +// Returned if there is no subnet with ID SubnetId provided in the request. +// +// * NoFreeAddressesInSubnet +// Returned if IpAddress was not specified in the request and there are no free +// IP addresses in the subnet. +// +// * IpAddressInUse +// Returned if the request specified an IpAddress that is already in use in +// the subnet. +// +// * NetworkInterfaceLimitExceeded +// The calling account has reached the ENI limit for the specific AWS region. +// Client should try to delete some ENIs or get its account limit raised. For +// more information, see Amazon VPC Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_Appendix_Limits.html) +// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide (see the Network interfaces +// per VPC entry in the table). +// +// * SecurityGroupLimitExceeded +// Returned if the size of SecurityGroups specified in the request is greater +// than five. +// +// * SecurityGroupNotFound +// Returned if one of the specified security groups does not exist in the subnet's +// VPC. +// +// * UnsupportedAvailabilityZone + +// func (c *EFS) CreateMountTarget(input *CreateMountTargetInput) (*MountTargetDescription, error) { req, out := c.CreateMountTargetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -256,6 +344,8 @@ const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -292,6 +382,8 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Creates or overwrites tags associated with a file system. Each tag is a key-value // pair. If a tag key specified in the request already exists on the file system, // this operation overwrites its value with the value provided in the request. @@ -300,6 +392,26 @@ func (c *EFS) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o // // This operation requires permission for the elasticfilesystem:CreateTags // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// func (c *EFS) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -313,6 +425,8 @@ const opDeleteFileSystem = "DeleteFileSystem" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteFileSystem for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -349,6 +463,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteFileSystemRequest(input *DeleteFileSystemInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteFileSystem API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Deletes a file system, permanently severing access to its contents. Upon // return, the file system no longer exists and you can't access any contents // of the deleted file system. @@ -365,6 +481,29 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteFileSystemRequest(input *DeleteFileSystemInput) (req *reques // // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:DeleteFileSystem // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DeleteFileSystem for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// +// * FileSystemInUse +// Returned if a file system has mount targets. +// func (c *EFS) DeleteFileSystem(input *DeleteFileSystemInput) (*DeleteFileSystemOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteFileSystemRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -378,6 +517,8 @@ const opDeleteMountTarget = "DeleteMountTarget" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMountTarget for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -414,6 +555,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteMountTargetRequest(input *DeleteMountTargetInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteMountTarget API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Deletes the specified mount target. // // This operation forcibly breaks any mounts of the file system via the mount @@ -439,6 +582,30 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteMountTargetRequest(input *DeleteMountTargetInput) (req *requ // on the mount target's network interface: // // ec2:DeleteNetworkInterface +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DeleteMountTarget for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * DependencyTimeout +// The service timed out trying to fulfill the request, and the client should +// try the call again. +// +// * MountTargetNotFound +// Returned if there is no mount target with the specified ID found in the caller's +// account. +// func (c *EFS) DeleteMountTarget(input *DeleteMountTargetInput) (*DeleteMountTargetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMountTargetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -452,6 +619,8 @@ const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -488,6 +657,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Deletes the specified tags from a file system. If the DeleteTags request // includes a tag key that does not exist, Amazon EFS ignores it and doesn't // cause an error. For more information about tags and related restrictions, @@ -496,6 +667,26 @@ func (c *EFS) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o // // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:DeleteTags // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// func (c *EFS) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -509,6 +700,8 @@ const opDescribeFileSystems = "DescribeFileSystems" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeFileSystems for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -543,6 +736,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeFileSystemsRequest(input *DescribeFileSystemsInput) (req * return } +// DescribeFileSystems API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Returns the description of a specific Amazon EFS file system if either the // file system CreationToken or the FileSystemId is provided. Otherwise, it // returns descriptions of all file systems owned by the caller's AWS account @@ -569,6 +764,26 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeFileSystemsRequest(input *DescribeFileSystemsInput) (req * // // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:DescribeFileSystems // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DescribeFileSystems for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// func (c *EFS) DescribeFileSystems(input *DescribeFileSystemsInput) (*DescribeFileSystemsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeFileSystemsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -582,6 +797,8 @@ const opDescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups = "DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -616,6 +833,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeMountTarge return } +// DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Returns the security groups currently in effect for a mount target. This // operation requires that the network interface of the mount target has been // created and the lifecycle state of the mount target is not deleted. @@ -627,6 +846,29 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeMountTarge // // ec2:DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute action on the mount target's network // interface. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * MountTargetNotFound +// Returned if there is no mount target with the specified ID found in the caller's +// account. +// +// * IncorrectMountTargetState +// Returned if the mount target is not in the correct state for the operation. +// func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroups(input *DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -640,6 +882,8 @@ const opDescribeMountTargets = "DescribeMountTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMountTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -674,6 +918,8 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargetsRequest(input *DescribeMountTargetsInput) (req return } +// DescribeMountTargets API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Returns the descriptions of all the current mount targets, or a specific // mount target, for a file system. When requesting all of the current mount // targets, the order of mount targets returned in the response is unspecified. @@ -681,6 +927,30 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargetsRequest(input *DescribeMountTargetsInput) (req // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:DescribeMountTargets // action, on either the file system ID that you specify in FileSystemId, or // on the file system of the mount target that you specify in MountTargetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DescribeMountTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// +// * MountTargetNotFound +// Returned if there is no mount target with the specified ID found in the caller's +// account. +// func (c *EFS) DescribeMountTargets(input *DescribeMountTargetsInput) (*DescribeMountTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMountTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -694,6 +964,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -728,12 +1000,34 @@ func (c *EFS) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Returns the tags associated with a file system. The order of tags returned // in the response of one DescribeTags call and the order of tags returned across // the responses of a multi-call iteration (when using pagination) is unspecified. // // This operation requires permissions for the elasticfilesystem:DescribeTags // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * FileSystemNotFound +// Returned if the specified FileSystemId does not exist in the requester's +// AWS account. +// func (c *EFS) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -747,6 +1041,8 @@ const opModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups = "ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -783,6 +1079,8 @@ func (c *EFS) ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ModifyMountTargetSec return } +// ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic File System. +// // Modifies the set of security groups in effect for a mount target. // // When you create a mount target, Amazon EFS also creates a new network interface. @@ -799,6 +1097,37 @@ func (c *EFS) ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ModifyMountTargetSec // // ec2:ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute action on the mount target's network // interface. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic File System's +// API operation ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BadRequest +// Returned if the request is malformed or contains an error such as an invalid +// parameter value or a missing required parameter. +// +// * InternalServerError +// Returned if an error occurred on the server side. +// +// * MountTargetNotFound +// Returned if there is no mount target with the specified ID found in the caller's +// account. +// +// * IncorrectMountTargetState +// Returned if the mount target is not in the correct state for the operation. +// +// * SecurityGroupLimitExceeded +// Returned if the size of SecurityGroups specified in the request is greater +// than five. +// +// * SecurityGroupNotFound +// Returned if one of the specified security groups does not exist in the subnet's +// VPC. +// func (c *EFS) ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroups(input *ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsInput) (*ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -810,6 +1139,8 @@ type CreateFileSystemInput struct { // String of up to 64 ASCII characters. Amazon EFS uses this to ensure idempotent // creation. + // + // CreationToken is a required field CreationToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The PerformanceMode of the file system. We recommend generalPurpose performance @@ -850,6 +1181,8 @@ type CreateMountTargetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the file system for which to create the mount target. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Valid IPv4 address within the address range of the specified subnet. @@ -860,6 +1193,8 @@ type CreateMountTargetInput struct { SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list"` // ID of the subnet to add the mount target in. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -894,9 +1229,13 @@ type CreateTagsInput struct { // ID of the file system whose tags you want to modify (String). This operation // modifies the tags only, not the file system. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FileSystemId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Array of Tag objects to add. Each Tag object is a key-value pair. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -954,6 +1293,8 @@ type DeleteFileSystemInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the file system you want to delete. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FileSystemId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -998,6 +1339,8 @@ type DeleteMountTargetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the mount target to delete (String). + // + // MountTargetId is a required field MountTargetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MountTargetId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1042,9 +1385,13 @@ type DeleteTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the file system whose tags you want to delete (String). + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FileSystemId" type:"string" required:"true"` // List of tag keys to delete. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1166,6 +1513,8 @@ type DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the mount target whose security groups you want to retrieve. + // + // MountTargetId is a required field MountTargetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MountTargetId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1196,6 +1545,8 @@ type DescribeMountTargetSecurityGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Array of security groups. + // + // SecurityGroups is a required field SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1284,6 +1635,8 @@ type DescribeTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the file system whose tag set you want to retrieve. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FileSystemId" type:"string" required:"true"` // (Optional) Opaque pagination token returned from a previous DescribeTags @@ -1335,6 +1688,8 @@ type DescribeTagsOutput struct { NextMarker *string `type:"string"` // Returns tags associated with the file system as an array of Tag objects. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1353,15 +1708,23 @@ type FileSystemDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Time that the file system was created, in seconds (since 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z). + // + // CreationTime is a required field CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // Opaque string specified in the request. + // + // CreationToken is a required field CreationToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Lifecycle phase of the file system. + // + // LifeCycleState is a required field LifeCycleState *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LifeCycleState"` // You can add tags to a file system, including a Name tag. For more information, @@ -1371,13 +1734,19 @@ type FileSystemDescription struct { // Current number of mount targets that the file system has. For more information, // see CreateMountTarget. + // + // NumberOfMountTargets is a required field NumberOfMountTargets *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // AWS account that created the file system. If the file system was created // by an IAM user, the parent account to which the user belongs is the owner. + // + // OwnerId is a required field OwnerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The PerformanceMode of the file system. + // + // PerformanceMode is a required field PerformanceMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PerformanceMode"` // Latest known metered size (in bytes) of data stored in the file system, in @@ -1389,6 +1758,8 @@ type FileSystemDescription struct { // actual size only if the file system is not modified for a period longer than // a couple of hours. Otherwise, the value is not the exact size the file system // was at any instant in time. + // + // SizeInBytes is a required field SizeInBytes *FileSystemSize `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1418,6 +1789,8 @@ type FileSystemSize struct { Timestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // Latest known metered size (in bytes) of data stored in the file system. + // + // Value is a required field Value *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -1435,6 +1808,8 @@ type ModifyMountTargetSecurityGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the mount target whose security groups you want to modify. + // + // MountTargetId is a required field MountTargetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MountTargetId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Array of up to five VPC security group IDs. @@ -1483,15 +1858,21 @@ type MountTargetDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // ID of the file system for which the mount target is intended. + // + // FileSystemId is a required field FileSystemId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Address at which the file system may be mounted via the mount target. IpAddress *string `type:"string"` // Lifecycle state of the mount target. + // + // LifeCycleState is a required field LifeCycleState *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LifeCycleState"` // System-assigned mount target ID. + // + // MountTargetId is a required field MountTargetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // ID of the network interface that Amazon EFS created when it created the mount @@ -1502,6 +1883,8 @@ type MountTargetDescription struct { OwnerId *string `type:"string"` // ID of the mount target's subnet. + // + // SubnetId is a required field SubnetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1521,9 +1904,13 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Tag key (String). The key can't start with aws:. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Value of the tag key. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1557,19 +1944,23 @@ func (s *Tag) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum LifeCycleState + // LifeCycleStateCreating is a LifeCycleState enum value LifeCycleStateCreating = "creating" - // @enum LifeCycleState + + // LifeCycleStateAvailable is a LifeCycleState enum value LifeCycleStateAvailable = "available" - // @enum LifeCycleState + + // LifeCycleStateDeleting is a LifeCycleState enum value LifeCycleStateDeleting = "deleting" - // @enum LifeCycleState + + // LifeCycleStateDeleted is a LifeCycleState enum value LifeCycleStateDeleted = "deleted" ) const ( - // @enum PerformanceMode + // PerformanceModeGeneralPurpose is a PerformanceMode enum value PerformanceModeGeneralPurpose = "generalPurpose" - // @enum PerformanceMode + + // PerformanceModeMaxIo is a PerformanceMode enum value PerformanceModeMaxIo = "maxIO" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/api.go index f1d9a70f1..3afba309c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -53,10 +55,11 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (r return } -// The AddTagsToResource action adds up to 10 cost allocation tags to the named -// resource. A cost allocation tag is a key-value pair where the key and value -// are case-sensitive. Cost allocation tags can be used to categorize and track -// your AWS costs. +// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Adds up to 10 cost allocation tags to the named resource. A cost allocation +// tag is a key-value pair where the key and value are case-sensitive. You can +// use cost allocation tags to categorize and track your AWS costs. // // When you apply tags to your ElastiCache resources, AWS generates a cost // allocation report as a comma-separated value (CSV) file with your usage and @@ -65,6 +68,29 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (r // your costs across multiple services. For more information, see Using Cost // Allocation Tags in Amazon ElastiCache (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Tagging.html) // in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * TagQuotaPerResourceExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would cause the resource to have +// more than the allowed number of tags. The maximum number of tags permitted +// on a resource is 10. +// +// * InvalidARN +// The requested Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not refer to an existing resource. +// func (c *ElastiCache) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*TagListMessage, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -78,6 +104,8 @@ const opAuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -112,12 +140,40 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *Authorize return } -// The AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress action allows network ingress to a -// cache security group. Applications using ElastiCache must be running on Amazon -// EC2, and Amazon EC2 security groups are used as the authorization mechanism. +// AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Allows network ingress to a cache security group. Applications using ElastiCache +// must be running on Amazon EC2, and Amazon EC2 security groups are used as +// the authorization mechanism. // // You cannot authorize ingress from an Amazon EC2 security group in one region // to an ElastiCache cluster in another region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * InvalidCacheSecurityGroupState +// The current state of the cache security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * AuthorizationAlreadyExists +// The specified Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified +// cache security group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -131,6 +187,8 @@ const opCopySnapshot = "CopySnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopySnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -165,19 +223,99 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CopySnapshotRequest(input *CopySnapshotInput) (req *reques return } -// The CopySnapshot action makes a copy of an existing snapshot. +// CopySnapshot API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. // -// Users or groups that have permissions to use the CopySnapshot API can create -// their own Amazon S3 buckets and copy snapshots to it. To control access to -// your snapshots, use an IAM policy to control who has the ability to use the -// CopySnapshot API. For more information about using IAM to control the use -// of ElastiCache APIs, see Exporting Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElastiCache/latest/Snapshots.Exporting.html) -// and Authentication & Access Control (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElastiCache/latest/IAM.html). +// Makes a copy of an existing snapshot. // -// Erorr Message: Error Message: The authenticated user does not have -// sufficient permissions to perform the desired activity. +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Users or groups that have permissions to use the CopySnapshot operation +// can create their own Amazon S3 buckets and copy snapshots to it. To control +// access to your snapshots, use an IAM policy to control who has the ability +// to use the CopySnapshot operation. For more information about using IAM to +// control the use of ElastiCache operations, see Exporting Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html) +// and Authentication & Access Control (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/IAM.html). +// +// You could receive the following error messages. +// +// Error Messages Error Message: The S3 bucket %s is outside of the region. +// +// Solution: Create an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as your snapshot. +// For more information, see Step 1: Create an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Error Message: The S3 bucket %s does not exist. +// +// Solution: Create an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as your snapshot. +// For more information, see Step 1: Create an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Error Message: The S3 bucket %s is not owned by the authenticated user. +// +// Solution: Create an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as your snapshot. +// For more information, see Step 1: Create an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Error Message: The authenticated user does not have sufficient permissions +// to perform the desired activity. // // Solution: Contact your system administrator to get the needed permissions. +// +// Error Message: The S3 bucket %s already contains an object with key %s. +// +// Solution: Give the TargetSnapshotName a new and unique value. If exporting +// a snapshot, you could alternatively create a new Amazon S3 bucket and use +// this same value for TargetSnapshotName. +// +// Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted READ permissions %s +// on the S3 Bucket. +// +// Solution: Add List and Read permissions on the bucket. For more information, +// see Step 2: Grant ElastiCache Access to Your Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.GrantAccess) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted WRITE permissions %s +// on the S3 Bucket. +// +// Solution: Add Upload/Delete permissions on the bucket. For more information, +// see Step 2: Grant ElastiCache Access to Your Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.GrantAccess) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted READ_ACP permissions +// %s on the S3 Bucket. +// +// Solution: Add View Permissions on the bucket. For more information, see +// Step 2: Grant ElastiCache Access to Your Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.GrantAccess) +// in the ElastiCache User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CopySnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// You already have a snapshot with the given name. +// +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum number +// of snapshots. +// +// * InvalidSnapshotState +// The current state of the snapshot does not allow the requested operation +// to occur. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CopySnapshot(input *CopySnapshotInput) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopySnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -191,6 +329,8 @@ const opCreateCacheCluster = "CreateCacheCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -225,9 +365,74 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheClusterRequest(input *CreateCacheClusterInput) return } -// The CreateCacheCluster action creates a cache cluster. All nodes in the cache -// cluster run the same protocol-compliant cache engine software, either Memcached -// or Redis. +// CreateCacheCluster API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Creates a cache cluster. All nodes in the cache cluster run the same protocol-compliant +// cache engine software, either Memcached or Redis. +// +// Due to current limitations on Redis (cluster mode disabled), this operation +// or parameter is not supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication +// groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidReplicationGroupState +// The requested replication group is not in the available state. +// +// * CacheClusterAlreadyExists +// You already have a cache cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * InsufficientCacheClusterCapacity +// The requested cache node type is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * CacheSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The requested cache subnet group name does not refer to an existing cache +// subnet group. +// +// * ClusterQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache clusters per customer. +// +// * NodeQuotaForClusterExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes in a single cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes per customer. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The VPC network is in an invalid state. +// +// * TagQuotaPerResourceExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would cause the resource to have +// more than the allowed number of tags. The maximum number of tags permitted +// on a resource is 10. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheCluster(input *CreateCacheClusterInput) (*CreateCacheClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCacheClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -241,6 +446,8 @@ const opCreateCacheParameterGroup = "CreateCacheParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -275,9 +482,36 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateCacheParamet return } -// The CreateCacheParameterGroup action creates a new cache parameter group. -// A cache parameter group is a collection of parameters that you apply to all -// of the nodes in a cache cluster. +// CreateCacheParameterGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Creates a new cache parameter group. A cache parameter group is a collection +// of parameters that you apply to all of the nodes in a cache cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum number +// of cache security groups. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A cache parameter group with the requested name already exists. +// +// * InvalidCacheParameterGroupState +// The current state of the cache parameter group does not allow the requested +// operation to occur. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheParameterGroup(input *CreateCacheParameterGroupInput) (*CreateCacheParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCacheParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -291,6 +525,8 @@ const opCreateCacheSecurityGroup = "CreateCacheSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCacheSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -325,13 +561,37 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateCacheSecurity return } -// The CreateCacheSecurityGroup action creates a new cache security group. Use -// a cache security group to control access to one or more cache clusters. +// CreateCacheSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Creates a new cache security group. Use a cache security group to control +// access to one or more cache clusters. // // Cache security groups are only used when you are creating a cache cluster -// outside of an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). If you are creating a cache -// cluster inside of a VPC, use a cache subnet group instead. For more information, -// see CreateCacheSubnetGroup (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCacheSubnetGroup.html). +// outside of an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). If you are creating +// a cache cluster inside of a VPC, use a cache subnet group instead. For more +// information, see CreateCacheSubnetGroup (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCacheSubnetGroup.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateCacheSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSecurityGroupAlreadyExists +// A cache security group with the specified name already exists. +// +// * QuotaExceeded.CacheSecurityGroup +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache security groups. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheSecurityGroup(input *CreateCacheSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateCacheSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCacheSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -345,6 +605,8 @@ const opCreateCacheSubnetGroup = "CreateCacheSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -379,10 +641,36 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateCacheSubnetGrou return } -// The CreateCacheSubnetGroup action creates a new cache subnet group. +// CreateCacheSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Creates a new cache subnet group. // // Use this parameter only when you are creating a cluster in an Amazon Virtual -// Private Cloud (VPC). +// Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSubnetGroupAlreadyExists +// The requested cache subnet group name is already in use by an existing cache +// subnet group. +// +// * CacheSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache subnet groups. +// +// * CacheSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of subnets in a cache subnet group. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// An invalid subnet identifier was specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CreateCacheSubnetGroup(input *CreateCacheSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateCacheSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -396,6 +684,8 @@ const opCreateReplicationGroup = "CreateReplicationGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -430,17 +720,92 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateReplicationGroupRequest(input *CreateReplicationGrou return } -// The CreateReplicationGroup action creates a replication group. A replication -// group is a collection of cache clusters, where one of the cache clusters -// is a read/write primary and the others are read-only replicas. Writes to -// the primary are automatically propagated to the replicas. +// CreateReplicationGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. // -// When you create a replication group, you must specify an existing cache -// cluster that is in the primary role. When the replication group has been -// successfully created, you can add one or more read replica replicas to it, -// up to a total of five read replicas. +// Creates a Redis (cluster mode disabled) or a Redis (cluster mode enabled) +// replication group. +// +// A Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication group is a collection of cache +// clusters, where one of the cache clusters is a read/write primary and the +// others are read-only replicas. Writes to the primary are asynchronously propagated +// to the replicas. +// +// A Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group is a collection of 1 to +// 15 node groups (shards). Each node group (shard) has one read/write primary +// node and up to 5 read-only replica nodes. Writes to the primary are asynchronously +// propagated to the replicas. Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication groups +// partition the data across node groups (shards). +// +// When a Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication group has been successfully +// created, you can add one or more read replicas to it, up to a total of 5 +// read replicas. You cannot alter a Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication +// group once it has been created. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ReplicationGroupAlreadyExists +// The specified replication group already exists. +// +// * InsufficientCacheClusterCapacity +// The requested cache node type is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * CacheSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The requested cache subnet group name does not refer to an existing cache +// subnet group. +// +// * ClusterQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache clusters per customer. +// +// * NodeQuotaForClusterExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes in a single cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes per customer. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The VPC network is in an invalid state. +// +// * TagQuotaPerResourceExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would cause the resource to have +// more than the allowed number of tags. The maximum number of tags permitted +// on a resource is 10. +// +// * NodeGroupsPerReplicationGroupQuotaExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum of 15 +// node groups (shards) in a single replication group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. // -// This action is valid only for Redis. func (c *ElastiCache) CreateReplicationGroup(input *CreateReplicationGroupInput) (*CreateReplicationGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReplicationGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -454,6 +819,8 @@ const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -488,8 +855,57 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *re return } -// The CreateSnapshot action creates a copy of an entire cache cluster at a -// specific moment in time. +// CreateSnapshot API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Creates a copy of an entire cache cluster or replication group at a specific +// moment in time. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// You already have a snapshot with the given name. +// +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidReplicationGroupState +// The requested replication group is not in the available state. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum number +// of snapshots. +// +// * SnapshotFeatureNotSupportedFault +// You attempted one of the following operations: +// +// Creating a snapshot of a Redis cache cluster running on a cache.t1.micro +// cache node. +// +// Creating a snapshot of a cache cluster that is running Memcached rather +// than Redis. +// +// Neither of these are supported by ElastiCache. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// func (c *ElastiCache) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -503,6 +919,8 @@ const opDeleteCacheCluster = "DeleteCacheCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -537,14 +955,61 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheClusterRequest(input *DeleteCacheClusterInput) return } -// The DeleteCacheCluster action deletes a previously provisioned cache cluster. -// DeleteCacheCluster deletes all associated cache nodes, node endpoints and -// the cache cluster itself. When you receive a successful response from this -// action, Amazon ElastiCache immediately begins deleting the cache cluster; -// you cannot cancel or revert this action. +// DeleteCacheCluster API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Deletes a previously provisioned cache cluster. DeleteCacheCluster deletes +// all associated cache nodes, node endpoints and the cache cluster itself. +// When you receive a successful response from this operation, Amazon ElastiCache +// immediately begins deleting the cache cluster; you cannot cancel or revert +// this operation. +// +// This operation cannot be used to delete a cache cluster that is the last +// read replica of a replication group or node group (shard) that has Multi-AZ +// mode enabled or a cache cluster from a Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication +// group. +// +// Due to current limitations on Redis (cluster mode disabled), this operation +// or parameter is not supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication +// groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * SnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// You already have a snapshot with the given name. +// +// * SnapshotFeatureNotSupportedFault +// You attempted one of the following operations: +// +// Creating a snapshot of a Redis cache cluster running on a cache.t1.micro +// cache node. +// +// Creating a snapshot of a cache cluster that is running Memcached rather +// than Redis. +// +// Neither of these are supported by ElastiCache. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum number +// of snapshots. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. // -// This API cannot be used to delete a cache cluster that is the last read -// replica of a replication group that has Multi-AZ mode enabled. func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheCluster(input *DeleteCacheClusterInput) (*DeleteCacheClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCacheClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -558,6 +1023,8 @@ const opDeleteCacheParameterGroup = "DeleteCacheParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -594,9 +1061,33 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteCacheParamet return } -// The DeleteCacheParameterGroup action deletes the specified cache parameter -// group. You cannot delete a cache parameter group if it is associated with -// any cache clusters. +// DeleteCacheParameterGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Deletes the specified cache parameter group. You cannot delete a cache parameter +// group if it is associated with any cache clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidCacheParameterGroupState +// The current state of the cache parameter group does not allow the requested +// operation to occur. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheParameterGroup(input *DeleteCacheParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteCacheParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCacheParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -610,6 +1101,8 @@ const opDeleteCacheSecurityGroup = "DeleteCacheSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCacheSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -646,10 +1139,34 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteCacheSecurity return } -// The DeleteCacheSecurityGroup action deletes a cache security group. +// DeleteCacheSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Deletes a cache security group. // // You cannot delete a cache security group if it is associated with any cache // clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteCacheSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidCacheSecurityGroupState +// The current state of the cache security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheSecurityGroup(input *DeleteCacheSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteCacheSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCacheSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -663,6 +1180,8 @@ const opDeleteCacheSubnetGroup = "DeleteCacheSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -699,10 +1218,28 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteCacheSubnetGrou return } -// The DeleteCacheSubnetGroup action deletes a cache subnet group. +// DeleteCacheSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Deletes a cache subnet group. // // You cannot delete a cache subnet group if it is associated with any cache // clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSubnetGroupInUse +// The requested cache subnet group is currently in use. +// +// * CacheSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The requested cache subnet group name does not refer to an existing cache +// subnet group. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteCacheSubnetGroup(input *DeleteCacheSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteCacheSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -716,6 +1253,8 @@ const opDeleteReplicationGroup = "DeleteReplicationGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -750,14 +1289,58 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteReplicationGroupRequest(input *DeleteReplicationGrou return } -// The DeleteReplicationGroup action deletes an existing replication group. -// By default, this action deletes the entire replication group, including the -// primary cluster and all of the read replicas. You can optionally delete only -// the read replicas, while retaining the primary cluster. +// DeleteReplicationGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. // -// When you receive a successful response from this action, Amazon ElastiCache +// Deletes an existing replication group. By default, this operation deletes +// the entire replication group, including the primary/primaries and all of +// the read replicas. If the replication group has only one primary, you can +// optionally delete only the read replicas, while retaining the primary by +// setting RetainPrimaryCluster=true. +// +// When you receive a successful response from this operation, Amazon ElastiCache // immediately begins deleting the selected resources; you cannot cancel or -// revert this action. +// revert this operation. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidReplicationGroupState +// The requested replication group is not in the available state. +// +// * SnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// You already have a snapshot with the given name. +// +// * SnapshotFeatureNotSupportedFault +// You attempted one of the following operations: +// +// Creating a snapshot of a Redis cache cluster running on a cache.t1.micro +// cache node. +// +// Creating a snapshot of a cache cluster that is running Memcached rather +// than Redis. +// +// Neither of these are supported by ElastiCache. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the maximum number +// of snapshots. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteReplicationGroup(input *DeleteReplicationGroupInput) (*DeleteReplicationGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteReplicationGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -771,6 +1354,8 @@ const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -805,9 +1390,35 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *re return } -// The DeleteSnapshot action deletes an existing snapshot. When you receive -// a successful response from this action, ElastiCache immediately begins deleting -// the snapshot; you cannot cancel or revert this action. +// DeleteSnapshot API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Deletes an existing snapshot. When you receive a successful response from +// this operation, ElastiCache immediately begins deleting the snapshot; you +// cannot cancel or revert this operation. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * InvalidSnapshotState +// The current state of the snapshot does not allow the requested operation +// to occur. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -821,6 +1432,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheClusters = "DescribeCacheClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -861,28 +1474,48 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheClustersRequest(input *DescribeCacheClustersI return } -// The DescribeCacheClusters action returns information about all provisioned -// cache clusters if no cache cluster identifier is specified, or about a specific -// cache cluster if a cache cluster identifier is supplied. +// DescribeCacheClusters API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. // -// By default, abbreviated information about the cache clusters(s) will be -// returned. You can use the optional ShowDetails flag to retrieve detailed -// information about the cache nodes associated with the cache clusters. These -// details include the DNS address and port for the cache node endpoint. +// Returns information about all provisioned cache clusters if no cache cluster +// identifier is specified, or about a specific cache cluster if a cache cluster +// identifier is supplied. // -// If the cluster is in the CREATING state, only cluster level information -// will be displayed until all of the nodes are successfully provisioned. +// By default, abbreviated information about the cache clusters are returned. +// You can use the optional ShowDetails flag to retrieve detailed information +// about the cache nodes associated with the cache clusters. These details include +// the DNS address and port for the cache node endpoint. // -// If the cluster is in the DELETING state, only cluster level information -// will be displayed. +// If the cluster is in the CREATING state, only cluster-level information +// is displayed until all of the nodes are successfully provisioned. +// +// If the cluster is in the DELETING state, only cluster-level information +// is displayed. // // If cache nodes are currently being added to the cache cluster, node endpoint -// information and creation time for the additional nodes will not be displayed +// information and creation time for the additional nodes are not displayed // until they are completely provisioned. When the cache cluster state is available, // the cluster is ready for use. // // If cache nodes are currently being removed from the cache cluster, no endpoint // information for the removed nodes is displayed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheClusters(input *DescribeCacheClustersInput) (*DescribeCacheClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -921,6 +1554,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheEngineVersions = "DescribeCacheEngineVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheEngineVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -961,8 +1596,16 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeCacheEng return } -// The DescribeCacheEngineVersions action returns a list of the available cache -// engines and their versions. +// DescribeCacheEngineVersions API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns a list of the available cache engines and their versions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheEngineVersions for usage and error information. func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheEngineVersions(input *DescribeCacheEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeCacheEngineVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheEngineVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1001,6 +1644,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheParameterGroups = "DescribeCacheParameterGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1041,9 +1686,30 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeCachePa return } -// The DescribeCacheParameterGroups action returns a list of cache parameter -// group descriptions. If a cache parameter group name is specified, the list -// will contain only the descriptions for that group. +// DescribeCacheParameterGroups API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns a list of cache parameter group descriptions. If a cache parameter +// group name is specified, the list contains only the descriptions for that +// group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheParameterGroups(input *DescribeCacheParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeCacheParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1082,6 +1748,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheParameters = "DescribeCacheParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1122,8 +1790,28 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheParametersRequest(input *DescribeCacheParamet return } -// The DescribeCacheParameters action returns the detailed parameter list for -// a particular cache parameter group. +// DescribeCacheParameters API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular cache parameter group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheParameters(input *DescribeCacheParametersInput) (*DescribeCacheParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1162,6 +1850,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheSecurityGroups = "DescribeCacheSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1202,9 +1892,29 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeCacheSec return } -// The DescribeCacheSecurityGroups action returns a list of cache security group -// descriptions. If a cache security group name is specified, the list will -// contain only the description of that group. +// DescribeCacheSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns a list of cache security group descriptions. If a cache security +// group name is specified, the list contains only the description of that group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheSecurityGroups(input *DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1243,6 +1953,8 @@ const opDescribeCacheSubnetGroups = "DescribeCacheSubnetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCacheSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1283,9 +1995,23 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeCacheSubne return } -// The DescribeCacheSubnetGroups action returns a list of cache subnet group -// descriptions. If a subnet group name is specified, the list will contain -// only the description of that group. +// DescribeCacheSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns a list of cache subnet group descriptions. If a subnet group name +// is specified, the list contains only the description of that group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeCacheSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The requested cache subnet group name does not refer to an existing cache +// subnet group. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeCacheSubnetGroups(input *DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1324,6 +2050,8 @@ const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1364,8 +2092,25 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngi return } -// The DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action returns the default engine and -// system parameter information for the specified cache engine. +// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified +// cache engine. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1404,6 +2149,8 @@ const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1444,13 +2191,30 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *re return } -// The DescribeEvents action returns events related to cache clusters, cache -// security groups, and cache parameter groups. You can obtain events specific -// to a particular cache cluster, cache security group, or cache parameter group -// by providing the name as a parameter. +// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns events related to cache clusters, cache security groups, and cache +// parameter groups. You can obtain events specific to a particular cache cluster, +// cache security group, or cache parameter group by providing the name as a +// parameter. // // By default, only the events occurring within the last hour are returned; // however, you can retrieve up to 14 days' worth of events if necessary. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1489,6 +2253,8 @@ const opDescribeReplicationGroups = "DescribeReplicationGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReplicationGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1529,9 +2295,31 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReplicationGroupsRequest(input *DescribeReplicatio return } -// The DescribeReplicationGroups action returns information about a particular -// replication group. If no identifier is specified, DescribeReplicationGroups -// returns information about all replication groups. +// DescribeReplicationGroups API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns information about a particular replication group. If no identifier +// is specified, DescribeReplicationGroups returns information about all replication +// groups. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeReplicationGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReplicationGroups(input *DescribeReplicationGroupsInput) (*DescribeReplicationGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReplicationGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1570,6 +2358,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedCacheNodes = "DescribeReservedCacheNodes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedCacheNodes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1610,8 +2400,28 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReservedCacheNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedC return } -// The DescribeReservedCacheNodes action returns information about reserved -// cache nodes for this account, or about a specified reserved cache node. +// DescribeReservedCacheNodes API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns information about reserved cache nodes for this account, or about +// a specified reserved cache node. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeReservedCacheNodes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedCacheNodeNotFound +// The requested reserved cache node was not found. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReservedCacheNodes(input *DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput) (*DescribeReservedCacheNodesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedCacheNodesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1650,6 +2460,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings = "DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferin // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1690,8 +2502,27 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsRequest(input *Describe return } -// The DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings action lists available reserved cache -// node offerings. +// DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Lists available reserved cache node offerings. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedCacheNodesOfferingNotFound +// The requested cache node offering does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1730,6 +2561,8 @@ const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1770,10 +2603,35 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (r return } -// The DescribeSnapshots action returns information about cache cluster snapshots. -// By default, DescribeSnapshots lists all of your snapshots; it can optionally +// DescribeSnapshots API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Returns information about cache cluster or replication group snapshots. By +// default, DescribeSnapshots lists all of your snapshots; it can optionally // describe a single snapshot, or just the snapshots associated with a particular // cache cluster. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1812,6 +2670,8 @@ const opListAllowedNodeTypeModifications = "ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1846,13 +2706,35 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsRequest(input *ListAllowed return } -// The ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications action lists all available node types -// that you can scale your Redis cluster's or replication group's current node -// type up to. +// ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Lists all available node types that you can scale your Redis cluster's or +// replication group's current node type up to. +// +// When you use the ModifyCacheCluster or ModifyReplicationGroup operations +// to scale up your cluster or replication group, the value of the CacheNodeType +// parameter must be one of the node types returned by this operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. // -// When you use the ModifyCacheCluster or ModifyReplicationGroup APIs to scale -// up your cluster or replication group, the value of the CacheNodeType parameter -// must be one of the node types returned by this action. func (c *ElastiCache) ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications(input *ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsInput) (*ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1866,6 +2748,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1900,14 +2784,34 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput return } -// The ListTagsForResource action lists all cost allocation tags currently on -// the named resource. A cost allocation tag is a key-value pair where the key -// is case-sensitive and the value is optional. Cost allocation tags can be -// used to categorize and track your AWS costs. +// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Lists all cost allocation tags currently on the named resource. A cost allocation +// tag is a key-value pair where the key is case-sensitive and the value is +// optional. You can use cost allocation tags to categorize and track your AWS +// costs. // // You can have a maximum of 10 cost allocation tags on an ElastiCache resource. // For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in Amazon ElastiCache // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/BestPractices.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * InvalidARN +// The requested Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not refer to an existing resource. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*TagListMessage, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1921,6 +2825,8 @@ const opModifyCacheCluster = "ModifyCacheCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1955,9 +2861,58 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheClusterRequest(input *ModifyCacheClusterInput) return } -// The ModifyCacheCluster action modifies the settings for a cache cluster. -// You can use this action to change one or more cluster configuration parameters -// by specifying the parameters and the new values. +// ModifyCacheCluster API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Modifies the settings for a cache cluster. You can use this operation to +// change one or more cluster configuration parameters by specifying the parameters +// and the new values. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ModifyCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidCacheSecurityGroupState +// The current state of the cache security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * InsufficientCacheClusterCapacity +// The requested cache node type is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForClusterExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes in a single cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes per customer. +// +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The VPC network is in an invalid state. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheCluster(input *ModifyCacheClusterInput) (*ModifyCacheClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyCacheClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1971,6 +2926,8 @@ const opModifyCacheParameterGroup = "ModifyCacheParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2005,9 +2962,34 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyCacheParamet return } -// The ModifyCacheParameterGroup action modifies the parameters of a cache parameter -// group. You can modify up to 20 parameters in a single request by submitting -// a list parameter name and value pairs. +// ModifyCacheParameterGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Modifies the parameters of a cache parameter group. You can modify up to +// 20 parameters in a single request by submitting a list parameter name and +// value pairs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ModifyCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidCacheParameterGroupState +// The current state of the cache parameter group does not allow the requested +// operation to occur. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheParameterGroup(input *ModifyCacheParameterGroupInput) (*CacheParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyCacheParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2021,6 +3003,8 @@ const opModifyCacheSubnetGroup = "ModifyCacheSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2055,7 +3039,32 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyCacheSubnetGrou return } -// The ModifyCacheSubnetGroup action modifies an existing cache subnet group. +// ModifyCacheSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Modifies an existing cache subnet group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ModifyCacheSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The requested cache subnet group name does not refer to an existing cache +// subnet group. +// +// * CacheSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of subnets in a cache subnet group. +// +// * SubnetInUse +// The requested subnet is being used by another cache subnet group. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// An invalid subnet identifier was specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyCacheSubnetGroup(input *ModifyCacheSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyCacheSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyCacheSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2069,6 +3078,8 @@ const opModifyReplicationGroup = "ModifyReplicationGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2103,8 +3114,68 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyReplicationGroupRequest(input *ModifyReplicationGrou return } -// The ModifyReplicationGroup action modifies the settings for a replication -// group. +// ModifyReplicationGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Modifies the settings for a replication group. +// +// Due to current limitations on Redis (cluster mode disabled), this operation +// or parameter is not supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication +// groups. +// +// This operation is valid for Redis only. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ModifyReplicationGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReplicationGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified replication group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidReplicationGroupState +// The requested replication group is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidCacheSecurityGroupState +// The current state of the cache security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * InsufficientCacheClusterCapacity +// The requested cache node type is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForClusterExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes in a single cache cluster. +// +// * NodeQuotaForCustomerExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the allowed number +// of cache nodes per customer. +// +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The VPC network is in an invalid state. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ModifyReplicationGroup(input *ModifyReplicationGroupInput) (*ModifyReplicationGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyReplicationGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2118,6 +3189,8 @@ const opPurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering = "PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2152,8 +3225,34 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseR return } -// The PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering action allows you to purchase a reserved -// cache node offering. +// PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Allows you to purchase a reserved cache node offering. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedCacheNodesOfferingNotFound +// The requested cache node offering does not exist. +// +// * ReservedCacheNodeAlreadyExists +// You already have a reservation with the given identifier. +// +// * ReservedCacheNodeQuotaExceeded +// The request cannot be processed because it would exceed the user's cache +// node quota. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2167,6 +3266,8 @@ const opRebootCacheCluster = "RebootCacheCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebootCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2201,16 +3302,33 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) RebootCacheClusterRequest(input *RebootCacheClusterInput) return } -// The RebootCacheCluster action reboots some, or all, of the cache nodes within -// a provisioned cache cluster. This API will apply any modified cache parameter -// groups to the cache cluster. The reboot action takes place as soon as possible, -// and results in a momentary outage to the cache cluster. During the reboot, -// the cache cluster status is set to REBOOTING. +// RebootCacheCluster API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Reboots some, or all, of the cache nodes within a provisioned cache cluster. +// This operation applies any modified cache parameter groups to the cache cluster. +// The reboot operation takes place as soon as possible, and results in a momentary +// outage to the cache cluster. During the reboot, the cache cluster status +// is set to REBOOTING. // // The reboot causes the contents of the cache (for each cache node being rebooted) // to be lost. // // When the reboot is complete, a cache cluster event is created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation RebootCacheCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidCacheClusterState +// The requested cache cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// func (c *ElastiCache) RebootCacheCluster(input *RebootCacheClusterInput) (*RebootCacheClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootCacheClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2224,6 +3342,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2258,8 +3378,30 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourc return } -// The RemoveTagsFromResource action removes the tags identified by the TagKeys -// list from the named resource. +// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Removes the tags identified by the TagKeys list from the named resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheClusterNotFound +// The requested cache cluster ID does not refer to an existing cache cluster. +// +// * SnapshotNotFoundFault +// The requested snapshot name does not refer to an existing snapshot. +// +// * InvalidARN +// The requested Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not refer to an existing resource. +// +// * TagNotFound +// The requested tag was not found on this resource. +// func (c *ElastiCache) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*TagListMessage, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2273,6 +3415,8 @@ const opResetCacheParameterGroup = "ResetCacheParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2307,10 +3451,35 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) ResetCacheParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetCacheParameter return } -// The ResetCacheParameterGroup action modifies the parameters of a cache parameter -// group to the engine or system default value. You can reset specific parameters -// by submitting a list of parameter names. To reset the entire cache parameter -// group, specify the ResetAllParameters and CacheParameterGroupName parameters. +// ResetCacheParameterGroup API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Modifies the parameters of a cache parameter group to the engine or system +// default value. You can reset specific parameters by submitting a list of +// parameter names. To reset the entire cache parameter group, specify the ResetAllParameters +// and CacheParameterGroupName parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation ResetCacheParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidCacheParameterGroupState +// The current state of the cache parameter group does not allow the requested +// operation to occur. +// +// * CacheParameterGroupNotFound +// The requested cache parameter group name does not refer to an existing cache +// parameter group. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) ResetCacheParameterGroup(input *ResetCacheParameterGroupInput) (*CacheParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetCacheParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2324,6 +3493,8 @@ const opRevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2358,16 +3529,43 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeCacheS return } -// The RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress action revokes ingress from a cache security -// group. Use this action to disallow access from an Amazon EC2 security group -// that had been previously authorized. +// RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon ElastiCache. +// +// Revokes ingress from a cache security group. Use this operation to disallow +// access from an Amazon EC2 security group that had been previously authorized. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon ElastiCache's +// API operation RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CacheSecurityGroupNotFound +// The requested cache security group name does not refer to an existing cache +// security group. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// The specified Amazon EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// cache security group. +// +// * InvalidCacheSecurityGroupState +// The current state of the cache security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterCombination +// Two or more incompatible parameters were specified. +// func (c *ElastiCache) RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() return out, err } -// Represents the input of an AddTagsToResource action. +// Represents the input of an AddTagsToResource operation. type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2375,12 +3573,16 @@ type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { // added, for example arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:cluster:myCluster // or arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:snapshot:mySnapshot. // - // For more information on ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of cost allocation tags to be added to this resource. A tag is a key-value // pair. A tag key must be accompanied by a tag value. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2410,20 +3612,26 @@ func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Represents the input of an AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress action. +// Represents the input of an AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress operation. type AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The cache security group which will allow network ingress. + // The cache security group that allows network ingress. + // + // CacheSecurityGroupName is a required field CacheSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon EC2 security group to be authorized for ingress to the cache security // group. + // + // EC2SecurityGroupName is a required field EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account number of the Amazon EC2 security group owner. Note that // this is not the same thing as an AWS access key ID - you must provide a valid // AWS account number for this parameter. + // + // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is a required field EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2459,7 +3667,7 @@ func (s *AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { type AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of one of the following actions: + // Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress // @@ -2523,7 +3731,8 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -2539,23 +3748,26 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // A list of cache nodes that are members of the cache cluster. CacheNodes []*CacheNode `locationNameList:"CacheNode" type:"list"` - // The status of the cache parameter group. + // Status of the cache parameter group. CacheParameterGroup *CacheParameterGroupStatus `type:"structure"` // A list of cache security group elements, composed of name and status sub-elements. @@ -2590,7 +3802,7 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // this value must be between 1 and 20. NumCacheNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` - // A group of settings that will be applied to the cache cluster in the future, + // A group of settings that are applied to the cache cluster in the future, // or that are currently being applied. PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` @@ -2598,10 +3810,11 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // "Multiple" if the cache nodes are located in different Availability Zones. PreferredAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` - // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster - // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid - // values for ddd are: + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster is + // performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: // // sun // @@ -2617,7 +3830,7 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // The replication group to which this cache cluster belongs. If this field @@ -2627,17 +3840,17 @@ type CacheCluster struct { // A list of VPC Security Groups associated with the cache cluster. SecurityGroups []*SecurityGroupMembership `type:"list"` - // The number of days for which ElastiCache will retain automatic cache cluster + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic cache cluster // snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit - // to 5, then a snapshot that was taken today will be retained for 5 days before - // being deleted. + // to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being + // deleted. // // If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups are // turned off. SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache will begin taking - // a daily snapshot of your cache cluster. + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of your cache cluster. // // Example: 05:00-09:00 SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` @@ -2664,6 +3877,8 @@ type CacheEngineVersion struct { CacheEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache parameter group family associated with this cache engine. + // + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 CacheParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache engine. @@ -2692,7 +3907,8 @@ func (s CacheEngineVersion) GoString() string { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, -// cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge +// cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, +// cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -2708,17 +3924,20 @@ func (s CacheEngineVersion) GoString() string { // // Notes: // -// All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). +// All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon +// VPC). // -// Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. +// Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) +// T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) +// T2 instances. // -// Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or -// t2 instances. +// Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or +// T2 instances. // -// For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon -// ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) -// and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) -// or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). +// For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache +// Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) +// and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) +// or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). type CacheNode struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2743,7 +3962,7 @@ type CacheNode struct { ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the primary node to which this read replica node is synchronized. - // If this field is empty, then this node is not associated with a primary cache + // If this field is empty, this node is not associated with a primary cache // cluster. SourceCacheNodeId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -2770,10 +3989,10 @@ type CacheNodeTypeSpecificParameter struct { // A list of cache node types and their corresponding values for this parameter. CacheNodeTypeSpecificValues []*CacheNodeTypeSpecificValue `locationNameList:"CacheNodeTypeSpecificValue" type:"list"` - // ChangeType indicates whether a change to the parameter will be applied immediately - // or requires a reboot for the change to be applied. You can force a reboot - // or wait until the next maintenance window's reboot. For more information, - // see Rebooting a Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Clusters.Rebooting.html). + // Indicates whether a change to the parameter is applied immediately or requires + // a reboot for the change to be applied. You can force a reboot or wait until + // the next maintenance window's reboot. For more information, see Rebooting + // a Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Clusters.Rebooting.html). ChangeType *string `type:"string" enum:"ChangeType"` // The valid data type for the parameter. @@ -2828,12 +4047,14 @@ func (s CacheNodeTypeSpecificValue) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a CreateCacheParameterGroup action. +// Represents the output of a CreateCacheParameterGroup operation. type CacheParameterGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache parameter group family that this cache parameter group // is compatible with. + // + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 CacheParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache parameter group. @@ -2853,7 +4074,7 @@ func (s CacheParameterGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of one of the following actions: +// Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // ModifyCacheParameterGroup // @@ -2875,7 +4096,7 @@ func (s CacheParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// The status of the cache parameter group. +// Status of the cache parameter group. type CacheParameterGroupStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2900,7 +4121,7 @@ func (s CacheParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of one of the following actions: +// Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress // @@ -2957,7 +4178,7 @@ func (s CacheSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of one of the following actions: +// Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // CreateCacheSubnetGroup // @@ -2989,62 +4210,24 @@ func (s CacheSubnetGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CopySnapshotMessage action. +// Represents the input of a CopySnapshotMessage operation. type CopySnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of an existing snapshot from which to make a copy. + // + // SourceSnapshotName is a required field SourceSnapshotName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // The Amazon S3 bucket to which the snapshot will be exported. This parameter - // is used only when exporting a snapshot for external access. + // The Amazon S3 bucket to which the snapshot is exported. This parameter is + // used only when exporting a snapshot for external access. // // When using this parameter to export a snapshot, be sure Amazon ElastiCache // has the needed permissions to this S3 bucket. For more information, see Step - // 2: Grant ElastiCache Access to Your Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.GrantAccess) + // 2: Grant ElastiCache Access to Your Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.GrantAccess) // in the Amazon ElastiCache User Guide. // - // Error Messages: - // - // You could receive one of the following error messages. - // - // Erorr Messages Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted READ - // permissions %s on the S3 Bucket. - // - // Solution: Add List and Read permissions on the bucket. - // - // Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted WRITE permissions %s - // on the S3 Bucket. - // - // Solution: Add Upload/Delete permissions on the bucket. - // - // Error Message: ElastiCache has not been granted READ_ACP permissions - // %s on the S3 Bucket. - // - // Solution: Add View Permissions permissions on the bucket. - // - // Error Message: The S3 bucket %s is outside of the region. - // - // Solution: Before exporting your snapshot, create a new Amazon S3 bucket - // in the same region as your snapshot. For more information, see Step 1: Create - // an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket). - // - // Error Message: The S3 bucket %s does not exist. - // - // Solution: Create an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as your snapshot. - // For more information, see Step 1: Create an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket). - // - // Error Message: The S3 bucket %s is not owned by the authenticated user. - // - // Solution: Create an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as your snapshot. - // For more information, see Step 1: Create an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html#Snapshots.Exporting.CreateBucket). - // - // Error Message: The authenticated user does not have sufficient permissions - // to perform the desired activity. - // - // Solution: Contact your system administrator to get the needed permissions. - // - // For more information, see Exporting a Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html) + // For more information, see Exporting a Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Snapshots.Exporting.html) // in the Amazon ElastiCache User Guide. TargetBucket *string `type:"string"` @@ -3052,12 +4235,7 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // therefore this name must be unique within its context - ElastiCache or an // Amazon S3 bucket if exporting. // - // Error Message Error Message: The S3 bucket %s already contains an object - // with key %s. - // - // Solution: Give the TargetSnapshotName a new and unique value. If exporting - // a snapshot, you could alternatively create a new Amazon S3 bucket and use - // this same value for TargetSnapshotName. + // TargetSnapshotName is a required field TargetSnapshotName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3090,8 +4268,8 @@ func (s *CopySnapshotInput) Validate() error { type CopySnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents a copy of an entire cache cluster as of the time when the snapshot - // was taken. + // Represents a copy of an entire Redis cache cluster as of the time when the + // snapshot was taken. Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"` } @@ -3105,13 +4283,13 @@ func (s CopySnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateCacheCluster action. +// Represents the input of a CreateCacheCluster operation. type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies whether the nodes in this Memcached node group are created in a - // single Availability Zone or created across multiple Availability Zones in - // the cluster's region. + // Specifies whether the nodes in this Memcached cluster are created in a single + // Availability Zone or created across multiple Availability Zones in the cluster's + // region. // // This parameter is only supported for Memcached cache clusters. // @@ -3122,7 +4300,8 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // This parameter is currently disabled. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The node group identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. + // The node group (shard) identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase + // string. // // Constraints: // @@ -3131,16 +4310,19 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // The first character must be a letter. // // A name cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. + // + // CacheClusterId is a required field CacheClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // The compute and memory capacity of the nodes in the node group. + // The compute and memory capacity of the nodes in the node group (shard). // // Valid node types are as follows: // // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -3156,46 +4338,52 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the parameter group to associate with this cache cluster. If // this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine - // is used. + // is used. You cannot use any parameter group which has cluster-enabled='yes' + // when creating a cluster. CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // A list of security group names to associate with this cache cluster. // // Use this parameter only when you are creating a cache cluster outside of - // an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). CacheSecurityGroupNames []*string `locationNameList:"CacheSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The name of the subnet group to be used for the cache cluster. // // Use this parameter only when you are creating a cache cluster in an Amazon - // Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). + // + // If you're going to launch your cluster in an Amazon VPC, you need to create + // a subnet group before you start creating a cluster. For more information, + // see Subnets and Subnet Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/SubnetGroups.html). CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache engine to be used for this cache cluster. // - // Valid values for this parameter are: - // - // memcached | redis + // Valid values for this parameter are: memcached | redis Engine *string `type:"string"` // The version number of the cache engine to be used for this cache cluster. // To view the supported cache engine versions, use the DescribeCacheEngineVersions - // action. + // operation. // // Important: You can upgrade to a newer engine version (see Selecting a Cache // Engine and Version (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/SelectEngine.html#VersionManagement)), @@ -3205,12 +4393,12 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service - // (SNS) topic to which notifications will be sent. + // (SNS) topic to which notifications are sent. // // The Amazon SNS topic owner must be the same as the cache cluster owner. NotificationTopicArn *string `type:"string"` - // The initial number of cache nodes that the cache cluster will have. + // The initial number of cache nodes that the cache cluster has. // // For clusters running Redis, this value must be 1. For clusters running Memcached, // this value must be between 1 and 20. @@ -3220,10 +4408,10 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // (http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/). NumCacheNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The port number on which each of the cache nodes will accept connections. + // The port number on which each of the cache nodes accepts connections. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The EC2 Availability Zone in which the cache cluster will be created. + // The EC2 Availability Zone in which the cache cluster is created. // // All nodes belonging to this Memcached cache cluster are placed in the preferred // Availability Zone. If you want to create your nodes across multiple Availability @@ -3232,8 +4420,8 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // Default: System chosen Availability Zone. PreferredAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` - // A list of the Availability Zones in which cache nodes will be created. The - // order of the zones in the list is not important. + // A list of the Availability Zones in which cache nodes are created. The order + // of the zones in the list is not important. // // This option is only supported on Memcached. // @@ -3247,11 +4435,6 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // instead, or repeat the Availability Zone multiple times in the list. // // Default: System chosen Availability Zones. - // - // Example: One Memcached node in each of three different Availability Zones: - // PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.1=us-west-2a&PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.2=us-west-2b&PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.3=us-west-2c - // - // Example: All three Memcached nodes in one Availability Zone: PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.1=us-west-2a&PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.2=us-west-2a&PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.3=us-west-2a PreferredAvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"PreferredAvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster @@ -3259,6 +4442,12 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid // values for ddd are: // + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster + // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: + // // sun // // mon @@ -3273,17 +4462,21 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` - // The ID of the replication group to which this cache cluster should belong. - // If this parameter is specified, the cache cluster will be added to the specified - // replication group as a read replica; otherwise, the cache cluster will be - // a standalone primary that is not part of any replication group. + // Due to current limitations on Redis (cluster mode disabled), this operation + // or parameter is not supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication + // groups. // - // If the specified replication group is Multi-AZ enabled and the availability - // zone is not specified, the cache cluster will be created in availability - // zones that provide the best spread of read replicas across availability zones. + // The ID of the replication group to which this cache cluster should belong. + // If this parameter is specified, the cache cluster is added to the specified + // replication group as a read replica; otherwise, the cache cluster is a standalone + // primary that is not part of any replication group. + // + // If the specified replication group is Multi-AZ enabled and the Availability + // Zone is not specified, the cache cluster is created in Availability Zones + // that provide the best spread of read replicas across Availability Zones. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string"` @@ -3291,43 +4484,42 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // One or more VPC security groups associated with the cache cluster. // // Use this parameter only when you are creating a cache cluster in an Amazon - // Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"` // A single-element string list containing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that // uniquely identifies a Redis RDB snapshot file stored in Amazon S3. The snapshot - // file will be used to populate the node group. The Amazon S3 object name in - // the ARN cannot contain any commas. + // file is used to populate the node group (shard). The Amazon S3 object name + // in the ARN cannot contain any commas. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. // // Example of an Amazon S3 ARN: arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/snapshot1.rdb SnapshotArns []*string `locationNameList:"SnapshotArn" type:"list"` - // The name of a snapshot from which to restore data into the new node group. - // The snapshot status changes to restoring while the new node group is being - // created. + // The name of a Redis snapshot from which to restore data into the new node + // group (shard). The snapshot status changes to restoring while the new node + // group (shard) is being created. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. SnapshotName *string `type:"string"` - // The number of days for which ElastiCache will retain automatic snapshots - // before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, - // then a snapshot that was taken today will be retained for 5 days before being - // deleted. + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic snapshots before + // deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a snapshot + // taken today is retained for 5 days before being deleted. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. // // Default: 0 (i.e., automatic backups are disabled for this cache cluster). SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache will begin taking - // a daily snapshot of your node group. + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of your node group (shard). // // Example: 05:00-09:00 // - // If you do not specify this parameter, then ElastiCache will automatically - // choose an appropriate time range. + // If you do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses + // an appropriate time range. // // Note: This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` @@ -3377,20 +4569,26 @@ func (s CreateCacheClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateCacheParameterGroup action. +// Represents the input of a CreateCacheParameterGroup operation. type CreateCacheParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of the cache parameter group family the cache parameter group can - // be used with. + // The name of the cache parameter group family that the cache parameter group + // can be used with. // - // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 + // + // CacheParameterGroupFamily is a required field CacheParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A user-specified name for the cache parameter group. + // + // CacheParameterGroupName is a required field CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A user-specified description for the cache parameter group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3426,7 +4624,7 @@ func (s *CreateCacheParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { type CreateCacheParameterGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of a CreateCacheParameterGroup action. + // Represents the output of a CreateCacheParameterGroup operation. CacheParameterGroup *CacheParameterGroup `type:"structure"` } @@ -3440,7 +4638,7 @@ func (s CreateCacheParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateCacheSecurityGroup action. +// Represents the input of a CreateCacheSecurityGroup operation. type CreateCacheSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -3451,9 +4649,13 @@ type CreateCacheSecurityGroupInput struct { // be the word "Default". // // Example: mysecuritygroup + // + // CacheSecurityGroupName is a required field CacheSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A description for the cache security group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3486,7 +4688,7 @@ func (s *CreateCacheSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { type CreateCacheSecurityGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of one of the following actions: + // Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress // @@ -3506,11 +4708,13 @@ func (s CreateCacheSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateCacheSubnetGroup action. +// Represents the input of a CreateCacheSubnetGroup operation. type CreateCacheSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A description for the cache subnet group. + // + // CacheSubnetGroupDescription is a required field CacheSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A name for the cache subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. @@ -3518,9 +4722,13 @@ type CreateCacheSubnetGroupInput struct { // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // Example: mysubnetgroup + // + // CacheSubnetGroupName is a required field CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of VPC subnet IDs for the cache subnet group. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3556,7 +4764,7 @@ func (s *CreateCacheSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { type CreateCacheSubnetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of one of the following actions: + // Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // CreateCacheSubnetGroup // @@ -3574,36 +4782,42 @@ func (s CreateCacheSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateReplicationGroup action. +// Represents the input of a CreateReplicationGroup operation. type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is currently disabled. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` - // Specifies whether a read-only replica will be automatically promoted to read/write + // Specifies whether a read-only replica is automatically promoted to read/write // primary if the existing primary fails. // // If true, Multi-AZ is enabled for this replication group. If false, Multi-AZ // is disabled for this replication group. // + // AutomaticFailoverEnabled must be enabled for Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // replication groups. + // // Default: false // // ElastiCache Multi-AZ replication groups is not supported on: // // Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. // - // T1 and T2 cache node types. + // Redis (cluster mode disabled): T1 and T2 node types. + // + // Redis (cluster mode enabled): T2 node types. AutomaticFailoverEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The compute and memory capacity of the nodes in the node group. + // The compute and memory capacity of the nodes in the node group (shard). // // Valid node types are as follows: // // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -3619,39 +4833,52 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the parameter group to associate with this replication group. // If this argument is omitted, the default cache parameter group for the specified // engine is used. + // + // If you are running Redis version 3.2.4 or later, only one node group (shard), + // and want to use a default parameter group, we recommend that you specify + // the parameter group by name. + // + // To create a Redis (cluster mode disabled) replication group, use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2. + // + // To create a Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group, use CacheParameterGroupName=default.redis3.2.cluster.on. CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // A list of cache security group names to associate with this replication group. CacheSecurityGroupNames []*string `locationNameList:"CacheSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The name of the cache subnet group to be used for the replication group. + // + // If you're going to launch your cluster in an Amazon VPC, you need to create + // a subnet group before you start creating a cluster. For more information, + // see Subnets and Subnet Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/SubnetGroups.html). CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache engine to be used for the cache clusters in this replication // group. - // - // Default: redis Engine *string `type:"string"` // The version number of the cache engine to be used for the cache clusters // in this replication group. To view the supported cache engine versions, use - // the DescribeCacheEngineVersions action. + // the DescribeCacheEngineVersions operation. // // Important: You can upgrade to a newer engine version (see Selecting a Cache // Engine and Version (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/SelectEngine.html#VersionManagement)) @@ -3661,41 +4888,59 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` + // A list of node group (shard) configuration options. Each node group (shard) + // configuration has the following: Slots, PrimaryAvailabilityZone, ReplicaAvailabilityZones, + // ReplicaCount. + // + // If you're creating a Redis (cluster mode disabled) or a Redis (cluster mode + // enabled) replication group, you can use this parameter to configure one node + // group (shard) or you can omit this parameter. + NodeGroupConfiguration []*NodeGroupConfiguration `locationNameList:"NodeGroupConfiguration" type:"list"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Simple Notification Service - // (SNS) topic to which notifications will be sent. + // (SNS) topic to which notifications are sent. // // The Amazon SNS topic owner must be the same as the cache cluster owner. NotificationTopicArn *string `type:"string"` - // The number of cache clusters this replication group will initially have. + // The number of clusters this replication group initially has. + // + // This parameter is not used if there is more than one node group (shard). + // You should use ReplicasPerNodeGroup instead. // // If Multi-AZ is enabled, the value of this parameter must be at least 2. // // The maximum permitted value for NumCacheClusters is 6 (primary plus 5 replicas). - // If you need to exceed this limit, please fill out the ElastiCache Limit Increase - // Request form at http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request - // (http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request). + // If you need to exceed this limit, fill out the ElastiCache Limit Increase + // Request form at http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/ + // (http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/). NumCacheClusters *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The port number on which each member of the replication group will accept - // connections. + // An optional parameter that specifies the number of node groups (shards) for + // this Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group. For Redis (cluster mode + // disabled) either omit this parameter or set it to 1. + // + // Default: 1 + NumNodeGroups *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The port number on which each member of the replication group accepts connections. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` - // A list of EC2 availability zones in which the replication group's cache clusters - // will be created. The order of the availability zones in the list is not important. + // A list of EC2 Availability Zones in which the replication group's cache clusters + // are created. The order of the Availability Zones in the list is the order + // in which clusters are allocated. The primary cluster is created in the first + // AZ in the list. + // + // This parameter is not used if there is more than one node group (shard). + // You should use NodeGroupConfiguration instead. // // If you are creating your replication group in an Amazon VPC (recommended), - // you can only locate cache clusters in availability zones associated with + // you can only locate cache clusters in Availability Zones associated with // the subnets in the selected subnet group. // - // The number of availability zones listed must equal the value of NumCacheClusters. + // The number of Availability Zones listed must equal the value of NumCacheClusters. // - // Default: system chosen availability zones. - // - // Example: One Redis cache cluster in each of three availability zones. - // - // PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.1=us-west-2a PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.2=us-west-2c - // PreferredAvailabilityZones.member.3=us-west-2c + // Default: system chosen Availability Zones. PreferredCacheClusterAZs []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster @@ -3703,6 +4948,12 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid // values for ddd are: // + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster + // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: + // // sun // // mon @@ -3717,17 +4968,23 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` - // The identifier of the cache cluster that will serve as the primary for this - // replication group. This cache cluster must already exist and have a status - // of available. + // The identifier of the cache cluster that serves as the primary for this replication + // group. This cache cluster must already exist and have a status of available. // - // This parameter is not required if NumCacheClusters is specified. + // This parameter is not required if NumCacheClusters, NumNodeGroups, or ReplicasPerNodeGroup + // is specified. PrimaryClusterId *string `type:"string"` + // An optional parameter that specifies the number of replica nodes in each + // node group (shard). Valid values are 0 to 5. + ReplicasPerNodeGroup *int64 `type:"integer"` + // A user-created description for the replication group. + // + // ReplicationGroupDescription is a required field ReplicationGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The replication group identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase @@ -3740,48 +4997,50 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // The first character must be a letter. // // A name cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. + // + // ReplicationGroupId is a required field ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more Amazon VPC security groups associated with this replication group. // // Use this parameter only when you are creating a replication group in an - // Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"` - // A single-element string list containing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that - // uniquely identifies a Redis RDB snapshot file stored in Amazon S3. The snapshot - // file will be used to populate the node group. The Amazon S3 object name in - // the ARN cannot contain any commas. + // A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARN) that uniquely identify the Redis RDB + // snapshot files stored in Amazon S3. The snapshot files are used to populate + // the replication group. The Amazon S3 object name in the ARN cannot contain + // any commas. The list must match the number of node groups (shards) in the + // replication group, which means you cannot repartition. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. // // Example of an Amazon S3 ARN: arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/snapshot1.rdb SnapshotArns []*string `locationNameList:"SnapshotArn" type:"list"` - // The name of a snapshot from which to restore data into the new node group. - // The snapshot status changes to restoring while the new node group is being - // created. + // The name of a snapshot from which to restore data into the new replication + // group. The snapshot status changes to restoring while the new replication + // group is being created. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. SnapshotName *string `type:"string"` - // The number of days for which ElastiCache will retain automatic snapshots - // before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, - // then a snapshot that was taken today will be retained for 5 days before being - // deleted. + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic snapshots before + // deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a snapshot + // that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being deleted. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. // // Default: 0 (i.e., automatic backups are disabled for this cache cluster). SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache will begin taking - // a daily snapshot of your node group. + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of your node group (shard). // // Example: 05:00-09:00 // - // If you do not specify this parameter, then ElastiCache will automatically - // choose an appropriate time range. + // If you do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses + // an appropriate time range. // // This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` @@ -3820,7 +5079,7 @@ func (s *CreateReplicationGroupInput) Validate() error { type CreateReplicationGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Contains all of the attributes of a specific replication group. + // Contains all of the attributes of a specific Redis replication group. ReplicationGroup *ReplicationGroup `type:"structure"` } @@ -3834,15 +5093,21 @@ func (s CreateReplicationGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a CreateSnapshot action. +// Represents the input of a CreateSnapshot operation. type CreateSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The identifier of an existing cache cluster. The snapshot will be created - // from this cache cluster. - CacheClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // The identifier of an existing cache cluster. The snapshot is created from + // this cache cluster. + CacheClusterId *string `type:"string"` + + // The identifier of an existing replication group. The snapshot is created + // from this replication group. + ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string"` // A name for the snapshot being created. + // + // SnapshotName is a required field SnapshotName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3859,9 +5124,6 @@ func (s CreateSnapshotInput) GoString() string { // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotInput"} - if s.CacheClusterId == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CacheClusterId")) - } if s.SnapshotName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotName")) } @@ -3875,8 +5137,8 @@ func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error { type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents a copy of an entire cache cluster as of the time when the snapshot - // was taken. + // Represents a copy of an entire Redis cache cluster as of the time when the + // snapshot was taken. Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"` } @@ -3890,12 +5152,14 @@ func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheCluster action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheCluster operation. type DeleteCacheClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cache cluster identifier for the cluster to be deleted. This parameter // is not case sensitive. + // + // CacheClusterId is a required field CacheClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The user-supplied name of a final cache cluster snapshot. This is the unique @@ -3944,7 +5208,7 @@ func (s DeleteCacheClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheParameterGroup action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheParameterGroup operation. type DeleteCacheParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -3952,6 +5216,8 @@ type DeleteCacheParameterGroupInput struct { // // The specified cache security group must not be associated with any cache // clusters. + // + // CacheParameterGroupName is a required field CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3992,13 +5258,15 @@ func (s DeleteCacheParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheSecurityGroup action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheSecurityGroup operation. type DeleteCacheSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache security group to delete. // // You cannot delete the default security group. + // + // CacheSecurityGroupName is a required field CacheSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4039,13 +5307,15 @@ func (s DeleteCacheSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheSubnetGroup action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteCacheSubnetGroup operation. type DeleteCacheSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache subnet group to delete. // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. + // + // CacheSubnetGroupName is a required field CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4086,22 +5356,24 @@ func (s DeleteCacheSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteReplicationGroup action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteReplicationGroup operation. type DeleteReplicationGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of a final node group snapshot. ElastiCache creates the snapshot - // from the primary node in the cluster, rather than one of the replicas; this - // is to ensure that it captures the freshest data. After the final snapshot - // is taken, the cluster is immediately deleted. + // The name of a final node group (shard) snapshot. ElastiCache creates the + // snapshot from the primary node in the cluster, rather than one of the replicas; + // this is to ensure that it captures the freshest data. After the final snapshot + // is taken, the replication group is immediately deleted. FinalSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The identifier for the cluster to be deleted. This parameter is not case // sensitive. + // + // ReplicationGroupId is a required field ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // If set to true, all of the read replicas will be deleted, but the primary - // node will be retained. + // If set to true, all of the read replicas are deleted, but the primary node + // is retained. RetainPrimaryCluster *bool `type:"boolean"` } @@ -4131,7 +5403,7 @@ func (s *DeleteReplicationGroupInput) Validate() error { type DeleteReplicationGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Contains all of the attributes of a specific replication group. + // Contains all of the attributes of a specific Redis replication group. ReplicationGroup *ReplicationGroup `type:"structure"` } @@ -4145,11 +5417,13 @@ func (s DeleteReplicationGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DeleteSnapshot action. +// Represents the input of a DeleteSnapshot operation. type DeleteSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the snapshot to be deleted. + // + // SnapshotName is a required field SnapshotName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4179,8 +5453,8 @@ func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) Validate() error { type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents a copy of an entire cache cluster as of the time when the snapshot - // was taken. + // Represents a copy of an entire Redis cache cluster as of the time when the + // snapshot was taken. Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"` } @@ -4194,7 +5468,7 @@ func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheClusters action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheClusters operation. type DescribeCacheClustersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4204,7 +5478,7 @@ type DescribeCacheClustersInput struct { CacheClusterId *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4232,7 +5506,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheClustersInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheClusters action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheClusters operation. type DescribeCacheClustersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4254,12 +5528,14 @@ func (s DescribeCacheClustersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheEngineVersions action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheEngineVersions operation. type DescribeCacheEngineVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific cache parameter group family to return details for. // + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 + // // Constraints: // // Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters @@ -4282,7 +5558,7 @@ type DescribeCacheEngineVersionsInput struct { EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4306,7 +5582,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheEngineVersions action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheEngineVersions operation. type DescribeCacheEngineVersionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4328,7 +5604,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheParameterGroups action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheParameterGroups operation. type DescribeCacheParameterGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4336,7 +5612,7 @@ type DescribeCacheParameterGroupsInput struct { CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4360,7 +5636,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheParameterGroups action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheParameterGroups operation. type DescribeCacheParameterGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4382,19 +5658,21 @@ func (s DescribeCacheParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheParameters action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheParameters operation. type DescribeCacheParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of a specific cache parameter group to return details for. + // + // CacheParameterGroupName is a required field CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` - // The maximum number of brecords to include in the response. If more records + // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a marker is included in the response // so that the remaining results can be retrieved. // @@ -4432,7 +5710,7 @@ func (s *DescribeCacheParametersInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheParameters action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheParameters operation. type DescribeCacheParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4457,7 +5735,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheSecurityGroups action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheSecurityGroups operation. type DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4465,7 +5743,7 @@ type DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsInput struct { CacheSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4489,7 +5767,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheSecurityGroups action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheSecurityGroups operation. type DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4511,7 +5789,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheSubnetGroups action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeCacheSubnetGroups operation. type DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4519,7 +5797,7 @@ type DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsInput struct { CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4543,7 +5821,7 @@ func (s DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheSubnetGroups action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeCacheSubnetGroups operation. type DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4565,16 +5843,19 @@ func (s DescribeCacheSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of the cache parameter group family. Valid values are: memcached1.4 - // | redis2.6 | redis2.8 + // The name of the cache parameter group family. + // + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 + // + // CacheParameterGroupFamily is a required field CacheParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4614,7 +5895,7 @@ func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action. + // Represents the output of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` } @@ -4628,7 +5909,7 @@ func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeEvents action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeEvents operation. type DescribeEventsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4640,7 +5921,7 @@ type DescribeEventsInput struct { EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4653,15 +5934,12 @@ type DescribeEventsInput struct { // Constraints: minimum 20; maximum 100. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If - // not specified, then all sources are included in the response. + // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not + // specified, all sources are included in the response. SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events // are returned. - // - // Valid values are: cache-cluster | cache-parameter-group | cache-security-group - // | cache-subnet-group SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO @@ -4679,7 +5957,7 @@ func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeEvents action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeEvents operation. type DescribeEventsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4701,12 +5979,12 @@ func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeReplicationGroups action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeReplicationGroups operation. type DescribeReplicationGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4737,7 +6015,7 @@ func (s DescribeReplicationGroupsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeReplicationGroups action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeReplicationGroups operation. type DescribeReplicationGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4759,7 +6037,7 @@ func (s DescribeReplicationGroupsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeReservedCacheNodes action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeReservedCacheNodes operation. type DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4771,7 +6049,8 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -4787,17 +6066,20 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Use this parameter @@ -4807,7 +6089,7 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput struct { Duration *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4849,7 +6131,7 @@ func (s DescribeReservedCacheNodesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings operation. type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4861,7 +6143,8 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -4877,17 +6160,20 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Use this parameter @@ -4897,7 +6183,7 @@ type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput struct { Duration *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -4937,7 +6223,7 @@ func (s DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferings operation. type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4959,7 +6245,7 @@ func (s DescribeReservedCacheNodesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeReservedCacheNodes action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeReservedCacheNodes operation. type DescribeReservedCacheNodesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -4981,16 +6267,16 @@ func (s DescribeReservedCacheNodesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a DescribeSnapshotsMessage action. +// Represents the input of a DescribeSnapshotsMessage operation. type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A user-supplied cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, only - // snapshots associated with that specific cache cluster will be described. + // snapshots associated with that specific cache cluster are described. CacheClusterId *string `type:"string"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -5003,8 +6289,16 @@ type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { // Constraints: minimum 20; maximum 50. MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` + // A user-supplied replication group identifier. If this parameter is specified, + // only snapshots associated with that specific replication group are described. + ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string"` + + // A boolean value which if true, the node group (shard) configuration is included + // in the snapshot description. + ShowNodeGroupConfig *bool `type:"boolean"` + // A user-supplied name of the snapshot. If this parameter is specified, only - // this snapshot will be described. + // this snapshot are described. SnapshotName *string `type:"string"` // If set to system, the output shows snapshots that were automatically created @@ -5024,12 +6318,12 @@ func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeSnapshots action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeSnapshots operation. type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An optional marker returned from a prior request. Use this marker for pagination - // of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response + // of results from this operation. If this parameter is specified, the response // includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. Marker *string `type:"string"` @@ -5094,7 +6388,7 @@ func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action. +// Represents the output of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. type EngineDefaults struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5104,6 +6398,8 @@ type EngineDefaults struct { // Specifies the name of the cache parameter group family to which the engine // default parameters apply. + // + // Valid values are: memcached1.4 | redis2.6 | redis2.8 | redis3.2 CacheParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` // Provides an identifier to allow retrieval of paginated results. @@ -5155,14 +6451,14 @@ func (s Event) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// The input parameters for the ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications action. +// The input parameters for the ListAllowedNodeTypeModifications operation. type ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache cluster you want to scale up to a larger node instanced // type. ElastiCache uses the cluster id to identify the current node type of - // this cluster and from that to to create a list of node types you can scale - // up to. + // this cluster and from that to create a list of node types you can scale up + // to. // // You must provide a value for either the CacheClusterId or the ReplicationGroupId. CacheClusterId *string `type:"string"` @@ -5186,17 +6482,9 @@ func (s ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the allowed node types you can use to modify your cache cluster -// or replication group. type ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A string list, each element of which specifies a cache node type which you - // can use to scale your cache cluster or replication group. - // - // When scaling up a Redis cluster or replication group using ModifyCacheCluster - // or ModifyReplicationGroup, use a value from this list for the CacheNodeType - // parameter. ScaleUpModifications []*string `type:"list"` } @@ -5210,7 +6498,7 @@ func (s ListAllowedNodeTypeModificationsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// The input parameters for the ListTagsForResource action. +// The input parameters for the ListTagsForResource operation. type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5218,8 +6506,10 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { // of tags, for example arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:cluster:myCluster // or arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:snapshot:mySnapshot. // - // For more information on ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5246,7 +6536,7 @@ func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheCluster action. +// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheCluster operation. type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5261,8 +6551,8 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // cache nodes in different Availability Zones. If cross-az is specified, existing // Memcached nodes remain in their current Availability Zone. // - // Only newly created nodes will be located in different Availability Zones. - // For instructions on how to move existing Memcached nodes to different Availability + // Only newly created nodes are located in different Availability Zones. For + // instructions on how to move existing Memcached nodes to different Availability // Zones, see the Availability Zone Considerations section of Cache Node Considerations // for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheNode.Memcached.html). AZMode *string `type:"string" enum:"AZMode"` @@ -5271,7 +6561,7 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // pending modifications to be applied, asynchronously and as soon as possible, // regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the cache cluster. // - // If false, then changes to the cache cluster are applied on the next maintenance + // If false, changes to the cache cluster are applied on the next maintenance // reboot, or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs first. // // If you perform a ModifyCacheCluster before a pending modification is applied, @@ -5286,6 +6576,8 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` // The cache cluster identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. + // + // CacheClusterId is a required field CacheClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of cache node IDs to be removed. A node ID is a numeric identifier @@ -5300,9 +6592,7 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // 2 (7 - 5) cache node IDs to remove. CacheNodeIdsToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"CacheNodeId" type:"list"` - // A valid cache node type that you want to scale this cache cluster to. The - // value of this parameter must be one of the ScaleUpModifications values returned - // by the ListAllowedCacheNodeTypeModification action. + // A valid cache node type that you want to scale this cache cluster up to. CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache parameter group to apply to this cache cluster. This @@ -5313,8 +6603,8 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // A list of cache security group names to authorize on this cache cluster. // This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. // - // This parameter can be used only with clusters that are created outside of - // an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // You can use this parameter only with clusters that are created outside of + // an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters. Must // not be "Default". @@ -5329,8 +6619,7 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // create it anew with the earlier engine version. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // The list of Availability Zones where the new Memcached cache nodes will be - // created. + // The list of Availability Zones where the new Memcached cache nodes are created. // // This parameter is only valid when NumCacheNodes in the request is greater // than the sum of the number of active cache nodes and the number of cache @@ -5349,8 +6638,8 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // the scenario 1 call) and want to add 1 more node. Specify NumCacheNodes=6 // ((3 + 2) + 1) and optionally specify an Availability Zone for the new node. // - // Scenario 3: You want to cancel all pending actions. Specify NumCacheNodes=3 - // to cancel all pending actions. + // Scenario 3: You want to cancel all pending operations. Specify NumCacheNodes=3 + // to cancel all pending operations. // // The Availability Zone placement of nodes pending creation cannot be modified. // If you wish to cancel any nodes pending creation, add 0 nodes by setting @@ -5399,14 +6688,10 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // Important: If the new create request is Apply Immediately - Yes, all creates // are performed immediately. If the new create request is Apply Immediately // - No, all creates are pending. - // - // Example: - // - // NewAvailabilityZones.member.1=us-west-2a&NewAvailabilityZones.member.2=us-west-2b&NewAvailabilityZones.member.3=us-west-2c NewAvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"PreferredAvailabilityZone" type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which notifications - // will be sent. + // are sent. // // The Amazon SNS topic owner must be same as the cache cluster owner. NotificationTopicArn *string `type:"string"` @@ -5420,9 +6705,9 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // The number of cache nodes that the cache cluster should have. If the value // for NumCacheNodes is greater than the sum of the number of current cache // nodes and the number of cache nodes pending creation (which may be zero), - // then more nodes will be added. If the value is less than the number of existing - // cache nodes, then nodes will be removed. If the value is equal to the number - // of current cache nodes, then any pending add or remove requests are canceled. + // more nodes are added. If the value is less than the number of existing cache + // nodes, nodes are removed. If the value is equal to the number of current + // cache nodes, any pending add or remove requests are canceled. // // If you are removing cache nodes, you must use the CacheNodeIdsToRemove parameter // to provide the IDs of the specific cache nodes to remove. @@ -5431,29 +6716,30 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // this value must be between 1 and 20. // // Adding or removing Memcached cache nodes can be applied immediately or - // as a pending action. See ApplyImmediately. + // as a pending operation (see ApplyImmediately). // - // A pending action to modify the number of cache nodes in a cluster during + // A pending operation to modify the number of cache nodes in a cluster during // its maintenance window, whether by adding or removing nodes in accordance // with the scale out architecture, is not queued. The customer's latest request - // to add or remove nodes to the cluster overrides any previous pending actions + // to add or remove nodes to the cluster overrides any previous pending operations // to modify the number of cache nodes in the cluster. For example, a request - // to remove 2 nodes would override a previous pending action to remove 3 nodes. - // Similarly, a request to add 2 nodes would override a previous pending action - // to remove 3 nodes and vice versa. As Memcached cache nodes may now be provisioned - // in different Availability Zones with flexible cache node placement, a request - // to add nodes does not automatically override a previous pending action to - // add nodes. The customer can modify the previous pending action to add more - // nodes or explicitly cancel the pending request and retry the new request. - // To cancel pending actions to modify the number of cache nodes in a cluster, - // use the ModifyCacheCluster request and set NumCacheNodes equal to the number - // of cache nodes currently in the cache cluster. + // to remove 2 nodes would override a previous pending operation to remove 3 + // nodes. Similarly, a request to add 2 nodes would override a previous pending + // operation to remove 3 nodes and vice versa. As Memcached cache nodes may + // now be provisioned in different Availability Zones with flexible cache node + // placement, a request to add nodes does not automatically override a previous + // pending operation to add nodes. The customer can modify the previous pending + // operation to add more nodes or explicitly cancel the pending request and + // retry the new request. To cancel pending operations to modify the number + // of cache nodes in a cluster, use the ModifyCacheCluster request and set NumCacheNodes + // equal to the number of cache nodes currently in the cache cluster. NumCacheNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` - // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster - // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid - // values for ddd are: + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster is + // performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: // // sun // @@ -5469,26 +6755,26 @@ type ModifyCacheClusterInput struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the VPC Security Groups associated with the cache cluster. // // This parameter can be used only with clusters that are created in an Amazon - // Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"` - // The number of days for which ElastiCache will retain automatic cache cluster + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic cache cluster // snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit - // to 5, then a snapshot that was taken today will be retained for 5 days before - // being deleted. + // to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being + // deleted. // // If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups are // turned off. SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache will begin taking - // a daily snapshot of your cache cluster. + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of your cache cluster. SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` } @@ -5532,16 +6818,20 @@ func (s ModifyCacheClusterOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheParameterGroup action. +// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheParameterGroup operation. type ModifyCacheParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache parameter group to modify. + // + // CacheParameterGroupName is a required field CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names and values for the parameter update. You must // supply at least one parameter name and value; subsequent arguments are optional. // A maximum of 20 parameters may be modified per request. + // + // ParameterNameValues is a required field ParameterNameValues []*ParameterNameValue `locationNameList:"ParameterNameValue" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5571,11 +6861,11 @@ func (s *ModifyCacheParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheSubnetGroup action. +// Represents the input of a ModifyCacheSubnetGroup operation. type ModifyCacheSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A description for the cache subnet group. + // A description of the cache subnet group. CacheSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // The name for the cache subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase @@ -5584,6 +6874,8 @@ type ModifyCacheSubnetGroupInput struct { // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. // // Example: mysubnetgroup + // + // CacheSubnetGroupName is a required field CacheSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 subnet IDs for the cache subnet group. @@ -5616,7 +6908,7 @@ func (s *ModifyCacheSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { type ModifyCacheSubnetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of one of the following actions: + // Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // CreateCacheSubnetGroup // @@ -5634,7 +6926,7 @@ func (s ModifyCacheSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a ModifyReplicationGroups action. +// Represents the input of a ModifyReplicationGroups operation. type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5643,9 +6935,8 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the replication // group. // - // If false, then changes to the nodes in the replication group are applied - // on the next maintenance reboot, or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs - // first. + // If false, changes to the nodes in the replication group are applied on the + // next maintenance reboot, or the next failure reboot, whichever occurs first. // // Valid values: true | false // @@ -5655,8 +6946,8 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // This parameter is currently disabled. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` - // Whether a read replica will be automatically promoted to read/write primary - // if the existing primary encounters a failure. + // Determines whether a read replica is automatically promoted to read/write + // primary if the existing primary encounters a failure. // // Valid values: true | false // @@ -5664,12 +6955,12 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // // Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. // - // T1 and T2 cache node types. + // Redis (cluster mode disabled):T1 and T2 cache node types. + // + // Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types. AutomaticFailoverEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // A valid cache node type that you want to scale this replication group to. - // The value of this parameter must be one of the ScaleUpModifications values - // returned by the ListAllowedCacheNodeTypeModification action. CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the cache parameter group to apply to all of the clusters in @@ -5682,10 +6973,10 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // replication group. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. // // This parameter can be used only with replication group containing cache - // clusters running outside of an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // clusters running outside of an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). // // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters. Must - // not be "Default". + // not be Default. CacheSecurityGroupNames []*string `locationNameList:"CacheSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The upgraded version of the cache engine to be run on the cache clusters @@ -5699,7 +6990,7 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which notifications - // will be sent. + // are sent. // // The Amazon SNS topic owner must be same as the replication group owner. NotificationTopicArn *string `type:"string"` @@ -5710,10 +7001,11 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // Valid values: active | inactive NotificationTopicStatus *string `type:"string"` - // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster - // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid - // values for ddd are: + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster is + // performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: // // sun // @@ -5729,47 +7021,51 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` - // If this parameter is specified, ElastiCache will promote the specified cluster - // in the specified replication group to the primary role. The nodes of all - // other clusters in the replication group will be read replicas. + // For replication groups with a single primary, if this parameter is specified, + // ElastiCache promotes the specified cluster in the specified replication group + // to the primary role. The nodes of all other clusters in the replication group + // are read replicas. PrimaryClusterId *string `type:"string"` // A description for the replication group. Maximum length is 255 characters. ReplicationGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` // The identifier of the replication group to modify. + // + // ReplicationGroupId is a required field ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the VPC Security Groups associated with the cache clusters in the // replication group. // // This parameter can be used only with replication group containing cache - // clusters running in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // clusters running in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC). SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"SecurityGroupId" type:"list"` - // The number of days for which ElastiCache will retain automatic node group + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic node group (shard) // snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit - // to 5, then a snapshot that was taken today will be retained for 5 days before - // being deleted. + // to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being + // deleted. // // Important If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups // are turned off. SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache will begin taking - // a daily snapshot of the node group specified by SnapshottingClusterId. + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of the node group (shard) specified by SnapshottingClusterId. // // Example: 05:00-09:00 // - // If you do not specify this parameter, then ElastiCache will automatically - // choose an appropriate time range. + // If you do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses + // an appropriate time range. SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` - // The cache cluster ID that will be used as the daily snapshot source for the - // replication group. + // The cache cluster ID that is used as the daily snapshot source for the replication + // group. This parameter cannot be set for Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication + // groups. SnapshottingClusterId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -5799,7 +7095,7 @@ func (s *ModifyReplicationGroupInput) Validate() error { type ModifyReplicationGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Contains all of the attributes of a specific replication group. + // Contains all of the attributes of a specific Redis replication group. ReplicationGroup *ReplicationGroup `type:"structure"` } @@ -5813,21 +7109,28 @@ func (s ModifyReplicationGroupOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents a collection of cache nodes in a replication group. +// Represents a collection of cache nodes in a replication group. One node in +// the node group is the read/write Primary node. All the other nodes are read-only +// Replica nodes. type NodeGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The identifier for the node group. A replication group contains only one - // node group; therefore, the node group ID is 0001. + // The identifier for the node group (shard). A Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // replication group contains only 1 node group; therefore, the node group ID + // is 0001. A Redis (cluster mode enabled) replication group contains 1 to 15 + // node groups numbered 0001 to 0015. NodeGroupId *string `type:"string"` - // A list containing information about individual nodes within the node group. + // A list containing information about individual nodes within the node group + // (shard). NodeGroupMembers []*NodeGroupMember `locationNameList:"NodeGroupMember" type:"list"` - // Represents the information required for client programs to connect to a cache - // node. + // The endpoint of the primary node in this node group (shard). PrimaryEndpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` + // The keyspace for this node group (shard). + Slots *string `type:"string"` + // The current state of this replication group - creating, available, etc. Status *string `type:"string"` } @@ -5842,7 +7145,42 @@ func (s NodeGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents a single node within a node group. +// node group (shard) configuration options. Each node group (shard) configuration +// has the following: Slots, PrimaryAvailabilityZone, ReplicaAvailabilityZones, +// ReplicaCount. +type NodeGroupConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Availability Zone where the primary node of this node group (shard) is + // launched. + PrimaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of Availability Zones to be used for the read replicas. The number + // of Availability Zones in this list must match the value of ReplicaCount or + // ReplicasPerNodeGroup if not specified. + ReplicaAvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` + + // The number of read replica nodes in this node group (shard). + ReplicaCount *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // A string that specifies the keyspaces as a series of comma separated values. + // Keyspaces are 0 to 16,383. The string is in the format startkey-endkey. + // + // Example: "0-3999" + Slots *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NodeGroupConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NodeGroupConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Represents a single node within a node group (shard). type NodeGroupMember struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5878,6 +7216,9 @@ func (s NodeGroupMember) GoString() string { type NodeSnapshot struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A unique identifier for the source cache cluster. + CacheClusterId *string `type:"string"` + // The date and time when the cache node was created in the source cache cluster. CacheNodeCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` @@ -5887,6 +7228,12 @@ type NodeSnapshot struct { // The size of the cache on the source cache node. CacheSize *string `type:"string"` + // The configuration for the source node group (shard). + NodeGroupConfiguration *NodeGroupConfiguration `type:"structure"` + + // A unique identifier for the source node group (shard). + NodeGroupId *string `type:"string"` + // The date and time when the source node's metadata and cache data set was // obtained for the snapshot. SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` @@ -5933,10 +7280,10 @@ type Parameter struct { // The valid range of values for the parameter. AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` - // ChangeType indicates whether a change to the parameter will be applied immediately - // or requires a reboot for the change to be applied. You can force a reboot - // or wait until the next maintenance window's reboot. For more information, - // see Rebooting a Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Clusters.Rebooting.html). + // Indicates whether a change to the parameter is applied immediately or requires + // a reboot for the change to be applied. You can force a reboot or wait until + // the next maintenance window's reboot. For more information, see Rebooting + // a Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/Clusters.Rebooting.html). ChangeType *string `type:"string" enum:"ChangeType"` // The valid data type for the parameter. @@ -5994,7 +7341,7 @@ func (s ParameterNameValue) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// A group of settings that will be applied to the cache cluster in the future, +// A group of settings that are applied to the cache cluster in the future, // or that are currently being applied. type PendingModifiedValues struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6003,11 +7350,11 @@ type PendingModifiedValues struct { // the cache cluster. A node ID is a numeric identifier (0001, 0002, etc.). CacheNodeIdsToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"CacheNodeId" type:"list"` - // The cache node type that this cache cluster or replication group will be - // scaled to. + // The cache node type that this cache cluster or replication group is scaled + // to. CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` - // The new cache engine version that the cache cluster will run. + // The new cache engine version that the cache cluster runs. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` // The new number of cache nodes for the cache cluster. @@ -6027,7 +7374,7 @@ func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering action. +// Represents the input of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering operation. type PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6048,6 +7395,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingInput struct { // The ID of the reserved cache node offering to purchase. // // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 + // + // ReservedCacheNodesOfferingId is a required field ReservedCacheNodesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6077,7 +7426,7 @@ func (s *PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingInput) Validate() error { type PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering action. + // Represents the output of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering operation. ReservedCacheNode *ReservedCacheNode `type:"structure"` } @@ -6091,16 +7440,20 @@ func (s PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOfferingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a RebootCacheCluster action. +// Represents the input of a RebootCacheCluster operation. type RebootCacheClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cache cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. + // + // CacheClusterId is a required field CacheClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of cache node IDs to reboot. A node ID is a numeric identifier (0001, // 0002, etc.). To reboot an entire cache cluster, specify all of the cache // node IDs. + // + // CacheNodeIdsToReboot is a required field CacheNodeIdsToReboot []*string `locationNameList:"CacheNodeId" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6169,7 +7522,7 @@ func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a RemoveTagsFromResource action. +// Represents the input of a RemoveTagsFromResource operation. type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6177,13 +7530,15 @@ type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { // removed, for example arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:cluster:myCluster // or arn:aws:elasticache:us-west-2:0123456789:snapshot:mySnapshot. // - // For more information on ARNs, go to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS + // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of TagKeys identifying the tags you want removed from the named resource. - // For example, TagKeys.member.1=Region removes the cost allocation tag with - // the key name Region from the resource named by the ResourceName parameter. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6213,7 +7568,7 @@ func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Contains all of the attributes of a specific replication group. +// Contains all of the attributes of a specific Redis replication group. type ReplicationGroup struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6223,9 +7578,15 @@ type ReplicationGroup struct { // // Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. // - // T1 and T2 cache node types. + // Redis (cluster mode disabled):T1 and T2 cache node types. + // + // Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types. AutomaticFailover *string `type:"string" enum:"AutomaticFailoverStatus"` + // The configuration endpoint for this replicaiton group. Use the configuration + // endpoint to connect to this replication group. + ConfigurationEndpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` + // The description of the replication group. Description *string `type:"string"` @@ -6243,6 +7604,26 @@ type ReplicationGroup struct { // The identifier for the replication group. ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string"` + // The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic cache cluster + // snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit + // to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being + // deleted. + // + // If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups are + // turned off. + SnapshotRetentionLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The daily time range (in UTC) during which ElastiCache begins taking a daily + // snapshot of your node group (shard). + // + // Example: 05:00-09:00 + // + // If you do not specify this parameter, ElastiCache automatically chooses + // an appropriate time range. + // + // Note: This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis. + SnapshotWindow *string `type:"string"` + // The cache cluster ID that is used as the daily snapshot source for the replication // group. SnapshottingClusterId *string `type:"string"` @@ -6261,21 +7642,23 @@ func (s ReplicationGroup) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// The settings to be applied to the replication group, either immediately or -// during the next maintenance window. +// The settings to be applied to the Redis replication group, either immediately +// or during the next maintenance window. type ReplicationGroupPendingModifiedValues struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Indicates the status of Multi-AZ for this replication group. + // Indicates the status of Multi-AZ for this Redis replication group. // // ElastiCache Multi-AZ replication groups are not supported on: // // Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. // - // T1 and T2 cache node types. + // Redis (cluster mode disabled):T1 and T2 cache node types. + // + // Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types. AutomaticFailoverStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"PendingAutomaticFailoverStatus"` - // The primary cluster ID which will be applied immediately (if --apply-immediately + // The primary cluster ID that is applied immediately (if --apply-immediately // was specified), or during the next maintenance window. PrimaryClusterId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -6290,7 +7673,7 @@ func (s ReplicationGroupPendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the output of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering action. +// Represents the output of a PurchaseReservedCacheNodesOffering operation. type ReservedCacheNode struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6304,7 +7687,8 @@ type ReservedCacheNode struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -6320,17 +7704,20 @@ type ReservedCacheNode struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The duration of the reservation in seconds. @@ -6385,7 +7772,8 @@ type ReservedCacheNodesOffering struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -6401,17 +7789,20 @@ type ReservedCacheNodesOffering struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The duration of the offering. in seconds. @@ -6446,20 +7837,23 @@ func (s ReservedCacheNodesOffering) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents the input of a ResetCacheParameterGroup action. +// Represents the input of a ResetCacheParameterGroup operation. type ResetCacheParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache parameter group to reset. + // + // CacheParameterGroupName is a required field CacheParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names to reset to their default values. If ResetAllParameters - // is false, you must specify the name of at least one parameter to reset. + // is true, do not use ParameterNameValues. If ResetAllParameters is false, + // you must specify the name of at least one parameter to reset. ParameterNameValues []*ParameterNameValue `locationNameList:"ParameterNameValue" type:"list"` - // If true, all parameters in the cache parameter group will be reset to their - // default values. If false, only the parameters listed by ParameterNameValues - // are reset to their default values. + // If true, all parameters in the cache parameter group are reset to their default + // values. If false, only the parameters listed by ParameterNameValues are reset + // to their default values. // // Valid values: true | false ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -6488,19 +7882,25 @@ func (s *ResetCacheParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { return nil } -// Represents the input of a RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress action. +// Represents the input of a RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngress operation. type RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cache security group to revoke ingress from. + // + // CacheSecurityGroupName is a required field CacheSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the Amazon EC2 security group to revoke access from. + // + // EC2SecurityGroupName is a required field EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account number of the Amazon EC2 security group owner. Note that // this is not the same thing as an AWS access key ID - you must provide a valid // AWS account number for this parameter. + // + // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is a required field EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6536,7 +7936,7 @@ func (s *RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { type RevokeCacheSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Represents the output of one of the following actions: + // Represents the output of one of the following operations: // // AuthorizeCacheSecurityGroupIngress // @@ -6579,14 +7979,25 @@ func (s SecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Represents a copy of an entire cache cluster as of the time when the snapshot -// was taken. +// Represents a copy of an entire Redis cache cluster as of the time when the +// snapshot was taken. type Snapshot struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is currently disabled. AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Indicates the status of Multi-AZ for the source replication group. + // + // ElastiCache Multi-AZ replication groups are not supported on: + // + // Redis versions earlier than 2.8.6. + // + // Redis (cluster mode disabled):T1 and T2 cache node types. + // + // Redis (cluster mode enabled): T1 node types. + AutomaticFailover *string `type:"string" enum:"AutomaticFailoverStatus"` + // The date and time when the source cache cluster was created. CacheClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` @@ -6601,7 +8012,8 @@ type Snapshot struct { // General purpose: // // Current generation: cache.t2.micro, cache.t2.small, cache.t2.medium, cache.m3.medium, - // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge + // cache.m3.large, cache.m3.xlarge, cache.m3.2xlarge, cache.m4.large, cache.m4.xlarge, + // cache.m4.2xlarge, cache.m4.4xlarge, cache.m4.10xlarge // // Previous generation: cache.t1.micro, cache.m1.small, cache.m1.medium, // cache.m1.large, cache.m1.xlarge @@ -6617,17 +8029,20 @@ type Snapshot struct { // // Notes: // - // All t2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). + // All T2 instances are created in an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon + // VPC). // - // Redis backup/restore is not supported for t2 instances. + // Redis backup/restore is not supported for Redis (cluster mode disabled) + // T1 and T2 instances. Backup/restore is supported on Redis (cluster mode enabled) + // T2 instances. // - // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for t1 or - // t2 instances. + // Redis Append-only files (AOF) functionality is not supported for T1 or + // T2 instances. // - // For a complete listing of cache node types and specifications, see Amazon - // ElastiCache Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) - // and Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) - // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#CacheParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). + // For a complete listing of node types and specifications, see Amazon ElastiCache + // Product Features and Details (http://aws.amazon.com/elasticache/details) + // and either Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Memcached (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Memcached.html#ParameterGroups.Memcached.NodeSpecific) + // or Cache Node Type-Specific Parameters for Redis (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonElastiCache/latest/UserGuide/CacheParameterGroups.Redis.html#ParameterGroups.Redis.NodeSpecific). CacheNodeType *string `type:"string"` // The cache parameter group that is associated with the source cache cluster. @@ -6653,16 +8068,22 @@ type Snapshot struct { // this value must be between 1 and 20. NumCacheNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` + // The number of node groups (shards) in this snapshot. When restoring from + // a snapshot, the number of node groups (shards) in the snapshot and in the + // restored replication group must be the same. + NumNodeGroups *int64 `type:"integer"` + // The port number used by each cache nodes in the source cache cluster. Port *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the Availability Zone in which the source cache cluster is located. PreferredAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` - // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cache cluster - // is performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi - // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. Valid - // values for ddd are: + // Specifies the weekly time range during which maintenance on the cluster is + // performed. It is specified as a range in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi + // (24H Clock UTC). The minimum maintenance window is a 60 minute period. + // + // Valid values for ddd are: // // sun // @@ -6678,20 +8099,26 @@ type Snapshot struct { // // sat // - // Example: sun:05:00-sun:09:00 + // Example: sun:23:00-mon:01:30 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` - // The name of a snapshot. For an automatic snapshot, the name is system-generated; - // for a manual snapshot, this is the user-provided name. + // A description of the source replication group. + ReplicationGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` + + // The unique identifier of the source replication group. + ReplicationGroupId *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of a snapshot. For an automatic snapshot, the name is system-generated. + // For a manual snapshot, this is the user-provided name. SnapshotName *string `type:"string"` - // For an automatic snapshot, the number of days for which ElastiCache will - // retain the snapshot before deleting it. + // For an automatic snapshot, the number of days for which ElastiCache retains + // the snapshot before deleting it. // // For manual snapshots, this field reflects the SnapshotRetentionLimit for // the source cache cluster when the snapshot was created. This field is otherwise // ignored: Manual snapshots do not expire, and can only be deleted using the - // DeleteSnapshot action. + // DeleteSnapshot operation. // // Important If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups // are turned off. @@ -6775,7 +8202,7 @@ func (s Tag) GoString() string { } // Represents the output from the AddTagsToResource, ListTagsOnResource, and -// RemoveTagsFromResource actions. +// RemoveTagsFromResource operations. type TagListMessage struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -6794,44 +8221,56 @@ func (s TagListMessage) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AZMode + // AZModeSingleAz is a AZMode enum value AZModeSingleAz = "single-az" - // @enum AZMode + + // AZModeCrossAz is a AZMode enum value AZModeCrossAz = "cross-az" ) const ( - // @enum AutomaticFailoverStatus + // AutomaticFailoverStatusEnabled is a AutomaticFailoverStatus enum value AutomaticFailoverStatusEnabled = "enabled" - // @enum AutomaticFailoverStatus + + // AutomaticFailoverStatusDisabled is a AutomaticFailoverStatus enum value AutomaticFailoverStatusDisabled = "disabled" - // @enum AutomaticFailoverStatus + + // AutomaticFailoverStatusEnabling is a AutomaticFailoverStatus enum value AutomaticFailoverStatusEnabling = "enabling" - // @enum AutomaticFailoverStatus + + // AutomaticFailoverStatusDisabling is a AutomaticFailoverStatus enum value AutomaticFailoverStatusDisabling = "disabling" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeType + // ChangeTypeImmediate is a ChangeType enum value ChangeTypeImmediate = "immediate" - // @enum ChangeType + + // ChangeTypeRequiresReboot is a ChangeType enum value ChangeTypeRequiresReboot = "requires-reboot" ) const ( - // @enum PendingAutomaticFailoverStatus + // PendingAutomaticFailoverStatusEnabled is a PendingAutomaticFailoverStatus enum value PendingAutomaticFailoverStatusEnabled = "enabled" - // @enum PendingAutomaticFailoverStatus + + // PendingAutomaticFailoverStatusDisabled is a PendingAutomaticFailoverStatus enum value PendingAutomaticFailoverStatusDisabled = "disabled" ) const ( - // @enum SourceType + // SourceTypeCacheCluster is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeCacheCluster = "cache-cluster" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeCacheParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeCacheParameterGroup = "cache-parameter-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeCacheSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeCacheSecurityGroup = "cache-security-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeCacheSubnetGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeCacheSubnetGroup = "cache-subnet-group" + + // SourceTypeReplicationGroup is a SourceType enum value + SourceTypeReplicationGroup = "replication-group" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/service.go index c13234d73..cbaa8219f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/service.go @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ import ( // Amazon ElastiCache is a web service that makes it easier to set up, operate, // and scale a distributed cache in the cloud. // -// With ElastiCache, customers gain all of the benefits of a high-performance, -// in-memory cache with far less of the administrative burden of launching and -// managing a distributed cache. The service makes setup, scaling, and cluster +// With ElastiCache, customers get all of the benefits of a high-performance, +// in-memory cache with less of the administrative burden involved in launching +// and managing a distributed cache. The service makes setup, scaling, and cluster // failure handling much simpler than in a self-managed cache deployment. // // In addition, through integration with Amazon CloudWatch, customers get enhanced diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/waiters.go index 0f594a65f..2e25f84d6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilCacheClusterAvailable uses the Amazon ElastiCache API operation +// DescribeCacheClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilCacheClusterAvailable(input *DescribeCacheClustersInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeCacheClusters", @@ -53,6 +57,10 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilCacheClusterAvailable(input *DescribeCacheCluster return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilCacheClusterDeleted uses the Amazon ElastiCache API operation +// DescribeCacheClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilCacheClusterDeleted(input *DescribeCacheClustersInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeCacheClusters", @@ -118,6 +126,10 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilCacheClusterDeleted(input *DescribeCacheClustersI return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilReplicationGroupAvailable uses the Amazon ElastiCache API operation +// DescribeReplicationGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilReplicationGroupAvailable(input *DescribeReplicationGroupsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeReplicationGroups", @@ -147,6 +159,10 @@ func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilReplicationGroupAvailable(input *DescribeReplicat return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilReplicationGroupDeleted uses the Amazon ElastiCache API operation +// DescribeReplicationGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ElastiCache) WaitUntilReplicationGroupDeleted(input *DescribeReplicationGroupsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeReplicationGroups", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/api.go index 4f2deb7c2..b01fda8c4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAbortEnvironmentUpdate = "AbortEnvironmentUpdate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AbortEnvironmentUpdate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,8 +58,23 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) AbortEnvironmentUpdateRequest(input *AbortEnvironment return } +// AbortEnvironmentUpdate API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version // deployment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation AbortEnvironmentUpdate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) AbortEnvironmentUpdate(input *AbortEnvironmentUpdateInput) (*AbortEnvironmentUpdateOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortEnvironmentUpdateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -71,6 +88,8 @@ const opApplyEnvironmentManagedAction = "ApplyEnvironmentManagedAction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ApplyEnvironmentManagedAction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -105,9 +124,26 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ApplyEnvironmentManagedActionRequest(input *ApplyEnvi return } +// ApplyEnvironmentManagedAction API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Applies a scheduled managed action immediately. A managed action can be applied // only if its status is Scheduled. Get the status and action ID of a managed // action with DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation ApplyEnvironmentManagedAction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// A generic service exception has occurred. +// +// * ManagedActionInvalidStateException +// Cannot modify the managed action in its current state. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ApplyEnvironmentManagedAction(input *ApplyEnvironmentManagedActionInput) (*ApplyEnvironmentManagedActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ApplyEnvironmentManagedActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -121,6 +157,8 @@ const opCheckDNSAvailability = "CheckDNSAvailability" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CheckDNSAvailability for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -155,7 +193,16 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CheckDNSAvailabilityRequest(input *CheckDNSAvailabili return } +// CheckDNSAvailability API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Checks if the specified CNAME is available. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CheckDNSAvailability for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CheckDNSAvailability(input *CheckDNSAvailabilityInput) (*CheckDNSAvailabilityOutput, error) { req, out := c.CheckDNSAvailabilityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -169,6 +216,8 @@ const opComposeEnvironments = "ComposeEnvironments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ComposeEnvironments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -203,6 +252,8 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ComposeEnvironmentsRequest(input *ComposeEnvironments return } +// ComposeEnvironments API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component // of a single application. Takes a list of version labels that specify application // source bundles for each of the environments to create or update. The name @@ -210,6 +261,22 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ComposeEnvironmentsRequest(input *ComposeEnvironments // source bundles in an environment manifest named env.yaml. See Compose Environments // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/environment-mgmt-compose.html) // for details. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation ComposeEnvironments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyEnvironmentsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of environments. +// +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ComposeEnvironments(input *ComposeEnvironmentsInput) (*EnvironmentDescriptionsMessage, error) { req, out := c.ComposeEnvironmentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -223,6 +290,8 @@ const opCreateApplication = "CreateApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -257,8 +326,22 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateApplicationRequest(input *CreateApplicationInpu return } +// CreateApplication API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Creates an application that has one configuration template named default // and no application versions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CreateApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyApplicationsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of applications. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateApplication(input *CreateApplicationInput) (*ApplicationDescriptionMessage, error) { req, out := c.CreateApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -272,6 +355,8 @@ const opCreateApplicationVersion = "CreateApplicationVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateApplicationVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -306,12 +391,37 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateApplicationVersionRequest(input *CreateApplicat return } +// CreateApplicationVersion API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Creates an application version for the specified application. // -// Once you create an application version with a specified Amazon S3 bucket +// Once you create an application version with a specified Amazon S3 bucket // and key location, you cannot change that Amazon S3 location. If you change // the Amazon S3 location, you receive an exception when you attempt to launch // an environment from the application version. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CreateApplicationVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyApplicationsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of applications. +// +// * TooManyApplicationVersionsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of application versions. +// +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * S3LocationNotInServiceRegionException +// The specified S3 bucket does not belong to the S3 region in which the service +// is running. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateApplicationVersion(input *CreateApplicationVersionInput) (*ApplicationVersionDescriptionMessage, error) { req, out := c.CreateApplicationVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -325,6 +435,8 @@ const opCreateConfigurationTemplate = "CreateConfigurationTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -359,13 +471,38 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateConfigurationTemplateRequest(input *CreateConfi return } +// CreateConfigurationTemplate API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Creates a configuration template. Templates are associated with a specific // application and are used to deploy different versions of the application // with the same configuration settings. // // Related Topics // -// DescribeConfigurationOptions DescribeConfigurationSettings ListAvailableSolutionStacks +// DescribeConfigurationOptions +// +// DescribeConfigurationSettings +// +// ListAvailableSolutionStacks +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CreateConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// +// * TooManyConfigurationTemplatesException +// The specified account has reached its limit of configuration templates. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateConfigurationTemplate(input *CreateConfigurationTemplateInput) (*ConfigurationSettingsDescription, error) { req, out := c.CreateConfigurationTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -379,6 +516,8 @@ const opCreateEnvironment = "CreateEnvironment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -413,8 +552,26 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateEnvironmentRequest(input *CreateEnvironmentInpu return } +// CreateEnvironment API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Launches an environment for the specified application using the specified // configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CreateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyEnvironmentsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of environments. +// +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateEnvironment(input *CreateEnvironmentInput) (*EnvironmentDescription, error) { req, out := c.CreateEnvironmentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -428,6 +585,8 @@ const opCreateStorageLocation = "CreateStorageLocation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStorageLocation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -462,9 +621,30 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateStorageLocationRequest(input *CreateStorageLoca return } +// CreateStorageLocation API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Creates the Amazon S3 storage location for the account. // -// This location is used to store user log files. +// This location is used to store user log files. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation CreateStorageLocation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// +// * S3SubscriptionRequiredException +// The specified account does not have a subscription to Amazon S3. +// +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) CreateStorageLocation(input *CreateStorageLocationInput) (*CreateStorageLocationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStorageLocationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -478,6 +658,8 @@ const opDeleteApplication = "DeleteApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -514,11 +696,26 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteApplicationRequest(input *DeleteApplicationInpu return } +// DeleteApplication API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and // configurations. The application versions will not be deleted from your Amazon // S3 bucket. // -// You cannot delete an application that has a running environment. +// You cannot delete an application that has a running environment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DeleteApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OperationInProgressFailure +// Unable to perform the specified operation because another operation that +// effects an element in this activity is already in progress. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteApplication(input *DeleteApplicationInput) (*DeleteApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -532,6 +729,8 @@ const opDeleteApplicationVersion = "DeleteApplicationVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteApplicationVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -568,10 +767,37 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteApplicationVersionRequest(input *DeleteApplicat return } +// DeleteApplicationVersion API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Deletes the specified version from the specified application. // -// You cannot delete an application version that is associated with a running +// You cannot delete an application version that is associated with a running // environment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DeleteApplicationVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SourceBundleDeletionFailure +// Unable to delete the Amazon S3 source bundle associated with the application +// version. The application version was deleted successfully. +// +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * OperationInProgressFailure +// Unable to perform the specified operation because another operation that +// effects an element in this activity is already in progress. +// +// * S3LocationNotInServiceRegionException +// The specified S3 bucket does not belong to the S3 region in which the service +// is running. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteApplicationVersion(input *DeleteApplicationVersionInput) (*DeleteApplicationVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteApplicationVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -585,6 +811,8 @@ const opDeleteConfigurationTemplate = "DeleteConfigurationTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -621,11 +849,26 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteConfigurationTemplateRequest(input *DeleteConfi return } +// DeleteConfigurationTemplate API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Deletes the specified configuration template. // -// When you launch an environment using a configuration template, the environment +// When you launch an environment using a configuration template, the environment // gets a copy of the template. You can delete or modify the environment's copy // of the template without affecting the running environment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DeleteConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OperationInProgressFailure +// Unable to perform the specified operation because another operation that +// effects an element in this activity is already in progress. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteConfigurationTemplate(input *DeleteConfigurationTemplateInput) (*DeleteConfigurationTemplateOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteConfigurationTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -639,6 +882,8 @@ const opDeleteEnvironmentConfiguration = "DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -675,6 +920,8 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteEn return } +// DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment. // // Updating a running environment with any configuration changes creates a @@ -683,6 +930,13 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteEn // for the draft configuration indicates whether the deployment is in process // or has failed. The draft configuration remains in existence until it is deleted // with this action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration(input *DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationInput) (*DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -696,6 +950,8 @@ const opDescribeApplicationVersions = "DescribeApplicationVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeApplicationVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -730,8 +986,17 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeApplicationVersionsRequest(input *DescribeApp return } +// DescribeApplicationVersions API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Retrieve a list of application versions stored in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk // storage bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeApplicationVersions for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeApplicationVersions(input *DescribeApplicationVersionsInput) (*DescribeApplicationVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeApplicationVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -745,6 +1010,8 @@ const opDescribeApplications = "DescribeApplications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeApplications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -779,7 +1046,16 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeApplicationsRequest(input *DescribeApplicatio return } +// DescribeApplications API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns the descriptions of existing applications. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeApplications for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeApplications(input *DescribeApplicationsInput) (*DescribeApplicationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeApplicationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -793,6 +1069,8 @@ const opDescribeConfigurationOptions = "DescribeConfigurationOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeConfigurationOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -827,11 +1105,25 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input *DescribeCo return } +// DescribeConfigurationOptions API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration // template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines. The // description includes the values the options, their default values, and an // indication of the required action on a running environment if an option value // is changed. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeConfigurationOptions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeConfigurationOptions(input *DescribeConfigurationOptionsInput) (*DescribeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -845,6 +1137,8 @@ const opDescribeConfigurationSettings = "DescribeConfigurationSettings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeConfigurationSettings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -879,19 +1173,33 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeConfigurationSettingsRequest(input *DescribeC return } +// DescribeConfigurationSettings API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, // that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated // with a running environment. // -// When describing the settings for the configuration set associated with -// a running environment, it is possible to receive two sets of setting descriptions. +// When describing the settings for the configuration set associated with a +// running environment, it is possible to receive two sets of setting descriptions. // One is the deployed configuration set, and the other is a draft configuration // of an environment that is either in the process of deployment or that failed // to deploy. // // Related Topics // -// DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration +// DeleteEnvironmentConfiguration +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeConfigurationSettings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeConfigurationSettings(input *DescribeConfigurationSettingsInput) (*DescribeConfigurationSettingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeConfigurationSettingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -905,6 +1213,8 @@ const opDescribeEnvironmentHealth = "DescribeEnvironmentHealth" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEnvironmentHealth for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -939,9 +1249,27 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentHealthRequest(input *DescribeEnvir return } +// DescribeEnvironmentHealth API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment. // The DescribeEnvironmentHealth operation is only available with AWS Elastic // Beanstalk Enhanced Health. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEnvironmentHealth for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidRequestException +// One or more input parameters is not valid. Please correct the input parameters +// and try the operation again. +// +// * ServiceException +// A generic service exception has occurred. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentHealth(input *DescribeEnvironmentHealthInput) (*DescribeEnvironmentHealthOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEnvironmentHealthRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -955,6 +1283,8 @@ const opDescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistory = "DescribeEnvironmentManagedAct // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistory for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -989,7 +1319,21 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistoryRequest(input return } +// DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistory API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// A generic service exception has occurred. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistory(input *DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistoryInput) (*DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistoryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionHistoryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1003,6 +1347,8 @@ const opDescribeEnvironmentManagedActions = "DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1037,7 +1383,21 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionsRequest(input *Descr return } +// DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// A generic service exception has occurred. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentManagedActions(input *DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionsInput) (*DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEnvironmentManagedActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1051,6 +1411,8 @@ const opDescribeEnvironmentResources = "DescribeEnvironmentResources" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEnvironmentResources for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1085,7 +1447,22 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentResourcesRequest(input *DescribeEn return } +// DescribeEnvironmentResources API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns AWS resources for this environment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEnvironmentResources for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentResources(input *DescribeEnvironmentResourcesInput) (*DescribeEnvironmentResourcesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEnvironmentResourcesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1099,6 +1476,8 @@ const opDescribeEnvironments = "DescribeEnvironments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEnvironments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1133,7 +1512,16 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironmentsRequest(input *DescribeEnvironmen return } +// DescribeEnvironments API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns descriptions for existing environments. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEnvironments for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEnvironments(input *DescribeEnvironmentsInput) (*EnvironmentDescriptionsMessage, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEnvironmentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1147,6 +1535,8 @@ const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1187,9 +1577,18 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (re return } +// DescribeEvents API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks. // -// This action returns the most recent 1,000 events from the specified NextToken. +// This action returns the most recent 1,000 events from the specified NextToken. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1228,6 +1627,8 @@ const opDescribeInstancesHealth = "DescribeInstancesHealth" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstancesHealth for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1262,9 +1663,27 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeInstancesHealthRequest(input *DescribeInstanc return } +// DescribeInstancesHealth API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns more detailed information about the health of the specified instances // (for example, CPU utilization, load average, and causes). The DescribeInstancesHealth // operation is only available with AWS Elastic Beanstalk Enhanced Health. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation DescribeInstancesHealth for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidRequestException +// One or more input parameters is not valid. Please correct the input parameters +// and try the operation again. +// +// * ServiceException +// A generic service exception has occurred. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) DescribeInstancesHealth(input *DescribeInstancesHealthInput) (*DescribeInstancesHealthOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstancesHealthRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1278,6 +1697,8 @@ const opListAvailableSolutionStacks = "ListAvailableSolutionStacks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAvailableSolutionStacks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1312,7 +1733,16 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ListAvailableSolutionStacksRequest(input *ListAvailab return } +// ListAvailableSolutionStacks API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Returns a list of the available solution stack names. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation ListAvailableSolutionStacks for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ListAvailableSolutionStacks(input *ListAvailableSolutionStacksInput) (*ListAvailableSolutionStacksOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAvailableSolutionStacksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1326,6 +1756,8 @@ const opRebuildEnvironment = "RebuildEnvironment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebuildEnvironment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1362,8 +1794,23 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RebuildEnvironmentRequest(input *RebuildEnvironmentIn return } +// RebuildEnvironment API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling // group, load balancer, etc.) for a specified environment and forces a restart. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation RebuildEnvironment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RebuildEnvironment(input *RebuildEnvironmentInput) (*RebuildEnvironmentOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebuildEnvironmentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1377,6 +1824,8 @@ const opRequestEnvironmentInfo = "RequestEnvironmentInfo" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RequestEnvironmentInfo for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1413,6 +1862,8 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RequestEnvironmentInfoRequest(input *RequestEnvironme return } +// RequestEnvironmentInfo API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed // environment. // @@ -1427,7 +1878,14 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RequestEnvironmentInfoRequest(input *RequestEnvironme // // Related Topics // -// RetrieveEnvironmentInfo +// RetrieveEnvironmentInfo +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation RequestEnvironmentInfo for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RequestEnvironmentInfo(input *RequestEnvironmentInfoInput) (*RequestEnvironmentInfoOutput, error) { req, out := c.RequestEnvironmentInfoRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1441,6 +1899,8 @@ const opRestartAppServer = "RestartAppServer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestartAppServer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1477,8 +1937,17 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RestartAppServerRequest(input *RestartAppServerInput) return } +// RestartAppServer API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Causes the environment to restart the application container server running // on each Amazon EC2 instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation RestartAppServer for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RestartAppServer(input *RestartAppServerInput) (*RestartAppServerOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestartAppServerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1492,6 +1961,8 @@ const opRetrieveEnvironmentInfo = "RetrieveEnvironmentInfo" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RetrieveEnvironmentInfo for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1526,11 +1997,20 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RetrieveEnvironmentInfoRequest(input *RetrieveEnviron return } +// RetrieveEnvironmentInfo API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Retrieves the compiled information from a RequestEnvironmentInfo request. // // Related Topics // -// RequestEnvironmentInfo +// RequestEnvironmentInfo +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation RetrieveEnvironmentInfo for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) RetrieveEnvironmentInfo(input *RetrieveEnvironmentInfoInput) (*RetrieveEnvironmentInfoOutput, error) { req, out := c.RetrieveEnvironmentInfoRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1544,6 +2024,8 @@ const opSwapEnvironmentCNAMEs = "SwapEnvironmentCNAMEs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SwapEnvironmentCNAMEs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1580,7 +2062,16 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) SwapEnvironmentCNAMEsRequest(input *SwapEnvironmentCN return } +// SwapEnvironmentCNAMEs API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation SwapEnvironmentCNAMEs for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) SwapEnvironmentCNAMEs(input *SwapEnvironmentCNAMEsInput) (*SwapEnvironmentCNAMEsOutput, error) { req, out := c.SwapEnvironmentCNAMEsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1594,6 +2085,8 @@ const opTerminateEnvironment = "TerminateEnvironment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TerminateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1628,7 +2121,22 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) TerminateEnvironmentRequest(input *TerminateEnvironme return } +// TerminateEnvironment API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Terminates the specified environment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation TerminateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) TerminateEnvironment(input *TerminateEnvironmentInput) (*EnvironmentDescription, error) { req, out := c.TerminateEnvironmentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1642,6 +2150,8 @@ const opUpdateApplication = "UpdateApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1676,10 +2186,19 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateApplicationRequest(input *UpdateApplicationInpu return } +// UpdateApplication API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Updates the specified application to have the specified properties. // // If a property (for example, description) is not provided, the value remains // unchanged. To clear these properties, specify an empty string. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation UpdateApplication for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateApplication(input *UpdateApplicationInput) (*ApplicationDescriptionMessage, error) { req, out := c.UpdateApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1693,6 +2212,8 @@ const opUpdateApplicationVersion = "UpdateApplicationVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateApplicationVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1727,10 +2248,19 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateApplicationVersionRequest(input *UpdateApplicat return } +// UpdateApplicationVersion API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties. // // If a property (for example, description) is not provided, the value remains // unchanged. To clear properties, specify an empty string. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation UpdateApplicationVersion for usage and error information. func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateApplicationVersion(input *UpdateApplicationVersionInput) (*ApplicationVersionDescriptionMessage, error) { req, out := c.UpdateApplicationVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1744,6 +2274,8 @@ const opUpdateConfigurationTemplate = "UpdateConfigurationTemplate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1778,14 +2310,33 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateConfigurationTemplateRequest(input *UpdateConfi return } +// UpdateConfigurationTemplate API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties // or configuration option values. // // If a property (for example, ApplicationName) is not provided, its value -// remains unchanged. To clear such properties, specify an empty string. Related -// Topics +// remains unchanged. To clear such properties, specify an empty string. +// +// Related Topics +// +// DescribeConfigurationOptions +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation UpdateConfigurationTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. // -// DescribeConfigurationOptions func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateConfigurationTemplate(input *UpdateConfigurationTemplateInput) (*ConfigurationSettingsDescription, error) { req, out := c.UpdateConfigurationTemplateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1799,6 +2350,8 @@ const opUpdateEnvironment = "UpdateEnvironment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1833,6 +2386,8 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateEnvironmentRequest(input *UpdateEnvironmentInpu return } +// UpdateEnvironment API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates // the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or // updates select configuration option values in the running environment. @@ -1844,6 +2399,22 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateEnvironmentRequest(input *UpdateEnvironmentInpu // settings, a draft configuration is created and DescribeConfigurationSettings // for this environment returns two setting descriptions with different DeploymentStatus // values. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation UpdateEnvironment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) UpdateEnvironment(input *UpdateEnvironmentInput) (*EnvironmentDescription, error) { req, out := c.UpdateEnvironmentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1857,6 +2428,8 @@ const opValidateConfigurationSettings = "ValidateConfigurationSettings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ValidateConfigurationSettings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1891,11 +2464,29 @@ func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ValidateConfigurationSettingsRequest(input *ValidateC return } +// ValidateConfigurationSettings API operation for AWS Elastic Beanstalk. +// // Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template // or environment, and determines whether those values are valid. // -// This action returns a list of messages indicating any errors or warnings +// This action returns a list of messages indicating any errors or warnings // associated with the selection of option values. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elastic Beanstalk's +// API operation ValidateConfigurationSettings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InsufficientPrivilegesException +// The specified account does not have sufficient privileges for one of more +// AWS services. +// +// * TooManyBucketsException +// The specified account has reached its limit of Amazon S3 buckets. +// func (c *ElasticBeanstalk) ValidateConfigurationSettings(input *ValidateConfigurationSettingsInput) (*ValidateConfigurationSettingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ValidateConfigurationSettingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2050,6 +2641,8 @@ type ApplicationVersionDescription struct { // The description of this application version. Description *string `type:"string"` + SourceBuildInformation *SourceBuildInformation `type:"structure"` + // The location where the source bundle is located for this version. SourceBundle *S3Location `type:"structure"` @@ -2093,6 +2686,8 @@ type ApplyEnvironmentManagedActionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The action ID of the scheduled managed action to execute. + // + // ActionId is a required field ActionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The environment ID of the target environment. @@ -2220,6 +2815,8 @@ type CheckDNSAvailabilityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The prefix used when this CNAME is reserved. + // + // CNAMEPrefix is a required field CNAMEPrefix *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2255,7 +2852,9 @@ type CheckDNSAvailabilityOutput struct { // Indicates if the specified CNAME is available: // - // true : The CNAME is available. false : The CNAME is not available. + // true : The CNAME is available. + // + // false : The CNAME is not available. Available *bool `type:"boolean"` // The fully qualified CNAME to reserve when CreateEnvironment is called with @@ -2328,12 +2927,16 @@ type ConfigurationOptionDescription struct { // An indication of which action is required if the value for this configuration // option changes: // - // NoInterruption : There is no interruption to the environment or application - // availability. RestartEnvironment : The environment is entirely restarted, - // all AWS resources are deleted and recreated, and the environment is unavailable - // during the process. RestartApplicationServer : The environment is available - // the entire time. However, a short application outage occurs when the application - // servers on the running Amazon EC2 instances are restarted. + // NoInterruption : There is no interruption to the environment or application + // availability. + // + // RestartEnvironment : The environment is entirely restarted, all AWS resources + // are deleted and recreated, and the environment is unavailable during the + // process. + // + // RestartApplicationServer : The environment is available the entire time. + // However, a short application outage occurs when the application servers on + // the running Amazon EC2 instances are restarted. ChangeSeverity *string `type:"string"` // The default value for this configuration option. @@ -2367,8 +2970,9 @@ type ConfigurationOptionDescription struct { // choice for specifying if this as an Option to Remove when updating configuration // settings. // - // false : This configuration was not defined by the user. Constraint: - // You can remove only UserDefined options from a configuration. + // false : This configuration was not defined by the user. + // + // Constraint: You can remove only UserDefined options from a configuration. // // Valid Values: true | false UserDefined *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -2380,11 +2984,16 @@ type ConfigurationOptionDescription struct { // An indication of which type of values this option has and whether it is allowable // to select one or more than one of the possible values: // - // Scalar : Values for this option are a single selection from the possible + // Scalar : Values for this option are a single selection from the possible // values, or an unformatted string, or numeric value governed by the MIN/MAX/Regex - // constraints. List : Values for this option are multiple selections from - // the possible values. Boolean : Values for this option are either true or - // false . Json : Values for this option are a JSON representation of a ConfigDocument. + // constraints. + // + // List : Values for this option are multiple selections from the possible + // values. + // + // Boolean : Values for this option are either true or false . + // + // Json : Values for this option are a JSON representation of a ConfigDocument. ValueType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationOptionValueType"` } @@ -2457,11 +3066,15 @@ type ConfigurationSettingsDescription struct { // If this configuration set is associated with an environment, the DeploymentStatus // parameter indicates the deployment status of this configuration set: // - // null: This configuration is not associated with a running environment. - // pending: This is a draft configuration that is not deployed to the associated - // environment but is in the process of deploying. deployed: This is the configuration - // that is currently deployed to the associated running environment. failed: - // This is a draft configuration that failed to successfully deploy. + // null: This configuration is not associated with a running environment. + // + // pending: This is a draft configuration that is not deployed to the associated + // environment but is in the process of deploying. + // + // deployed: This is the configuration that is currently deployed to the + // associated running environment. + // + // failed: This is a draft configuration that failed to successfully deploy. DeploymentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationDeploymentStatus"` // Describes this configuration set. @@ -2500,6 +3113,8 @@ type CreateApplicationInput struct { // // Constraint: This name must be unique within your account. If the specified // name already exists, the action returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes the application. @@ -2537,15 +3152,20 @@ type CreateApplicationVersionInput struct { // The name of the application. If no application is found with this name, and // AutoCreateApplication is false, returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Determines how the system behaves if the specified application for this version // does not already exist: // - // true : Automatically creates the specified application for this release - // if it does not already exist. false : Throws an InvalidParameterValue if - // the specified application for this release does not already exist. Default: - // false + // true : Automatically creates the specified application for this release + // if it does not already exist. + // + // false : Throws an InvalidParameterValue if the specified application + // for this release does not already exist. + // + // Default: false // // Valid Values: true | false AutoCreateApplication *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -2558,6 +3178,8 @@ type CreateApplicationVersionInput struct { // prior to deploying the application version to an environment. Process *bool `type:"boolean"` + SourceBuildInformation *SourceBuildInformation `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon S3 bucket and key that identify the location of the source bundle // for this version. // @@ -2576,6 +3198,8 @@ type CreateApplicationVersionInput struct { // Constraint: Must be unique per application. If an application version already // exists with this label for the specified application, AWS Elastic Beanstalk // returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // VersionLabel is a required field VersionLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2604,6 +3228,11 @@ func (s *CreateApplicationVersionInput) Validate() error { if s.VersionLabel != nil && len(*s.VersionLabel) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionLabel", 1)) } + if s.SourceBuildInformation != nil { + if err := s.SourceBuildInformation.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SourceBuildInformation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -2618,6 +3247,8 @@ type CreateConfigurationTemplateInput struct { // The name of the application to associate with this configuration template. // If no application is found with this name, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns // an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes this configuration. @@ -2642,9 +3273,9 @@ type CreateConfigurationTemplateInput struct { // A solution stack name or a source configuration parameter must be specified, // otherwise AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error. // - // If a solution stack name is not specified and the source configuration - // parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk uses the same solution stack - // as the source configuration template. + // If a solution stack name is not specified and the source configuration parameter + // is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk uses the same solution stack as the source + // configuration template. SolutionStackName *string `type:"string"` // If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk uses the configuration values from the @@ -2668,6 +3299,8 @@ type CreateConfigurationTemplateInput struct { // // Default: If a configuration template already exists with this name, AWS // Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // TemplateName is a required field TemplateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2725,6 +3358,8 @@ type CreateEnvironmentInput struct { // // If no application is found with this name, CreateEnvironment returns an // InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If specified, the environment attempts to use this value as the prefix for @@ -2794,7 +3429,7 @@ type CreateEnvironmentInput struct { // If the specified application has no associated application versions, AWS // Elastic Beanstalk UpdateEnvironment returns an InvalidParameterValue error. // - // Default: If not specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk attempts to launch the + // Default: If not specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk attempts to launch the // sample application in the container. VersionLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string"` } @@ -2907,6 +3542,8 @@ type DeleteApplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application to delete. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // When set to true, running environments will be terminated before deleting @@ -2959,16 +3596,24 @@ type DeleteApplicationVersionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application to delete releases from. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to delete the associated source bundle from Amazon S3: // - // true: An attempt is made to delete the associated Amazon S3 source bundle - // specified at time of creation. false: No action is taken on the Amazon - // S3 source bundle specified at time of creation. Valid Values: true | false + // true: An attempt is made to delete the associated Amazon S3 source bundle + // specified at time of creation. + // + // false: No action is taken on the Amazon S3 source bundle specified at + // time of creation. + // + // Valid Values: true | false DeleteSourceBundle *bool `type:"boolean"` // The label of the version to delete. + // + // VersionLabel is a required field VersionLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3023,9 +3668,13 @@ type DeleteConfigurationTemplateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application to delete the configuration template from. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the configuration template to delete. + // + // TemplateName is a required field TemplateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3080,9 +3729,13 @@ type DeleteEnvironmentConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application the environment is associated with. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the environment to delete the draft configuration from. + // + // EnvironmentName is a required field EnvironmentName *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3147,8 +3800,11 @@ type Deployment struct { // The status of the deployment: // - // In Progress : The deployment is in progress. Deployed : The deployment - // succeeded. Failed : The deployment failed. + // In Progress : The deployment is in progress. + // + // Deployed : The deployment succeeded. + // + // Failed : The deployment failed. Status *string `type:"string"` // The version label of the application version in the deployment. @@ -3173,6 +3829,12 @@ type DescribeApplicationVersionsInput struct { // only include ones that are associated with the specified application. ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // Specify a maximum number of application versions to paginate in the request. + MaxRecords *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // Specify a next token to retrieve the next page in a paginated request. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + // If specified, restricts the returned descriptions to only include ones that // have the specified version labels. VersionLabels []*string `type:"list"` @@ -3194,6 +3856,9 @@ func (s *DescribeApplicationVersionsInput) Validate() error { if s.ApplicationName != nil && len(*s.ApplicationName) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApplicationName", 1)) } + if s.MaxRecords != nil && *s.MaxRecords < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRecords", 1)) + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -3207,6 +3872,10 @@ type DescribeApplicationVersionsOutput struct { // List of ApplicationVersionDescription objects sorted by order of creation. ApplicationVersions []*ApplicationVersionDescription `type:"list"` + + // For a paginated request, the token that you can pass in a subsequent request + // to get the next page. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -3345,6 +4014,8 @@ type DescribeConfigurationSettingsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The application for the environment or configuration template. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the environment to describe. @@ -3941,13 +4612,19 @@ type EnvironmentDescription struct { // Describes the health status of the environment. AWS Elastic Beanstalk indicates // the failure levels for a running environment: // - // Red: Indicates the environment is not responsive. Occurs when three or - // more consecutive failures occur for an environment. Yellow: Indicates that - // something is wrong. Occurs when two consecutive failures occur for an environment. - // Green: Indicates the environment is healthy and fully functional. Grey: - // Default health for a new environment. The environment is not fully launched - // and health checks have not started or health checks are suspended during - // an UpdateEnvironment or RestartEnvironement request. Default: Grey + // Red: Indicates the environment is not responsive. Occurs when three or + // more consecutive failures occur for an environment. + // + // Yellow: Indicates that something is wrong. Occurs when two consecutive + // failures occur for an environment. + // + // Green: Indicates the environment is healthy and fully functional. + // + // Grey: Default health for a new environment. The environment is not fully + // launched and health checks have not started or health checks are suspended + // during an UpdateEnvironment or RestartEnvironement request. + // + // Default: Grey Health *string `type:"string" enum:"EnvironmentHealth"` // Returns the health status of the application running in your environment. @@ -3962,11 +4639,17 @@ type EnvironmentDescription struct { // The current operational status of the environment: // - // Launching: Environment is in the process of initial deployment. Updating: - // Environment is in the process of updating its configuration settings or application - // version. Ready: Environment is available to have an action performed on - // it, such as update or terminate. Terminating: Environment is in the shut-down - // process. Terminated: Environment is not running. + // Launching: Environment is in the process of initial deployment. + // + // Updating: Environment is in the process of updating its configuration + // settings or application version. + // + // Ready: Environment is available to have an action performed on it, such + // as update or terminate. + // + // Terminating: Environment is in the shut-down process. + // + // Terminated: Environment is not running. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"EnvironmentStatus"` // The name of the configuration template used to originally launch this environment. @@ -4638,6 +5321,8 @@ type RequestEnvironmentInfoInput struct { EnvironmentName *string `min:"4" type:"string"` // The type of information to request. + // + // InfoType is a required field InfoType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EnvironmentInfoType"` } @@ -4759,6 +5444,8 @@ type RetrieveEnvironmentInfoInput struct { EnvironmentName *string `min:"4" type:"string"` // The type of information to retrieve. + // + // InfoType is a required field InfoType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EnvironmentInfoType"` } @@ -4900,6 +5587,51 @@ func (s SolutionStackDescription) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type SourceBuildInformation struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // SourceLocation is a required field + SourceLocation *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // SourceRepository is a required field + SourceRepository *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SourceRepository"` + + // SourceType is a required field + SourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SourceType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SourceBuildInformation) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SourceBuildInformation) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SourceBuildInformation) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceBuildInformation"} + if s.SourceLocation == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceLocation")) + } + if s.SourceLocation != nil && len(*s.SourceLocation) < 3 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceLocation", 3)) + } + if s.SourceRepository == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceRepository")) + } + if s.SourceType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceType")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + // A specification for an environment configuration type SourceConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5130,11 +5862,13 @@ type TerminateEnvironmentInput struct { // Indicates whether the associated AWS resources should shut down when the // environment is terminated: // - // true: The specified environment as well as the associated AWS resources, - // such as Auto Scaling group and LoadBalancer, are terminated. false: AWS - // Elastic Beanstalk resource management is removed from the environment, but - // the AWS resources continue to operate. For more information, see the - // AWS Elastic Beanstalk User Guide. (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/ug/) + // true: The specified environment as well as the associated AWS resources, + // such as Auto Scaling group and LoadBalancer, are terminated. + // + // false: AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource management is removed from the + // environment, but the AWS resources continue to operate. + // + // For more information, see the AWS Elastic Beanstalk User Guide. (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/ug/) // // Default: true // @@ -5189,6 +5923,8 @@ type UpdateApplicationInput struct { // The name of the application to update. If no such application is found, UpdateApplication // returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A new description for the application. @@ -5230,6 +5966,8 @@ type UpdateApplicationVersionInput struct { // // If no application is found with this name, UpdateApplication returns an // InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A new description for this release. @@ -5239,6 +5977,8 @@ type UpdateApplicationVersionInput struct { // // If no application version is found with this label, UpdateApplication returns // an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // VersionLabel is a required field VersionLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5283,6 +6023,8 @@ type UpdateConfigurationTemplateInput struct { // // If no application is found with this name, UpdateConfigurationTemplate // returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A new description for the configuration. @@ -5301,6 +6043,8 @@ type UpdateConfigurationTemplateInput struct { // // If no configuration template is found with this name, UpdateConfigurationTemplate // returns an InvalidParameterValue error. + // + // TemplateName is a required field TemplateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5483,19 +6227,23 @@ type ValidateConfigurationSettingsInput struct { // The name of the application that the configuration template or environment // belongs to. + // + // ApplicationName is a required field ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the environment to validate the settings against. // - // Condition: You cannot specify both this and a configuration template name. + // Condition: You cannot specify both this and a configuration template name. EnvironmentName *string `min:"4" type:"string"` // A list of the options and desired values to evaluate. + // + // OptionSettings is a required field OptionSettings []*ConfigurationOptionSetting `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the configuration template to validate the settings against. // - // Condition: You cannot specify both this and an environment name. + // Condition: You cannot specify both this and an environment name. TemplateName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` } @@ -5575,9 +6323,10 @@ type ValidationMessage struct { // An indication of the severity of this message: // - // error: This message indicates that this is not a valid setting for an - // option. warning: This message is providing information you should take - // into account. + // error: This message indicates that this is not a valid setting for an + // option. + // + // warning: This message is providing information you should take into account. Severity *string `type:"string" enum:"ValidationSeverity"` } @@ -5592,190 +6341,257 @@ func (s ValidationMessage) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ActionHistoryStatus + // ActionHistoryStatusCompleted is a ActionHistoryStatus enum value ActionHistoryStatusCompleted = "Completed" - // @enum ActionHistoryStatus + + // ActionHistoryStatusFailed is a ActionHistoryStatus enum value ActionHistoryStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum ActionHistoryStatus + + // ActionHistoryStatusUnknown is a ActionHistoryStatus enum value ActionHistoryStatusUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum ActionStatus + // ActionStatusScheduled is a ActionStatus enum value ActionStatusScheduled = "Scheduled" - // @enum ActionStatus + + // ActionStatusPending is a ActionStatus enum value ActionStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum ActionStatus + + // ActionStatusRunning is a ActionStatus enum value ActionStatusRunning = "Running" - // @enum ActionStatus + + // ActionStatusUnknown is a ActionStatus enum value ActionStatusUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum ActionType + // ActionTypeInstanceRefresh is a ActionType enum value ActionTypeInstanceRefresh = "InstanceRefresh" - // @enum ActionType + + // ActionTypePlatformUpdate is a ActionType enum value ActionTypePlatformUpdate = "PlatformUpdate" - // @enum ActionType + + // ActionTypeUnknown is a ActionType enum value ActionTypeUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum ApplicationVersionStatus + // ApplicationVersionStatusProcessed is a ApplicationVersionStatus enum value ApplicationVersionStatusProcessed = "Processed" - // @enum ApplicationVersionStatus + + // ApplicationVersionStatusUnprocessed is a ApplicationVersionStatus enum value ApplicationVersionStatusUnprocessed = "Unprocessed" - // @enum ApplicationVersionStatus + + // ApplicationVersionStatusFailed is a ApplicationVersionStatus enum value ApplicationVersionStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum ApplicationVersionStatus + + // ApplicationVersionStatusProcessing is a ApplicationVersionStatus enum value ApplicationVersionStatusProcessing = "Processing" ) const ( - // @enum ConfigurationDeploymentStatus + // ConfigurationDeploymentStatusDeployed is a ConfigurationDeploymentStatus enum value ConfigurationDeploymentStatusDeployed = "deployed" - // @enum ConfigurationDeploymentStatus + + // ConfigurationDeploymentStatusPending is a ConfigurationDeploymentStatus enum value ConfigurationDeploymentStatusPending = "pending" - // @enum ConfigurationDeploymentStatus + + // ConfigurationDeploymentStatusFailed is a ConfigurationDeploymentStatus enum value ConfigurationDeploymentStatusFailed = "failed" ) const ( - // @enum ConfigurationOptionValueType + // ConfigurationOptionValueTypeScalar is a ConfigurationOptionValueType enum value ConfigurationOptionValueTypeScalar = "Scalar" - // @enum ConfigurationOptionValueType + + // ConfigurationOptionValueTypeList is a ConfigurationOptionValueType enum value ConfigurationOptionValueTypeList = "List" ) const ( - // @enum EnvironmentHealth + // EnvironmentHealthGreen is a EnvironmentHealth enum value EnvironmentHealthGreen = "Green" - // @enum EnvironmentHealth + + // EnvironmentHealthYellow is a EnvironmentHealth enum value EnvironmentHealthYellow = "Yellow" - // @enum EnvironmentHealth + + // EnvironmentHealthRed is a EnvironmentHealth enum value EnvironmentHealthRed = "Red" - // @enum EnvironmentHealth + + // EnvironmentHealthGrey is a EnvironmentHealth enum value EnvironmentHealthGrey = "Grey" ) const ( - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeStatus is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeStatus = "Status" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeColor is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeColor = "Color" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeCauses is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeCauses = "Causes" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeApplicationMetrics is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeApplicationMetrics = "ApplicationMetrics" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeInstancesHealth is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeInstancesHealth = "InstancesHealth" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeAll is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeAll = "All" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeHealthStatus is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeHealthStatus = "HealthStatus" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthAttribute + + // EnvironmentHealthAttributeRefreshedAt is a EnvironmentHealthAttribute enum value EnvironmentHealthAttributeRefreshedAt = "RefreshedAt" ) const ( - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + // EnvironmentHealthStatusNoData is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusNoData = "NoData" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusUnknown is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusUnknown = "Unknown" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusPending is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusOk is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusOk = "Ok" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusInfo is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusInfo = "Info" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusWarning is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusWarning = "Warning" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusDegraded is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusDegraded = "Degraded" - // @enum EnvironmentHealthStatus + + // EnvironmentHealthStatusSevere is a EnvironmentHealthStatus enum value EnvironmentHealthStatusSevere = "Severe" ) const ( - // @enum EnvironmentInfoType + // EnvironmentInfoTypeTail is a EnvironmentInfoType enum value EnvironmentInfoTypeTail = "tail" - // @enum EnvironmentInfoType + + // EnvironmentInfoTypeBundle is a EnvironmentInfoType enum value EnvironmentInfoTypeBundle = "bundle" ) const ( - // @enum EnvironmentStatus + // EnvironmentStatusLaunching is a EnvironmentStatus enum value EnvironmentStatusLaunching = "Launching" - // @enum EnvironmentStatus + + // EnvironmentStatusUpdating is a EnvironmentStatus enum value EnvironmentStatusUpdating = "Updating" - // @enum EnvironmentStatus + + // EnvironmentStatusReady is a EnvironmentStatus enum value EnvironmentStatusReady = "Ready" - // @enum EnvironmentStatus + + // EnvironmentStatusTerminating is a EnvironmentStatus enum value EnvironmentStatusTerminating = "Terminating" - // @enum EnvironmentStatus + + // EnvironmentStatusTerminated is a EnvironmentStatus enum value EnvironmentStatusTerminated = "Terminated" ) const ( - // @enum EventSeverity + // EventSeverityTrace is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityTrace = "TRACE" - // @enum EventSeverity + + // EventSeverityDebug is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityDebug = "DEBUG" - // @enum EventSeverity + + // EventSeverityInfo is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityInfo = "INFO" - // @enum EventSeverity + + // EventSeverityWarn is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityWarn = "WARN" - // @enum EventSeverity + + // EventSeverityError is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityError = "ERROR" - // @enum EventSeverity + + // EventSeverityFatal is a EventSeverity enum value EventSeverityFatal = "FATAL" ) const ( - // @enum FailureType + // FailureTypeUpdateCancelled is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeUpdateCancelled = "UpdateCancelled" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypeCancellationFailed is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeCancellationFailed = "CancellationFailed" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypeRollbackFailed is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeRollbackFailed = "RollbackFailed" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypeRollbackSuccessful is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeRollbackSuccessful = "RollbackSuccessful" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypeInternalFailure is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeInternalFailure = "InternalFailure" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypeInvalidEnvironmentState is a FailureType enum value FailureTypeInvalidEnvironmentState = "InvalidEnvironmentState" - // @enum FailureType + + // FailureTypePermissionsError is a FailureType enum value FailureTypePermissionsError = "PermissionsError" ) const ( - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + // InstancesHealthAttributeHealthStatus is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeHealthStatus = "HealthStatus" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeColor is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeColor = "Color" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeCauses is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeCauses = "Causes" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeApplicationMetrics is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeApplicationMetrics = "ApplicationMetrics" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeRefreshedAt is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeRefreshedAt = "RefreshedAt" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeLaunchedAt is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeLaunchedAt = "LaunchedAt" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeSystem is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeSystem = "System" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeDeployment is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeDeployment = "Deployment" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeAvailabilityZone is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeAvailabilityZone = "AvailabilityZone" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeInstanceType is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeInstanceType = "InstanceType" - // @enum InstancesHealthAttribute + + // InstancesHealthAttributeAll is a InstancesHealthAttribute enum value InstancesHealthAttributeAll = "All" ) const ( - // @enum ValidationSeverity + // SourceRepositoryCodeCommit is a SourceRepository enum value + SourceRepositoryCodeCommit = "CodeCommit" +) + +const ( + // SourceTypeGit is a SourceType enum value + SourceTypeGit = "Git" +) + +const ( + // ValidationSeverityError is a ValidationSeverity enum value ValidationSeverityError = "error" - // @enum ValidationSeverity + + // ValidationSeverityWarning is a ValidationSeverity enum value ValidationSeverityWarning = "warning" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/service.go index 795a6fef1..cbbf08e65 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk/service.go @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ import ( // (http://elasticbeanstalk.s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2010-12-01/AWSElasticBeanstalk.wsdl). // To install the Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment // (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools that enable you to access the API, -// go to Tools for Amazon Web Services (https://aws.amazon.com/tools/). +// go to Tools for Amazon Web Services (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/). // -// Endpoints +// Endpoints // // For a list of region-specific endpoints that AWS Elastic Beanstalk supports, // go to Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#elasticbeanstalk_region) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice/api.go index bb46f2a4e..665553687 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddTags = "AddTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,10 +58,37 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request return } +// AddTags API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Attaches tags to an existing Elasticsearch domain. Tags are a set of case-sensitive // key value pairs. An Elasticsearch domain may have up to 10 tags. See Tagging // Amazon Elasticsearch Service Domains for more information. (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/latest/developerguide/es-managedomains.html#es-managedomains-awsresorcetagging" // target="_blank) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation AddTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// An exception for trying to create more than allowed resources or sub-resources. +// Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +102,8 @@ const opCreateElasticsearchDomain = "CreateElasticsearchDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -107,9 +138,48 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) CreateElasticsearchDomainRequest(input *CreateEla return } +// CreateElasticsearchDomain API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Creates a new Elasticsearch domain. For more information, see Creating Elasticsearch // Domains (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/latest/developerguide/es-createupdatedomains.html#es-createdomains" // target="_blank) in the Amazon Elasticsearch Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation CreateElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * DisabledOperationException +// An error occured because the client wanted to access a not supported operation. +// Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * InvalidTypeException +// An exception for trying to create or access sub-resource that is either invalid +// or not supported. Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// An exception for trying to create more than allowed resources or sub-resources. +// Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * ResourceAlreadyExistsException +// An exception for creating a resource that already exists. Gives http status +// code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) CreateElasticsearchDomain(input *CreateElasticsearchDomainInput) (*CreateElasticsearchDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateElasticsearchDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -123,6 +193,8 @@ const opDeleteElasticsearchDomain = "DeleteElasticsearchDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -157,8 +229,35 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) DeleteElasticsearchDomainRequest(input *DeleteEla return } +// DeleteElasticsearchDomain API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Permanently deletes the specified Elasticsearch domain and all of its data. // Once a domain is deleted, it cannot be recovered. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation DeleteElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// An exception for accessing or deleting a resource that does not exist. Gives +// http status code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) DeleteElasticsearchDomain(input *DeleteElasticsearchDomainInput) (*DeleteElasticsearchDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteElasticsearchDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -172,6 +271,8 @@ const opDescribeElasticsearchDomain = "DescribeElasticsearchDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -206,8 +307,35 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomainRequest(input *Describ return } +// DescribeElasticsearchDomain API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch // domain, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation DescribeElasticsearchDomain for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// An exception for accessing or deleting a resource that does not exist. Gives +// http status code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomain(input *DescribeElasticsearchDomainInput) (*DescribeElasticsearchDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeElasticsearchDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -221,6 +349,8 @@ const opDescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig = "DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -255,9 +385,36 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigRequest(input *D return } +// DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Provides cluster configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch // domain, such as the state, creation date, update version, and update date // for cluster options. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// An exception for accessing or deleting a resource that does not exist. Gives +// http status code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig(input *DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigInput) (*DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -271,6 +428,8 @@ const opDescribeElasticsearchDomains = "DescribeElasticsearchDomains" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeElasticsearchDomains for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -305,8 +464,31 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomainsRequest(input *Descri return } +// DescribeElasticsearchDomains API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch // domains, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation DescribeElasticsearchDomains for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) DescribeElasticsearchDomains(input *DescribeElasticsearchDomainsInput) (*DescribeElasticsearchDomainsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeElasticsearchDomainsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -320,6 +502,8 @@ const opListDomainNames = "ListDomainNames" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDomainNames for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -354,8 +538,26 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) ListDomainNamesRequest(input *ListDomainNamesInpu return } +// ListDomainNames API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Returns the name of all Elasticsearch domains owned by the current user's // account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation ListDomainNames for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) ListDomainNames(input *ListDomainNamesInput) (*ListDomainNamesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDomainNamesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -369,6 +571,8 @@ const opListTags = "ListTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -403,7 +607,34 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) ListTagsRequest(input *ListTagsInput) (req *reque return } +// ListTags API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Returns all tags for the given Elasticsearch domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation ListTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// An exception for accessing or deleting a resource that does not exist. Gives +// http status code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) ListTags(input *ListTagsInput) (*ListTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -417,6 +648,8 @@ const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -453,7 +686,30 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *r return } +// RemoveTags API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Removes the specified set of tags from the specified Elasticsearch domain. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -467,6 +723,8 @@ const opUpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig = "UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -501,8 +759,43 @@ func (c *ElasticsearchService) UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigRequest(input *Upd return } +// UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig API operation for Amazon Elasticsearch Service. +// // Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Elasticsearch domain, // setting as setting the instance type and the number of instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elasticsearch Service's +// API operation UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BaseException +// An error occurred while processing the request. +// +// * InternalException +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure (the failure is internal to the service) . Gives http status code +// of 500. +// +// * InvalidTypeException +// An exception for trying to create or access sub-resource that is either invalid +// or not supported. Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// An exception for trying to create more than allowed resources or sub-resources. +// Gives http status code of 409. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// An exception for accessing or deleting a resource that does not exist. Gives +// http status code of 400. +// +// * ValidationException +// An exception for missing / invalid input fields. Gives http status code of +// 400. +// func (c *ElasticsearchService) UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfig(input *UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigInput) (*UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -518,10 +811,14 @@ type AccessPoliciesStatus struct { // may be resource-based, IP-based, or IAM-based. See Configuring Access Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/latest/developerguide/es-createupdatedomains.html#es-createdomain-configure-access-policies" // target="_blank)for more information. + // + // Options is a required field Options *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the access policy for the Elasticsearch domain. See OptionStatus // for the status information that's included. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -541,9 +838,13 @@ type AddTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specify the ARN for which you want to add the tags. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // List of Tag that need to be added for the Elasticsearch domain. + // + // TagList is a required field TagList []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -611,10 +912,14 @@ type AdvancedOptionsStatus struct { // Specifies the status of advanced options for the specified Elasticsearch // domain. + // + // Options is a required field Options map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of OptionStatus for advanced options for the specified // Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -644,6 +949,8 @@ type CreateElasticsearchDomainInput struct { // are unique across the domains owned by an account within an AWS region. Domain // names must start with a letter or number and can contain the following characters: // a-z (lowercase), 0-9, and - (hyphen). + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // Options to enable, disable and specify the type and size of EBS storage volumes. @@ -715,6 +1022,8 @@ type DeleteElasticsearchDomainInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Elasticsearch domain that you want to permanently delete. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DomainName" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -770,6 +1079,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elasticsearch domain that you want to get information about. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DomainName" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -806,6 +1117,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfigOutput struct { // The configuration information of the domain requested in the DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig // request. + // + // DomainConfig is a required field DomainConfig *ElasticsearchDomainConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -824,6 +1137,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Elasticsearch domain for which you want information. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DomainName" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -859,6 +1174,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The current status of the Elasticsearch domain. + // + // DomainStatus is a required field DomainStatus *ElasticsearchDomainStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -878,6 +1195,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elasticsearch domains for which you want information. + // + // DomainNames is a required field DomainNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -910,6 +1229,8 @@ type DescribeElasticsearchDomainsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The status of the domains requested in the DescribeElasticsearchDomains request. + // + // DomainStatusList is a required field DomainStatusList []*ElasticsearchDomainStatus `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -974,9 +1295,13 @@ type EBSOptionsStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the EBS options for the specified Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Options is a required field Options *EBSOptions `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of the EBS options for the specified Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1033,10 +1358,14 @@ type ElasticsearchClusterConfigStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the cluster configuration for the specified Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Options is a required field Options *ElasticsearchClusterConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of the configuration for the specified Elasticsearch // domain. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1092,6 +1421,8 @@ type ElasticsearchDomainStatus struct { // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of an Elasticsearch domain. See Identifiers // for IAM Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/index.html?Using_Identifiers.html" // target="_blank) in Using AWS Identity and Access Management for more information. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // IAM access policy as a JSON-formatted string. @@ -1111,12 +1442,16 @@ type ElasticsearchDomainStatus struct { Deleted *bool `type:"boolean"` // The unique identifier for the specified Elasticsearch domain. + // + // DomainId is a required field DomainId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of an Elasticsearch domain. Domain names are unique across the domains // owned by an account within an AWS region. Domain names start with a letter // or number and can contain the following characters: a-z (lowercase), 0-9, // and - (hyphen). + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // The EBSOptions for the specified domain. See Configuring EBS-based Storage @@ -1125,6 +1460,8 @@ type ElasticsearchDomainStatus struct { EBSOptions *EBSOptions `type:"structure"` // The type and number of instances in the domain cluster. + // + // ElasticsearchClusterConfig is a required field ElasticsearchClusterConfig *ElasticsearchClusterConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` ElasticsearchVersion *string `type:"string"` @@ -1158,10 +1495,14 @@ type ElasticsearchVersionStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the Elasticsearch version for the specified Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Options is a required field Options *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of the Elasticsearch version options for the specified // Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1216,6 +1557,8 @@ type ListTagsInput struct { // Specify the ARN for the Elasticsearch domain to which the tags are attached // that you want to view. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1266,15 +1609,21 @@ type OptionStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Timestamp which tells the creation date for the entity. + // + // CreationDate is a required field CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // Indicates whether the Elasticsearch domain is being deleted. PendingDeletion *bool `type:"boolean"` // Provides the OptionState for the Elasticsearch domain. + // + // State is a required field State *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OptionState"` // Timestamp which tells the last updated time for the entity. + // + // UpdateDate is a required field UpdateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // Specifies the latest version for the entity. @@ -1299,10 +1648,14 @@ type RemoveTagsInput struct { // Specifies the ARN for the Elasticsearch domain from which you want to delete // the specified tags. + // + // ARN is a required field ARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the TagKey list which you want to remove from the Elasticsearch // domain. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1371,9 +1724,13 @@ type SnapshotOptionsStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the daily snapshot options specified for the Elasticsearch domain. + // + // Options is a required field Options *SnapshotOptions `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of a daily automated snapshot. + // + // Status is a required field Status *OptionStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1393,12 +1750,16 @@ type Tag struct { // Specifies the TagKey, the name of the tag. Tag keys must be unique for the // Elasticsearch domain to which they are attached. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the TagValue, the value assigned to the corresponding tag key. // Tag values can be null and do not have to be unique in a tag set. For example, // you can have a key value pair in a tag set of project : Trinity and cost-center // : Trinity + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1446,6 +1807,8 @@ type UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigInput struct { AdvancedOptions map[string]*string `type:"map"` // The name of the Elasticsearch domain that you are updating. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DomainName" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specify the type and size of the EBS volume that you want to use. @@ -1491,6 +1854,8 @@ type UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The status of the updated Elasticsearch domain. + // + // DomainConfig is a required field DomainConfig *ElasticsearchDomainConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1505,43 +1870,61 @@ func (s UpdateElasticsearchDomainConfigOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3MediumElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3MediumElasticsearch = "m3.medium.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3LargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3LargeElasticsearch = "m3.large.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3XlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM3XlargeElasticsearch = "m3.xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM32xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM32xlargeElasticsearch = "m3.2xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM4LargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM4LargeElasticsearch = "m4.large.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM4XlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM4XlargeElasticsearch = "m4.xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM42xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM42xlargeElasticsearch = "m4.2xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM44xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM44xlargeElasticsearch = "m4.4xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeM410xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeM410xlargeElasticsearch = "m4.10xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2MicroElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2MicroElasticsearch = "t2.micro.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2SmallElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2SmallElasticsearch = "t2.small.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2MediumElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeT2MediumElasticsearch = "t2.medium.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeR3LargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeR3LargeElasticsearch = "r3.large.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeR3XlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeR3XlargeElasticsearch = "r3.xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeR32xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeR32xlargeElasticsearch = "r3.2xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeR34xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeR34xlargeElasticsearch = "r3.4xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeR38xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeR38xlargeElasticsearch = "r3.8xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeI2XlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeI2XlargeElasticsearch = "i2.xlarge.elasticsearch" - // @enum ESPartitionInstanceType + + // ESPartitionInstanceTypeI22xlargeElasticsearch is a ESPartitionInstanceType enum value ESPartitionInstanceTypeI22xlargeElasticsearch = "i2.2xlarge.elasticsearch" ) @@ -1550,11 +1933,13 @@ const ( // Processing: The request change is still in-process. Active: The request // change is processed and deployed to the Elasticsearch domain. const ( - // @enum OptionState + // OptionStateRequiresIndexDocuments is a OptionState enum value OptionStateRequiresIndexDocuments = "RequiresIndexDocuments" - // @enum OptionState + + // OptionStateProcessing is a OptionState enum value OptionStateProcessing = "Processing" - // @enum OptionState + + // OptionStateActive is a OptionState enum value OptionStateActive = "Active" ) @@ -1562,10 +1947,12 @@ const ( // Storage (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/latest/developerguide/es-createupdatedomains.html#es-createdomain-configure-ebs" // target="_blank)for more information. const ( - // @enum VolumeType + // VolumeTypeStandard is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeStandard = "standard" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeGp2 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeGp2 = "gp2" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeIo1 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeIo1 = "io1" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/api.go index 2d0685ddf..5d60f2c00 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/api.go @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ const opCancelJob = "CancelJob" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelJob for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -51,11 +53,44 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) (req *reques return } +// CancelJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The CancelJob operation cancels an unfinished job. // // You can only cancel a job that has a status of Submitted. To prevent a pipeline // from starting to process a job while you're getting the job identifier, use // UpdatePipelineStatus to temporarily pause the pipeline. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation CancelJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are +// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CancelJob(input *CancelJobInput) (*CancelJobOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -69,6 +104,8 @@ const opCreateJob = "CreateJob" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateJob for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -103,6 +140,8 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // When you create a job, Elastic Transcoder returns JSON data that includes // the values that you specified plus information about the job that is created. // @@ -110,6 +149,37 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *reques // output for the Kindle Fire and another output for the Apple iPhone 4s), you // currently must use the Elastic Transcoder API to list the jobs (as opposed // to the AWS Console). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines +// exceeds the maximum allowed. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobResponse, error) { req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -123,6 +193,8 @@ const opCreatePipeline = "CreatePipeline" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePipeline for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -157,7 +229,40 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePipelineRequest(input *CreatePipelineInput) (r return } +// CreatePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The CreatePipeline operation creates a pipeline with settings that you specify. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation CreatePipeline for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines +// exceeds the maximum allowed. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePipeline(input *CreatePipelineInput) (*CreatePipelineOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePipelineRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -171,6 +276,8 @@ const opCreatePreset = "CreatePreset" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePreset for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -205,6 +312,8 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req * return } +// CreatePreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The CreatePreset operation creates a preset with settings that you specify. // // Elastic Transcoder checks the CreatePreset settings to ensure that they @@ -220,6 +329,32 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req * // more information, see the International Telecommunication Union publication // Recommendation ITU-T H.264: Advanced video coding for generic audiovisual // services. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation CreatePreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines +// exceeds the maximum allowed. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePreset(input *CreatePresetInput) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -233,6 +368,8 @@ const opDeletePipeline = "DeletePipeline" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePipeline for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -267,11 +404,44 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePipelineRequest(input *DeletePipelineInput) (r return } +// DeletePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The DeletePipeline operation removes a pipeline. // // You can only delete a pipeline that has never been used or that is not // currently in use (doesn't contain any active jobs). If the pipeline is currently // in use, DeletePipeline returns an error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation DeletePipeline for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are +// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePipeline(input *DeletePipelineInput) (*DeletePipelineOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePipelineRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -285,6 +455,8 @@ const opDeletePreset = "DeletePreset" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePreset for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -319,9 +491,38 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) (req * return } +// DeletePreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The DeletePreset operation removes a preset that you've added in an AWS region. // // You can't delete the default presets that are included with Elastic Transcoder. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation DeletePreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePreset(input *DeletePresetInput) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -335,6 +536,8 @@ const opListJobsByPipeline = "ListJobsByPipeline" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListJobsByPipeline for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -375,11 +578,40 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipelineRequest(input *ListJobsByPipelineI return } +// ListJobsByPipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ListJobsByPipeline operation gets a list of the jobs currently in a pipeline. // // Elastic Transcoder returns all of the jobs currently in the specified pipeline. // The response body contains one element for each job that satisfies the search // criteria. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ListJobsByPipeline for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipeline(input *ListJobsByPipelineInput) (*ListJobsByPipelineOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListJobsByPipelineRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -418,6 +650,8 @@ const opListJobsByStatus = "ListJobsByStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListJobsByStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -458,9 +692,38 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatusRequest(input *ListJobsByStatusInput return } +// ListJobsByStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ListJobsByStatus operation gets a list of jobs that have a specified // status. The response body contains one element for each job that satisfies // the search criteria. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ListJobsByStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatus(input *ListJobsByStatusInput) (*ListJobsByStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListJobsByStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -499,6 +762,8 @@ const opListPipelines = "ListPipelines" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPipelines for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -539,8 +804,32 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelinesRequest(input *ListPipelinesInput) (req return } +// ListPipelines API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ListPipelines operation gets a list of the pipelines associated with // the current AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ListPipelines for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelines(input *ListPipelinesInput) (*ListPipelinesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPipelinesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -579,6 +868,8 @@ const opListPresets = "ListPresets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPresets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -619,8 +910,32 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) (req *re return } +// ListPresets API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ListPresets operation gets a list of the default presets included with // Elastic Transcoder and the presets that you've added in an AWS region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ListPresets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresets(input *ListPresetsInput) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -659,6 +974,8 @@ const opReadJob = "ReadJob" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReadJob for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -693,7 +1010,36 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadJobRequest(input *ReadJobInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ReadJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ReadJob operation returns detailed information about a job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ReadJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadJob(input *ReadJobInput) (*ReadJobOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReadJobRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -707,6 +1053,8 @@ const opReadPipeline = "ReadPipeline" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReadPipeline for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -741,7 +1089,36 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPipelineRequest(input *ReadPipelineInput) (req * return } +// ReadPipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ReadPipeline operation gets detailed information about a pipeline. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ReadPipeline for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPipeline(input *ReadPipelineInput) (*ReadPipelineOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReadPipelineRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -755,6 +1132,8 @@ const opReadPreset = "ReadPreset" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReadPreset for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -789,7 +1168,36 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPresetRequest(input *ReadPresetInput) (req *requ return } +// ReadPreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The ReadPreset operation gets detailed information about a preset. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation ReadPreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPreset(input *ReadPresetInput) (*ReadPresetOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReadPresetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -803,6 +1211,8 @@ const opTestRole = "TestRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -837,6 +1247,8 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRoleRequest(input *TestRoleInput) (req *request. return } +// TestRole API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The TestRole operation tests the IAM role used to create the pipeline. // // The TestRole action lets you determine whether the IAM role you are using @@ -844,6 +1256,33 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRoleRequest(input *TestRoleInput) (req *request. // with the transcoding process. The action attempts to assume the specified // IAM role, checks read access to the input and output buckets, and tries to // send a test notification to Amazon SNS topics that you specify. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation TestRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRole(input *TestRoleInput) (*TestRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -857,6 +1296,8 @@ const opUpdatePipeline = "UpdatePipeline" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdatePipeline for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -891,11 +1332,44 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineRequest(input *UpdatePipelineInput) (r return } +// UpdatePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // Use the UpdatePipeline operation to update settings for a pipeline. When // you change pipeline settings, your changes take effect immediately. Jobs // that you have already submitted and that Elastic Transcoder has not started // to process are affected in addition to jobs that you submit after you change // settings. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation UpdatePipeline for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are +// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipeline(input *UpdatePipelineInput) (*UpdatePipelineOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdatePipelineRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -909,6 +1383,8 @@ const opUpdatePipelineNotifications = "UpdatePipelineNotifications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdatePipelineNotifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -943,11 +1419,44 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(input *UpdatePipe return } +// UpdatePipelineNotifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // With the UpdatePipelineNotifications operation, you can update Amazon Simple // Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for a pipeline. // // When you update notifications for a pipeline, Elastic Transcoder returns // the values that you specified in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation UpdatePipelineNotifications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are +// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineNotifications(input *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) (*UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -961,6 +1470,8 @@ const opUpdatePipelineStatus = "UpdatePipelineStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdatePipelineStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -995,6 +1506,8 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input *UpdatePipelineSta return } +// UpdatePipelineStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder. +// // The UpdatePipelineStatus operation pauses or reactivates a pipeline, so that // the pipeline stops or restarts the processing of jobs. // @@ -1003,6 +1516,37 @@ func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input *UpdatePipelineSta // them; if you pause the pipeline to which you submitted the jobs, you have // more time to get the job IDs for the jobs that you want to cancel, and to // send a CancelJob request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's +// API operation UpdatePipelineStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request. +// +// * IncompatibleVersionException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the +// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being +// created. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are +// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly. +// +// * InternalServiceException +// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill +// the request. +// func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatus(input *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) (*UpdatePipelineStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1299,6 +1843,8 @@ type CancelJobInput struct { // // To get a list of the jobs (including their jobId) that have a status of // Submitted, use the ListJobsByStatus API action. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1557,6 +2103,8 @@ type CreateJobInput struct { // A section of the request body that provides information about the file that // is being transcoded. + // + // Input is a required field Input *JobInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The CreateJobOutput structure. @@ -1576,6 +2124,8 @@ type CreateJobInput struct { // The pipeline determines several settings, including the Amazon S3 bucket // from which Elastic Transcoder gets the files to transcode and the bucket // into which Elastic Transcoder puts the transcoded files. + // + // PipelineId is a required field PipelineId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If you specify a preset in PresetId for which the value of Container is fmp4 @@ -2015,12 +2565,16 @@ type CreatePipelineInput struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket in which you saved the media files that you want to // transcode. + // + // InputBucket is a required field InputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the pipeline. We recommend that the name be unique within the // AWS account, but uniqueness is not enforced. // // Constraints: Maximum 40 characters. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to @@ -2064,6 +2618,8 @@ type CreatePipelineInput struct { // The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that you want Elastic Transcoder // to use to create the pipeline. + // + // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ThumbnailConfig object specifies several values, including the Amazon @@ -2187,6 +2743,8 @@ type CreatePresetInput struct { // The container type for the output file. Valid values include flac, flv, fmp4, // gif, mp3, mp4, mpg, mxf, oga, ogg, ts, and webm. + // + // Container is a required field Container *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A description of the preset. @@ -2194,6 +2752,8 @@ type CreatePresetInput struct { // The name of the preset. We recommend that the name be unique within the AWS // account, but uniqueness is not enforced. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A section of the request body that specifies the thumbnail parameters, if @@ -2268,6 +2828,8 @@ type DeletePipelineInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the pipeline that you want to delete. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2314,6 +2876,8 @@ type DeletePresetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the preset for which you want to get detailed information. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3033,6 +3597,8 @@ type ListJobsByPipelineInput struct { PageToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"PageToken" type:"string"` // The ID of the pipeline for which you want to get job information. + // + // PipelineId is a required field PipelineId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"PipelineId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3097,6 +3663,8 @@ type ListJobsByStatusInput struct { // To get information about all of the jobs associated with the current AWS // account that have a given status, specify the following status: Submitted, // Progressing, Complete, Canceled, or Error. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Status" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3894,6 +4462,8 @@ type ReadJobInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the job for which you want to get detailed information. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3943,6 +4513,8 @@ type ReadPipelineInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the pipeline to read. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4000,6 +4572,8 @@ type ReadPresetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the preset for which you want to get detailed information. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4050,18 +4624,26 @@ type TestRoleInput struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket that contains media files to be transcoded. The action // attempts to read from this bucket. + // + // InputBucket is a required field InputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon S3 bucket that Elastic Transcoder will write transcoded media // files to. The action attempts to read from this bucket. + // + // OutputBucket is a required field OutputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that you want Elastic Transcoder // to test. + // + // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARNs of one or more Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topics // that you want the action to send a test notification to. + // + // Topics is a required field Topics []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4324,6 +4906,8 @@ type UpdatePipelineInput struct { ContentConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"` // The ID of the pipeline that you want to update. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon S3 bucket in which you saved the media files that you want to @@ -4431,6 +5015,8 @@ type UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput struct { // The identifier of the pipeline for which you want to change notification // settings. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic @@ -4449,6 +5035,8 @@ type UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput struct { // The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when Elastic // Transcoder encounters an error condition. This is the ARN that Amazon SNS // returned when you created the topic. + // + // Notifications is a required field Notifications *Notifications `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4528,12 +5116,16 @@ type UpdatePipelineStatusInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the pipeline to update. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The desired status of the pipeline: // // Active: The pipeline is processing jobs. Paused: The pipeline is not // currently processing jobs. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/waiters.go index 8f5fcff03..767462041 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilJobComplete uses the Amazon Elastic Transcoder API operation +// ReadJob to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ElasticTranscoder) WaitUntilJobComplete(input *ReadJobInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "ReadJob", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/api.go index 7c0f327d8..025f5e53e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAddTags = "AddTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *ELB) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// AddTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Adds the specified tags to the specified load balancer. Each load balancer // can have a maximum of 10 tags. // @@ -60,6 +64,25 @@ func (c *ELB) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output // // For more information, see Tag Your Classic Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/add-remove-tags.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation AddTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TooManyTags +// The quota for the number of tags that can be assigned to a load balancer +// has been reached. +// +// * DuplicateTagKeys +// A tag key was specified more than once. +// func (c *ELB) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +96,8 @@ const opApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer = "ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -107,12 +132,32 @@ func (c *ELB) ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerRequest(input *ApplySecurityGroup return } +// ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Associates one or more security groups with your load balancer in a virtual // private cloud (VPC). The specified security groups override the previously // associated security groups. // // For more information, see Security Groups for Load Balancers in a VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-security-groups.html#elb-vpc-security-groups) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// +// * InvalidSecurityGroup +// One or more of the specified security groups do not exist. +// func (c *ELB) ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer(input *ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerInput) (*ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -126,6 +171,8 @@ const opAttachLoadBalancerToSubnets = "AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -160,6 +207,8 @@ func (c *ELB) AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsRequest(input *AttachLoadBalancerToSubn return } +// AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Adds one or more subnets to the set of configured subnets for the specified // load balancer. // @@ -167,6 +216,27 @@ func (c *ELB) AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsRequest(input *AttachLoadBalancerToSubn // For more information, see Add or Remove Subnets for Your Load Balancer in // a VPC (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-manage-subnets.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// +// * SubnetNotFound +// One or more of the specified subnets do not exist. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The specified VPC has no associated Internet gateway. +// func (c *ELB) AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets(input *AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsInput) (*AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -180,6 +250,8 @@ const opConfigureHealthCheck = "ConfigureHealthCheck" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ConfigureHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -214,12 +286,26 @@ func (c *ELB) ConfigureHealthCheckRequest(input *ConfigureHealthCheckInput) (req return } +// ConfigureHealthCheck API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Specifies the health check settings to use when evaluating the health state // of your EC2 instances. // // For more information, see Configure Health Checks for Your Load Balancer // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-healthchecks.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ConfigureHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) ConfigureHealthCheck(input *ConfigureHealthCheckInput) (*ConfigureHealthCheckOutput, error) { req, out := c.ConfigureHealthCheckRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -233,6 +319,8 @@ const opCreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy = "CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -267,6 +355,8 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input *CreateAppCookieStick return } +// CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Generates a stickiness policy with sticky session lifetimes that follow that // of an application-generated cookie. This policy can be associated only with // HTTP/HTTPS listeners. @@ -282,6 +372,27 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input *CreateAppCookieStick // // For more information, see Application-Controlled Session Stickiness (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * DuplicatePolicyName +// A policy with the specified name already exists for this load balancer. +// +// * TooManyPolicies +// The quota for the number of policies for this load balancer has been reached. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy(input *CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyInput) (*CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -295,6 +406,8 @@ const opCreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy = "CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -329,6 +442,8 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input *CreateLBCookieStickin return } +// CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Generates a stickiness policy with sticky session lifetimes controlled by // the lifetime of the browser (user-agent) or a specified expiration period. // This policy can be associated only with HTTP/HTTPS listeners. @@ -346,6 +461,27 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input *CreateLBCookieStickin // // For more information, see Duration-Based Session Stickiness (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * DuplicatePolicyName +// A policy with the specified name already exists for this load balancer. +// +// * TooManyPolicies +// The quota for the number of policies for this load balancer has been reached. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy(input *CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyInput) (*CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -359,6 +495,8 @@ const opCreateLoadBalancer = "CreateLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -393,6 +531,8 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req *re return } +// CreateLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates a Classic load balancer. // // You can add listeners, security groups, subnets, and tags when you create @@ -406,6 +546,53 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req *re // an increase for the number of load balancers for your account. For more information, // see Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-limits.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateLoadBalancerName +// The specified load balancer name already exists for this account. +// +// * TooManyLoadBalancers +// The quota for the number of load balancers has been reached. +// +// * CertificateNotFound +// The specified ARN does not refer to a valid SSL certificate in AWS Identity +// and Access Management (IAM) or AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Note that if +// you recently uploaded the certificate to IAM, this error might indicate that +// the certificate is not fully available yet. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// +// * SubnetNotFound +// One or more of the specified subnets do not exist. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The specified VPC has no associated Internet gateway. +// +// * InvalidSecurityGroup +// One or more of the specified security groups do not exist. +// +// * InvalidScheme +// The specified value for the schema is not valid. You can only specify a scheme +// for load balancers in a VPC. +// +// * TooManyTags +// The quota for the number of tags that can be assigned to a load balancer +// has been reached. +// +// * DuplicateTagKeys +// A tag key was specified more than once. +// +// * UnsupportedProtocol + +// func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancer(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -419,6 +606,8 @@ const opCreateLoadBalancerListeners = "CreateLoadBalancerListeners" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLoadBalancerListeners for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -453,6 +642,8 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerListenersRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerListen return } +// CreateLoadBalancerListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates one or more listeners for the specified load balancer. If a listener // with the specified port does not already exist, it is created; otherwise, // the properties of the new listener must match the properties of the existing @@ -460,6 +651,34 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerListenersRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerListen // // For more information, see Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateLoadBalancerListeners for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * DuplicateListener +// A listener already exists for the specified load balancer name and port, +// but with a different instance port, protocol, or SSL certificate. +// +// * CertificateNotFound +// The specified ARN does not refer to a valid SSL certificate in AWS Identity +// and Access Management (IAM) or AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Note that if +// you recently uploaded the certificate to IAM, this error might indicate that +// the certificate is not fully available yet. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedProtocol + +// func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerListeners(input *CreateLoadBalancerListenersInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerListenersOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerListenersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -473,6 +692,8 @@ const opCreateLoadBalancerPolicy = "CreateLoadBalancerPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLoadBalancerPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -507,11 +728,37 @@ func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerPolicyRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInp return } +// CreateLoadBalancerPolicy API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates a policy with the specified attributes for the specified load balancer. // // Policies are settings that are saved for your load balancer and that can // be applied to the listener or the application server, depending on the policy // type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateLoadBalancerPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * PolicyTypeNotFound +// One or more of the specified policy types do not exist. +// +// * DuplicatePolicyName +// A policy with the specified name already exists for this load balancer. +// +// * TooManyPolicies +// The quota for the number of policies for this load balancer has been reached. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) CreateLoadBalancerPolicy(input *CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -525,6 +772,8 @@ const opDeleteLoadBalancer = "DeleteLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -559,6 +808,8 @@ func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified load balancer. // // If you are attempting to recreate a load balancer, you must reconfigure @@ -569,6 +820,13 @@ func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req *re // // If the load balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call // to DeleteLoadBalancer still succeeds. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information. func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancer(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -582,6 +840,8 @@ const opDeleteLoadBalancerListeners = "DeleteLoadBalancerListeners" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLoadBalancerListeners for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -616,7 +876,21 @@ func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerListenersRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerListen return } +// DeleteLoadBalancerListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified listeners from the specified load balancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteLoadBalancerListeners for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerListeners(input *DeleteLoadBalancerListenersInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerListenersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerListenersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -630,6 +904,8 @@ const opDeleteLoadBalancerPolicy = "DeleteLoadBalancerPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLoadBalancerPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -664,8 +940,25 @@ func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyInp return } +// DeleteLoadBalancerPolicy API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified policy from the specified load balancer. This policy // must not be enabled for any listeners. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteLoadBalancerPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) DeleteLoadBalancerPolicy(input *DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -679,6 +972,8 @@ const opDeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer = "DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalanc // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -713,6 +1008,8 @@ func (c *ELB) DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeregisterInstan return } +// DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deregisters the specified instances from the specified load balancer. After // the instance is deregistered, it no longer receives traffic from the load // balancer. @@ -722,6 +1019,21 @@ func (c *ELB) DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeregisterInstan // // For more information, see Register or De-Register EC2 Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstance +// The specified endpoint is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer(input *DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerInput) (*DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -735,6 +1047,8 @@ const opDescribeInstanceHealth = "DescribeInstanceHealth" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstanceHealth for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -769,12 +1083,29 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeInstanceHealthRequest(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) return } +// DescribeInstanceHealth API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the state of the specified instances with respect to the specified // load balancer. If no instances are specified, the call describes the state // of all instances that are currently registered with the load balancer. If // instances are specified, their state is returned even if they are no longer // registered with the load balancer. The state of terminated instances is not // returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeInstanceHealth for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstance +// The specified endpoint is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) DescribeInstanceHealth(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) (*DescribeInstanceHealthOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstanceHealthRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -788,6 +1119,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes = "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -822,7 +1155,24 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancerA return } +// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the attributes for the specified load balancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * LoadBalancerAttributeNotFound +// The specified load balancer attribute does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -836,6 +1186,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancerPolicies = "DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -870,6 +1222,8 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancerPol return } +// DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified policies. // // If you specify a load balancer name, the action returns the descriptions @@ -878,6 +1232,21 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancerPol // that policy. If you don't specify a load balancer name, the action returns // descriptions of the specified sample policies, or descriptions of all sample // policies. The names of the sample policies have the ELBSample- prefix. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * PolicyNotFound +// One or more of the specified policies do not exist. +// func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies(input *DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -891,6 +1260,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes = "DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -925,6 +1296,8 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancer return } +// DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified load balancer policy types or all load balancer policy // types. // @@ -937,6 +1310,18 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancer // any of these policy types. Then, depending on the policy type, use either // SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener or SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer // to set the policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * PolicyTypeNotFound +// One or more of the specified policy types do not exist. +// func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes(input *DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -950,6 +1335,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -990,8 +1377,25 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (r return } +// DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified the load balancers. If no load balancers are specified, // the call describes all of your load balancers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * DependencyThrottle + +// func (c *ELB) DescribeLoadBalancers(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1030,6 +1434,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1064,7 +1470,21 @@ func (c *ELB) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the tags associated with the specified load balancers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1078,6 +1498,8 @@ const opDetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets = "DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1112,12 +1534,29 @@ func (c *ELB) DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsRequest(input *DetachLoadBalancerFrom return } +// DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Removes the specified subnets from the set of configured subnets for the // load balancer. // // After a subnet is removed, all EC2 instances registered with the load balancer // in the removed subnet go into the OutOfService state. Then, the load balancer // balances the traffic among the remaining routable subnets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets(input *DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsInput) (*DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1131,6 +1570,8 @@ const opDisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer = "DisableAvailabilityZonesForLo // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1165,6 +1606,8 @@ func (c *ELB) DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input *DisableAvail return } +// DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Removes the specified Availability Zones from the set of Availability Zones // for the specified load balancer. // @@ -1176,6 +1619,21 @@ func (c *ELB) DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input *DisableAvail // // For more information, see Add or Remove Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer(input *DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput) (*DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1189,6 +1647,8 @@ const opEnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer = "EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoad // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1223,6 +1683,8 @@ func (c *ELB) EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input *EnableAvailab return } +// EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Adds the specified Availability Zones to the set of Availability Zones for // the specified load balancer. // @@ -1231,6 +1693,18 @@ func (c *ELB) EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input *EnableAvailab // // For more information, see Add or Remove Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer(input *EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput) (*EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1244,6 +1718,8 @@ const opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes = "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1278,6 +1754,8 @@ func (c *ELB) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttri return } +// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the attributes of the specified load balancer. // // You can modify the load balancer attributes, such as AccessLogs, ConnectionDraining, @@ -1294,6 +1772,24 @@ func (c *ELB) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttri // Access Logs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/access-log-collection.html) // // Idle Connection Timeout (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-idle-timeout.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * LoadBalancerAttributeNotFound +// The specified load balancer attribute does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1307,6 +1803,8 @@ const opRegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer = "RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1341,6 +1839,8 @@ func (c *ELB) RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerRequest(input *RegisterInstancesW return } +// RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Adds the specified instances to the specified load balancer. // // The instance must be a running instance in the same network as the load @@ -1364,6 +1864,21 @@ func (c *ELB) RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerRequest(input *RegisterInstancesW // // For more information, see Register or De-Register EC2 Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstance +// The specified endpoint is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer(input *RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerInput) (*RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1377,6 +1892,8 @@ const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1411,7 +1928,21 @@ func (c *ELB) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// RemoveTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Removes one or more tags from the specified load balancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELB) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1425,6 +1956,8 @@ const opSetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate = "SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCerti // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1459,6 +1992,8 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateRequest(input *SetLoadBalance return } +// SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Sets the certificate that terminates the specified listener's SSL connections. // The specified certificate replaces any prior certificate that was used on // the same load balancer and port. @@ -1466,6 +2001,33 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateRequest(input *SetLoadBalance // For more information about updating your SSL certificate, see Replace the // SSL Certificate for Your Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-update-ssl-cert.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CertificateNotFound +// The specified ARN does not refer to a valid SSL certificate in AWS Identity +// and Access Management (IAM) or AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Note that if +// you recently uploaded the certificate to IAM, this error might indicate that +// the certificate is not fully available yet. +// +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The load balancer does not have a listener configured at the specified port. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedProtocol + +// func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate(input *SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateInput) (*SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1479,6 +2041,8 @@ const opSetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer = "SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBac // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1513,6 +2077,8 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerRequest(input *SetLoadBalan return } +// SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Replaces the set of policies associated with the specified port on which // the EC2 instance is listening with a new set of policies. At this time, only // the back-end server authentication policy type can be applied to the instance @@ -1530,6 +2096,24 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerRequest(input *SetLoadBalan // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. For more information about Proxy Protocol, // see Configure Proxy Protocol Support (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-proxy-protocol.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * PolicyNotFound +// One or more of the specified policies do not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer(input *SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerInput) (*SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1543,6 +2127,8 @@ const opSetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener = "SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1577,6 +2163,8 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerRequest(input *SetLoadBalancerPol return } +// SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Replaces the current set of policies for the specified load balancer port // with the specified set of policies. // @@ -1587,6 +2175,27 @@ func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerRequest(input *SetLoadBalancerPol // Duration-Based Session Stickiness (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration), // and Application-Controlled Session Stickiness (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * PolicyNotFound +// One or more of the specified policies do not exist. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The load balancer does not have a listener configured at the specified port. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration change is not valid. +// func (c *ELB) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener(input *SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerInput) (*SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1604,6 +2213,8 @@ type AccessLog struct { EmitInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies whether access logs are enabled for the load balancer. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket where the access logs are stored. @@ -1643,9 +2254,13 @@ type AddTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. You can specify one load balancer only. + // + // LoadBalancerNames is a required field LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The tags. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1751,10 +2366,14 @@ type ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IDs of the security groups to associate with the load balancer. Note // that you cannot specify the name of the security group. + // + // SecurityGroups is a required field SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1807,10 +2426,14 @@ type AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IDs of the subnets to add. You can add only one subnet per Availability // Zone. + // + // Subnets is a required field Subnets []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1884,9 +2507,13 @@ type ConfigureHealthCheckInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The configuration information. + // + // HealthCheck is a required field HealthCheck *HealthCheck `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1944,6 +2571,8 @@ type ConnectionDraining struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether connection draining is enabled for the load balancer. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The maximum time, in seconds, to keep the existing connections open before @@ -1980,6 +2609,8 @@ type ConnectionSettings struct { // The time, in seconds, that the connection is allowed to be idle (no data // has been sent over the connection) before it is closed by the load balancer. + // + // IdleTimeout is a required field IdleTimeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -2014,14 +2645,20 @@ type CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the application cookie used for stickiness. + // + // CookieName is a required field CookieName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy being created. Policy names must consist of alphanumeric // characters and dashes (-). This name must be unique within the set of policies // for this load balancer. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2080,11 +2717,15 @@ type CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyInput struct { CookieExpirationPeriod *int64 `type:"long"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy being created. Policy names must consist of alphanumeric // characters and dashes (-). This name must be unique within the set of policies // for this load balancer. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2145,6 +2786,8 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // // For more information, see Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html) // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // Listeners is a required field Listeners []*Listener `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. @@ -2152,6 +2795,8 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // This name must be unique within your set of load balancers for the region, // must have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters // or hyphens, and cannot begin or end with a hyphen. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of a load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a VPC. @@ -2235,9 +2880,13 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerListenersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The listeners. + // + // Listeners is a required field Listeners []*Listener `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2315,6 +2964,8 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy attributes. @@ -2322,9 +2973,13 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInput struct { // The name of the load balancer policy to be created. This name must be unique // within the set of policies for this load balancer. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the base policy type. To get the list of policy types, use DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes. + // + // PolicyTypeName is a required field PolicyTypeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2377,6 +3032,8 @@ type CrossZoneLoadBalancing struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether cross-zone load balancing is enabled for the load balancer. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -2408,6 +3065,8 @@ type DeleteLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2439,9 +3098,13 @@ type DeleteLoadBalancerListenersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The client port numbers of the listeners. + // + // LoadBalancerPorts is a required field LoadBalancerPorts []*int64 `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2506,9 +3169,13 @@ type DeleteLoadBalancerPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2558,9 +3225,13 @@ type DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IDs of the instances. + // + // Instances is a required field Instances []*Instance `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2616,6 +3287,8 @@ type DescribeInstanceHealthInput struct { Instances []*Instance `type:"list"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2665,6 +3338,8 @@ type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2851,6 +3526,8 @@ type DescribeTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the load balancers. + // + // LoadBalancerNames is a required field LoadBalancerNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2903,9 +3580,13 @@ type DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IDs of the subnets. + // + // Subnets is a required field Subnets []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2958,9 +3639,13 @@ type DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zones. + // + // AvailabilityZones is a required field AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3013,9 +3698,13 @@ type EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Availability Zones. These must be in the same region as the load balancer. + // + // AvailabilityZones is a required field AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3069,10 +3758,14 @@ type HealthCheck struct { // The number of consecutive health checks successes required before moving // the instance to the Healthy state. + // + // HealthyThreshold is a required field HealthyThreshold *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The approximate interval, in seconds, between health checks of an individual // instance. + // + // Interval is a required field Interval *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The instance being checked. The protocol is either TCP, HTTP, HTTPS, or SSL. @@ -3093,16 +3786,22 @@ type HealthCheck struct { // // The total length of the HTTP ping target must be 1024 16-bit Unicode characters // or less. + // + // Target is a required field Target *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health // check. // // This value must be less than the Interval value. + // + // Timeout is a required field Timeout *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The number of consecutive health check failures required before moving the // instance to the Unhealthy state. + // + // UnhealthyThreshold is a required field UnhealthyThreshold *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -3264,6 +3963,8 @@ type Listener struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The port on which the instance is listening. + // + // InstancePort is a required field InstancePort *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The protocol to use for routing traffic to instances: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, or @@ -3282,10 +3983,14 @@ type Listener struct { // The port on which the load balancer is listening. On EC2-VPC, you can specify // any port from the range 1-65535. On EC2-Classic, you can specify any port // from the following list: 25, 80, 443, 465, 587, 1024-65535. + // + // LoadBalancerPort is a required field LoadBalancerPort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The load balancer transport protocol to use for routing: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, // or SSL. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the server certificate. @@ -3508,9 +4213,13 @@ type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The attributes of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerAttributes is a required field LoadBalancerAttributes *LoadBalancerAttributes `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3726,9 +4435,13 @@ type RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IDs of the instances. + // + // Instances is a required field Instances []*Instance `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3782,9 +4495,13 @@ type RemoveTagsInput struct { // The name of the load balancer. You can specify a maximum of one load balancer // name. + // + // LoadBalancerNames is a required field LoadBalancerNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The list of tag keys to remove. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*TagKeyOnly `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3847,12 +4564,18 @@ type SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The port that uses the specified SSL certificate. + // + // LoadBalancerPort is a required field LoadBalancerPort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SSL certificate. + // + // SSLCertificateId is a required field SSLCertificateId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3905,13 +4628,19 @@ type SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The port number associated with the EC2 instance. + // + // InstancePort is a required field InstancePort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The names of the policies. If the list is empty, then all current polices // are removed from the EC2 instance. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3964,14 +4693,20 @@ type SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerName is a required field LoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The external port of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerPort is a required field LoadBalancerPort *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The names of the policies. This list must include all policies to be enabled. // If you omit a policy that is currently enabled, it is disabled. If the list // is empty, all current policies are disabled. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4045,6 +4780,8 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The key of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the tag. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/waiters.go index b1c9a526a..89fc1d85b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilAnyInstanceInService uses the Elastic Load Balancing API operation +// DescribeInstanceHealth to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ELB) WaitUntilAnyInstanceInService(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstanceHealth", @@ -29,6 +33,10 @@ func (c *ELB) WaitUntilAnyInstanceInService(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceDeregistered uses the Elastic Load Balancing API operation +// DescribeInstanceHealth to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ELB) WaitUntilInstanceDeregistered(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstanceHealth", @@ -58,6 +66,10 @@ func (c *ELB) WaitUntilInstanceDeregistered(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceInService uses the Elastic Load Balancing API operation +// DescribeInstanceHealth to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *ELB) WaitUntilInstanceInService(input *DescribeInstanceHealthInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstanceHealth", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go index 77cd413fa..b1b7acb94 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAddTags = "AddTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// AddTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Adds the specified tags to the specified resource. You can tag your Application // load balancers and your target groups. // @@ -60,6 +64,27 @@ func (c *ELBV2) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, outpu // // To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. To remove // tags from your resources, use RemoveTags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation AddTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateTagKeys +// A tag key was specified more than once. +// +// * TooManyTags +// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. +// +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +98,8 @@ const opCreateListener = "CreateListener" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateListener for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -107,6 +134,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerRequest(input *CreateListenerInput) (req *request. return } +// CreateListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates a listener for the specified Application load balancer. // // To update a listener, use ModifyListener. When you are finished with a listener, @@ -116,6 +145,52 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateListenerRequest(input *CreateListenerInput) (req *request. // For more information, see Listeners for Your Application Load Balancers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html) // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateListener for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateListener +// A listener with the specified port already exists. +// +// * TooManyListeners +// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer. +// +// * TooManyCertificates +// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per listener. +// +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupAssociationLimit +// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * IncompatibleProtocols +// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. +// +// * SSLPolicyNotFound +// The specified SSL policy does not exist. +// +// * CertificateNotFound +// The specified certificate does not exist. +// +// * UnsupportedProtocol +// The specified protocol is not supported. +// +// * TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId +// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered +// with a load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) CreateListener(input *CreateListenerInput) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateListenerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -129,6 +204,8 @@ const opCreateLoadBalancer = "CreateLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -163,6 +240,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req * return } +// CreateLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates an Application load balancer. // // To create listeners for your load balancer, use CreateListener. You can @@ -176,6 +255,42 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (req * // an increase for the number of load balancers for your account. For more information, // see Limits for Your Application Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateLoadBalancerName +// A load balancer with the specified name already exists for this account. +// +// * TooManyLoadBalancers +// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers for your AWS account. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * SubnetNotFound +// The specified subnet does not exist. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The specified subnet is out of available addresses. +// +// * InvalidSecurityGroup +// The specified security group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidScheme +// The requested scheme is not valid. +// +// * TooManyTags +// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. +// +// * DuplicateTagKeys +// A tag key was specified more than once. +// func (c *ELBV2) CreateLoadBalancer(input *CreateLoadBalancerInput) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -189,6 +304,8 @@ const opCreateRule = "CreateRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -223,6 +340,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates a rule for the specified listener. // // A rule consists conditions and actions. Rules are evaluated in priority @@ -233,6 +352,40 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, // To view your current rules, use DescribeRules. To update a rule, use ModifyRule. // To set the priorities of your rules, use SetRulePriorities. To delete a rule, // use DeleteRule. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * PriorityInUse +// The specified priority is in use. +// +// * TooManyTargetGroups +// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account. +// +// * TooManyRules +// You've reached the limit on the number of rules per load balancer. +// +// * TargetGroupAssociationLimit +// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId +// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered +// with a load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) CreateRule(input *CreateRuleInput) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -246,6 +399,8 @@ const opCreateTargetGroup = "CreateTargetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -280,6 +435,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupRequest(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (req *re return } +// CreateTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Creates a target group. // // To register targets with the target group, use RegisterTargets. To update @@ -294,6 +451,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroupRequest(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (req *re // For more information, see Target Groups for Your Application Load Balancers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html) // in the Application Load Balancers Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation CreateTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateTargetGroupName +// A target group with the specified name already exists. +// +// * TooManyTargetGroups +// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account. +// func (c *ELBV2) CreateTargetGroup(input *CreateTargetGroupInput) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTargetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -307,6 +479,8 @@ const opDeleteListener = "DeleteListener" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteListener for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -341,10 +515,24 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListenerRequest(input *DeleteListenerInput) (req *request. return } +// DeleteListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified listener. // // Alternatively, your listener is deleted when you delete the load balancer // it is attached to using DeleteLoadBalancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteListener for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DeleteListener(input *DeleteListenerInput) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteListenerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -358,6 +546,8 @@ const opDeleteLoadBalancer = "DeleteLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -392,6 +582,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req * return } +// DeleteLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified load balancer and its attached listeners. // // You can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the @@ -401,6 +593,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (req * // your EC2 instances continue to run and are still registered to their target // groups. If you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate // them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * OperationNotPermitted +// This operation is not allowed. +// func (c *ELBV2) DeleteLoadBalancer(input *DeleteLoadBalancerInput) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -414,6 +621,8 @@ const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -448,7 +657,24 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified rule. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// +// * OperationNotPermitted +// This operation is not allowed. +// func (c *ELBV2) DeleteRule(input *DeleteRuleInput) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -462,6 +688,8 @@ const opDeleteTargetGroup = "DeleteTargetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -496,10 +724,24 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deletes the specified target group. // // You can delete a target group if it is not referenced by any actions. Deleting // a target group also deletes any associated health checks. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeleteTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUse +// A specified resource is in use. +// func (c *ELBV2) DeleteTargetGroup(input *DeleteTargetGroupInput) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -513,6 +755,8 @@ const opDeregisterTargets = "DeregisterTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -547,9 +791,27 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargetsRequest(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (req *re return } +// DeregisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Deregisters the specified targets from the specified target group. After // the targets are deregistered, they no longer receive traffic from the load // balancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DeregisterTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * InvalidTarget +// The specified target does not exist or is not in the same VPC as the target +// group. +// func (c *ELBV2) DeregisterTargets(input *DeregisterTargetsInput) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -563,6 +825,8 @@ const opDescribeListeners = "DescribeListeners" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeListeners for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -603,8 +867,25 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListenersRequest(input *DescribeListenersInput) (req *re return } +// DescribeListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified listeners or the listeners for the specified load // balancer. You must specify either a load balancer or one or more listeners. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeListeners for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeListeners(input *DescribeListenersInput) (*DescribeListenersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeListenersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -643,6 +924,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes = "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -677,7 +960,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalance return } +// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the attributes for the specified load balancer. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes(input *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -691,6 +988,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -731,11 +1030,25 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) return } +// DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified Application load balancers or all of your Application // load balancers. // // To describe the listeners for a load balancer, use DescribeListeners. To // describe the attributes for a load balancer, use DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeLoadBalancers(input *DescribeLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -774,6 +1087,8 @@ const opDescribeRules = "DescribeRules" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRules for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -808,8 +1123,25 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRulesRequest(input *DescribeRulesInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DescribeRules API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified rules or the rules for the specified listener. You // must specify either a listener or one or more rules. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeRules for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeRules(input *DescribeRulesInput) (*DescribeRulesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRulesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -823,6 +1155,8 @@ const opDescribeSSLPolicies = "DescribeSSLPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSSLPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -857,9 +1191,23 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (req return } +// DescribeSSLPolicies API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation. // // Note that the only supported policy at this time is ELBSecurityPolicy-2015-05. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeSSLPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SSLPolicyNotFound +// The specified SSL policy does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeSSLPolicies(input *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -873,6 +1221,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -907,7 +1257,30 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the tags for the specified resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -921,6 +1294,8 @@ const opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes = "DescribeTargetGroupAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -955,7 +1330,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupA return } +// DescribeTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the attributes for the specified target group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupAttributes(input *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -969,6 +1358,8 @@ const opDescribeTargetGroups = "DescribeTargetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1009,6 +1400,8 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (r return } +// DescribeTargetGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the specified target groups or all of your target groups. By default, // all target groups are described. Alternatively, you can specify one of the // following to filter the results: the ARN of the load balancer, the names @@ -1016,6 +1409,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (r // // To describe the targets for a target group, use DescribeTargetHealth. To // describe the attributes of a target group, use DescribeTargetGroupAttributes. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeTargetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetGroups(input *DescribeTargetGroupsInput) (*DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1054,6 +1462,8 @@ const opDescribeTargetHealth = "DescribeTargetHealth" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTargetHealth for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1088,7 +1498,29 @@ func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (r return } +// DescribeTargetHealth API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Describes the health of the specified targets or all of your targets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation DescribeTargetHealth for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidTarget +// The specified target does not exist or is not in the same VPC as the target +// group. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * HealthUnavailable +// The health of the specified targets could not be retrieved due to an internal +// error. +// func (c *ELBV2) DescribeTargetHealth(input *DescribeTargetHealthInput) (*DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1102,6 +1534,8 @@ const opModifyListener = "ModifyListener" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyListener for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1136,12 +1570,60 @@ func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListenerRequest(input *ModifyListenerInput) (req *request. return } +// ModifyListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the specified properties of the specified listener. // // Any properties that you do not specify retain their current values. However, // changing the protocol from HTTPS to HTTP removes the security policy and // SSL certificate properties. If you change the protocol from HTTP to HTTPS, // you must add the security policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyListener for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateListener +// A listener with the specified port already exists. +// +// * TooManyListeners +// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer. +// +// * TooManyCertificates +// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per listener. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupAssociationLimit +// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. +// +// * IncompatibleProtocols +// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol. +// +// * SSLPolicyNotFound +// The specified SSL policy does not exist. +// +// * CertificateNotFound +// The specified certificate does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedProtocol +// The specified protocol is not supported. +// +// * TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId +// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered +// with a load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) ModifyListener(input *ModifyListenerInput) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyListenerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1155,6 +1637,8 @@ const opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes = "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1189,11 +1673,28 @@ func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAtt return } +// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the specified attributes of the specified load balancer. // // If any of the specified attributes can't be modified as requested, the call // fails. Any existing attributes that you do not modify retain their current // values. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// func (c *ELBV2) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(input *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1207,6 +1708,8 @@ const opModifyRule = "ModifyRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1241,11 +1744,35 @@ func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRuleRequest(input *ModifyRuleInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ModifyRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the specified rule. // // Any existing properties that you do not modify retain their current values. // // To modify the default action, use ModifyListener. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupAssociationLimit +// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group. +// +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// +// * OperationNotPermitted +// This operation is not allowed. +// +// * TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId +// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered +// with a load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) ModifyRule(input *ModifyRuleInput) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1259,6 +1786,8 @@ const opModifyTargetGroup = "ModifyTargetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1293,10 +1822,24 @@ func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (req *re return } +// ModifyTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the health checks used when evaluating the health state of the targets // in the specified target group. // // To monitor the health of the targets, use DescribeTargetHealth. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyTargetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroup(input *ModifyTargetGroupInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1310,6 +1853,8 @@ const opModifyTargetGroupAttributes = "ModifyTargetGroupAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1344,7 +1889,21 @@ func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttri return } +// ModifyTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Modifies the specified attributes of the specified target group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) ModifyTargetGroupAttributes(input *ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput) (*ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1358,6 +1917,8 @@ const opRegisterTargets = "RegisterTargets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterTargets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1392,12 +1953,37 @@ func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargetsRequest(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (req *reques return } +// RegisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Registers the specified targets with the specified target group. // // The target must be in the virtual private cloud (VPC) that you specified // for the target group. // // To remove a target from a target group, use DeregisterTargets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation RegisterTargets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * TooManyTargets +// You've reached the limit on the number of targets. +// +// * InvalidTarget +// The specified target does not exist or is not in the same VPC as the target +// group. +// +// * TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId +// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered +// with a load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) RegisterTargets(input *RegisterTargetsInput) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterTargetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1411,6 +1997,8 @@ const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1445,9 +2033,35 @@ func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// RemoveTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Removes the specified tags from the specified resource. // // To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * TargetGroupNotFound +// The specified target group does not exist. +// +// * ListenerNotFound +// The specified listener does not exist. +// +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// +// * TooManyTags +// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer. +// func (c *ELBV2) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1461,6 +2075,8 @@ const opSetRulePriorities = "SetRulePriorities" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetRulePriorities for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1495,11 +2111,31 @@ func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (req *re return } +// SetRulePriorities API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Sets the priorities of the specified rules. // // You can reorder the rules as long as there are no priority conflicts in // the new order. Any existing rules that you do not specify retain their current // priority. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetRulePriorities for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleNotFound +// The specified rule does not exist. +// +// * PriorityInUse +// The specified priority is in use. +// +// * OperationNotPermitted +// This operation is not allowed. +// func (c *ELBV2) SetRulePriorities(input *SetRulePrioritiesInput) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1513,6 +2149,8 @@ const opSetSecurityGroups = "SetSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1547,9 +2185,29 @@ func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (req *re return } +// SetSecurityGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Associates the specified security groups with the specified load balancer. // The specified security groups override the previously associated security // groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * InvalidSecurityGroup +// The specified security group does not exist. +// func (c *ELBV2) SetSecurityGroups(input *SetSecurityGroupsInput) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1563,6 +2221,8 @@ const opSetSubnets = "SetSubnets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetSubnets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1597,8 +2257,31 @@ func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsRequest(input *SetSubnetsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// SetSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing. +// // Enables the Availability Zone for the specified subnets for the specified // load balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled subnets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's +// API operation SetSubnets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LoadBalancerNotFound +// The specified load balancer does not exist. +// +// * InvalidConfigurationRequest +// The requested configuration is not valid. +// +// * SubnetNotFound +// The specified subnet does not exist. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The specified subnet is out of available addresses. +// func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnets(input *SetSubnetsInput) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetSubnetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1610,9 +2293,13 @@ type Action struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of action. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionTypeEnum"` } @@ -1647,9 +2334,13 @@ type AddTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. + // + // ResourceArns is a required field ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The tags. Each resource can have a maximum of 10 tags. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1776,15 +2467,23 @@ type CreateListenerInput struct { Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"` // The default actions for the listener. + // + // DefaultActions is a required field DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The port on which the load balancer is listening. + // + // Port is a required field Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` // The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols are supported. @@ -1864,6 +2563,8 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // This name must be unique within your AWS account, can have a maximum of // 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and // must not begin or end with a hyphen. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The @@ -1885,6 +2586,8 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // The IDs of the subnets to attach to the load balancer. You can specify only // one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify subnets from at least // two Availability Zones. + // + // Subnets is a required field Subnets []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // One or more tags to assign to the load balancer. @@ -1953,16 +2656,24 @@ type CreateRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The actions for the rule. + // + // Actions is a required field Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"` // The conditions. + // + // Conditions is a required field Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. + // + // ListenerArn is a required field ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The priority for the rule. A listener can't have multiple rules with the // same priority. + // + // Priority is a required field Priority *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -2063,13 +2774,19 @@ type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"` // The name of the target group. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The port on which the targets receive traffic. This port is used unless you // specify a port override when registering the target. + // + // Port is a required field Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum"` // The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering @@ -2077,6 +2794,8 @@ type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { UnhealthyThresholdCount *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` // The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC). + // + // VpcId is a required field VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2158,6 +2877,8 @@ type DeleteListenerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. + // + // ListenerArn is a required field ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2204,6 +2925,8 @@ type DeleteLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2250,6 +2973,8 @@ type DeleteRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. + // + // RuleArn is a required field RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2296,6 +3021,8 @@ type DeleteTargetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2342,9 +3069,13 @@ type DeregisterTargetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The targets. + // + // Targets is a required field Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2467,6 +3198,8 @@ type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2678,6 +3411,8 @@ type DescribeTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources. + // + // ResourceArns is a required field ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2727,6 +3462,8 @@ type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2842,6 +3579,8 @@ type DescribeTargetHealthInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The targets. @@ -3061,6 +3800,8 @@ type Matcher struct { // The HTTP codes. The default value is 200. You can specify multiple values // (for example, "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299"). + // + // HttpCode is a required field HttpCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3098,6 +3839,8 @@ type ModifyListenerInput struct { DefaultActions []*Action `type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener. + // + // ListenerArn is a required field ListenerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The port for connections from clients to the load balancer. @@ -3169,9 +3912,13 @@ type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The load balancer attributes. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes []*LoadBalancerAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3230,6 +3977,8 @@ type ModifyRuleInput struct { Conditions []*RuleCondition `type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule. + // + // RuleArn is a required field RuleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3289,9 +4038,13 @@ type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The attributes. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes []*TargetGroupAttribute `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3368,6 +4121,8 @@ type ModifyTargetGroupInput struct { Matcher *Matcher `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering @@ -3441,9 +4196,13 @@ type RegisterTargetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. + // + // TargetGroupArn is a required field TargetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The targets. + // + // Targets is a required field Targets []*TargetDescription `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3503,9 +4262,13 @@ type RemoveTagsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. + // + // ResourceArns is a required field ResourceArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The tag keys for the tags to remove. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3653,6 +4416,8 @@ type SetRulePrioritiesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The rule priorities. + // + // RulePriorities is a required field RulePriorities []*RulePriorityPair `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3712,9 +4477,13 @@ type SetSecurityGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IDs of the security groups. + // + // SecurityGroups is a required field SecurityGroups []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3767,10 +4536,14 @@ type SetSubnetsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer. + // + // LoadBalancerArn is a required field LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IDs of the subnets. You must specify at least two subnets. You can add // only one subnet per Availability Zone. + // + // Subnets is a required field Subnets []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3847,6 +4620,8 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The key of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the tag. @@ -3905,6 +4680,8 @@ type TargetDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the target. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The port on which the target is listening. @@ -4125,70 +4902,87 @@ func (s TargetHealthDescription) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ActionTypeEnum + // ActionTypeEnumForward is a ActionTypeEnum enum value ActionTypeEnumForward = "forward" ) const ( - // @enum LoadBalancerSchemeEnum + // LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing = "internet-facing" - // @enum LoadBalancerSchemeEnum + + // LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal = "internal" ) const ( - // @enum LoadBalancerStateEnum + // LoadBalancerStateEnumActive is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value LoadBalancerStateEnumActive = "active" - // @enum LoadBalancerStateEnum + + // LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning = "provisioning" - // @enum LoadBalancerStateEnum + + // LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed = "failed" ) const ( - // @enum LoadBalancerTypeEnum + // LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication = "application" ) const ( - // @enum ProtocolEnum + // ProtocolEnumHttp is a ProtocolEnum enum value ProtocolEnumHttp = "HTTP" - // @enum ProtocolEnum + + // ProtocolEnumHttps is a ProtocolEnum enum value ProtocolEnumHttps = "HTTPS" ) const ( - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress = "Elb.RegistrationInProgress" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking = "Elb.InitialHealthChecking" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch = "Target.ResponseCodeMismatch" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout = "Target.Timeout" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks = "Target.FailedHealthChecks" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered = "Target.NotRegistered" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse = "Target.NotInUse" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress = "Target.DeregistrationInProgress" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState = "Target.InvalidState" - // @enum TargetHealthReasonEnum + + // TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError = "Elb.InternalError" ) const ( - // @enum TargetHealthStateEnum + // TargetHealthStateEnumInitial is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value TargetHealthStateEnumInitial = "initial" - // @enum TargetHealthStateEnum + + // TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy = "healthy" - // @enum TargetHealthStateEnum + + // TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy = "unhealthy" - // @enum TargetHealthStateEnum + + // TargetHealthStateEnumUnused is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value TargetHealthStateEnumUnused = "unused" - // @enum TargetHealthStateEnum + + // TargetHealthStateEnumDraining is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value TargetHealthStateEnumDraining = "draining" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go index 071c81259..70a874f9f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddInstanceGroups = "AddInstanceGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,7 +56,22 @@ func (c *EMR) AddInstanceGroupsRequest(input *AddInstanceGroupsInput) (req *requ return } +// AddInstanceGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // AddInstanceGroups adds an instance group to a running cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation AddInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) AddInstanceGroups(input *AddInstanceGroupsInput) (*AddInstanceGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddInstanceGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -68,6 +85,8 @@ const opAddJobFlowSteps = "AddJobFlowSteps" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddJobFlowSteps for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -102,6 +121,8 @@ func (c *EMR) AddJobFlowStepsRequest(input *AddJobFlowStepsInput) (req *request. return } +// AddJobFlowSteps API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // AddJobFlowSteps adds new steps to a running job flow. A maximum of 256 steps // are allowed in each job flow. // @@ -126,6 +147,19 @@ func (c *EMR) AddJobFlowStepsRequest(input *AddJobFlowStepsInput) (req *request. // // You can only add steps to a job flow that is in one of the following states: // STARTING, BOOTSTRAPPING, RUNNING, or WAITING. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation AddJobFlowSteps for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) AddJobFlowSteps(input *AddJobFlowStepsInput) (*AddJobFlowStepsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddJobFlowStepsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -139,6 +173,8 @@ const opAddTags = "AddTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -173,10 +209,27 @@ func (c *EMR) AddTagsRequest(input *AddTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// AddTags API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Adds tags to an Amazon EMR resource. Tags make it easier to associate clusters // in various ways, such as grouping clusters to track your Amazon EMR resource // allocation costs. For more information, see Tagging Amazon EMR Resources // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticMapReduce/latest/DeveloperGuide/emr-plan-tags.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation AddTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) AddTags(input *AddTagsInput) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -190,6 +243,8 @@ const opCreateSecurityConfiguration = "CreateSecurityConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -224,9 +279,26 @@ func (c *EMR) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *CreateSecurityConfigurat return } +// CreateSecurityConfiguration API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Creates a security configuration using EMR Security Configurations, which // are stored in the service. Security Configurations enable you to more easily // create a configuration, reuse it, and apply it whenever a cluster is created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation CreateSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) CreateSecurityConfiguration(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -240,6 +312,8 @@ const opDeleteSecurityConfiguration = "DeleteSecurityConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -274,7 +348,24 @@ func (c *EMR) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurat return } +// DeleteSecurityConfiguration API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Deletes a security configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation DeleteSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) DeleteSecurityConfiguration(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -288,6 +379,8 @@ const opDescribeCluster = "DescribeCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -322,8 +415,25 @@ func (c *EMR) DescribeClusterRequest(input *DescribeClusterInput) (req *request. return } +// DescribeCluster API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides cluster-level details including status, hardware and software configuration, // VPC settings, and so on. For information about the cluster steps, see ListSteps. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation DescribeCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) DescribeCluster(input *DescribeClusterInput) (*DescribeClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -337,6 +447,8 @@ const opDescribeJobFlows = "DescribeJobFlows" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeJobFlows for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -374,6 +486,8 @@ func (c *EMR) DescribeJobFlowsRequest(input *DescribeJobFlowsInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeJobFlows API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // This API is deprecated and will eventually be removed. We recommend you use // ListClusters, DescribeCluster, ListSteps, ListInstanceGroups and ListBootstrapActions // instead. @@ -394,6 +508,19 @@ func (c *EMR) DescribeJobFlowsRequest(input *DescribeJobFlowsInput) (req *reques // states: RUNNING, WAITING, SHUTTING_DOWN, STARTING // // Amazon Elastic MapReduce can return a maximum of 512 job flow descriptions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation DescribeJobFlows for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) DescribeJobFlows(input *DescribeJobFlowsInput) (*DescribeJobFlowsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeJobFlowsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -407,6 +534,8 @@ const opDescribeSecurityConfiguration = "DescribeSecurityConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -441,8 +570,25 @@ func (c *EMR) DescribeSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DescribeSecurityConfig return } +// DescribeSecurityConfiguration API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides the details of a security configuration by returning the configuration // JSON. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation DescribeSecurityConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) DescribeSecurityConfiguration(input *DescribeSecurityConfigurationInput) (*DescribeSecurityConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSecurityConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -456,6 +602,8 @@ const opDescribeStep = "DescribeStep" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStep for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -490,7 +638,24 @@ func (c *EMR) DescribeStepRequest(input *DescribeStepInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DescribeStep API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides more detail about the cluster step. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation DescribeStep for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) DescribeStep(input *DescribeStepInput) (*DescribeStepOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStepRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -504,6 +669,8 @@ const opListBootstrapActions = "ListBootstrapActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListBootstrapActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -544,7 +711,24 @@ func (c *EMR) ListBootstrapActionsRequest(input *ListBootstrapActionsInput) (req return } +// ListBootstrapActions API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides information about the bootstrap actions associated with a cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListBootstrapActions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListBootstrapActions(input *ListBootstrapActionsInput) (*ListBootstrapActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBootstrapActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -583,6 +767,8 @@ const opListClusters = "ListClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -623,11 +809,28 @@ func (c *EMR) ListClustersRequest(input *ListClustersInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListClusters API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides the status of all clusters visible to this AWS account. Allows you // to filter the list of clusters based on certain criteria; for example, filtering // by cluster creation date and time or by status. This call returns a maximum // of 50 clusters per call, but returns a marker to track the paging of the // cluster list across multiple ListClusters calls. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListClusters(input *ListClustersInput) (*ListClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -666,6 +869,8 @@ const opListInstanceGroups = "ListInstanceGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -706,7 +911,24 @@ func (c *EMR) ListInstanceGroupsRequest(input *ListInstanceGroupsInput) (req *re return } +// ListInstanceGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides all available details about the instance groups in a cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListInstanceGroups(input *ListInstanceGroupsInput) (*ListInstanceGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListInstanceGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -745,6 +967,8 @@ const opListInstances = "ListInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -785,11 +1009,28 @@ func (c *EMR) ListInstancesRequest(input *ListInstancesInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// ListInstances API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides information about the cluster instances that Amazon EMR provisions // on behalf of a user when it creates the cluster. For example, this operation // indicates when the EC2 instances reach the Ready state, when instances become // available to Amazon EMR to use for jobs, and the IP addresses for cluster // instances, etc. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListInstances(input *ListInstancesInput) (*ListInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -828,6 +1069,8 @@ const opListSecurityConfigurations = "ListSecurityConfigurations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSecurityConfigurations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -862,10 +1105,27 @@ func (c *EMR) ListSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input *ListSecurityConfiguration return } +// ListSecurityConfigurations API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Lists all the security configurations visible to this account, providing // their creation dates and times, and their names. This call returns a maximum // of 50 clusters per call, but returns a marker to track the paging of the // cluster list across multiple ListSecurityConfigurations calls. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListSecurityConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListSecurityConfigurations(input *ListSecurityConfigurationsInput) (*ListSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -879,6 +1139,8 @@ const opListSteps = "ListSteps" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSteps for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -919,7 +1181,24 @@ func (c *EMR) ListStepsRequest(input *ListStepsInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ListSteps API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Provides a list of steps for the cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ListSteps for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) ListSteps(input *ListStepsInput) (*ListStepsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListStepsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -958,6 +1237,8 @@ const opModifyInstanceGroups = "ModifyInstanceGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -994,10 +1275,25 @@ func (c *EMR) ModifyInstanceGroupsRequest(input *ModifyInstanceGroupsInput) (req return } +// ModifyInstanceGroups API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // ModifyInstanceGroups modifies the number of nodes and configuration settings // of an instance group. The input parameters include the new target instance // count for the group and the instance group ID. The call will either succeed // or fail atomically. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation ModifyInstanceGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) ModifyInstanceGroups(input *ModifyInstanceGroupsInput) (*ModifyInstanceGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyInstanceGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1011,6 +1307,8 @@ const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1045,12 +1343,29 @@ func (c *EMR) RemoveTagsRequest(input *RemoveTagsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// RemoveTags API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Removes tags from an Amazon EMR resource. Tags make it easier to associate // clusters in various ways, such as grouping clusters to track your Amazon // EMR resource allocation costs. For more information, see Tagging Amazon EMR // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticMapReduce/latest/DeveloperGuide/emr-plan-tags.html). // // The following example removes the stack tag with value Prod from a cluster: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerException +// This exception occurs when there is an internal failure in the EMR service. +// +// * InvalidRequestException +// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input. +// func (c *EMR) RemoveTags(input *RemoveTagsInput) (*RemoveTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1064,6 +1379,8 @@ const opRunJobFlow = "RunJobFlow" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RunJobFlow for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1098,6 +1415,8 @@ func (c *EMR) RunJobFlowRequest(input *RunJobFlowInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// RunJobFlow API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // RunJobFlow creates and starts running a new job flow. The job flow will run // the steps specified. Once the job flow completes, the cluster is stopped // and the HDFS partition is lost. To prevent loss of data, configure the last @@ -1121,6 +1440,19 @@ func (c *EMR) RunJobFlowRequest(input *RunJobFlowInput) (req *request.Request, o // // For long running job flows, we recommend that you periodically store your // results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation RunJobFlow for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) RunJobFlow(input *RunJobFlowInput) (*RunJobFlowOutput, error) { req, out := c.RunJobFlowRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1134,6 +1466,8 @@ const opSetTerminationProtection = "SetTerminationProtection" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetTerminationProtection for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1170,6 +1504,8 @@ func (c *EMR) SetTerminationProtectionRequest(input *SetTerminationProtectionInp return } +// SetTerminationProtection API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // SetTerminationProtection locks a job flow so the Amazon EC2 instances in // the cluster cannot be terminated by user intervention, an API call, or in // the event of a job-flow error. The cluster still terminates upon successful @@ -1187,6 +1523,19 @@ func (c *EMR) SetTerminationProtectionRequest(input *SetTerminationProtectionInp // // For more information, go to Protecting a Job Flow from Termination (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticMapReduce/latest/DeveloperGuide/UsingEMR_TerminationProtection.html) // in the Amazon Elastic MapReduce Developer's Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation SetTerminationProtection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) SetTerminationProtection(input *SetTerminationProtectionInput) (*SetTerminationProtectionOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetTerminationProtectionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1200,6 +1549,8 @@ const opSetVisibleToAllUsers = "SetVisibleToAllUsers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetVisibleToAllUsers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1236,12 +1587,27 @@ func (c *EMR) SetVisibleToAllUsersRequest(input *SetVisibleToAllUsersInput) (req return } +// SetVisibleToAllUsers API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // Sets whether all AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users under your // account can access the specified job flows. This action works on running // job flows. You can also set the visibility of a job flow when you launch // it using the VisibleToAllUsers parameter of RunJobFlow. The SetVisibleToAllUsers // action can be called only by an IAM user who created the job flow or the // AWS account that owns the job flow. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation SetVisibleToAllUsers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) SetVisibleToAllUsers(input *SetVisibleToAllUsersInput) (*SetVisibleToAllUsersOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetVisibleToAllUsersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1255,6 +1621,8 @@ const opTerminateJobFlows = "TerminateJobFlows" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TerminateJobFlows for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1291,6 +1659,8 @@ func (c *EMR) TerminateJobFlowsRequest(input *TerminateJobFlowsInput) (req *requ return } +// TerminateJobFlows API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce. +// // TerminateJobFlows shuts a list of job flows down. When a job flow is shut // down, any step not yet completed is canceled and the EC2 instances on which // the job flow is running are stopped. Any log files not already saved are @@ -1300,6 +1670,19 @@ func (c *EMR) TerminateJobFlowsRequest(input *TerminateJobFlowsInput) (req *requ // is asynchronous. Depending on the configuration of the job flow, it may take // up to 5-20 minutes for the job flow to completely terminate and release allocated // resources, such as Amazon EC2 instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's +// API operation TerminateJobFlows for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the +// request was not completed. +// func (c *EMR) TerminateJobFlows(input *TerminateJobFlowsInput) (*TerminateJobFlowsOutput, error) { req, out := c.TerminateJobFlowsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1311,9 +1694,13 @@ type AddInstanceGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Instance Groups to add. + // + // InstanceGroups is a required field InstanceGroups []*InstanceGroupConfig `type:"list" required:"true"` // Job flow in which to add the instance groups. + // + // JobFlowId is a required field JobFlowId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1380,9 +1767,13 @@ type AddJobFlowStepsInput struct { // A string that uniquely identifies the job flow. This identifier is returned // by RunJobFlow and can also be obtained from ListClusters. + // + // JobFlowId is a required field JobFlowId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of StepConfig to be executed by the job flow. + // + // Steps is a required field Steps []*StepConfig `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1446,12 +1837,16 @@ type AddTagsInput struct { // The Amazon EMR resource identifier to which tags will be added. This value // must be a cluster identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags to associate with a cluster and propagate to Amazon EC2 instances. // Tags are user-defined key/value pairs that consist of a required key string // with a maximum of 128 characters, and an optional value string with a maximum // of 256 characters. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1544,8 +1939,10 @@ func (s Application) GoString() string { type BootstrapActionConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // ScriptBootstrapAction is a required field ScriptBootstrapAction *ScriptBootstrapActionConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1845,9 +2242,13 @@ type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the security configuration. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The security configuration details in JSON format. + // + // SecurityConfiguration is a required field SecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1881,9 +2282,13 @@ type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The date and time the security configuration was created. + // + // CreationDateTime is a required field CreationDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The name of the security configuration. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1901,6 +2306,8 @@ type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the security configuration. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1946,6 +2353,8 @@ type DescribeClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the cluster to describe. + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2039,6 +2448,8 @@ type DescribeSecurityConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the security configuration. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2093,9 +2504,13 @@ type DescribeStepInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the cluster with steps to describe. + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the step to describe. + // + // StepId is a required field StepId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2173,6 +2588,8 @@ type EbsBlockDeviceConfig struct { // EBS volume specifications such as volume type, IOPS, and size(GiB) that will // be requested for the EBS volume attached to an EC2 instance in the cluster. + // + // VolumeSpecification is a required field VolumeSpecification *VolumeSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Number of EBS volumes with specific volume configuration, that will be associated @@ -2361,6 +2778,8 @@ type HadoopJarStepConfig struct { Args []*string `type:"list"` // A path to a JAR file run during the step. + // + // Jar is a required field Jar *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the main class in the specified Java file. If not specified, @@ -2552,12 +2971,18 @@ type InstanceGroupConfig struct { EbsConfiguration *EbsConfiguration `type:"structure"` // Target number of instances for the instance group. + // + // InstanceCount is a required field InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The role of the instance group in the cluster. + // + // InstanceRole is a required field InstanceRole *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceRoleType"` // The Amazon EC2 instance type for all instances in the instance group. + // + // InstanceType is a required field InstanceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Market type of the Amazon EC2 instances used to create a cluster node. @@ -2613,6 +3038,8 @@ type InstanceGroupDetail struct { BidPrice *string `type:"string"` // The date/time the instance group was created. + // + // CreationDateTime is a required field CreationDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The date/time the instance group was terminated. @@ -2622,21 +3049,31 @@ type InstanceGroupDetail struct { InstanceGroupId *string `type:"string"` // Target number of instances to run in the instance group. + // + // InstanceRequestCount is a required field InstanceRequestCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Instance group role in the cluster + // + // InstanceRole is a required field InstanceRole *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceRoleType"` // Actual count of running instances. + // + // InstanceRunningCount is a required field InstanceRunningCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Amazon EC2 Instance type. + // + // InstanceType is a required field InstanceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Details regarding the state of the instance group. LastStateChangeReason *string `type:"string"` // Market type of the Amazon EC2 instances used to create a cluster node. + // + // Market is a required field Market *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MarketType"` // Friendly name for the instance group. @@ -2650,6 +3087,8 @@ type InstanceGroupDetail struct { // State of instance group. The following values are deprecated: STARTING, TERMINATED, // and FAILED. + // + // State is a required field State *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceGroupState"` } @@ -2675,6 +3114,8 @@ type InstanceGroupModifyConfig struct { InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // Unique ID of the instance group to expand or shrink. + // + // InstanceGroupId is a required field InstanceGroupId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Policy for customizing shrink operations. @@ -2882,12 +3323,18 @@ type JobFlowDetail struct { BootstrapActions []*BootstrapActionDetail `type:"list"` // Describes the execution status of the job flow. + // + // ExecutionStatusDetail is a required field ExecutionStatusDetail *JobFlowExecutionStatusDetail `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Describes the Amazon EC2 instances of the job flow. + // + // Instances is a required field Instances *JobFlowInstancesDetail `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The job flow identifier. + // + // JobFlowId is a required field JobFlowId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM role that was specified when the job flow was launched. The EC2 instances @@ -2898,6 +3345,8 @@ type JobFlowDetail struct { LogUri *string `type:"string"` // The name of the job flow. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM role that will be assumed by the Amazon EMR service to access AWS @@ -2936,6 +3385,8 @@ type JobFlowExecutionStatusDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The creation date and time of the job flow. + // + // CreationDateTime is a required field CreationDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The completion date and time of the job flow. @@ -2952,6 +3403,8 @@ type JobFlowExecutionStatusDetail struct { StartDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // The state of the job flow. + // + // State is a required field State *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"JobFlowExecutionState"` } @@ -3093,6 +3546,8 @@ type JobFlowInstancesDetail struct { // The number of Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster. If the value is 1, the // same instance serves as both the master and slave node. If the value is greater // than 1, one instance is the master node and all others are slave nodes. + // + // InstanceCount is a required field InstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // Details about the job flow's instance groups. @@ -3105,6 +3560,8 @@ type JobFlowInstancesDetail struct { MasterInstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon EC2 master node instance type. + // + // MasterInstanceType is a required field MasterInstanceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The DNS name of the master node. @@ -3122,6 +3579,8 @@ type JobFlowInstancesDetail struct { Placement *PlacementType `type:"structure"` // The Amazon EC2 slave node instance type. + // + // SlaveInstanceType is a required field SlaveInstanceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster are protected from @@ -3166,6 +3625,8 @@ type ListBootstrapActionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cluster identifier for the bootstrap actions to list . + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve. @@ -3271,6 +3732,8 @@ type ListInstanceGroupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the cluster for which to list the instance groups. + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve. @@ -3326,6 +3789,8 @@ type ListInstancesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the cluster for which to list the instances. + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the instance group for which to list the instances. @@ -3430,6 +3895,8 @@ type ListStepsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the cluster for which to list the steps. + // + // ClusterId is a required field ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve. @@ -3544,6 +4011,8 @@ type PlacementType struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone for the job flow. + // + // AvailabilityZone is a required field AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3576,9 +4045,13 @@ type RemoveTagsInput struct { // The Amazon EMR resource identifier from which tags will be removed. This // value must be a cluster identifier. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag keys to remove from a resource. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3665,6 +4138,8 @@ type RunJobFlowInput struct { // A specification of the number and type of Amazon EC2 instances on which to // run the job flow. + // + // Instances is a required field Instances *JobFlowInstancesConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Also called instance profile and EC2 role. An IAM role for an EMR cluster. @@ -3678,6 +4153,8 @@ type RunJobFlowInput struct { LogUri *string `type:"string"` // The name of the job flow. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // For Amazon EMR releases 3.x and 2.x. For Amazon EMR releases 4.x and greater, @@ -3822,6 +4299,7 @@ type ScriptBootstrapActionConfig struct { Args []*string `type:"list"` + // Path is a required field Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3876,11 +4354,15 @@ type SetTerminationProtectionInput struct { // A list of strings that uniquely identify the job flows to protect. This identifier // is returned by RunJobFlow and can also be obtained from DescribeJobFlows // . + // + // JobFlowIds is a required field JobFlowIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // A Boolean that indicates whether to protect the job flow and prevent the // Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster from shutting down due to API calls, // user intervention, or job-flow error. + // + // TerminationProtected is a required field TerminationProtected *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -3929,6 +4411,8 @@ type SetVisibleToAllUsersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifiers of the job flows to receive the new visibility setting. + // + // JobFlowIds is a required field JobFlowIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // Whether the specified job flows are visible to all IAM users of the AWS account @@ -3936,6 +4420,8 @@ type SetVisibleToAllUsersInput struct { // of that AWS account can view and, if they have the proper IAM policy permissions // set, manage the job flows. If it is set to False, only the IAM user that // created a job flow can view and manage it. + // + // VisibleToAllUsers is a required field VisibleToAllUsers *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -4042,9 +4528,13 @@ type StepConfig struct { ActionOnFailure *string `type:"string" enum:"ActionOnFailure"` // The JAR file used for the job flow step. + // + // HadoopJarStep is a required field HadoopJarStep *HadoopJarStepConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the job flow step. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4084,9 +4574,13 @@ type StepDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description of the step status. + // + // ExecutionStatusDetail is a required field ExecutionStatusDetail *StepExecutionStatusDetail `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The step configuration. + // + // StepConfig is a required field StepConfig *StepConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4105,6 +4599,8 @@ type StepExecutionStatusDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The creation date and time of the step. + // + // CreationDateTime is a required field CreationDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The completion date and time of the step. @@ -4117,6 +4613,8 @@ type StepExecutionStatusDetail struct { StartDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // The state of the job flow step. + // + // State is a required field State *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StepExecutionState"` } @@ -4290,6 +4788,8 @@ type TerminateJobFlowsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of job flows to be shutdown. + // + // JobFlowIds is a required field JobFlowIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4340,9 +4840,13 @@ type VolumeSpecification struct { // The volume size, in gibibytes (GiB). This can be a number from 1 - 1024. // If the volume type is EBS-optimized, the minimum value is 10. + // + // SizeInGB is a required field SizeInGB *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The volume type. Volume types supported are gp2, io1, standard. + // + // VolumeType is a required field VolumeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4373,188 +4877,246 @@ func (s *VolumeSpecification) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum ActionOnFailure + // ActionOnFailureTerminateJobFlow is a ActionOnFailure enum value ActionOnFailureTerminateJobFlow = "TERMINATE_JOB_FLOW" - // @enum ActionOnFailure + + // ActionOnFailureTerminateCluster is a ActionOnFailure enum value ActionOnFailureTerminateCluster = "TERMINATE_CLUSTER" - // @enum ActionOnFailure + + // ActionOnFailureCancelAndWait is a ActionOnFailure enum value ActionOnFailureCancelAndWait = "CANCEL_AND_WAIT" - // @enum ActionOnFailure + + // ActionOnFailureContinue is a ActionOnFailure enum value ActionOnFailureContinue = "CONTINUE" ) const ( - // @enum ClusterState + // ClusterStateStarting is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateStarting = "STARTING" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateBootstrapping is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateBootstrapping = "BOOTSTRAPPING" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateRunning is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateWaiting is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateWaiting = "WAITING" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateTerminating is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateTerminating = "TERMINATING" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateTerminated is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateTerminated = "TERMINATED" - // @enum ClusterState + + // ClusterStateTerminatedWithErrors is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateTerminatedWithErrors = "TERMINATED_WITH_ERRORS" ) const ( - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError = "VALIDATION_ERROR" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure = "INSTANCE_FAILURE" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeBootstrapFailure is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeBootstrapFailure = "BOOTSTRAP_FAILURE" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeUserRequest is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeUserRequest = "USER_REQUEST" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeStepFailure is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeStepFailure = "STEP_FAILURE" - // @enum ClusterStateChangeReasonCode + + // ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeAllStepsCompleted is a ClusterStateChangeReasonCode enum value ClusterStateChangeReasonCodeAllStepsCompleted = "ALL_STEPS_COMPLETED" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceGroupState + // InstanceGroupStateProvisioning is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateProvisioning = "PROVISIONING" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateBootstrapping is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateBootstrapping = "BOOTSTRAPPING" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateRunning is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateResizing is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateResizing = "RESIZING" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateSuspended is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateSuspended = "SUSPENDED" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateTerminating is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateTerminating = "TERMINATING" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateTerminated is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateTerminated = "TERMINATED" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateArrested is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateArrested = "ARRESTED" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateShuttingDown is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateShuttingDown = "SHUTTING_DOWN" - // @enum InstanceGroupState + + // InstanceGroupStateEnded is a InstanceGroupState enum value InstanceGroupStateEnded = "ENDED" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode + // InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError is a InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR" - // @enum InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError is a InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError = "VALIDATION_ERROR" - // @enum InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure is a InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure = "INSTANCE_FAILURE" - // @enum InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeClusterTerminated is a InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceGroupStateChangeReasonCodeClusterTerminated = "CLUSTER_TERMINATED" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceGroupType + // InstanceGroupTypeMaster is a InstanceGroupType enum value InstanceGroupTypeMaster = "MASTER" - // @enum InstanceGroupType + + // InstanceGroupTypeCore is a InstanceGroupType enum value InstanceGroupTypeCore = "CORE" - // @enum InstanceGroupType + + // InstanceGroupTypeTask is a InstanceGroupType enum value InstanceGroupTypeTask = "TASK" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceRoleType + // InstanceRoleTypeMaster is a InstanceRoleType enum value InstanceRoleTypeMaster = "MASTER" - // @enum InstanceRoleType + + // InstanceRoleTypeCore is a InstanceRoleType enum value InstanceRoleTypeCore = "CORE" - // @enum InstanceRoleType + + // InstanceRoleTypeTask is a InstanceRoleType enum value InstanceRoleTypeTask = "TASK" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceState + // InstanceStateAwaitingFulfillment is a InstanceState enum value InstanceStateAwaitingFulfillment = "AWAITING_FULFILLMENT" - // @enum InstanceState + + // InstanceStateProvisioning is a InstanceState enum value InstanceStateProvisioning = "PROVISIONING" - // @enum InstanceState + + // InstanceStateBootstrapping is a InstanceState enum value InstanceStateBootstrapping = "BOOTSTRAPPING" - // @enum InstanceState + + // InstanceStateRunning is a InstanceState enum value InstanceStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum InstanceState + + // InstanceStateTerminated is a InstanceState enum value InstanceStateTerminated = "TERMINATED" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceStateChangeReasonCode + // InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError is a InstanceStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeInternalError = "INTERNAL_ERROR" - // @enum InstanceStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError is a InstanceStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeValidationError = "VALIDATION_ERROR" - // @enum InstanceStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure is a InstanceStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeInstanceFailure = "INSTANCE_FAILURE" - // @enum InstanceStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeBootstrapFailure is a InstanceStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeBootstrapFailure = "BOOTSTRAP_FAILURE" - // @enum InstanceStateChangeReasonCode + + // InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeClusterTerminated is a InstanceStateChangeReasonCode enum value InstanceStateChangeReasonCodeClusterTerminated = "CLUSTER_TERMINATED" ) // The type of instance. const ( - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + // JobFlowExecutionStateStarting is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateStarting = "STARTING" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateBootstrapping is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateBootstrapping = "BOOTSTRAPPING" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateRunning is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateWaiting is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateWaiting = "WAITING" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateShuttingDown is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateShuttingDown = "SHUTTING_DOWN" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateTerminated is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateTerminated = "TERMINATED" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateCompleted is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateCompleted = "COMPLETED" - // @enum JobFlowExecutionState + + // JobFlowExecutionStateFailed is a JobFlowExecutionState enum value JobFlowExecutionStateFailed = "FAILED" ) const ( - // @enum MarketType + // MarketTypeOnDemand is a MarketType enum value MarketTypeOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND" - // @enum MarketType + + // MarketTypeSpot is a MarketType enum value MarketTypeSpot = "SPOT" ) const ( - // @enum StepExecutionState + // StepExecutionStatePending is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStatePending = "PENDING" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateRunning is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateContinue is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateContinue = "CONTINUE" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateCompleted is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateCompleted = "COMPLETED" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateCancelled is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateCancelled = "CANCELLED" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateFailed is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateFailed = "FAILED" - // @enum StepExecutionState + + // StepExecutionStateInterrupted is a StepExecutionState enum value StepExecutionStateInterrupted = "INTERRUPTED" ) const ( - // @enum StepState + // StepStatePending is a StepState enum value StepStatePending = "PENDING" - // @enum StepState + + // StepStateRunning is a StepState enum value StepStateRunning = "RUNNING" - // @enum StepState + + // StepStateCompleted is a StepState enum value StepStateCompleted = "COMPLETED" - // @enum StepState + + // StepStateCancelled is a StepState enum value StepStateCancelled = "CANCELLED" - // @enum StepState + + // StepStateFailed is a StepState enum value StepStateFailed = "FAILED" - // @enum StepState + + // StepStateInterrupted is a StepState enum value StepStateInterrupted = "INTERRUPTED" ) const ( - // @enum StepStateChangeReasonCode + // StepStateChangeReasonCodeNone is a StepStateChangeReasonCode enum value StepStateChangeReasonCodeNone = "NONE" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/waiters.go index 07c30c5cc..ccf17eb96 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilClusterRunning uses the Amazon EMR API operation +// DescribeCluster to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EMR) WaitUntilClusterRunning(input *DescribeClusterInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeCluster", @@ -53,6 +57,10 @@ func (c *EMR) WaitUntilClusterRunning(input *DescribeClusterInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilStepComplete uses the Amazon EMR API operation +// DescribeStep to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *EMR) WaitUntilStepComplete(input *DescribeStepInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStep", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go index e9eb2fdee..614793373 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opCreateDeliveryStream = "CreateDeliveryStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) return } +// CreateDeliveryStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Creates a delivery stream. // // CreateDeliveryStream is an asynchronous operation that immediately returns. @@ -102,6 +106,24 @@ func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) // the role should have permissions that allows the service to deliver the data. // For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/firehose/latest/dev/controlling-access.html#using-iam-s3) // in the Amazon Kinesis Firehose Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation CreateDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgumentException +// The specified input parameter has an value that is not valid. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// You have already reached the limit for a requested resource. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is already in use and not available for this operation. +// func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStream(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) (*CreateDeliveryStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -115,6 +137,8 @@ const opDeleteDeliveryStream = "DeleteDeliveryStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -149,6 +173,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) DeleteDeliveryStreamRequest(input *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) return } +// DeleteDeliveryStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Deletes a delivery stream and its data. // // You can delete a delivery stream only if it is in ACTIVE or DELETING state, @@ -161,6 +187,21 @@ func (c *Firehose) DeleteDeliveryStreamRequest(input *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) // accept the records, but the service doesn't make any guarantees with respect // to delivering the data. Therefore, as a best practice, you should first stop // any applications that are sending records before deleting a delivery stream. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation DeleteDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is already in use and not available for this operation. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. +// func (c *Firehose) DeleteDeliveryStream(input *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) (*DeleteDeliveryStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDeliveryStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -174,6 +215,8 @@ const opDescribeDeliveryStream = "DescribeDeliveryStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -208,10 +251,24 @@ func (c *Firehose) DescribeDeliveryStreamRequest(input *DescribeDeliveryStreamIn return } +// DescribeDeliveryStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Describes the specified delivery stream and gets the status. For example, // after your delivery stream is created, call DescribeDeliveryStream to see // if the delivery stream is ACTIVE and therefore ready for data to be sent // to it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation DescribeDeliveryStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. +// func (c *Firehose) DescribeDeliveryStream(input *DescribeDeliveryStreamInput) (*DescribeDeliveryStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDeliveryStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -225,6 +282,8 @@ const opListDeliveryStreams = "ListDeliveryStreams" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeliveryStreams for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -259,6 +318,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) ListDeliveryStreamsRequest(input *ListDeliveryStreamsInput) ( return } +// ListDeliveryStreams API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Lists your delivery streams. // // The number of delivery streams might be too large to return using a single @@ -268,6 +329,13 @@ func (c *Firehose) ListDeliveryStreamsRequest(input *ListDeliveryStreamsInput) ( // output. If there are more delivery streams to list, you can request them // by specifying the name of the last delivery stream returned in the call in // the ExclusiveStartDeliveryStreamName parameter of a subsequent call. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation ListDeliveryStreams for usage and error information. func (c *Firehose) ListDeliveryStreams(input *ListDeliveryStreamsInput) (*ListDeliveryStreamsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeliveryStreamsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -281,6 +349,8 @@ const opPutRecord = "PutRecord" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRecord for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -315,6 +385,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordRequest(input *PutRecordInput) (req *request.Request return } +// PutRecord API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Writes a single data record into an Amazon Kinesis Firehose delivery stream. // To write multiple data records into a delivery stream, use PutRecordBatch. // Applications using these operations are referred to as producers. @@ -348,6 +420,27 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordRequest(input *PutRecordInput) (req *request.Request // are added to a delivery stream as it attempts to send the records to the // destination. If the destination is unreachable for more than 24 hours, the // data is no longer available. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation PutRecord for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// The specified input parameter has an value that is not valid. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// The service is unavailable, back off and retry the operation. If you continue +// to see the exception, throughput limits for the delivery stream may have +// been exceeded. For more information about limits and how to request an increase, +// see Amazon Kinesis Firehose Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/firehose/latest/dev/limits.html). +// func (c *Firehose) PutRecord(input *PutRecordInput) (*PutRecordOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRecordRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -361,6 +454,8 @@ const opPutRecordBatch = "PutRecordBatch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRecordBatch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -395,6 +490,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordBatchRequest(input *PutRecordBatchInput) (req *reque return } +// PutRecordBatch API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Writes multiple data records into a delivery stream in a single call, which // can achieve higher throughput per producer than when writing single records. // To write single data records into a delivery stream, use PutRecord. Applications @@ -451,6 +548,27 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordBatchRequest(input *PutRecordBatchInput) (req *reque // are added to a delivery stream as it attempts to send the records to the // destination. If the destination is unreachable for more than 24 hours, the // data is no longer available. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation PutRecordBatch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// The specified input parameter has an value that is not valid. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// The service is unavailable, back off and retry the operation. If you continue +// to see the exception, throughput limits for the delivery stream may have +// been exceeded. For more information about limits and how to request an increase, +// see Amazon Kinesis Firehose Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/firehose/latest/dev/limits.html). +// func (c *Firehose) PutRecordBatch(input *PutRecordBatchInput) (*PutRecordBatchOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRecordBatchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -464,6 +582,8 @@ const opUpdateDestination = "UpdateDestination" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateDestination for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -498,6 +618,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) UpdateDestinationRequest(input *UpdateDestinationInput) (req return } +// UpdateDestination API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose. +// // Updates the specified destination of the specified delivery stream. Note: // Switching between Elasticsearch and other services is not supported. For // Elasticsearch destination, you can only update an existing Elasticsearch @@ -530,6 +652,28 @@ func (c *Firehose) UpdateDestinationRequest(input *UpdateDestinationInput) (req // updated, which can be retrieved with the DescribeDeliveryStream operation. // The new VersionId should be uses to set CurrentDeliveryStreamVersionId in // the next UpdateDestination operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Firehose's +// API operation UpdateDestination for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgumentException +// The specified input parameter has an value that is not valid. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is already in use and not available for this operation. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The specified resource could not be found. +// +// * ConcurrentModificationException +// Another modification has already happened. Fetch VersionId again and use +// it to update the destination. +// func (c *Firehose) UpdateDestination(input *UpdateDestinationInput) (*UpdateDestinationOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateDestinationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -637,6 +781,8 @@ type CopyCommand struct { DataTableColumns *string `type:"string"` // The name of the target table. The table must already exist in the database. + // + // DataTableName is a required field DataTableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -671,6 +817,8 @@ type CreateDeliveryStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The destination in Amazon ES. This value cannot be specified if Amazon S3 @@ -752,6 +900,8 @@ type DeleteDeliveryStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -804,18 +954,28 @@ type DeliveryStreamDescription struct { CreateTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamARN is a required field DeliveryStreamARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamStatus is a required field DeliveryStreamStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DeliveryStreamStatus"` // The destinations. + // + // Destinations is a required field Destinations []*DestinationDescription `type:"list" required:"true"` // Indicates whether there are more destinations available to list. + // + // HasMoreDestinations is a required field HasMoreDestinations *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The date and time that the delivery stream was last updated. @@ -826,6 +986,8 @@ type DeliveryStreamDescription struct { // VersionId is required when updating the destination. This is so that the // service knows it is applying the changes to the correct version of the delivery // stream. + // + // VersionId is a required field VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -844,6 +1006,8 @@ type DescribeDeliveryStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the destination ID to start returning the destination information. @@ -892,6 +1056,8 @@ type DescribeDeliveryStreamOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamDescription is a required field DeliveryStreamDescription *DeliveryStreamDescription `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -910,6 +1076,8 @@ type DestinationDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the destination. + // + // DestinationId is a required field DestinationId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The destination in Amazon ES. @@ -990,9 +1158,13 @@ type ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration struct { // The ARN of the Amazon ES domain. The IAM role must have permission for DescribeElasticsearchDomain, // DescribeElasticsearchDomains , and DescribeElasticsearchDomainConfig after // assuming RoleARN. + // + // DomainARN is a required field DomainARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Elasticsearch index name. + // + // IndexName is a required field IndexName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Elasticsearch index rotation period. Index rotation appends a timestamp @@ -1008,6 +1180,8 @@ type ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration struct { // The ARN of the IAM role to be assumed by Firehose for calling the Amazon // ES Configuration API and for indexing documents. For more information, see // Amazon S3 Bucket Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/firehose/latest/dev/controlling-access.html#using-iam-s3). + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Defines how documents should be delivered to Amazon S3. When set to FailedDocumentsOnly, @@ -1021,9 +1195,13 @@ type ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration struct { S3BackupMode *string `type:"string" enum:"ElasticsearchS3BackupMode"` // Describes the configuration of a destination in Amazon S3. + // + // S3Configuration is a required field S3Configuration *S3DestinationConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The Elasticsearch type name. + // + // TypeName is a required field TypeName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1278,6 +1456,8 @@ type KMSEncryptionConfig struct { // The ARN of the encryption key. Must belong to the same region as the destination // Amazon S3 bucket. + // + // AWSKMSKeyARN is a required field AWSKMSKeyARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1349,9 +1529,13 @@ type ListDeliveryStreamsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The names of the delivery streams. + // + // DeliveryStreamNames is a required field DeliveryStreamNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // Indicates whether there are more delivery streams available to list. + // + // HasMoreDeliveryStreams is a required field HasMoreDeliveryStreams *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -1370,9 +1554,13 @@ type PutRecordBatchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more records. + // + // Records is a required field Records []*Record `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1423,10 +1611,14 @@ type PutRecordBatchOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of unsuccessfully written records. + // + // FailedPutCount is a required field FailedPutCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The results for the individual records. The index of each element matches // the same index in which records were sent. + // + // RequestResponses is a required field RequestResponses []*PutRecordBatchResponseEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1472,9 +1664,13 @@ type PutRecordInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The record. + // + // Record is a required field Record *Record `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1517,6 +1713,8 @@ type PutRecordOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the record. + // + // RecordId is a required field RecordId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1538,6 +1736,8 @@ type Record struct { // size of the data blob, before base64-encoding, is 1,000 KB. // // Data is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Data is a required field Data []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` } @@ -1572,12 +1772,18 @@ type RedshiftDestinationConfiguration struct { CloudWatchLoggingOptions *CloudWatchLoggingOptions `type:"structure"` // The database connection string. + // + // ClusterJDBCURL is a required field ClusterJDBCURL *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The COPY command. + // + // CopyCommand is a required field CopyCommand *CopyCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The user password. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `min:"6" type:"string" required:"true"` // Configures retry behavior in the event that Firehose is unable to deliver @@ -1585,6 +1791,8 @@ type RedshiftDestinationConfiguration struct { RetryOptions *RedshiftRetryOptions `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the AWS credentials. + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The S3 configuration for the intermediate location from which Amazon Redshift @@ -1593,9 +1801,13 @@ type RedshiftDestinationConfiguration struct { // The compression formats SNAPPY or ZIP cannot be specified in RedshiftDestinationConfiguration.S3Configuration // because the Amazon Redshift COPY operation that reads from the S3 bucket // doesn't support these compression formats. + // + // S3Configuration is a required field S3Configuration *S3DestinationConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the user. + // + // Username is a required field Username *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1667,9 +1879,13 @@ type RedshiftDestinationDescription struct { CloudWatchLoggingOptions *CloudWatchLoggingOptions `type:"structure"` // The database connection string. + // + // ClusterJDBCURL is a required field ClusterJDBCURL *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The COPY command. + // + // CopyCommand is a required field CopyCommand *CopyCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Configures retry behavior in the event that Firehose is unable to deliver @@ -1677,12 +1893,18 @@ type RedshiftDestinationDescription struct { RetryOptions *RedshiftRetryOptions `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the AWS credentials. + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon S3 destination. + // + // S3DestinationDescription is a required field S3DestinationDescription *S3DestinationDescription `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the user. + // + // Username is a required field Username *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1800,6 +2022,8 @@ type S3DestinationConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the S3 bucket. + // + // BucketARN is a required field BucketARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The buffering option. If no value is specified, BufferingHints object default @@ -1829,6 +2053,8 @@ type S3DestinationConfiguration struct { Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The ARN of the AWS credentials. + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1879,20 +2105,28 @@ type S3DestinationDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the S3 bucket. + // + // BucketARN is a required field BucketARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The buffering option. If no value is specified, BufferingHints object default // values are used. + // + // BufferingHints is a required field BufferingHints *BufferingHints `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Describes CloudWatch logging options for your delivery stream. CloudWatchLoggingOptions *CloudWatchLoggingOptions `type:"structure"` // The compression format. If no value is specified, the default is NOCOMPRESSION. + // + // CompressionFormat is a required field CompressionFormat *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CompressionFormat"` // The encryption configuration. If no value is specified, the default is no // encryption. + // + // EncryptionConfiguration is a required field EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The "YYYY/MM/DD/HH" time format prefix is automatically used for delivered @@ -1904,6 +2138,8 @@ type S3DestinationDescription struct { Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The ARN of the AWS credentials. + // + // RoleARN is a required field RoleARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2000,12 +2236,18 @@ type UpdateDestinationInput struct { // is null, then the update destination fails. After the update is successful, // the VersionId value is updated. The service then performs a merge of the // old configuration with the new configuration. + // + // CurrentDeliveryStreamVersionId is a required field CurrentDeliveryStreamVersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the delivery stream. + // + // DeliveryStreamName is a required field DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the destination. + // + // DestinationId is a required field DestinationId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes an update for a destination in Amazon ES. @@ -2087,46 +2329,56 @@ func (s UpdateDestinationOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum CompressionFormat + // CompressionFormatUncompressed is a CompressionFormat enum value CompressionFormatUncompressed = "UNCOMPRESSED" - // @enum CompressionFormat + + // CompressionFormatGzip is a CompressionFormat enum value CompressionFormatGzip = "GZIP" - // @enum CompressionFormat + + // CompressionFormatZip is a CompressionFormat enum value CompressionFormatZip = "ZIP" - // @enum CompressionFormat + + // CompressionFormatSnappy is a CompressionFormat enum value CompressionFormatSnappy = "Snappy" ) const ( - // @enum DeliveryStreamStatus + // DeliveryStreamStatusCreating is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value DeliveryStreamStatusCreating = "CREATING" - // @enum DeliveryStreamStatus + + // DeliveryStreamStatusDeleting is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value DeliveryStreamStatusDeleting = "DELETING" - // @enum DeliveryStreamStatus + + // DeliveryStreamStatusActive is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value DeliveryStreamStatusActive = "ACTIVE" ) const ( - // @enum ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod + // ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodNoRotation is a ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod enum value ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodNoRotation = "NoRotation" - // @enum ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod + + // ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneHour is a ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod enum value ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneHour = "OneHour" - // @enum ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod + + // ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneDay is a ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod enum value ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneDay = "OneDay" - // @enum ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod + + // ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneWeek is a ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod enum value ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneWeek = "OneWeek" - // @enum ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod + + // ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneMonth is a ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriod enum value ElasticsearchIndexRotationPeriodOneMonth = "OneMonth" ) const ( - // @enum ElasticsearchS3BackupMode + // ElasticsearchS3BackupModeFailedDocumentsOnly is a ElasticsearchS3BackupMode enum value ElasticsearchS3BackupModeFailedDocumentsOnly = "FailedDocumentsOnly" - // @enum ElasticsearchS3BackupMode + + // ElasticsearchS3BackupModeAllDocuments is a ElasticsearchS3BackupMode enum value ElasticsearchS3BackupModeAllDocuments = "AllDocuments" ) const ( - // @enum NoEncryptionConfig + // NoEncryptionConfigNoEncryption is a NoEncryptionConfig enum value NoEncryptionConfigNoEncryption = "NoEncryption" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/api.go index 5ef73b115..fd3d333ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) return } +// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation aborts a multipart upload identified by the upload ID. // // After the Abort Multipart Upload request succeeds, you cannot upload any @@ -75,6 +79,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) // Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html) // and Abort Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-abort-upload.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -88,6 +114,8 @@ const opAbortVaultLock = "AbortVaultLock" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AbortVaultLock for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -124,6 +152,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLockRequest(input *AbortVaultLockInput) (req *reques return } +// AbortVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation aborts the vault locking process if the vault lock is not // in the Locked state. If the vault lock is in the Locked state when this operation // is requested, the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. Aborting @@ -140,6 +170,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLockRequest(input *AbortVaultLockInput) (req *reques // This operation is idempotent. You can successfully invoke this operation // multiple times, if the vault lock is in the InProgress state or if there // is no policy associated with the vault. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation AbortVaultLock for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLock(input *AbortVaultLockInput) (*AbortVaultLockOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortVaultLockRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -153,6 +205,8 @@ const opAddTagsToVault = "AddTagsToVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -189,12 +243,39 @@ func (c *Glacier) AddTagsToVaultRequest(input *AddTagsToVaultInput) (req *reques return } +// AddTagsToVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation adds the specified tags to a vault. Each tag is composed of // a key and a value. Each vault can have up to 10 tags. If your request would // cause the tag limit for the vault to be exceeded, the operation throws the // LimitExceededException error. If a tag already exists on the vault under // a specified key, the existing key value will be overwritten. For more information // about tags, see Tagging Amazon Glacier Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation AddTagsToVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if the request results in a vault or account limit being exceeded. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) AddTagsToVault(input *AddTagsToVaultInput) (*AddTagsToVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -208,6 +289,8 @@ const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -242,6 +325,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadI return } +// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // You call this operation to inform Amazon Glacier that all the archive parts // have been uploaded and that Amazon Glacier can now assemble the archive from // the uploaded parts. After assembling and saving the archive to the vault, @@ -286,6 +371,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadI // Archives in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html) // and Complete Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-complete-upload.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -299,6 +406,8 @@ const opCompleteVaultLock = "CompleteVaultLock" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CompleteVaultLock for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -335,6 +444,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLockRequest(input *CompleteVaultLockInput) (req * return } +// CompleteVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation completes the vault locking process by transitioning the vault // lock from the InProgress state to the Locked state, which causes the vault // lock policy to become unchangeable. A vault lock is put into the InProgress @@ -350,6 +461,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLockRequest(input *CompleteVaultLockInput) (req * // the Locked state, the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. If // an invalid lock ID is passed in the request when the vault lock is in the // InProgress state, the operation throws an InvalidParameter error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation CompleteVaultLock for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLock(input *CompleteVaultLockInput) (*CompleteVaultLockOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteVaultLockRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -363,6 +496,8 @@ const opCreateVault = "CreateVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -397,6 +532,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) CreateVaultRequest(input *CreateVaultInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// CreateVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation creates a new vault with the specified name. The name of the // vault must be unique within a region for an AWS account. You can create up // to 1,000 vaults per account. If you need to create more vaults, contact Amazon @@ -421,6 +558,27 @@ func (c *Glacier) CreateVaultRequest(input *CreateVaultInput) (req *request.Requ // in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/creating-vaults.html) // and Create Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-put.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation CreateVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// Returned if the request results in a vault or account limit being exceeded. +// func (c *Glacier) CreateVault(input *CreateVaultInput) (*CreateVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -434,6 +592,8 @@ const opDeleteArchive = "DeleteArchive" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteArchive for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -470,6 +630,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchiveRequest(input *DeleteArchiveInput) (req *request. return } +// DeleteArchive API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation deletes an archive from a vault. Subsequent requests to initiate // a retrieval of this archive will fail. Archive retrievals that are in progress // for this archive ID may or may not succeed according to the following scenarios: @@ -491,6 +653,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchiveRequest(input *DeleteArchiveInput) (req *request. // in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/deleting-an-archive.html) // and Delete Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-delete.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DeleteArchive for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchive(input *DeleteArchiveInput) (*DeleteArchiveOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteArchiveRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -504,6 +688,8 @@ const opDeleteVault = "DeleteVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -540,6 +726,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultRequest(input *DeleteVaultInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DeleteVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation deletes a vault. Amazon Glacier will delete a vault only if // there are no archives in the vault as of the last inventory and there have // been no writes to the vault since the last inventory. If either of these @@ -563,6 +751,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultRequest(input *DeleteVaultInput) (req *request.Requ // in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/deleting-vaults.html) // and Delete Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-delete.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DeleteVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DeleteVault(input *DeleteVaultInput) (*DeleteVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -576,6 +786,8 @@ const opDeleteVaultAccessPolicy = "DeleteVaultAccessPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -612,6 +824,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyI return } +// DeleteVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation deletes the access policy associated with the specified vault. // The operation is eventually consistent; that is, it might take some time // for Amazon Glacier to completely remove the access policy, and you might @@ -622,6 +836,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyI // if there is no policy associated with the vault. For more information about // vault access policies, see Amazon Glacier Access Control with Vault Access // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DeleteVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicy(input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -635,6 +871,8 @@ const opDeleteVaultNotifications = "DeleteVaultNotifications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -671,6 +909,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input *DeleteVaultNotification return } +// DeleteVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation deletes the notification configuration set for a vault. The // operation is eventually consistent; that is, it might take some time for // Amazon Glacier to completely disable the notifications and you might still @@ -686,6 +926,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input *DeleteVaultNotification // Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html) // and Delete Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-delete.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DeleteVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotifications(input *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) (*DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -699,6 +961,8 @@ const opDescribeJob = "DescribeJob" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeJob for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -733,6 +997,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DescribeJobRequest(input *DescribeJobInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DescribeJob API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation returns information about a job you previously initiated, // including the job initiation date, the user who initiated the job, the job // status code/message and the Amazon SNS topic to notify after Amazon Glacier @@ -755,6 +1021,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DescribeJobRequest(input *DescribeJobInput) (req *request.Requ // For information about the underlying REST API, go to Working with Archives // in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-describe-job-get.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DescribeJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DescribeJob(input *DescribeJobInput) (*JobDescription, error) { req, out := c.DescribeJobRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -768,6 +1056,8 @@ const opDescribeVault = "DescribeVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -802,6 +1092,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) DescribeVaultRequest(input *DescribeVaultInput) (req *request. return } +// DescribeVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation returns information about a vault, including the vault's Amazon // Resource Name (ARN), the date the vault was created, the number of archives // it contains, and the total size of all the archives in the vault. The number @@ -822,6 +1114,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) DescribeVaultRequest(input *DescribeVaultInput) (req *request. // Metadata in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/retrieving-vault-info.html) // and Describe Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-get.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation DescribeVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) DescribeVault(input *DescribeVaultInput) (*DescribeVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -835,6 +1149,8 @@ const opGetDataRetrievalPolicy = "GetDataRetrievalPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -869,9 +1185,29 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInp return } +// GetDataRetrievalPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation returns the current data retrieval policy for the account // and region specified in the GET request. For more information about data // retrieval policies, see Amazon Glacier Data Retrieval Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/data-retrieval-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation GetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) GetDataRetrievalPolicy(input *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (*GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -885,6 +1221,8 @@ const opGetJobOutput = "GetJobOutput" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetJobOutput for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -919,6 +1257,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutputRequest(input *GetJobOutputInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GetJobOutput API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation downloads the output of the job you initiated using InitiateJob. // Depending on the job type you specified when you initiated the job, the output // will be either the content of an archive or a vault inventory. @@ -963,6 +1303,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutputRequest(input *GetJobOutputInput) (req *request.Re // a Vault Inventory (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-inventory.html), // Downloading an Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/downloading-an-archive.html), // and Get Job Output (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-job-output-get.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation GetJobOutput for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutput(input *GetJobOutputInput) (*GetJobOutputOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetJobOutputRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -976,6 +1338,8 @@ const opGetVaultAccessPolicy = "GetVaultAccessPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1010,12 +1374,36 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) return } +// GetVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation retrieves the access-policy subresource set on the vault; // for more information on setting this subresource, see Set Vault Access Policy // (PUT access-policy) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-SetVaultAccessPolicy.html). // If there is no access policy set on the vault, the operation returns a 404 // Not found error. For more information about vault access policies, see Amazon // Glacier Access Control with Vault Access Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation GetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) GetVaultAccessPolicy(input *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1029,6 +1417,8 @@ const opGetVaultLock = "GetVaultLock" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetVaultLock for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1063,6 +1453,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLockRequest(input *GetVaultLockInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GetVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation retrieves the following attributes from the lock-policy subresource // set on the specified vault: The vault lock policy set on the vault. // @@ -1081,6 +1473,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLockRequest(input *GetVaultLockInput) (req *request.Re // If there is no vault lock policy set on the vault, the operation returns // a 404 Not found error. For more information about vault lock policies, Amazon // Glacier Access Control with Vault Lock Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation GetVaultLock for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLock(input *GetVaultLockInput) (*GetVaultLockOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetVaultLockRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1094,6 +1508,8 @@ const opGetVaultNotifications = "GetVaultNotifications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1128,6 +1544,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *GetVaultNotificationsInput return } +// GetVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation retrieves the notification-configuration subresource of the // specified vault. // @@ -1147,6 +1565,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *GetVaultNotificationsInput // Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html) // and Get Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-get.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation GetVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotifications(input *GetVaultNotificationsInput) (*GetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1160,6 +1600,8 @@ const opInitiateJob = "InitiateJob" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See InitiateJob for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1194,6 +1636,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateJobRequest(input *InitiateJobInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// InitiateJob API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation initiates a job of the specified type. In this release, you // can initiate a job to retrieve either an archive or a vault inventory (a // list of archives in a vault). @@ -1310,6 +1754,32 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateJobRequest(input *InitiateJobInput) (req *request.Requ // For conceptual information and the underlying REST API, go to Initiate a // Job (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-initiate-job-post.html) // and Downloading a Vault Inventory (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-inventory.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation InitiateJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * PolicyEnforcedException +// Returned if a retrieval job would exceed the current data policy's retrieval +// rate limit. For more information about data retrieval policies, +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) InitiateJob(input *InitiateJobInput) (*InitiateJobOutput, error) { req, out := c.InitiateJobRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1323,6 +1793,8 @@ const opInitiateMultipartUpload = "InitiateMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See InitiateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1357,6 +1829,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input *InitiateMultipartUploadI return } +// InitiateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation initiates a multipart upload. Amazon Glacier creates a multipart // upload resource and returns its ID in the response. The multipart upload // ID is used in subsequent requests to upload parts of an archive (see UploadMultipartPart). @@ -1392,6 +1866,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input *InitiateMultipartUploadI // Archives in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html) // and Initiate Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-initiate-upload.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation InitiateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUpload(input *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) (*InitiateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1405,6 +1901,8 @@ const opInitiateVaultLock = "InitiateVaultLock" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See InitiateVaultLock for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1439,6 +1937,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLockRequest(input *InitiateVaultLockInput) (req * return } +// InitiateVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation initiates the vault locking process by doing the following: // Installing a vault lock policy on the specified vault. // @@ -1467,6 +1967,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLockRequest(input *InitiateVaultLockInput) (req * // the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. When the vault lock // is in the InProgress state you must call AbortVaultLock before you can initiate // a new vault lock policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation InitiateVaultLock for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLock(input *InitiateVaultLockInput) (*InitiateVaultLockOutput, error) { req, out := c.InitiateVaultLockRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1480,6 +2002,8 @@ const opListJobs = "ListJobs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListJobs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1520,6 +2044,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListJobs API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation lists jobs for a vault, including jobs that are in-progress // and jobs that have recently finished. // @@ -1560,6 +2086,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, o // (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html). // // For the underlying REST API, go to List Jobs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-jobs-get.html) +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1598,6 +2146,8 @@ const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1638,6 +2188,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) return } +// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads for the specified vault. // An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated // by an InitiateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or @@ -1668,6 +2220,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) // Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html) // and List Multipart Uploads (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-list-uploads.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1706,6 +2280,8 @@ const opListParts = "ListParts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListParts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1746,6 +2322,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ListParts API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation lists the parts of an archive that have been uploaded in a // specific multipart upload. You can make this request at any time during an // in-progress multipart upload before you complete the upload (see CompleteMultipartUpload. @@ -1770,6 +2348,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, // Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html) // and List Parts (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-list-parts.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation ListParts for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1808,6 +2408,8 @@ const opListTagsForVault = "ListTagsForVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1842,9 +2444,33 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListTagsForVaultRequest(input *ListTagsForVaultInput) (req *re return } +// ListTagsForVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation lists all the tags attached to a vault. The operation returns // an empty map if there are no tags. For more information about tags, see Tagging // Amazon Glacier Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation ListTagsForVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) ListTagsForVault(input *ListTagsForVaultInput) (*ListTagsForVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1858,6 +2484,8 @@ const opListVaults = "ListVaults" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListVaults for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1898,6 +2526,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsRequest(input *ListVaultsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListVaults API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation lists all vaults owned by the calling user's account. The // list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by vault name. // @@ -1920,6 +2550,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsRequest(input *ListVaultsInput) (req *request.Reques // Metadata in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/retrieving-vault-info.html) // and List Vaults (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vaults-get.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation ListVaults for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) ListVaults(input *ListVaultsInput) (*ListVaultsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListVaultsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1958,6 +2610,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromVault = "RemoveTagsFromVault" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromVault for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1994,11 +2648,35 @@ func (c *Glacier) RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) (r return } +// RemoveTagsFromVault API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation removes one or more tags from the set of tags attached to // a vault. For more information about tags, see Tagging Amazon Glacier Resources // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html). This // operation is idempotent. The operation will be successful, even if there // are no tags attached to the vault. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromVault for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) RemoveTagsFromVault(input *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) (*RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2012,6 +2690,8 @@ const opSetDataRetrievalPolicy = "SetDataRetrievalPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2048,6 +2728,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInp return } +// SetDataRetrievalPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation sets and then enacts a data retrieval policy in the region // specified in the PUT request. You can set one policy per region for an AWS // account. The policy is enacted within a few minutes of a successful PUT operation. @@ -2055,6 +2737,24 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInp // The set policy operation does not affect retrieval jobs that were in progress // before the policy was enacted. For more information about data retrieval // policies, see Amazon Glacier Data Retrieval Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/data-retrieval-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation SetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicy(input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (*SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2068,6 +2768,8 @@ const opSetVaultAccessPolicy = "SetVaultAccessPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2104,6 +2806,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) return } +// SetVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation configures an access policy for a vault and will overwrite // an existing policy. To configure a vault access policy, send a PUT request // to the access-policy subresource of the vault. An access policy is specific @@ -2111,6 +2815,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) // policy per vault and the policy can be up to 20 KB in size. For more information // about vault access policies, see Amazon Glacier Access Control with Vault // Access Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation SetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicy(input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2124,6 +2850,8 @@ const opSetVaultNotifications = "SetVaultNotifications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2160,6 +2888,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *SetVaultNotificationsInput return } +// SetVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation configures notifications that will be sent when specific events // happen to a vault. By default, you don't get any notifications. // @@ -2189,6 +2919,28 @@ func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *SetVaultNotificationsInput // Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html) // and Set Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-put.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation SetVaultNotifications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotifications(input *SetVaultNotificationsInput) (*SetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2202,6 +2954,8 @@ const opUploadArchive = "UploadArchive" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadArchive for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2236,6 +2990,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) UploadArchiveRequest(input *UploadArchiveInput) (req *request. return } +// UploadArchive API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation adds an archive to a vault. This is a synchronous operation, // and for a successful upload, your data is durably persisted. Amazon Glacier // returns the archive ID in the x-amz-archive-id header of the response. @@ -2272,6 +3028,32 @@ func (c *Glacier) UploadArchiveRequest(input *UploadArchiveInput) (req *request. // Archive in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-an-archive.html) // and Upload Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-post.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation UploadArchive for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * RequestTimeoutException +// Returned if, when uploading an archive, Amazon Glacier times out while receiving +// the upload. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) UploadArchive(input *UploadArchiveInput) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadArchiveRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2285,6 +3067,8 @@ const opUploadMultipartPart = "UploadMultipartPart" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadMultipartPart for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2319,6 +3103,8 @@ func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPartRequest(input *UploadMultipartPartInput) (r return } +// UploadMultipartPart API operation for Amazon Glacier. +// // This operation uploads a part of an archive. You can upload archive parts // in any order. You can also upload them in parallel. You can upload up to // 10,000 parts for a multipart upload. @@ -2362,6 +3148,32 @@ func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPartRequest(input *UploadMultipartPartInput) (r // Archives in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html) // and Upload Part (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-upload-part.html) // in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's +// API operation UploadMultipartPart for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Returned if the specified resource, such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID, +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified. +// +// * MissingParameterValueException +// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request. +// +// * RequestTimeoutException +// Returned if, when uploading an archive, Amazon Glacier times out while receiving +// the upload. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Returned if the service cannot complete the request. +// func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPart(input *UploadMultipartPartInput) (*UploadMultipartPartOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadMultipartPartRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2382,12 +3194,18 @@ type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The upload ID of the multipart upload to delete. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2444,9 +3262,13 @@ type AbortVaultLockInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2499,6 +3321,8 @@ type AddTagsToVaultInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to add to the vault. Each tag is composed of a key and a value. @@ -2506,6 +3330,8 @@ type AddTagsToVaultInput struct { Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2590,6 +3416,8 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The total size, in bytes, of the entire archive. This value should be the @@ -2603,9 +3431,13 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"` // The upload ID of the multipart upload. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2648,12 +3480,18 @@ type CompleteVaultLockInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The lockId value is the lock ID obtained from a InitiateVaultLock request. + // + // LockId is a required field LockId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"lockId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2710,9 +3548,13 @@ type CreateVaultInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2815,12 +3657,18 @@ type DeleteArchiveInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the archive to delete. + // + // ArchiveId is a required field ArchiveId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"archiveId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2876,9 +3724,13 @@ type DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2931,9 +3783,13 @@ type DeleteVaultInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2973,9 +3829,13 @@ type DeleteVaultNotificationsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3042,12 +3902,18 @@ type DescribeJobInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the job to describe. + // + // JobId is a required field JobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"jobId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3089,9 +3955,13 @@ type DescribeVaultInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3170,6 +4040,8 @@ type GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3223,9 +4095,13 @@ type GetJobOutputInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The job ID whose data is downloaded. + // + // JobId is a required field JobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"jobId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The range of bytes to retrieve from the output. For example, if you want @@ -3234,6 +4110,8 @@ type GetJobOutputInput struct { Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3328,9 +4206,13 @@ type GetVaultAccessPolicyInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3387,9 +4269,13 @@ type GetVaultLockInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3458,9 +4344,13 @@ type GetVaultNotificationsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3517,12 +4407,16 @@ type InitiateJobInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Provides options for specifying job information. JobParameters *JobParameters `locationName:"jobParameters" type:"structure"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3582,6 +4476,8 @@ type InitiateMultipartUploadInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The archive description that you are uploading in parts. @@ -3597,6 +4493,8 @@ type InitiateMultipartUploadInput struct { PartSize *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-part-size" type:"string"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3658,12 +4556,16 @@ type InitiateVaultLockInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The vault lock policy as a JSON string, which uses "\" as an escape character. Policy *VaultLockPolicy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3945,6 +4847,8 @@ type ListJobsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the state of the jobs to return. You can specify true or false. @@ -3965,6 +4869,8 @@ type ListJobsInput struct { Statuscode *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"statuscode" type:"string"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4027,6 +4933,8 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the maximum number of uploads returned in the response body. If @@ -4041,6 +4949,8 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4103,6 +5013,8 @@ type ListPartsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the maximum number of parts returned in the response body. If this @@ -4117,9 +5029,13 @@ type ListPartsInput struct { Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` // The upload ID of the multipart upload. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4201,9 +5117,13 @@ type ListTagsForVaultInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4262,6 +5182,8 @@ type ListVaultsInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of items returned in the response. If you don't specify @@ -4349,12 +5271,16 @@ type RemoveTagsFromVaultInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag keys. Each corresponding tag is removed from the vault. TagKeys []*string `type:"list"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4408,6 +5334,8 @@ type SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput struct { // in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the // credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do // not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The data retrieval policy in JSON format. @@ -4460,12 +5388,16 @@ type SetVaultAccessPolicyInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The vault access policy as a JSON string. Policy *VaultAccessPolicy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4519,9 +5451,13 @@ type SetVaultNotificationsInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` // Provides options for specifying notification configuration. @@ -4577,6 +5513,8 @@ type UploadArchiveInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The optional description of the archive you are uploading. @@ -4589,6 +5527,8 @@ type UploadArchiveInput struct { Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4660,6 +5600,8 @@ type UploadMultipartPartInput struct { // (hyphen), in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated // with the credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, // do not include any hyphens (apos-apos) in the ID. + // + // AccountId is a required field AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The data to upload. @@ -4675,9 +5617,13 @@ type UploadMultipartPartInput struct { Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` // The upload ID of the multipart upload. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the vault. + // + // VaultName is a required field VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4788,17 +5734,20 @@ func (s VaultNotificationConfig) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ActionCode + // ActionCodeArchiveRetrieval is a ActionCode enum value ActionCodeArchiveRetrieval = "ArchiveRetrieval" - // @enum ActionCode + + // ActionCodeInventoryRetrieval is a ActionCode enum value ActionCodeInventoryRetrieval = "InventoryRetrieval" ) const ( - // @enum StatusCode + // StatusCodeInProgress is a StatusCode enum value StatusCodeInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum StatusCode + + // StatusCodeSucceeded is a StatusCode enum value StatusCodeSucceeded = "Succeeded" - // @enum StatusCode + + // StatusCodeFailed is a StatusCode enum value StatusCodeFailed = "Failed" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/waiters.go index e6fbedfa1..fd33dc977 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilVaultExists uses the Amazon Glacier API operation +// DescribeVault to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Glacier) WaitUntilVaultExists(input *DescribeVaultInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVault", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *Glacier) WaitUntilVaultExists(input *DescribeVaultInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilVaultNotExists uses the Amazon Glacier API operation +// DescribeVault to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Glacier) WaitUntilVaultNotExists(input *DescribeVaultInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeVault", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/api.go index 08f8bcc0c..0e506cbdc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider = "AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,11 +58,38 @@ func (c *IAM) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *AddClientIDToOpen return } +// AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already // registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. // // This action is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add // an existing client ID to the provider. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(input *AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -74,6 +103,8 @@ const opAddRoleToInstanceProfile = "AddRoleToInstanceProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddRoleToInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -110,6 +141,8 @@ func (c *IAM) AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest(input *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInp return } +// AddRoleToInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. // // The caller of this API must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM @@ -118,6 +151,31 @@ func (c *IAM) AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest(input *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInp // For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AddRoleToInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AddRoleToInstanceProfile(input *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput) (*AddRoleToInstanceProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddRoleToInstanceProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -131,6 +189,8 @@ const opAddUserToGroup = "AddUserToGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddUserToGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -167,7 +227,30 @@ func (c *IAM) AddUserToGroupRequest(input *AddUserToGroupInput) (req *request.Re return } +// AddUserToGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds the specified user to the specified group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AddUserToGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AddUserToGroup(input *AddUserToGroupInput) (*AddUserToGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddUserToGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -181,6 +264,8 @@ const opAttachGroupPolicy = "AttachGroupPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -217,6 +302,8 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachGroupPolicyRequest(input *AttachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ return } +// AttachGroupPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. // // You use this API to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline @@ -225,6 +312,31 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachGroupPolicyRequest(input *AttachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AttachGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AttachGroupPolicy(input *AttachGroupPolicyInput) (*AttachGroupPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachGroupPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -238,6 +350,8 @@ const opAttachRolePolicy = "AttachRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -274,6 +388,8 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachRolePolicyRequest(input *AttachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// AttachRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. // // When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part @@ -286,6 +402,31 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachRolePolicyRequest(input *AttachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed // Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AttachRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AttachRolePolicy(input *AttachRolePolicyInput) (*AttachRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -299,6 +440,8 @@ const opAttachUserPolicy = "AttachUserPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -335,6 +478,8 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachUserPolicyRequest(input *AttachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// AttachUserPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. // // You use this API to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline @@ -343,6 +488,31 @@ func (c *IAM) AttachUserPolicyRequest(input *AttachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation AttachUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) AttachUserPolicy(input *AttachUserPolicyInput) (*AttachUserPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachUserPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -356,6 +526,8 @@ const opChangePassword = "ChangePassword" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ChangePassword for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -392,12 +564,49 @@ func (c *IAM) ChangePasswordRequest(input *ChangePasswordInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ChangePassword API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this action. The root // account password is not affected by this action. // // To change the password for a different user, see UpdateLoginProfile. For // more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ChangePassword for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidUserType +// The request was rejected because the type of user for the transaction was +// incorrect. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * PasswordPolicyViolation +// The request was rejected because the provided password did not meet the requirements +// imposed by the account password policy. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ChangePassword(input *ChangePasswordInput) (*ChangePasswordOutput, error) { req, out := c.ChangePasswordRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -411,6 +620,8 @@ const opCreateAccessKey = "CreateAccessKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAccessKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -445,6 +656,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccessKeyRequest(input *CreateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. return } +// CreateAccessKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new AWS secret access key and corresponding AWS access key ID for // the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. // @@ -462,6 +675,27 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccessKeyRequest(input *CreateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is // lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create // new keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateAccessKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateAccessKey(input *CreateAccessKeyInput) (*CreateAccessKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAccessKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -475,6 +709,8 @@ const opCreateAccountAlias = "CreateAccountAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAccountAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -511,9 +747,32 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateAccountAliasRequest(input *CreateAccountAliasInput) (req *re return } +// CreateAccountAlias API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates an alias for your AWS account. For information about using an AWS // account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateAccountAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateAccountAlias(input *CreateAccountAliasInput) (*CreateAccountAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAccountAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -527,6 +786,8 @@ const opCreateGroup = "CreateGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -561,11 +822,38 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new group. // // For information about the number of groups you can create, see Limitations // on IAM Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateGroup(input *CreateGroupInput) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -579,6 +867,8 @@ const opCreateInstanceProfile = "CreateInstanceProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -613,12 +903,35 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateInstanceProfileRequest(input *CreateInstanceProfileInput) (r return } +// CreateInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, // go to About Instance Profiles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see // Limitations on IAM Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateInstanceProfile(input *CreateInstanceProfileInput) (*CreateInstanceProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateInstanceProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -632,6 +945,8 @@ const opCreateLoginProfile = "CreateLoginProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -666,10 +981,41 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateLoginProfileRequest(input *CreateLoginProfileInput) (req *re return } +// CreateLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a password for the specified user, giving the user the ability to // access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. For more information // about managing passwords, see Managing Passwords (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * PasswordPolicyViolation +// The request was rejected because the provided password did not meet the requirements +// imposed by the account password policy. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateLoginProfile(input *CreateLoginProfileInput) (*CreateLoginProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLoginProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -683,6 +1029,8 @@ const opCreateOpenIDConnectProvider = "CreateOpenIDConnectProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -717,6 +1065,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *CreateOpenIDConnectProvi return } +// CreateOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports // OpenID Connect (OIDC) (http://openid.net/connect/). // @@ -734,6 +1084,31 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *CreateOpenIDConnectProvi // Because trust for the OIDC provider is ultimately derived from the IAM // provider that this action creates, it is a best practice to limit access // to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider action to highly-privileged users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateOpenIDConnectProvider(input *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -747,6 +1122,8 @@ const opCreatePolicy = "CreatePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -781,6 +1158,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyRequest(input *CreatePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// CreatePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new managed policy for your AWS account. // // This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 @@ -791,6 +1170,35 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyRequest(input *CreatePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed Policies // and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreatePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreatePolicy(input *CreatePolicyInput) (*CreatePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -804,6 +1212,8 @@ const opCreatePolicyVersion = "CreatePolicyVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -838,6 +1248,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyVersionRequest(input *CreatePolicyVersionInput) (req * return } +// CreatePolicyVersion API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed // policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to // five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing @@ -850,6 +1262,35 @@ func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyVersionRequest(input *CreatePolicyVersionInput) (req * // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreatePolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreatePolicyVersion(input *CreatePolicyVersionInput) (*CreatePolicyVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePolicyVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -863,6 +1304,8 @@ const opCreateRole = "CreateRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -897,11 +1340,38 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateRoleRequest(input *CreateRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// CreateRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new role for your AWS account. For more information about roles, // go to Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // For information about limitations on role names and the number of roles you // can create, go to Limitations on IAM Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateRole(input *CreateRoleInput) (*CreateRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -915,6 +1385,8 @@ const opCreateSAMLProvider = "CreateSAMLProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -949,6 +1421,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateSAMLProviderRequest(input *CreateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re return } +// CreateSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports // SAML 2.0. // @@ -971,6 +1445,31 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateSAMLProviderRequest(input *CreateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) // and About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateSAMLProvider(input *CreateSAMLProviderInput) (*CreateSAMLProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSAMLProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -984,6 +1483,8 @@ const opCreateUser = "CreateUser" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateUser for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1018,11 +1519,38 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateUserRequest(input *CreateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// CreateUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new IAM user for your AWS account. // // For information about limitations on the number of IAM users you can create, // see Limitations on IAM Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateUser(input *CreateUserInput) (*CreateUserOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateUserRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1036,6 +1564,8 @@ const opCreateVirtualMFADevice = "CreateVirtualMFADevice" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateVirtualMFADevice for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1070,6 +1600,8 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) return } +// CreateVirtualMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Creates a new virtual MFA device for the AWS account. After creating the // virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, @@ -1084,6 +1616,27 @@ func (c *IAM) CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) // be treated like any other secret access information, such as your AWS access // keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should // ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation CreateVirtualMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) CreateVirtualMFADevice(input *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput) (*CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1097,6 +1650,8 @@ const opDeactivateMFADevice = "DeactivateMFADevice" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeactivateMFADevice for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1133,12 +1688,41 @@ func (c *IAM) DeactivateMFADeviceRequest(input *DeactivateMFADeviceInput) (req * return } +// DeactivateMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with // the user name for which it was originally enabled. // // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, // go to Using a Virtual MFA Device (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeactivateMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeactivateMFADevice(input *DeactivateMFADeviceInput) (*DeactivateMFADeviceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeactivateMFADeviceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1152,6 +1736,8 @@ const opDeleteAccessKey = "DeleteAccessKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAccessKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1188,12 +1774,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccessKeyRequest(input *DeleteAccessKeyInput) (req *request. return } +// DeleteAccessKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. // // If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly // based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. Because this action works // for access keys under the AWS account, you can use this action to manage // root credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteAccessKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteAccessKey(input *DeleteAccessKeyInput) (*DeleteAccessKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAccessKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1207,6 +1816,8 @@ const opDeleteAccountAlias = "DeleteAccountAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAccountAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1243,9 +1854,32 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountAliasRequest(input *DeleteAccountAliasInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteAccountAlias API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified AWS account alias. For information about using an AWS // account alias, see Using an Alias for Your AWS Account ID (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteAccountAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountAlias(input *DeleteAccountAliasInput) (*DeleteAccountAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAccountAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1259,6 +1893,8 @@ const opDeleteAccountPasswordPolicy = "DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1295,7 +1931,30 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *DeleteAccountPasswordPol return } +// DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the password policy for the AWS account. There are no parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy(input *DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyInput) (*DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1309,6 +1968,8 @@ const opDeleteGroup = "DeleteGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1345,8 +2006,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupRequest(input *DeleteGroupInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or // have any attached policies. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteGroup(input *DeleteGroupInput) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1360,6 +2048,8 @@ const opDeleteGroupPolicy = "DeleteGroupPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1396,6 +2086,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupPolicyRequest(input *DeleteGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteGroupPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM // group. // @@ -1403,6 +2095,27 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupPolicyRequest(input *DeleteGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ // policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, // refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteGroupPolicy(input *DeleteGroupPolicyInput) (*DeleteGroupPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteGroupPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1416,6 +2129,8 @@ const opDeleteInstanceProfile = "DeleteInstanceProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1452,6 +2167,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteInstanceProfileRequest(input *DeleteInstanceProfileInput) (r return } +// DeleteInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have // an associated role. // @@ -1462,6 +2179,31 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteInstanceProfileRequest(input *DeleteInstanceProfileInput) (r // // For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteInstanceProfile(input *DeleteInstanceProfileInput) (*DeleteInstanceProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteInstanceProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1475,6 +2217,8 @@ const opDeleteLoginProfile = "DeleteLoginProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1511,6 +2255,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's // ability to access AWS services through the AWS Management Console. // @@ -1519,6 +2265,33 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (req *re // you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more // information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey // and DeleteAccessKey. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfile(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (*DeleteLoginProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1532,6 +2305,8 @@ const opDeleteOpenIDConnectProvider = "DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1568,6 +2343,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *DeleteOpenIDConnectProvi return } +// DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. // // Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference @@ -1576,6 +2353,27 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *DeleteOpenIDConnectProvi // // This action is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call // the action for a provider that does not exist. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider(input *DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1589,6 +2387,8 @@ const opDeletePolicy = "DeletePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1625,6 +2425,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DeletePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified managed policy. // // Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy @@ -1648,6 +2450,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Reques // For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeletePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeletePolicy(input *DeletePolicyInput) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1661,6 +2492,8 @@ const opDeletePolicyVersion = "DeletePolicyVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1697,6 +2530,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyVersionRequest(input *DeletePolicyVersionInput) (req * return } +// DeletePolicyVersion API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. // // You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this API. To delete @@ -1706,6 +2541,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyVersionRequest(input *DeletePolicyVersionInput) (req * // For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for // Managed Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeletePolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeletePolicyVersion(input *DeletePolicyVersionInput) (*DeletePolicyVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePolicyVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1719,6 +2583,8 @@ const opDeleteRole = "DeleteRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1755,12 +2621,39 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRoleRequest(input *DeleteRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DeleteRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. // For more information about roles, go to Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // // Make sure you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role // you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated // with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteRole(input *DeleteRoleInput) (*DeleteRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1774,6 +2667,8 @@ const opDeleteRolePolicy = "DeleteRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1810,6 +2705,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRolePolicyRequest(input *DeleteRolePolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM // role. // @@ -1817,6 +2714,27 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteRolePolicyRequest(input *DeleteRolePolicyInput) (req *reques // policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, // refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteRolePolicy(input *DeleteRolePolicyInput) (*DeleteRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1830,6 +2748,8 @@ const opDeleteSAMLProvider = "DeleteSAMLProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1866,6 +2786,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSAMLProviderRequest(input *DeleteSAMLProviderInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. // // Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference @@ -1874,6 +2796,31 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSAMLProviderRequest(input *DeleteSAMLProviderInput) (req *re // ARN fails. // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteSAMLProvider(input *DeleteSAMLProviderInput) (*DeleteSAMLProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSAMLProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1887,6 +2834,8 @@ const opDeleteSSHPublicKey = "DeleteSSHPublicKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1923,6 +2872,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteSSHPublicKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified SSH public key. // // The SSH public key deleted by this action is used only for authenticating @@ -1930,6 +2881,19 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see // Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteSSHPublicKey(input *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput) (*DeleteSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSSHPublicKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1943,6 +2907,8 @@ const opDeleteServerCertificate = "DeleteServerCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1979,6 +2945,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput return } +// DeleteServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified server certificate. // // For more information about working with server certificates, including a @@ -1995,6 +2963,31 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput // delete the certificate. For more information, go to DeleteLoadBalancerListeners // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticLoadBalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteLoadBalancerListeners.html) // in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteServerCertificate(input *DeleteServerCertificateInput) (*DeleteServerCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteServerCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2008,6 +3001,8 @@ const opDeleteSigningCertificate = "DeleteSigningCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2044,12 +3039,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteSigningCertificateRequest(input *DeleteSigningCertificateInp return } +// DeleteSigningCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. // // If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly // based on the AWS access key ID signing the request. Because this action works // for access keys under the AWS account, you can use this action to manage // root credentials even if the AWS account has no associated IAM users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteSigningCertificate(input *DeleteSigningCertificateInput) (*DeleteSigningCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSigningCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2063,6 +3081,8 @@ const opDeleteUser = "DeleteUser" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteUser for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2099,8 +3119,35 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DeleteUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified IAM user. The user must not belong to any groups or // have any access keys, signing certificates, or attached policies. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteUser(input *DeleteUserInput) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2114,6 +3161,8 @@ const opDeleteUserPolicy = "DeleteUserPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2150,6 +3199,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserPolicyRequest(input *DeleteUserPolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteUserPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM // user. // @@ -2157,6 +3208,27 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteUserPolicyRequest(input *DeleteUserPolicyInput) (req *reques // policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, // refer to Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteUserPolicy(input *DeleteUserPolicyInput) (*DeleteUserPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteUserPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2170,6 +3242,8 @@ const opDeleteVirtualMFADevice = "DeleteVirtualMFADevice" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVirtualMFADevice for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2206,10 +3280,37 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input *DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput) return } +// DeleteVirtualMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Deletes a virtual MFA device. // // You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete // it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DeleteVirtualMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * DeleteConflict +// The request was rejected because it attempted to delete a resource that has +// attached subordinate entities. The error message describes these entities. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DeleteVirtualMFADevice(input *DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput) (*DeleteVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVirtualMFADeviceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2223,6 +3324,8 @@ const opDetachGroupPolicy = "DetachGroupPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2259,12 +3362,39 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachGroupPolicyRequest(input *DetachGroupPolicyInput) (req *requ return } +// DetachGroupPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. // // A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline // policy, use the DeleteGroupPolicy API. For information about policies, see // Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DetachGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DetachGroupPolicy(input *DetachGroupPolicyInput) (*DetachGroupPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachGroupPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2278,6 +3408,8 @@ const opDetachRolePolicy = "DetachRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2314,12 +3446,39 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachRolePolicyRequest(input *DetachRolePolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// DetachRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. // // A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline // policy, use the DeleteRolePolicy API. For information about policies, see // Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DetachRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DetachRolePolicy(input *DetachRolePolicyInput) (*DetachRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2333,6 +3492,8 @@ const opDetachUserPolicy = "DetachUserPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2369,12 +3530,39 @@ func (c *IAM) DetachUserPolicyRequest(input *DetachUserPolicyInput) (req *reques return } +// DetachUserPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. // // A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline // policy, use the DeleteUserPolicy API. For information about policies, see // Managed Policies and Inline Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation DetachUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) DetachUserPolicy(input *DetachUserPolicyInput) (*DetachUserPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachUserPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2388,6 +3576,8 @@ const opEnableMFADevice = "EnableMFADevice" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableMFADevice for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2424,9 +3614,46 @@ func (c *IAM) EnableMFADeviceRequest(input *EnableMFADeviceInput) (req *request. return } +// EnableMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM // user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login // by the IAM user associated with the device. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation EnableMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidAuthenticationCode +// The request was rejected because the authentication code was not recognized. +// The error message describes the specific error. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) EnableMFADevice(input *EnableMFADeviceInput) (*EnableMFADeviceOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableMFADeviceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2440,6 +3667,8 @@ const opGenerateCredentialReport = "GenerateCredentialReport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GenerateCredentialReport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2474,9 +3703,28 @@ func (c *IAM) GenerateCredentialReportRequest(input *GenerateCredentialReportInp return } +// GenerateCredentialReport API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Generates a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about // the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GenerateCredentialReport for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GenerateCredentialReport(input *GenerateCredentialReportInput) (*GenerateCredentialReportOutput, error) { req, out := c.GenerateCredentialReportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2490,6 +3738,8 @@ const opGetAccessKeyLastUsed = "GetAccessKeyLastUsed" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAccessKeyLastUsed for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2524,10 +3774,25 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest(input *GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput) (req return } +// GetAccessKeyLastUsed API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. // The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the AWS // service and region that were specified in the last request made with that // key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetAccessKeyLastUsed for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// func (c *IAM) GetAccessKeyLastUsed(input *GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput) (*GetAccessKeyLastUsedOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAccessKeyLastUsedRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2541,6 +3806,8 @@ const opGetAccountAuthorizationDetails = "GetAccountAuthorizationDetails" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAccountAuthorizationDetails for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2581,6 +3848,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest(input *GetAccountAuthorizati return } +// GetAccountAuthorizationDetails API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in // your AWS account, including their relationships to one another. Use this // API to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, @@ -2588,6 +3857,19 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest(input *GetAccountAuthorizati // // You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can // paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetAccountAuthorizationDetails for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetAccountAuthorizationDetails(input *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput) (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2626,6 +3908,8 @@ const opGetAccountPasswordPolicy = "GetAccountPasswordPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2660,8 +3944,27 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *GetAccountPasswordPolicyInp return } +// GetAccountPasswordPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the password policy for the AWS account. For more information about // using a password policy, go to Managing an IAM Password Policy (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetAccountPasswordPolicy(input *GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput) (*GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2675,6 +3978,8 @@ const opGetAccountSummary = "GetAccountSummary" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAccountSummary for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2709,11 +4014,26 @@ func (c *IAM) GetAccountSummaryRequest(input *GetAccountSummaryInput) (req *requ return } +// GetAccountSummary API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the AWS account. // // For information about limitations on IAM entities, see Limitations on IAM // Entities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/LimitationsOnEntities.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetAccountSummary for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetAccountSummary(input *GetAccountSummaryInput) (*GetAccountSummaryOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAccountSummaryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2727,6 +4047,8 @@ const opGetContextKeysForCustomPolicy = "GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2761,6 +4083,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest(input *GetContextKeysForCusto return } +// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. // The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context // keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. @@ -2771,6 +4095,19 @@ func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest(input *GetContextKeysForCusto // to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. // Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but // must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy(input *GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput) (*GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, error) { req, out := c.GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2784,6 +4121,8 @@ const opGetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy = "GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2818,6 +4157,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest(input *GetContextKeysForPr return } +// GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all of the IAM policies // attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, // or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the @@ -2835,6 +4176,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest(input *GetContextKeysForPr // details about the context of an API query request, and can be evaluated by // testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy // to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// func (c *IAM) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(input *GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput) (*GetContextKeysForPolicyResponse, error) { req, out := c.GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2848,6 +4206,8 @@ const opGetCredentialReport = "GetCredentialReport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCredentialReport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2882,9 +4242,38 @@ func (c *IAM) GetCredentialReportRequest(input *GetCredentialReportInput) (req * return } +// GetCredentialReport API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves a credential report for the AWS account. For more information about // the credential report, see Getting Credential Reports (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetCredentialReport for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReportNotPresent +// The request was rejected because the credential report does not exist. To +// generate a credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. +// +// * ReportExpired +// The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. +// To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more +// information about credential report expiration, see Getting Credential Reports +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * ReportInProgress +// The request was rejected because the credential report is still being generated. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetCredentialReport(input *GetCredentialReportInput) (*GetCredentialReportOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCredentialReportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2898,6 +4287,8 @@ const opGetGroup = "GetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2938,8 +4329,27 @@ func (c *IAM) GetGroupRequest(input *GetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// GetGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can // paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetGroup(input *GetGroupInput) (*GetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2978,6 +4388,8 @@ const opGetGroupPolicy = "GetGroupPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3012,6 +4424,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetGroupPolicyRequest(input *GetGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GetGroupPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM group. // @@ -3029,6 +4443,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetGroupPolicyRequest(input *GetGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re // For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetGroupPolicy(input *GetGroupPolicyInput) (*GetGroupPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetGroupPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3042,6 +4473,8 @@ const opGetInstanceProfile = "GetInstanceProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3076,10 +4509,29 @@ func (c *IAM) GetInstanceProfileRequest(input *GetInstanceProfileInput) (req *re return } +// GetInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the // instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about // instance profiles, see About Instance Profiles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetInstanceProfile(input *GetInstanceProfileInput) (*GetInstanceProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetInstanceProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3093,6 +4545,8 @@ const opGetLoginProfile = "GetLoginProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3127,9 +4581,28 @@ func (c *IAM) GetLoginProfileRequest(input *GetLoginProfileInput) (req *request. return } +// GetLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the user name and password-creation date for the specified IAM // user. If the user has not been assigned a password, the action returns a // 404 (NoSuchEntity) error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetLoginProfile(input *GetLoginProfileInput) (*GetLoginProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetLoginProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3143,6 +4616,8 @@ const opGetOpenIDConnectProvider = "GetOpenIDConnectProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3177,8 +4652,31 @@ func (c *IAM) GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *GetOpenIDConnectProviderInp return } +// GetOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource // object in IAM. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetOpenIDConnectProvider(input *GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3192,6 +4690,8 @@ const opGetPolicy = "GetPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3226,6 +4726,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// GetPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's // default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which // the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, @@ -3240,6 +4742,27 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, out // For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetPolicy(input *GetPolicyInput) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3253,6 +4776,8 @@ const opGetPolicyVersion = "GetPolicyVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3287,6 +4812,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyVersionRequest(input *GetPolicyVersionInput) (req *reques return } +// GetPolicyVersion API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed // policy, including the policy document. // @@ -3309,6 +4836,27 @@ func (c *IAM) GetPolicyVersionRequest(input *GetPolicyVersionInput) (req *reques // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetPolicyVersion(input *GetPolicyVersionInput) (*GetPolicyVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPolicyVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3322,6 +4870,8 @@ const opGetRole = "GetRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3356,6 +4906,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRoleRequest(input *GetRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// GetRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, // GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the // role. For more information about roles, see Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). @@ -3365,6 +4917,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRoleRequest(input *GetRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output // text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the // java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs // provide similar functionality. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetRole(input *GetRoleInput) (*GetRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3378,6 +4947,8 @@ const opGetRolePolicy = "GetRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3412,6 +4983,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRolePolicyRequest(input *GetRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// GetRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the // specified IAM role. // @@ -3432,6 +5005,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetRolePolicyRequest(input *GetRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // // For more information about roles, see Using Roles to Delegate Permissions // and Federate Identities (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetRolePolicy(input *GetRolePolicyInput) (*GetRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3445,6 +5035,8 @@ const opGetSAMLProvider = "GetSAMLProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3479,10 +5071,33 @@ func (c *IAM) GetSAMLProviderRequest(input *GetSAMLProviderInput) (req *request. return } +// GetSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML // provider resource object was created or updated. // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetSAMLProvider(input *GetSAMLProviderInput) (*GetSAMLProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSAMLProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3496,6 +5111,8 @@ const opGetSSHPublicKey = "GetSSHPublicKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3530,6 +5147,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *GetSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *request. return } +// GetSSHPublicKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. // // The SSH public key retrieved by this action is used only for authenticating @@ -3537,6 +5156,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *GetSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *request. // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see // Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * UnrecognizedPublicKeyEncoding +// The request was rejected because the public key encoding format is unsupported +// or unrecognized. +// func (c *IAM) GetSSHPublicKey(input *GetSSHPublicKeyInput) (*GetSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSSHPublicKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3550,6 +5186,8 @@ const opGetServerCertificate = "GetServerCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3584,12 +5222,31 @@ func (c *IAM) GetServerCertificateRequest(input *GetServerCertificateInput) (req return } +// GetServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. // // For more information about working with server certificates, including a // list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage // with IAM, go to Working with Server Certificates (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetServerCertificate(input *GetServerCertificateInput) (*GetServerCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetServerCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3603,6 +5260,8 @@ const opGetUser = "GetUser" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUser for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3637,11 +5296,30 @@ func (c *IAM) GetUserRequest(input *GetUserInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// GetUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's // creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. // // If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly // based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request to this API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetUser(input *GetUserInput) (*GetUserOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetUserRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3655,6 +5333,8 @@ const opGetUserPolicy = "GetUserPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3689,6 +5369,8 @@ func (c *IAM) GetUserPolicyRequest(input *GetUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// GetUserPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM user. // @@ -3706,6 +5388,23 @@ func (c *IAM) GetUserPolicyRequest(input *GetUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // For more information about policies, see Managed Policies and Inline Policies // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation GetUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) GetUserPolicy(input *GetUserPolicyInput) (*GetUserPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetUserPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3719,6 +5418,8 @@ const opListAccessKeys = "ListAccessKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAccessKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3759,6 +5460,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAccessKeysRequest(input *ListAccessKeysInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ListAccessKeys API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified // IAM user. If there are none, the action returns an empty list. // @@ -3772,6 +5475,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAccessKeysRequest(input *ListAccessKeysInput) (req *request.Re // // To ensure the security of your AWS account, the secret access key is accessible // only during key and user creation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListAccessKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListAccessKeys(input *ListAccessKeysInput) (*ListAccessKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAccessKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3810,6 +5530,8 @@ const opListAccountAliases = "ListAccountAliases" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAccountAliases for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3850,10 +5572,25 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAccountAliasesRequest(input *ListAccountAliasesInput) (req *re return } +// ListAccountAliases API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the account alias associated with the AWS account (Note: you can have // only one). For information about using an AWS account alias, see Using an // Alias for Your AWS Account ID (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListAccountAliases for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListAccountAliases(input *ListAccountAliasesInput) (*ListAccountAliasesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAccountAliasesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3892,6 +5629,8 @@ const opListAttachedGroupPolicies = "ListAttachedGroupPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAttachedGroupPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3932,6 +5671,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesI return } +// ListAttachedGroupPolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. // // An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the @@ -3944,6 +5685,27 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesI // matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to // the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListAttachedGroupPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListAttachedGroupPolicies(input *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput) (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAttachedGroupPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3982,6 +5744,8 @@ const opListAttachedRolePolicies = "ListAttachedRolePolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAttachedRolePolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4022,6 +5786,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInp return } +// ListAttachedRolePolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. // // An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the @@ -4034,6 +5800,27 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInp // matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to // the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListAttachedRolePolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListAttachedRolePolicies(input *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput) (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAttachedRolePoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4072,6 +5859,8 @@ const opListAttachedUserPolicies = "ListAttachedUserPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAttachedUserPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4112,6 +5901,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInp return } +// ListAttachedUserPolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. // // An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the @@ -4124,6 +5915,27 @@ func (c *IAM) ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInp // matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to // the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListAttachedUserPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListAttachedUserPolicies(input *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput) (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAttachedUserPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4162,6 +5974,8 @@ const opListEntitiesForPolicy = "ListEntitiesForPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListEntitiesForPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4202,6 +6016,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest(input *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput) (r return } +// ListEntitiesForPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy // is attached to. // @@ -4211,6 +6027,27 @@ func (c *IAM) ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest(input *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput) (r // to Role. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListEntitiesForPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListEntitiesForPolicy(input *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput) (*ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListEntitiesForPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4249,6 +6086,8 @@ const opListGroupPolicies = "ListGroupPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListGroupPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4289,6 +6128,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListGroupPoliciesInput) (req *requ return } +// ListGroupPolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified // IAM group. // @@ -4301,6 +6142,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupPoliciesRequest(input *ListGroupPoliciesInput) (req *requ // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If // there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListGroupPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListGroupPolicies(input *ListGroupPoliciesInput) (*ListGroupPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListGroupPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4339,6 +6197,8 @@ const opListGroups = "ListGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4379,9 +6239,24 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupsRequest(input *ListGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListGroups API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListGroups(input *ListGroupsInput) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4420,6 +6295,8 @@ const opListGroupsForUser = "ListGroupsForUser" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListGroupsForUser for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4460,9 +6337,28 @@ func (c *IAM) ListGroupsForUserRequest(input *ListGroupsForUserInput) (req *requ return } +// ListGroupsForUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListGroupsForUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListGroupsForUser(input *ListGroupsForUserInput) (*ListGroupsForUserOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListGroupsForUserRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4501,6 +6397,8 @@ const opListInstanceProfiles = "ListInstanceProfiles" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListInstanceProfiles for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4541,11 +6439,26 @@ func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesRequest(input *ListInstanceProfilesInput) (req return } +// ListInstanceProfiles API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there // are none, the action returns an empty list. For more information about instance // profiles, go to About Instance Profiles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListInstanceProfiles for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfiles(input *ListInstanceProfilesInput) (*ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListInstanceProfilesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4584,6 +6497,8 @@ const opListInstanceProfilesForRole = "ListInstanceProfilesForRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListInstanceProfilesForRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4624,11 +6539,30 @@ func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest(input *ListInstanceProfilesForR return } +// ListInstanceProfilesForRole API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. // If there are none, the action returns an empty list. For more information // about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListInstanceProfilesForRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListInstanceProfilesForRole(input *ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput) (*ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListInstanceProfilesForRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4667,6 +6601,8 @@ const opListMFADevices = "ListMFADevices" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListMFADevices for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4707,12 +6643,31 @@ func (c *IAM) ListMFADevicesRequest(input *ListMFADevicesInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ListMFADevices API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user // name, then this action lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified // user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly // based on the AWS access key ID signing the request for this API. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListMFADevices for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListMFADevices(input *ListMFADevicesInput) (*ListMFADevicesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMFADevicesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4751,6 +6706,8 @@ const opListOpenIDConnectProviders = "ListOpenIDConnectProviders" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListOpenIDConnectProviders for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4785,8 +6742,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest(input *ListOpenIDConnectProvider return } +// ListOpenIDConnectProviders API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects // defined in the AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListOpenIDConnectProviders for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListOpenIDConnectProviders(input *ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput) (*ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListOpenIDConnectProvidersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4800,6 +6772,8 @@ const opListPolicies = "ListPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4840,6 +6814,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesRequest(input *ListPoliciesInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListPolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists all the managed policies that are available in your AWS account, including // your own customer-defined managed policies and all AWS managed policies. // @@ -4853,6 +6829,19 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPoliciesRequest(input *ListPoliciesInput) (req *request.Reques // For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListPolicies(input *ListPoliciesInput) (*ListPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4891,6 +6880,8 @@ const opListPolicyVersions = "ListPolicyVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPolicyVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4931,12 +6922,35 @@ func (c *IAM) ListPolicyVersionsRequest(input *ListPolicyVersionsInput) (req *re return } +// ListPolicyVersions API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including // the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. // // For more information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListPolicyVersions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListPolicyVersions(input *ListPolicyVersionsInput) (*ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPolicyVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4975,6 +6989,8 @@ const opListRolePolicies = "ListRolePolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRolePolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5015,6 +7031,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListRolePoliciesInput) (req *reques return } +// ListRolePolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified // IAM role. // @@ -5026,6 +7044,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolePoliciesRequest(input *ListRolePoliciesInput) (req *reques // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If // there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListRolePolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListRolePolicies(input *ListRolePoliciesInput) (*ListRolePoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRolePoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5064,6 +7099,8 @@ const opListRoles = "ListRoles" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRoles for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5104,11 +7141,26 @@ func (c *IAM) ListRolesRequest(input *ListRolesInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ListRoles API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, // the action returns an empty list. For more information about roles, go to // Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListRoles for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListRoles(input *ListRolesInput) (*ListRolesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRolesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5147,6 +7199,8 @@ const opListSAMLProviders = "ListSAMLProviders" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSAMLProviders for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5181,9 +7235,24 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProvidersRequest(input *ListSAMLProvidersInput) (req *requ return } +// ListSAMLProviders API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListSAMLProviders for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListSAMLProviders(input *ListSAMLProvidersInput) (*ListSAMLProvidersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSAMLProvidersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5197,6 +7266,8 @@ const opListSSHPublicKeys = "ListSSHPublicKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSSHPublicKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5237,6 +7308,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSSHPublicKeysRequest(input *ListSSHPublicKeysInput) (req *requ return } +// ListSSHPublicKeys API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified // IAM user. If there are none, the action returns an empty list. // @@ -5248,6 +7321,19 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSSHPublicKeysRequest(input *ListSSHPublicKeysInput) (req *requ // // Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate // the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListSSHPublicKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// func (c *IAM) ListSSHPublicKeys(input *ListSSHPublicKeysInput) (*ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSSHPublicKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5286,6 +7372,8 @@ const opListServerCertificates = "ListServerCertificates" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListServerCertificates for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5326,6 +7414,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificatesRequest(input *ListServerCertificatesInput) return } +// ListServerCertificates API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path // prefix. If none exist, the action returns an empty list. // @@ -5335,6 +7425,19 @@ func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificatesRequest(input *ListServerCertificatesInput) // list of AWS services that can use the server certificates that you manage // with IAM, go to Working with Server Certificates (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListServerCertificates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListServerCertificates(input *ListServerCertificatesInput) (*ListServerCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListServerCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5373,6 +7476,8 @@ const opListSigningCertificates = "ListSigningCertificates" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSigningCertificates for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5413,6 +7518,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSigningCertificatesRequest(input *ListSigningCertificatesInput return } +// ListSigningCertificates API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified // IAM user. If there are none, the action returns an empty list. // @@ -5424,6 +7531,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListSigningCertificatesRequest(input *ListSigningCertificatesInput // this action works for access keys under the AWS account, you can use this // action to manage root credentials even if the AWS account has no associated // users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListSigningCertificates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListSigningCertificates(input *ListSigningCertificatesInput) (*ListSigningCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSigningCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5462,6 +7586,8 @@ const opListUserPolicies = "ListUserPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListUserPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5502,6 +7628,8 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListUserPoliciesInput) (req *reques return } +// ListUserPolicies API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. // // An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed @@ -5512,6 +7640,23 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUserPoliciesRequest(input *ListUserPoliciesInput) (req *reques // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If // there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the action // returns an empty list. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListUserPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListUserPolicies(input *ListUserPoliciesInput) (*ListUserPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListUserPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5550,6 +7695,8 @@ const opListUsers = "ListUsers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListUsers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5590,11 +7737,26 @@ func (c *IAM) ListUsersRequest(input *ListUsersInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ListUsers API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix // is specified, the action returns all users in the AWS account. If there are // none, the action returns an empty list. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListUsers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ListUsers(input *ListUsersInput) (*ListUsersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListUsersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5633,6 +7795,8 @@ const opListVirtualMFADevices = "ListVirtualMFADevices" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListVirtualMFADevices for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5673,12 +7837,21 @@ func (c *IAM) ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest(input *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput) (r return } +// ListVirtualMFADevices API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the AWS account by assignment status. // If you do not specify an assignment status, the action returns a list of // all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or // Any. // // You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ListVirtualMFADevices for usage and error information. func (c *IAM) ListVirtualMFADevices(input *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput) (*ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListVirtualMFADevicesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5717,6 +7890,8 @@ const opPutGroupPolicy = "PutGroupPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5753,6 +7928,8 @@ func (c *IAM) PutGroupPolicyRequest(input *PutGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re return } +// PutGroupPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM group. // @@ -5770,6 +7947,31 @@ func (c *IAM) PutGroupPolicyRequest(input *PutGroupPolicyInput) (req *request.Re // GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the // Query API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation PutGroupPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) PutGroupPolicy(input *PutGroupPolicyInput) (*PutGroupPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutGroupPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5783,6 +7985,8 @@ const opPutRolePolicy = "PutRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5819,6 +8023,8 @@ func (c *IAM) PutRolePolicyRequest(input *PutRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// PutRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM role. // @@ -5843,6 +8049,31 @@ func (c *IAM) PutRolePolicyRequest(input *PutRolePolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query // API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation PutRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) PutRolePolicy(input *PutRolePolicyInput) (*PutRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5856,6 +8087,8 @@ const opPutUserPolicy = "PutUserPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5892,6 +8125,8 @@ func (c *IAM) PutUserPolicyRequest(input *PutUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// PutUserPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified // IAM user. // @@ -5909,6 +8144,31 @@ func (c *IAM) PutUserPolicyRequest(input *PutUserPolicyInput) (req *request.Requ // GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query // API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation PutUserPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) PutUserPolicy(input *PutUserPolicyInput) (*PutUserPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutUserPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5922,6 +8182,8 @@ const opRemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider = "RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConne // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -5958,12 +8220,35 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input *RemoveClient return } +// RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of // client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider // resource object. // // This action is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try // to remove a client ID that does not exist. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(input *RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput) (*RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5977,6 +8262,8 @@ const opRemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile = "RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6013,6 +8300,8 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromInstance return } +// RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. // // Make sure you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role @@ -6023,6 +8312,27 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromInstance // For more information about IAM roles, go to Working with Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). // For more information about instance profiles, go to About Instance Profiles // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile(input *RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput) (*RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6036,6 +8346,8 @@ const opRemoveUserFromGroup = "RemoveUserFromGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveUserFromGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6072,7 +8384,30 @@ func (c *IAM) RemoveUserFromGroupRequest(input *RemoveUserFromGroupInput) (req * return } +// RemoveUserFromGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Removes the specified user from the specified group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation RemoveUserFromGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) RemoveUserFromGroup(input *RemoveUserFromGroupInput) (*RemoveUserFromGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveUserFromGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6086,6 +8421,8 @@ const opResyncMFADevice = "ResyncMFADevice" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResyncMFADevice for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6122,12 +8459,39 @@ func (c *IAM) ResyncMFADeviceRequest(input *ResyncMFADeviceInput) (req *request. return } +// ResyncMFADevice API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the // AWS servers. // // For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, // go to Using a Virtual MFA Device (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation ResyncMFADevice for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidAuthenticationCode +// The request was rejected because the authentication code was not recognized. +// The error message describes the specific error. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) ResyncMFADevice(input *ResyncMFADeviceInput) (*ResyncMFADeviceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ResyncMFADeviceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6141,6 +8505,8 @@ const opSetDefaultPolicyVersion = "SetDefaultPolicyVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetDefaultPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6177,6 +8543,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest(input *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput return } +// SetDefaultPolicyVersion API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default // (operative) version. // @@ -6187,6 +8555,31 @@ func (c *IAM) SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest(input *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput // For information about managed policies, see Managed Policies and Inline // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation SetDefaultPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) SetDefaultPolicyVersion(input *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput) (*SetDefaultPolicyVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6200,6 +8593,8 @@ const opSimulateCustomPolicy = "SimulateCustomPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SimulateCustomPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6240,6 +8635,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulateCustomPolicyRequest(input *SimulateCustomPolicyInput) (req return } +// SimulateCustomPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy // works with a list of API actions and AWS resources to determine the policies' // effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. @@ -6257,6 +8654,23 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulateCustomPolicyRequest(input *SimulateCustomPolicyInput) (req // // If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate // the results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation SimulateCustomPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * PolicyEvaluation +// The request failed because a provided policy could not be successfully evaluated. +// An additional detail message indicates the source of the failure. +// func (c *IAM) SimulateCustomPolicy(input *SimulateCustomPolicyInput) (*SimulatePolicyResponse, error) { req, out := c.SimulateCustomPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6295,6 +8709,8 @@ const opSimulatePrincipalPolicy = "SimulatePrincipalPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SimulatePrincipalPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6335,6 +8751,8 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput return } +// SimulatePrincipalPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a // list of API actions and AWS resources to determine the policies' effective // permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify @@ -6362,6 +8780,27 @@ func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput // // If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to // paginate the results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation SimulatePrincipalPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * PolicyEvaluation +// The request failed because a provided policy could not be successfully evaluated. +// An additional detail message indicates the source of the failure. +// func (c *IAM) SimulatePrincipalPolicy(input *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput) (*SimulatePolicyResponse, error) { req, out := c.SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6400,6 +8839,8 @@ const opUpdateAccessKey = "UpdateAccessKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAccessKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6436,6 +8877,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccessKeyRequest(input *UpdateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. return } +// UpdateAccessKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or // vice versa. This action can be used to disable a user's key as part of a // key rotation work flow. @@ -6448,6 +8891,27 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccessKeyRequest(input *UpdateAccessKeyInput) (req *request. // For information about rotating keys, see Managing Keys and Certificates // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateAccessKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateAccessKey(input *UpdateAccessKeyInput) (*UpdateAccessKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAccessKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6461,6 +8925,8 @@ const opUpdateAccountPasswordPolicy = "UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6497,6 +8963,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *UpdateAccountPasswordPol return } +// UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the password policy settings for the AWS account. // // This action does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, @@ -6507,6 +8975,31 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input *UpdateAccountPasswordPol // For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM // Password Policy (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy(input *UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput) (*UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6520,6 +9013,8 @@ const opUpdateAssumeRolePolicy = "UpdateAssumeRolePolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAssumeRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6556,10 +9051,37 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest(input *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput) return } +// UpdateAssumeRolePolicy API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. // This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information // about roles, go to Using Roles to Delegate Permissions and Federate Identities // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateAssumeRolePolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateAssumeRolePolicy(input *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput) (*UpdateAssumeRolePolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAssumeRolePolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6573,6 +9095,8 @@ const opUpdateGroup = "UpdateGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6609,6 +9133,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// UpdateGroup API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. // // You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. @@ -6620,6 +9146,31 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, // to "MGRs", the entity making the request must have permission on both "Managers" // and "MGRs", or must have permission on all (*). For more information about // permissions, see Permissions and Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateGroup(input *UpdateGroupInput) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6633,6 +9184,8 @@ const opUpdateLoginProfile = "UpdateLoginProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6669,11 +9222,44 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateLoginProfileRequest(input *UpdateLoginProfileInput) (req *re return } +// UpdateLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Changes the password for the specified IAM user. // // IAM users can change their own passwords by calling ChangePassword. For // more information about modifying passwords, see Managing Passwords (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateLoginProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * PasswordPolicyViolation +// The request was rejected because the provided password did not meet the requirements +// imposed by the account password policy. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateLoginProfile(input *UpdateLoginProfileInput) (*UpdateLoginProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateLoginProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6687,6 +9273,8 @@ const opUpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint = "UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThum // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6723,6 +9311,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest(input *UpdateOpenIDCo return } +// UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with // an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. // @@ -6738,6 +9328,27 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest(input *UpdateOpenIDCo // certificate and is validated by the thumbprint, it is a best practice to // limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint action to highly-privileged // users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(input *UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput) (*UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6751,6 +9362,8 @@ const opUpdateSAMLProvider = "UpdateSAMLProvider" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6785,9 +9398,36 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSAMLProviderRequest(input *UpdateSAMLProviderInput) (req *re return } +// UpdateSAMLProvider API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. // // This operation requires Signature Version 4 (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateSAMLProvider for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The request was rejected because an invalid or out-of-range value was supplied +// for an input parameter. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateSAMLProvider(input *UpdateSAMLProviderInput) (*UpdateSAMLProviderOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateSAMLProviderRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6801,6 +9441,8 @@ const opUpdateSSHPublicKey = "UpdateSSHPublicKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6837,6 +9479,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re return } +// UpdateSSHPublicKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH // public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This action // can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation @@ -6847,6 +9491,19 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see // Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateSSHPublicKey(input *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput) (*UpdateSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateSSHPublicKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6860,6 +9517,8 @@ const opUpdateServerCertificate = "UpdateServerCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6896,6 +9555,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput return } +// UpdateServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored // in IAM. // @@ -6915,6 +9576,31 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput // have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Access // Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateServerCertificate(input *UpdateServerCertificateInput) (*UpdateServerCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateServerCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6928,6 +9614,8 @@ const opUpdateSigningCertificate = "UpdateSigningCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -6964,6 +9652,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSigningCertificateRequest(input *UpdateSigningCertificateInp return } +// UpdateSigningCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active // to disabled, or vice versa. This action can be used to disable an IAM user's // signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. @@ -6972,6 +9662,27 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateSigningCertificateRequest(input *UpdateSigningCertificateInp // based on the AWS access key ID used to sign the request. Because this action // works for access keys under the AWS account, you can use this action to manage // root credentials even if the AWS account has no associated users. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateSigningCertificate(input *UpdateSigningCertificateInput) (*UpdateSigningCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateSigningCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -6985,6 +9696,8 @@ const opUpdateUser = "UpdateUser" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateUser for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7021,6 +9734,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// UpdateUser API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. // // You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path @@ -7033,6 +9748,37 @@ func (c *IAM) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, o // to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and // Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, // see Permissions and Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UpdateUser for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * EntityTemporarilyUnmodifiable +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that is temporarily +// unmodifiable, such as a user name that was deleted and then recreated. The +// error indicates that the request is likely to succeed if you try again after +// waiting several minutes. The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UpdateUser(input *UpdateUserInput) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7046,6 +9792,8 @@ const opUploadSSHPublicKey = "UploadSSHPublicKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7080,6 +9828,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re return } +// UploadSSHPublicKey API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. // // The SSH public key uploaded by this action can be used only for authenticating @@ -7087,6 +9837,35 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest(input *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput) (req *re // about using SSH keys to authenticate to an AWS CodeCommit repository, see // Set up AWS CodeCommit for SSH Connections (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UploadSSHPublicKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * InvalidPublicKey +// The request was rejected because the public key is malformed or otherwise +// invalid. +// +// * DuplicateSSHPublicKey +// The request was rejected because the SSH public key is already associated +// with the specified IAM user. +// +// * UnrecognizedPublicKeyEncoding +// The request was rejected because the public key encoding format is unsupported +// or unrecognized. +// func (c *IAM) UploadSSHPublicKey(input *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput) (*UploadSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadSSHPublicKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7100,6 +9879,8 @@ const opUploadServerCertificate = "UploadServerCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7134,6 +9915,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificateRequest(input *UploadServerCertificateInput return } +// UploadServerCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Uploads a server certificate entity for the AWS account. The server certificate // entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional // certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. @@ -7154,6 +9937,35 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificateRequest(input *UploadServerCertificateInput // in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query // API with IAM, go to Calling the API by Making HTTP Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UploadServerCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * MalformedCertificate +// The request was rejected because the certificate was malformed or expired. +// The error message describes the specific error. +// +// * KeyPairMismatch +// The request was rejected because the public key certificate and the private +// key do not match. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UploadServerCertificate(input *UploadServerCertificateInput) (*UploadServerCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadServerCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7167,6 +9979,8 @@ const opUploadSigningCertificate = "UploadSigningCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -7201,6 +10015,8 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input *UploadSigningCertificateInp return } +// UploadSigningCertificate API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. +// // Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified // IAM user. Some AWS services use X.509 signing certificates to validate requests // that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, @@ -7219,6 +10035,42 @@ func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input *UploadSigningCertificateInp // in the AWS General Reference. For general information about using the Query // API with IAM, go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Identity and Access Management's +// API operation UploadSigningCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create resources beyond +// the current AWS account limits. The error message describes the limit exceeded. +// +// * EntityAlreadyExists +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * MalformedCertificate +// The request was rejected because the certificate was malformed or expired. +// The error message describes the specific error. +// +// * InvalidCertificate +// The request was rejected because the certificate is invalid. +// +// * DuplicateCertificate +// The request was rejected because the same certificate is associated with +// an IAM user in the account. +// +// * NoSuchEntity +// The request was rejected because it referenced an entity that does not exist. +// The error message describes the entity. +// +// * ServiceFailure +// The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception +// or failure. +// func (c *IAM) UploadSigningCertificate(input *UploadSigningCertificateInput) (*UploadSigningCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadSigningCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -7238,19 +10090,27 @@ type AccessKey struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID for this access key. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date when the access key was created. CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The secret key used to sign requests. + // + // SecretAccessKey is a required field SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the access key. Active means the key is valid for API calls, // while Inactive means it is not. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The name of the IAM user that the access key is associated with. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7280,6 +10140,8 @@ type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { // tracking this information on April 22nd, 2015. // // There is no sign-in data associated with the user + // + // LastUsedDate is a required field LastUsedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The AWS region where this access key was most recently used. This field is @@ -7294,6 +10156,8 @@ type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { // // For more information about AWS regions, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // Region is a required field Region *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the AWS service with which this access key was most recently @@ -7305,6 +10169,8 @@ type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { // tracking this information on April 22nd, 2015. // // There is no sign-in data associated with the user + // + // ServiceName is a required field ServiceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7353,11 +10219,15 @@ type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The client ID (also known as audience) to add to the IAM OpenID Connect provider // resource. + // + // ClientID is a required field ClientID *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider // resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs // by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders action. + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7415,6 +10285,8 @@ type AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the role to add. @@ -7422,6 +10294,8 @@ type AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7479,6 +10353,8 @@ type AddUserToGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user to add. @@ -7486,6 +10362,8 @@ type AddUserToGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7543,6 +10421,8 @@ type AttachGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. @@ -7550,6 +10430,8 @@ type AttachGroupPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7607,6 +10489,8 @@ type AttachRolePolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. @@ -7614,6 +10498,8 @@ type AttachRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7671,6 +10557,8 @@ type AttachUserPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. @@ -7678,6 +10566,8 @@ type AttachUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7775,9 +10665,13 @@ type ChangePasswordInput struct { // note that many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict // the ability to enter certain characters because they have special meaning // within that tool. + // + // NewPassword is a required field NewPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM user's current password. + // + // OldPassword is a required field OldPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7913,6 +10807,8 @@ type CreateAccessKeyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure with details about the access key. + // + // AccessKey is a required field AccessKey *AccessKey `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7935,6 +10831,8 @@ type CreateAccountAliasInput struct { // a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. // You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a // row. + // + // AccountAlias is a required field AccountAlias *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7988,6 +10886,8 @@ type CreateGroupInput struct { // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-. // The group name must be unique within the account. Group names are not distinguished // by case. For example, you cannot create groups named both "ADMINS" and "admins". + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers @@ -8039,6 +10939,8 @@ type CreateGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the new group. + // + // Group is a required field Group *Group `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8060,6 +10962,8 @@ type CreateInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM @@ -8111,6 +11015,8 @@ type CreateInstanceProfileOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the new instance profile. + // + // InstanceProfile is a required field InstanceProfile *InstanceProfile `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8137,6 +11043,8 @@ type CreateLoginProfileInput struct { // note that many tools, such as the AWS Management Console, might restrict // the ability to enter certain characters because they have special meaning // within that tool. + // + // Password is a required field Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in. @@ -8148,6 +11056,8 @@ type CreateLoginProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8188,6 +11098,8 @@ type CreateLoginProfileOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing the user name and password create date. + // + // LoginProfile is a required field LoginProfile *LoginProfile `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8236,6 +11148,8 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider's thumbprint, see // Obtaining the Thumbprint for an OpenID Connect Provider (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // ThumbprintList is a required field ThumbprintList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with "https://" and @@ -8247,6 +11161,8 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single AWS account. // If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect // provider in the AWS account, you will get an error. + // + // Url is a required field Url *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8333,6 +11249,8 @@ type CreatePolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The friendly name of the policy. @@ -8340,6 +11258,8 @@ type CreatePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8402,6 +11322,8 @@ type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new @@ -8412,6 +11334,8 @@ type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. @@ -8487,6 +11411,8 @@ type CreateRoleInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // AssumeRolePolicyDocument is a required field AssumeRolePolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers @@ -8510,6 +11436,8 @@ type CreateRoleInput struct { // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-. // Role names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create // roles named both "PRODROLE" and "prodrole". + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8553,6 +11481,8 @@ type CreateRoleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the new role. + // + // Role is a required field Role *Role `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8574,6 +11504,8 @@ type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML @@ -8584,6 +11516,8 @@ type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct { // // For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) // in the IAM User Guide + // + // SAMLMetadataDocument is a required field SAMLMetadataDocument *string `min:"1000" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8661,6 +11595,8 @@ type CreateUserInput struct { // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@-. // User names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create // users named both "TESTUSER" and "testuser". + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8734,6 +11670,8 @@ type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // VirtualMFADeviceName is a required field VirtualMFADeviceName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8771,6 +11709,8 @@ type CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the new virtual MFA device. + // + // VirtualMFADevice is a required field VirtualMFADevice *VirtualMFADevice `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8793,6 +11733,8 @@ type DeactivateMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =/:,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. @@ -8800,6 +11742,8 @@ type DeactivateMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8858,6 +11802,8 @@ type DeleteAccessKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. @@ -8920,6 +11866,8 @@ type DeleteAccountAliasInput struct { // a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. // You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a // row. + // + // AccountAlias is a required field AccountAlias *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8999,6 +11947,8 @@ type DeleteGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9051,6 +12001,8 @@ type DeleteGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name identifying the policy document to delete. @@ -9058,6 +12010,8 @@ type DeleteGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9115,6 +12069,8 @@ type DeleteInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9166,6 +12122,8 @@ type DeleteLoginProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9215,6 +12173,8 @@ type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource // object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource // ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders action. + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9266,6 +12226,8 @@ type DeletePolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9318,6 +12280,8 @@ type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy version to delete. @@ -9330,6 +12294,8 @@ type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // VersionId is a required field VersionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9384,6 +12350,8 @@ type DeleteRoleInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9435,6 +12403,8 @@ type DeleteRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is @@ -9443,6 +12413,8 @@ type DeleteRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9496,6 +12468,8 @@ type DeleteSAMLProviderInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete. + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9547,6 +12521,8 @@ type DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // SSHPublicKeyId is a required field SSHPublicKeyId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. @@ -9554,6 +12530,8 @@ type DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9611,6 +12589,8 @@ type DeleteServerCertificateInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9662,6 +12642,8 @@ type DeleteSigningCertificateInput struct { // The format of this parameter, as described by its regex (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) // pattern, is a string of characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters // or digits. + // + // CertificateId is a required field CertificateId *string `min:"24" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. @@ -9723,6 +12705,8 @@ type DeleteUserInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9774,6 +12758,8 @@ type DeleteUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is @@ -9782,6 +12768,8 @@ type DeleteUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9840,6 +12828,8 @@ type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =/:,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9891,6 +12881,8 @@ type DetachGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. @@ -9898,6 +12890,8 @@ type DetachGroupPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9955,6 +12949,8 @@ type DetachRolePolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from. @@ -9962,6 +12958,8 @@ type DetachRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10019,6 +13017,8 @@ type DetachUserPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from. @@ -10026,6 +13026,8 @@ type DetachUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10081,11 +13083,15 @@ type EnableMFADeviceInput struct { // An authentication code emitted by the device. // // The format for this parameter is a string of 6 digits. + // + // AuthenticationCode1 is a required field AuthenticationCode1 *string `min:"6" type:"string" required:"true"` // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. // // The format for this parameter is a string of 6 digits. + // + // AuthenticationCode2 is a required field AuthenticationCode2 *string `min:"6" type:"string" required:"true"` // The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA @@ -10094,6 +13100,8 @@ type EnableMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =/:,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. @@ -10101,6 +13109,8 @@ type EnableMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10170,9 +13180,13 @@ type EvaluationResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the API action tested on the indicated resource. + // + // EvalActionName is a required field EvalActionName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` // The result of the simulation. + // + // EvalDecision is a required field EvalDecision *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PolicyEvaluationDecisionType"` // Additional details about the results of the evaluation decision. When there @@ -10260,6 +13274,8 @@ type GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10429,6 +13445,8 @@ type GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput struct { // // This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountPasswordPolicy // action. + // + // PasswordPolicy is a required field PasswordPolicy *PasswordPolicy `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -10487,6 +13505,8 @@ type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyInputList is a required field PolicyInputList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -10556,6 +13576,8 @@ type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicySourceArn is a required field PolicySourceArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10634,6 +13656,8 @@ type GetGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive @@ -10691,6 +13715,8 @@ type GetGroupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure that contains details about the group. + // + // Group is a required field Group *Group `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -10706,6 +13732,8 @@ type GetGroupOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of users in the group. + // + // Users is a required field Users []*User `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -10727,6 +13755,8 @@ type GetGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy document to get. @@ -10734,6 +13764,8 @@ type GetGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10774,12 +13806,18 @@ type GetGroupPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The group the policy is associated with. + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy document. + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10801,6 +13839,8 @@ type GetInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10835,6 +13875,8 @@ type GetInstanceProfileOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the instance profile. + // + // InstanceProfile is a required field InstanceProfile *InstanceProfile `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -10856,6 +13898,8 @@ type GetLoginProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10890,6 +13934,8 @@ type GetLoginProfileOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing the user name and password create date for the user. + // + // LoginProfile is a required field LoginProfile *LoginProfile `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -10913,6 +13959,8 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10982,6 +14030,8 @@ type GetPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11038,6 +14088,8 @@ type GetPolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // Identifies the policy version to retrieve. @@ -11046,6 +14098,8 @@ type GetPolicyVersionInput struct { // a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed // by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string // of letters and digits. + // + // VersionId is a required field VersionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11104,6 +14158,8 @@ type GetRoleInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11138,6 +14194,8 @@ type GetRoleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the IAM role. + // + // Role is a required field Role *Role `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -11159,6 +14217,8 @@ type GetRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the role associated with the policy. @@ -11166,6 +14226,8 @@ type GetRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11206,12 +14268,18 @@ type GetRolePolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The policy document. + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The role the policy is associated with. + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11234,6 +14302,8 @@ type GetSAMLProviderInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11293,6 +14363,8 @@ type GetSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // Specifies the public key encoding format to use in the response. To retrieve // the public key in ssh-rsa format, use SSH. To retrieve the public key in // PEM format, use PEM. + // + // Encoding is a required field Encoding *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"encodingType"` // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. @@ -11300,6 +14372,8 @@ type GetSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // SSHPublicKeyId is a required field SSHPublicKeyId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. @@ -11307,6 +14381,8 @@ type GetSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11371,6 +14447,8 @@ type GetServerCertificateInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11405,6 +14483,8 @@ type GetServerCertificateOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the server certificate. + // + // ServerCertificate is a required field ServerCertificate *ServerCertificate `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -11459,6 +14539,8 @@ type GetUserOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A structure containing details about the IAM user. + // + // User is a required field User *User `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -11480,6 +14562,8 @@ type GetUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user who the policy is associated with. @@ -11487,6 +14571,8 @@ type GetUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11527,12 +14613,18 @@ type GetUserPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The policy document. + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The user the policy is associated with. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11561,23 +14653,33 @@ type Group struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the group was created. + // + // CreateDate is a required field CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The friendly name that identifies the group. + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11657,25 +14759,37 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date when the instance profile was created. + // + // CreateDate is a required field CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more information // about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // InstanceProfileId is a required field InstanceProfileId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name identifying the instance profile. + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The role associated with the instance profile. + // + // Roles is a required field Roles []*Role `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -11751,6 +14865,8 @@ type ListAccessKeysOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of objects containing metadata about the access keys. + // + // AccessKeyMetadata is a required field AccessKeyMetadata []*AccessKeyMetadata `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -11829,6 +14945,8 @@ type ListAccountAliasesOutput struct { // A list of aliases associated with the account. AWS supports only one alias // per account. + // + // AccountAliases is a required field AccountAliases []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -11863,6 +14981,8 @@ type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive @@ -11990,6 +15110,8 @@ type ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12090,6 +15212,8 @@ type ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12198,6 +15322,8 @@ type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12280,6 +15406,8 @@ type ListGroupPoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive @@ -12349,6 +15477,8 @@ type ListGroupPoliciesOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of policy names. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -12387,6 +15517,8 @@ type ListGroupsForUserInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12427,6 +15559,8 @@ type ListGroupsForUserOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of groups. + // + // Groups is a required field Groups []*Group `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -12519,6 +15653,8 @@ type ListGroupsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of groups. + // + // Groups is a required field Groups []*Group `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -12569,6 +15705,8 @@ type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12609,6 +15747,8 @@ type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of instance profiles. + // + // InstanceProfiles is a required field InstanceProfiles []*InstanceProfile `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -12701,6 +15841,8 @@ type ListInstanceProfilesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of instance profiles. + // + // InstanceProfiles is a required field InstanceProfiles []*InstanceProfile `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -12796,6 +15938,8 @@ type ListMFADevicesOutput struct { IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of MFA devices. + // + // MFADevices is a required field MFADevices []*MFADevice `type:"list" required:"true"` // When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value @@ -12972,6 +16116,8 @@ type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13066,6 +16212,8 @@ type ListRolePoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13118,6 +16266,8 @@ type ListRolePoliciesOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of policy names. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13210,6 +16360,8 @@ type ListRolesOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of roles. + // + // Roles is a required field Roles []*Role `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13423,6 +16575,8 @@ type ListServerCertificatesOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of server certificates. + // + // ServerCertificateMetadataList is a required field ServerCertificateMetadataList []*ServerCertificateMetadata `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13498,6 +16652,8 @@ type ListSigningCertificatesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of the user's signing certificate information. + // + // Certificates is a required field Certificates []*SigningCertificate `type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -13548,6 +16704,8 @@ type ListUserPoliciesInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13600,6 +16758,8 @@ type ListUserPoliciesOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of policy names. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13692,6 +16852,8 @@ type ListUsersOutput struct { Marker *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of users. + // + // Users is a required field Users []*User `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13775,6 +16937,8 @@ type ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput struct { // The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the AssignmentStatus // value that was passed in the request. + // + // VirtualMFADevices is a required field VirtualMFADevices []*VirtualMFADevice `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13796,6 +16960,8 @@ type LoginProfile struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The date when the password for the user was created. + // + // CreateDate is a required field CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in. @@ -13803,6 +16969,8 @@ type LoginProfile struct { // The name of the user, which can be used for signing in to the AWS Management // Console. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13823,13 +16991,19 @@ type MFADevice struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The date when the MFA device was enabled for the user. + // + // EnableDate is a required field EnableDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA // devices, the serial number is the device ARN. + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` // The user with whom the MFA device is associated. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14259,6 +17433,8 @@ type PutGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy document. @@ -14268,6 +17444,8 @@ type PutGroupPolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy document. @@ -14275,6 +17453,8 @@ type PutGroupPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14340,6 +17520,8 @@ type PutRolePolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy document. @@ -14347,6 +17529,8 @@ type PutRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the role to associate the policy with. @@ -14354,6 +17538,8 @@ type PutRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14419,6 +17605,8 @@ type PutUserPolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy document. @@ -14426,6 +17614,8 @@ type PutUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user to associate the policy with. @@ -14433,6 +17623,8 @@ type PutUserPolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14493,6 +17685,8 @@ type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider // resource. For more information about client IDs, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. + // + // ClientID is a required field ClientID *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove @@ -14502,6 +17696,8 @@ type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14559,6 +17755,8 @@ type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // InstanceProfileName is a required field InstanceProfileName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the role to remove. @@ -14566,6 +17764,8 @@ type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14623,6 +17823,8 @@ type RemoveUserFromGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user to remove. @@ -14630,6 +17832,8 @@ type RemoveUserFromGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14695,9 +17899,13 @@ type ResourceSpecificResult struct { // The result of the simulation of the simulated API action on the resource // specified in EvalResourceName. + // + // EvalResourceDecision is a required field EvalResourceDecision *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PolicyEvaluationDecisionType"` // The name of the simulated resource, in Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. + // + // EvalResourceName is a required field EvalResourceName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the statements in the input policies that determine the result @@ -14734,11 +17942,15 @@ type ResyncMFADeviceInput struct { // An authentication code emitted by the device. // // The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits. + // + // AuthenticationCode1 is a required field AuthenticationCode1 *string `min:"6" type:"string" required:"true"` // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. // // The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits. + // + // AuthenticationCode2 is a required field AuthenticationCode2 *string `min:"6" type:"string" required:"true"` // Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. @@ -14746,6 +17958,8 @@ type ResyncMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. @@ -14753,6 +17967,8 @@ type ResyncMFADeviceInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14829,6 +18045,8 @@ type Role struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. @@ -14836,19 +18054,27 @@ type Role struct { // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the role was created. + // + // CreateDate is a required field CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // RoleId is a required field RoleId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The friendly name that identifies the role. + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14950,16 +18176,24 @@ type SSHPublicKey struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The MD5 message digest of the SSH public key. + // + // Fingerprint is a required field Fingerprint *string `min:"48" type:"string" required:"true"` // The SSH public key. + // + // SSHPublicKeyBody is a required field SSHPublicKeyBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. + // + // SSHPublicKeyId is a required field SSHPublicKeyId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the SSH public key. Active means the key can be used for authentication // with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means the key cannot be used. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), @@ -14967,6 +18201,8 @@ type SSHPublicKey struct { UploadDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14987,17 +18223,25 @@ type SSHPublicKeyMetadata struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. + // + // SSHPublicKeyId is a required field SSHPublicKeyId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the SSH public key. Active means the key can be used for authentication // with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means the key cannot be used. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the SSH public key was uploaded. + // + // UploadDate is a required field UploadDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15019,6 +18263,8 @@ type ServerCertificate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The contents of the public key certificate. + // + // CertificateBody is a required field CertificateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The contents of the public key certificate chain. @@ -15026,6 +18272,8 @@ type ServerCertificate struct { // The meta information of the server certificate, such as its name, path, ID, // and ARN. + // + // ServerCertificateMetadata is a required field ServerCertificateMetadata *ServerCertificateMetadata `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -15051,6 +18299,8 @@ type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM Identifiers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date on which the certificate is set to expire. @@ -15059,14 +18309,20 @@ type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { // The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see // IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more // information about IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // ServerCertificateId is a required field ServerCertificateId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name that identifies the server certificate. + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date when the server certificate was uploaded. @@ -15092,6 +18348,8 @@ type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicyArn is a required field PolicyArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. @@ -15099,6 +18357,8 @@ type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct { // For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for Managed // Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // VersionId is a required field VersionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15153,19 +18413,27 @@ type SigningCertificate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The contents of the signing certificate. + // + // CertificateBody is a required field CertificateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID for the signing certificate. + // + // CertificateId is a required field CertificateId *string `min:"24" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status of the signing certificate. Active means the key is valid for // API calls, while Inactive means it is not. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The date when the signing certificate was uploaded. UploadDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The name of the user the signing certificate is associated with. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15185,6 +18453,8 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // A list of names of API actions to evaluate in the simulation. Each action // is evaluated against each resource. Each action must include the service // identifier, such as iam:CreateUser. + // + // ActionNames is a required field ActionNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the @@ -15231,6 +18501,8 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyInputList is a required field PolicyInputList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter @@ -15406,6 +18678,8 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // A list of names of API actions to evaluate in the simulation. Each action // is evaluated for each resource. Each action must include the service identifier, // such as iam:CreateUser. + // + // ActionNames is a required field ActionNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller @@ -15469,6 +18743,8 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // PolicySourceArn is a required field PolicySourceArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of ARNs of AWS resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter @@ -15646,11 +18922,15 @@ type UpdateAccessKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means the // key can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means the key cannot // be used. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The name of the user whose key you want to update. @@ -15821,6 +19101,8 @@ type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PolicyDocument is a required field PolicyDocument *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the role to update with the new policy. @@ -15828,6 +19110,8 @@ type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleName is a required field RoleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -15886,6 +19170,8 @@ type UpdateGroupInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // GroupName is a required field GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. @@ -15974,6 +19260,8 @@ type UpdateLoginProfileInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16030,10 +19318,14 @@ type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // OpenIDConnectProviderArn is a required field OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified // IAM OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. + // + // ThumbprintList is a required field ThumbprintList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -16088,6 +19380,8 @@ type UpdateSAMLProviderInput struct { // keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) // that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using // the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. + // + // SAMLMetadataDocument is a required field SAMLMetadataDocument *string `min:"1000" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. @@ -16095,6 +19389,8 @@ type UpdateSAMLProviderInput struct { // For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS // Service Namespaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // in the AWS General Reference. + // + // SAMLProviderArn is a required field SAMLProviderArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16156,11 +19452,15 @@ type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // SSHPublicKeyId is a required field SSHPublicKeyId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means the key can be used // for authentication with an AWS CodeCommit repository. Inactive means the // key cannot be used. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. @@ -16168,6 +19468,8 @@ type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16247,6 +19549,8 @@ type UpdateServerCertificateInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16304,11 +19608,15 @@ type UpdateSigningCertificateInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter // or digit. + // + // CertificateId is a required field CertificateId *string `min:"24" type:"string" required:"true"` // The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means the certificate // can be used for API calls to AWS, while Inactive means the certificate cannot // be used. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"statusType"` // The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. @@ -16392,6 +19700,8 @@ type UpdateUserInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16452,6 +19762,8 @@ type UploadSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // SSHPublicKeyBody is a required field SSHPublicKeyBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. @@ -16459,6 +19771,8 @@ type UploadSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16522,6 +19836,8 @@ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // CertificateBody is a required field CertificateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation @@ -16558,6 +19874,8 @@ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // PrivateKey is a required field PrivateKey *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. @@ -16566,6 +19884,8 @@ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { // The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) for this parameter is // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // ServerCertificateName is a required field ServerCertificateName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16642,6 +19962,8 @@ type UploadSigningCertificateInput struct { // from the space character (\u0020) through end of the ASCII character range // (\u00FF). It also includes the special characters tab (\u0009), line feed // (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D). + // + // CertificateBody is a required field CertificateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the user the signing certificate is for. @@ -16686,6 +20008,8 @@ type UploadSigningCertificateOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the certificate. + // + // Certificate is a required field Certificate *SigningCertificate `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -16714,10 +20038,14 @@ type User struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the user. For more information // about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), // when the user was created. + // + // CreateDate is a required field CreateDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), @@ -16741,14 +20069,20 @@ type User struct { // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // Path is a required field Path *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about // IDs, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // UserId is a required field UserId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The friendly name identifying the user. + // + // UserName is a required field UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -16836,6 +20170,8 @@ type VirtualMFADevice struct { QRCodePNG []byte `type:"blob"` // The serial number associated with VirtualMFADevice. + // + // SerialNumber is a required field SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string" required:"true"` // Contains information about an IAM user entity. @@ -16861,166 +20197,221 @@ func (s VirtualMFADevice) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + // ContextKeyTypeEnumString is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumString = "string" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumStringList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumStringList = "stringList" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumNumeric is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumNumeric = "numeric" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumNumericList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumNumericList = "numericList" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumBoolean is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumBoolean = "boolean" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumBooleanList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumBooleanList = "booleanList" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumIp is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumIp = "ip" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumIpList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumIpList = "ipList" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumBinary is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumBinary = "binary" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumBinaryList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumBinaryList = "binaryList" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumDate is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumDate = "date" - // @enum ContextKeyTypeEnum + + // ContextKeyTypeEnumDateList is a ContextKeyTypeEnum enum value ContextKeyTypeEnumDateList = "dateList" ) const ( - // @enum EntityType + // EntityTypeUser is a EntityType enum value EntityTypeUser = "User" - // @enum EntityType + + // EntityTypeRole is a EntityType enum value EntityTypeRole = "Role" - // @enum EntityType + + // EntityTypeGroup is a EntityType enum value EntityTypeGroup = "Group" - // @enum EntityType + + // EntityTypeLocalManagedPolicy is a EntityType enum value EntityTypeLocalManagedPolicy = "LocalManagedPolicy" - // @enum EntityType + + // EntityTypeAwsmanagedPolicy is a EntityType enum value EntityTypeAwsmanagedPolicy = "AWSManagedPolicy" ) const ( - // @enum PolicyEvaluationDecisionType + // PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeAllowed is a PolicyEvaluationDecisionType enum value PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeAllowed = "allowed" - // @enum PolicyEvaluationDecisionType + + // PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeExplicitDeny is a PolicyEvaluationDecisionType enum value PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeExplicitDeny = "explicitDeny" - // @enum PolicyEvaluationDecisionType + + // PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeImplicitDeny is a PolicyEvaluationDecisionType enum value PolicyEvaluationDecisionTypeImplicitDeny = "implicitDeny" ) const ( - // @enum PolicySourceType + // PolicySourceTypeUser is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeUser = "user" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeGroup is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeGroup = "group" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeRole is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeRole = "role" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeAwsManaged is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeAwsManaged = "aws-managed" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeUserManaged is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeUserManaged = "user-managed" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeResource is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeResource = "resource" - // @enum PolicySourceType + + // PolicySourceTypeNone is a PolicySourceType enum value PolicySourceTypeNone = "none" ) const ( - // @enum ReportFormatType + // ReportFormatTypeTextCsv is a ReportFormatType enum value ReportFormatTypeTextCsv = "text/csv" ) const ( - // @enum ReportStateType + // ReportStateTypeStarted is a ReportStateType enum value ReportStateTypeStarted = "STARTED" - // @enum ReportStateType + + // ReportStateTypeInprogress is a ReportStateType enum value ReportStateTypeInprogress = "INPROGRESS" - // @enum ReportStateType + + // ReportStateTypeComplete is a ReportStateType enum value ReportStateTypeComplete = "COMPLETE" ) const ( - // @enum assignmentStatusType + // AssignmentStatusTypeAssigned is a assignmentStatusType enum value AssignmentStatusTypeAssigned = "Assigned" - // @enum assignmentStatusType + + // AssignmentStatusTypeUnassigned is a assignmentStatusType enum value AssignmentStatusTypeUnassigned = "Unassigned" - // @enum assignmentStatusType + + // AssignmentStatusTypeAny is a assignmentStatusType enum value AssignmentStatusTypeAny = "Any" ) const ( - // @enum encodingType + // EncodingTypeSsh is a encodingType enum value EncodingTypeSsh = "SSH" - // @enum encodingType + + // EncodingTypePem is a encodingType enum value EncodingTypePem = "PEM" ) const ( - // @enum policyScopeType + // PolicyScopeTypeAll is a policyScopeType enum value PolicyScopeTypeAll = "All" - // @enum policyScopeType + + // PolicyScopeTypeAws is a policyScopeType enum value PolicyScopeTypeAws = "AWS" - // @enum policyScopeType + + // PolicyScopeTypeLocal is a policyScopeType enum value PolicyScopeTypeLocal = "Local" ) const ( - // @enum statusType + // StatusTypeActive is a statusType enum value StatusTypeActive = "Active" - // @enum statusType + + // StatusTypeInactive is a statusType enum value StatusTypeInactive = "Inactive" ) const ( - // @enum summaryKeyType + // SummaryKeyTypeUsers is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeUsers = "Users" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeUsersQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeUsersQuota = "UsersQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeGroups is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeGroups = "Groups" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeGroupsQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeGroupsQuota = "GroupsQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeServerCertificates is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeServerCertificates = "ServerCertificates" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeServerCertificatesQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeServerCertificatesQuota = "ServerCertificatesQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeUserPolicySizeQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeUserPolicySizeQuota = "UserPolicySizeQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeGroupPolicySizeQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeGroupPolicySizeQuota = "GroupPolicySizeQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeGroupsPerUserQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeGroupsPerUserQuota = "GroupsPerUserQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeSigningCertificatesPerUserQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeSigningCertificatesPerUserQuota = "SigningCertificatesPerUserQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAccessKeysPerUserQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAccessKeysPerUserQuota = "AccessKeysPerUserQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeMfadevices is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeMfadevices = "MFADevices" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeMfadevicesInUse is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeMfadevicesInUse = "MFADevicesInUse" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAccountMfaenabled is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAccountMfaenabled = "AccountMFAEnabled" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAccountAccessKeysPresent is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAccountAccessKeysPresent = "AccountAccessKeysPresent" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAccountSigningCertificatesPresent is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAccountSigningCertificatesPresent = "AccountSigningCertificatesPresent" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerGroupQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerGroupQuota = "AttachedPoliciesPerGroupQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerRoleQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerRoleQuota = "AttachedPoliciesPerRoleQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerUserQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeAttachedPoliciesPerUserQuota = "AttachedPoliciesPerUserQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypePolicies is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypePolicies = "Policies" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypePoliciesQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypePoliciesQuota = "PoliciesQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypePolicySizeQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypePolicySizeQuota = "PolicySizeQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypePolicyVersionsInUse is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypePolicyVersionsInUse = "PolicyVersionsInUse" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypePolicyVersionsInUseQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypePolicyVersionsInUseQuota = "PolicyVersionsInUseQuota" - // @enum summaryKeyType + + // SummaryKeyTypeVersionsPerPolicyQuota is a summaryKeyType enum value SummaryKeyTypeVersionsPerPolicyQuota = "VersionsPerPolicyQuota" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/waiters.go index b27303052..9231bf0bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilInstanceProfileExists uses the IAM API operation +// GetInstanceProfile to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *IAM) WaitUntilInstanceProfileExists(input *GetInstanceProfileInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetInstanceProfile", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *IAM) WaitUntilInstanceProfileExists(input *GetInstanceProfileInput) err return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilUserExists uses the IAM API operation +// GetUser to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *IAM) WaitUntilUserExists(input *GetUserInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetUser", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/api.go index aa5d71858..1d5749fa2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddTagsToStream = "AddTagsToStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -56,11 +58,39 @@ func (c *Kinesis) AddTagsToStreamRequest(input *AddTagsToStreamInput) (req *requ return } +// AddTagsToStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Adds or updates tags for the specified Amazon Kinesis stream. Each stream // can have up to 10 tags. // // If tags have already been assigned to the stream, AddTagsToStream overwrites // any existing tags that correspond to the specified tag keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation AddTagsToStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) AddTagsToStream(input *AddTagsToStreamInput) (*AddTagsToStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -74,6 +104,8 @@ const opCreateStream = "CreateStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -110,6 +142,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) CreateStreamRequest(input *CreateStreamInput) (req *request.Re return } +// CreateStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Creates an Amazon Kinesis stream. A stream captures and transports data records // that are continuously emitted from different data sources or producers. Scale-out // within a stream is explicitly supported by means of shards, which are uniquely @@ -146,6 +180,27 @@ func (c *Kinesis) CreateStreamRequest(input *CreateStreamInput) (req *request.Re // in StreamStatus. // // CreateStream has a limit of 5 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation CreateStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// func (c *Kinesis) CreateStream(input *CreateStreamInput) (*CreateStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -159,6 +214,8 @@ const opDecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod = "DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -195,6 +252,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input *DecreaseStreamRete return } +// DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Decreases the Amazon Kinesis stream's retention period, which is the length // of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream. The // minimum value of a stream's retention period is 24 hours. @@ -202,6 +261,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input *DecreaseStreamRete // This operation may result in lost data. For example, if the stream's retention // period is 48 hours and is decreased to 24 hours, any data already in the // stream that is older than 24 hours is inaccessible. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// func (c *Kinesis) DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod(input *DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodInput) (*DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodOutput, error) { req, out := c.DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -215,6 +300,8 @@ const opDeleteStream = "DeleteStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -251,6 +338,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DeleteStreamRequest(input *DeleteStreamInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Deletes an Amazon Kinesis stream and all its shards and data. You must shut // down any applications that are operating on the stream before you delete // the stream. If an application attempts to operate on a deleted stream, it @@ -271,6 +360,24 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DeleteStreamRequest(input *DeleteStreamInput) (req *request.Re // which is returned in StreamStatus. // // DeleteStream has a limit of 5 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation DeleteStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) DeleteStream(input *DeleteStreamInput) (*DeleteStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -284,6 +391,8 @@ const opDescribeStream = "DescribeStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -324,6 +433,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DescribeStreamRequest(input *DescribeStreamInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Describes the specified Amazon Kinesis stream. // // The information about the stream includes its current status, its Amazon @@ -350,6 +461,24 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DescribeStreamRequest(input *DescribeStreamInput) (req *reques // use ParentShardId to track lineage to the oldest shard. // // DescribeStream has a limit of 10 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation DescribeStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) DescribeStream(input *DescribeStreamInput) (*DescribeStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -388,6 +517,8 @@ const opDisableEnhancedMonitoring = "DisableEnhancedMonitoring" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableEnhancedMonitoring for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -422,7 +553,35 @@ func (c *Kinesis) DisableEnhancedMonitoringRequest(input *DisableEnhancedMonitor return } +// DisableEnhancedMonitoring API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Disables enhanced monitoring. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation DisableEnhancedMonitoring for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// func (c *Kinesis) DisableEnhancedMonitoring(input *DisableEnhancedMonitoringInput) (*EnhancedMonitoringOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableEnhancedMonitoringRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -436,6 +595,8 @@ const opEnableEnhancedMonitoring = "EnableEnhancedMonitoring" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableEnhancedMonitoring for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -470,7 +631,35 @@ func (c *Kinesis) EnableEnhancedMonitoringRequest(input *EnableEnhancedMonitorin return } +// EnableEnhancedMonitoring API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Enables enhanced Amazon Kinesis stream monitoring for shard-level metrics. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation EnableEnhancedMonitoring for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// func (c *Kinesis) EnableEnhancedMonitoring(input *EnableEnhancedMonitoringInput) (*EnhancedMonitoringOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableEnhancedMonitoringRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -484,6 +673,8 @@ const opGetRecords = "GetRecords" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRecords for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -518,6 +709,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) GetRecordsRequest(input *GetRecordsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// GetRecords API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Gets data records from an Amazon Kinesis stream's shard. // // Specify a shard iterator using the ShardIterator parameter. The shard iterator @@ -571,6 +764,35 @@ func (c *Kinesis) GetRecordsRequest(input *GetRecordsInput) (req *request.Reques // are no guarantees about the timestamp accuracy, or that the timestamp is // always increasing. For example, records in a shard or across a stream might // have timestamps that are out of order. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation GetRecords for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// The request rate for the stream is too high, or the requested data is too +// large for the available throughput. Reduce the frequency or size of your +// requests. For more information, see Streams Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/service-sizes-and-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide, and Error Retries and Exponential +// Backoff in AWS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/api-retries.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// +// * ExpiredIteratorException +// The provided iterator exceeds the maximum age allowed. +// func (c *Kinesis) GetRecords(input *GetRecordsInput) (*GetRecordsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRecordsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -584,6 +806,8 @@ const opGetShardIterator = "GetShardIterator" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetShardIterator for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -618,6 +842,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) GetShardIteratorRequest(input *GetShardIteratorInput) (req *re return } +// GetShardIterator API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Gets an Amazon Kinesis shard iterator. A shard iterator expires five minutes // after it is returned to the requester. // @@ -656,6 +882,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) GetShardIteratorRequest(input *GetShardIteratorInput) (req *re // // GetShardIterator has a limit of 5 transactions per second per account per // open shard. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation GetShardIterator for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// The request rate for the stream is too high, or the requested data is too +// large for the available throughput. Reduce the frequency or size of your +// requests. For more information, see Streams Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/service-sizes-and-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide, and Error Retries and Exponential +// Backoff in AWS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/api-retries.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// func (c *Kinesis) GetShardIterator(input *GetShardIteratorInput) (*GetShardIteratorOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetShardIteratorRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -669,6 +921,8 @@ const opIncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod = "IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -705,6 +959,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input *IncreaseStreamRete return } +// IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Increases the Amazon Kinesis stream's retention period, which is the length // of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream. The // maximum value of a stream's retention period is 168 hours (7 days). @@ -716,6 +972,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input *IncreaseStreamRete // For example, if a stream's retention period is set to 24 hours and is increased // to 168 hours, any data that is older than 24 hours will remain inaccessible // to consumer applications. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// func (c *Kinesis) IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod(input *IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodInput) (*IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodOutput, error) { req, out := c.IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -729,6 +1011,8 @@ const opListStreams = "ListStreams" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListStreams for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -769,6 +1053,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) ListStreamsRequest(input *ListStreamsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// ListStreams API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Lists your Amazon Kinesis streams. // // The number of streams may be too large to return from a single call to ListStreams. @@ -785,6 +1071,19 @@ func (c *Kinesis) ListStreamsRequest(input *ListStreamsInput) (req *request.Requ // until all the stream names have been collected in the list. // // ListStreams has a limit of 5 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation ListStreams for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) ListStreams(input *ListStreamsInput) (*ListStreamsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListStreamsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -823,6 +1122,8 @@ const opListTagsForStream = "ListTagsForStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -857,7 +1158,31 @@ func (c *Kinesis) ListTagsForStreamRequest(input *ListTagsForStreamInput) (req * return } +// ListTagsForStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Lists the tags for the specified Amazon Kinesis stream. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation ListTagsForStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) ListTagsForStream(input *ListTagsForStreamInput) (*ListTagsForStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -871,6 +1196,8 @@ const opMergeShards = "MergeShards" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See MergeShards for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -907,6 +1234,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) MergeShardsRequest(input *MergeShardsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// MergeShards API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Merges two adjacent shards in an Amazon Kinesis stream and combines them // into a single shard to reduce the stream's capacity to ingest and transport // data. Two shards are considered adjacent if the union of the hash key ranges @@ -943,6 +1272,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) MergeShardsRequest(input *MergeShardsInput) (req *request.Requ // DeleteStream, MergeShards or SplitShard, you will receive a LimitExceededException. // // MergeShards has limit of 5 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation MergeShards for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) MergeShards(input *MergeShardsInput) (*MergeShardsOutput, error) { req, out := c.MergeShardsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -956,6 +1311,8 @@ const opPutRecord = "PutRecord" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRecord for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -990,6 +1347,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) PutRecordRequest(input *PutRecordInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// PutRecord API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Writes a single data record into an Amazon Kinesis stream. Call PutRecord // to send data into the stream for real-time ingestion and subsequent processing, // one record at a time. Each shard can support writes up to 1,000 records per @@ -1028,6 +1387,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) PutRecordRequest(input *PutRecordInput) (req *request.Request, // // Data records are accessible for only 24 hours from the time that they are // added to a stream. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation PutRecord for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// The request rate for the stream is too high, or the requested data is too +// large for the available throughput. Reduce the frequency or size of your +// requests. For more information, see Streams Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/service-sizes-and-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide, and Error Retries and Exponential +// Backoff in AWS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/api-retries.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// func (c *Kinesis) PutRecord(input *PutRecordInput) (*PutRecordOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRecordRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1041,6 +1426,8 @@ const opPutRecords = "PutRecords" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutRecords for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1075,6 +1462,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) PutRecordsRequest(input *PutRecordsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// PutRecords API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Writes multiple data records into an Amazon Kinesis stream in a single call // (also referred to as a PutRecords request). Use this operation to send data // into the stream for data ingestion and processing. @@ -1135,6 +1524,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) PutRecordsRequest(input *PutRecordsInput) (req *request.Reques // that they are added to an Amazon Kinesis stream. This retention period can // be modified using the DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriod and IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriod // operations. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation PutRecords for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * ProvisionedThroughputExceededException +// The request rate for the stream is too high, or the requested data is too +// large for the available throughput. Reduce the frequency or size of your +// requests. For more information, see Streams Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/service-sizes-and-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide, and Error Retries and Exponential +// Backoff in AWS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/api-retries.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// func (c *Kinesis) PutRecords(input *PutRecordsInput) (*PutRecordsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutRecordsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1148,6 +1563,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromStream = "RemoveTagsFromStream" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromStream for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1184,10 +1601,38 @@ func (c *Kinesis) RemoveTagsFromStreamRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromStreamInput) return } +// RemoveTagsFromStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Removes tags from the specified Amazon Kinesis stream. Removed tags are deleted // and cannot be recovered after this operation successfully completes. // // If you specify a tag that does not exist, it is ignored. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) RemoveTagsFromStream(input *RemoveTagsFromStreamInput) (*RemoveTagsFromStreamOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromStreamRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1201,6 +1646,8 @@ const opSplitShard = "SplitShard" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SplitShard for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1237,6 +1684,8 @@ func (c *Kinesis) SplitShardRequest(input *SplitShardInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// SplitShard API operation for Amazon Kinesis. +// // Splits a shard into two new shards in the Amazon Kinesis stream to increase // the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data. SplitShard is called // when there is a need to increase the overall capacity of a stream because @@ -1282,6 +1731,32 @@ func (c *Kinesis) SplitShardRequest(input *SplitShardInput) (req *request.Reques // DeleteStream, MergeShards, and/or SplitShard, you receive a LimitExceededException. // // SplitShard has limit of 5 transactions per second per account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis's +// API operation SplitShard for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The requested resource could not be found. The stream might not be specified +// correctly, or it might not be in the ACTIVE state if the operation requires +// it. +// +// * ResourceInUseException +// The resource is not available for this operation. For successful operation, +// the resource needs to be in the ACTIVE state. +// +// * InvalidArgumentException +// A specified parameter exceeds its restrictions, is not supported, or can't +// be used. For more information, see the returned message. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The requested resource exceeds the maximum number allowed, or the number +// of concurrent stream requests exceeds the maximum number allowed (5). +// func (c *Kinesis) SplitShard(input *SplitShardInput) (*SplitShardOutput, error) { req, out := c.SplitShardRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1293,9 +1768,13 @@ type AddTagsToStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the stream. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The set of key-value pairs to use to create the tags. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags map[string]*string `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -1354,6 +1833,8 @@ type CreateStreamInput struct { // provisioned throughput. // // DefaultShardLimit; + // + // ShardCount is a required field ShardCount *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // A name to identify the stream. The stream name is scoped to the AWS account @@ -1361,6 +1842,8 @@ type CreateStreamInput struct { // That is, two streams in two different AWS accounts can have the same name, // and two streams in the same AWS account but in two different regions can // have the same name. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1416,9 +1899,13 @@ type DecreaseStreamRetentionPeriodInput struct { // The new retention period of the stream, in hours. Must be less than the current // retention period. + // + // RetentionPeriodHours is a required field RetentionPeriodHours *int64 `min:"24" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The name of the stream to modify. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1473,6 +1960,8 @@ type DeleteStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the stream to delete. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1527,6 +2016,8 @@ type DescribeStreamInput struct { Limit *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The name of the stream to describe. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1568,6 +2059,8 @@ type DescribeStreamOutput struct { // The current status of the stream, the stream ARN, an array of shard objects // that comprise the stream, and states whether there are more shards available. + // + // StreamDescription is a required field StreamDescription *StreamDescription `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -1595,9 +2088,13 @@ type DisableEnhancedMonitoringInput struct { // more information, see Monitoring the Amazon Kinesis Streams Service with // Amazon CloudWatch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/monitoring-with-cloudwatch.html) // in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide. + // + // ShardLevelMetrics is a required field ShardLevelMetrics []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the Amazon Kinesis stream for which to disable enhanced monitoring. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1647,9 +2144,13 @@ type EnableEnhancedMonitoringInput struct { // more information, see Monitoring the Amazon Kinesis Streams Service with // Amazon CloudWatch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/dev/monitoring-with-cloudwatch.html) // in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide. + // + // ShardLevelMetrics is a required field ShardLevelMetrics []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the stream for which to enable enhanced monitoring. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1749,6 +2250,8 @@ type GetRecordsInput struct { // The position in the shard from which you want to start sequentially reading // data records. A shard iterator specifies this position using the sequence // number of a data record in the shard. + // + // ShardIterator is a required field ShardIterator *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1797,6 +2300,8 @@ type GetRecordsOutput struct { NextShardIterator *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The data records retrieved from the shard. + // + // Records is a required field Records []*Record `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1815,6 +2320,8 @@ type GetShardIteratorInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The shard ID of the Amazon Kinesis shard to get the iterator for. + // + // ShardId is a required field ShardId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Determines how the shard iterator is used to start reading data records from @@ -1831,6 +2338,8 @@ type GetShardIteratorInput struct { // shard in the system, which is the oldest data record in the shard. LATEST // - Start reading just after the most recent record in the shard, so that you // always read the most recent data in the shard. + // + // ShardIteratorType is a required field ShardIteratorType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ShardIteratorType"` // The sequence number of the data record in the shard from which to start reading. @@ -1838,6 +2347,8 @@ type GetShardIteratorInput struct { StartingSequenceNumber *string `type:"string"` // The name of the Amazon Kinesis stream. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The timestamp of the data record from which to start reading. Used with shard @@ -1911,9 +2422,13 @@ type HashKeyRange struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ending hash key of the hash key range. + // + // EndingHashKey is a required field EndingHashKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The starting hash key of the hash key range. + // + // StartingHashKey is a required field StartingHashKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1933,9 +2448,13 @@ type IncreaseStreamRetentionPeriodInput struct { // The new retention period of the stream, in hours. Must be more than the current // retention period. + // + // RetentionPeriodHours is a required field RetentionPeriodHours *int64 `min:"24" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The name of the stream to modify. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2027,10 +2546,14 @@ type ListStreamsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If set to true, there are more streams available to list. + // + // HasMoreStreams is a required field HasMoreStreams *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The names of the streams that are associated with the AWS account making // the ListStreams request. + // + // StreamNames is a required field StreamNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2058,6 +2581,8 @@ type ListTagsForStreamInput struct { Limit *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The name of the stream. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2099,10 +2624,14 @@ type ListTagsForStreamOutput struct { // If set to true, more tags are available. To request additional tags, set // ExclusiveStartTagKey to the key of the last tag returned. + // + // HasMoreTags is a required field HasMoreTags *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A list of tags associated with StreamName, starting with the first tag after // ExclusiveStartTagKey and up to the specified Limit. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2121,12 +2650,18 @@ type MergeShardsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The shard ID of the adjacent shard for the merge. + // + // AdjacentShardToMerge is a required field AdjacentShardToMerge *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The shard ID of the shard to combine with the adjacent shard for the merge. + // + // ShardToMerge is a required field ShardToMerge *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the stream for the merge. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2192,6 +2727,8 @@ type PutRecordInput struct { // record size (1 MB). // // Data is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Data is a required field Data []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` // The hash value used to explicitly determine the shard the data record is @@ -2206,6 +2743,8 @@ type PutRecordInput struct { // and to map associated data records to shards. As a result of this hashing // mechanism, all data records with the same partition key map to the same shard // within the stream. + // + // PartitionKey is a required field PartitionKey *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Guarantees strictly increasing sequence numbers, for puts from the same client @@ -2216,6 +2755,8 @@ type PutRecordInput struct { SequenceNumberForOrdering *string `type:"string"` // The name of the stream to put the data record into. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2262,9 +2803,13 @@ type PutRecordOutput struct { // The sequence number for the record is unique across all records in the stream. // A sequence number is the identifier associated with every record put into // the stream. + // + // SequenceNumber is a required field SequenceNumber *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The shard ID of the shard where the data record was placed. + // + // ShardId is a required field ShardId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2283,9 +2828,13 @@ type PutRecordsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The records associated with the request. + // + // Records is a required field Records []*PutRecordsRequestEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The stream name associated with the request. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2343,6 +2892,8 @@ type PutRecordsOutput struct { // to a stream includes SequenceNumber and ShardId in the result. A record that // fails to be added to a stream includes ErrorCode and ErrorMessage in the // result. + // + // Records is a required field Records []*PutRecordsResultEntry `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2366,6 +2917,8 @@ type PutRecordsRequestEntry struct { // record size (1 MB). // // Data is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Data is a required field Data []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` // The hash value used to determine explicitly the shard that the data record @@ -2380,6 +2933,8 @@ type PutRecordsRequestEntry struct { // and to map associated data records to shards. As a result of this hashing // mechanism, all data records with the same partition key map to the same shard // within the stream. + // + // PartitionKey is a required field PartitionKey *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2461,12 +3016,18 @@ type Record struct { // record size (1 MB). // // Data is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Data is a required field Data []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` // Identifies which shard in the stream the data record is assigned to. + // + // PartitionKey is a required field PartitionKey *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the record in the stream. + // + // SequenceNumber is a required field SequenceNumber *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2485,9 +3046,13 @@ type RemoveTagsFromStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the stream. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag keys. Each corresponding tag is removed from the stream. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2546,6 +3111,8 @@ type SequenceNumberRange struct { EndingSequenceNumber *string `type:"string"` // The starting sequence number for the range. + // + // StartingSequenceNumber is a required field StartingSequenceNumber *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2568,15 +3135,21 @@ type Shard struct { // The range of possible hash key values for the shard, which is a set of ordered // contiguous positive integers. + // + // HashKeyRange is a required field HashKeyRange *HashKeyRange `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The shard ID of the shard's parent. ParentShardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The range of possible sequence numbers for the shard. + // + // SequenceNumberRange is a required field SequenceNumberRange *SequenceNumberRange `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the shard within the stream. + // + // ShardId is a required field ShardId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2601,12 +3174,18 @@ type SplitShardInput struct { // hash key value and all higher hash key values in hash key range are distributed // to one of the child shards. All the lower hash key values in the range are // distributed to the other child shard. + // + // NewStartingHashKey is a required field NewStartingHashKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The shard ID of the shard to split. + // + // ShardToSplit is a required field ShardToSplit *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the stream for the shard split. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2664,21 +3243,33 @@ type StreamDescription struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Represents the current enhanced monitoring settings of the stream. + // + // EnhancedMonitoring is a required field EnhancedMonitoring []*EnhancedMetrics `type:"list" required:"true"` // If set to true, more shards in the stream are available to describe. + // + // HasMoreShards is a required field HasMoreShards *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The current retention period, in hours. + // + // RetentionPeriodHours is a required field RetentionPeriodHours *int64 `min:"24" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The shards that comprise the stream. + // + // Shards is a required field Shards []*Shard `type:"list" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the stream being described. + // + // StreamARN is a required field StreamARN *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the stream being described. + // + // StreamName is a required field StreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The current status of the stream being described. The stream status is one @@ -2692,6 +3283,8 @@ type StreamDescription struct { // on an ACTIVE stream. UPDATING - Shards in the stream are being merged or // split. Read and write operations continue to work while the stream is in // the UPDATING state. + // + // StreamStatus is a required field StreamStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StreamStatus"` } @@ -2711,6 +3304,8 @@ type Tag struct { // A unique identifier for the tag. Maximum length: 128 characters. Valid characters: // Unicode letters, digits, white space, _ . / = + - % @ + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An optional string, typically used to describe or define the tag. Maximum @@ -2730,44 +3325,58 @@ func (s Tag) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum MetricsName + // MetricsNameIncomingBytes is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameIncomingBytes = "IncomingBytes" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameIncomingRecords is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameIncomingRecords = "IncomingRecords" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameOutgoingBytes is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameOutgoingBytes = "OutgoingBytes" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameOutgoingRecords is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameOutgoingRecords = "OutgoingRecords" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameWriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameWriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded = "WriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded = "ReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameIteratorAgeMilliseconds is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameIteratorAgeMilliseconds = "IteratorAgeMilliseconds" - // @enum MetricsName + + // MetricsNameAll is a MetricsName enum value MetricsNameAll = "ALL" ) const ( - // @enum ShardIteratorType + // ShardIteratorTypeAtSequenceNumber is a ShardIteratorType enum value ShardIteratorTypeAtSequenceNumber = "AT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER" - // @enum ShardIteratorType + + // ShardIteratorTypeAfterSequenceNumber is a ShardIteratorType enum value ShardIteratorTypeAfterSequenceNumber = "AFTER_SEQUENCE_NUMBER" - // @enum ShardIteratorType + + // ShardIteratorTypeTrimHorizon is a ShardIteratorType enum value ShardIteratorTypeTrimHorizon = "TRIM_HORIZON" - // @enum ShardIteratorType + + // ShardIteratorTypeLatest is a ShardIteratorType enum value ShardIteratorTypeLatest = "LATEST" - // @enum ShardIteratorType + + // ShardIteratorTypeAtTimestamp is a ShardIteratorType enum value ShardIteratorTypeAtTimestamp = "AT_TIMESTAMP" ) const ( - // @enum StreamStatus + // StreamStatusCreating is a StreamStatus enum value StreamStatusCreating = "CREATING" - // @enum StreamStatus + + // StreamStatusDeleting is a StreamStatus enum value StreamStatusDeleting = "DELETING" - // @enum StreamStatus + + // StreamStatusActive is a StreamStatus enum value StreamStatusActive = "ACTIVE" - // @enum StreamStatus + + // StreamStatusUpdating is a StreamStatus enum value StreamStatusUpdating = "UPDATING" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/waiters.go index 383a2e0b7..c1f56d6c1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilStreamExists uses the Kinesis API operation +// DescribeStream to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Kinesis) WaitUntilStreamExists(input *DescribeStreamInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeStream", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go index 075520287..a11bddc41 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opCancelKeyDeletion = "CancelKeyDeletion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelKeyDeletion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletionRequest(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (req *requ return } +// CancelKeyDeletion API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Cancels the deletion of a customer master key (CMK). When this operation // is successful, the CMK is set to the Disabled state. To enable a CMK, use // EnableKey. @@ -60,6 +64,38 @@ func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletionRequest(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (req *requ // For more information about scheduling and canceling deletion of a CMK, see // Deleting Customer Master Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation CancelKeyDeletion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletion(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (*CancelKeyDeletionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelKeyDeletionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +109,8 @@ const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -109,6 +147,8 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Creates a display name for a customer master key. An alias can be used to // identify a key and should be unique. The console enforces a one-to-one mapping // between the alias and a key. An alias name can contain only alphanumeric @@ -121,6 +161,47 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, // the same region. // // To map an alias to a different key, call UpdateAlias. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * AlreadyExistsException +// The request was rejected because it attempted to create a resource that already +// exists. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidAliasNameException +// The request was rejected because the specified alias name is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -134,6 +215,8 @@ const opCreateGrant = "CreateGrant" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateGrant for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -168,11 +251,56 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateGrantRequest(input *CreateGrantInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateGrant API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Adds a grant to a key to specify who can use the key and under what conditions. // Grants are alternate permission mechanisms to key policies. // // For more information about grants, see Grants (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation CreateGrant for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) CreateGrant(input *CreateGrantInput) (*CreateGrantOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateGrantRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -186,6 +314,8 @@ const opCreateKey = "CreateKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -220,6 +350,8 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateKeyRequest(input *CreateKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// CreateKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Creates a customer master key (CMK). // // You can use a CMK to encrypt small amounts of data (4 KiB or less) directly, @@ -231,6 +363,39 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateKeyRequest(input *CreateKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out // // AWS Key Management Service Concepts (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation CreateKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MalformedPolicyDocumentException +// The request was rejected because the specified policy is not syntactically +// or semantically correct. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) CreateKey(input *CreateKeyInput) (*CreateKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -244,6 +409,8 @@ const opDecrypt = "Decrypt" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Decrypt for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -278,6 +445,8 @@ func (c *KMS) DecryptRequest(input *DecryptInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// Decrypt API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Decrypts ciphertext. Ciphertext is plaintext that has been previously encrypted // by using any of the following functions: // @@ -295,6 +464,49 @@ func (c *KMS) DecryptRequest(input *DecryptInput) (req *request.Request, output // Instead grant Decrypt access only in key policies. If you must grant Decrypt // access in an IAM user policy, you should scope the resource to specific keys // or to specific trusted accounts. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation Decrypt for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * InvalidCiphertextException +// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext has been corrupted +// or is otherwise invalid. +// +// * KeyUnavailableException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The +// request can be retried. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) Decrypt(input *DecryptInput) (*DecryptOutput, error) { req, out := c.DecryptRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -308,6 +520,8 @@ const opDeleteAlias = "DeleteAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -344,7 +558,38 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteAliasRequest(input *DeleteAliasInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteAlias API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Deletes the specified alias. To map an alias to a different key, call UpdateAlias. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation DeleteAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) DeleteAlias(input *DeleteAliasInput) (*DeleteAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -358,6 +603,8 @@ const opDeleteImportedKeyMaterial = "DeleteImportedKeyMaterial" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteImportedKeyMaterial for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -394,6 +641,8 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterialRequest(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialI return } +// DeleteImportedKeyMaterial API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Deletes key material that you previously imported and makes the specified // customer master key (CMK) unusable. For more information about importing // key material into AWS KMS, see Importing Key Material (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) @@ -404,6 +653,42 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterialRequest(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialI // // After you delete key material, you can use ImportKeyMaterial to reimport // the same key material into the CMK. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation DeleteImportedKeyMaterial for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterial(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput) (*DeleteImportedKeyMaterialOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteImportedKeyMaterialRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -417,6 +702,8 @@ const opDescribeKey = "DescribeKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -451,7 +738,33 @@ func (c *KMS) DescribeKeyRequest(input *DescribeKeyInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DescribeKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Provides detailed information about the specified customer master key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation DescribeKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// func (c *KMS) DescribeKey(input *DescribeKeyInput) (*DescribeKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -465,6 +778,8 @@ const opDisableKey = "DisableKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -501,11 +816,45 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRequest(input *DisableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DisableKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Sets the state of a customer master key (CMK) to disabled, thereby preventing // its use for cryptographic operations. For more information about how key // state affects the use of a CMK, see How Key State Affects the Use of a Customer // Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation DisableKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) DisableKey(input *DisableKeyInput) (*DisableKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -519,6 +868,8 @@ const opDisableKeyRotation = "DisableKeyRotation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableKeyRotation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -555,7 +906,48 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRotationRequest(input *DisableKeyRotationInput) (req *re return } +// DisableKeyRotation API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Disables rotation of the specified key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation DisableKeyRotation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRotation(input *DisableKeyRotationInput) (*DisableKeyRotationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableKeyRotationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -569,6 +961,8 @@ const opEnableKey = "EnableKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -605,7 +999,46 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRequest(input *EnableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// EnableKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Marks a key as enabled, thereby permitting its use. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation EnableKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) EnableKey(input *EnableKeyInput) (*EnableKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -619,6 +1052,8 @@ const opEnableKeyRotation = "EnableKeyRotation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableKeyRotation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -655,7 +1090,48 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRotationRequest(input *EnableKeyRotationInput) (req *requ return } +// EnableKeyRotation API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Enables rotation of the specified customer master key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation EnableKeyRotation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRotation(input *EnableKeyRotationInput) (*EnableKeyRotationOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableKeyRotationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -669,6 +1145,8 @@ const opEncrypt = "Encrypt" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Encrypt for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -703,6 +1181,8 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// Encrypt API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Encrypts plaintext into ciphertext by using a customer master key. The Encrypt // function has two primary use cases: // @@ -723,6 +1203,48 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output // If you want to encrypt data locally in your application, you can use the // GenerateDataKey function to return a plaintext data encryption key and a // copy of the key encrypted under the customer master key (CMK) of your choosing. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation Encrypt for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * KeyUnavailableException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The +// request can be retried. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidKeyUsageException +// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) Encrypt(input *EncryptInput) (*EncryptOutput, error) { req, out := c.EncryptRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -736,6 +1258,8 @@ const opGenerateDataKey = "GenerateDataKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GenerateDataKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -770,6 +1294,8 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request. return } +// GenerateDataKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Returns a data encryption key that you can use in your application to encrypt // data locally. // @@ -814,6 +1340,48 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request. // fly to better secure the ciphertext. For more information, see Encryption // Context (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/encryption-context.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GenerateDataKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * KeyUnavailableException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The +// request can be retried. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidKeyUsageException +// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKey(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (*GenerateDataKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -827,6 +1395,8 @@ const opGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -861,6 +1431,8 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWitho return } +// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Returns a data encryption key encrypted under a customer master key (CMK). // This operation is identical to GenerateDataKey but returns only the encrypted // copy of the data key. @@ -876,6 +1448,48 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWitho // the encrypted data key to the Decrypt operation, then uses the returned plaintext // data key to encrypt data, and finally stores the encrypted data in the container. // In this system, the control plane never sees the plaintext data key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * KeyUnavailableException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The +// request can be retried. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidKeyUsageException +// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext(input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) { req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -889,6 +1503,8 @@ const opGenerateRandom = "GenerateRandom" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GenerateRandom for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -923,7 +1539,26 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateRandomRequest(input *GenerateRandomInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GenerateRandom API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Generates an unpredictable byte string. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GenerateRandom for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// func (c *KMS) GenerateRandom(input *GenerateRandomInput) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) { req, out := c.GenerateRandomRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -937,6 +1572,8 @@ const opGetKeyPolicy = "GetKeyPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetKeyPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -971,7 +1608,41 @@ func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicyRequest(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// GetKeyPolicy API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Retrieves a policy attached to the specified key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GetKeyPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicy(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (*GetKeyPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetKeyPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -985,6 +1656,8 @@ const opGetKeyRotationStatus = "GetKeyRotationStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetKeyRotationStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1019,8 +1692,46 @@ func (c *KMS) GetKeyRotationStatusRequest(input *GetKeyRotationStatusInput) (req return } +// GetKeyRotationStatus API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Retrieves a Boolean value that indicates whether key rotation is enabled // for the specified key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GetKeyRotationStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// func (c *KMS) GetKeyRotationStatus(input *GetKeyRotationStatusInput) (*GetKeyRotationStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetKeyRotationStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1034,6 +1745,8 @@ const opGetParametersForImport = "GetParametersForImport" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetParametersForImport for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1068,6 +1781,8 @@ func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImportRequest(input *GetParametersForImportInput) return } +// GetParametersForImport API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Returns the items you need in order to import key material into AWS KMS from // your existing key management infrastructure. For more information about importing // key material into AWS KMS, see Importing Key Material (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) @@ -1084,6 +1799,42 @@ func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImportRequest(input *GetParametersForImportInput) // response must be used together. These items are valid for 24 hours, after // which they cannot be used for a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request. To // retrieve new ones, send another GetParametersForImport request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation GetParametersForImport for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImport(input *GetParametersForImportInput) (*GetParametersForImportOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetParametersForImportRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1097,6 +1848,8 @@ const opImportKeyMaterial = "ImportKeyMaterial" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ImportKeyMaterial for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1131,6 +1884,8 @@ func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *requ return } +// ImportKeyMaterial API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Imports key material into an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) from your // existing key management infrastructure. For more information about importing // key material into AWS KMS, see Importing Key Material (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) @@ -1153,6 +1908,61 @@ func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *requ // After you successfully import key material into a CMK, you can reimport // the same key material into that CMK, but you cannot import different key // material. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ImportKeyMaterial for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * InvalidCiphertextException +// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext has been corrupted +// or is otherwise invalid. +// +// * IncorrectKeyMaterialException +// The request was rejected because the provided key material is invalid or +// is not the same key material that was previously imported into this customer +// master key (CMK). +// +// * ExpiredImportTokenException +// The request was rejected because the provided import token is expired. Use +// GetParametersForImport to retrieve a new import token and public key, use +// the new public key to encrypt the key material, and then try the request +// again. +// +// * InvalidImportTokenException +// The request was rejected because the provided import token is invalid or +// is associated with a different customer master key (CMK). +// func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterial(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (*ImportKeyMaterialOutput, error) { req, out := c.ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1166,6 +1976,8 @@ const opListAliases = "ListAliases" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAliases for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1206,7 +2018,30 @@ func (c *KMS) ListAliasesRequest(input *ListAliasesInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ListAliases API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Lists all of the key aliases in the account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ListAliases for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidMarkerException +// The request was rejected because the marker that specifies where pagination +// should next begin is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// func (c *KMS) ListAliases(input *ListAliasesInput) (*ListAliasesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAliasesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1245,6 +2080,8 @@ const opListGrants = "ListGrants" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListGrants for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1285,7 +2122,45 @@ func (c *KMS) ListGrantsRequest(input *ListGrantsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListGrants API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // List the grants for a specified key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ListGrants for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidMarkerException +// The request was rejected because the marker that specifies where pagination +// should next begin is not valid. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) ListGrants(input *ListGrantsInput) (*ListGrantsResponse, error) { req, out := c.ListGrantsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1324,6 +2199,8 @@ const opListKeyPolicies = "ListKeyPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListKeyPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1364,7 +2241,41 @@ func (c *KMS) ListKeyPoliciesRequest(input *ListKeyPoliciesInput) (req *request. return } +// ListKeyPolicies API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Retrieves a list of policies attached to a key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ListKeyPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) ListKeyPolicies(input *ListKeyPoliciesInput) (*ListKeyPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListKeyPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1403,6 +2314,8 @@ const opListKeys = "ListKeys" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListKeys for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1443,7 +2356,30 @@ func (c *KMS) ListKeysRequest(input *ListKeysInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// ListKeys API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Lists the customer master keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ListKeys for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidMarkerException +// The request was rejected because the marker that specifies where pagination +// should next begin is not valid. +// func (c *KMS) ListKeys(input *ListKeysInput) (*ListKeysOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListKeysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1482,6 +2418,8 @@ const opListRetirableGrants = "ListRetirableGrants" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRetirableGrants for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1516,11 +2454,41 @@ func (c *KMS) ListRetirableGrantsRequest(input *ListRetirableGrantsInput) (req * return } +// ListRetirableGrants API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Returns a list of all grants for which the grant's RetiringPrincipal matches // the one specified. // // A typical use is to list all grants that you are able to retire. To retire // a grant, use RetireGrant. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ListRetirableGrants for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidMarkerException +// The request was rejected because the marker that specifies where pagination +// should next begin is not valid. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// func (c *KMS) ListRetirableGrants(input *ListRetirableGrantsInput) (*ListGrantsResponse, error) { req, out := c.ListRetirableGrantsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1534,6 +2502,8 @@ const opPutKeyPolicy = "PutKeyPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutKeyPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1570,10 +2540,57 @@ func (c *KMS) PutKeyPolicyRequest(input *PutKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// PutKeyPolicy API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Attaches a key policy to the specified customer master key (CMK). // // For more information about key policies, see Key Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation PutKeyPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * MalformedPolicyDocumentException +// The request was rejected because the specified policy is not syntactically +// or semantically correct. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * UnsupportedOperationException +// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or +// a specified resource is not valid for this operation. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * LimitExceededException +// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) PutKeyPolicy(input *PutKeyPolicyInput) (*PutKeyPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutKeyPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1587,6 +2604,8 @@ const opReEncrypt = "ReEncrypt" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReEncrypt for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1621,6 +2640,8 @@ func (c *KMS) ReEncryptRequest(input *ReEncryptInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ReEncrypt API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Encrypts data on the server side with a new customer master key without exposing // the plaintext of the data on the client side. The data is first decrypted // and then encrypted. This operation can also be used to change the encryption @@ -1633,6 +2654,52 @@ func (c *KMS) ReEncryptRequest(input *ReEncryptInput) (req *request.Request, out // included automatically when you authorize use of the key through the console // but must be included manually when you set a policy by using the PutKeyPolicy // function. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ReEncrypt for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DisabledException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled. +// +// * InvalidCiphertextException +// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext has been corrupted +// or is otherwise invalid. +// +// * KeyUnavailableException +// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The +// request can be retried. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidKeyUsageException +// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) ReEncrypt(input *ReEncryptInput) (*ReEncryptOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReEncryptRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1646,6 +2713,8 @@ const opRetireGrant = "RetireGrant" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RetireGrant for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1682,6 +2751,8 @@ func (c *KMS) RetireGrantRequest(input *RetireGrantInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// RetireGrant API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Retires a grant. You can retire a grant when you're done using it to clean // up. You should revoke a grant when you intend to actively deny operations // that depend on it. The following are permitted to call this API: @@ -1696,6 +2767,41 @@ func (c *KMS) RetireGrantRequest(input *RetireGrantInput) (req *request.Request, // of the key ARN and the grant ID. A grant token is a unique variable-length // base64-encoded string. A grant ID is a 64 character unique identifier of // a grant. Both are returned by the CreateGrant function. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation RetireGrant for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidGrantTokenException +// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantIdException +// The request was rejected because the specified GrantId is not valid. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) RetireGrant(input *RetireGrantInput) (*RetireGrantOutput, error) { req, out := c.RetireGrantRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1709,6 +2815,8 @@ const opRevokeGrant = "RevokeGrant" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeGrant for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1745,8 +2853,45 @@ func (c *KMS) RevokeGrantRequest(input *RevokeGrantInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// RevokeGrant API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Revokes a grant. You can revoke a grant to actively deny operations that // depend on it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation RevokeGrant for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * InvalidGrantIdException +// The request was rejected because the specified GrantId is not valid. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) RevokeGrant(input *RevokeGrantInput) (*RevokeGrantOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeGrantRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1760,6 +2905,8 @@ const opScheduleKeyDeletion = "ScheduleKeyDeletion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ScheduleKeyDeletion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1794,6 +2941,8 @@ func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletionRequest(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (req * return } +// ScheduleKeyDeletion API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Schedules the deletion of a customer master key (CMK). You may provide a // waiting period, specified in days, before deletion occurs. If you do not // provide a waiting period, the default period of 30 days is used. When this @@ -1810,6 +2959,38 @@ func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletionRequest(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (req * // For more information about scheduling a CMK for deletion, see Deleting // Customer Master Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation ScheduleKeyDeletion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletion(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (*ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ScheduleKeyDeletionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1823,6 +3004,8 @@ const opUpdateAlias = "UpdateAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1859,6 +3042,8 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// UpdateAlias API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Updates an alias to map it to a different key. // // An alias is not a property of a key. Therefore, an alias can be mapped to @@ -1872,6 +3057,35 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, // // The alias and the key it is mapped to must be in the same AWS account and // the same region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation UpdateAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) UpdateAlias(input *UpdateAliasInput) (*UpdateAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1885,6 +3099,8 @@ const opUpdateKeyDescription = "UpdateKeyDescription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateKeyDescription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1921,7 +3137,41 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput) (req return } +// UpdateKeyDescription API operation for AWS Key Management Service. +// // Updates the description of a key. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's +// API operation UpdateKeyDescription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NotFoundException +// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not +// be found. +// +// * InvalidArnException +// The request was rejected because a specified ARN was not valid. +// +// * DependencyTimeoutException +// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can +// be retried. +// +// * InternalException +// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request +// can be retried. +// +// * InvalidStateException +// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not +// valid for this request. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How +// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) +// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescription(input *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput) (*UpdateKeyDescriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateKeyDescriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1967,6 +3217,8 @@ type CancelKeyDeletionInput struct { // // To obtain the unique key ID and key ARN for a given CMK, use ListKeys // or DescribeKey. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2019,6 +3271,8 @@ type CreateAliasInput struct { // String that contains the display name. The name must start with the word // "alias" followed by a forward slash (alias/). Aliases that begin with "alias/AWS" // are reserved. + // + // AliasName is a required field AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An identifier of the key for which you are creating the alias. This value @@ -2028,6 +3282,8 @@ type CreateAliasInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // TargetKeyId is a required field TargetKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2103,6 +3359,8 @@ type CreateGrantInput struct { // to use for specifying a principal, see AWS Identity and Access Management // (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-iam) // in the Example ARNs section of the AWS General Reference. + // + // GranteePrincipal is a required field GranteePrincipal *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier for the customer master key (CMK) that the grant applies @@ -2114,6 +3372,8 @@ type CreateGrantInput struct { // Globally unique key ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name for identifying the grant. Use this value to prevent unintended @@ -2341,6 +3601,8 @@ type DecryptInput struct { // Ciphertext to be decrypted. The blob includes metadata. // // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // CiphertextBlob is a required field CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"` // The encryption context. If this was specified in the Encrypt function, it @@ -2410,6 +3672,8 @@ type DeleteAliasInput struct { // The alias to be deleted. The name must start with the word "alias" followed // by a forward slash (alias/). Aliases that begin with "alias/AWS" are reserved. + // + // AliasName is a required field AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2465,6 +3729,8 @@ type DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput struct { // Unique key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2528,6 +3794,8 @@ type DescribeKeyInput struct { // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Alias Name Example - alias/MyAliasName + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2584,6 +3852,8 @@ type DisableKeyInput struct { // Unique ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2636,6 +3906,8 @@ type DisableKeyRotationInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2688,6 +3960,8 @@ type EnableKeyInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2740,6 +4014,8 @@ type EnableKeyRotationInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2809,11 +4085,15 @@ type EncryptInput struct { // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Alias Name Example - alias/MyAliasName + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Data to be encrypted. // // Plaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Plaintext is a required field Plaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"` } @@ -2901,6 +4181,8 @@ type GenerateDataKeyInput struct { // Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias // // Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The length of the data encryption key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit @@ -3001,6 +4283,8 @@ type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput struct { // Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias // // Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The length of the data encryption key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit @@ -3124,10 +4408,14 @@ type GetKeyPolicyInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // String that contains the name of the policy. Currently, this must be "default". // Policy names can be discovered by calling ListKeyPolicies. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3189,6 +4477,8 @@ type GetKeyRotationStatusInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3247,16 +4537,22 @@ type GetParametersForImportInput struct { // Unique key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The algorithm you will use to encrypt the key material before importing it // with ImportKeyMaterial. For more information, see Encrypt the Key Material // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-encrypt-key-material.html) // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // WrappingAlgorithm is a required field WrappingAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AlgorithmSpec"` // The type of wrapping key (public key) to return in the response. Only 2048-bit // RSA public keys are supported. + // + // WrappingKeySpec is a required field WrappingKeySpec *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"WrappingKeySpec"` } @@ -3413,6 +4709,8 @@ type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct { // request, using the wrapping algorithm that you specified in that request. // // EncryptedKeyMaterial is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // EncryptedKeyMaterial is a required field EncryptedKeyMaterial []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the key material expires. The default is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES, @@ -3425,6 +4723,8 @@ type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct { // that you used to encrypt the key material. // // ImportToken is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // ImportToken is a required field ImportToken []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"` // The identifier of the CMK to import the key material into. The CMK's Origin @@ -3436,6 +4736,8 @@ type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct { // Unique key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The time at which the imported key material expires. When the key material @@ -3552,6 +4854,8 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { ExpirationModel *string `type:"string" enum:"ExpirationModelType"` // The globally unique identifier for the CMK. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The state of the CMK. @@ -3667,6 +4971,8 @@ type ListGrantsInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // When paginating results, specify the maximum number of items to return in @@ -3755,6 +5061,8 @@ type ListKeyPoliciesInput struct { // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Alias Name Example - alias/MyAliasName + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // When paginating results, specify the maximum number of items to return in @@ -3925,6 +5233,8 @@ type ListRetirableGrantsInput struct { // for specifying a principal, see AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-iam) // in the Example ARNs section of the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // RetiringPrincipal is a required field RetiringPrincipal *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3984,6 +5294,8 @@ type PutKeyPolicyInput struct { // Unique ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The key policy to attach to the CMK. @@ -4006,11 +5318,15 @@ type PutKeyPolicyInput struct { // in the IAM User Guide. // // The policy size limit is 32 KiB (32768 bytes). + // + // Policy is a required field Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the key policy. // // This value must be default. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4072,6 +5388,8 @@ type ReEncryptInput struct { // Ciphertext of the data to re-encrypt. // // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // CiphertextBlob is a required field CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"` // Encryption context to be used when the data is re-encrypted. @@ -4088,6 +5406,8 @@ type ReEncryptInput struct { // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Alias Name Example - alias/MyAliasName + // + // DestinationKeyId is a required field DestinationKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of grant tokens. @@ -4228,6 +5548,8 @@ type RevokeGrantInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Identifier of the grant to be revoked. + // + // GrantId is a required field GrantId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for the customer master key associated with the grant. @@ -4237,6 +5559,8 @@ type RevokeGrantInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4300,6 +5624,8 @@ type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct { // // To obtain the unique key ID and key ARN for a given CMK, use ListKeys // or DescribeKey. + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The waiting period, specified in number of days. After the waiting period @@ -4366,6 +5692,8 @@ type UpdateAliasInput struct { // String that contains the name of the alias to be modified. The name must // start with the word "alias" followed by a forward slash (alias/). Aliases // that begin with "alias/aws" are reserved. + // + // AliasName is a required field AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique identifier of the customer master key to be mapped to the alias. This @@ -4378,6 +5706,8 @@ type UpdateAliasInput struct { // // You can call ListAliases to verify that the alias is mapped to the correct // TargetKeyId. + // + // TargetKeyId is a required field TargetKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4431,6 +5761,8 @@ type UpdateKeyDescriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // New description for the key. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for the customer master key. This value can be a globally @@ -4439,6 +5771,8 @@ type UpdateKeyDescriptionInput struct { // Key ARN Example - arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // // Globally Unique Key ID Example - 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 + // + // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4486,73 +5820,89 @@ func (s UpdateKeyDescriptionOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AlgorithmSpec + // AlgorithmSpecRsaesPkcs1V15 is a AlgorithmSpec enum value AlgorithmSpecRsaesPkcs1V15 = "RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5" - // @enum AlgorithmSpec + + // AlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha1 is a AlgorithmSpec enum value AlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha1 = "RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1" - // @enum AlgorithmSpec + + // AlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha256 is a AlgorithmSpec enum value AlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha256 = "RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256" ) const ( - // @enum DataKeySpec + // DataKeySpecAes256 is a DataKeySpec enum value DataKeySpecAes256 = "AES_256" - // @enum DataKeySpec + + // DataKeySpecAes128 is a DataKeySpec enum value DataKeySpecAes128 = "AES_128" ) const ( - // @enum ExpirationModelType + // ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialExpires is a ExpirationModelType enum value ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialExpires = "KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES" - // @enum ExpirationModelType + + // ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialDoesNotExpire is a ExpirationModelType enum value ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialDoesNotExpire = "KEY_MATERIAL_DOES_NOT_EXPIRE" ) const ( - // @enum GrantOperation + // GrantOperationDecrypt is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationDecrypt = "Decrypt" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationEncrypt is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationEncrypt = "Encrypt" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationGenerateDataKey is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationGenerateDataKey = "GenerateDataKey" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationReEncryptFrom is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationReEncryptFrom = "ReEncryptFrom" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationReEncryptTo is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationReEncryptTo = "ReEncryptTo" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationCreateGrant is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationCreateGrant = "CreateGrant" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationRetireGrant is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationRetireGrant = "RetireGrant" - // @enum GrantOperation + + // GrantOperationDescribeKey is a GrantOperation enum value GrantOperationDescribeKey = "DescribeKey" ) const ( - // @enum KeyState + // KeyStateEnabled is a KeyState enum value KeyStateEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum KeyState + + // KeyStateDisabled is a KeyState enum value KeyStateDisabled = "Disabled" - // @enum KeyState + + // KeyStatePendingDeletion is a KeyState enum value KeyStatePendingDeletion = "PendingDeletion" - // @enum KeyState + + // KeyStatePendingImport is a KeyState enum value KeyStatePendingImport = "PendingImport" ) const ( - // @enum KeyUsageType + // KeyUsageTypeEncryptDecrypt is a KeyUsageType enum value KeyUsageTypeEncryptDecrypt = "ENCRYPT_DECRYPT" ) const ( - // @enum OriginType + // OriginTypeAwsKms is a OriginType enum value OriginTypeAwsKms = "AWS_KMS" - // @enum OriginType + + // OriginTypeExternal is a OriginType enum value OriginTypeExternal = "EXTERNAL" ) const ( - // @enum WrappingKeySpec + // WrappingKeySpecRsa2048 is a WrappingKeySpec enum value WrappingKeySpecRsa2048 = "RSA_2048" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go index 7dda986fb..9713b5013 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddPermission = "AddPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.R return } +// AddPermission API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Adds a permission to the resource policy associated with the specified AWS // Lambda function. You use resource policies to grant permissions to event // sources that use push model. In a push model, event sources (such as Amazon @@ -69,6 +73,36 @@ func (c *Lambda) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.R // Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:AddPermission action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation AddPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * PolicyLengthExceededException +// Lambda function access policy is limited to 20 KB. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) AddPermission(input *AddPermissionInput) (*AddPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -82,6 +116,8 @@ const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -116,11 +152,40 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Creates an alias that points to the specified Lambda function version. For // more information, see Introduction to AWS Lambda Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/aliases-intro.html). // // Alias names are unique for a given function. This requires permission for // the lambda:CreateAlias action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -134,6 +199,8 @@ const opCreateEventSourceMapping = "CreateEventSourceMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -168,6 +235,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *CreateEventSourceMapping return } +// CreateEventSourceMapping API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Identifies a stream as an event source for a Lambda function. It can be either // an Amazon Kinesis stream or an Amazon DynamoDB stream. AWS Lambda invokes // the specified function when records are posted to the stream. @@ -193,6 +262,33 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *CreateEventSourceMapping // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:CreateEventSourceMapping // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation CreateEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMapping(input *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.CreateEventSourceMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -206,6 +302,8 @@ const opCreateFunction = "CreateFunction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateFunction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -240,6 +338,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request return } +// CreateFunction API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Creates a new Lambda function. The function metadata is created from the // request parameters, and the code for the function is provided by a .zip file // in the request body. If the function name already exists, the operation will @@ -250,6 +350,36 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request // about versioning, see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:CreateFunction action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation CreateFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * CodeStorageExceededException +// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html) +// func (c *Lambda) CreateFunction(input *CreateFunctionInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.CreateFunctionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -263,6 +393,8 @@ const opDeleteAlias = "DeleteAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -299,10 +431,32 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteAliasRequest(input *DeleteAliasInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// DeleteAlias API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Deletes the specified Lambda function alias. For more information, see Introduction // to AWS Lambda Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/aliases-intro.html). // // This requires permission for the lambda:DeleteAlias action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation DeleteAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) DeleteAlias(input *DeleteAliasInput) (*DeleteAliasOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -316,6 +470,8 @@ const opDeleteEventSourceMapping = "DeleteEventSourceMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -350,11 +506,37 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteEventSourceMappingRequest(input *DeleteEventSourceMapping return } +// DeleteEventSourceMapping API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Removes an event source mapping. This means AWS Lambda will no longer invoke // the function for events in the associated source. // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:DeleteEventSourceMapping // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation DeleteEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) DeleteEventSourceMapping(input *DeleteEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEventSourceMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -368,6 +550,8 @@ const opDeleteFunction = "DeleteFunction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteFunction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -404,6 +588,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionRequest(input *DeleteFunctionInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteFunction API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Deletes the specified Lambda function code and configuration. // // If you are using the versioning feature and you don't specify a function @@ -417,6 +603,33 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionRequest(input *DeleteFunctionInput) (req *request // You will need to delete the event source mappings explicitly. // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:DeleteFunction action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation DeleteFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunction(input *DeleteFunctionInput) (*DeleteFunctionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteFunctionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -430,6 +643,8 @@ const opGetAlias = "GetAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -464,11 +679,37 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetAliasRequest(input *GetAliasInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// GetAlias API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns the specified alias information such as the alias ARN, description, // and function version it is pointing to. For more information, see Introduction // to AWS Lambda Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/aliases-intro.html). // // This requires permission for the lambda:GetAlias action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation GetAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) GetAlias(input *GetAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -482,6 +723,8 @@ const opGetEventSourceMapping = "GetEventSourceMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -516,11 +759,37 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetEventSourceMappingRequest(input *GetEventSourceMappingInput) return } +// GetEventSourceMapping API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns configuration information for the specified event source mapping // (see CreateEventSourceMapping). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:GetEventSourceMapping // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation GetEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) GetEventSourceMapping(input *GetEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetEventSourceMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -534,6 +803,8 @@ const opGetFunction = "GetFunction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetFunction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -568,6 +839,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionRequest(input *GetFunctionInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetFunction API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns the configuration information of the Lambda function and a presigned // URL link to the .zip file you uploaded with CreateFunction so you can download // the .zip file. Note that the URL is valid for up to 10 minutes. The configuration @@ -581,6 +854,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionRequest(input *GetFunctionInput) (req *request.Reque // Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:GetFunction action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation GetFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// func (c *Lambda) GetFunction(input *GetFunctionInput) (*GetFunctionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetFunctionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -594,6 +891,8 @@ const opGetFunctionConfiguration = "GetFunctionConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetFunctionConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -628,6 +927,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *GetFunctionConfiguration return } +// GetFunctionConfiguration API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns the configuration information of the Lambda function. This the same // information you provided as parameters when uploading the function by using // CreateFunction. @@ -641,6 +942,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *GetFunctionConfiguration // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:GetFunctionConfiguration // operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation GetFunctionConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfiguration(input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -654,6 +979,8 @@ const opGetPolicy = "GetPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -688,6 +1015,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// GetPolicy API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns the resource policy associated with the specified Lambda function. // // If you are using the versioning feature, you can get the resource policy @@ -698,6 +1027,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, // For information about adding permissions, see AddPermission. // // You need permission for the lambda:GetPolicy action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation GetPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// func (c *Lambda) GetPolicy(input *GetPolicyInput) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -711,6 +1064,8 @@ const opInvoke = "Invoke" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Invoke for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -745,6 +1100,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// Invoke API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Invokes a specific Lambda function. // // If you are using the versioning feature, you can invoke the specific function @@ -756,6 +1113,70 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output // see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:InvokeFunction action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation Invoke for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRequestContentException +// The request body could not be parsed as JSON. +// +// * RequestTooLargeException +// The request payload exceeded the Invoke request body JSON input limit. For +// more information, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html). +// +// * UnsupportedMediaTypeException +// The content type of the Invoke request body is not JSON. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * EC2UnexpectedException +// AWS Lambda received an unexpected EC2 client exception while setting up for +// the Lambda function. +// +// * SubnetIPAddressLimitReachedException +// AWS Lambda was not able to set up VPC access for the Lambda function because +// one or more configured subnets has no available IP addresses. +// +// * ENILimitReachedException +// AWS Lambda was not able to create an Elastic Network Interface (ENI) in the +// VPC, specified as part of Lambda function configuration, because the limit +// for network interfaces has been reached. +// +// * EC2ThrottledException +// AWS Lambda was throttled by Amazon EC2 during Lambda function initialization +// using the execution role provided for the Lambda function. +// +// * EC2AccessDeniedException + +// +// * InvalidSubnetIDException +// The Subnet ID provided in the Lambda function VPC configuration is invalid. +// +// * InvalidSecurityGroupIDException +// The Security Group ID provided in the Lambda function VPC configuration is +// invalid. +// +// * InvalidZipFileException +// AWS Lambda could not unzip the function zip file. +// func (c *Lambda) Invoke(input *InvokeInput) (*InvokeOutput, error) { req, out := c.InvokeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -769,6 +1190,8 @@ const opInvokeAsync = "InvokeAsync" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See InvokeAsync for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -806,6 +1229,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeAsyncRequest(input *InvokeAsyncInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// InvokeAsync API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // This API is deprecated. We recommend you use Invoke API (see Invoke). // // Submits an invocation request to AWS Lambda. Upon receiving the request, @@ -813,6 +1238,25 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeAsyncRequest(input *InvokeAsyncInput) (req *request.Reque // by the Lambda function execution, see the CloudWatch Logs console. // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:InvokeFunction action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation InvokeAsync for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidRequestContentException +// The request body could not be parsed as JSON. +// func (c *Lambda) InvokeAsync(input *InvokeAsyncInput) (*InvokeAsyncOutput, error) { req, out := c.InvokeAsyncRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -826,6 +1270,8 @@ const opListAliases = "ListAliases" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAliases for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -860,12 +1306,38 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListAliasesRequest(input *ListAliasesInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// ListAliases API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns list of aliases created for a Lambda function. For each alias, the // response includes information such as the alias ARN, description, alias name, // and the function version to which it points. For more information, see Introduction // to AWS Lambda Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/aliases-intro.html). // // This requires permission for the lambda:ListAliases action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation ListAliases for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) ListAliases(input *ListAliasesInput) (*ListAliasesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAliasesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -879,6 +1351,8 @@ const opListEventSourceMappings = "ListEventSourceMappings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListEventSourceMappings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -919,6 +1393,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappingsRequest(input *ListEventSourceMappingsIn return } +// ListEventSourceMappings API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns a list of event source mappings you created using the CreateEventSourceMapping // (see CreateEventSourceMapping). // @@ -932,6 +1408,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappingsRequest(input *ListEventSourceMappingsIn // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:ListEventSourceMappings // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation ListEventSourceMappings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappings(input *ListEventSourceMappingsInput) (*ListEventSourceMappingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListEventSourceMappingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -970,6 +1470,8 @@ const opListFunctions = "ListFunctions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListFunctions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1010,6 +1512,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionsRequest(input *ListFunctionsInput) (req *request.R return } +// ListFunctions API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Returns a list of your Lambda functions. For each function, the response // includes the function configuration information. You must use GetFunction // to retrieve the code for your function. @@ -1019,6 +1523,21 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionsRequest(input *ListFunctionsInput) (req *request.R // If you are using versioning feature, the response returns list of $LATEST // versions of your functions. For information about the versioning feature, // see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation ListFunctions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) ListFunctions(input *ListFunctionsInput) (*ListFunctionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListFunctionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1057,6 +1576,8 @@ const opListVersionsByFunction = "ListVersionsByFunction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListVersionsByFunction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1091,8 +1612,34 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListVersionsByFunctionRequest(input *ListVersionsByFunctionInpu return } +// ListVersionsByFunction API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // List all versions of a function. For information about the versioning feature, // see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation ListVersionsByFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) ListVersionsByFunction(input *ListVersionsByFunctionInput) (*ListVersionsByFunctionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListVersionsByFunctionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1106,6 +1653,8 @@ const opPublishVersion = "PublishVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PublishVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1140,11 +1689,40 @@ func (c *Lambda) PublishVersionRequest(input *PublishVersionInput) (req *request return } +// PublishVersion API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Publishes a version of your function from the current snapshot of $LATEST. // That is, AWS Lambda takes a snapshot of the function code and configuration // information from $LATEST and publishes a new version. The code and configuration // cannot be modified after publication. For information about the versioning // feature, see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation PublishVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * CodeStorageExceededException +// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html) +// func (c *Lambda) PublishVersion(input *PublishVersionInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.PublishVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1158,6 +1736,8 @@ const opRemovePermission = "RemovePermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemovePermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1194,6 +1774,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) RemovePermissionRequest(input *RemovePermissionInput) (req *req return } +// RemovePermission API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // You can remove individual permissions from an resource policy associated // with a Lambda function by providing a statement ID that you provided when // you added the permission. @@ -1207,6 +1789,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) RemovePermissionRequest(input *RemovePermissionInput) (req *req // permission to the function. // // You need permission for the lambda:RemovePermission action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation RemovePermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) RemovePermission(input *RemovePermissionInput) (*RemovePermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemovePermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1220,6 +1826,8 @@ const opUpdateAlias = "UpdateAlias" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAlias for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1254,11 +1862,37 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// UpdateAlias API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Using this API you can update the function version to which the alias points // and the alias description. For more information, see Introduction to AWS // Lambda Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/aliases-intro.html). // // This requires permission for the lambda:UpdateAlias action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation UpdateAlias for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) UpdateAlias(input *UpdateAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAliasRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1272,6 +1906,8 @@ const opUpdateEventSourceMapping = "UpdateEventSourceMapping" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1306,6 +1942,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *UpdateEventSourceMapping return } +// UpdateEventSourceMapping API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // You can update an event source mapping. This is useful if you want to change // the parameters of the existing mapping without losing your position in the // stream. You can change which function will receive the stream records, but @@ -1323,6 +1961,33 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *UpdateEventSourceMapping // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:UpdateEventSourceMapping // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation UpdateEventSourceMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * ResourceConflictException +// The resource already exists. +// func (c *Lambda) UpdateEventSourceMapping(input *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.UpdateEventSourceMappingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1336,6 +2001,8 @@ const opUpdateFunctionCode = "UpdateFunctionCode" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateFunctionCode for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1370,6 +2037,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (req return } +// UpdateFunctionCode API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Updates the code for the specified Lambda function. This operation must only // be used on an existing Lambda function and cannot be used to update the function // configuration. @@ -1379,6 +2048,33 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (req // feature, see AWS Lambda Function Versioning and Aliases (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/versioning-aliases.html). // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:UpdateFunctionCode action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation UpdateFunctionCode for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// +// * CodeStorageExceededException +// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html) +// func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCode(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1392,6 +2088,8 @@ const opUpdateFunctionConfiguration = "UpdateFunctionConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateFunctionConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1426,6 +2124,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateFunctionConfigu return } +// UpdateFunctionConfiguration API operation for AWS Lambda. +// // Updates the configuration parameters for the specified Lambda function by // using the values provided in the request. You provide only the parameters // you want to change. This operation must only be used on an existing Lambda @@ -1437,6 +2137,30 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateFunctionConfigu // // This operation requires permission for the lambda:UpdateFunctionConfiguration // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's +// API operation UpdateFunctionConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ServiceException +// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement) +// specified in the request does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameterValueException +// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided +// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration +// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException + +// func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfiguration(input *UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1450,6 +2174,8 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // is a string starting with lambda: followed by the API name . For example, // lambda:CreateFunction. You can use wildcard (lambda:*) to grant permission // for all AWS Lambda actions. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique token that must be supplied by the principal invoking the function. @@ -1464,6 +2190,8 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The principal who is getting this permission. It can be Amazon S3 service @@ -1472,6 +2200,8 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // AWS service principal such as sns.amazonaws.com. For example, you might want // to allow a custom application in another AWS account to push events to AWS // Lambda by invoking your function. + // + // Principal is a required field Principal *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // You can use this optional query parameter to describe a qualified ARN using @@ -1513,6 +2243,8 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { SourceArn *string `type:"string"` // A unique statement identifier. + // + // StatementId is a required field StatementId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1612,12 +2344,18 @@ type CreateAliasInput struct { Description *string `type:"string"` // Name of the Lambda function for which you want to create an alias. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Lambda function version for which you are creating the alias. + // + // FunctionVersion is a required field FunctionVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Name for the alias you are creating. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1676,6 +2414,8 @@ type CreateEventSourceMappingInput struct { // AWS Lambda to invoke your Lambda function, it depends on the BatchSize. AWS // Lambda POSTs the Amazon Kinesis event, containing records, to your Lambda // function as JSON. + // + // EventSourceArn is a required field EventSourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Lambda function to invoke when AWS Lambda detects an event on the stream. @@ -1693,11 +2433,15 @@ type CreateEventSourceMappingInput struct { // // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify // only the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The position in the stream where AWS Lambda should start reading. For more // information, go to ShardIteratorType (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesis/latest/APIReference/API_GetShardIterator.html#Kinesis-GetShardIterator-request-ShardIteratorType) // in the Amazon Kinesis API Reference. + // + // StartingPosition is a required field StartingPosition *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EventSourcePosition"` } @@ -1740,6 +2484,8 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The code for the Lambda function. + // + // Code is a required field Code *FunctionCode `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A short, user-defined function description. Lambda does not use this value. @@ -1749,12 +2495,16 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct { // The name you want to assign to the function you are uploading. The function // names appear in the console and are returned in the ListFunctions API. Function // names are used to specify functions to other AWS Lambda APIs, such as Invoke. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The function within your code that Lambda calls to begin execution. For Node.js, // it is the module-name.export value in your function. For Java, it can be // package.class-name::handler or package.class-name. For more information, // see Lambda Function Handler (Java) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/java-programming-model-handler-types.html). + // + // Handler is a required field Handler *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The amount of memory, in MB, your Lambda function is given. Lambda uses this @@ -1772,12 +2522,16 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that Lambda assumes when it // executes your function to access any other Amazon Web Services (AWS) resources. // For more information, see AWS Lambda: How it Works (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-introduction.html). + // + // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The runtime environment for the Lambda function you are uploading. // // To use the Node.js runtime v4.3, set the value to "nodejs4.3". To use earlier // runtime (v0.10.42), set the value to "nodejs". + // + // Runtime is a required field Runtime *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Runtime"` // The function execution time at which Lambda should terminate the function. @@ -1846,9 +2600,13 @@ type DeleteAliasInput struct { // The Lambda function name for which the alias is created. Deleting an alias // does not delete the function version to which it is pointing. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Name of the alias to delete. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1902,6 +2660,8 @@ type DeleteEventSourceMappingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The event source mapping ID. + // + // UUID is a required field UUID *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UUID" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1941,6 +2701,8 @@ type DeleteFunctionInput struct { // ID qualifier (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). Note that the length constraint // applies only to the ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited // to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Using this optional parameter you can specify a function version (but not @@ -2190,9 +2952,13 @@ type GetAliasInput struct { // Function name for which the alias is created. An alias is a subresource that // exists only in the context of an existing Lambda function so you must specify // the function name. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Name of the alias for which you want to retrieve information. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2232,6 +2998,8 @@ type GetEventSourceMappingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The AWS Lambda assigned ID of the event source mapping. + // + // UUID is a required field UUID *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UUID" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2269,6 +3037,8 @@ type GetFunctionConfigurationInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Using this optional parameter you can specify a function version or an alias @@ -2321,6 +3091,8 @@ type GetFunctionInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Using this optional parameter to specify a function version or an alias name. @@ -2396,6 +3168,8 @@ type GetPolicyInput struct { // ID qualifier (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). Note that the length constraint // applies only to the ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited // to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // You can specify this optional query parameter to specify a function version @@ -2457,9 +3231,13 @@ type InvokeAsyncInput struct { _ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure" payload:"InvokeArgs"` // The Lambda function name. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input. + // + // InvokeArgs is a required field InvokeArgs io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob" required:"true"` } @@ -2529,6 +3307,8 @@ type InvokeInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // By default, the Invoke API assumes RequestResponse invocation type. You can @@ -2635,6 +3415,8 @@ type ListAliasesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Lambda function name for which the alias is created. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If you specify this optional parameter, the API returns only the aliases @@ -2844,6 +3626,8 @@ type ListVersionsByFunctionInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Optional string. An opaque pagination token returned from a previous ListVersionsByFunction @@ -2923,6 +3707,8 @@ type PublishVersionInput struct { // allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2962,6 +3748,8 @@ type RemovePermissionInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // You can specify this optional parameter to remove permission associated with @@ -2971,6 +3759,8 @@ type RemovePermissionInput struct { Qualifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Qualifier" min:"1" type:"string"` // Statement ID of the permission to remove. + // + // StatementId is a required field StatementId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"StatementId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3030,6 +3820,8 @@ type UpdateAliasInput struct { Description *string `type:"string"` // The function name for which the alias is created. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Using this parameter you can change the Lambda function version to which @@ -3037,6 +3829,8 @@ type UpdateAliasInput struct { FunctionVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The alias name. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3102,6 +3896,8 @@ type UpdateEventSourceMappingInput struct { FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The event source mapping identifier. + // + // UUID is a required field UUID *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UUID" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3144,6 +3940,8 @@ type UpdateFunctionCodeInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // This boolean parameter can be used to request AWS Lambda to update the Lambda @@ -3221,6 +4019,8 @@ type UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput struct { // AWS Lambda also allows you to specify a partial ARN (for example, account-id:Thumbnail). // Note that the length constraint applies only to the ARN. If you specify only // the function name, it is limited to 64 character in length. + // + // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The function that Lambda calls to begin executing your function. For Node.js, @@ -3338,44 +4138,53 @@ func (s VpcConfigResponse) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum EventSourcePosition + // EventSourcePositionTrimHorizon is a EventSourcePosition enum value EventSourcePositionTrimHorizon = "TRIM_HORIZON" - // @enum EventSourcePosition + + // EventSourcePositionLatest is a EventSourcePosition enum value EventSourcePositionLatest = "LATEST" ) const ( - // @enum InvocationType + // InvocationTypeEvent is a InvocationType enum value InvocationTypeEvent = "Event" - // @enum InvocationType + + // InvocationTypeRequestResponse is a InvocationType enum value InvocationTypeRequestResponse = "RequestResponse" - // @enum InvocationType + + // InvocationTypeDryRun is a InvocationType enum value InvocationTypeDryRun = "DryRun" ) const ( - // @enum LogType + // LogTypeNone is a LogType enum value LogTypeNone = "None" - // @enum LogType + + // LogTypeTail is a LogType enum value LogTypeTail = "Tail" ) const ( - // @enum Runtime + // RuntimeNodejs is a Runtime enum value RuntimeNodejs = "nodejs" - // @enum Runtime + + // RuntimeNodejs43 is a Runtime enum value RuntimeNodejs43 = "nodejs4.3" - // @enum Runtime + + // RuntimeJava8 is a Runtime enum value RuntimeJava8 = "java8" - // @enum Runtime + + // RuntimePython27 is a Runtime enum value RuntimePython27 = "python2.7" ) const ( - // @enum ThrottleReason + // ThrottleReasonConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded is a ThrottleReason enum value ThrottleReasonConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded = "ConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded" - // @enum ThrottleReason + + // ThrottleReasonFunctionInvocationRateLimitExceeded is a ThrottleReason enum value ThrottleReasonFunctionInvocationRateLimitExceeded = "FunctionInvocationRateLimitExceeded" - // @enum ThrottleReason + + // ThrottleReasonCallerRateLimitExceeded is a ThrottleReason enum value ThrottleReasonCallerRateLimitExceeded = "CallerRateLimitExceeded" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/api.go index 578271ad0..507f05eec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAssignInstance = "AssignInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssignInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssignInstanceRequest(input *AssignInstanceInput) (req *reque return } +// AssignInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Assign a registered instance to a layer. // // You can assign registered on-premises instances to any layer type. @@ -67,6 +71,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssignInstanceRequest(input *AssignInstanceInput) (req *reque // Management (IAM) user must have a Manage permissions level for the stack // or an attached policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information // on user permissions, see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation AssignInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) AssignInstance(input *AssignInstanceInput) (*AssignInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssignInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -80,6 +99,8 @@ const opAssignVolume = "AssignVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssignVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -116,6 +137,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssignVolumeRequest(input *AssignVolumeInput) (req *request.R return } +// AssignVolume API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Assigns one of the stack's registered Amazon EBS volumes to a specified instance. // The volume must first be registered with the stack by calling RegisterVolume. // After you register the volume, you must call UpdateVolume to specify a mount @@ -126,6 +149,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssignVolumeRequest(input *AssignVolumeInput) (req *request.R // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation AssignVolume for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) AssignVolume(input *AssignVolumeInput) (*AssignVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssignVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -139,6 +177,8 @@ const opAssociateElasticIp = "AssociateElasticIp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssociateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -175,6 +215,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssociateElasticIpRequest(input *AssociateElasticIpInput) (re return } +// AssociateElasticIp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Associates one of the stack's registered Elastic IP addresses with a specified // instance. The address must first be registered with the stack by calling // RegisterElasticIp. For more information, see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). @@ -183,6 +225,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AssociateElasticIpRequest(input *AssociateElasticIpInput) (re // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation AssociateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) AssociateElasticIp(input *AssociateElasticIpInput) (*AssociateElasticIpOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssociateElasticIpRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -196,6 +253,8 @@ const opAttachElasticLoadBalancer = "AttachElasticLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AttachElasticLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -232,6 +291,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AttachElasticLoadBalancerRequest(input *AttachElasticLoadBala return } +// AttachElasticLoadBalancer API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Attaches an Elastic Load Balancing load balancer to a specified layer. For // more information, see Elastic Load Balancing (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/load-balancer-elb.html). // @@ -243,6 +304,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) AttachElasticLoadBalancerRequest(input *AttachElasticLoadBala // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation AttachElasticLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) AttachElasticLoadBalancer(input *AttachElasticLoadBalancerInput) (*AttachElasticLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.AttachElasticLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -256,6 +332,8 @@ const opCloneStack = "CloneStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CloneStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -290,6 +368,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CloneStackRequest(input *CloneStackInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// CloneStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates a clone of a specified stack. For more information, see Clone a Stack // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingstacks-cloning.html). // By default, all parameters are set to the values used by the parent stack. @@ -297,6 +377,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CloneStackRequest(input *CloneStackInput) (req *request.Reque // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CloneStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CloneStack(input *CloneStackInput) (*CloneStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.CloneStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -310,6 +405,8 @@ const opCreateApp = "CreateApp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateApp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -344,6 +441,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateAppRequest(input *CreateAppInput) (req *request.Request return } +// CreateApp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates an app for a specified stack. For more information, see Creating // Apps (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingapps-creating.html). // @@ -351,6 +450,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateAppRequest(input *CreateAppInput) (req *request.Request // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateApp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateApp(input *CreateAppInput) (*CreateAppOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAppRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -364,6 +478,8 @@ const opCreateDeployment = "CreateDeployment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -398,6 +514,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateDeploymentRequest(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (req *r return } +// CreateDeployment API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Runs deployment or stack commands. For more information, see Deploying Apps // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingapps-deploying.html) // and Run Stack Commands (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingstacks-commands.html). @@ -406,6 +524,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateDeploymentRequest(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (req *r // or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly // grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing // User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateDeployment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateDeployment(input *CreateDeploymentInput) (*CreateDeploymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDeploymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -419,6 +552,8 @@ const opCreateInstance = "CreateInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -453,6 +588,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateInstanceRequest(input *CreateInstanceInput) (req *reque return } +// CreateInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates an instance in a specified stack. For more information, see Adding // an Instance to a Layer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinginstances-add.html). // @@ -460,6 +597,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateInstanceRequest(input *CreateInstanceInput) (req *reque // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateInstance(input *CreateInstanceInput) (*CreateInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -473,6 +625,8 @@ const opCreateLayer = "CreateLayer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateLayer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -507,6 +661,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateLayerRequest(input *CreateLayerInput) (req *request.Req return } +// CreateLayer API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates a layer. For more information, see How to Create a Layer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinglayers-basics-create.html). // // You should use CreateLayer for noncustom layer types such as PHP App Server @@ -520,6 +676,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateLayerRequest(input *CreateLayerInput) (req *request.Req // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateLayer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateLayer(input *CreateLayerInput) (*CreateLayerOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateLayerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -533,6 +704,8 @@ const opCreateStack = "CreateStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -567,11 +740,25 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateStackRequest(input *CreateStackInput) (req *request.Req return } +// CreateStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates a new stack. For more information, see Create a New Stack (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingstacks-edit.html). // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateStack(input *CreateStackInput) (*CreateStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -585,6 +772,8 @@ const opCreateUserProfile = "CreateUserProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateUserProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -619,11 +808,25 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) CreateUserProfileRequest(input *CreateUserProfileInput) (req return } +// CreateUserProfile API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Creates a new user profile. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation CreateUserProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// func (c *OpsWorks) CreateUserProfile(input *CreateUserProfileInput) (*CreateUserProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateUserProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -637,6 +840,8 @@ const opDeleteApp = "DeleteApp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteApp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -673,12 +878,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteAppRequest(input *DeleteAppInput) (req *request.Request return } +// DeleteApp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deletes a specified app. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeleteApp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteApp(input *DeleteAppInput) (*DeleteAppOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAppRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -692,6 +914,8 @@ const opDeleteInstance = "DeleteInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -728,6 +952,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteInstanceRequest(input *DeleteInstanceInput) (req *reque return } +// DeleteInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deletes a specified instance, which terminates the associated Amazon EC2 // instance. You must stop an instance before you can delete it. // @@ -737,6 +963,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteInstanceRequest(input *DeleteInstanceInput) (req *reque // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeleteInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteInstance(input *DeleteInstanceInput) (*DeleteInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -750,6 +991,8 @@ const opDeleteLayer = "DeleteLayer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteLayer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -786,6 +1029,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteLayerRequest(input *DeleteLayerInput) (req *request.Req return } +// DeleteLayer API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deletes a specified layer. You must first stop and then delete all associated // instances or unassign registered instances. For more information, see How // to Delete a Layer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinglayers-basics-delete.html). @@ -794,6 +1039,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteLayerRequest(input *DeleteLayerInput) (req *request.Req // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeleteLayer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteLayer(input *DeleteLayerInput) (*DeleteLayerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteLayerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -807,6 +1067,8 @@ const opDeleteStack = "DeleteStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -843,6 +1105,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteStackRequest(input *DeleteStackInput) (req *request.Req return } +// DeleteStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deletes a specified stack. You must first delete all instances, layers, and // apps or deregister registered instances. For more information, see Shut Down // a Stack (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingstacks-shutting.html). @@ -851,6 +1115,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteStackRequest(input *DeleteStackInput) (req *request.Req // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeleteStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteStack(input *DeleteStackInput) (*DeleteStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -864,6 +1143,8 @@ const opDeleteUserProfile = "DeleteUserProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteUserProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -900,11 +1181,28 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteUserProfileRequest(input *DeleteUserProfileInput) (req return } +// DeleteUserProfile API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deletes a user profile. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeleteUserProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeleteUserProfile(input *DeleteUserProfileInput) (*DeleteUserProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteUserProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -918,6 +1216,8 @@ const opDeregisterEcsCluster = "DeregisterEcsCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterEcsCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -954,6 +1254,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterEcsClusterRequest(input *DeregisterEcsClusterInput) return } +// DeregisterEcsCluster API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deregisters a specified Amazon ECS cluster from a stack. For more information, // see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinglayers-ecscluster.html#workinglayers-ecscluster-delete). // @@ -961,6 +1263,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterEcsClusterRequest(input *DeregisterEcsClusterInput) // permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeregisterEcsCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterEcsCluster(input *DeregisterEcsClusterInput) (*DeregisterEcsClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterEcsClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -974,6 +1291,8 @@ const opDeregisterElasticIp = "DeregisterElasticIp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterElasticIp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1010,6 +1329,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterElasticIpRequest(input *DeregisterElasticIpInput) ( return } +// DeregisterElasticIp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deregisters a specified Elastic IP address. The address can then be registered // by another stack. For more information, see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). // @@ -1017,6 +1338,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterElasticIpRequest(input *DeregisterElasticIpInput) ( // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeregisterElasticIp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterElasticIp(input *DeregisterElasticIpInput) (*DeregisterElasticIpOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterElasticIpRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1030,6 +1366,8 @@ const opDeregisterInstance = "DeregisterInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1066,6 +1404,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterInstanceInput) (re return } +// DeregisterInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deregister a registered Amazon EC2 or on-premises instance. This action removes // the instance from the stack and returns it to your control. This action can // not be used with instances that were created with AWS OpsWorks. @@ -1074,6 +1414,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterInstanceInput) (re // permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeregisterInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterInstance(input *DeregisterInstanceInput) (*DeregisterInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1087,6 +1442,8 @@ const opDeregisterRdsDbInstance = "DeregisterRdsDbInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1123,12 +1480,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterRdsDbInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterRdsDbInstance return } +// DeregisterRdsDbInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deregisters an Amazon RDS instance. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeregisterRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterRdsDbInstance(input *DeregisterRdsDbInstanceInput) (*DeregisterRdsDbInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterRdsDbInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1142,6 +1516,8 @@ const opDeregisterVolume = "DeregisterVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1178,6 +1554,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterVolumeRequest(input *DeregisterVolumeInput) (req *r return } +// DeregisterVolume API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Deregisters an Amazon EBS volume. The volume can then be registered by another // stack. For more information, see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). // @@ -1185,6 +1563,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterVolumeRequest(input *DeregisterVolumeInput) (req *r // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DeregisterVolume for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DeregisterVolume(input *DeregisterVolumeInput) (*DeregisterVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1198,6 +1591,8 @@ const opDescribeAgentVersions = "DescribeAgentVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAgentVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1232,9 +1627,26 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeAgentVersionsRequest(input *DescribeAgentVersionsInpu return } +// DescribeAgentVersions API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes the available AWS OpsWorks agent versions. You must specify a stack // ID or a configuration manager. DescribeAgentVersions returns a list of available // agent versions for the specified stack or configuration manager. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeAgentVersions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeAgentVersions(input *DescribeAgentVersionsInput) (*DescribeAgentVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAgentVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1248,6 +1660,8 @@ const opDescribeApps = "DescribeApps" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeApps for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1282,6 +1696,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeAppsRequest(input *DescribeAppsInput) (req *request.R return } +// DescribeApps API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of a specified set of apps. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1290,6 +1706,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeAppsRequest(input *DescribeAppsInput) (req *request.R // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeApps for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeApps(input *DescribeAppsInput) (*DescribeAppsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAppsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1303,6 +1734,8 @@ const opDescribeCommands = "DescribeCommands" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCommands for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1337,6 +1770,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeCommandsRequest(input *DescribeCommandsInput) (req *r return } +// DescribeCommands API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes the results of specified commands. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1345,6 +1780,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeCommandsRequest(input *DescribeCommandsInput) (req *r // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeCommands for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeCommands(input *DescribeCommandsInput) (*DescribeCommandsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCommandsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1358,6 +1808,8 @@ const opDescribeDeployments = "DescribeDeployments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDeployments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1392,6 +1844,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeDeploymentsRequest(input *DescribeDeploymentsInput) ( return } +// DescribeDeployments API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of a specified set of deployments. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1400,6 +1854,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeDeploymentsRequest(input *DescribeDeploymentsInput) ( // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeDeployments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeDeployments(input *DescribeDeploymentsInput) (*DescribeDeploymentsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDeploymentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1413,6 +1882,8 @@ const opDescribeEcsClusters = "DescribeEcsClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEcsClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1453,6 +1924,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeEcsClustersRequest(input *DescribeEcsClustersInput) ( return } +// DescribeEcsClusters API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes Amazon ECS clusters that are registered with a stack. If you specify // only a stack ID, you can use the MaxResults and NextToken parameters to paginate // the response. However, AWS OpsWorks currently supports only one cluster per @@ -1462,6 +1935,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeEcsClustersRequest(input *DescribeEcsClustersInput) ( // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that // explicitly grants permission. For more information on user permissions, see // Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeEcsClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeEcsClusters(input *DescribeEcsClustersInput) (*DescribeEcsClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEcsClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1500,6 +1988,8 @@ const opDescribeElasticIps = "DescribeElasticIps" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeElasticIps for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1534,6 +2024,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticIpsRequest(input *DescribeElasticIpsInput) (re return } +// DescribeElasticIps API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes Elastic IP addresses (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html). // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1542,6 +2034,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticIpsRequest(input *DescribeElasticIpsInput) (re // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeElasticIps for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticIps(input *DescribeElasticIpsInput) (*DescribeElasticIpsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeElasticIpsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1555,6 +2062,8 @@ const opDescribeElasticLoadBalancers = "DescribeElasticLoadBalancers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeElasticLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1589,6 +2098,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeElasticLoa return } +// DescribeElasticLoadBalancers API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes a stack's Elastic Load Balancing instances. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1597,6 +2108,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticLoadBalancersRequest(input *DescribeElasticLoa // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeElasticLoadBalancers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeElasticLoadBalancers(input *DescribeElasticLoadBalancersInput) (*DescribeElasticLoadBalancersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeElasticLoadBalancersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1610,6 +2136,8 @@ const opDescribeInstances = "DescribeInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1644,6 +2172,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeInstancesRequest(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (req return } +// DescribeInstances API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of a set of instances. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1652,6 +2182,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeInstancesRequest(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (req // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeInstances(input *DescribeInstancesInput) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1665,6 +2210,8 @@ const opDescribeLayers = "DescribeLayers" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLayers for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1699,6 +2246,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLayersRequest(input *DescribeLayersInput) (req *reque return } +// DescribeLayers API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of one or more layers in a specified stack. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1707,6 +2256,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLayersRequest(input *DescribeLayersInput) (req *reque // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeLayers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLayers(input *DescribeLayersInput) (*DescribeLayersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLayersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1720,6 +2284,8 @@ const opDescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling = "DescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1754,6 +2320,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *DescribeLoadBasedA return } +// DescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes load-based auto scaling configurations for specified layers. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1762,6 +2330,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *DescribeLoadBasedA // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeLoadBasedAutoScaling(input *DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingInput) (*DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1775,6 +2358,8 @@ const opDescribeMyUserProfile = "DescribeMyUserProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeMyUserProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1809,11 +2394,20 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeMyUserProfileRequest(input *DescribeMyUserProfileInpu return } +// DescribeMyUserProfile API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes a user's SSH information. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have self-management // enabled or an attached policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more // information on user permissions, see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeMyUserProfile for usage and error information. func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeMyUserProfile(input *DescribeMyUserProfileInput) (*DescribeMyUserProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeMyUserProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1827,6 +2421,8 @@ const opDescribePermissions = "DescribePermissions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribePermissions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1861,12 +2457,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribePermissionsRequest(input *DescribePermissionsInput) ( return } +// DescribePermissions API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes the permissions for a specified stack. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribePermissions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribePermissions(input *DescribePermissionsInput) (*DescribePermissionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePermissionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1880,6 +2493,8 @@ const opDescribeRaidArrays = "DescribeRaidArrays" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRaidArrays for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1914,6 +2529,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeRaidArraysRequest(input *DescribeRaidArraysInput) (re return } +// DescribeRaidArrays API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describe an instance's RAID arrays. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -1922,6 +2539,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeRaidArraysRequest(input *DescribeRaidArraysInput) (re // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeRaidArrays for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeRaidArrays(input *DescribeRaidArraysInput) (*DescribeRaidArraysOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRaidArraysRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1935,6 +2567,8 @@ const opDescribeRdsDbInstances = "DescribeRdsDbInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeRdsDbInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1969,12 +2603,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeRdsDbInstancesRequest(input *DescribeRdsDbInstancesIn return } +// DescribeRdsDbInstances API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes Amazon RDS instances. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Show, // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeRdsDbInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeRdsDbInstances(input *DescribeRdsDbInstancesInput) (*DescribeRdsDbInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeRdsDbInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1988,6 +2639,8 @@ const opDescribeServiceErrors = "DescribeServiceErrors" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeServiceErrors for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2022,12 +2675,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeServiceErrorsRequest(input *DescribeServiceErrorsInpu return } +// DescribeServiceErrors API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes AWS OpsWorks service errors. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Show, // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeServiceErrors for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeServiceErrors(input *DescribeServiceErrorsInput) (*DescribeServiceErrorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeServiceErrorsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2041,6 +2711,8 @@ const opDescribeStackProvisioningParameters = "DescribeStackProvisioningParamete // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStackProvisioningParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2075,12 +2747,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStackProvisioningParametersRequest(input *DescribeSta return } +// DescribeStackProvisioningParameters API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of a stack's provisioning parameters. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Show, // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that // explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeStackProvisioningParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStackProvisioningParameters(input *DescribeStackProvisioningParametersInput) (*DescribeStackProvisioningParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStackProvisioningParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2094,6 +2783,8 @@ const opDescribeStackSummary = "DescribeStackSummary" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStackSummary for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2128,6 +2819,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStackSummaryRequest(input *DescribeStackSummaryInput) return } +// DescribeStackSummary API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes the number of layers and apps in a specified stack, and the number // of instances in each state, such as running_setup or online. // @@ -2135,6 +2828,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStackSummaryRequest(input *DescribeStackSummaryInput) // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeStackSummary for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStackSummary(input *DescribeStackSummaryInput) (*DescribeStackSummaryOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStackSummaryRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2148,6 +2856,8 @@ const opDescribeStacks = "DescribeStacks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeStacks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2182,12 +2892,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStacksRequest(input *DescribeStacksInput) (req *reque return } +// DescribeStacks API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Requests a description of one or more stacks. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Show, // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeStacks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeStacks(input *DescribeStacksInput) (*DescribeStacksOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeStacksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2201,6 +2928,8 @@ const opDescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling = "DescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2235,6 +2964,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *DescribeTimeBasedA return } +// DescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes time-based auto scaling configurations for specified instances. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -2243,6 +2974,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *DescribeTimeBasedA // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeTimeBasedAutoScaling(input *DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingInput) (*DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2256,6 +3002,8 @@ const opDescribeUserProfiles = "DescribeUserProfiles" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeUserProfiles for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2290,11 +3038,28 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeUserProfilesRequest(input *DescribeUserProfilesInput) return } +// DescribeUserProfiles API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describe specified users. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeUserProfiles for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeUserProfiles(input *DescribeUserProfilesInput) (*DescribeUserProfilesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeUserProfilesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2308,6 +3073,8 @@ const opDescribeVolumes = "DescribeVolumes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeVolumes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2342,6 +3109,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *req return } +// DescribeVolumes API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Describes an instance's Amazon EBS volumes. // // You must specify at least one of the parameters. @@ -2350,6 +3119,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *req // Deploy, or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy // that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DescribeVolumes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DescribeVolumes(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeVolumesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2363,6 +3147,8 @@ const opDetachElasticLoadBalancer = "DetachElasticLoadBalancer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DetachElasticLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2399,12 +3185,26 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DetachElasticLoadBalancerRequest(input *DetachElasticLoadBala return } +// DetachElasticLoadBalancer API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Detaches a specified Elastic Load Balancing instance from its layer. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DetachElasticLoadBalancer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DetachElasticLoadBalancer(input *DetachElasticLoadBalancerInput) (*DetachElasticLoadBalancerOutput, error) { req, out := c.DetachElasticLoadBalancerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2418,6 +3218,8 @@ const opDisassociateElasticIp = "DisassociateElasticIp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisassociateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2454,6 +3256,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DisassociateElasticIpRequest(input *DisassociateElasticIpInpu return } +// DisassociateElasticIp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Disassociates an Elastic IP address from its instance. The address remains // registered with the stack. For more information, see Resource Management // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). @@ -2462,6 +3266,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) DisassociateElasticIpRequest(input *DisassociateElasticIpInpu // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation DisassociateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) DisassociateElasticIp(input *DisassociateElasticIpInput) (*DisassociateElasticIpOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisassociateElasticIpRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2475,6 +3294,8 @@ const opGetHostnameSuggestion = "GetHostnameSuggestion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHostnameSuggestion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2509,6 +3330,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) GetHostnameSuggestionRequest(input *GetHostnameSuggestionInpu return } +// GetHostnameSuggestion API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Gets a generated host name for the specified layer, based on the current // host name theme. // @@ -2516,6 +3339,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) GetHostnameSuggestionRequest(input *GetHostnameSuggestionInpu // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation GetHostnameSuggestion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) GetHostnameSuggestion(input *GetHostnameSuggestionInput) (*GetHostnameSuggestionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHostnameSuggestionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2529,6 +3367,8 @@ const opGrantAccess = "GrantAccess" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GrantAccess for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2563,9 +3403,26 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) GrantAccessRequest(input *GrantAccessInput) (req *request.Req return } +// GrantAccess API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // This action can be used only with Windows stacks. // // Grants RDP access to a Windows instance for a specified time period. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation GrantAccess for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) GrantAccess(input *GrantAccessInput) (*GrantAccessOutput, error) { req, out := c.GrantAccessRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2579,6 +3436,8 @@ const opRebootInstance = "RebootInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebootInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2615,6 +3474,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RebootInstanceRequest(input *RebootInstanceInput) (req *reque return } +// RebootInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Reboots a specified instance. For more information, see Starting, Stopping, // and Rebooting Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinginstances-starting.html). // @@ -2622,6 +3483,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RebootInstanceRequest(input *RebootInstanceInput) (req *reque // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RebootInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RebootInstance(input *RebootInstanceInput) (*RebootInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2635,6 +3511,8 @@ const opRegisterEcsCluster = "RegisterEcsCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterEcsCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2669,6 +3547,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterEcsClusterRequest(input *RegisterEcsClusterInput) (re return } +// RegisterEcsCluster API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Registers a specified Amazon ECS cluster with a stack. You can register only // one cluster with a stack. A cluster can be registered with only one stack. // For more information, see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinglayers-ecscluster.html). @@ -2677,6 +3557,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterEcsClusterRequest(input *RegisterEcsClusterInput) (re // permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RegisterEcsCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterEcsCluster(input *RegisterEcsClusterInput) (*RegisterEcsClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterEcsClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2690,6 +3585,8 @@ const opRegisterElasticIp = "RegisterElasticIp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterElasticIp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2724,6 +3621,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterElasticIpRequest(input *RegisterElasticIpInput) (req return } +// RegisterElasticIp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Registers an Elastic IP address with a specified stack. An address can be // registered with only one stack at a time. If the address is already registered, // you must first deregister it by calling DeregisterElasticIp. For more information, @@ -2733,6 +3632,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterElasticIpRequest(input *RegisterElasticIpInput) (req // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RegisterElasticIp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterElasticIp(input *RegisterElasticIpInput) (*RegisterElasticIpOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterElasticIpRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2746,6 +3660,8 @@ const opRegisterInstance = "RegisterInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2780,6 +3696,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterInstanceRequest(input *RegisterInstanceInput) (req *r return } +// RegisterInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Registers instances with a specified stack that were created outside of AWS // OpsWorks. // @@ -2794,6 +3712,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterInstanceRequest(input *RegisterInstanceInput) (req *r // permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RegisterInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterInstance(input *RegisterInstanceInput) (*RegisterInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2807,6 +3740,8 @@ const opRegisterRdsDbInstance = "RegisterRdsDbInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2843,12 +3778,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterRdsDbInstanceRequest(input *RegisterRdsDbInstanceInpu return } +// RegisterRdsDbInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Registers an Amazon RDS instance with a stack. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RegisterRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterRdsDbInstance(input *RegisterRdsDbInstanceInput) (*RegisterRdsDbInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterRdsDbInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2862,6 +3814,8 @@ const opRegisterVolume = "RegisterVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RegisterVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2896,6 +3850,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterVolumeRequest(input *RegisterVolumeInput) (req *reque return } +// RegisterVolume API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Registers an Amazon EBS volume with a specified stack. A volume can be registered // with only one stack at a time. If the volume is already registered, you must // first deregister it by calling DeregisterVolume. For more information, see @@ -2905,6 +3861,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterVolumeRequest(input *RegisterVolumeInput) (req *reque // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation RegisterVolume for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) RegisterVolume(input *RegisterVolumeInput) (*RegisterVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.RegisterVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2918,6 +3889,8 @@ const opSetLoadBasedAutoScaling = "SetLoadBasedAutoScaling" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetLoadBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2954,6 +3927,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *SetLoadBasedAutoScaling return } +// SetLoadBasedAutoScaling API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Specify the load-based auto scaling configuration for a specified layer. // For more information, see Managing Load with Time-based and Load-based Instances // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinginstances-autoscaling.html). @@ -2967,6 +3942,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *SetLoadBasedAutoScaling // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation SetLoadBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) SetLoadBasedAutoScaling(input *SetLoadBasedAutoScalingInput) (*SetLoadBasedAutoScalingOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetLoadBasedAutoScalingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2980,6 +3970,8 @@ const opSetPermission = "SetPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3016,6 +4008,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetPermissionRequest(input *SetPermissionInput) (req *request return } +// SetPermission API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Specifies a user's permissions. For more information, see Security and Permissions // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workingsecurity.html). // @@ -3023,6 +4017,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetPermissionRequest(input *SetPermissionInput) (req *request // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation SetPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) SetPermission(input *SetPermissionInput) (*SetPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3036,6 +4045,8 @@ const opSetTimeBasedAutoScaling = "SetTimeBasedAutoScaling" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetTimeBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3072,6 +4083,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *SetTimeBasedAutoScaling return } +// SetTimeBasedAutoScaling API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Specify the time-based auto scaling configuration for a specified instance. // For more information, see Managing Load with Time-based and Load-based Instances // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinginstances-autoscaling.html). @@ -3080,6 +4093,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) SetTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input *SetTimeBasedAutoScaling // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation SetTimeBasedAutoScaling for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) SetTimeBasedAutoScaling(input *SetTimeBasedAutoScalingInput) (*SetTimeBasedAutoScalingOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetTimeBasedAutoScalingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3093,6 +4121,8 @@ const opStartInstance = "StartInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StartInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3129,6 +4159,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StartInstanceRequest(input *StartInstanceInput) (req *request return } +// StartInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Starts a specified instance. For more information, see Starting, Stopping, // and Rebooting Instances (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/workinginstances-starting.html). // @@ -3136,6 +4168,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StartInstanceRequest(input *StartInstanceInput) (req *request // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation StartInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) StartInstance(input *StartInstanceInput) (*StartInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.StartInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3149,6 +4196,8 @@ const opStartStack = "StartStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StartStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3185,12 +4234,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StartStackRequest(input *StartStackInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// StartStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Starts a stack's instances. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation StartStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) StartStack(input *StartStackInput) (*StartStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.StartStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3204,6 +4270,8 @@ const opStopInstance = "StopInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3240,6 +4308,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StopInstanceRequest(input *StopInstanceInput) (req *request.R return } +// StopInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Stops a specified instance. When you stop a standard instance, the data disappears // and must be reinstalled when you restart the instance. You can stop an Amazon // EBS-backed instance without losing data. For more information, see Starting, @@ -3249,6 +4319,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StopInstanceRequest(input *StopInstanceInput) (req *request.R // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation StopInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) StopInstance(input *StopInstanceInput) (*StopInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3262,6 +4347,8 @@ const opStopStack = "StopStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See StopStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3298,12 +4385,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) StopStackRequest(input *StopStackInput) (req *request.Request return } +// StopStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Stops a specified stack. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation StopStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) StopStack(input *StopStackInput) (*StopStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.StopStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3317,6 +4421,8 @@ const opUnassignInstance = "UnassignInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UnassignInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3353,6 +4459,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignInstanceRequest(input *UnassignInstanceInput) (req *r return } +// UnassignInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Unassigns a registered instance from all of it's layers. The instance remains // in the stack as an unassigned instance and can be assigned to another layer, // as needed. You cannot use this action with instances that were created with @@ -3362,6 +4470,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignInstanceRequest(input *UnassignInstanceInput) (req *r // permissions level for the stack or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UnassignInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignInstance(input *UnassignInstanceInput) (*UnassignInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UnassignInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3375,6 +4498,8 @@ const opUnassignVolume = "UnassignVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UnassignVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3411,6 +4536,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignVolumeRequest(input *UnassignVolumeInput) (req *reque return } +// UnassignVolume API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Unassigns an assigned Amazon EBS volume. The volume remains registered with // the stack. For more information, see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). // @@ -3418,6 +4545,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignVolumeRequest(input *UnassignVolumeInput) (req *reque // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UnassignVolume for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UnassignVolume(input *UnassignVolumeInput) (*UnassignVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.UnassignVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3431,6 +4573,8 @@ const opUpdateApp = "UpdateApp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateApp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3467,12 +4611,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateAppRequest(input *UpdateAppInput) (req *request.Request return } +// UpdateApp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a specified app. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Deploy // or Manage permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly // grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing // User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateApp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateApp(input *UpdateAppInput) (*UpdateAppOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAppRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3486,6 +4647,8 @@ const opUpdateElasticIp = "UpdateElasticIp" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3522,6 +4685,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateElasticIpRequest(input *UpdateElasticIpInput) (req *req return } +// UpdateElasticIp API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a registered Elastic IP address's name. For more information, see // Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). // @@ -3529,6 +4694,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateElasticIpRequest(input *UpdateElasticIpInput) (req *req // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateElasticIp for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateElasticIp(input *UpdateElasticIpInput) (*UpdateElasticIpOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateElasticIpRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3542,6 +4722,8 @@ const opUpdateInstance = "UpdateInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3578,12 +4760,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateInstanceRequest(input *UpdateInstanceInput) (req *reque return } +// UpdateInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a specified instance. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateInstance(input *UpdateInstanceInput) (*UpdateInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3597,6 +4796,8 @@ const opUpdateLayer = "UpdateLayer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateLayer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3633,12 +4834,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateLayerRequest(input *UpdateLayerInput) (req *request.Req return } +// UpdateLayer API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a specified layer. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateLayer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateLayer(input *UpdateLayerInput) (*UpdateLayerOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateLayerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3652,6 +4870,8 @@ const opUpdateMyUserProfile = "UpdateMyUserProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateMyUserProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3688,11 +4908,25 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateMyUserProfileRequest(input *UpdateMyUserProfileInput) ( return } +// UpdateMyUserProfile API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a user's SSH public key. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have self-management // enabled or an attached policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more // information on user permissions, see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateMyUserProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateMyUserProfile(input *UpdateMyUserProfileInput) (*UpdateMyUserProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateMyUserProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3706,6 +4940,8 @@ const opUpdateRdsDbInstance = "UpdateRdsDbInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3742,12 +4978,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateRdsDbInstanceRequest(input *UpdateRdsDbInstanceInput) ( return } +// UpdateRdsDbInstance API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates an Amazon RDS instance. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateRdsDbInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateRdsDbInstance(input *UpdateRdsDbInstanceInput) (*UpdateRdsDbInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRdsDbInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3761,6 +5014,8 @@ const opUpdateStack = "UpdateStack" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateStack for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3797,12 +5052,29 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateStackRequest(input *UpdateStackInput) (req *request.Req return } +// UpdateStack API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a specified stack. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have a Manage // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateStack for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateStack(input *UpdateStackInput) (*UpdateStackOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateStackRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3816,6 +5088,8 @@ const opUpdateUserProfile = "UpdateUserProfile" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateUserProfile for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3852,11 +5126,28 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateUserProfileRequest(input *UpdateUserProfileInput) (req return } +// UpdateUserProfile API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates a specified user profile. // // Required Permissions: To use this action, an IAM user must have an attached // policy that explicitly grants permissions. For more information on user permissions, // see Managing User Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateUserProfile for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateUserProfile(input *UpdateUserProfileInput) (*UpdateUserProfileOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateUserProfileRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3870,6 +5161,8 @@ const opUpdateVolume = "UpdateVolume" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateVolume for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3906,6 +5199,8 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateVolumeRequest(input *UpdateVolumeInput) (req *request.R return } +// UpdateVolume API operation for AWS OpsWorks. +// // Updates an Amazon EBS volume's name or mount point. For more information, // see Resource Management (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/resources.html). // @@ -3913,6 +5208,21 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateVolumeRequest(input *UpdateVolumeInput) (req *request.R // permissions level for the stack, or an attached policy that explicitly grants // permissions. For more information on user permissions, see Managing User // Permissions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/opsworks-security-users.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS OpsWorks's +// API operation UpdateVolume for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ValidationException +// Indicates that a request was not valid. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Indicates that a resource was not found. +// func (c *OpsWorks) UpdateVolume(input *UpdateVolumeInput) (*UpdateVolumeOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateVolumeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4012,10 +5322,14 @@ type AssignInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The layer ID, which must correspond to a custom layer. You cannot assign // a registered instance to a built-in layer. + // + // LayerIds is a required field LayerIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4066,6 +5380,8 @@ type AssignVolumeInput struct { InstanceId *string `type:"string"` // The volume ID. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4110,6 +5426,8 @@ type AssociateElasticIpInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // ElasticIp is a required field ElasticIp *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The instance ID. @@ -4157,10 +5475,14 @@ type AttachElasticLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic Load Balancing instance's name. + // + // ElasticLoadBalancerName is a required field ElasticLoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the layer that the Elastic Load Balancing instance is to be attached // to. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4494,9 +5816,13 @@ type CloneStackInput struct { // You must set this parameter to a valid service role ARN or the action will // fail; there is no default value. You can specify the source stack's service // role ARN, if you prefer, but you must do so explicitly. + // + // ServiceRoleArn is a required field ServiceRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The source stack ID. + // + // SourceStackId is a required field SourceStackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether to use custom cookbooks. @@ -4709,6 +6035,8 @@ type CreateAppInput struct { Environment []*EnvironmentVariable `type:"list"` // The app name. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The app's short name. @@ -4718,6 +6046,8 @@ type CreateAppInput struct { SslConfiguration *SslConfiguration `type:"structure"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The app type. Each supported type is associated with a particular layer. @@ -4725,6 +6055,8 @@ type CreateAppInput struct { // deploys an application to those instances that are members of the corresponding // layer. If your app isn't one of the standard types, or you prefer to implement // your own Deploy recipes, specify other. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AppType"` } @@ -4799,6 +6131,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentInput struct { // A DeploymentCommand object that specifies the deployment command and any // associated arguments. + // + // Command is a required field Command *DeploymentCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A user-defined comment. @@ -4821,6 +6155,8 @@ type CreateDeploymentInput struct { LayerIds []*string `type:"list"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4939,9 +6275,13 @@ type CreateInstanceInput struct { // Instance Families and Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html). // The parameter values that you use to specify the various types are in the // API Name column of the Available Instance Types table. + // + // InstanceType is a required field InstanceType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array that contains the instance's layer IDs. + // + // LayerIds is a required field LayerIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The instance's operating system, which must be set to one of the following. @@ -4983,6 +6323,8 @@ type CreateInstanceInput struct { SshKeyName *string `type:"string"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance's subnet. If the stack is running in a VPC, you can @@ -5106,6 +6448,8 @@ type CreateLayerInput struct { LifecycleEventConfiguration *LifecycleEventConfiguration `type:"structure"` // The layer name, which is used by the console. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of Package objects that describes the layer packages. @@ -5119,14 +6463,20 @@ type CreateLayerInput struct { // // The built-in layers' short names are defined by AWS OpsWorks. For more information, // see the Layer Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/opsworks/latest/userguide/layers.html). + // + // Shortname is a required field Shortname *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The layer stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The layer type. A stack cannot have more than one built-in layer of the same // type. It can have any number of custom layers. Built-in layers are not available // in Chef 12 stacks. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"LayerType"` // Whether to use Amazon EBS-optimized instances. @@ -5257,6 +6607,8 @@ type CreateStackInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM profile that is the default profile // for all of the stack's EC2 instances. For more information about IAM ARNs, // see Using Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html). + // + // DefaultInstanceProfileArn is a required field DefaultInstanceProfileArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack's default operating system, which is installed on every instance @@ -5340,16 +6692,22 @@ type CreateStackInput struct { HostnameTheme *string `type:"string"` // The stack name. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack's AWS region, such as "ap-south-1". For more information about // Amazon regions, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html). + // + // Region is a required field Region *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack's AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role, which allows AWS // OpsWorks to work with AWS resources on your behalf. You must set this parameter // to the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an existing IAM role. For more information // about IAM ARNs, see Using Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html). + // + // ServiceRoleArn is a required field ServiceRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether the stack uses custom cookbooks. @@ -5464,6 +6822,8 @@ type CreateUserProfileInput struct { AllowSelfManagement *bool `type:"boolean"` // The user's IAM ARN; this can also be a federated user's ARN. + // + // IamUserArn is a required field IamUserArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The user's public SSH key. @@ -5547,6 +6907,8 @@ type DeleteAppInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The app ID. + // + // AppId is a required field AppId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5597,6 +6959,8 @@ type DeleteInstanceInput struct { DeleteVolumes *bool `type:"boolean"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5641,6 +7005,8 @@ type DeleteLayerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The layer ID. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5685,6 +7051,8 @@ type DeleteStackInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5729,6 +7097,8 @@ type DeleteUserProfileInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The user's IAM ARN. This can also be a federated user's ARN. + // + // IamUserArn is a required field IamUserArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5894,6 +7264,8 @@ type DeploymentCommand struct { // restart: Restart the app's web or application server. // // undeploy: Undeploy the app. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DeploymentCommandName"` } @@ -5924,6 +7296,8 @@ type DeregisterEcsClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cluster's ARN. + // + // EcsClusterArn is a required field EcsClusterArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5968,6 +7342,8 @@ type DeregisterElasticIpInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // ElasticIp is a required field ElasticIp *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6012,6 +7388,8 @@ type DeregisterInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6056,6 +7434,8 @@ type DeregisterRdsDbInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon RDS instance's ARN. + // + // RdsDbInstanceArn is a required field RdsDbInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6102,6 +7482,8 @@ type DeregisterVolumeInput struct { // The AWS OpsWorks volume ID, which is the GUID that AWS OpsWorks assigned // to the instance when you registered the volume with the stack, not the Amazon // EC2 volume ID. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6546,6 +7928,8 @@ type DescribeLoadBasedAutoScalingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An array of layer IDs. + // + // LayerIds is a required field LayerIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6724,6 +8108,8 @@ type DescribeRdsDbInstancesInput struct { // The stack ID that the instances are registered with. The operation returns // descriptions of all registered Amazon RDS instances. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6817,6 +8203,8 @@ type DescribeStackProvisioningParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stack ID + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6868,6 +8256,8 @@ type DescribeStackSummaryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6952,6 +8342,8 @@ type DescribeTimeBasedAutoScalingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An array of instance IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -7084,10 +8476,14 @@ type DetachElasticLoadBalancerInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic Load Balancing instance's name. + // + // ElasticLoadBalancerName is a required field ElasticLoadBalancerName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the layer that the Elastic Load Balancing instance is attached // to. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7135,6 +8531,8 @@ type DisassociateElasticIpInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // ElasticIp is a required field ElasticIp *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7317,6 +8715,8 @@ type EnvironmentVariable struct { // characters and must be specified. The name can contain upper- and lowercase // letters, numbers, and underscores (_), but it must start with a letter or // underscore. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // (Optional) Whether the variable's value will be returned by the DescribeApps @@ -7328,6 +8728,8 @@ type EnvironmentVariable struct { // (Optional) The environment variable's value, which can be left empty. If // you specify a value, it can contain up to 256 characters, which must all // be printable. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7361,6 +8763,8 @@ type GetHostnameSuggestionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The layer ID. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7412,6 +8816,8 @@ type GrantAccessInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance's AWS OpsWorks ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The length of time (in minutes) that the grant is valid. When the grant expires @@ -8038,6 +9444,8 @@ type RebootInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8122,9 +9530,13 @@ type RegisterEcsClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cluster's ARN. + // + // EcsClusterArn is a required field EcsClusterArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8176,9 +9588,13 @@ type RegisterElasticIpInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Elastic IP address. + // + // ElasticIp is a required field ElasticIp *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8249,6 +9665,8 @@ type RegisterInstanceInput struct { RsaPublicKeyFingerprint *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the stack that the instance is to be registered with. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8297,15 +9715,23 @@ type RegisterRdsDbInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The database password. + // + // DbPassword is a required field DbPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The database's master user name. + // + // DbUser is a required field DbUser *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon RDS instance's ARN. + // + // RdsDbInstanceArn is a required field RdsDbInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8362,6 +9788,8 @@ type RegisterVolumeInput struct { Ec2VolumeId *string `type:"string"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8502,6 +9930,8 @@ type SetLoadBasedAutoScalingInput struct { Enable *bool `type:"boolean"` // The layer ID. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An AutoScalingThresholds object with the upscaling threshold configuration. @@ -8567,6 +9997,8 @@ type SetPermissionInput struct { AllowSudo *bool `type:"boolean"` // The user's IAM ARN. This can also be a federated user's ARN. + // + // IamUserArn is a required field IamUserArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The user's permission level, which must be set to one of the following strings. @@ -8587,6 +10019,8 @@ type SetPermissionInput struct { Level *string `type:"string"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8637,6 +10071,8 @@ type SetTimeBasedAutoScalingInput struct { AutoScalingSchedule *WeeklyAutoScalingSchedule `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8763,6 +10199,8 @@ type SslConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The contents of the certificate's domain.crt file. + // + // Certificate is a required field Certificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Optional. Can be used to specify an intermediate certificate authority key @@ -8770,6 +10208,8 @@ type SslConfiguration struct { Chain *string `type:"string"` // The private key; the contents of the certificate's domain.kex file. + // + // PrivateKey is a required field PrivateKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8960,6 +10400,8 @@ type StartInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9004,6 +10446,8 @@ type StartStackInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9048,6 +10492,8 @@ type StopInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9092,6 +10538,8 @@ type StopStackInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9188,6 +10636,8 @@ type UnassignInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9232,6 +10682,8 @@ type UnassignVolumeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The volume ID. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9276,6 +10728,8 @@ type UpdateAppInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The app ID. + // + // AppId is a required field AppId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A Source object that specifies the app repository. @@ -9379,6 +10833,8 @@ type UpdateElasticIpInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The address. + // + // ElasticIp is a required field ElasticIp *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The new name. @@ -9471,6 +10927,8 @@ type UpdateInstanceInput struct { InstallUpdatesOnBoot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The instance type, such as t2.micro. For a list of supported instance types, @@ -9601,6 +11059,8 @@ type UpdateLayerInput struct { InstallUpdatesOnBoot *bool `type:"boolean"` // The layer ID. + // + // LayerId is a required field LayerId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` LifecycleEventConfiguration *LifecycleEventConfiguration `type:"structure"` @@ -9716,6 +11176,8 @@ type UpdateRdsDbInstanceInput struct { DbUser *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon RDS instance's ARN. + // + // RdsDbInstanceArn is a required field RdsDbInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9903,6 +11365,8 @@ type UpdateStackInput struct { ServiceRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The stack ID. + // + // StackId is a required field StackId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Whether the stack uses custom cookbooks. @@ -9976,6 +11440,8 @@ type UpdateUserProfileInput struct { AllowSelfManagement *bool `type:"boolean"` // The user IAM ARN. This can also be a federated user's ARN. + // + // IamUserArn is a required field IamUserArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The user's new SSH public key. @@ -10036,6 +11502,8 @@ type UpdateVolumeInput struct { Name *string `type:"string"` // The volume ID. + // + // VolumeId is a required field VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10171,15 +11639,21 @@ type VolumeConfiguration struct { Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // The volume mount point. For example "/dev/sdh". + // + // MountPoint is a required field MountPoint *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of disks in the volume. + // + // NumberOfDisks is a required field NumberOfDisks *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The volume RAID level (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_RAID_levels). RaidLevel *int64 `type:"integer"` // The volume size. + // + // Size is a required field Size *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The volume type: @@ -10275,189 +11749,253 @@ func (s WeeklyAutoScalingSchedule) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AppAttributesKeys + // AppAttributesKeysDocumentRoot is a AppAttributesKeys enum value AppAttributesKeysDocumentRoot = "DocumentRoot" - // @enum AppAttributesKeys + + // AppAttributesKeysRailsEnv is a AppAttributesKeys enum value AppAttributesKeysRailsEnv = "RailsEnv" - // @enum AppAttributesKeys + + // AppAttributesKeysAutoBundleOnDeploy is a AppAttributesKeys enum value AppAttributesKeysAutoBundleOnDeploy = "AutoBundleOnDeploy" - // @enum AppAttributesKeys + + // AppAttributesKeysAwsFlowRubySettings is a AppAttributesKeys enum value AppAttributesKeysAwsFlowRubySettings = "AwsFlowRubySettings" ) const ( - // @enum AppType + // AppTypeAwsFlowRuby is a AppType enum value AppTypeAwsFlowRuby = "aws-flow-ruby" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypeJava is a AppType enum value AppTypeJava = "java" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypeRails is a AppType enum value AppTypeRails = "rails" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypePhp is a AppType enum value AppTypePhp = "php" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypeNodejs is a AppType enum value AppTypeNodejs = "nodejs" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypeStatic is a AppType enum value AppTypeStatic = "static" - // @enum AppType + + // AppTypeOther is a AppType enum value AppTypeOther = "other" ) const ( - // @enum Architecture + // ArchitectureX8664 is a Architecture enum value ArchitectureX8664 = "x86_64" - // @enum Architecture + + // ArchitectureI386 is a Architecture enum value ArchitectureI386 = "i386" ) const ( - // @enum AutoScalingType + // AutoScalingTypeLoad is a AutoScalingType enum value AutoScalingTypeLoad = "load" - // @enum AutoScalingType + + // AutoScalingTypeTimer is a AutoScalingType enum value AutoScalingTypeTimer = "timer" ) const ( - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + // DeploymentCommandNameInstallDependencies is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameInstallDependencies = "install_dependencies" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameUpdateDependencies is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameUpdateDependencies = "update_dependencies" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameUpdateCustomCookbooks is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameUpdateCustomCookbooks = "update_custom_cookbooks" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameExecuteRecipes is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameExecuteRecipes = "execute_recipes" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameConfigure is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameConfigure = "configure" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameSetup is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameSetup = "setup" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameDeploy is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameDeploy = "deploy" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameRollback is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameRollback = "rollback" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameStart is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameStart = "start" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameStop is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameStop = "stop" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameRestart is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameRestart = "restart" - // @enum DeploymentCommandName + + // DeploymentCommandNameUndeploy is a DeploymentCommandName enum value DeploymentCommandNameUndeploy = "undeploy" ) const ( - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + // LayerAttributesKeysEcsClusterArn is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysEcsClusterArn = "EcsClusterArn" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysEnableHaproxyStats is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysEnableHaproxyStats = "EnableHaproxyStats" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsUrl is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsUrl = "HaproxyStatsUrl" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsUser is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsUser = "HaproxyStatsUser" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsPassword is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyStatsPassword = "HaproxyStatsPassword" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyHealthCheckUrl is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyHealthCheckUrl = "HaproxyHealthCheckUrl" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyHealthCheckMethod is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysHaproxyHealthCheckMethod = "HaproxyHealthCheckMethod" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysMysqlRootPassword is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysMysqlRootPassword = "MysqlRootPassword" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysMysqlRootPasswordUbiquitous is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysMysqlRootPasswordUbiquitous = "MysqlRootPasswordUbiquitous" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysGangliaUrl is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysGangliaUrl = "GangliaUrl" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysGangliaUser is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysGangliaUser = "GangliaUser" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysGangliaPassword is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysGangliaPassword = "GangliaPassword" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysMemcachedMemory is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysMemcachedMemory = "MemcachedMemory" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysNodejsVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysNodejsVersion = "NodejsVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysRubyVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysRubyVersion = "RubyVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysRubygemsVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysRubygemsVersion = "RubygemsVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysManageBundler is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysManageBundler = "ManageBundler" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysBundlerVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysBundlerVersion = "BundlerVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysRailsStack is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysRailsStack = "RailsStack" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysPassengerVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysPassengerVersion = "PassengerVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysJvm is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysJvm = "Jvm" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysJvmVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysJvmVersion = "JvmVersion" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysJvmOptions is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysJvmOptions = "JvmOptions" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysJavaAppServer is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysJavaAppServer = "JavaAppServer" - // @enum LayerAttributesKeys + + // LayerAttributesKeysJavaAppServerVersion is a LayerAttributesKeys enum value LayerAttributesKeysJavaAppServerVersion = "JavaAppServerVersion" ) const ( - // @enum LayerType + // LayerTypeAwsFlowRuby is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeAwsFlowRuby = "aws-flow-ruby" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeEcsCluster is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeEcsCluster = "ecs-cluster" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeJavaApp is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeJavaApp = "java-app" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeLb is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeLb = "lb" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeWeb is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeWeb = "web" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypePhpApp is a LayerType enum value LayerTypePhpApp = "php-app" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeRailsApp is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeRailsApp = "rails-app" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeNodejsApp is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeNodejsApp = "nodejs-app" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeMemcached is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeMemcached = "memcached" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeDbMaster is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeDbMaster = "db-master" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeMonitoringMaster is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeMonitoringMaster = "monitoring-master" - // @enum LayerType + + // LayerTypeCustom is a LayerType enum value LayerTypeCustom = "custom" ) const ( - // @enum RootDeviceType + // RootDeviceTypeEbs is a RootDeviceType enum value RootDeviceTypeEbs = "ebs" - // @enum RootDeviceType + + // RootDeviceTypeInstanceStore is a RootDeviceType enum value RootDeviceTypeInstanceStore = "instance-store" ) const ( - // @enum SourceType + // SourceTypeGit is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeGit = "git" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeSvn is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeSvn = "svn" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeArchive is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeArchive = "archive" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeS3 is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeS3 = "s3" ) const ( - // @enum StackAttributesKeys + // StackAttributesKeysColor is a StackAttributesKeys enum value StackAttributesKeysColor = "Color" ) const ( - // @enum VirtualizationType + // VirtualizationTypeParavirtual is a VirtualizationType enum value VirtualizationTypeParavirtual = "paravirtual" - // @enum VirtualizationType + + // VirtualizationTypeHvm is a VirtualizationType enum value VirtualizationTypeHvm = "hvm" ) const ( - // @enum VolumeType + // VolumeTypeGp2 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeGp2 = "gp2" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeIo1 is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeIo1 = "io1" - // @enum VolumeType + + // VolumeTypeStandard is a VolumeType enum value VolumeTypeStandard = "standard" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/waiters.go index 9aa531992..dc4fa42ae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilAppExists uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeApps to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilAppExists(input *DescribeAppsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeApps", @@ -35,6 +39,10 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilAppExists(input *DescribeAppsInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilDeploymentSuccessful uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeDeployments to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilDeploymentSuccessful(input *DescribeDeploymentsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeDeployments", @@ -64,6 +72,10 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilDeploymentSuccessful(input *DescribeDeploymentsInput return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceOnline uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceOnline(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -135,6 +147,10 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceOnline(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceRegistered uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceRegistered(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -200,6 +216,10 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceRegistered(input *DescribeInstancesInput) er return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceStopped uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceStopped(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", @@ -277,6 +297,10 @@ func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceStopped(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilInstanceTerminated uses the AWS OpsWorks API operation +// DescribeInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *OpsWorks) WaitUntilInstanceTerminated(input *DescribeInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeInstances", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go index 3afbfb33a..9c2ab6699 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,7 +56,24 @@ func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifie return } +// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// The subscription name does not exist. +// +// * SourceNotFound +// The requested source could not be found. +// func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -68,6 +87,8 @@ const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -104,12 +125,29 @@ func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *requ return } +// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used // with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, // or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. // // For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -123,6 +161,8 @@ const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -157,8 +197,22 @@ func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanc return } +// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB // instance). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundFault +// The specified resource ID was not found. +// func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -172,6 +226,8 @@ const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -206,6 +262,8 @@ func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityG return } +// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. // First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if // the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, @@ -219,6 +277,28 @@ func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityG // VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. // // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState +// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * AuthorizationAlreadyExists +// The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the +// specified DB security group. +// +// * AuthorizationQuotaExceeded +// DB security group authorization quota has been reached. +// func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -232,6 +312,8 @@ const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -266,7 +348,28 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGr return } +// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter +// groups. +// +// * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. +// func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -280,6 +383,8 @@ const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -314,9 +419,32 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (r return } +// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, // see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. +// +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -330,6 +458,8 @@ const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -364,7 +494,28 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req return } +// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Copies the specified DB parameter group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. +// +// * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter +// groups. +// func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -378,6 +529,8 @@ const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -412,11 +565,37 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re return } +// CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" // state. // // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists +// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -430,6 +609,8 @@ const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -464,7 +645,27 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request. return } +// CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Copies the specified option group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault +// The option group you are trying to create already exists. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault +// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. +// func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -478,6 +679,8 @@ const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -512,6 +715,8 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request. return } +// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. // // You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster @@ -519,6 +724,58 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity +// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be +// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different +// Availability Zones that have more storage available. +// +// * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault +// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached +// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault +// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter +// group. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -532,6 +789,8 @@ const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -566,6 +825,8 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParamet return } +// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. // // Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances @@ -594,6 +855,22 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParamet // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter +// groups. +// +// * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -607,6 +884,8 @@ const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -641,9 +920,35 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput return } +// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, // see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -657,6 +962,8 @@ const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -691,7 +998,81 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +// +// * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity +// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * InstanceQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault +// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * StorageTypeNotSupported +// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// DB security group. +// +// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your +// behalf. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// +// * DomainNotFoundFault +// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -705,6 +1086,8 @@ const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -739,6 +1122,8 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadRepl return } +// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL // that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance. // @@ -748,6 +1133,76 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadRepl // except as specified below. // // The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +// +// * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity +// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * InstanceQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault +// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault +// Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating read +// replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. +// +// * InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault +// Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of an +// existing cross region read replica of the same source instance. +// +// * StorageTypeNotSupported +// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -761,6 +1216,8 @@ const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -795,6 +1252,8 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) return } +// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB parameter group. // // A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for @@ -816,6 +1275,22 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group // has been created or modified. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter +// groups. +// +// * DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -829,6 +1304,8 @@ const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -863,8 +1340,30 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (r return } +// CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB // instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists +// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already +// exists. +// +// * QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security +// groups. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotSupported +// A DB security group is not allowed for this action. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -878,6 +1377,8 @@ const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -912,7 +1413,30 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists +// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -926,6 +1450,8 @@ const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -960,8 +1486,37 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req * return } +// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one // subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists +// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. +// +// * DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a +// DB subnet groups. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -975,6 +1530,8 @@ const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1009,6 +1566,8 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput return } +// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic // ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, // or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon @@ -1028,6 +1587,36 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput // type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType // nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all // RDS sources belonging to your customer account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded +// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. +// +// * SubscriptionAlreadyExist +// The supplied subscription name already exists. +// +// * SNSInvalidTopic +// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. +// +// * SNSNoAuthorization +// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. +// +// * SNSTopicArnNotFound +// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. +// +// * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound +// The supplied category does not exist. +// +// * SourceNotFound +// The requested source could not be found. +// func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1041,6 +1630,8 @@ const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1075,7 +1666,24 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault +// The option group you are trying to create already exists. +// +// * OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault +// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. +// func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1089,6 +1697,8 @@ const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1123,6 +1733,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request. return } +// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When // you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted // and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB @@ -1130,6 +1742,30 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1143,6 +1779,8 @@ const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1179,11 +1817,28 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParamet return } +// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter // group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1197,6 +1852,8 @@ const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1231,6 +1888,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput return } +// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy // operation is terminated. // @@ -1238,6 +1897,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1251,6 +1925,8 @@ const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1285,6 +1961,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. // When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are // deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to @@ -1310,6 +1988,30 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *reques // API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After // the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete // the final instance in the DB cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBSnapshotAlreadyExists +// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. +// +// * SnapshotQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1323,6 +2025,8 @@ const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1359,8 +2063,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) return } +// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted // cannot be associated with any DB instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1374,6 +2095,8 @@ const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1410,9 +2133,26 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (r return } +// DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a DB security group. // // The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState +// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1426,6 +2166,8 @@ const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1460,10 +2202,27 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation // is terminated. // // The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1477,6 +2236,8 @@ const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1513,10 +2274,30 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req * return } +// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes a DB subnet group. // // The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB // instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault +// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidDBSubnetStateFault +// The DB subnet is not in the available state. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1530,6 +2311,8 @@ const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1564,7 +2347,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput return } +// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// The subscription name does not exist. +// +// * InvalidEventSubscriptionState +// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should +// retry the action. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1578,6 +2379,8 @@ const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1614,7 +2417,24 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Deletes an existing option group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * InvalidOptionGroupStateFault +// The option group is not in the available state. +// func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1628,6 +2448,8 @@ const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1662,12 +2484,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesI return } +// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include // Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. // The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward // that quota, and the quota's maximum value. // // This command does not take any parameters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1681,6 +2512,8 @@ const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1715,7 +2548,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req return } +// DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CertificateNotFound +// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1729,6 +2576,8 @@ const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1763,12 +2612,26 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterPa return } +// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName // parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the // specified DB cluster parameter group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1782,6 +2645,8 @@ const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1816,11 +2681,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParamet return } +// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter // group. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1834,6 +2713,8 @@ const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttribut // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1868,6 +2749,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBCluste return } +// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual // DB cluster snapshot. // @@ -1880,6 +2763,18 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBCluste // To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB // cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, // use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1893,6 +2788,8 @@ const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1927,11 +2824,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshot return } +// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports // pagination. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1945,6 +2856,8 @@ const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1979,11 +2892,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *re return } +// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports // pagination. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1997,6 +2924,8 @@ const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2037,7 +2966,16 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInp return } +// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of the available DB engines. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2076,6 +3014,8 @@ const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2116,7 +3056,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req * return } +// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2155,6 +3109,8 @@ const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2195,7 +3151,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *re return } +// DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2234,6 +3204,8 @@ const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2274,9 +3246,23 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsI return } +// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName // is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified // DB parameter group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2315,6 +3301,8 @@ const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2355,7 +3343,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req return } +// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2394,6 +3396,8 @@ const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2434,9 +3438,23 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInp return } +// DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName // is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified // DB security group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2475,6 +3493,8 @@ const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2509,6 +3529,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttri return } +// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB // snapshot. // @@ -2521,6 +3543,18 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttri // To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB // snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute // API action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2534,6 +3568,8 @@ const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2574,7 +3610,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req * return } +// DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2613,6 +3663,8 @@ const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2653,10 +3705,24 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) return } +// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, // the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. // // For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2695,6 +3761,8 @@ const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterPa // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2729,11 +3797,20 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngin return } +// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster // database engine. // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2747,6 +3824,8 @@ const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2787,8 +3866,17 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaul return } +// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified // database engine. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2827,6 +3915,8 @@ const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2861,10 +3951,19 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput return } +// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, // for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and // source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2878,6 +3977,8 @@ const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2918,11 +4019,25 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscription return } +// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description // for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, // SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. // // If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// The subscription name does not exist. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2961,6 +4076,8 @@ const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3001,11 +4118,20 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, // and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular // DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group // can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past // hour of events are returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3044,6 +4170,8 @@ const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3084,7 +4212,16 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOption return } +// DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Describes all available options. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3123,6 +4260,8 @@ const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3163,7 +4302,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req return } +// DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Describes the available option groups. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3202,6 +4355,8 @@ const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3242,7 +4397,16 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderable return } +// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3281,6 +4445,8 @@ const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3315,8 +4481,22 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMai return } +// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least // one pending maintenance action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundFault +// The specified resource ID was not found. +// func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3330,6 +4510,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3370,8 +4552,22 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstan return } +// DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about // a specified reserved DB instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedDBInstanceNotFound +// The specified reserved DB Instance not found. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3410,6 +4606,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOffer // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3450,7 +4648,21 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReserve return } +// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound +// Specified offering does not exist. +// func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3489,6 +4701,8 @@ const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3523,9 +4737,18 @@ func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (r return } +// DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Returns a list of the source AWS regions where the current AWS region can // create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports // pagination. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3539,6 +4762,8 @@ const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3579,7 +4804,24 @@ func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInp return } +// DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * DBLogFileNotFoundFault +// LogFileName does not refer to an existing DB log file. +// func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3618,6 +4860,8 @@ const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3652,6 +4896,8 @@ func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *requ return } +// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Forces a failover for a DB cluster. // // A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in the @@ -3667,6 +4913,24 @@ func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *requ // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3680,6 +4944,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3714,10 +4980,27 @@ func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req * return } +// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. // // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3731,6 +5014,8 @@ const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3765,11 +5050,59 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request. return } +// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more // database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the // new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora // on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault +// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter +// group. +// +// * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState +// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3783,6 +5116,8 @@ const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3817,6 +5152,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParamet return } +// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than // one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. @@ -3839,6 +5176,21 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParamet // (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters // command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or // modified. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3852,6 +5204,8 @@ const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3886,6 +5240,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnap return } +// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, // a manual DB cluster snapshot. // @@ -3902,6 +5258,25 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnap // the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. // // If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// +// * SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded +// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual +// DB snapshot with. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3915,6 +5290,8 @@ const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3949,9 +5326,75 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *reques return } +// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database // configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values // in the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState +// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +// +// * DBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity +// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault +// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * DBUpgradeDependencyFailure +// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. +// +// * StorageTypeNotSupported +// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// DB security group. +// +// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your +// behalf. +// +// * CertificateNotFound +// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. +// +// * DomainNotFoundFault +// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3965,6 +5408,8 @@ const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3999,6 +5444,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) return } +// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one // parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, // and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. @@ -4017,6 +5464,21 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) // You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) // or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group // has been created or modified. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4030,6 +5492,8 @@ const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4064,6 +5528,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeI return } +// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, // a manual DB snapshot. // @@ -4080,6 +5546,25 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeI // API action. // // If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded +// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual +// DB snapshot with. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4093,6 +5578,8 @@ const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4127,8 +5614,37 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req * return } +// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least // one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a +// DB subnet groups. +// +// * SubnetAlreadyInUse +// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4142,6 +5658,8 @@ const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4176,6 +5694,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput return } +// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot // modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers // for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription @@ -4185,6 +5705,33 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput // Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded +// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. +// +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// The subscription name does not exist. +// +// * SNSInvalidTopic +// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. +// +// * SNSNoAuthorization +// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. +// +// * SNSTopicArnNotFound +// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. +// +// * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound +// The supplied category does not exist. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4198,6 +5745,8 @@ const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4232,7 +5781,24 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *requ return } +// ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies an existing option group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidOptionGroupStateFault +// The option group is not in the available state. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4246,6 +5812,8 @@ const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4280,12 +5848,29 @@ func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *re return } +// PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. // // We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before // promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the // promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups // are taken based on your backup settings. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4299,6 +5884,8 @@ const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4333,7 +5920,24 @@ func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClus return } +// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4347,6 +5951,8 @@ const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferi // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4381,7 +5987,27 @@ func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReserved return } +// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound +// Specified offering does not exist. +// +// * ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a reservation with the given identifier. +// +// * ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded +// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota. +// func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4395,6 +6021,8 @@ const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4429,6 +6057,8 @@ func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *reques return } +// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also // applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter // group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage @@ -4446,6 +6076,21 @@ func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *reques // crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you // reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process // to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4459,6 +6104,8 @@ const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubs // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4493,7 +6140,24 @@ func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceI return } +// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// The subscription name does not exist. +// +// * SourceNotFound +// The requested source could not be found. +// func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4507,6 +6171,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4543,10 +6209,27 @@ func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) return } +// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. // // For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS // Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4560,6 +6243,8 @@ const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4594,6 +6279,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameter return } +// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. // To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify @@ -4607,6 +6294,21 @@ func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameter // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4620,6 +6322,8 @@ const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4654,6 +6358,8 @@ func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (r return } +// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default // value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName // and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup @@ -4661,6 +6367,21 @@ func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (r // dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set // to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance // request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDBParameterGroupState +// The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * DBParameterGroupNotFound +// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +// func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4674,6 +6395,8 @@ const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4708,10 +6431,69 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) return } +// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. // Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data // must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating // Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.html#Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.S3). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault +// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached +// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterStateFault +// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +// +// * InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault +// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * InvalidS3BucketFault +// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not +// authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName +// and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. +// +// * DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter +// group. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity +// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be +// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different +// Availability Zones that have more storage available. +// func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4725,6 +6507,8 @@ const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4759,6 +6543,8 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSna return } +// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB cluster // is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration // as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created @@ -4766,6 +6552,73 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSna // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault +// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached +// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// +// * InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault +// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. +// +// * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity +// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be +// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different +// Availability Zones that have more storage available. +// +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidRestoreFault +// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4779,6 +6632,8 @@ const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4813,6 +6668,8 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPoin return } +// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to // any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod // days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the @@ -4821,6 +6678,73 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPoin // // For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault +// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * DBClusterQuotaExceededFault +// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached +// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBClusterNotFoundFault +// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +// +// * DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault +// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +// +// * InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault +// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. +// +// * InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity +// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be +// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different +// Availability Zones that have more storage available. +// +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault +// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidRestoreFault +// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4834,6 +6758,8 @@ const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4868,6 +6794,8 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFro return } +// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created // from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration // with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, @@ -4887,6 +6815,78 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFro // // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +// +// * DBSnapshotNotFound +// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +// +// * InstanceQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. +// +// * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity +// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * InvalidDBSnapshotState +// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidRestoreFault +// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault +// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * StorageTypeNotSupported +// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// DB security group. +// +// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your +// behalf. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * DomainNotFoundFault +// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +// func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4900,6 +6900,8 @@ const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4934,6 +6936,8 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPo return } +// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to // any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime // property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by @@ -4946,6 +6950,82 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPo // instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated // with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment // and not a single-AZ deployment. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBInstanceAlreadyExists +// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +// +// * DBInstanceNotFound +// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * InstanceQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. +// +// * InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity +// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability +// Zone. +// +// * InvalidDBInstanceState +// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. +// +// * PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled +// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod +// equal to 0. +// +// * StorageQuotaExceeded +// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available +// across all DB instances. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created +// because users' change. +// +// * InvalidRestoreFault +// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +// +// * DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs +// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones +// unless there is only one Availability Zone. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +// are not all in a common VPC. +// +// * ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault +// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +// +// * OptionGroupNotFoundFault +// The specified option group could not be found. +// +// * StorageTypeNotSupported +// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// DB security group. +// +// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your +// behalf. +// +// * KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault +// Error accessing KMS key. +// +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * DomainNotFoundFault +// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +// func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -4959,6 +7039,8 @@ const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -4993,10 +7075,34 @@ func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIn return } +// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// // Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges // or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of // CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either // EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DBSecurityGroupNotFound +// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified +// DB security group. +// +// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your +// behalf. +// +// * InvalidDBSecurityGroupState +// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +// func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -5047,10 +7153,14 @@ type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { // be supplied. // // If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. + // + // SourceIdentifier is a required field SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source // identifier to. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5104,9 +7214,13 @@ type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { // The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5156,6 +7270,8 @@ type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. // // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade + // + // ApplyAction is a required field ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. @@ -5169,11 +7285,15 @@ type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { // window for the resource. // // undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. + // + // OptInType is a required field OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). + // + // ResourceIdentifier is a required field ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5230,6 +7350,8 @@ type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. + // + // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId @@ -5394,12 +7516,16 @@ type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // // If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the copy, // specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. + // + // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. + // + // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. @@ -5415,6 +7541,8 @@ type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 + // + // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5484,6 +7612,8 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 + // + // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -5501,6 +7631,8 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 + // + // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5567,12 +7699,16 @@ type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { // // Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, // or a valid ARN. + // + // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // A description for the copied DB parameter group. + // + // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. @@ -5588,6 +7724,8 @@ type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-db-parameter-group + // + // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5684,6 +7822,8 @@ type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { // Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 // // Example: arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805 + // + // SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -5702,6 +7842,8 @@ type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-db-snapshot + // + // TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5771,12 +7913,16 @@ type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { // // If the source option group is in a different region than the copy, specify // a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options. + // + // SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` // The description for the copied option group. + // + // TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the copied option group. @@ -5792,6 +7938,8 @@ type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-option-group + // + // TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5873,6 +8021,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. @@ -5903,6 +8053,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. // // Valid Values: aurora + // + // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. @@ -6074,15 +8226,21 @@ type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // This value is stored as a lowercase string. + // + // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. + // + // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -6155,6 +8313,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a @@ -6169,6 +8329,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 + // + // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. @@ -6310,6 +8472,8 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge // | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small // | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large + // + // DBInstanceClass is a required field DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. @@ -6324,6 +8488,8 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: mydbinstance + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you @@ -6432,6 +8598,8 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // aurora // // Not every database engine is available for every AWS region. + // + // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. @@ -6966,6 +9134,8 @@ type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { // The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique // key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase // string. + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will @@ -7071,6 +9241,8 @@ type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { // If the source DB instance is in a different region than the Read Replica, // specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to Constructing // a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). + // + // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. @@ -7145,6 +9317,8 @@ type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible // with that DB parameter group family. + // + // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB parameter group. @@ -7158,9 +9332,13 @@ type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // This value is stored as a lowercase string. + // + // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description for the DB parameter group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -7221,6 +9399,8 @@ type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description for the DB security group. + // + // DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. @@ -7236,6 +9416,8 @@ type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { // Must not be "Default" // // Example: mysecuritygroup + // + // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -7308,6 +9490,8 @@ type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot. @@ -7323,6 +9507,8 @@ type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id + // + // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -7383,6 +9569,8 @@ type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The description for the DB subnet group. + // + // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. @@ -7391,9 +9579,13 @@ type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup + // + // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -7474,6 +9666,8 @@ type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to // it. + // + // SnsTopicArn is a required field SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned. @@ -7509,6 +9703,8 @@ type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { // The name of the subscription. // // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -7564,13 +9760,19 @@ type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { // Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated // with. + // + // EngineName is a required field EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be // associated with. + // + // MajorEngineVersion is a required field MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The description of the option group. + // + // OptionGroupDescription is a required field OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the name of the option group to be created. @@ -7584,6 +9786,8 @@ type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: myoptiongroup + // + // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -8725,6 +10929,8 @@ type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created @@ -8820,6 +11026,8 @@ type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group. // // Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. + // + // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8867,6 +11075,8 @@ type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the // available state. + // + // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8930,6 +11140,8 @@ type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot @@ -9027,6 +11239,8 @@ type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { // You cannot delete a default DB parameter group // // Cannot be associated with any DB instances + // + // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9083,6 +11297,8 @@ type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Must not be "Default" + // + // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9130,6 +11346,8 @@ type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available // state. + // + // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9193,6 +11411,8 @@ type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup + // + // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9237,6 +11457,8 @@ type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9287,6 +11509,8 @@ type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct { // The name of the option group to be deleted. // // You cannot delete default option groups. + // + // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9544,6 +11768,8 @@ type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. @@ -9629,6 +11855,8 @@ type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. + // + // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10141,6 +12369,8 @@ type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, @@ -10320,6 +12550,8 @@ type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. @@ -10486,6 +12718,8 @@ type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. + // + // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10762,6 +12996,8 @@ type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter // information for. + // + // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. @@ -10837,6 +13073,8 @@ type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB parameter group family. + // + // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Not currently supported. @@ -11171,6 +13409,8 @@ type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct { // A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will be // described. + // + // EngineName is a required field EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. @@ -11345,6 +13585,8 @@ type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. + // + // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the @@ -11856,9 +14098,13 @@ type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the log file to be downloaded. + // + // LogFileName is a required field LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker @@ -12214,9 +14460,13 @@ type Filter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This parameter is not currently supported. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is not currently supported. + // + // Values is a required field Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -12278,6 +14528,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { // The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource // Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12372,6 +14624,8 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // First character must be a letter. // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. @@ -12513,9 +14767,13 @@ type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. + // + // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. + // + // Parameters is a required field Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -12552,9 +14810,13 @@ type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { // // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. + // + // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified @@ -12793,6 +15055,8 @@ type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing @@ -13170,6 +15434,8 @@ type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter @@ -13182,6 +15448,8 @@ type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. + // + // Parameters is a required field Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13218,9 +15486,13 @@ type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct { // // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB snapshot, set this value to restore. + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. + // + // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName. @@ -13303,9 +15575,13 @@ type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { // underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. // // Example: mySubnetgroup + // + // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -13390,6 +15666,8 @@ type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -13446,6 +15724,8 @@ type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct { // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, // cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance + // + // OptionGroupName is a required field OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, @@ -13557,6 +15837,8 @@ type OptionConfiguration struct { DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` // The configuration of options to include in a group. + // + // OptionName is a required field OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The option settings to include in an option group. @@ -14050,6 +16332,8 @@ type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster-replica1 + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14135,6 +16419,8 @@ type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: mydbinstance + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated @@ -14222,6 +16508,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct { // The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. // // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 + // + // ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -14281,6 +16569,8 @@ type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover. @@ -14366,10 +16656,14 @@ type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. + // + // SourceIdentifier is a required field SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a // source identifier from. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14423,9 +16717,13 @@ type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { // The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an Amazon // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -14580,6 +16878,8 @@ type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. + // + // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the @@ -14628,6 +16928,8 @@ type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBParameterGroupName is a required field DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter @@ -14741,6 +17043,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Example: my-cluster1 + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored @@ -14769,6 +17073,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. // // Valid Values: aurora + // + // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the database engine to use. @@ -14795,6 +17101,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". // // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. + // + // MasterUserPassword is a required field MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. @@ -14806,6 +17114,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // First character must be a letter. // // Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. + // + // MasterUsername is a required field MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated @@ -14857,11 +17167,15 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the // Amazon Aurora DB cluster. + // + // S3BucketName is a required field S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management // (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your // behalf. + // + // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create @@ -14874,6 +17188,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. // // Valid values: mysql + // + // SourceEngine is a required field SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. @@ -14881,6 +17197,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported. // // Example: 5.6.22 + // + // SourceEngineVersion is a required field SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. @@ -14988,6 +17306,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. @@ -15006,6 +17326,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // Default: The same as source // // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source + // + // Engine is a required field Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. @@ -15048,6 +17370,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. @@ -15130,6 +17454,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. @@ -15200,6 +17526,8 @@ type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tags. @@ -15318,6 +17646,8 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id + // + // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The database name for the restored DB instance. @@ -15337,6 +17667,8 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { // // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. + // + // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. @@ -15638,6 +17970,8 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. @@ -15661,6 +17995,8 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { // First character must be a letter // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens + // + // TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. @@ -15740,6 +18076,8 @@ type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. + // + // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security @@ -15967,23 +18305,29 @@ func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ApplyMethod + // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" - // @enum ApplyMethod + + // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" ) const ( - // @enum SourceType + // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/waiters.go index c1a643560..00f532a75 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable uses the Amazon RDS API operation +// DescribeDBInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeDBInstances", @@ -59,6 +63,10 @@ func (c *RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) erro return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted uses the Amazon RDS API operation +// DescribeDBInstances to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeDBInstances", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go index 45e7f2772..33d5614e2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIng // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeC return } +// AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending // on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet // or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless @@ -73,6 +77,29 @@ func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeC // to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working // with Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState +// The state of the cluster security group is not available. +// +// * AuthorizationAlreadyExists +// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for +// the specified cluster security group. +// +// * AuthorizationQuotaExceeded +// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached. +// func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -86,6 +113,8 @@ const opAuthorizeSnapshotAccess = "AuthorizeSnapshotAccess" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -120,11 +149,43 @@ func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccess return } +// AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot. // // For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift // Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// +// * AuthorizationAlreadyExists +// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for +// the specified cluster security group. +// +// * AuthorizationQuotaExceeded +// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// +// * InvalidClusterSnapshotState +// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts +// are authorized to access the snapshot. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) { req, out := c.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -138,6 +199,8 @@ const opCopyClusterSnapshot = "CopyClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -172,6 +235,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) ( return } +// CopyClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot. // The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available // state. @@ -185,6 +250,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) ( // For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift // Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists +// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing +// snapshot. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// +// * InvalidClusterSnapshotState +// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts +// are authorized to access the snapshot. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded +// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// snapshots. +// func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshot(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -198,6 +287,8 @@ const opCreateCluster = "CreateCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -232,6 +323,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request return } +// CreateCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a new cluster. // // To create the cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a @@ -239,6 +332,82 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request // of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more // information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterAlreadyExists +// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * InsufficientClusterCapacity +// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * ClusterQuotaExceeded +// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this +// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon +// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded +// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For +// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded +// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster. +// +// * ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet +// group. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones. +// +// * InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault +// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same +// VPC. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier. +// +// * HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier. +// +// * InvalidElasticIpFault +// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateCluster(input *CreateClusterInput) (*CreateClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -252,6 +421,8 @@ const opCreateClusterParameterGroup = "CreateClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -286,6 +457,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParame return } +// CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group. // // Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate @@ -297,6 +470,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParame // to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters // and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded +// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits +// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists +// A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -310,6 +507,8 @@ const opCreateClusterSecurityGroup = "CreateClusterSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -344,12 +543,38 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSecurit return } +// CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to // control access to non-VPC clusters. // // For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster // Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists +// A cluster security group with the same name already exists. +// +// * QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup +// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits +// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroup(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -363,6 +588,8 @@ const opCreateClusterSnapshot = "CreateClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -397,12 +624,43 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInpu return } +// CreateClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in // the available state. // // For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift // Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists +// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing +// snapshot. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded +// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// snapshots. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshot(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -416,6 +674,8 @@ const opCreateClusterSubnetGroup = "CreateClusterSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -450,6 +710,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGro return } +// CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one // or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) // when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group. @@ -457,6 +719,47 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGro // For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet // Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists +// A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group. +// +// * ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded +// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits +// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets +// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, +// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same +// VPC. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroup(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -470,6 +773,8 @@ const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -504,6 +809,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscription return } +// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires // an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the // Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To @@ -526,6 +833,58 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscription // the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated // from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must // specify a source type if you specify a source ID. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded +// The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this +// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon +// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * SubscriptionAlreadyExist +// There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified +// name. +// +// * SNSInvalidTopic +// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon +// SNS topic. +// +// * SNSNoAuthorization +// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic. +// +// * SNSTopicArnNotFound +// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not +// exist. +// +// * SubscriptionEventIdNotFound +// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist. +// +// * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound +// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, +// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. +// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security. +// +// * SubscriptionSeverityNotFound +// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, +// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. +// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO. +// +// * SourceNotFound +// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -539,6 +898,8 @@ const opCreateHsmClientCertificate = "CreateHsmClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -573,6 +934,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCerti return } +// CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use // to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used // to encrypt the cluster databases. @@ -582,6 +945,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCerti // that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption // keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault +// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with +// the specified identifier. +// +// * HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault +// The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about +// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificate(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -595,6 +982,8 @@ const opCreateHsmConfiguration = "CreateHsmConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -629,6 +1018,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationIn return } +// CreateHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an // Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware // Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify @@ -639,6 +1030,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationIn // client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in // the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault +// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified +// identifier. +// +// * HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault +// The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about +// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfiguration(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -652,6 +1067,8 @@ const opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant = "CreateSnapshotCopyGrant" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -686,6 +1103,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrant return } +// CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer // master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied // snapshots in a destination region. @@ -693,6 +1112,36 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrant // For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon // Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault +// The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name +// already exists. +// +// * SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault +// The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in +// this region. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -706,6 +1155,8 @@ const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -742,6 +1193,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// CreateTags API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Adds one or more tags to a specified resource. // // A resource can have up to 10 tags. If you try to create more than 10 tags @@ -749,6 +1202,24 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Reque // // If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for // that key will be updated with the new value. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TagLimitExceededFault +// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource. +// +// * ResourceNotFoundFault +// The resource could not be found. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -762,6 +1233,8 @@ const opDeleteCluster = "DeleteCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -796,6 +1269,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the // web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters // to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled @@ -813,6 +1288,29 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request // For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists +// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing +// snapshot. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded +// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster +// snapshots. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteCluster(input *DeleteClusterInput) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -826,6 +1324,8 @@ const opDeleteClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -862,9 +1362,28 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterParame return } +// DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. // // You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterParameterGroupState +// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task +// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and +// try the operation again. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -878,6 +1397,8 @@ const opDeleteClusterSecurityGroup = "DeleteClusterSecurityGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -914,6 +1435,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurit return } +// DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group. // // You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters. @@ -922,6 +1445,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurit // For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift // Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState +// The state of the cluster security group is not available. +// +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -935,6 +1474,8 @@ const opDeleteClusterSnapshot = "DeleteClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -969,6 +1510,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInpu return } +// DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available // state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot. // @@ -977,6 +1520,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInpu // You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other // accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the // authorizations before you can delete the snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterSnapshotState +// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts +// are authorized to access the snapshot. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -990,6 +1549,8 @@ const opDeleteClusterSubnetGroup = "DeleteClusterSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1026,7 +1587,28 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGro return } +// DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes the specified cluster subnet group. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault +// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault +// The state of the subnet is invalid. +// +// * ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet +// group. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1040,6 +1622,8 @@ const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1076,7 +1660,26 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscription return } +// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name +// does not exist. +// +// * InvalidSubscriptionStateFault +// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This +// subscription request is already in progress. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1090,6 +1693,8 @@ const opDeleteHsmClientCertificate = "DeleteHsmClientCertificate" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1126,7 +1731,25 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteHsmClientCerti return } +// DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes the specified HSM client certificate. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault +// The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it +// is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters. +// +// * HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificate(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1140,6 +1763,8 @@ const opDeleteHsmConfiguration = "DeleteHsmConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1176,7 +1801,25 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationIn return } +// DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault +// The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still +// in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters. +// +// * HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfiguration(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1190,6 +1833,8 @@ const opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1226,7 +1871,26 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant return } +// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault +// The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more +// clusters. +// +// * SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault +// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name +// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1240,6 +1904,8 @@ const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1276,8 +1942,25 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource // from which you want to delete the tag or tags. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundFault +// The resource could not be found. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1291,6 +1974,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeClusterParameterGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1331,6 +2016,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterP return } +// DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups // you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the // response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group @@ -1350,6 +2037,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterP // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups // are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated // with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1388,6 +2090,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterParameters = "DescribeClusterParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1428,6 +2132,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParame return } +// DescribeClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon // Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information // such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter @@ -1440,6 +2146,18 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParame // For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon // Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameters(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1478,6 +2196,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterSecurityGroups = "DescribeClusterSecurityGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1518,6 +2238,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSe return } +// DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of // a security group is specified, the response will contain only information // about only that security group. @@ -1535,6 +2257,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSe // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups // are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated // with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1573,6 +2311,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterSnapshots = "DescribeClusterSnapshots" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1613,6 +2353,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapsho return } +// DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster // snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots // of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information @@ -1629,6 +2371,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapsho // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are // returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with // them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1667,6 +2424,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterSubnetGroups = "DescribeClusterSubnetGroups" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1707,6 +2466,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubn return } +// DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata // about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information // about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account. @@ -1720,6 +2481,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubn // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups // are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated // with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet +// group. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1758,6 +2535,8 @@ const opDescribeClusterVersions = "DescribeClusterVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1798,11 +2577,20 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterVersions return } +// DescribeClusterVersions API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You // can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about // the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, // go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information. func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersions(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1841,6 +2629,8 @@ const opDescribeClusters = "DescribeClusters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeClusters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1881,6 +2671,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *r return } +// DescribeClusters API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties, // cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security // and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information @@ -1895,6 +2687,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *r // // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned // regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeClusters for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusters(input *DescribeClustersInput) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeClustersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1933,6 +2740,8 @@ const opDescribeDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeDefaultClusterParameters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1973,11 +2782,20 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDefaul return } +// DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family. // // For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon // Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2016,6 +2834,8 @@ const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2050,9 +2870,18 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategories return } +// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a // specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, // go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2066,6 +2895,8 @@ const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2106,9 +2937,24 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscri return } +// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notifications subscription // for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description // for that subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name +// does not exist. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2147,6 +2993,8 @@ const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeEvents for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2187,10 +3035,19 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *reque return } +// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter // groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security // group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name // as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. func (c *Redshift) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2229,6 +3086,8 @@ const opDescribeHsmClientCertificates = "DescribeHsmClientCertificates" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2269,6 +3128,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClient return } +// DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate // ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned // by your AWS customer account. @@ -2282,6 +3143,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClient // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates // are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated // with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificates(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2320,6 +3196,8 @@ const opDescribeHsmConfigurations = "DescribeHsmConfigurations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2360,6 +3238,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurat return } +// DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. // If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM // configurations owned by your AWS customer account. @@ -2373,6 +3253,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurat // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections // are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated // with them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurations(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2411,6 +3306,8 @@ const opDescribeLoggingStatus = "DescribeLoggingStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2445,8 +3342,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInpu return } +// DescribeLoggingStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is // being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatus(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) { req, out := c.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2460,6 +3371,8 @@ const opDescribeOrderableClusterOptions = "DescribeOrderableClusterOptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2500,6 +3413,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderab return } +// DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster // you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the // EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify, @@ -2509,6 +3424,13 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderab // a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift // Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information. func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2547,6 +3469,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedNodeOfferings = "DescribeReservedNodeOfferings" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2587,6 +3511,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedN return } +// DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift // with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring // costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. @@ -2597,6 +3523,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedN // For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved // Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound +// Specified offering does not exist. +// +// * UnsupportedOperation +// The requested operation isn't supported. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2635,6 +3576,8 @@ const opDescribeReservedNodes = "DescribeReservedNodes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2675,7 +3618,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodesInpu return } +// DescribeReservedNodes API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedNodeNotFound +// The specified reserved compute node not found. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodes(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2714,6 +3671,8 @@ const opDescribeResize = "DescribeResize" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeResize for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2748,6 +3707,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) (req *reque return } +// DescribeResize API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. // If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, // a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, @@ -2755,6 +3716,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) (req *reque // // A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a // different number or type of nodes for the cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeResize for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * ResizeNotFound +// A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeResize(input *DescribeResizeInput) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeResizeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2768,6 +3744,8 @@ const opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = "DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2802,12 +3780,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotCopy return } +// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination // region. // // For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon // Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault +// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name +// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2821,6 +3817,8 @@ const opDescribeTableRestoreStatus = "DescribeTableRestoreStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2855,11 +3853,28 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input *DescribeTableRestore return } +// DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot // API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter, // then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests // ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise // DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TableRestoreNotFoundFault +// The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatus(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2873,6 +3888,8 @@ const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2907,6 +3924,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.R return } +// DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying // an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as // clusters, snapshots, and so on. @@ -2931,6 +3950,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.R // If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are // returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with // them. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ResourceNotFoundFault +// The resource could not be found. +// +// * InvalidTagFault +// The tag is invalid. +// func (c *Redshift) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeTagsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2944,6 +3978,8 @@ const opDisableLogging = "DisableLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2978,8 +4014,22 @@ func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingRequest(input *DisableLoggingInput) (req *reque return } +// DisableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the // specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DisableLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// func (c *Redshift) DisableLogging(input *DisableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) { req, out := c.DisableLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2993,6 +4043,8 @@ const opDisableSnapshotCopy = "DisableSnapshotCopy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3027,12 +4079,35 @@ func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) ( return } +// DisableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region // for a specified cluster. // // If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master // key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that // grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault +// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopy(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3046,6 +4121,8 @@ const opEnableLogging = "EnableLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3080,8 +4157,38 @@ func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingRequest(input *EnableLoggingInput) (req *request return } +// EnableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for // the specified Amazon Redshift cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation EnableLogging for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * BucketNotFoundFault +// Could not find the specified S3 bucket. +// +// * InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault +// The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3 +// bucket specified when enabling logging. +// +// * InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault +// The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the +// documented constraints. +// +// * InvalidS3BucketNameFault +// The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go +// to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide. +// func (c *Redshift) EnableLogging(input *EnableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error) { req, out := c.EnableLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3095,6 +4202,8 @@ const opEnableSnapshotCopy = "EnableSnapshotCopy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3129,8 +4238,51 @@ func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (re return } +// EnableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region // for a specified cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * IncompatibleOrderableOptions +// The specified options are incompatible. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * CopyToRegionDisabledFault +// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again. +// +// * SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault +// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled. +// +// * UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault +// The specified region is incorrect or does not exist. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault +// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name +// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopy(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error) { req, out := c.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3144,6 +4296,8 @@ const opModifyCluster = "ModifyCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3178,6 +4332,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request return } +// ModifyCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security // or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the // master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security @@ -3189,6 +4345,65 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request // You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down // the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of // nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifyCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState +// The state of the cluster security group is not available. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded +// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For +// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// +// * InsufficientClusterCapacity +// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster. +// +// * UnsupportedOptionFault +// A request option was specified that is not supported. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier. +// +// * HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier. +// +// * ClusterAlreadyExists +// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// +// * InvalidElasticIpFault +// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifyCluster(input *ModifyClusterInput) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3202,6 +4417,8 @@ const opModifyClusterIamRoles = "ModifyClusterIamRoles" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3236,10 +4453,27 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInpu return } +// ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that // can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services. // // A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRoles(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3253,6 +4487,8 @@ const opModifyClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3287,11 +4523,30 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterParame return } +// ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies the parameters of a parameter group. // // For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon // Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// +// * InvalidClusterParameterGroupState +// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task +// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and +// try the operation again. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3305,6 +4560,8 @@ const opModifyClusterSubnetGroup = "ModifyClusterSubnetGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3339,9 +4596,44 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGro return } +// ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets. // The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of // subnets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet +// group. +// +// * ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault +// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets +// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, +// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * SubnetAlreadyInUse +// A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same +// VPC. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3355,6 +4647,8 @@ const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3389,7 +4683,53 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscription return } +// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionNotFound +// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name +// does not exist. +// +// * SNSInvalidTopic +// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon +// SNS topic. +// +// * SNSNoAuthorization +// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic. +// +// * SNSTopicArnNotFound +// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not +// exist. +// +// * SubscriptionEventIdNotFound +// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist. +// +// * SubscriptionCategoryNotFound +// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, +// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. +// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security. +// +// * SubscriptionSeverityNotFound +// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, +// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. +// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO. +// +// * SourceNotFound +// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found. +// +// * InvalidSubscriptionStateFault +// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This +// subscription request is already in progress. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3403,6 +4743,8 @@ const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3437,8 +4779,31 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapsho return } +// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination // region after they are copied from the source region. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * SnapshotCopyDisabledFault +// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3452,6 +4817,8 @@ const opPurchaseReservedNodeOffering = "PurchaseReservedNodeOffering" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3486,6 +4853,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNo return } +// PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined // set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. // You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available @@ -3495,6 +4864,29 @@ func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNo // For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved // Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound +// Specified offering does not exist. +// +// * ReservedNodeAlreadyExists +// User already has a reservation with the given identifier. +// +// * ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded +// Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about +// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * UnsupportedOperation +// The requested operation isn't supported. +// func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3508,6 +4900,8 @@ const opRebootCluster = "RebootCluster" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RebootCluster for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3542,6 +4936,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) (req *request return } +// RebootCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in // a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set // to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any @@ -3549,6 +4945,21 @@ func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) (req *request // For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RebootCluster for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// func (c *Redshift) RebootCluster(input *RebootClusterInput) (*RebootClusterOutput, error) { req, out := c.RebootClusterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3562,6 +4973,8 @@ const opResetClusterParameterGroup = "ResetClusterParameterGroup" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3596,10 +5009,29 @@ func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetClusterParamete return } +// ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default // values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default". // To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter. // For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidClusterParameterGroupState +// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task +// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and +// try the operation again. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { req, out := c.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3613,6 +5045,8 @@ const opRestoreFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreFromClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3647,6 +5081,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSn return } +// RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates // the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster // from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created @@ -3662,6 +5098,90 @@ func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSn // For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift // Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessToSnapshotDenied +// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access +// the snapshot. +// +// * ClusterAlreadyExists +// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// +// * ClusterQuotaExceeded +// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this +// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon +// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * InsufficientClusterCapacity +// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster. +// +// * InvalidClusterSnapshotState +// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts +// are authorized to access the snapshot. +// +// * InvalidRestore +// The restore is invalid. +// +// * NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded +// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For +// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) +// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// * NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded +// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster. +// +// * InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault +// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones. +// +// * InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault +// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +// +// * InvalidSubnet +// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same +// VPC. +// +// * ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault +// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet +// group. +// +// * UnauthorizedOperation +// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation. +// +// * HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier. +// +// * HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault +// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier. +// +// * InvalidElasticIpFault +// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found. +// +// * ClusterParameterGroupNotFound +// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group. +// +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * LimitExceededFault +// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3675,6 +5195,8 @@ const opRestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot = "RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3709,6 +5231,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFro return } +// RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot. // You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the // snapshot was taken from. @@ -3722,6 +5246,39 @@ func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFro // name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot. // This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from // the snapshot. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// +// * InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault +// You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for +// your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request. +// +// * InvalidClusterSnapshotState +// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts +// are authorized to access the snapshot. +// +// * InvalidTableRestoreArgument +// The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName +// parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot. +// +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * UnsupportedOperation +// The requested operation isn't supported. +// func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3735,6 +5292,8 @@ const opRevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3769,11 +5328,33 @@ func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeCluster return } +// RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously // authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, // see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing // security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound +// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security +// group. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the +// specified cluster security group. +// +// * InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState +// The state of the cluster security group is not available. +// func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3787,6 +5368,8 @@ const opRevokeSnapshotAccess = "RevokeSnapshotAccess" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3821,6 +5404,8 @@ func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) return } +// RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the // specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the // restore will run to completion. @@ -3828,6 +5413,26 @@ func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) // For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift // Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AccessToSnapshotDenied +// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access +// the snapshot. +// +// * AuthorizationNotFound +// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the +// specified cluster security group. +// +// * ClusterSnapshotNotFound +// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot. +// func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccess(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error) { req, out := c.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3841,6 +5446,8 @@ const opRotateEncryptionKey = "RotateEncryptionKey" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3875,7 +5482,28 @@ func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) ( return } +// RotateEncryptionKey API operation for Amazon Redshift. +// // Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's +// API operation RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ClusterNotFound +// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster. +// +// * InvalidClusterState +// The specified cluster is not in the available state. +// +// * DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault +// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling +// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request. +// func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKey(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error) { req, out := c.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3907,6 +5535,8 @@ type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added. + // + // ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group. @@ -3965,6 +5595,8 @@ type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct { // The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified // snapshot. + // + // AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter @@ -3973,6 +5605,8 @@ type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct { SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore. + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4554,6 +6188,8 @@ type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Constraints: // // Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is available. + // + // SourceSnapshotIdentifier is a required field SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier given to the new manual snapshot. @@ -4569,6 +6205,8 @@ type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request. + // + // TargetSnapshotIdentifier is a required field TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4671,6 +6309,8 @@ type CreateClusterInput struct { // Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. // // Example: myexamplecluster + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. @@ -4799,6 +6439,8 @@ type CreateClusterInput struct { // // Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except ' (single // quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space. + // + // MasterUserPassword is a required field MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that @@ -4813,6 +6455,8 @@ type CreateClusterInput struct { // Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in Reserved // Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html) // in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide. + // + // MasterUsername is a required field MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node @@ -4821,6 +6465,8 @@ type CreateClusterInput struct { // // Valid Values: ds1.xlarge | ds1.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large // | dc1.8xlarge. + // + // NodeType is a required field NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when @@ -4931,6 +6577,8 @@ type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A description of the parameter group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies. @@ -4942,6 +6590,8 @@ type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated // with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example, // a valid family name is "redshift-1.0". + // + // ParameterGroupFamily is a required field ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the cluster parameter group. @@ -4957,6 +6607,8 @@ type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // Must be unique withing your AWS account. // // This value is stored as a lower-case string. + // + // ParameterGroupName is a required field ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5024,9 +6676,13 @@ type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct { // Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS account. // // Example: examplesecuritygroup + // + // ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A description for the security group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5080,6 +6736,8 @@ type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier @@ -5096,6 +6754,8 @@ type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens // // Example: my-snapshot-id + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5160,13 +6820,19 @@ type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct { // Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account. // // Example: examplesubnetgroup + // + // ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A description for the subnet group. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a // single request. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5241,6 +6907,8 @@ type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the // event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic // and subscribe to it. + // + // SnsTopicArn is a required field SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All @@ -5275,6 +6943,8 @@ type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { // First character must be a letter. // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5329,6 +6999,8 @@ type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct { // The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the // cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys. + // + // HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5381,23 +7053,35 @@ type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A text description of the HSM configuration to be created. + // + // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. + // + // HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM. + // + // HsmIpAddress is a required field HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will // store their database encryption keys. + // + // HsmPartitionName is a required field HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The password required to access the HSM partition. + // + // HsmPartitionPassword is a required field HsmPartitionPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is // server.pem. + // + // HsmServerPublicCertificate is a required field HsmServerPublicCertificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5483,6 +7167,8 @@ type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. + // + // SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of tag instances. @@ -5541,6 +7227,8 @@ type CreateTagsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags. // For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each @@ -5548,6 +7236,8 @@ type CreateTagsInput struct { // is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated // by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags // "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0". + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5634,6 +7324,8 @@ type DeleteClusterInput struct { // First character must be a letter. // // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before @@ -5710,6 +7402,8 @@ type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group. // // Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group. + // + // ParameterGroupName is a required field ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5754,6 +7448,8 @@ type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cluster security group to be deleted. + // + // ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5808,6 +7504,8 @@ type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available // state. + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5855,6 +7553,8 @@ type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted. + // + // ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5899,6 +7599,8 @@ type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5943,6 +7645,8 @@ type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted. + // + // HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5987,6 +7691,8 @@ type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted. + // + // HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6032,6 +7738,8 @@ type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete. + // + // SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6078,9 +7786,13 @@ type DeleteTagsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags. // For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1. + // + // ResourceName is a required field ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tag key that you want to delete. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6224,6 +7936,8 @@ type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct { MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details. + // + // ParameterGroupName is a required field ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different @@ -6723,6 +8437,8 @@ type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the cluster parameter group family. + // + // ParameterGroupFamily is a required field ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7134,6 +8850,8 @@ type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct { // The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status. // // Example: examplecluster + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7355,6 +9073,8 @@ type DescribeResizeInput struct { // // By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account // are returned. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7696,6 +9416,8 @@ type DisableLoggingInput struct { // The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped. // // Example: examplecluster + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7730,6 +9452,8 @@ type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region // snapshot copy enabled. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7832,11 +9556,15 @@ type EnableLoggingInput struct { // Must be in the same region as the cluster // // The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions + // + // BucketName is a required field BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started. // // Example: examplecluster + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The prefix applied to the log file names. @@ -7894,6 +9622,8 @@ type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not // already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to. @@ -7901,6 +9631,8 @@ type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct { // Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see // Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // DestinationRegion is a required field DestinationRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region @@ -8294,6 +10026,8 @@ type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct { // The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate // IAM roles. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You @@ -8366,6 +10100,8 @@ type ModifyClusterInput struct { // The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified. // // Example: examplecluster + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change @@ -8585,6 +10321,8 @@ type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the parameter group to be modified. + // + // ParameterGroupName is a required field ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be @@ -8595,6 +10333,8 @@ type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // // For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the // name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter. + // + // Parameters is a required field Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -8628,6 +10368,8 @@ type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the subnet group to be modified. + // + // ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A text description of the subnet group to be modified. @@ -8635,6 +10377,8 @@ type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct { // An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a // single request. + // + // SubnetIds is a required field SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -8726,6 +10470,8 @@ type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. + // + // SubscriptionName is a required field SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8777,6 +10523,8 @@ type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct { // // Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region // snapshot copy enabled. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region @@ -8788,6 +10536,8 @@ type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct { // of the new retention period. // // Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35. + // + // RetentionPeriod is a required field RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8970,6 +10720,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct { NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase. + // + // ReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9018,6 +10770,8 @@ type RebootClusterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The cluster identifier. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9195,6 +10949,8 @@ type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset. + // + // ParameterGroupName is a required field ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option @@ -9275,6 +11031,8 @@ type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct { // Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. // // Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster. @@ -9391,6 +11149,8 @@ type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct { // isn't case sensitive. // // Example: my-snapshot-id + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with @@ -9487,17 +11247,25 @@ type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table to create as a result of the current request. + // + // NewTableName is a required field NewTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must // have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier // parameter. + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from. + // + // SourceDatabaseName is a required field SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If @@ -9505,6 +11273,8 @@ type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct { SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"` // The name of the source table to restore from. + // + // SourceTableName is a required field SourceTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the database to restore the table to. @@ -9575,6 +11345,8 @@ type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` // The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule. + // + // ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName @@ -9636,6 +11408,8 @@ type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct { // The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the // specified snapshot. + // + // AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter @@ -9644,6 +11418,8 @@ type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct { SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access. + // + // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9697,6 +11473,8 @@ type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct { // keys for. // // Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled. + // + // ClusterIdentifier is a required field ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10079,32 +11857,40 @@ func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum ParameterApplyType + // ParameterApplyTypeStatic is a ParameterApplyType enum value ParameterApplyTypeStatic = "static" - // @enum ParameterApplyType + + // ParameterApplyTypeDynamic is a ParameterApplyType enum value ParameterApplyTypeDynamic = "dynamic" ) const ( - // @enum SourceType + // SourceTypeCluster is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeCluster = "cluster" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup = "cluster-parameter-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup = "cluster-security-group" - // @enum SourceType + + // SourceTypeClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot" ) const ( - // @enum TableRestoreStatusType + // TableRestoreStatusTypePending is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value TableRestoreStatusTypePending = "PENDING" - // @enum TableRestoreStatusType + + // TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS" - // @enum TableRestoreStatusType + + // TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED" - // @enum TableRestoreStatusType + + // TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED" - // @enum TableRestoreStatusType + + // TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled = "CANCELED" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/waiters.go index 8ab16da9c..59e26ed59 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilClusterAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation +// DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailable(input *DescribeClustersInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeClusters", @@ -41,6 +45,10 @@ func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailable(input *DescribeClustersInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilClusterDeleted uses the Amazon Redshift API operation +// DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeleted(input *DescribeClustersInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeClusters", @@ -76,6 +84,10 @@ func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeleted(input *DescribeClustersInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilClusterRestored uses the Amazon Redshift API operation +// DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestored(input *DescribeClustersInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeClusters", @@ -105,6 +117,10 @@ func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestored(input *DescribeClustersInput) error return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation +// DescribeClusterSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "DescribeClusterSnapshots", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/api.go index 9977a2365..5e836a278 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAssociateVPCWithHostedZone = "AssociateVPCWithHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssociateVPCWithHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *Route53) AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneRequest(input *AssociateVPCWithHoste return } +// AssociateVPCWithHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Associates an Amazon VPC with a private hosted zone. // // The VPC and the hosted zone must already exist, and you must have created @@ -69,6 +73,35 @@ func (c *Route53) AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneRequest(input *AssociateVPCWithHoste // Amazon VPCs and Private Hosted Zones That You Create with Different AWS Accounts // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/hosted-zone-private-associate-vpcs-different-accounts.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation AssociateVPCWithHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidVPCId +// The hosted zone you are trying to create for your VPC_ID does not belong +// to you. Amazon Route 53 returns this error when the VPC specified by VPCId +// does not belong to you. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * PublicZoneVPCAssociation +// The hosted zone specified in HostedZoneId is a public hosted zone. +// +// * ConflictingDomainExists + +// +// * LimitsExceeded +// The limits specified for a resource have been exceeded. +// func (c *Route53) AssociateVPCWithHostedZone(input *AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput) (*AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -82,6 +115,8 @@ const opChangeResourceRecordSets = "ChangeResourceRecordSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ChangeResourceRecordSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -116,6 +151,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest(input *ChangeResourceRecordSet return } +// ChangeResourceRecordSets API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Create, change, update, or delete authoritative DNS information on all Amazon // Route 53 servers. Send a POST request to: // @@ -208,6 +245,36 @@ func (c *Route53) ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest(input *ChangeResourceRecordSet // resource record set being created. // // For more information on transactional changes, see ChangeResourceRecordSets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ChangeResourceRecordSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * InvalidChangeBatch +// This exception contains a list of messages that might contain one or more +// error messages. Each error message indicates one error in the change batch. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// func (c *Route53) ChangeResourceRecordSets(input *ChangeResourceRecordSetsInput) (*ChangeResourceRecordSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -221,6 +288,8 @@ const opChangeTagsForResource = "ChangeTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ChangeTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -255,6 +324,36 @@ func (c *Route53) ChangeTagsForResourceRequest(input *ChangeTagsForResourceInput return } +// ChangeTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ChangeTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// +// * ThrottlingException + +// func (c *Route53) ChangeTagsForResource(input *ChangeTagsForResourceInput) (*ChangeTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ChangeTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -268,6 +367,8 @@ const opCreateHealthCheck = "CreateHealthCheck" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -302,6 +403,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateHealthCheckRequest(input *CreateHealthCheckInput) (req * return } +// CreateHealthCheck API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates a new health check. // // To create a new health check, send a POST request to the /2013-04-01/healthcheck @@ -334,6 +437,27 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateHealthCheckRequest(input *CreateHealthCheckInput) (req * // create a health check that is based on the state of the alarm. For information // about creating CloudWatch metrics and alarms by using the CloudWatch console, // see the Amazon CloudWatch Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/WhatIsCloudWatch.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * TooManyHealthChecks + +// +// * HealthCheckAlreadyExists +// The health check you're attempting to create already exists. +// +// Amazon Route 53 returns this error when a health check has already been +// created with the specified value for CallerReference. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) CreateHealthCheck(input *CreateHealthCheckInput) (*CreateHealthCheckOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateHealthCheckRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -347,6 +471,8 @@ const opCreateHostedZone = "CreateHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -381,6 +507,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateHostedZoneRequest(input *CreateHostedZoneInput) (req *re return } +// CreateHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates a new public hosted zone, used to specify how the Domain Name System // (DNS) routes traffic on the Internet for a domain, such as example.com, and // its subdomains. @@ -420,6 +548,52 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateHostedZoneRequest(input *CreateHostedZoneInput) (req *re // When trying to create a hosted zone using a reusable delegation set, specify // an optional DelegationSetId, and Amazon Route 53 would assign those 4 NS // records for the zone, instead of alloting a new one. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidDomainName +// The specified domain name is not valid. +// +// * HostedZoneAlreadyExists +// The hosted zone you are trying to create already exists. Amazon Route 53 +// returns this error when a hosted zone has already been created with the specified +// CallerReference. +// +// * TooManyHostedZones +// This hosted zone cannot be created because the hosted zone limit is exceeded. +// To request a limit increase, go to the Amazon Route 53 Contact Us (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request/) +// page. +// +// * InvalidVPCId +// The hosted zone you are trying to create for your VPC_ID does not belong +// to you. Amazon Route 53 returns this error when the VPC specified by VPCId +// does not belong to you. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * DelegationSetNotAvailable +// You can create a hosted zone that has the same name as an existing hosted +// zone (example.com is common), but there is a limit to the number of hosted +// zones that have the same name. If you get this error, Amazon Route 53 has +// reached that limit. If you own the domain name and Amazon Route 53 generates +// this error, contact Customer Support. +// +// * ConflictingDomainExists + +// +// * NoSuchDelegationSet +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * DelegationSetNotReusable +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// func (c *Route53) CreateHostedZone(input *CreateHostedZoneInput) (*CreateHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -433,6 +607,8 @@ const opCreateReusableDelegationSet = "CreateReusableDelegationSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -467,6 +643,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateReusableDelegationSetRequest(input *CreateReusableDelega return } +// CreateReusableDelegationSet API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates a delegation set (a group of four anem servers) that can be reused // by multiple hosted zones. If a hosted zoned ID is specified, CreateReusableDelegationSet // marks the delegation set associated with that zone as reusable @@ -480,6 +658,41 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateReusableDelegationSetRequest(input *CreateReusableDelega // For more information, including a procedure on how to create and configure // a reusable delegation set (also known as white label name servers), see Configuring // White Label Name Servers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/white-label-name-servers.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DelegationSetAlreadyCreated +// A delegation set with the same owner and caller reference combination has +// already been created. +// +// * LimitsExceeded +// The limits specified for a resource have been exceeded. +// +// * HostedZoneNotFound +// The specified HostedZone cannot be found. +// +// * InvalidArgument +// Parameter name and problem. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * DelegationSetNotAvailable +// You can create a hosted zone that has the same name as an existing hosted +// zone (example.com is common), but there is a limit to the number of hosted +// zones that have the same name. If you get this error, Amazon Route 53 has +// reached that limit. If you own the domain name and Amazon Route 53 generates +// this error, contact Customer Support. +// +// * DelegationSetAlreadyReusable +// The specified delegation set has already been marked as reusable. +// func (c *Route53) CreateReusableDelegationSet(input *CreateReusableDelegationSetInput) (*CreateReusableDelegationSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReusableDelegationSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -493,6 +706,8 @@ const opCreateTrafficPolicy = "CreateTrafficPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -527,6 +742,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyInput) (r return } +// CreateTrafficPolicy API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates a traffic policy, which you use to create multiple DNS resource record // sets for one domain name (such as example.com) or one subdomain name (such // as www.example.com). @@ -535,6 +752,30 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyInput) (r // The request body must include a document with a CreateTrafficPolicyRequest // element. The response includes the CreateTrafficPolicyResponse element, which // contains information about the new traffic policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * TooManyTrafficPolicies +// You've created the maximum number of traffic policies that can be created +// for the current AWS account. You can request an increase to the limit on +// the Contact Us (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request/) page. +// +// * TrafficPolicyAlreadyExists +// A traffic policy that has the same value for Name already exists. +// +// * InvalidTrafficPolicyDocument +// The format of the traffic policy document that you specified in the Document +// element is invalid. +// func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicy(input *CreateTrafficPolicyInput) (*CreateTrafficPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTrafficPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -548,6 +789,8 @@ const opCreateTrafficPolicyInstance = "CreateTrafficPolicyInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -582,6 +825,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyI return } +// CreateTrafficPolicyInstance API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates resource record sets in a specified hosted zone based on the settings // in a specified traffic policy version. In addition, CreateTrafficPolicyInstance // associates the resource record sets with a specified domain name (such as @@ -593,6 +838,32 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyI // resource. The request body must include a document with a CreateTrafficPolicyRequest // element. The response returns the CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceResponse element, // which contains information about the traffic policy instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * TooManyTrafficPolicyInstances +// You've created the maximum number of traffic policy instances that can be +// created for the current AWS account. You can request an increase to the limit +// on the Contact Us (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request/) page. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * TrafficPolicyInstanceAlreadyExists +// Traffic policy instance with given Id already exists. +// func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyInstance(input *CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput) (*CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -606,6 +877,8 @@ const opCreateTrafficPolicyVersion = "CreateTrafficPolicyVersion" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTrafficPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -640,6 +913,8 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyVersionRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyVe return } +// CreateTrafficPolicyVersion API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Creates a new version of an existing traffic policy. When you create a new // version of a traffic policy, you specify the ID of the traffic policy that // you want to update and a JSON-formatted document that describes the new version. @@ -653,6 +928,29 @@ func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyVersionRequest(input *CreateTrafficPolicyVe // The request body includes a document with a CreateTrafficPolicyVersionRequest // element. The response returns the CreateTrafficPolicyVersionResponse element, // which contains information about the new version of the traffic policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation CreateTrafficPolicyVersion for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * ConcurrentModification +// Another user submitted a request to update the object at the same time that +// you did. Retry the request. +// +// * InvalidTrafficPolicyDocument +// The format of the traffic policy document that you specified in the Document +// element is invalid. +// func (c *Route53) CreateTrafficPolicyVersion(input *CreateTrafficPolicyVersionInput) (*CreateTrafficPolicyVersionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTrafficPolicyVersionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -666,6 +964,8 @@ const opDeleteHealthCheck = "DeleteHealthCheck" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -700,6 +1000,8 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteHealthCheckRequest(input *DeleteHealthCheckInput) (req * return } +// DeleteHealthCheck API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Deletes a health check. Send a DELETE request to the /2013-04-01/healthcheck/health // check ID resource. // @@ -711,6 +1013,27 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteHealthCheckRequest(input *DeleteHealthCheckInput) (req * // configuration. For more information, see Replacing and Deleting Health Checks // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html#health-checks-deleting.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DeleteHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * HealthCheckInUse +// The health check ID for this health check is referenced in the HealthCheckId +// element in one of the resource record sets in one of the hosted zones that +// are owned by the current AWS account. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) DeleteHealthCheck(input *DeleteHealthCheckInput) (*DeleteHealthCheckOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteHealthCheckRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -724,6 +1047,8 @@ const opDeleteHostedZone = "DeleteHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -758,6 +1083,8 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteHostedZoneRequest(input *DeleteHostedZoneInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Deletes a hosted zone. Send a DELETE request to the /Amazon Route 53 API // version/hostedzone/hosted zone ID resource. // @@ -767,6 +1094,34 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteHostedZoneRequest(input *DeleteHostedZoneInput) (req *re // If you try to delete a hosted zone that contains other resource record sets, // Amazon Route 53 denies your request with a HostedZoneNotEmpty error. For // information about deleting records from your hosted zone, see ChangeResourceRecordSets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DeleteHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * HostedZoneNotEmpty +// The hosted zone contains resource records that are not SOA or NS records. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * InvalidDomainName +// The specified domain name is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) DeleteHostedZone(input *DeleteHostedZoneInput) (*DeleteHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -780,6 +1135,8 @@ const opDeleteReusableDelegationSet = "DeleteReusableDelegationSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -814,6 +1171,8 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteReusableDelegationSetRequest(input *DeleteReusableDelega return } +// DeleteReusableDelegationSet API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Deletes a reusable delegation set. Send a DELETE request to the /2013-04-01/delegationset/delegation // set ID resource. // @@ -823,6 +1182,28 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteReusableDelegationSetRequest(input *DeleteReusableDelega // To verify that the reusable delegation set is not associated with any hosted // zones, run the GetReusableDelegationSet action and specify the ID of the // reusable delegation set that you want to delete. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DeleteReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchDelegationSet +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * DelegationSetInUse +// The specified delegation contains associated hosted zones which must be deleted +// before the reusable delegation set can be deleted. +// +// * DelegationSetNotReusable +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) DeleteReusableDelegationSet(input *DeleteReusableDelegationSetInput) (*DeleteReusableDelegationSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteReusableDelegationSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -836,6 +1217,8 @@ const opDeleteTrafficPolicy = "DeleteTrafficPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -870,10 +1253,35 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteTrafficPolicyRequest(input *DeleteTrafficPolicyInput) (r return } +// DeleteTrafficPolicy API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Deletes a traffic policy. // // Send a DELETE request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/trafficpolicy // resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DeleteTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * TrafficPolicyInUse +// One or more traffic policy instances were created by using the specified +// traffic policy. +// +// * ConcurrentModification +// Another user submitted a request to update the object at the same time that +// you did. Retry the request. +// func (c *Route53) DeleteTrafficPolicy(input *DeleteTrafficPolicyInput) (*DeleteTrafficPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTrafficPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -887,6 +1295,8 @@ const opDeleteTrafficPolicyInstance = "DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -921,6 +1331,8 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *DeleteTrafficPolicyI return } +// DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Deletes a traffic policy instance and all of the resource record sets that // Amazon Route 53 created when you created the instance. // @@ -929,6 +1341,28 @@ func (c *Route53) DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *DeleteTrafficPolicyI // // In the Amazon Route 53 console, traffic policy instances are known as policy // records. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// func (c *Route53) DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance(input *DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceInput) (*DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -942,6 +1376,8 @@ const opDisassociateVPCFromHostedZone = "DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -976,6 +1412,8 @@ func (c *Route53) DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneRequest(input *DisassociateVPCFro return } +// DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Disassociates a VPC from a Amazon Route 53 private hosted zone. // // Send a POST request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/hostedzone/hosted @@ -986,6 +1424,34 @@ func (c *Route53) DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneRequest(input *DisassociateVPCFro // You can only disassociate a VPC from a private hosted zone when two or // more VPCs are associated with that hosted zone. You cannot convert a private // hosted zone into a public hosted zone. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidVPCId +// The hosted zone you are trying to create for your VPC_ID does not belong +// to you. Amazon Route 53 returns this error when the VPC specified by VPCId +// does not belong to you. +// +// * VPCAssociationNotFound +// The specified VPC and hosted zone are not currently associated. +// +// * LastVPCAssociation +// Only one VPC is currently associated with the hosted zone. You cannot convert +// a private hosted zone into a public hosted zone by disassociating the last +// VPC from a hosted zone. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone(input *DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneInput) (*DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -999,6 +1465,8 @@ const opGetChange = "GetChange" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetChange for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1033,6 +1501,8 @@ func (c *Route53) GetChangeRequest(input *GetChangeInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// GetChange API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Returns the current status of a change batch request. The status is one of // the following values: // @@ -1042,6 +1512,21 @@ func (c *Route53) GetChangeRequest(input *GetChangeInput) (req *request.Request, // // INSYNC indicates that the changes have replicated to all Amazon Route // 53 DNS servers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetChange for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchChange + +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetChange(input *GetChangeInput) (*GetChangeOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetChangeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1055,6 +1540,8 @@ const opGetChangeDetails = "GetChangeDetails" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetChangeDetails for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1092,7 +1579,24 @@ func (c *Route53) GetChangeDetailsRequest(input *GetChangeDetailsInput) (req *re return } +// GetChangeDetails API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Returns the status and changes of a change batch request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetChangeDetails for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchChange + +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetChangeDetails(input *GetChangeDetailsInput) (*GetChangeDetailsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetChangeDetailsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1106,6 +1610,8 @@ const opGetCheckerIpRanges = "GetCheckerIpRanges" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCheckerIpRanges for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1140,11 +1646,20 @@ func (c *Route53) GetCheckerIpRangesRequest(input *GetCheckerIpRangesInput) (req return } +// GetCheckerIpRanges API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves a list of the IP ranges used by Amazon Route 53 health checkers // to check the health of your resources. Send a GET request to the /Amazon // Route 53 API version/checkeripranges resource. Use these IP addresses to // configure router and firewall rules to allow health checkers to check the // health of your resources. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetCheckerIpRanges for usage and error information. func (c *Route53) GetCheckerIpRanges(input *GetCheckerIpRangesInput) (*GetCheckerIpRangesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCheckerIpRangesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1158,6 +1673,8 @@ const opGetGeoLocation = "GetGeoLocation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetGeoLocation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1192,9 +1709,26 @@ func (c *Route53) GetGeoLocationRequest(input *GetGeoLocationInput) (req *reques return } +// GetGeoLocation API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves a single geo location. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/geolocation // resource with one of these options: continentcode | countrycode | countrycode // and subdivisioncode. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetGeoLocation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchGeoLocation +// Amazon Route 53 doesn't support the specified geolocation. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetGeoLocation(input *GetGeoLocationInput) (*GetGeoLocationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetGeoLocationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1208,6 +1742,8 @@ const opGetHealthCheck = "GetHealthCheck" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1242,11 +1778,33 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckRequest(input *GetHealthCheckInput) (req *reques return } +// GetHealthCheck API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about a specified health check. Send a GET request to the // /2013-04-01/healthcheck/health check ID resource. For more information about // using the console to perform this operation, see Amazon Route 53 Health Checks // and DNS Failover (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * IncompatibleVersion +// The resource you are trying to access is unsupported on this Amazon Route +// 53 endpoint. Please consider using a newer endpoint or a tool that does so. +// func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheck(input *GetHealthCheckInput) (*GetHealthCheckOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHealthCheckRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1260,6 +1818,8 @@ const opGetHealthCheckCount = "GetHealthCheckCount" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHealthCheckCount for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1294,8 +1854,17 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckCountRequest(input *GetHealthCheckCountInput) (r return } +// GetHealthCheckCount API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // To retrieve a count of all your health checks, send a GET request to the // /2013-04-01/healthcheckcount resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHealthCheckCount for usage and error information. func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckCount(input *GetHealthCheckCountInput) (*GetHealthCheckCountOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHealthCheckCountRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1309,6 +1878,8 @@ const opGetHealthCheckLastFailureReason = "GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1343,10 +1914,28 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonRequest(input *GetHealthCheckLa return } +// GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // If you want to learn why a health check is currently failing or why it failed // most recently (if at all), you can get the failure reason for the most recent // failure. Send a GET request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/healthcheck/health // check ID/lastfailurereason resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason(input *GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonInput) (*GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1360,6 +1949,8 @@ const opGetHealthCheckStatus = "GetHealthCheckStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHealthCheckStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1394,9 +1985,27 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckStatusRequest(input *GetHealthCheckStatusInput) return } +// GetHealthCheckStatus API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets status of a specified health check. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/healthcheck/health // check ID/status resource. You can use this call to get a health check's current // status. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHealthCheckStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetHealthCheckStatus(input *GetHealthCheckStatusInput) (*GetHealthCheckStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHealthCheckStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1410,6 +2019,8 @@ const opGetHostedZone = "GetHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1444,9 +2055,26 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHostedZoneRequest(input *GetHostedZoneInput) (req *request. return } +// GetHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves the delegation set for a hosted zone, including the four name servers // assigned to the hosted zone. Send a GET request to the /Amazon Route 53 API // version/hostedzone/hosted zone ID resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetHostedZone(input *GetHostedZoneInput) (*GetHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1460,6 +2088,8 @@ const opGetHostedZoneCount = "GetHostedZoneCount" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetHostedZoneCount for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1494,8 +2124,22 @@ func (c *Route53) GetHostedZoneCountRequest(input *GetHostedZoneCountInput) (req return } +// GetHostedZoneCount API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves a count of all your hosted zones. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/hostedzonecount // resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetHostedZoneCount for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetHostedZoneCount(input *GetHostedZoneCountInput) (*GetHostedZoneCountOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetHostedZoneCountRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1509,6 +2153,8 @@ const opGetReusableDelegationSet = "GetReusableDelegationSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1543,8 +2189,28 @@ func (c *Route53) GetReusableDelegationSetRequest(input *GetReusableDelegationSe return } +// GetReusableDelegationSet API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves the reusable delegation set. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/delegationset/delegation // set ID resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetReusableDelegationSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchDelegationSet +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * DelegationSetNotReusable +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetReusableDelegationSet(input *GetReusableDelegationSetInput) (*GetReusableDelegationSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetReusableDelegationSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1558,6 +2224,8 @@ const opGetTrafficPolicy = "GetTrafficPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1592,9 +2260,26 @@ func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyRequest(input *GetTrafficPolicyInput) (req *re return } +// GetTrafficPolicy API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about a specific traffic policy version. // // Send a GET request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/trafficpolicy resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetTrafficPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicy(input *GetTrafficPolicyInput) (*GetTrafficPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTrafficPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1608,6 +2293,8 @@ const opGetTrafficPolicyInstance = "GetTrafficPolicyInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1642,6 +2329,8 @@ func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *GetTrafficPolicyInstanc return } +// GetTrafficPolicyInstance API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about a specified traffic policy instance. // // Send a GET request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/trafficpolicyinstance @@ -1654,6 +2343,21 @@ func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *GetTrafficPolicyInstanc // // In the Amazon Route 53 console, traffic policy instances are known as // policy records. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyInstance(input *GetTrafficPolicyInstanceInput) (*GetTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1667,6 +2371,8 @@ const opGetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount = "GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1701,11 +2407,20 @@ func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCountRequest(input *GetTrafficPolicyIn return } +// GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets the number of traffic policy instances that are associated with the // current AWS account. // // To get the number of traffic policy instances, send a GET request to the // /2013-04-01/trafficpolicyinstancecount resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount for usage and error information. func (c *Route53) GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCount(input *GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCountInput) (*GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCountOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCountRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1719,6 +2434,8 @@ const opListChangeBatchesByHostedZone = "ListChangeBatchesByHostedZone" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListChangeBatchesByHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1756,8 +2473,25 @@ func (c *Route53) ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneRequest(input *ListChangeBatchesB return } +// ListChangeBatchesByHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets the list of ChangeBatches in a given time period for a given hosted // zone. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListChangeBatchesByHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListChangeBatchesByHostedZone(input *ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneInput) (*ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1771,6 +2505,8 @@ const opListChangeBatchesByRRSet = "ListChangeBatchesByRRSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListChangeBatchesByRRSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1808,8 +2544,25 @@ func (c *Route53) ListChangeBatchesByRRSetRequest(input *ListChangeBatchesByRRSe return } +// ListChangeBatchesByRRSet API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets the list of ChangeBatches in a given time period for a given hosted // zone and RRSet. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListChangeBatchesByRRSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListChangeBatchesByRRSet(input *ListChangeBatchesByRRSetInput) (*ListChangeBatchesByRRSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListChangeBatchesByRRSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1823,6 +2576,8 @@ const opListGeoLocations = "ListGeoLocations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListGeoLocations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1857,6 +2612,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListGeoLocationsRequest(input *ListGeoLocationsInput) (req *re return } +// ListGeoLocations API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves a list of supported geo locations. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/geolocations // resource. The response to this request includes a GeoLocationDetailsList // element for each location that Amazon Route 53 supports. @@ -1865,6 +2622,18 @@ func (c *Route53) ListGeoLocationsRequest(input *ListGeoLocationsInput) (req *re // 53 supports subdivisions for a country (for example, states or provinces), // the subdivisions for that country are listed in alphabetical order immediately // after the corresponding country. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListGeoLocations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListGeoLocations(input *ListGeoLocationsInput) (*ListGeoLocationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListGeoLocationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1878,6 +2647,8 @@ const opListHealthChecks = "ListHealthChecks" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListHealthChecks for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1918,6 +2689,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHealthChecksRequest(input *ListHealthChecksInput) (req *re return } +// ListHealthChecks API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieve a list of your health checks. Send a GET request to the /2013-04-01/healthcheck // resource. The response to this request includes a HealthChecks element with // zero or more HealthCheck child elements. By default, the list of health checks @@ -1927,6 +2700,22 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHealthChecksRequest(input *ListHealthChecksInput) (req *re // // For information about listing health checks using the Amazon Route 53 console, // see Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListHealthChecks for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * IncompatibleVersion +// The resource you are trying to access is unsupported on this Amazon Route +// 53 endpoint. Please consider using a newer endpoint or a tool that does so. +// func (c *Route53) ListHealthChecks(input *ListHealthChecksInput) (*ListHealthChecksOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListHealthChecksRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1965,6 +2754,8 @@ const opListHostedZones = "ListHostedZones" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListHostedZones for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2005,6 +2796,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHostedZonesRequest(input *ListHostedZonesInput) (req *requ return } +// ListHostedZones API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // To retrieve a list of your public and private hosted zones, send a GET request // to the /2013-04-01/hostedzone resource. The response to this request includes // a HostedZones child element for each hosted zone created by the current AWS @@ -2031,6 +2824,24 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHostedZonesRequest(input *ListHostedZonesInput) (req *requ // If you're making the second or subsequent call to ListHostedZones, the // Marker element matches the value that you specified in the marker parameter // in the previous request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListHostedZones for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchDelegationSet +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// +// * DelegationSetNotReusable +// A reusable delegation set with the specified ID does not exist. +// func (c *Route53) ListHostedZones(input *ListHostedZonesInput) (*ListHostedZonesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListHostedZonesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2069,6 +2880,8 @@ const opListHostedZonesByName = "ListHostedZonesByName" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListHostedZonesByName for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2103,6 +2916,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHostedZonesByNameRequest(input *ListHostedZonesByNameInput return } +// ListHostedZonesByName API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Retrieves a list of your hosted zones in lexicographic order. Send a GET // request to the /2013-04-01/hostedzonesbyname resource. The response includes // a HostedZones child element for each hosted zone created by the current AWS @@ -2153,6 +2968,21 @@ func (c *Route53) ListHostedZonesByNameRequest(input *ListHostedZonesByNameInput // with the current AWS account. If you want to list more hosted zones, make // another call to ListHostedZonesByName, and specify the value of NextDNSName // and NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, respectively. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListHostedZonesByName for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * InvalidDomainName +// The specified domain name is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListHostedZonesByName(input *ListHostedZonesByNameInput) (*ListHostedZonesByNameOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListHostedZonesByNameRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2166,6 +2996,8 @@ const opListResourceRecordSets = "ListResourceRecordSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListResourceRecordSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2206,6 +3038,22 @@ func (c *Route53) ListResourceRecordSetsRequest(input *ListResourceRecordSetsInp return } +// ListResourceRecordSets API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListResourceRecordSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListResourceRecordSets(input *ListResourceRecordSetsInput) (*ListResourceRecordSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListResourceRecordSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2244,6 +3092,8 @@ const opListReusableDelegationSets = "ListReusableDelegationSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListReusableDelegationSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2278,6 +3128,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListReusableDelegationSetsRequest(input *ListReusableDelegatio return } +// ListReusableDelegationSets API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // To retrieve a list of your reusable delegation sets, send a GET request to // the /2013-04-01/delegationset resource. The response to this request includes // a DelegationSets element with zero, one, or multiple DelegationSet child @@ -2288,6 +3140,18 @@ func (c *Route53) ListReusableDelegationSetsRequest(input *ListReusableDelegatio // // Amazon Route 53 returns a maximum of 100 items. If you set MaxItems to // a value greater than 100, Amazon Route 53 returns only the first 100. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListReusableDelegationSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListReusableDelegationSets(input *ListReusableDelegationSetsInput) (*ListReusableDelegationSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListReusableDelegationSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2301,6 +3165,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2335,6 +3201,36 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (r return } +// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// +// * ThrottlingException + +// func (c *Route53) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2348,6 +3244,8 @@ const opListTagsForResources = "ListTagsForResources" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResources for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2382,6 +3280,36 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTagsForResourcesRequest(input *ListTagsForResourcesInput) return } +// ListTagsForResources API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTagsForResources for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// +// * ThrottlingException + +// func (c *Route53) ListTagsForResources(input *ListTagsForResourcesInput) (*ListTagsForResourcesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourcesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2395,6 +3323,8 @@ const opListTrafficPolicies = "ListTrafficPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTrafficPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2429,6 +3359,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPoliciesRequest(input *ListTrafficPoliciesInput) (r return } +// ListTrafficPolicies API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about the latest version for every traffic policy that is // associated with the current AWS account. Send a GET request to the /Amazon // Route 53 API version/trafficpolicy resource. @@ -2463,6 +3395,18 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPoliciesRequest(input *ListTrafficPoliciesInput) (r // // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the request that // produced the current response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTrafficPolicies for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicies(input *ListTrafficPoliciesInput) (*ListTrafficPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTrafficPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2476,6 +3420,8 @@ const opListTrafficPolicyInstances = "ListTrafficPolicyInstances" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTrafficPolicyInstances for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2510,6 +3456,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesRequest(input *ListTrafficPolicyInst return } +// ListTrafficPolicyInstances API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created by using // the current AWS account. // @@ -2549,6 +3497,21 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesRequest(input *ListTrafficPolicyInst // and specify these values in the corresponding request parameters. // // If IsTruncated is false, all three elements are omitted from the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTrafficPolicyInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstances(input *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTrafficPolicyInstancesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2562,6 +3525,8 @@ const opListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone = "ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHo // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2596,6 +3561,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneRequest(input *ListTraff return } +// ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created in a // specified hosted zone. // @@ -2635,6 +3602,24 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneRequest(input *ListTraff // and specify these values in the corresponding request parameters. // // If IsTruncated is false, all three elements are omitted from the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone(input *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2648,6 +3633,8 @@ const opListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy = "ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2682,6 +3669,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyRequest(input *ListTrafficPo return } +// ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created by using // a specify traffic policy version. // @@ -2721,6 +3710,24 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyRequest(input *ListTrafficPo // and specify these values in the corresponding request parameters. // // If IsTruncated is false, all three elements are omitted from the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy(input *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2734,6 +3741,8 @@ const opListTrafficPolicyVersions = "ListTrafficPolicyVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTrafficPolicyVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2768,6 +3777,8 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyVersionsRequest(input *ListTrafficPolicyVersi return } +// ListTrafficPolicyVersions API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Gets information about all of the versions for a specified traffic policy. // // Send a GET request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/trafficpolicy resource @@ -2802,6 +3813,21 @@ func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyVersionsRequest(input *ListTrafficPolicyVersi // // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the request that // produced the current response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation ListTrafficPolicyVersions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// func (c *Route53) ListTrafficPolicyVersions(input *ListTrafficPolicyVersionsInput) (*ListTrafficPolicyVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTrafficPolicyVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2815,6 +3841,8 @@ const opTestDNSAnswer = "TestDNSAnswer" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See TestDNSAnswer for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2849,6 +3877,22 @@ func (c *Route53) TestDNSAnswerRequest(input *TestDNSAnswerInput) (req *request. return } +// TestDNSAnswer API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation TestDNSAnswer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) TestDNSAnswer(input *TestDNSAnswerInput) (*TestDNSAnswerOutput, error) { req, out := c.TestDNSAnswerRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2862,6 +3906,8 @@ const opUpdateHealthCheck = "UpdateHealthCheck" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2896,6 +3942,8 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateHealthCheckRequest(input *UpdateHealthCheckInput) (req * return } +// UpdateHealthCheck API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Updates an existing health check. // // Send a POST request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/healthcheck/health @@ -2903,6 +3951,25 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateHealthCheckRequest(input *UpdateHealthCheckInput) (req * // UpdateHealthCheckRequest element. For more information about updating health // checks, see Creating, Updating, and Deleting Health Checks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation UpdateHealthCheck for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHealthCheck +// No health check exists with the ID that you specified in the DeleteHealthCheck +// request. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * HealthCheckVersionMismatch + +// func (c *Route53) UpdateHealthCheck(input *UpdateHealthCheckInput) (*UpdateHealthCheckOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateHealthCheckRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2916,6 +3983,8 @@ const opUpdateHostedZoneComment = "UpdateHostedZoneComment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateHostedZoneComment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2950,8 +4019,25 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateHostedZoneCommentRequest(input *UpdateHostedZoneCommentI return } +// UpdateHostedZoneComment API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Updates the hosted zone comment. Send a POST request to the /2013-04-01/hostedzone/hosted // zone ID resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation UpdateHostedZoneComment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchHostedZone +// No hosted zone exists with the ID that you specified. +// +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// func (c *Route53) UpdateHostedZoneComment(input *UpdateHostedZoneCommentInput) (*UpdateHostedZoneCommentOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateHostedZoneCommentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2965,6 +4051,8 @@ const opUpdateTrafficPolicyComment = "UpdateTrafficPolicyComment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateTrafficPolicyComment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2999,12 +4087,33 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentRequest(input *UpdateTrafficPolicyCo return } +// UpdateTrafficPolicyComment API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Updates the comment for a specified traffic policy version. // // Send a POST request to the /Amazon Route 53 API version/trafficpolicy/ resource. // // The request body must include a document with an UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentRequest // element. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation UpdateTrafficPolicyComment for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * ConcurrentModification +// Another user submitted a request to update the object at the same time that +// you did. Retry the request. +// func (c *Route53) UpdateTrafficPolicyComment(input *UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentInput) (*UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3018,6 +4127,8 @@ const opUpdateTrafficPolicyInstance = "UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3052,6 +4163,8 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *UpdateTrafficPolicyI return } +// UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance API operation for Amazon Route 53. +// // Updates the resource record sets in a specified hosted zone that were created // based on the settings in a specified traffic policy version. // @@ -3075,6 +4188,36 @@ func (c *Route53) UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input *UpdateTrafficPolicyI // // Amazon Route 53 deletes the old group of resource record sets that are // associated with the root resource record set name. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Route 53's +// API operation UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInput +// The input is not valid. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicy +// No traffic policy exists with the specified ID. +// +// * NoSuchTrafficPolicyInstance +// No traffic policy instance exists with the specified ID. +// +// * PriorRequestNotComplete +// If Amazon Route 53 can't process a request before the next request arrives, +// it will reject subsequent requests for the same hosted zone and return an +// HTTP 400 error (Bad request). If Amazon Route 53 returns this error repeatedly +// for the same request, we recommend that you wait, in intervals of increasing +// duration, before you try the request again. +// +// * ConflictingTypes +// You tried to update a traffic policy instance by using a traffic policy version +// that has a different DNS type than the current type for the instance. You +// specified the type in the JSON document in the CreateTrafficPolicy or CreateTrafficPolicyVersionrequest. +// func (c *Route53) UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance(input *UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput) (*UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3089,6 +4232,8 @@ type AlarmIdentifier struct { // The name of the CloudWatch alarm that you want Amazon Route 53 health checkers // to use to determine whether this health check is healthy. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that identifies the CloudWatch alarm that you want Amazon @@ -3097,6 +4242,8 @@ type AlarmIdentifier struct { // // For the current list of CloudWatch regions, see Amazon CloudWatch (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#cw_region) // in AWS Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // Region is a required field Region *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CloudWatchRegion"` } @@ -3211,6 +4358,8 @@ type AliasTarget struct { // // Another Amazon Route 53 resource record set: Specify the value of the // Name element for a resource record set in the current hosted zone. + // + // DNSName is a required field DNSName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Applies only to alias, weighted alias, latency alias, and failover alias @@ -3290,6 +4439,8 @@ type AliasTarget struct { // For more information and examples, see Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and // DNS Failover (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // EvaluateTargetHealth is a required field EvaluateTargetHealth *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Alias resource records sets only: The value used depends on where the queries @@ -3331,6 +4482,8 @@ type AliasTarget struct { // Another Amazon Route 53 resource record set in your hosted zone Specify // the hosted zone ID of your hosted zone. (An alias resource record set cannot // reference a resource record set in a different hosted zone.) + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3375,10 +4528,14 @@ type AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput struct { // // Note that you cannot associate a VPC with a hosted zone that doesn't have // an existing VPC association. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type containing information about the Amazon VPC that you're associating // with the specified hosted zone. + // + // VPC is a required field VPC *VPC `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3418,6 +4575,8 @@ type AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that describes the changes made to your hosted zone. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3458,9 +4617,13 @@ type Change struct { // resource record set only when all of the following values match: Name, Type, // and SetIdentifier (for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource // record sets). + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // Information about the resource record set to create or delete. + // + // ResourceRecordSet is a required field ResourceRecordSet *ResourceRecordSet `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3500,6 +4663,8 @@ type ChangeBatch struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Information about the changes to make to the record sets. + // + // Changes is a required field Changes []*Change `locationNameList:"Change" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // Optional: Any comments you want to include about a change batch request. @@ -3558,12 +4723,16 @@ type ChangeBatchRecord struct { // The ID of the request. Use this ID to track when the change has completed // across all Amazon Route 53 DNS servers. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The current state of the request. PENDING indicates that this request has // not yet been applied to all Amazon Route 53 DNS servers. // // Valid Values: PENDING | INSYNC + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeStatus"` // The date and time the change was submitted, in the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ, @@ -3599,15 +4768,21 @@ type ChangeInfo struct { Comment *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The current state of the request. PENDING indicates that this request has // not yet been applied to all Amazon Route 53 DNS servers. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeStatus"` // The date and time the change request was submitted, in Coordinated Universal // Time (UTC) format: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. For more information, see the Wikipedia // entry ISO 8601 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601). + // + // SubmittedAt is a required field SubmittedAt *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` } @@ -3626,10 +4801,14 @@ type ChangeResourceRecordSetsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"https://route53.amazonaws.com/doc/2013-04-01/"` // A complex type that contains an optional comment and the Changes element. + // + // ChangeBatch is a required field ChangeBatch *ChangeBatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The ID of the hosted zone that contains the resource record sets that you // want to change. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3673,6 +4852,8 @@ type ChangeResourceRecordSetsOutput struct { // // This element contains an ID that you use when performing a GetChange action // to get detailed information about the change. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3703,6 +4884,8 @@ type ChangeTagsForResourceInput struct { RemoveTagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"Key" min:"1" type:"list"` // The ID of the resource for which you want to add, change, or delete tags. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the resource. @@ -3710,6 +4893,8 @@ type ChangeTagsForResourceInput struct { // The resource type for health checks is healthcheck. // // The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TagResourceType"` } @@ -3767,6 +4952,8 @@ type CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration struct { // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the arithmetic // operation that is used for the comparison. + // + // ComparisonOperator is a required field ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ComparisonOperator"` // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, a complex type @@ -3777,26 +4964,38 @@ type CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration struct { // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the number of // periods that the metric is compared to the threshold. + // + // EvaluationPeriods is a required field EvaluationPeriods *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // The name of the CloudWatch metric that the alarm is associated with. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The namespace of the metric that the alarm is associated with. For more information, // see Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html) // in the Amazon CloudWatch Developer Guide. + // + // Namespace is a required field Namespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the duration // of one evaluation period in seconds. + // + // Period is a required field Period *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer" required:"true"` // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the statistic // that is applied to the metric. + // + // Statistic is a required field Statistic *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Statistic"` // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the value the // metric is compared with. + // + // Threshold is a required field Threshold *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"` } @@ -3818,9 +5017,13 @@ type CreateHealthCheckInput struct { // requests to be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice. // You must use a unique CallerReference string every time you create a health // check. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains the response to a CreateHealthCheck request. + // + // HealthCheckConfig is a required field HealthCheckConfig *HealthCheckConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -3863,9 +5066,13 @@ type CreateHealthCheckOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains identifying information about the health check. + // + // HealthCheck is a required field HealthCheck *HealthCheck `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The unique URL representing the new health check. + // + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3888,6 +5095,8 @@ type CreateHostedZoneInput struct { // You must use a unique CallerReference string every time you create a hosted // zone. CallerReference can be any unique string, for example, a date/time // stamp. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If you want to associate a reusable delegation set with this hosted zone, @@ -3917,6 +5126,8 @@ type CreateHostedZoneInput struct { // with your DNS registrar. If your domain name is registered with a registrar // other than Amazon Route 53, change the name servers for your domain to the // set of NameServers that CreateHostedZone returns in the DelegationSet element. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The VPC that you want your hosted zone to be associated with. By providing @@ -3964,15 +5175,23 @@ type CreateHostedZoneOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that describes the changes made to your hosted zone. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that describes the name servers for this hosted zone. + // + // DelegationSet is a required field DelegationSet *DelegationSet `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains general information about the hosted zone. + // + // HostedZone is a required field HostedZone *HostedZone `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The unique URL representing the new hosted zone. + // + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` VPC *VPC `type:"structure"` @@ -3996,6 +5215,8 @@ type CreateReusableDelegationSetInput struct { // the operation twice. You must use a unique CallerReference string every time // you submit a CreateReusableDelegationSet request. CallerReference can be // any unique string, for example a date/time stamp. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // If you want to mark the delegation set for an existing hosted zone as reusable, @@ -4033,9 +5254,13 @@ type CreateReusableDelegationSetOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains name server information. + // + // DelegationSet is a required field DelegationSet *DelegationSet `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The unique URL representing the new reusbale delegation set. + // + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4060,9 +5285,13 @@ type CreateTrafficPolicyInput struct { // The definition of this traffic policy in JSON format. For more information, // see Traffic Policy Document Format (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/api-policies-traffic-policy-document-format.html) // in the Amazon Route 53 API Reference. + // + // Document is a required field Document *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the traffic policy. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4099,23 +5328,33 @@ type CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput struct { // The ID of the hosted zone in which you want Amazon Route 53 to create resource // record sets by using the configuration in a traffic policy. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The domain name (such as example.com) or subdomain name (such as www.example.com) // for which Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries by using the resource record // sets that Amazon Route 53 creates for this traffic policy instance. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // (Optional) The TTL that you want Amazon Route 53 to assign to all of the // resource record sets that it creates in the specified hosted zone. + // + // TTL is a required field TTL *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` // The ID of the traffic policy that you want to use to create resource record // sets in the specified hosted zone. + // + // TrafficPolicyId is a required field TrafficPolicyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the traffic policy that you want to use to create resource // record sets in the specified hosted zone. + // + // TrafficPolicyVersion is a required field TrafficPolicyVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4163,9 +5402,13 @@ type CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A unique URL that represents a new traffic policy instance. + // + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains settings for the new traffic policy instance. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstance is a required field TrafficPolicyInstance *TrafficPolicyInstance `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4184,9 +5427,12 @@ func (s CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput) GoString() string { type CreateTrafficPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains settings for the new traffic policy. + // + // TrafficPolicy is a required field TrafficPolicy *TrafficPolicy `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4212,9 +5458,13 @@ type CreateTrafficPolicyVersionInput struct { // The definition of this version of the traffic policy, in JSON format. You // specified the JSON in the CreateTrafficPolicyVersion request. For more information // about the JSON format, see CreateTrafficPolicy. + // + // Document is a required field Document *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the traffic policy for which you want to create a new version. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4249,10 +5499,13 @@ func (s *CreateTrafficPolicyVersionInput) Validate() error { type CreateTrafficPolicyVersionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Location is a required field Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains settings for the new version of the traffic // policy. + // + // TrafficPolicy is a required field TrafficPolicy *TrafficPolicy `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4276,6 +5529,8 @@ type DelegationSet struct { // A complex type that contains a list of the authoritative name servers for // the hosted zone. + // + // NameServers is a required field NameServers []*string `locationNameList:"NameServer" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4294,6 +5549,7 @@ func (s DelegationSet) GoString() string { type DeleteHealthCheckInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // HealthCheckId is a required field HealthCheckId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"HealthCheckId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4341,6 +5597,8 @@ type DeleteHostedZoneInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the hosted zone you want to delete. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4373,6 +5631,8 @@ type DeleteHostedZoneOutput struct { // A complex type that contains the ID, the status, and the date and time of // your delete request. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4391,6 +5651,8 @@ type DeleteReusableDelegationSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the reusable delegation set you want to delete. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4437,9 +5699,13 @@ type DeleteTrafficPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the traffic policy that you want to delete. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the traffic policy that you want to delete. + // + // Version is a required field Version *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"Version" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -4482,6 +5748,8 @@ type DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceInput struct { // When you delete a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 also deletes // all of the resource record sets that were created when you created the traffic // policy instance. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4545,10 +5813,14 @@ type Dimension struct { // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the name of // one dimension. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, the value of // one dimension. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4572,10 +5844,14 @@ type DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneInput struct { // The ID of the VPC that you want to disassociate from an Amazon Route 53 hosted // zone. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type containing information about the Amazon VPC that you're disassociating // from the specified hosted zone. + // + // VPC is a required field VPC *VPC `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4616,6 +5892,8 @@ type DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that describes the changes made to your hosted zone. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4720,6 +5998,8 @@ type GetChangeDetailsInput struct { // The ID of the change batch. This is the value that you specified in the change // ID parameter when you submitted the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4753,6 +6033,8 @@ type GetChangeDetailsOutput struct { // A complex type that contains information about the specified change batch, // including the change batch ID, the status of the change, and the contained // changes. + // + // ChangeBatchRecord is a required field ChangeBatchRecord *ChangeBatchRecord `deprecated:"true" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4773,6 +6055,8 @@ type GetChangeInput struct { // The ID of the change batch request. The value that you specify here is the // value that ChangeResourceRecordSets returned in the Id element when you submitted // the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4804,6 +6088,8 @@ type GetChangeOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains information about the specified change batch. + // + // ChangeInfo is a required field ChangeInfo *ChangeInfo `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4838,6 +6124,8 @@ type GetCheckerIpRangesOutput struct { // A complex type that contains sorted list of IP ranges in CIDR format for // Amazon Route 53 health checkers. + // + // CheckerIpRanges is a required field CheckerIpRanges []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4919,6 +6207,8 @@ type GetGeoLocationOutput struct { // A complex type that contains the codes and full continent, country, and subdivision // names for the specified geolocation code. + // + // GeoLocationDetails is a required field GeoLocationDetails *GeoLocationDetails `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4953,6 +6243,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckCountOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of health checks associated with the current AWS account. + // + // HealthCheckCount is a required field HealthCheckCount *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -4982,6 +6274,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckInput struct { // created it. When you add or update a resource record set, you use this value // to specify which health check to use. The value can be up to 64 characters // long. + // + // HealthCheckId is a required field HealthCheckId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"HealthCheckId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5023,6 +6317,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonInput struct { // The ID for the health check for which you want the last failure reason. When // you created the health check, CreateHealthCheck returned the ID in the response, // in the HealthCheckId element. + // + // HealthCheckId is a required field HealthCheckId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"HealthCheckId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5056,6 +6352,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonOutput struct { // A list that contains one Observation element for each Amazon Route 53 health // checker that is reporting a last failure reason. + // + // HealthCheckObservations is a required field HealthCheckObservations []*HealthCheckObservation `locationNameList:"HealthCheckObservation" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5075,6 +6373,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckOutput struct { // A complex type that contains information about one health check that is associated // with the current AWS account. + // + // HealthCheck is a required field HealthCheck *HealthCheck `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5149,6 +6449,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckStatusInput struct { // of FullyQualifiedDomainName matches the name of the resource record sets // and then associate the health check with those resource record sets, health // check results will be unpredictable. + // + // HealthCheckId is a required field HealthCheckId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"HealthCheckId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5181,6 +6483,8 @@ type GetHealthCheckStatusOutput struct { // A list that contains one HealthCheckObservation element for each Amazon Route // 53 health checker that is reporting a status about the health check endpoint. + // + // HealthCheckObservations is a required field HealthCheckObservations []*HealthCheckObservation `locationNameList:"HealthCheckObservation" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5216,6 +6520,8 @@ type GetHostedZoneCountOutput struct { // The total number of public and private hosted zones associated with the current // AWS account. + // + // HostedZoneCount is a required field HostedZoneCount *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -5235,6 +6541,8 @@ type GetHostedZoneInput struct { // The ID of the hosted zone for which you want to get a list of the name servers // in the delegation set. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5269,6 +6577,8 @@ type GetHostedZoneOutput struct { DelegationSet *DelegationSet `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains general information about the hosted zone. + // + // HostedZone is a required field HostedZone *HostedZone `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about VPCs associated with the specified @@ -5292,6 +6602,8 @@ type GetReusableDelegationSetInput struct { // The ID of the reusable delegation set for which you want to get a list of // the name server. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5324,6 +6636,8 @@ type GetReusableDelegationSetOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains information about the reusable delegation set. + // + // DelegationSet is a required field DelegationSet *DelegationSet `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5344,10 +6658,14 @@ type GetTrafficPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the traffic policy that you want to get information about. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The version number of the traffic policy that you want to get information // about. + // + // Version is a required field Version *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"Version" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -5403,6 +6721,8 @@ type GetTrafficPolicyInstanceCountOutput struct { // The number of traffic policy instances that are associated with the current // AWS account. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstanceCount is a required field TrafficPolicyInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -5424,6 +6744,8 @@ type GetTrafficPolicyInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the traffic policy instance that you want to get information about. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5456,6 +6778,8 @@ type GetTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains settings for the traffic policy instance. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstance is a required field TrafficPolicyInstance *TrafficPolicyInstance `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5474,6 +6798,8 @@ type GetTrafficPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains settings for the specified traffic policy. + // + // TrafficPolicy is a required field TrafficPolicy *TrafficPolicy `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5493,6 +6819,8 @@ type HealthCheck struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A unique string that you specified when you created the health check. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that contains information about the CloudWatch alarm that @@ -5500,17 +6828,23 @@ type HealthCheck struct { CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration *CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains detailed information about one health check. + // + // HealthCheckConfig is a required field HealthCheckConfig *HealthCheckConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The version of the health check. You can optionally pass this value in a // call to UpdateHealthCheck to prevent overwriting another change to the health // check. + // + // HealthCheckVersion is a required field HealthCheckVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` // The identifier that Amazon Route 53assigned to the health check when you // created it. When you add or update a resource record set, you use this value // to specify which health check to use. The value can be up to 64 characters // long. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5757,6 +7091,8 @@ type HealthCheckConfig struct { // // For more information about how Amazon Route 53 determines whether an endpoint // is healthy, see the introduction to this topic. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"HealthCheckType"` } @@ -5834,6 +7170,8 @@ type HostedZone struct { // The value that you specified for CallerReference when you created the hosted // zone. + // + // CallerReference is a required field CallerReference *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A complex type that includes the Comment and PrivateZone elements. If you @@ -5843,6 +7181,8 @@ type HostedZone struct { // The ID that Amazon Route 53 assigned to the hosted zone when you created // it. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the domain. For public hosted zones, this is the name that you @@ -5850,6 +7190,8 @@ type HostedZone struct { // // For information about how to specify characters other than a-z, 0-9, and // - (hyphen) and how to specify internationalized domain names, see CreateHostedZone. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of resource record sets in the hosted zone. @@ -5894,9 +7236,13 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneInput struct { _ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"` // The end of the time period you want to see changes for. + // + // EndDate is a required field EndDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"endDate" deprecated:"true" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the hosted zone that you want to see changes for. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The page marker. @@ -5906,6 +7252,8 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneInput struct { MaxItems *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxItems" type:"string"` // The start of the time period you want to see changes for. + // + // StartDate is a required field StartDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"startDate" deprecated:"true" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5943,6 +7291,8 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneOutput struct { _ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"` // The change batches within the given hosted zone and time period. + // + // ChangeBatchRecords is a required field ChangeBatchRecords []*ChangeBatchRecord `locationNameList:"ChangeBatchRecord" min:"1" deprecated:"true" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates if there are more change batches to list. @@ -5951,10 +7301,14 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByHostedZoneOutput struct { // For the second and subsequent calls to ListHostedZones, Marker is the value // that you specified for the marker parameter in the request that produced // the current response. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListHostedZones // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The next page marker. @@ -5976,9 +7330,13 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByRRSetInput struct { _ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"` // The end of the time period you want to see changes for. + // + // EndDate is a required field EndDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"endDate" deprecated:"true" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the hosted zone that you want to see changes for. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The page marker. @@ -5988,15 +7346,21 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByRRSetInput struct { MaxItems *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxItems" type:"string"` // The name of the RRSet that you want to see changes for. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"rrSet_name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identifier of the RRSet that you want to see changes for. SetIdentifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"identifier" min:"1" type:"string"` // The start of the time period you want to see changes for. + // + // StartDate is a required field StartDate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"startDate" deprecated:"true" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the RRSet that you want to see changes for. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` } @@ -6043,15 +7407,21 @@ type ListChangeBatchesByRRSetOutput struct { _ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"` // The change batches within the given hosted zone and time period. + // + // ChangeBatchRecords is a required field ChangeBatchRecords []*ChangeBatchRecord `locationNameList:"ChangeBatchRecord" min:"1" deprecated:"true" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates if there are more change batches to list. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The page marker. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of items on a page. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The next page marker. @@ -6152,6 +7522,8 @@ type ListGeoLocationsOutput struct { // A complex type that contains one GeoLocationDetails element for each location // that Amazon Route 53 supports for geolocation. + // + // GeoLocationDetailsList is a required field GeoLocationDetailsList []*GeoLocationDetails `locationNameList:"GeoLocationDetails" type:"list" required:"true"` // A value that indicates whether more locations remain to be listed after the @@ -6159,9 +7531,13 @@ type ListGeoLocationsOutput struct { // To get more values, submit another request and include the values of NextContinentCode, // NextCountryCode, and NextSubdivisionCode in the StartContinentCode, StartCountryCode, // and StartSubdivisionCode, as applicable. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for MaxItems in the request. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, you can make a follow-up request to display more @@ -6243,6 +7619,8 @@ type ListHealthChecksOutput struct { // A complex type that contains one HealthCheck element for each health check // that is associated with the current AWS account. + // + // HealthChecks is a required field HealthChecks []*HealthCheck `locationNameList:"HealthCheck" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more health checks to be listed. @@ -6251,14 +7629,20 @@ type ListHealthChecksOutput struct { // NextMarker element in the marker parameter. // // Valid Values: true | false + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // For the second and subsequent calls to ListHealthChecks, Marker is the value // that you specified for the marker parameter in the previous request. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListHealthChecks // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, the value of NextMarker identifies the first health @@ -6376,6 +7760,8 @@ type ListHostedZonesByNameOutput struct { HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` // A complex type that contains general information about the hosted zone. + // + // HostedZones is a required field HostedZones []*HostedZone `locationNameList:"HostedZone" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more hosted zones to be listed. If @@ -6383,10 +7769,14 @@ type ListHostedZonesByNameOutput struct { // zones by calling ListHostedZonesByName again and specifying the values of // NextDNSName and NextHostedZoneId elements in the dnsname and hostedzoneid // parameters. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListHostedZonesByName // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, the value of NextDNSName is the name of the first @@ -6481,21 +7871,29 @@ type ListHostedZonesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains general information about the hosted zone. + // + // HostedZones is a required field HostedZones []*HostedZone `locationNameList:"HostedZone" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag indicating whether there are more hosted zones to be listed. If the // response was truncated, you can get the next group of maxitems hosted zones // by calling ListHostedZones again and specifying the value of the NextMarker // element in the marker parameter. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // For the second and subsequent calls to ListHostedZones, Marker is the value // that you specified for the marker parameter in the request that produced // the current response. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListHostedZones // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, the value of NextMarker identifies the first hosted @@ -6522,6 +7920,8 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsInput struct { // The ID of the hosted zone that contains the resource record sets that you // want to get. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // (Optional) The maximum number of resource records sets to include in the @@ -6598,9 +7998,13 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsOutput struct { // A flag that indicates whether more resource record sets remain to be listed. // If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up pagination request // by using the NextRecordName element. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The maximum number of records you requested. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource record sets only: If @@ -6619,6 +8023,8 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsOutput struct { NextRecordType *string `type:"string" enum:"RRType"` // Information about multiple resource record sets. + // + // ResourceRecordSets is a required field ResourceRecordSets []*ResourceRecordSet `locationNameList:"ResourceRecordSet" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6672,21 +8078,29 @@ type ListReusableDelegationSetsOutput struct { // A complex type that contains one DelegationSet element for each reusable // delegation set that was created by the current AWS account. + // + // DelegationSets is a required field DelegationSets []*DelegationSet `locationNameList:"DelegationSet" type:"list" required:"true"` // A flag that indicates whether there are more reusable delegation sets to // be listed. If the response is truncated, you can get the next group of maxitems // reusable delegation sets by calling ListReusableDelegationSets again and // specifying the value of the NextMarker element in the marker parameter. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // For the second and subsequent calls to ListReusableDelegationSets, Marker // is the value that you specified for the marker parameter in the request that // produced the current response. + // + // Marker is a required field Marker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListReusableDelegationSets // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, the value of NextMarker identifies the first reusable @@ -6712,6 +8126,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the resource for which you want to retrieve tags. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceId" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the resource. @@ -6719,6 +8135,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { // The resource type for health checks is healthcheck. // // The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TagResourceType"` } @@ -6754,6 +8172,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A ResourceTagSet containing tags associated with the specified resource. + // + // ResourceTagSet is a required field ResourceTagSet *ResourceTagSet `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -6774,6 +8194,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourcesInput struct { // A complex type that contains the ResourceId element for each resource for // which you want to get a list of tags. + // + // ResourceIds is a required field ResourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"ResourceId" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The type of the resources. @@ -6781,6 +8203,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourcesInput struct { // The resource type for health checks is healthcheck. // // The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TagResourceType"` } @@ -6818,6 +8242,8 @@ type ListTagsForResourcesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of ResourceTagSets containing tags associated with the specified resources. + // + // ResourceTagSets is a required field ResourceTagSets []*ResourceTagSet `locationNameList:"ResourceTagSet" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6876,18 +8302,26 @@ type ListTrafficPoliciesOutput struct { // the TrafficPolicyIdMarker element in the TrafficPolicyIdMarker request parameter. // // Valid Values: true | false + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the call to ListTrafficPolicies // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If the value of IsTruncated is true, TrafficPolicyIdMarker is the ID of the // first traffic policy in the next group of MaxItems traffic policies. + // + // TrafficPolicyIdMarker is a required field TrafficPolicyIdMarker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list that contains one TrafficPolicySummary element for each traffic policy // that was created by the current AWS account. + // + // TrafficPolicySummaries is a required field TrafficPolicySummaries []*TrafficPolicySummary `locationNameList:"TrafficPolicySummary" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6907,6 +8341,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the hosted zone for which you want to list traffic policy instances. + // + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of traffic policy instances to be included in the response @@ -6976,10 +8412,14 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneOutput struct { // again and specifying the values of the HostedZoneIdMarker, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker, // and TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker elements in the corresponding request // parameters. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the call to ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker is the name of the @@ -6994,6 +8434,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneOutput struct { // A list that contains one TrafficPolicyInstance element for each traffic policy // instance that matches the elements in the request. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstances is a required field TrafficPolicyInstances []*TrafficPolicyInstance `locationNameList:"TrafficPolicyInstance" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -7034,6 +8476,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput struct { MaxItems *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxitems" type:"string"` // The ID of the traffic policy for which you want to list traffic policy instances. + // + // TrafficPolicyId is a required field TrafficPolicyId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // For the first request to ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy, omit this value. @@ -7062,6 +8506,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput struct { // The version of the traffic policy for which you want to list traffic policy // instances. The version must be associated with the traffic policy that is // specified by TrafficPolicyId. + // + // TrafficPolicyVersion is a required field TrafficPolicyVersion *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"version" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -7109,10 +8555,14 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyOutput struct { // and specifying the values of the HostedZoneIdMarker, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker, // and TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker elements in the corresponding request // parameters. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the call to ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker is the name of the @@ -7127,6 +8577,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyOutput struct { // A list that contains one TrafficPolicyInstance element for each traffic policy // instance that matches the elements in the request. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstances is a required field TrafficPolicyInstances []*TrafficPolicyInstance `locationNameList:"TrafficPolicyInstance" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -7212,10 +8664,14 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesOutput struct { // specifying the values of the HostedZoneIdMarker, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker, // and TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker elements in the corresponding request // parameters. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the MaxItems parameter in the call to ListTrafficPolicyInstances // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker is the name of the @@ -7230,6 +8686,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesOutput struct { // A list that contains one TrafficPolicyInstance element for each traffic policy // instance that matches the elements in the request. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstances is a required field TrafficPolicyInstances []*TrafficPolicyInstance `locationNameList:"TrafficPolicyInstance" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -7250,6 +8708,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyVersionsInput struct { // Specify the value of Id of the traffic policy for which you want to list // all versions. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of traffic policy versions that you want Amazon Route @@ -7304,14 +8764,20 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyVersionsOutput struct { // If the response was truncated, you can get the next group of maxitems traffic // policies by calling ListTrafficPolicyVersions again and specifying the value // of the NextMarker element in the marker parameter. + // + // IsTruncated is a required field IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The value that you specified for the maxitems parameter in the call to ListTrafficPolicyVersions // that produced the current response. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list that contains one TrafficPolicy element for each traffic policy version // that is associated with the specified traffic policy. + // + // TrafficPolicies is a required field TrafficPolicies []*TrafficPolicy `locationNameList:"TrafficPolicy" type:"list" required:"true"` // If IsTruncated is true, the value of TrafficPolicyVersionMarker identifies @@ -7320,6 +8786,8 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyVersionsOutput struct { // in the TrafficPolicyVersionMarker request parameter. // // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true. + // + // TrafficPolicyVersionMarker is a required field TrafficPolicyVersionMarker *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7349,6 +8817,8 @@ type ResourceRecord struct { // SOA. // // If you are creating an alias resource record set, omit Value. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7580,6 +9050,8 @@ type ResourceRecordSet struct { // example, *.example.com. You cannot use an * for one of the middle labels, // for example, marketing.*.example.com. In addition, the * must replace the // entire label; for example, you can't specify prod*.example.com. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Latency-based resource record sets only: The Amazon EC2 region where the @@ -7680,6 +9152,8 @@ type ResourceRecordSet struct { // Another resource record set in this hosted zone: Specify the type of // the resource record set for which you're creating the alias. Specify any // value except NS or SOA. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` // Weighted resource record sets only: Among resource record sets that have @@ -7900,10 +9374,13 @@ type TestDNSAnswerInput struct { EDNS0ClientSubnetMask *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"edns0clientsubnetmask" type:"string"` + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"hostedzoneid" type:"string" required:"true"` + // RecordName is a required field RecordName *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"recordname" type:"string" required:"true"` + // RecordType is a required field RecordType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"recordtype" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` ResolverIP *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolverip" type:"string"` @@ -7943,20 +9420,30 @@ type TestDNSAnswerOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Route 53 name server used to respond to the request. + // + // Nameserver is a required field Nameserver *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The protocol that Amazon Route 53 used to respond to the request, either // UDP or TCP. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list that contains values that Amazon Route 53 returned for this resource // record set. + // + // RecordData is a required field RecordData []*string `locationNameList:"RecordDataEntry" type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the resource record set that you submitted a request for. + // + // RecordName is a required field RecordName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the resource record set that you submitted a request for. + // + // RecordType is a required field RecordType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` // A code that indicates whether the request is valid or not. The most common @@ -7964,6 +9451,8 @@ type TestDNSAnswerOutput struct { // is not valid, Amazon Route 53 returns a response code that describes the // error. For a list of possible response codes, see DNS RCODES (http://www.iana.org/assignments/dns-parameters/dns-parameters.xhtml#dns-parameters-6) // on the IANA website. + // + // ResponseCode is a required field ResponseCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7982,14 +9471,19 @@ type TrafficPolicy struct { Comment *string `type:"string"` + // Document is a required field Document *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` + // Version is a required field Version *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8006,22 +9500,31 @@ func (s TrafficPolicy) GoString() string { type TrafficPolicyInstance struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // HostedZoneId is a required field HostedZoneId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Message is a required field Message *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // State is a required field State *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // TTL is a required field TTL *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` + // TrafficPolicyId is a required field TrafficPolicyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // TrafficPolicyType is a required field TrafficPolicyType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` + // TrafficPolicyVersion is a required field TrafficPolicyVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8038,14 +9541,19 @@ func (s TrafficPolicyInstance) GoString() string { type TrafficPolicySummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // LatestVersion is a required field LatestVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // TrafficPolicyCount is a required field TrafficPolicyCount *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RRType"` } @@ -8159,6 +9667,8 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { // The ID for the health check for which you want detailed information. When // you created the health check, CreateHealthCheck returned the ID in the response, // in the HealthCheckId element. + // + // HealthCheckId is a required field HealthCheckId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"HealthCheckId" type:"string" required:"true"` // A sequential counter that Amazon Route 53 sets to 1 when you create a health @@ -8291,6 +9801,8 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckOutput struct { // A complex type that contains information about one health check that is associated // with the current AWS account. + // + // HealthCheck is a required field HealthCheck *HealthCheck `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8313,6 +9825,8 @@ type UpdateHostedZoneCommentInput struct { Comment *string `type:"string"` // The ID for the hosted zone for which you want to update the comment. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8344,6 +9858,8 @@ type UpdateHostedZoneCommentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains general information about the hosted zone. + // + // HostedZone is a required field HostedZone *HostedZone `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8363,13 +9879,19 @@ type UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"https://route53.amazonaws.com/doc/2013-04-01/"` // The new comment for the specified traffic policy and version. + // + // Comment is a required field Comment *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of Id for the traffic policy for which you want to update the comment. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of Version for the traffic policy for which you want to update // the comment. + // + // Version is a required field Version *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"Version" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8410,6 +9932,8 @@ type UpdateTrafficPolicyCommentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains settings for the specified traffic policy. + // + // TrafficPolicy is a required field TrafficPolicy *TrafficPolicy `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8429,18 +9953,26 @@ type UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"https://route53.amazonaws.com/doc/2013-04-01/"` // The ID of the traffic policy instance that you want to update. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"` // The TTL that you want Amazon Route 53 to assign to all of the updated resource // record sets. + // + // TTL is a required field TTL *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` // The ID of the traffic policy that you want Amazon Route 53 to use to update // resource record sets for the specified traffic policy instance. + // + // TrafficPolicyId is a required field TrafficPolicyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of the traffic policy that you want Amazon Route 53 to use to // update resource record sets for the specified traffic policy instance. + // + // TrafficPolicyVersion is a required field TrafficPolicyVersion *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8485,6 +10017,8 @@ type UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A complex type that contains settings for the updated traffic policy instance. + // + // TrafficPolicyInstance is a required field TrafficPolicyInstance *TrafficPolicyInstance `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8531,206 +10065,275 @@ func (s *VPC) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum ChangeAction + // ChangeActionCreate is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionCreate = "CREATE" - // @enum ChangeAction + + // ChangeActionDelete is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionDelete = "DELETE" - // @enum ChangeAction + + // ChangeActionUpsert is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionUpsert = "UPSERT" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeStatus + // ChangeStatusPending is a ChangeStatus enum value ChangeStatusPending = "PENDING" - // @enum ChangeStatus + + // ChangeStatusInsync is a ChangeStatus enum value ChangeStatusInsync = "INSYNC" ) const ( - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + // CloudWatchRegionUsEast1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionUsEast1 = "us-east-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionUsWest1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionUsWest1 = "us-west-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionUsWest2 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionUsWest2 = "us-west-2" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionEuCentral1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionEuWest1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionApSouth1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionApSoutheast1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionApSoutheast2 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionApNortheast1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionApNortheast2 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2" - // @enum CloudWatchRegion + + // CloudWatchRegionSaEast1 is a CloudWatchRegion enum value CloudWatchRegionSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" ) const ( - // @enum ComparisonOperator + // ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold = "GreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGreaterThanThreshold = "GreaterThanThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLessThanThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLessThanThreshold = "LessThanThreshold" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLessThanOrEqualToThreshold is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLessThanOrEqualToThreshold = "LessThanOrEqualToThreshold" ) // An Amazon EC2 region that you want Amazon Route 53 to use to perform health // checks. const ( - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + // HealthCheckRegionUsEast1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionUsEast1 = "us-east-1" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionUsWest1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionUsWest1 = "us-west-1" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionUsWest2 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionUsWest2 = "us-west-2" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionEuWest1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionApSoutheast1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionApSoutheast2 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionApNortheast1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" - // @enum HealthCheckRegion + + // HealthCheckRegionSaEast1 is a HealthCheckRegion enum value HealthCheckRegionSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" ) const ( - // @enum HealthCheckType + // HealthCheckTypeHttp is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeHttp = "HTTP" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeHttps is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeHttps = "HTTPS" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeHttpStrMatch is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeHttpStrMatch = "HTTP_STR_MATCH" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeHttpsStrMatch is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeHttpsStrMatch = "HTTPS_STR_MATCH" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeTcp is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeTcp = "TCP" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeCalculated is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeCalculated = "CALCULATED" - // @enum HealthCheckType + + // HealthCheckTypeCloudwatchMetric is a HealthCheckType enum value HealthCheckTypeCloudwatchMetric = "CLOUDWATCH_METRIC" ) const ( - // @enum InsufficientDataHealthStatus + // InsufficientDataHealthStatusHealthy is a InsufficientDataHealthStatus enum value InsufficientDataHealthStatusHealthy = "Healthy" - // @enum InsufficientDataHealthStatus + + // InsufficientDataHealthStatusUnhealthy is a InsufficientDataHealthStatus enum value InsufficientDataHealthStatusUnhealthy = "Unhealthy" - // @enum InsufficientDataHealthStatus + + // InsufficientDataHealthStatusLastKnownStatus is a InsufficientDataHealthStatus enum value InsufficientDataHealthStatusLastKnownStatus = "LastKnownStatus" ) const ( - // @enum RRType + // RRTypeSoa is a RRType enum value RRTypeSoa = "SOA" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeA is a RRType enum value RRTypeA = "A" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeTxt is a RRType enum value RRTypeTxt = "TXT" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeNs is a RRType enum value RRTypeNs = "NS" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeCname is a RRType enum value RRTypeCname = "CNAME" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeMx is a RRType enum value RRTypeMx = "MX" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeNaptr is a RRType enum value RRTypeNaptr = "NAPTR" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypePtr is a RRType enum value RRTypePtr = "PTR" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeSrv is a RRType enum value RRTypeSrv = "SRV" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeSpf is a RRType enum value RRTypeSpf = "SPF" - // @enum RRType + + // RRTypeAaaa is a RRType enum value RRTypeAaaa = "AAAA" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceRecordSetFailover + // ResourceRecordSetFailoverPrimary is a ResourceRecordSetFailover enum value ResourceRecordSetFailoverPrimary = "PRIMARY" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetFailover + + // ResourceRecordSetFailoverSecondary is a ResourceRecordSetFailover enum value ResourceRecordSetFailoverSecondary = "SECONDARY" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + // ResourceRecordSetRegionUsEast1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionUsEast1 = "us-east-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionUsWest1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionUsWest1 = "us-west-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionUsWest2 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionUsWest2 = "us-west-2" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionEuWest1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionEuCentral1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionApSoutheast1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionApSoutheast2 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionApNortheast1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionApNortheast2 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionSaEast1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionCnNorth1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" - // @enum ResourceRecordSetRegion + + // ResourceRecordSetRegionApSouth1 is a ResourceRecordSetRegion enum value ResourceRecordSetRegionApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" ) const ( - // @enum Statistic + // StatisticAverage is a Statistic enum value StatisticAverage = "Average" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticSum is a Statistic enum value StatisticSum = "Sum" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticSampleCount is a Statistic enum value StatisticSampleCount = "SampleCount" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticMaximum is a Statistic enum value StatisticMaximum = "Maximum" - // @enum Statistic + + // StatisticMinimum is a Statistic enum value StatisticMinimum = "Minimum" ) const ( - // @enum TagResourceType + // TagResourceTypeHealthcheck is a TagResourceType enum value TagResourceTypeHealthcheck = "healthcheck" - // @enum TagResourceType + + // TagResourceTypeHostedzone is a TagResourceType enum value TagResourceTypeHostedzone = "hostedzone" ) const ( - // @enum VPCRegion + // VPCRegionUsEast1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionUsEast1 = "us-east-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionUsWest1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionUsWest1 = "us-west-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionUsWest2 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionUsWest2 = "us-west-2" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionEuWest1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionEuCentral1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionApSoutheast1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionApSoutheast2 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionApSouth1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionApNortheast1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionApNortheast2 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionSaEast1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" - // @enum VPCRegion + + // VPCRegionCnNorth1 is a VPCRegion enum value VPCRegionCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/waiters.go index 04786169e..85a70ab5a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilResourceRecordSetsChanged uses the Route 53 API operation +// GetChange to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *Route53) WaitUntilResourceRecordSetsChanged(input *GetChangeInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetChange", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go index dad1667ad..3ac043725 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,11 +57,25 @@ func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req return } +// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Aborts a multipart upload. // // To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for // the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the // parts list is empty. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchUpload +// The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -73,6 +89,8 @@ const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -107,7 +125,16 @@ func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) return } +// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -121,6 +148,8 @@ const opCopyObject = "CopyObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CopyObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -155,7 +184,22 @@ func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ObjectNotInActiveTierError +// The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is +// only stored in Amazon Glacier. +// func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -169,6 +213,8 @@ const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateBucket for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -203,7 +249,25 @@ func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request return } +// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Creates a new bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * BucketAlreadyExists +// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared +// by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. +// +// * BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou + +// func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -217,6 +281,8 @@ const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -251,6 +317,8 @@ func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (re return } +// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. // // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you @@ -258,6 +326,13 @@ func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (re // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging // you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -271,6 +346,8 @@ const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucket for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -307,8 +384,17 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request return } +// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete // Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -322,6 +408,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -358,7 +446,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request return } +// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -372,6 +469,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -408,7 +507,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (re return } +// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -422,6 +530,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -458,7 +568,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *req return } +// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the policy from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -472,6 +591,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -508,7 +629,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) return } +// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -522,6 +652,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -558,7 +690,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *r return } +// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deletes the tags from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -572,6 +713,8 @@ const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -608,7 +751,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *r return } +// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -622,6 +774,8 @@ const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -656,9 +810,18 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request return } +// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete // marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a // null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -672,6 +835,8 @@ const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteObjects for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -706,8 +871,17 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using // a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -721,6 +895,8 @@ const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -755,7 +931,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateC return } +// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -769,6 +954,8 @@ const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -803,7 +990,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request return } +// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Gets the access control policy for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -817,6 +1013,8 @@ const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketCors for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -851,7 +1049,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the cors configuration for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -865,6 +1072,8 @@ const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -902,7 +1111,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req return } +// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deprecated, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -916,6 +1134,8 @@ const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -950,7 +1170,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleCon return } +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -964,6 +1193,8 @@ const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -998,7 +1229,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *reque return } +// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the region the bucket resides in. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1012,6 +1252,8 @@ const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1046,8 +1288,17 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request return } +// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to // view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1061,6 +1312,8 @@ const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1098,7 +1351,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurat return } +// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deprecated, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1112,6 +1374,8 @@ const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1146,7 +1410,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificat return } +// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1160,6 +1433,8 @@ const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1194,7 +1469,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R return } +// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1208,6 +1492,8 @@ const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1242,7 +1528,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req return } +// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1256,6 +1551,8 @@ const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1290,7 +1587,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) return } +// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1304,6 +1610,8 @@ const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1338,7 +1646,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request return } +// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1352,6 +1669,8 @@ const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1386,7 +1705,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *r return } +// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the versioning state of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1400,6 +1728,8 @@ const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1434,7 +1764,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request return } +// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1448,6 +1787,8 @@ const opGetObject = "GetObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1482,7 +1823,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp return } +// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchKey +// The specified key does not exist. +// func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1496,6 +1851,8 @@ const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1530,7 +1887,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request return } +// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchKey +// The specified key does not exist. +// func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1544,6 +1915,8 @@ const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1578,7 +1951,16 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request return } +// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Return torrent files from a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1592,6 +1974,8 @@ const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See HeadBucket for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1628,8 +2012,22 @@ func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission // to access it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchBucket +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1643,6 +2041,8 @@ const opHeadObject = "HeadObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See HeadObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1677,9 +2077,23 @@ func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the // object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's // metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchKey +// The specified key does not exist. +// func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1693,6 +2107,8 @@ const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListBuckets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1727,7 +2143,16 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1741,6 +2166,8 @@ const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1781,7 +2208,16 @@ func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req return } +// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1820,6 +2256,8 @@ const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1860,7 +2298,16 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *req return } +// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1899,6 +2346,8 @@ const opListObjects = "ListObjects" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListObjects for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1939,9 +2388,23 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects // in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchBucket +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1980,6 +2443,8 @@ const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2020,10 +2485,24 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Reque return } +// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects // in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend // you use this revised API for new application development. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchBucket +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2062,6 +2541,8 @@ const opListParts = "ListParts" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListParts for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2102,7 +2583,16 @@ func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, outp return } +// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListParts for usage and error information. func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2141,6 +2631,8 @@ const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2177,7 +2669,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateC return } +// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2191,6 +2692,8 @@ const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2227,7 +2730,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request return } +// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2241,6 +2753,8 @@ const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketCors for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2277,7 +2791,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the cors configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2291,6 +2814,8 @@ const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2330,7 +2855,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req return } +// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deprecated, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2344,6 +2878,8 @@ const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2380,8 +2916,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleCon return } +// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration // exists, it replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2395,6 +2940,8 @@ const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2431,9 +2978,18 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request return } +// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who // can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of // a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2447,6 +3003,8 @@ const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2486,7 +3044,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (re return } +// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Deprecated, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguraiton operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2500,6 +3067,8 @@ const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2536,7 +3105,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificat return } +// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2550,6 +3128,8 @@ const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2586,8 +3166,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R return } +// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one // in this request completely replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2601,6 +3190,8 @@ const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2637,8 +3228,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req return } +// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Creates a new replication configuration (or replaces an existing one, if // present). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2652,6 +3252,8 @@ const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2688,11 +3290,20 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) return } +// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket // owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables // the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download // will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets // can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2706,6 +3317,8 @@ const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2742,7 +3355,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request return } +// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the tags for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2756,6 +3378,8 @@ const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2792,8 +3416,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *r return } +// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, // you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2807,6 +3440,8 @@ const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2843,7 +3478,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request return } +// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Set the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2857,6 +3501,8 @@ const opPutObject = "PutObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2891,7 +3537,16 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp return } +// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Adds an object to a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObject for usage and error information. func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2905,6 +3560,8 @@ const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2939,8 +3596,22 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request return } +// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions // for an object that already exists in a bucket +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NoSuchKey +// The specified key does not exist. +// func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2954,6 +3625,8 @@ const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RestoreObject for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2988,7 +3661,21 @@ func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Reque return } +// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError +// This operation is not allowed against this storage tier +// func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3002,6 +3689,8 @@ const opUploadPart = "UploadPart" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadPart for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3036,6 +3725,8 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, ou return } +// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Uploads a part in a multipart upload. // // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you @@ -3043,6 +3734,13 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, ou // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging // you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3056,6 +3754,8 @@ const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -3090,7 +3790,16 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Req return } +// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// // Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -3120,8 +3829,10 @@ func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string { type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -3130,6 +3841,7 @@ type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3262,6 +3974,7 @@ func (s Bucket) GoString() string { type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Rules is a required field Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -3332,6 +4045,7 @@ func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error { type CORSConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // CORSRules is a required field CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -3376,9 +4090,13 @@ type CORSRule struct { // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed // to execute. + // + // AllowedMethods is a required field AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from. + // + // AllowedOrigins is a required field AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to @@ -3463,8 +4181,10 @@ func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string { type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure"` @@ -3475,6 +4195,7 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3625,6 +4346,7 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -3646,6 +4368,8 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. @@ -3689,6 +4413,7 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. @@ -3878,6 +4603,7 @@ type CreateBucketInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure"` @@ -3944,6 +4670,7 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -3978,6 +4705,7 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. @@ -4107,6 +4835,7 @@ func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { type Delete struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Objects is a required field Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, @@ -4150,6 +4879,7 @@ func (s *Delete) Validate() error { type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4193,6 +4923,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4222,6 +4953,7 @@ func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error { type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4279,6 +5011,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4322,6 +5055,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4365,6 +5099,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4408,6 +5143,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4480,8 +5216,10 @@ func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string { type DeleteObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, @@ -4556,8 +5294,10 @@ func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Delete is a required field Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, @@ -4651,6 +5391,8 @@ type Destination struct { // Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store // replicas of the object identified by the rule. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -4706,6 +5448,8 @@ type ErrorDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4763,6 +5507,8 @@ type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4809,6 +5555,7 @@ func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketAclInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4857,6 +5604,7 @@ func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4902,6 +5650,7 @@ func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4947,6 +5696,7 @@ func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4992,6 +5742,7 @@ func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketLocationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5037,6 +5788,7 @@ func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5083,6 +5835,8 @@ type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5112,6 +5866,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5158,6 +5913,7 @@ func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5205,6 +5961,7 @@ func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5251,6 +6008,7 @@ func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5280,6 +6038,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5296,6 +6055,7 @@ func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5347,6 +6107,7 @@ func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5398,8 +6159,10 @@ func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { type GetObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -5467,6 +6230,7 @@ func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { type GetObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, @@ -5485,6 +6249,7 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between @@ -5683,8 +6448,10 @@ func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -5790,6 +6557,8 @@ type Grantee struct { ID *string `type:"string"` // Type of grantee + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"` // URI of the grantee group. @@ -5822,6 +6591,7 @@ func (s *Grantee) Validate() error { type HeadBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5865,6 +6635,7 @@ func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { type HeadObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, @@ -5883,6 +6654,7 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between @@ -6062,6 +6834,8 @@ type IndexDocument struct { // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character. + // + // Suffix is a required field Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6132,6 +6906,7 @@ func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string { type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key @@ -6145,6 +6920,8 @@ type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events // of the specified type. + // + // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6177,6 +6954,7 @@ func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error { type LifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Rules is a required field Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -6263,10 +7041,14 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // + // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` @@ -6333,6 +7115,7 @@ func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string { type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Character you use to group keys. @@ -6445,6 +7228,7 @@ func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string { type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. @@ -6547,6 +7331,7 @@ func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string { type ListObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. @@ -6647,6 +7432,8 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the bucket to list. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on @@ -6769,8 +7556,10 @@ func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string { type ListPartsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. @@ -6787,6 +7576,8 @@ type ListPartsInput struct { RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7147,6 +7938,8 @@ type ObjectIdentifier struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Key name of the object to delete. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete. @@ -7265,9 +8058,13 @@ type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. + // + // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7319,6 +8116,7 @@ type PutBucketAclInput struct { AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the @@ -7383,8 +8181,10 @@ func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // CORSConfiguration is a required field CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7436,6 +8236,7 @@ func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"` @@ -7486,6 +8287,7 @@ func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"` @@ -7536,8 +8338,10 @@ func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7589,10 +8393,13 @@ func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If // this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket. + // + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7644,8 +8451,10 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7692,9 +8501,12 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + // + // Policy is a required field Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -7741,10 +8553,13 @@ func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. + // + // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7796,8 +8611,10 @@ func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7849,8 +8666,10 @@ func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7902,12 +8721,14 @@ func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + // VersioningConfiguration is a required field VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -7954,8 +8775,10 @@ func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8012,6 +8835,7 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the @@ -8030,6 +8854,7 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8104,6 +8929,8 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -8143,6 +8970,8 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. @@ -8268,6 +9097,7 @@ func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { type QueueConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key @@ -8281,6 +9111,8 @@ type QueueConfiguration struct { // Amazon SQS queue ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects // events of specified type. + // + // QueueArn is a required field QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8377,6 +9209,8 @@ type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the host where requests will be redirected. + // + // HostName is a required field HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the @@ -8414,10 +9248,14 @@ type ReplicationConfiguration struct { // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for Amazon S3 to assume when replicating // the objects. + // + // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for information about a particular replication rule. Replication // configuration must have at least one rule and can contain up to 1,000 rules. + // + // Rules is a required field Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -8460,6 +9298,7 @@ func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error { type ReplicationRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Destination is a required field Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. @@ -8468,9 +9307,13 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // Object keyname prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. // Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes // are not supported. + // + // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The rule is ignored if status is not Enabled. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"` } @@ -8512,6 +9355,8 @@ type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. + // + // Payer is a required field Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"` } @@ -8541,8 +9386,10 @@ func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error { type RestoreObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8612,6 +9459,8 @@ type RestoreRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Lifetime of the active copy in days + // + // Days is a required field Days *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -8650,6 +9499,8 @@ type RoutingRule struct { // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, // you can can specify a different error code to return. + // + // Redirect is a required field Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -8703,10 +9554,14 @@ type Rule struct { NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // + // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` Transition *Transition `type:"structure"` @@ -8742,9 +9597,13 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Value of the tag. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8780,6 +9639,7 @@ func (s *Tag) Validate() error { type Tagging struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -8855,6 +9715,7 @@ func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error { type TopicConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key @@ -8868,6 +9729,8 @@ type TopicConfiguration struct { // Amazon SNS topic ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects // events of specified type. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8952,10 +9815,13 @@ func (s Transition) GoString() string { type UploadPartCopyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. @@ -8991,10 +9857,13 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // key was transmitted without error. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and // 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -9020,6 +9889,8 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9110,6 +9981,8 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the @@ -9117,10 +9990,14 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 // and 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -9146,6 +10023,8 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. + // + // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9303,61 +10182,78 @@ func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum BucketAccelerateStatus + // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum BucketAccelerateStatus + + // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended" ) const ( - // @enum BucketCannedACL + // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private" - // @enum BucketCannedACL + + // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" - // @enum BucketCannedACL + + // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" - // @enum BucketCannedACL + + // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" ) const ( - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" - // @enum BucketLocationConstraint + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" ) const ( - // @enum BucketLogsPermission + // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" - // @enum BucketLogsPermission + + // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ" - // @enum BucketLogsPermission + + // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE" ) const ( - // @enum BucketVersioningStatus + // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum BucketVersioningStatus + + // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended" ) @@ -9368,147 +10264,178 @@ const ( // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the // keys in the response. const ( - // @enum EncodingType + // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value EncodingTypeUrl = "url" ) // Bucket event for which to send notifications. const ( - // @enum Event + // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete" - // @enum Event + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated" ) const ( - // @enum ExpirationStatus + // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum ExpirationStatus + + // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) const ( - // @enum FilterRuleName + // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix" - // @enum FilterRuleName + + // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix" ) const ( - // @enum MFADelete + // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum MFADelete + + // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled" ) const ( - // @enum MFADeleteStatus + // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum MFADeleteStatus + + // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) const ( - // @enum MetadataDirective + // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY" - // @enum MetadataDirective + + // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" ) const ( - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read" - // @enum ObjectCannedACL + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control" ) const ( - // @enum ObjectStorageClass + // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" - // @enum ObjectStorageClass + + // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" - // @enum ObjectStorageClass + + // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" ) const ( - // @enum ObjectVersionStorageClass + // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" ) const ( - // @enum Payer + // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value PayerRequester = "Requester" - // @enum Payer + + // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner" ) const ( - // @enum Permission + // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" - // @enum Permission + + // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value PermissionWrite = "WRITE" - // @enum Permission + + // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP" - // @enum Permission + + // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value PermissionRead = "READ" - // @enum Permission + + // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP" ) const ( - // @enum Protocol + // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value ProtocolHttp = "http" - // @enum Protocol + + // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value ProtocolHttps = "https" ) const ( - // @enum ReplicationRuleStatus + // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled" - // @enum ReplicationRuleStatus + + // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) const ( - // @enum ReplicationStatus + // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" - // @enum ReplicationStatus + + // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING" - // @enum ReplicationStatus + + // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED" - // @enum ReplicationStatus + + // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA" ) // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. const ( - // @enum RequestCharged + // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value RequestChargedRequester = "requester" ) @@ -9517,38 +10444,44 @@ const ( // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html const ( - // @enum RequestPayer + // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value RequestPayerRequester = "requester" ) const ( - // @enum ServerSideEncryption + // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256" - // @enum ServerSideEncryption + + // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms" ) const ( - // @enum StorageClass + // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" - // @enum StorageClass + + // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" - // @enum StorageClass + + // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" ) const ( - // @enum TransitionStorageClass + // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" - // @enum TransitionStorageClass + + // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" ) const ( - // @enum Type + // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser" - // @enum Type + + // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail" - // @enum Type + + // TypeGroup is a Type enum value TypeGroup = "Group" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go index ccbf5cc1a..f05d1eae9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ package s3 import ( + "bytes" "fmt" "net/url" "regexp" @@ -37,14 +38,6 @@ var accelerateOpBlacklist = operationBlacklist{ func updateEndpointForS3Config(r *request.Request) { forceHostStyle := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3ForcePathStyle) accelerate := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3UseAccelerate) - useDualStack := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.UseDualStack) - - if useDualStack && accelerate { - r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterException", - fmt.Sprintf("configuration aws.Config.UseDualStack is not compatible with aws.Config.Accelerate"), - nil) - return - } if accelerate && accelerateOpBlacklist.Continue(r) { if forceHostStyle { @@ -75,6 +68,10 @@ func updateEndpointForHostStyle(r *request.Request) { moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) } +var ( + accelElem = []byte("s3-accelerate.dualstack.") +) + func updateEndpointForAccelerate(r *request.Request) { bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params) if !ok { @@ -93,6 +90,22 @@ func updateEndpointForAccelerate(r *request.Request) { // Change endpoint from s3(-[a-z0-1-])?.amazonaws.com to s3-accelerate.amazonaws.com r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host = replaceHostRegion(r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host, "accelerate") + + if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.UseDualStack) { + host := []byte(r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host) + + // Strip region from hostname + if idx := bytes.Index(host, accelElem); idx >= 0 { + start := idx + len(accelElem) + if end := bytes.IndexByte(host[start:], '.'); end >= 0 { + end += start + 1 + copy(host[start:], host[end:]) + host = host[:len(host)-(end-start)] + r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host = string(host) + } + } + } + moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go index cbd3d3116..5e16be4ba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilBucketExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "HeadBucket", @@ -47,6 +51,10 @@ func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilBucketNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "HeadBucket", @@ -70,6 +78,10 @@ func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilObjectExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "HeadObject", @@ -99,6 +111,10 @@ func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { return w.Wait() } +// WaitUntilObjectNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "HeadObject", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/api.go index dbc7d0c42..679af7f7e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/api.go @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ const opCloneReceiptRuleSet = "CloneReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CloneReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ func (c *SES) CloneReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *CloneReceiptRuleSetInput) (req * return } +// CloneReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Creates a receipt rule set by cloning an existing one. All receipt rules // and configurations are copied to the new receipt rule set and are completely // independent of the source rule set. @@ -62,6 +66,25 @@ func (c *SES) CloneReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *CloneReceiptRuleSetInput) (req * // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-receipt-rule-set.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation CloneReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// +// * AlreadyExists +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to a naming conflict. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to service limits. For +// a list of Amazon SES limits, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/limits.html). +// func (c *SES) CloneReceiptRuleSet(input *CloneReceiptRuleSetInput) (*CloneReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CloneReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -75,6 +98,8 @@ const opCreateReceiptFilter = "CreateReceiptFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReceiptFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -109,12 +134,30 @@ func (c *SES) CreateReceiptFilterRequest(input *CreateReceiptFilterInput) (req * return } +// CreateReceiptFilter API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Creates a new IP address filter. // // For information about setting up IP address filters, see the Amazon SES // Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-ip-filters.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation CreateReceiptFilter for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * LimitExceeded +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to service limits. For +// a list of Amazon SES limits, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/limits.html). +// +// * AlreadyExists +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to a naming conflict. +// func (c *SES) CreateReceiptFilter(input *CreateReceiptFilterInput) (*CreateReceiptFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReceiptFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -128,6 +171,8 @@ const opCreateReceiptRule = "CreateReceiptRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -162,12 +207,53 @@ func (c *SES) CreateReceiptRuleRequest(input *CreateReceiptRuleInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateReceiptRule API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Creates a receipt rule. // // For information about setting up receipt rules, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-receipt-rules.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation CreateReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidSnsTopic +// Indicates that the provided Amazon SNS topic is invalid, or that Amazon SES +// could not publish to the topic, possibly due to permissions issues. For information +// about giving permissions, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * InvalidS3Configuration +// Indicates that the provided Amazon S3 bucket or AWS KMS encryption key is +// invalid, or that Amazon SES could not publish to the bucket, possibly due +// to permissions issues. For information about giving permissions, see the +// Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * InvalidLambdaFunction +// Indicates that the provided AWS Lambda function is invalid, or that Amazon +// SES could not execute the provided function, possibly due to permissions +// issues. For information about giving permissions, see the Amazon SES Developer +// Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * AlreadyExists +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to a naming conflict. +// +// * RuleDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule does not exist. +// +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to service limits. For +// a list of Amazon SES limits, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/limits.html). +// func (c *SES) CreateReceiptRule(input *CreateReceiptRuleInput) (*CreateReceiptRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReceiptRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -181,6 +267,8 @@ const opCreateReceiptRuleSet = "CreateReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -215,12 +303,30 @@ func (c *SES) CreateReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *CreateReceiptRuleSetInput) (req return } +// CreateReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Creates an empty receipt rule set. // // For information about setting up receipt rule sets, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-receipt-rule-set.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation CreateReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AlreadyExists +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to a naming conflict. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to service limits. For +// a list of Amazon SES limits, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/limits.html). +// func (c *SES) CreateReceiptRuleSet(input *CreateReceiptRuleSetInput) (*CreateReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -234,6 +340,8 @@ const opDeleteIdentity = "DeleteIdentity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -268,10 +376,19 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteIdentityRequest(input *DeleteIdentityInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteIdentity API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified identity (an email address or a domain) from the list // of verified identities. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteIdentity for usage and error information. func (c *SES) DeleteIdentity(input *DeleteIdentityInput) (*DeleteIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -285,6 +402,8 @@ const opDeleteIdentityPolicy = "DeleteIdentityPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteIdentityPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -319,6 +438,8 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteIdentityPolicyRequest(input *DeleteIdentityPolicyInput) (req return } +// DeleteIdentityPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified sending authorization policy for the given identity // (an email address or a domain). This API returns successfully even if a policy // with the specified name does not exist. @@ -331,6 +452,13 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteIdentityPolicyRequest(input *DeleteIdentityPolicyInput) (req // authorization, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteIdentityPolicy for usage and error information. func (c *SES) DeleteIdentityPolicy(input *DeleteIdentityPolicyInput) (*DeleteIdentityPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteIdentityPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -344,6 +472,8 @@ const opDeleteReceiptFilter = "DeleteReceiptFilter" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteReceiptFilter for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -378,12 +508,21 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptFilterRequest(input *DeleteReceiptFilterInput) (req * return } +// DeleteReceiptFilter API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified IP address filter. // // For information about managing IP address filters, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-ip-filters.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteReceiptFilter for usage and error information. func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptFilter(input *DeleteReceiptFilterInput) (*DeleteReceiptFilterOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteReceiptFilterRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -397,6 +536,8 @@ const opDeleteReceiptRule = "DeleteReceiptRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -431,12 +572,26 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptRuleRequest(input *DeleteReceiptRuleInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteReceiptRule API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified receipt rule. // // For information about managing receipt rules, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rules.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptRule(input *DeleteReceiptRuleInput) (*DeleteReceiptRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteReceiptRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -450,6 +605,8 @@ const opDeleteReceiptRuleSet = "DeleteReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -484,6 +641,8 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *DeleteReceiptRuleSetInput) (req return } +// DeleteReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified receipt rule set and all of the receipt rules it contains. // // The currently active rule set cannot be deleted. @@ -492,6 +651,18 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *DeleteReceiptRuleSetInput) (req // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rule-sets.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * CannotDelete +// Indicates that the delete operation could not be completed. +// func (c *SES) DeleteReceiptRuleSet(input *DeleteReceiptRuleSetInput) (*DeleteReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -505,6 +676,8 @@ const opDeleteVerifiedEmailAddress = "DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -541,12 +714,21 @@ func (c *SES) DeleteVerifiedEmailAddressRequest(input *DeleteVerifiedEmailAddres return } +// DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Deletes the specified email address from the list of verified addresses. // // The DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress action is deprecated as of the May 15, 2012 // release of Domain Verification. The DeleteIdentity action is now preferred. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress for usage and error information. func (c *SES) DeleteVerifiedEmailAddress(input *DeleteVerifiedEmailAddressInput) (*DeleteVerifiedEmailAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteVerifiedEmailAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -560,6 +742,8 @@ const opDescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet = "DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -594,6 +778,8 @@ func (c *SES) DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *DescribeActiveReceiptRu return } +// DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the metadata and receipt rules for the receipt rule set that is currently // active. // @@ -601,6 +787,13 @@ func (c *SES) DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *DescribeActiveReceiptRu // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-receipt-rule-set.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. func (c *SES) DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSet(input *DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSetInput) (*DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -614,6 +807,8 @@ const opDescribeReceiptRule = "DescribeReceiptRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -648,12 +843,29 @@ func (c *SES) DescribeReceiptRuleRequest(input *DescribeReceiptRuleInput) (req * return } +// DescribeReceiptRule API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the details of the specified receipt rule. // // For information about setting up receipt rules, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-receipt-rules.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DescribeReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule does not exist. +// +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// func (c *SES) DescribeReceiptRule(input *DescribeReceiptRuleInput) (*DescribeReceiptRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReceiptRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -667,6 +879,8 @@ const opDescribeReceiptRuleSet = "DescribeReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -701,12 +915,26 @@ func (c *SES) DescribeReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *DescribeReceiptRuleSetInput) return } +// DescribeReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the details of the specified receipt rule set. // // For information about managing receipt rule sets, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rule-sets.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation DescribeReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// func (c *SES) DescribeReceiptRuleSet(input *DescribeReceiptRuleSetInput) (*DescribeReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -720,6 +948,8 @@ const opGetIdentityDkimAttributes = "GetIdentityDkimAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIdentityDkimAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -754,6 +984,8 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityDkimAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityDkimAttributesI return } +// GetIdentityDkimAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the current status of Easy DKIM signing for an entity. For domain // name identities, this action also returns the DKIM tokens that are required // for Easy DKIM signing, and whether Amazon SES has successfully verified that @@ -776,6 +1008,13 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityDkimAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityDkimAttributesI // // For more information about creating DNS records using DKIM tokens, go to // the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim-dns-records.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetIdentityDkimAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetIdentityDkimAttributes(input *GetIdentityDkimAttributesInput) (*GetIdentityDkimAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIdentityDkimAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -789,6 +1028,8 @@ const opGetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributes = "GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttribut // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -823,11 +1064,20 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityMailF return } +// GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the custom MAIL FROM attributes for a list of identities (email addresses // and/or domains). // // This action is throttled at one request per second and can only get custom // MAIL FROM attributes for up to 100 identities at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributes(input *GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesInput) (*GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -841,6 +1091,8 @@ const opGetIdentityNotificationAttributes = "GetIdentityNotificationAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIdentityNotificationAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -875,6 +1127,8 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityNotificationAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityNotific return } +// GetIdentityNotificationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Given a list of verified identities (email addresses and/or domains), returns // a structure describing identity notification attributes. // @@ -883,6 +1137,13 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityNotificationAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityNotific // // For more information about using notifications with Amazon SES, see the // Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/notifications.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetIdentityNotificationAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetIdentityNotificationAttributes(input *GetIdentityNotificationAttributesInput) (*GetIdentityNotificationAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIdentityNotificationAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -896,6 +1157,8 @@ const opGetIdentityPolicies = "GetIdentityPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIdentityPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -930,6 +1193,8 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityPoliciesRequest(input *GetIdentityPoliciesInput) (req * return } +// GetIdentityPolicies API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the requested sending authorization policies for the given identity // (an email address or a domain). The policies are returned as a map of policy // names to policy contents. You can retrieve a maximum of 20 policies at a @@ -943,6 +1208,13 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityPoliciesRequest(input *GetIdentityPoliciesInput) (req * // authorization, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetIdentityPolicies for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetIdentityPolicies(input *GetIdentityPoliciesInput) (*GetIdentityPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIdentityPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -956,6 +1228,8 @@ const opGetIdentityVerificationAttributes = "GetIdentityVerificationAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIdentityVerificationAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -990,12 +1264,21 @@ func (c *SES) GetIdentityVerificationAttributesRequest(input *GetIdentityVerific return } +// GetIdentityVerificationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Given a list of identities (email addresses and/or domains), returns the // verification status and (for domain identities) the verification token for // each identity. // // This action is throttled at one request per second and can only get verification // attributes for up to 100 identities at a time. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetIdentityVerificationAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetIdentityVerificationAttributes(input *GetIdentityVerificationAttributesInput) (*GetIdentityVerificationAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIdentityVerificationAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1009,6 +1292,8 @@ const opGetSendQuota = "GetSendQuota" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSendQuota for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1043,9 +1328,18 @@ func (c *SES) GetSendQuotaRequest(input *GetSendQuotaInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// GetSendQuota API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the user's current sending limits. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetSendQuota for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetSendQuota(input *GetSendQuotaInput) (*GetSendQuotaOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSendQuotaRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1059,6 +1353,8 @@ const opGetSendStatistics = "GetSendStatistics" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSendStatistics for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1093,12 +1389,21 @@ func (c *SES) GetSendStatisticsRequest(input *GetSendStatisticsInput) (req *requ return } +// GetSendStatistics API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns the user's sending statistics. The result is a list of data points, // representing the last two weeks of sending activity. // // Each data point in the list contains statistics for a 15-minute interval. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation GetSendStatistics for usage and error information. func (c *SES) GetSendStatistics(input *GetSendStatisticsInput) (*GetSendStatisticsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSendStatisticsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1112,6 +1417,8 @@ const opListIdentities = "ListIdentities" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListIdentities for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1152,10 +1459,19 @@ func (c *SES) ListIdentitiesRequest(input *ListIdentitiesInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ListIdentities API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns a list containing all of the identities (email addresses and domains) // for your AWS account, regardless of verification status. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ListIdentities for usage and error information. func (c *SES) ListIdentities(input *ListIdentitiesInput) (*ListIdentitiesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListIdentitiesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1194,6 +1510,8 @@ const opListIdentityPolicies = "ListIdentityPolicies" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListIdentityPolicies for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1228,6 +1546,8 @@ func (c *SES) ListIdentityPoliciesRequest(input *ListIdentityPoliciesInput) (req return } +// ListIdentityPolicies API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns a list of sending authorization policies that are attached to the // given identity (an email address or a domain). This API returns only a list. // If you want the actual policy content, you can use GetIdentityPolicies. @@ -1240,6 +1560,13 @@ func (c *SES) ListIdentityPoliciesRequest(input *ListIdentityPoliciesInput) (req // authorization, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ListIdentityPolicies for usage and error information. func (c *SES) ListIdentityPolicies(input *ListIdentityPoliciesInput) (*ListIdentityPoliciesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListIdentityPoliciesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1253,6 +1580,8 @@ const opListReceiptFilters = "ListReceiptFilters" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListReceiptFilters for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1287,12 +1616,21 @@ func (c *SES) ListReceiptFiltersRequest(input *ListReceiptFiltersInput) (req *re return } +// ListReceiptFilters API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Lists the IP address filters associated with your AWS account. // // For information about managing IP address filters, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-ip-filters.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ListReceiptFilters for usage and error information. func (c *SES) ListReceiptFilters(input *ListReceiptFiltersInput) (*ListReceiptFiltersOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListReceiptFiltersRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1306,6 +1644,8 @@ const opListReceiptRuleSets = "ListReceiptRuleSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListReceiptRuleSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1340,6 +1680,8 @@ func (c *SES) ListReceiptRuleSetsRequest(input *ListReceiptRuleSetsInput) (req * return } +// ListReceiptRuleSets API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Lists the receipt rule sets that exist under your AWS account. If there are // additional receipt rule sets to be retrieved, you will receive a NextToken // that you can provide to the next call to ListReceiptRuleSets to retrieve @@ -1349,6 +1691,13 @@ func (c *SES) ListReceiptRuleSetsRequest(input *ListReceiptRuleSetsInput) (req * // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rule-sets.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ListReceiptRuleSets for usage and error information. func (c *SES) ListReceiptRuleSets(input *ListReceiptRuleSetsInput) (*ListReceiptRuleSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListReceiptRuleSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1362,6 +1711,8 @@ const opListVerifiedEmailAddresses = "ListVerifiedEmailAddresses" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListVerifiedEmailAddresses for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1396,12 +1747,21 @@ func (c *SES) ListVerifiedEmailAddressesRequest(input *ListVerifiedEmailAddresse return } +// ListVerifiedEmailAddresses API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns a list containing all of the email addresses that have been verified. // // The ListVerifiedEmailAddresses action is deprecated as of the May 15, 2012 // release of Domain Verification. The ListIdentities action is now preferred. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ListVerifiedEmailAddresses for usage and error information. func (c *SES) ListVerifiedEmailAddresses(input *ListVerifiedEmailAddressesInput) (*ListVerifiedEmailAddressesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListVerifiedEmailAddressesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1415,6 +1775,8 @@ const opPutIdentityPolicy = "PutIdentityPolicy" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutIdentityPolicy for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1449,6 +1811,8 @@ func (c *SES) PutIdentityPolicyRequest(input *PutIdentityPolicyInput) (req *requ return } +// PutIdentityPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Adds or updates a sending authorization policy for the specified identity // (an email address or a domain). // @@ -1460,6 +1824,19 @@ func (c *SES) PutIdentityPolicyRequest(input *PutIdentityPolicyInput) (req *requ // authorization, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation PutIdentityPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidPolicy +// Indicates that the provided policy is invalid. Check the error stack for +// more information about what caused the error. +// func (c *SES) PutIdentityPolicy(input *PutIdentityPolicyInput) (*PutIdentityPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutIdentityPolicyRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1473,6 +1850,8 @@ const opReorderReceiptRuleSet = "ReorderReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReorderReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1507,6 +1886,8 @@ func (c *SES) ReorderReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *ReorderReceiptRuleSetInput) (r return } +// ReorderReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Reorders the receipt rules within a receipt rule set. // // All of the rules in the rule set must be represented in this request. That @@ -1517,6 +1898,21 @@ func (c *SES) ReorderReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *ReorderReceiptRuleSetInput) (r // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rule-sets.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation ReorderReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// +// * RuleDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule does not exist. +// func (c *SES) ReorderReceiptRuleSet(input *ReorderReceiptRuleSetInput) (*ReorderReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReorderReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1530,6 +1926,8 @@ const opSendBounce = "SendBounce" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendBounce for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1564,6 +1962,8 @@ func (c *SES) SendBounceRequest(input *SendBounceInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// SendBounce API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Generates and sends a bounce message to the sender of an email you received // through Amazon SES. You can only use this API on an email up to 24 hours // after you receive it. @@ -1575,6 +1975,19 @@ func (c *SES) SendBounceRequest(input *SendBounceInput) (req *request.Request, o // SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SendBounce for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MessageRejected +// Indicates that the action failed, and the message could not be sent. Check +// the error stack for more information about what caused the error. +// func (c *SES) SendBounce(input *SendBounceInput) (*SendBounceOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendBounceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1588,6 +2001,8 @@ const opSendEmail = "SendEmail" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendEmail for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1622,6 +2037,8 @@ func (c *SES) SendEmailRequest(input *SendEmailInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// SendEmail API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Composes an email message based on input data, and then immediately queues // the message for sending. // @@ -1646,6 +2063,25 @@ func (c *SES) SendEmailRequest(input *SendEmailInput) (req *request.Request, out // CC: and BCC:) is counted against your sending quota - the maximum number // of emails you can send in a 24-hour period. For information about your sending // quota, go to the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/manage-sending-limits.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SendEmail for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MessageRejected +// Indicates that the action failed, and the message could not be sent. Check +// the error stack for more information about what caused the error. +// +// * MailFromDomainNotVerifiedException +// Indicates that the message could not be sent because Amazon SES could not +// read the MX record required to use the specified MAIL FROM domain. For information +// about editing the custom MAIL FROM domain settings for an identity, see the +// Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/mail-from-edit.html). +// func (c *SES) SendEmail(input *SendEmailInput) (*SendEmailOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendEmailRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1659,6 +2095,8 @@ const opSendRawEmail = "SendRawEmail" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendRawEmail for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1693,6 +2131,8 @@ func (c *SES) SendRawEmailRequest(input *SendRawEmailInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// SendRawEmail API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Sends an email message, with header and content specified by the client. // The SendRawEmail action is useful for sending multipart MIME emails. The // raw text of the message must comply with Internet email standards; otherwise, @@ -1749,6 +2189,25 @@ func (c *SES) SendRawEmailRequest(input *SendRawEmailInput) (req *request.Reques // "From" address and the "Return Path" address to the identity specified in // SourceIdentityArn. For more information about sending authorization, see // the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SendRawEmail for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MessageRejected +// Indicates that the action failed, and the message could not be sent. Check +// the error stack for more information about what caused the error. +// +// * MailFromDomainNotVerifiedException +// Indicates that the message could not be sent because Amazon SES could not +// read the MX record required to use the specified MAIL FROM domain. For information +// about editing the custom MAIL FROM domain settings for an identity, see the +// Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/mail-from-edit.html). +// func (c *SES) SendRawEmail(input *SendRawEmailInput) (*SendRawEmailOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendRawEmailRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1762,6 +2221,8 @@ const opSetActiveReceiptRuleSet = "SetActiveReceiptRuleSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetActiveReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1796,6 +2257,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *SetActiveReceiptRuleSetInput return } +// SetActiveReceiptRuleSet API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Sets the specified receipt rule set as the active receipt rule set. // // To disable your email-receiving through Amazon SES completely, you can @@ -1805,6 +2268,18 @@ func (c *SES) SetActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input *SetActiveReceiptRuleSetInput // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rule-sets.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetActiveReceiptRuleSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// func (c *SES) SetActiveReceiptRuleSet(input *SetActiveReceiptRuleSetInput) (*SetActiveReceiptRuleSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetActiveReceiptRuleSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1818,6 +2293,8 @@ const opSetIdentityDkimEnabled = "SetIdentityDkimEnabled" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetIdentityDkimEnabled for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1852,6 +2329,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityDkimEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentityDkimEnabledInput) return } +// SetIdentityDkimEnabled API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Enables or disables Easy DKIM signing of email sent from an identity: // // If Easy DKIM signing is enabled for a domain name identity (e.g., example.com), @@ -1869,6 +2348,13 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityDkimEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentityDkimEnabledInput) // // For more information about Easy DKIM signing, go to the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetIdentityDkimEnabled for usage and error information. func (c *SES) SetIdentityDkimEnabled(input *SetIdentityDkimEnabledInput) (*SetIdentityDkimEnabledOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetIdentityDkimEnabledRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1882,6 +2368,8 @@ const opSetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabled = "SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEna // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabled for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1916,6 +2404,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentityFeed return } +// SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabled API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Given an identity (an email address or a domain), enables or disables whether // Amazon SES forwards bounce and complaint notifications as email. Feedback // forwarding can only be disabled when Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon @@ -1928,6 +2418,13 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentityFeed // // For more information about using notifications with Amazon SES, see the // Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/notifications.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabled for usage and error information. func (c *SES) SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabled(input *SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledInput) (*SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1941,6 +2438,8 @@ const opSetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabled = "SetIdentityHeadersInNotifica // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabled for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1975,6 +2474,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentity return } +// SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabled API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Given an identity (an email address or a domain), sets whether Amazon SES // includes the original email headers in the Amazon Simple Notification Service // (Amazon SNS) notifications of a specified type. @@ -1983,6 +2484,13 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledRequest(input *SetIdentity // // For more information about using notifications with Amazon SES, see the // Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/notifications.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabled for usage and error information. func (c *SES) SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabled(input *SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledInput) (*SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1996,6 +2504,8 @@ const opSetIdentityMailFromDomain = "SetIdentityMailFromDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetIdentityMailFromDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2030,6 +2540,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityMailFromDomainRequest(input *SetIdentityMailFromDomainI return } +// SetIdentityMailFromDomain API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Enables or disables the custom MAIL FROM domain setup for a verified identity // (an email address or a domain). // @@ -2039,6 +2551,13 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityMailFromDomainRequest(input *SetIdentityMailFromDomainI // SPF record. For more information, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/mail-from-set.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetIdentityMailFromDomain for usage and error information. func (c *SES) SetIdentityMailFromDomain(input *SetIdentityMailFromDomainInput) (*SetIdentityMailFromDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetIdentityMailFromDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2052,6 +2571,8 @@ const opSetIdentityNotificationTopic = "SetIdentityNotificationTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetIdentityNotificationTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2086,6 +2607,8 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityNotificationTopicRequest(input *SetIdentityNotification return } +// SetIdentityNotificationTopic API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Given an identity (an email address or a domain), sets the Amazon Simple // Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to which Amazon SES will publish // bounce, complaint, and/or delivery notifications for emails sent with that @@ -2098,6 +2621,13 @@ func (c *SES) SetIdentityNotificationTopicRequest(input *SetIdentityNotification // // For more information about feedback notification, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/notifications.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetIdentityNotificationTopic for usage and error information. func (c *SES) SetIdentityNotificationTopic(input *SetIdentityNotificationTopicInput) (*SetIdentityNotificationTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetIdentityNotificationTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2111,6 +2641,8 @@ const opSetReceiptRulePosition = "SetReceiptRulePosition" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetReceiptRulePosition for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2145,12 +2677,29 @@ func (c *SES) SetReceiptRulePositionRequest(input *SetReceiptRulePositionInput) return } +// SetReceiptRulePosition API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Sets the position of the specified receipt rule in the receipt rule set. // // For information about managing receipt rules, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rules.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation SetReceiptRulePosition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// +// * RuleDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule does not exist. +// func (c *SES) SetReceiptRulePosition(input *SetReceiptRulePositionInput) (*SetReceiptRulePositionOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetReceiptRulePositionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2164,6 +2713,8 @@ const opUpdateReceiptRule = "UpdateReceiptRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2198,12 +2749,50 @@ func (c *SES) UpdateReceiptRuleRequest(input *UpdateReceiptRuleInput) (req *requ return } +// UpdateReceiptRule API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Updates a receipt rule. // // For information about managing receipt rules, see the Amazon SES Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-managing-receipt-rules.html). // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation UpdateReceiptRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidSnsTopic +// Indicates that the provided Amazon SNS topic is invalid, or that Amazon SES +// could not publish to the topic, possibly due to permissions issues. For information +// about giving permissions, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * InvalidS3Configuration +// Indicates that the provided Amazon S3 bucket or AWS KMS encryption key is +// invalid, or that Amazon SES could not publish to the bucket, possibly due +// to permissions issues. For information about giving permissions, see the +// Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * InvalidLambdaFunction +// Indicates that the provided AWS Lambda function is invalid, or that Amazon +// SES could not execute the provided function, possibly due to permissions +// issues. For information about giving permissions, see the Amazon SES Developer +// Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/receiving-email-permissions.html). +// +// * RuleSetDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule set does not exist. +// +// * RuleDoesNotExist +// Indicates that the provided receipt rule does not exist. +// +// * LimitExceeded +// Indicates that a resource could not be created due to service limits. For +// a list of Amazon SES limits, see the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/limits.html). +// func (c *SES) UpdateReceiptRule(input *UpdateReceiptRuleInput) (*UpdateReceiptRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateReceiptRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2217,6 +2806,8 @@ const opVerifyDomainDkim = "VerifyDomainDkim" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See VerifyDomainDkim for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2251,6 +2842,8 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyDomainDkimRequest(input *VerifyDomainDkimInput) (req *reques return } +// VerifyDomainDkim API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Returns a set of DKIM tokens for a domain. DKIM tokens are character strings // that represent your domain's identity. Using these tokens, you will need // to create DNS CNAME records that point to DKIM public keys hosted by Amazon @@ -2266,6 +2859,13 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyDomainDkimRequest(input *VerifyDomainDkimInput) (req *reques // // For more information about creating DNS records using DKIM tokens, go to // the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim-dns-records.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation VerifyDomainDkim for usage and error information. func (c *SES) VerifyDomainDkim(input *VerifyDomainDkimInput) (*VerifyDomainDkimOutput, error) { req, out := c.VerifyDomainDkimRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2279,6 +2879,8 @@ const opVerifyDomainIdentity = "VerifyDomainIdentity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See VerifyDomainIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2313,9 +2915,18 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyDomainIdentityRequest(input *VerifyDomainIdentityInput) (req return } +// VerifyDomainIdentity API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Verifies a domain. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation VerifyDomainIdentity for usage and error information. func (c *SES) VerifyDomainIdentity(input *VerifyDomainIdentityInput) (*VerifyDomainIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.VerifyDomainIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2329,6 +2940,8 @@ const opVerifyEmailAddress = "VerifyEmailAddress" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See VerifyEmailAddress for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2365,6 +2978,8 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyEmailAddressRequest(input *VerifyEmailAddressInput) (req *re return } +// VerifyEmailAddress API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Verifies an email address. This action causes a confirmation email message // to be sent to the specified address. // @@ -2372,6 +2987,13 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyEmailAddressRequest(input *VerifyEmailAddressInput) (req *re // of Domain Verification. The VerifyEmailIdentity action is now preferred. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation VerifyEmailAddress for usage and error information. func (c *SES) VerifyEmailAddress(input *VerifyEmailAddressInput) (*VerifyEmailAddressOutput, error) { req, out := c.VerifyEmailAddressRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2385,6 +3007,8 @@ const opVerifyEmailIdentity = "VerifyEmailIdentity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See VerifyEmailIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2419,10 +3043,19 @@ func (c *SES) VerifyEmailIdentityRequest(input *VerifyEmailIdentityInput) (req * return } +// VerifyEmailIdentity API operation for Amazon Simple Email Service. +// // Verifies an email address. This action causes a confirmation email message // to be sent to the specified address. // // This action is throttled at one request per second. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Email Service's +// API operation VerifyEmailIdentity for usage and error information. func (c *SES) VerifyEmailIdentity(input *VerifyEmailIdentityInput) (*VerifyEmailIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.VerifyEmailIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2439,10 +3072,14 @@ type AddHeaderAction struct { // The name of the header to add. Must be between 1 and 50 characters, inclusive, // and consist of alphanumeric (a-z, A-Z, 0-9) characters and dashes only. + // + // HeaderName is a required field HeaderName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Must be less than 2048 characters, and must not contain newline characters // ("\r" or "\n"). + // + // HeaderValue is a required field HeaderValue *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2528,13 +3165,19 @@ type BounceAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Human-readable text to include in the bounce message. + // + // Message is a required field Message *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The email address of the sender of the bounced email. This is the address // from which the bounce message will be sent. + // + // Sender is a required field Sender *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The SMTP reply code, as defined by RFC 5321 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5321). + // + // SmtpReplyCode is a required field SmtpReplyCode *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The SMTP enhanced status code, as defined by RFC 3463 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3463). @@ -2588,6 +3231,8 @@ type BouncedRecipientInfo struct { BounceType *string `type:"string" enum:"BounceType"` // The email address of the recipient of the bounced email. + // + // Recipient is a required field Recipient *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is used only for sending authorization. It is the ARN of the @@ -2637,6 +3282,8 @@ type CloneReceiptRuleSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the rule set to clone. + // + // OriginalRuleSetName is a required field OriginalRuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the rule set to create. The name must: @@ -2647,6 +3294,8 @@ type CloneReceiptRuleSetInput struct { // Start and end with a letter or number. // // Contain less than 64 characters. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2703,6 +3352,8 @@ type Content struct { Charset *string `type:"string"` // The textual data of the content. + // + // Data is a required field Data *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2737,6 +3388,8 @@ type CreateReceiptFilterInput struct { // A data structure that describes the IP address filter to create, which consists // of a name, an IP address range, and whether to allow or block mail from it. + // + // Filter is a required field Filter *ReceiptFilter `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2796,9 +3449,13 @@ type CreateReceiptRuleInput struct { // A data structure that contains the specified rule's name, actions, recipients, // domains, enabled status, scan status, and TLS policy. + // + // Rule is a required field Rule *ReceiptRule `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the rule set to which to add the rule. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2862,6 +3519,8 @@ type CreateReceiptRuleSetInput struct { // Start and end with a letter or number. // // Contain less than 64 characters. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2909,6 +3568,8 @@ type DeleteIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The identity to be removed from the list of identities for the AWS Account. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2962,9 +3623,13 @@ type DeleteIdentityPolicyInput struct { // Name (ARN). Examples: user@example.com, example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. // // To successfully call this API, you must own the identity. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy to be deleted. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3019,6 +3684,8 @@ type DeleteReceiptFilterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the IP address filter to delete. + // + // FilterName is a required field FilterName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3067,9 +3734,13 @@ type DeleteReceiptRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the receipt rule to delete. + // + // RuleName is a required field RuleName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the receipt rule set that contains the receipt rule to delete. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3121,6 +3792,8 @@ type DeleteReceiptRuleSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the receipt rule set to delete. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3168,6 +3841,8 @@ type DeleteVerifiedEmailAddressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An email address to be removed from the list of verified addresses. + // + // EmailAddress is a required field EmailAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3256,9 +3931,13 @@ type DescribeReceiptRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the receipt rule. + // + // RuleName is a required field RuleName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the receipt rule set to which the receipt rule belongs. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3315,6 +3994,8 @@ type DescribeReceiptRuleSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the receipt rule set to describe. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3403,10 +4084,14 @@ type ExtensionField struct { // The name of the header to add. Must be between 1 and 50 characters, inclusive, // and consist of alphanumeric (a-z, A-Z, 0-9) characters and dashes only. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the header to add. Must be less than 2048 characters, and must // not contain newline characters ("\r" or "\n"). + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3446,6 +4131,8 @@ type GetIdentityDkimAttributesInput struct { // A list of one or more verified identities - email addresses, domains, or // both. + // + // Identities is a required field Identities []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3480,6 +4167,8 @@ type GetIdentityDkimAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The DKIM attributes for an email address or a domain. + // + // DkimAttributes is a required field DkimAttributes map[string]*IdentityDkimAttributes `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3500,6 +4189,8 @@ type GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of one or more identities. + // + // Identities is a required field Identities []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3531,6 +4222,8 @@ type GetIdentityMailFromDomainAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A map of identities to custom MAIL FROM attributes. + // + // MailFromDomainAttributes is a required field MailFromDomainAttributes map[string]*IdentityMailFromDomainAttributes `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3553,6 +4246,8 @@ type GetIdentityNotificationAttributesInput struct { // A list of one or more identities. You can specify an identity by using its // name or by using its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Examples: user@example.com, // example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. + // + // Identities is a required field Identities []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3584,6 +4279,8 @@ type GetIdentityNotificationAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A map of Identity to IdentityNotificationAttributes. + // + // NotificationAttributes is a required field NotificationAttributes map[string]*IdentityNotificationAttributes `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3609,11 +4306,15 @@ type GetIdentityPoliciesInput struct { // user@example.com, example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. // // To successfully call this API, you must own the identity. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the names of policies to be retrieved. You can retrieve a maximum // of 20 policies at a time. If you do not know the names of the policies that // are attached to the identity, you can use ListIdentityPolicies. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3648,6 +4349,8 @@ type GetIdentityPoliciesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A map of policy names to policies. + // + // Policies is a required field Policies map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3669,6 +4372,8 @@ type GetIdentityVerificationAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of identities. + // + // Identities is a required field Identities []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3701,6 +4406,8 @@ type GetIdentityVerificationAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A map of Identities to IdentityVerificationAttributes objects. + // + // VerificationAttributes is a required field VerificationAttributes map[string]*IdentityVerificationAttributes `type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3796,6 +4503,8 @@ type IdentityDkimAttributes struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // True if DKIM signing is enabled for email sent from the identity; false otherwise. + // + // DkimEnabled is a required field DkimEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // A set of character strings that represent the domain's identity. Using these @@ -3813,6 +4522,8 @@ type IdentityDkimAttributes struct { // Describes whether Amazon SES has successfully verified the DKIM DNS records // (tokens) published in the domain name's DNS. (This only applies to domain // identities, not email address identities.) + // + // DkimVerificationStatus is a required field DkimVerificationStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"VerificationStatus"` } @@ -3840,9 +4551,13 @@ type IdentityMailFromDomainAttributes struct { // // The custom MAIL FROM setup states that result in this behavior are Pending, // Failed, and TemporaryFailure. + // + // BehaviorOnMXFailure is a required field BehaviorOnMXFailure *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"BehaviorOnMXFailure"` // The custom MAIL FROM domain that the identity is configured to use. + // + // MailFromDomain is a required field MailFromDomain *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The state that indicates whether Amazon SES has successfully read the MX @@ -3850,6 +4565,8 @@ type IdentityMailFromDomainAttributes struct { // Amazon SES uses the specified custom MAIL FROM domain when the verified identity // sends an email. All other states indicate that Amazon SES takes the action // described by BehaviorOnMXFailure. + // + // MailFromDomainStatus is a required field MailFromDomainStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CustomMailFromStatus"` } @@ -3872,20 +4589,28 @@ type IdentityNotificationAttributes struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic where Amazon SES will // publish bounce notifications. + // + // BounceTopic is a required field BounceTopic *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic where Amazon SES will // publish complaint notifications. + // + // ComplaintTopic is a required field ComplaintTopic *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic where Amazon SES will // publish delivery notifications. + // + // DeliveryTopic is a required field DeliveryTopic *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes whether Amazon SES will forward bounce and complaint notifications // as email. true indicates that Amazon SES will forward bounce and complaint // notifications as email, while false indicates that bounce and complaint notifications // will be published only to the specified bounce and complaint Amazon SNS topics. + // + // ForwardingEnabled is a required field ForwardingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Describes whether Amazon SES includes the original email headers in Amazon @@ -3923,6 +4648,8 @@ type IdentityVerificationAttributes struct { // The verification status of the identity: "Pending", "Success", "Failed", // or "TemporaryFailure". + // + // VerificationStatus is a required field VerificationStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"VerificationStatus"` // The verification token for a domain identity. Null for email address identities. @@ -3957,6 +4684,8 @@ type LambdaAction struct { // an AWS Lambda function ARN is arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:account-id:function:MyFunction. // For more information about AWS Lambda, see the AWS Lambda Developer Guide // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/welcome.html). + // + // FunctionArn is a required field FunctionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The invocation type of the AWS Lambda function. An invocation type of RequestResponse @@ -4034,6 +4763,8 @@ type ListIdentitiesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of identities. + // + // Identities is a required field Identities []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The token used for pagination. @@ -4062,6 +4793,8 @@ type ListIdentityPoliciesInput struct { // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Examples: user@example.com, example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. // // To successfully call this API, you must own the identity. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4093,6 +4826,8 @@ type ListIdentityPoliciesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of names of policies that apply to the specified identity. + // + // PolicyNames is a required field PolicyNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -4225,10 +4960,14 @@ type Message struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The message body. + // + // Body is a required field Body *Body `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The subject of the message: A short summary of the content, which will appear // in the recipient's inbox. + // + // Subject is a required field Subject *Content `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -4286,6 +5025,8 @@ type MessageDsn struct { // The reporting MTA that attempted to deliver the message, formatted as specified // in RFC 3464 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3464) (mta-name-type; mta-name). // The default value is dns; inbound-smtp.[region].amazonaws.com. + // + // ReportingMta is a required field ReportingMta *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4334,18 +5075,24 @@ type PutIdentityPolicyInput struct { // example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. // // To successfully call this API, you must own the identity. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The text of the policy in JSON format. The policy cannot exceed 4 KB. // // For information about the syntax of sending authorization policies, see // the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/sending-authorization-policies.html). + // + // Policy is a required field Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the policy. // // The policy name cannot exceed 64 characters and can only include alphanumeric // characters, dashes, and underscores. + // + // PolicyName is a required field PolicyName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4419,6 +5166,8 @@ type RawMessage struct { // For more information, go to the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/send-email-raw.html). // // Data is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // Data is a required field Data []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` } @@ -4547,6 +5296,8 @@ type ReceiptFilter struct { // A structure that provides the IP addresses to block or allow, and whether // to block or allow incoming mail from them. + // + // IpFilter is a required field IpFilter *ReceiptIpFilter `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the IP address filter. The name must: @@ -4557,6 +5308,8 @@ type ReceiptFilter struct { // Start and end with a letter or number. // // Contain less than 64 characters. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4603,9 +5356,13 @@ type ReceiptIpFilter struct { // allow, specified in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. An example // of a single email address is 10.0.0.1. An example of a range of IP addresses // is 10.0.0.1/24. For more information about CIDR notation, see RFC 2317 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2317). + // + // Cidr is a required field Cidr *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to block or allow incoming mail from the specified IP addresses. + // + // Policy is a required field Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReceiptFilterPolicy"` } @@ -4664,6 +5421,8 @@ type ReceiptRule struct { // Start and end with a letter or number. // // Contain less than 64 characters. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The recipient domains and email addresses to which the receipt rule applies. @@ -4760,6 +5519,8 @@ type RecipientDsnFields struct { // The action performed by the reporting mail transfer agent (MTA) as a result // of its attempt to deliver the message to the recipient address. This is required // by RFC 3464 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3464). + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DsnAction"` // An extended explanation of what went wrong; this is usually an SMTP response. @@ -4792,6 +5553,8 @@ type RecipientDsnFields struct { // The status code that indicates what went wrong. This is required by RFC 3464 // (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3464). + // + // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4839,9 +5602,13 @@ type ReorderReceiptRuleSetInput struct { // A list of the specified receipt rule set's receipt rules in the order that // you want to put them. + // + // RuleNames is a required field RuleNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the receipt rule set to reorder. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4904,6 +5671,8 @@ type S3Action struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to which to save the received email. + // + // BucketName is a required field BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The customer master key that Amazon SES should use to encrypt your emails @@ -5003,6 +5772,8 @@ type SNSAction struct { // of an Amazon SNS topic ARN is arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:123456789012:MyTopic. // For more information about Amazon SNS topics, see the Amazon SNS Developer // Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/CreateTopic.html). + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5036,6 +5807,8 @@ type SendBounceInput struct { // The address to use in the "From" header of the bounce message. This must // be an identity that you have verified with Amazon SES. + // + // BounceSender is a required field BounceSender *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is used only for sending authorization. It is the ARN of the @@ -5047,6 +5820,8 @@ type SendBounceInput struct { // A list of recipients of the bounced message, including the information required // to create the Delivery Status Notifications (DSNs) for the recipients. You // must specify at least one BouncedRecipientInfo in the list. + // + // BouncedRecipientInfoList is a required field BouncedRecipientInfoList []*BouncedRecipientInfo `type:"list" required:"true"` // Human-readable text for the bounce message to explain the failure. If not @@ -5059,6 +5834,8 @@ type SendBounceInput struct { MessageDsn *MessageDsn `type:"structure"` // The message ID of the message to be bounced. + // + // OriginalMessageId is a required field OriginalMessageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5161,9 +5938,13 @@ type SendEmailInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The destination for this email, composed of To:, CC:, and BCC: fields. + // + // Destination is a required field Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The message to be sent. + // + // Message is a required field Message *Message `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The reply-to email address(es) for the message. If the recipient replies @@ -5207,6 +5988,8 @@ type SendEmailInput struct { // instead of a literal string. MIME encoded-word syntax uses the following // form: =?charset?encoding?encoded-text?=. For more information, see RFC 2047 // (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2047). + // + // Source is a required field Source *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // This parameter is used only for sending authorization. It is the ARN of the @@ -5262,6 +6045,8 @@ type SendEmailOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique message identifier returned from the SendEmail action. + // + // MessageId is a required field MessageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5308,6 +6093,8 @@ type SendRawEmailInput struct { // information, go to the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/mime-types.html). // // Must be base64-encoded. + // + // RawMessage is a required field RawMessage *RawMessage `type:"structure" required:"true"` // This parameter is used only for sending authorization. It is the ARN of the @@ -5395,6 +6182,8 @@ type SendRawEmailOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique message identifier returned from the SendRawEmail action. + // + // MessageId is a required field MessageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5452,9 +6241,13 @@ type SetIdentityDkimEnabledInput struct { // Sets whether DKIM signing is enabled for an identity. Set to true to enable // DKIM signing for this identity; false to disable it. + // + // DkimEnabled is a required field DkimEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The identity for which DKIM signing should be enabled or disabled. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5511,10 +6304,14 @@ type SetIdentityFeedbackForwardingEnabledInput struct { // false specifies that Amazon SES will publish bounce and complaint notifications // only through Amazon SNS. This value can only be set to false when Amazon // SNS topics are set for both Bounce and Complaint notification types. + // + // ForwardingEnabled is a required field ForwardingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The identity for which to set bounce and complaint notification forwarding. // Examples: user@example.com, example.com. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5572,13 +6369,19 @@ type SetIdentityHeadersInNotificationsEnabledInput struct { // // This value can only be set when NotificationType is already set to use a // particular Amazon SNS topic. + // + // Enabled is a required field Enabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The identity for which to enable or disable headers in notifications. Examples: // user@example.com, example.com. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The notification type for which to enable or disable headers in notifications. + // + // NotificationType is a required field NotificationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"NotificationType"` } @@ -5644,6 +6447,8 @@ type SetIdentityMailFromDomainInput struct { // The verified identity for which you want to enable or disable the specified // custom MAIL FROM domain. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The custom MAIL FROM domain that you want the verified identity to use. The @@ -5704,10 +6509,14 @@ type SetIdentityNotificationTopicInput struct { // The identity for which the Amazon SNS topic will be set. You can specify // an identity by using its name or by using its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). // Examples: user@example.com, example.com, arn:aws:ses:us-east-1:123456789012:identity/example.com. + // + // Identity is a required field Identity *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of notifications that will be published to the specified Amazon // SNS topic. + // + // NotificationType is a required field NotificationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"NotificationType"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic. If the parameter @@ -5767,9 +6576,13 @@ type SetReceiptRulePositionInput struct { After *string `type:"string"` // The name of the receipt rule to reposition. + // + // RuleName is a required field RuleName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the receipt rule set that contains the receipt rule to reposition. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5824,6 +6637,8 @@ type StopAction struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The scope to which the Stop action applies. That is, what is being stopped. + // + // Scope is a required field Scope *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StopScope"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to notify when the @@ -5863,9 +6678,13 @@ type UpdateReceiptRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A data structure that contains the updated receipt rule information. + // + // Rule is a required field Rule *ReceiptRule `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the receipt rule set to which the receipt rule belongs. + // + // RuleSetName is a required field RuleSetName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5922,6 +6741,8 @@ type VerifyDomainDkimInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the domain to be verified for Easy DKIM signing. + // + // Domain is a required field Domain *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5964,6 +6785,8 @@ type VerifyDomainDkimOutput struct { // // For more information about creating DNS records using DKIM tokens, go to // the Amazon SES Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ses/latest/DeveloperGuide/easy-dkim-dns-records.html). + // + // DkimTokens is a required field DkimTokens []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5985,6 +6808,8 @@ type VerifyDomainIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The domain to be verified. + // + // Domain is a required field Domain *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6018,6 +6843,8 @@ type VerifyDomainIdentityOutput struct { // A TXT record that must be placed in the DNS settings for the domain, in order // to complete domain verification. + // + // VerificationToken is a required field VerificationToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6038,6 +6865,8 @@ type VerifyEmailAddressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The email address to be verified. + // + // EmailAddress is a required field EmailAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6085,6 +6914,8 @@ type VerifyEmailIdentityInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The email address to be verified. + // + // EmailAddress is a required field EmailAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6140,6 +6971,8 @@ type WorkmailAction struct { // organization ARN is arn:aws:workmail:us-west-2:123456789012:organization/m-68755160c4cb4e29a2b2f8fb58f359d7. // For information about Amazon WorkMail organizations, see the Amazon WorkMail // Administrator Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/workmail/latest/adminguide/organizations_overview.html). + // + // OrganizationArn is a required field OrganizationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to notify when the @@ -6173,109 +7006,133 @@ func (s *WorkmailAction) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum BehaviorOnMXFailure + // BehaviorOnMXFailureUseDefaultValue is a BehaviorOnMXFailure enum value BehaviorOnMXFailureUseDefaultValue = "UseDefaultValue" - // @enum BehaviorOnMXFailure + + // BehaviorOnMXFailureRejectMessage is a BehaviorOnMXFailure enum value BehaviorOnMXFailureRejectMessage = "RejectMessage" ) const ( - // @enum BounceType + // BounceTypeDoesNotExist is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeDoesNotExist = "DoesNotExist" - // @enum BounceType + + // BounceTypeMessageTooLarge is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeMessageTooLarge = "MessageTooLarge" - // @enum BounceType + + // BounceTypeExceededQuota is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeExceededQuota = "ExceededQuota" - // @enum BounceType + + // BounceTypeContentRejected is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeContentRejected = "ContentRejected" - // @enum BounceType + + // BounceTypeUndefined is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeUndefined = "Undefined" - // @enum BounceType + + // BounceTypeTemporaryFailure is a BounceType enum value BounceTypeTemporaryFailure = "TemporaryFailure" ) const ( - // @enum CustomMailFromStatus + // CustomMailFromStatusPending is a CustomMailFromStatus enum value CustomMailFromStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum CustomMailFromStatus + + // CustomMailFromStatusSuccess is a CustomMailFromStatus enum value CustomMailFromStatusSuccess = "Success" - // @enum CustomMailFromStatus + + // CustomMailFromStatusFailed is a CustomMailFromStatus enum value CustomMailFromStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum CustomMailFromStatus + + // CustomMailFromStatusTemporaryFailure is a CustomMailFromStatus enum value CustomMailFromStatusTemporaryFailure = "TemporaryFailure" ) const ( - // @enum DsnAction + // DsnActionFailed is a DsnAction enum value DsnActionFailed = "failed" - // @enum DsnAction + + // DsnActionDelayed is a DsnAction enum value DsnActionDelayed = "delayed" - // @enum DsnAction + + // DsnActionDelivered is a DsnAction enum value DsnActionDelivered = "delivered" - // @enum DsnAction + + // DsnActionRelayed is a DsnAction enum value DsnActionRelayed = "relayed" - // @enum DsnAction + + // DsnActionExpanded is a DsnAction enum value DsnActionExpanded = "expanded" ) const ( - // @enum IdentityType + // IdentityTypeEmailAddress is a IdentityType enum value IdentityTypeEmailAddress = "EmailAddress" - // @enum IdentityType + + // IdentityTypeDomain is a IdentityType enum value IdentityTypeDomain = "Domain" ) const ( - // @enum InvocationType + // InvocationTypeEvent is a InvocationType enum value InvocationTypeEvent = "Event" - // @enum InvocationType + + // InvocationTypeRequestResponse is a InvocationType enum value InvocationTypeRequestResponse = "RequestResponse" ) const ( - // @enum NotificationType + // NotificationTypeBounce is a NotificationType enum value NotificationTypeBounce = "Bounce" - // @enum NotificationType + + // NotificationTypeComplaint is a NotificationType enum value NotificationTypeComplaint = "Complaint" - // @enum NotificationType + + // NotificationTypeDelivery is a NotificationType enum value NotificationTypeDelivery = "Delivery" ) const ( - // @enum ReceiptFilterPolicy + // ReceiptFilterPolicyBlock is a ReceiptFilterPolicy enum value ReceiptFilterPolicyBlock = "Block" - // @enum ReceiptFilterPolicy + + // ReceiptFilterPolicyAllow is a ReceiptFilterPolicy enum value ReceiptFilterPolicyAllow = "Allow" ) const ( - // @enum SNSActionEncoding + // SNSActionEncodingUtf8 is a SNSActionEncoding enum value SNSActionEncodingUtf8 = "UTF-8" - // @enum SNSActionEncoding + + // SNSActionEncodingBase64 is a SNSActionEncoding enum value SNSActionEncodingBase64 = "Base64" ) const ( - // @enum StopScope + // StopScopeRuleSet is a StopScope enum value StopScopeRuleSet = "RuleSet" ) const ( - // @enum TlsPolicy + // TlsPolicyRequire is a TlsPolicy enum value TlsPolicyRequire = "Require" - // @enum TlsPolicy + + // TlsPolicyOptional is a TlsPolicy enum value TlsPolicyOptional = "Optional" ) const ( - // @enum VerificationStatus + // VerificationStatusPending is a VerificationStatus enum value VerificationStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum VerificationStatus + + // VerificationStatusSuccess is a VerificationStatus enum value VerificationStatusSuccess = "Success" - // @enum VerificationStatus + + // VerificationStatusFailed is a VerificationStatus enum value VerificationStatusFailed = "Failed" - // @enum VerificationStatus + + // VerificationStatusTemporaryFailure is a VerificationStatus enum value VerificationStatusTemporaryFailure = "TemporaryFailure" - // @enum VerificationStatus + + // VerificationStatusNotStarted is a VerificationStatus enum value VerificationStatusNotStarted = "NotStarted" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/waiters.go index 8156c0fc0..bf79344b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/waiters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses/waiters.go @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter" ) +// WaitUntilIdentityExists uses the Amazon SES API operation +// GetIdentityVerificationAttributes to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will +// be returned. func (c *SES) WaitUntilIdentityExists(input *GetIdentityVerificationAttributesInput) error { waiterCfg := waiter.Config{ Operation: "GetIdentityVerificationAttributes", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb/api.go index c4d0e5cf8..59524fe6f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opBatchDeleteAttributes = "BatchDeleteAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchDeleteAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) BatchDeleteAttributesRequest(input *BatchDeleteAttributesInpu return } +// BatchDeleteAttributes API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // Performs multiple DeleteAttributes operations in a single call, which reduces // round trips and latencies. This enables Amazon SimpleDB to optimize requests, // which generally yields better throughput. @@ -78,6 +82,13 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) BatchDeleteAttributesRequest(input *BatchDeleteAttributesInpu // // The following limitations are enforced for this operation: 1 MB request // size 25 item limit per BatchDeleteAttributes operation +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation BatchDeleteAttributes for usage and error information. func (c *SimpleDB) BatchDeleteAttributes(input *BatchDeleteAttributesInput) (*BatchDeleteAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchDeleteAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -91,6 +102,8 @@ const opBatchPutAttributes = "BatchPutAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See BatchPutAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -127,6 +140,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) BatchPutAttributesRequest(input *BatchPutAttributesInput) (re return } +// BatchPutAttributes API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The BatchPutAttributes operation creates or replaces attributes within one // or more items. By using this operation, the client can perform multiple PutAttribute // operation with a single call. This helps yield savings in round trips and @@ -168,6 +183,42 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) BatchPutAttributesRequest(input *BatchPutAttributesInput) (re // name-value pairs per item 1 MB request size 1 billion attributes per domain // 10 GB of total user data storage per domain 25 item limit per BatchPutAttributes // operation +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation BatchPutAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateItemName +// The item name was specified more than once. +// +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// +// * NumberItemAttributesExceeded +// Too many attributes in this item. +// +// * NumberDomainAttributesExceeded +// Too many attributes in this domain. +// +// * NumberDomainBytesExceeded +// Too many bytes in this domain. +// +// * NumberSubmittedItemsExceeded +// Too many items exist in a single call. +// +// * NumberSubmittedAttributesExceeded +// Too many attributes exist in a single call. +// func (c *SimpleDB) BatchPutAttributes(input *BatchPutAttributesInput) (*BatchPutAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.BatchPutAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -181,6 +232,8 @@ const opCreateDomain = "CreateDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -217,6 +270,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) CreateDomainRequest(input *CreateDomainInput) (req *request.R return } +// CreateDomain API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The CreateDomain operation creates a new domain. The domain name should be // unique among the domains associated with the Access Key ID provided in the // request. The CreateDomain operation may take 10 or more seconds to complete. @@ -227,6 +282,24 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) CreateDomainRequest(input *CreateDomainInput) (req *request.R // // If the client requires additional domains, go to http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/simpledb-limit-request/ // (http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/simpledb-limit-request/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation CreateDomain for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NumberDomainsExceeded +// Too many domains exist per this account. +// func (c *SimpleDB) CreateDomain(input *CreateDomainInput) (*CreateDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -240,6 +313,8 @@ const opDeleteAttributes = "DeleteAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -276,6 +351,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) DeleteAttributesRequest(input *DeleteAttributesInput) (req *r return } +// DeleteAttributes API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // Deletes one or more attributes associated with an item. If all attributes // of the item are deleted, the item is deleted. // @@ -288,6 +365,27 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) DeleteAttributesRequest(input *DeleteAttributesInput) (req *r // eventual consistency update model, performing a GetAttributes or Select operation // (read) immediately after a DeleteAttributes or PutAttributes operation (write) // might not return updated item data. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation DeleteAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// +// * AttributeDoesNotExist +// The specified attribute does not exist. +// func (c *SimpleDB) DeleteAttributes(input *DeleteAttributesInput) (*DeleteAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -301,6 +399,8 @@ const opDeleteDomain = "DeleteDomain" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDomain for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -337,12 +437,26 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) DeleteDomainRequest(input *DeleteDomainInput) (req *request.R return } +// DeleteDomain API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The DeleteDomain operation deletes a domain. Any items (and their attributes) // in the domain are deleted as well. The DeleteDomain operation might take // 10 or more seconds to complete. // // Running DeleteDomain on a domain that does not exist or running the function // multiple times using the same domain name will not result in an error response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation DeleteDomain for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// func (c *SimpleDB) DeleteDomain(input *DeleteDomainInput) (*DeleteDomainOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDomainRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -356,6 +470,8 @@ const opDomainMetadata = "DomainMetadata" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DomainMetadata for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -390,9 +506,26 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) DomainMetadataRequest(input *DomainMetadataInput) (req *reque return } +// DomainMetadata API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // Returns information about the domain, including when the domain was created, // the number of items and attributes in the domain, and the size of the attribute // names and values. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation DomainMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// func (c *SimpleDB) DomainMetadata(input *DomainMetadataInput) (*DomainMetadataOutput, error) { req, out := c.DomainMetadataRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -406,6 +539,8 @@ const opGetAttributes = "GetAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -440,6 +575,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) GetAttributesRequest(input *GetAttributesInput) (req *request return } +// GetAttributes API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // Returns all of the attributes associated with the specified item. Optionally, // the attributes returned can be limited to one or more attributes by specifying // an attribute name parameter. @@ -450,6 +587,24 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) GetAttributesRequest(input *GetAttributesInput) (req *request // // If GetAttributes is called without being passed any attribute names, all // the attributes for the item are returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation GetAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// func (c *SimpleDB) GetAttributes(input *GetAttributesInput) (*GetAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -463,6 +618,8 @@ const opListDomains = "ListDomains" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDomains for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -503,12 +660,29 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) ListDomainsRequest(input *ListDomainsInput) (req *request.Req return } +// ListDomains API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The ListDomains operation lists all domains associated with the Access Key // ID. It returns domain names up to the limit set by MaxNumberOfDomains (#MaxNumberOfDomains). // A NextToken (#NextToken) is returned if there are more than MaxNumberOfDomains // domains. Calling ListDomains successive times with the NextToken provided // by the operation returns up to MaxNumberOfDomains more domain names with // each successive operation call. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation ListDomains for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified NextToken is not valid. +// func (c *SimpleDB) ListDomains(input *ListDomainsInput) (*ListDomainsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDomainsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -547,6 +721,8 @@ const opPutAttributes = "PutAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PutAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -583,6 +759,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) PutAttributesRequest(input *PutAttributesInput) (req *request return } +// PutAttributes API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The PutAttributes operation creates or replaces attributes in an item. The // client may specify new attributes using a combination of the Attribute.X.Name // and Attribute.X.Value parameters. The client specifies the first attribute @@ -614,6 +792,36 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) PutAttributesRequest(input *PutAttributesInput) (req *request // The following limitations are enforced for this operation: 256 total attribute // name-value pairs per item One billion attributes per domain 10 GB of total // user data storage per domain +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation PutAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// +// * NumberDomainAttributesExceeded +// Too many attributes in this domain. +// +// * NumberDomainBytesExceeded +// Too many bytes in this domain. +// +// * NumberItemAttributesExceeded +// Too many attributes in this item. +// +// * AttributeDoesNotExist +// The specified attribute does not exist. +// func (c *SimpleDB) PutAttributes(input *PutAttributesInput) (*PutAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -627,6 +835,8 @@ const opSelect = "Select" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Select for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -667,6 +877,8 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) SelectRequest(input *SelectInput) (req *request.Request, outp return } +// Select API operation for Amazon SimpleDB. +// // The Select operation returns a set of attributes for ItemNames that match // the select expression. Select is similar to the standard SQL SELECT statement. // @@ -678,6 +890,43 @@ func (c *SimpleDB) SelectRequest(input *SelectInput) (req *request.Request, outp // // For information on how to construct select expressions, see Using Select // to Create Amazon SimpleDB Queries in the Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon SimpleDB's +// API operation Select for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameterValue +// The value for a parameter is invalid. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified NextToken is not valid. +// +// * InvalidNumberPredicates +// Too many predicates exist in the query expression. +// +// * InvalidNumberValueTests +// Too many predicates exist in the query expression. +// +// * InvalidQueryExpression +// The specified query expression syntax is not valid. +// +// * MissingParameter +// The request must contain the specified missing parameter. +// +// * NoSuchDomain +// The specified domain does not exist. +// +// * RequestTimeout +// A timeout occurred when attempting to query the specified domain with specified +// query expression. +// +// * TooManyRequestedAttributes +// Too many attributes requested. +// func (c *SimpleDB) Select(input *SelectInput) (*SelectOutput, error) { req, out := c.SelectRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -717,9 +966,13 @@ type Attribute struct { AlternateValueEncoding *string `type:"string"` // The name of the attribute. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the attribute. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -737,9 +990,13 @@ type BatchDeleteAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the domain in which the attributes are being deleted. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of items on which to perform the operation. + // + // Items is a required field Items []*DeletableItem `locationNameList:"Item" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -797,9 +1054,13 @@ type BatchPutAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the domain in which the attributes are being stored. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of items on which to perform the operation. + // + // Items is a required field Items []*ReplaceableItem `locationNameList:"Item" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -858,6 +1119,8 @@ type CreateDomainInput struct { // The name of the domain to create. The name can range between 3 and 255 characters // and can contain the following characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_', '-', and '.'. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -902,6 +1165,8 @@ type DeletableAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the attribute. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the attribute. @@ -936,6 +1201,7 @@ type DeletableItem struct { Attributes []*DeletableAttribute `locationNameList:"Attribute" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"ItemName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -980,6 +1246,8 @@ type DeleteAttributesInput struct { Attributes []*DeletableAttribute `locationNameList:"Attribute" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The name of the domain in which to perform the operation. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The update condition which, if specified, determines whether the specified @@ -989,6 +1257,8 @@ type DeleteAttributesInput struct { // The name of the item. Similar to rows on a spreadsheet, items represent individual // objects that contain one or more value-attribute pairs. + // + // ItemName is a required field ItemName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1046,6 +1316,8 @@ type DeleteDomainInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the domain to delete. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1090,6 +1362,8 @@ type DomainMetadataInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the domain for which to display the metadata of. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1164,9 +1438,13 @@ type GetAttributesInput struct { ConsistentRead *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the domain in which to perform the operation. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the item. + // + // ItemName is a required field ItemName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1219,9 +1497,13 @@ type Item struct { AlternateNameEncoding *string `type:"string"` // A list of attributes. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes []*Attribute `locationNameList:"Attribute" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The name of the item. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1282,9 +1564,13 @@ type PutAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of attributes. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes []*ReplaceableAttribute `locationNameList:"Attribute" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The name of the domain in which to perform the operation. + // + // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The update condition which, if specified, determines whether the specified @@ -1293,6 +1579,8 @@ type PutAttributesInput struct { Expected *UpdateCondition `type:"structure"` // The name of the item. + // + // ItemName is a required field ItemName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1353,6 +1641,8 @@ type ReplaceableAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the replaceable attribute. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A flag specifying whether or not to replace the attribute/value pair or to @@ -1360,6 +1650,8 @@ type ReplaceableAttribute struct { Replace *bool `type:"boolean"` // The value of the replaceable attribute. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1393,9 +1685,13 @@ type ReplaceableItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of attributes for a replaceable item. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes []*ReplaceableAttribute `locationNameList:"Attribute" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The name of the replaceable item. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"ItemName" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1448,6 +1744,8 @@ type SelectInput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The expression used to query the domain. + // + // SelectExpression is a required field SelectExpression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go index c044ad952..8b2592f1b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAddPermission = "AddPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,8 +57,31 @@ func (c *SNS) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// AddPermission API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Adds a statement to a topic's access control policy, granting access for // the specified AWS accounts to the specified actions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation AddPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) AddPermission(input *AddPermissionInput) (*AddPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -70,6 +95,8 @@ const opCheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut = "CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -104,12 +131,36 @@ func (c *SNS) CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOutRequest(input *CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOpt return } +// CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Accepts a phone number and indicates whether the phone holder has opted out // of receiving SMS messages from your account. You cannot send SMS messages // to a number that is opted out. // // To resume sending messages, you can opt in the number by using the OptInPhoneNumber // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * Throttled +// Indicates that the rate at which requests have been submitted for this action +// exceeds the limit for your account. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// func (c *SNS) CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOut(input *CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOutInput) (*CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOutOutput, error) { req, out := c.CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOutRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -123,6 +174,8 @@ const opConfirmSubscription = "ConfirmSubscription" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ConfirmSubscription for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -157,11 +210,37 @@ func (c *SNS) ConfirmSubscriptionRequest(input *ConfirmSubscriptionInput) (req * return } +// ConfirmSubscription API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Verifies an endpoint owner's intent to receive messages by validating the // token sent to the endpoint by an earlier Subscribe action. If the token is // valid, the action creates a new subscription and returns its Amazon Resource // Name (ARN). This call requires an AWS signature only when the AuthenticateOnUnsubscribe // flag is set to "true". +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ConfirmSubscription for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionLimitExceeded +// Indicates that the customer already owns the maximum allowed number of subscriptions. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) ConfirmSubscription(input *ConfirmSubscriptionInput) (*ConfirmSubscriptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ConfirmSubscriptionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -175,6 +254,8 @@ const opCreatePlatformApplication = "CreatePlatformApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -209,6 +290,8 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformApplicationRequest(input *CreatePlatformApplicationI return } +// CreatePlatformApplication API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Creates a platform application object for one of the supported push notification // services, such as APNS and GCM, to which devices and mobile apps may register. // You must specify PlatformPrincipal and PlatformCredential attributes when @@ -235,6 +318,24 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformApplicationRequest(input *CreatePlatformApplicationI // Getting Started with Google Cloud Messaging for Android (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-gcm.html), // Getting Started with MPNS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-mpns.html), // or Getting Started with WNS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-wns.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation CreatePlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformApplication(input *CreatePlatformApplicationInput) (*CreatePlatformApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePlatformApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -248,6 +349,8 @@ const opCreatePlatformEndpoint = "CreatePlatformEndpoint" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreatePlatformEndpoint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -282,6 +385,8 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformEndpointRequest(input *CreatePlatformEndpointInput) return } +// CreatePlatformEndpoint API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Creates an endpoint for a device and mobile app on one of the supported push // notification services, such as GCM and APNS. CreatePlatformEndpoint requires // the PlatformApplicationArn that is returned from CreatePlatformApplication. @@ -296,6 +401,27 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformEndpointRequest(input *CreatePlatformEndpointInput) // When using CreatePlatformEndpoint with Baidu, two attributes must be provided: // ChannelId and UserId. The token field must also contain the ChannelId. For // more information, see Creating an Amazon SNS Endpoint for Baidu (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePushBaiduEndpoint.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation CreatePlatformEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformEndpoint(input *CreatePlatformEndpointInput) (*CreatePlatformEndpointOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreatePlatformEndpointRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -309,6 +435,8 @@ const opCreateTopic = "CreateTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -343,11 +471,34 @@ func (c *SNS) CreateTopicRequest(input *CreateTopicInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateTopic API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Creates a topic to which notifications can be published. Users can create // at most 100,000 topics. For more information, see http://aws.amazon.com/sns // (http://aws.amazon.com/sns/). This action is idempotent, so if the requester // already owns a topic with the specified name, that topic's ARN is returned // without creating a new topic. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation CreateTopic for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * TopicLimitExceeded +// Indicates that the customer already owns the maximum allowed number of topics. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) CreateTopic(input *CreateTopicInput) (*CreateTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -361,6 +512,8 @@ const opDeleteEndpoint = "DeleteEndpoint" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteEndpoint for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -397,12 +550,32 @@ func (c *SNS) DeleteEndpointRequest(input *DeleteEndpointInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteEndpoint API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Deletes the endpoint for a device and mobile app from Amazon SNS. This action // is idempotent. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). // // When you delete an endpoint that is also subscribed to a topic, then you // must also unsubscribe the endpoint from the topic. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation DeleteEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) DeleteEndpoint(input *DeleteEndpointInput) (*DeleteEndpointOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteEndpointRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -416,6 +589,8 @@ const opDeletePlatformApplication = "DeletePlatformApplication" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeletePlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -452,9 +627,29 @@ func (c *SNS) DeletePlatformApplicationRequest(input *DeletePlatformApplicationI return } +// DeletePlatformApplication API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Deletes a platform application object for one of the supported push notification // services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS // Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation DeletePlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) DeletePlatformApplication(input *DeletePlatformApplicationInput) (*DeletePlatformApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePlatformApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -468,6 +663,8 @@ const opDeleteTopic = "DeleteTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -504,10 +701,33 @@ func (c *SNS) DeleteTopicRequest(input *DeleteTopicInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteTopic API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Deletes a topic and all its subscriptions. Deleting a topic might prevent // some messages previously sent to the topic from being delivered to subscribers. // This action is idempotent, so deleting a topic that does not exist does not // result in an error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation DeleteTopic for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) DeleteTopic(input *DeleteTopicInput) (*DeleteTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -521,6 +741,8 @@ const opGetEndpointAttributes = "GetEndpointAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetEndpointAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -555,9 +777,32 @@ func (c *SNS) GetEndpointAttributesRequest(input *GetEndpointAttributesInput) (r return } +// GetEndpointAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Retrieves the endpoint attributes for a device on one of the supported push // notification services, such as GCM and APNS. For more information, see Using // Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation GetEndpointAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) GetEndpointAttributes(input *GetEndpointAttributesInput) (*GetEndpointAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetEndpointAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -571,6 +816,8 @@ const opGetPlatformApplicationAttributes = "GetPlatformApplicationAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetPlatformApplicationAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -605,9 +852,32 @@ func (c *SNS) GetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input *GetPlatformApplicat return } +// GetPlatformApplicationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Retrieves the attributes of the platform application object for the supported // push notification services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see // Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation GetPlatformApplicationAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) GetPlatformApplicationAttributes(input *GetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput) (*GetPlatformApplicationAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -621,6 +891,8 @@ const opGetSMSAttributes = "GetSMSAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSMSAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -655,9 +927,33 @@ func (c *SNS) GetSMSAttributesRequest(input *GetSMSAttributesInput) (req *reques return } +// GetSMSAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns the settings for sending SMS messages from your account. // // These settings are set with the SetSMSAttributes action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation GetSMSAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * Throttled +// Indicates that the rate at which requests have been submitted for this action +// exceeds the limit for your account. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// func (c *SNS) GetSMSAttributes(input *GetSMSAttributesInput) (*GetSMSAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSMSAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -671,6 +967,8 @@ const opGetSubscriptionAttributes = "GetSubscriptionAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSubscriptionAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -705,7 +1003,30 @@ func (c *SNS) GetSubscriptionAttributesRequest(input *GetSubscriptionAttributesI return } +// GetSubscriptionAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns all of the properties of a subscription. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation GetSubscriptionAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) GetSubscriptionAttributes(input *GetSubscriptionAttributesInput) (*GetSubscriptionAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSubscriptionAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -719,6 +1040,8 @@ const opGetTopicAttributes = "GetTopicAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetTopicAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -753,8 +1076,31 @@ func (c *SNS) GetTopicAttributesRequest(input *GetTopicAttributesInput) (req *re return } +// GetTopicAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns all of the properties of a topic. Topic properties returned might // differ based on the authorization of the user. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation GetTopicAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) GetTopicAttributes(input *GetTopicAttributesInput) (*GetTopicAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetTopicAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -768,6 +1114,8 @@ const opListEndpointsByPlatformApplication = "ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -808,6 +1156,8 @@ func (c *SNS) ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationRequest(input *ListEndpointsByPl return } +// ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Lists the endpoints and endpoint attributes for devices in a supported push // notification service, such as GCM and APNS. The results for ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication // are paginated and return a limited list of endpoints, up to 100. If additional @@ -816,6 +1166,27 @@ func (c *SNS) ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationRequest(input *ListEndpointsByPl // again using the NextToken string received from the previous call. When there // are no more records to return, NextToken will be null. For more information, // see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication(input *ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationInput) (*ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -854,6 +1225,8 @@ const opListPhoneNumbersOptedOut = "ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -888,6 +1261,8 @@ func (c *SNS) ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutRequest(input *ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutInp return } +// ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns a list of phone numbers that are opted out, meaning you cannot send // SMS messages to them. // @@ -897,6 +1272,28 @@ func (c *SNS) ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutRequest(input *ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutInp // the next page, you call ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut again using the NextToken // string received from the previous call. When there are no more records to // return, NextToken will be null. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * Throttled +// Indicates that the rate at which requests have been submitted for this action +// exceeds the limit for your account. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// func (c *SNS) ListPhoneNumbersOptedOut(input *ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutInput) (*ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPhoneNumbersOptedOutRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -910,6 +1307,8 @@ const opListPlatformApplications = "ListPlatformApplications" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListPlatformApplications for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -950,6 +1349,8 @@ func (c *SNS) ListPlatformApplicationsRequest(input *ListPlatformApplicationsInp return } +// ListPlatformApplications API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Lists the platform application objects for the supported push notification // services, such as APNS and GCM. The results for ListPlatformApplications // are paginated and return a limited list of applications, up to 100. If additional @@ -958,6 +1359,24 @@ func (c *SNS) ListPlatformApplicationsRequest(input *ListPlatformApplicationsInp // using the NextToken string received from the previous call. When there are // no more records to return, NextToken will be null. For more information, // see Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListPlatformApplications for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) ListPlatformApplications(input *ListPlatformApplicationsInput) (*ListPlatformApplicationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPlatformApplicationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -996,6 +1415,8 @@ const opListSubscriptions = "ListSubscriptions" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1036,10 +1457,30 @@ func (c *SNS) ListSubscriptionsRequest(input *ListSubscriptionsInput) (req *requ return } +// ListSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns a list of the requester's subscriptions. Each call returns a limited // list of subscriptions, up to 100. If there are more subscriptions, a NextToken // is also returned. Use the NextToken parameter in a new ListSubscriptions // call to get further results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListSubscriptions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) ListSubscriptions(input *ListSubscriptionsInput) (*ListSubscriptionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSubscriptionsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1078,6 +1519,8 @@ const opListSubscriptionsByTopic = "ListSubscriptionsByTopic" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSubscriptionsByTopic for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1118,10 +1561,33 @@ func (c *SNS) ListSubscriptionsByTopicRequest(input *ListSubscriptionsByTopicInp return } +// ListSubscriptionsByTopic API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns a list of the subscriptions to a specific topic. Each call returns // a limited list of subscriptions, up to 100. If there are more subscriptions, // a NextToken is also returned. Use the NextToken parameter in a new ListSubscriptionsByTopic // call to get further results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListSubscriptionsByTopic for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) ListSubscriptionsByTopic(input *ListSubscriptionsByTopicInput) (*ListSubscriptionsByTopicOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSubscriptionsByTopicRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1160,6 +1626,8 @@ const opListTopics = "ListTopics" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTopics for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1200,9 +1668,29 @@ func (c *SNS) ListTopicsRequest(input *ListTopicsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListTopics API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Returns a list of the requester's topics. Each call returns a limited list // of topics, up to 100. If there are more topics, a NextToken is also returned. // Use the NextToken parameter in a new ListTopics call to get further results. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation ListTopics for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) ListTopics(input *ListTopicsInput) (*ListTopicsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTopicsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1241,6 +1729,8 @@ const opOptInPhoneNumber = "OptInPhoneNumber" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See OptInPhoneNumber for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1275,10 +1765,34 @@ func (c *SNS) OptInPhoneNumberRequest(input *OptInPhoneNumberInput) (req *reques return } +// OptInPhoneNumber API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Use this request to opt in a phone number that is opted out, which enables // you to resume sending SMS messages to the number. // // You can opt in a phone number only once every 30 days. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation OptInPhoneNumber for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * Throttled +// Indicates that the rate at which requests have been submitted for this action +// exceeds the limit for your account. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// func (c *SNS) OptInPhoneNumber(input *OptInPhoneNumberInput) (*OptInPhoneNumberOutput, error) { req, out := c.OptInPhoneNumberRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1292,6 +1806,8 @@ const opPublish = "Publish" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Publish for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1326,6 +1842,8 @@ func (c *SNS) PublishRequest(input *PublishInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// Publish API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Sends a message to all of a topic's subscribed endpoints. When a messageId // is returned, the message has been saved and Amazon SNS will attempt to deliver // it to the topic's subscribers shortly. The format of the outgoing message @@ -1338,6 +1856,36 @@ func (c *SNS) PublishRequest(input *PublishInput) (req *request.Request, output // // For more information about formatting messages, see Send Custom Platform-Specific // Payloads in Messages to Mobile Devices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-send-custommessage.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation Publish for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * ParameterValueInvalid +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * EndpointDisabled +// Exception error indicating endpoint disabled. +// +// * PlatformApplicationDisabled +// Exception error indicating platform application disabled. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) Publish(input *PublishInput) (*PublishOutput, error) { req, out := c.PublishRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1351,6 +1899,8 @@ const opRemovePermission = "RemovePermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemovePermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1387,7 +1937,30 @@ func (c *SNS) RemovePermissionRequest(input *RemovePermissionInput) (req *reques return } +// RemovePermission API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Removes a statement from a topic's access control policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation RemovePermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) RemovePermission(input *RemovePermissionInput) (*RemovePermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemovePermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1401,6 +1974,8 @@ const opSetEndpointAttributes = "SetEndpointAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetEndpointAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1437,9 +2012,32 @@ func (c *SNS) SetEndpointAttributesRequest(input *SetEndpointAttributesInput) (r return } +// SetEndpointAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Sets the attributes for an endpoint for a device on one of the supported // push notification services, such as GCM and APNS. For more information, see // Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation SetEndpointAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) SetEndpointAttributes(input *SetEndpointAttributesInput) (*SetEndpointAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetEndpointAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1453,6 +2051,8 @@ const opSetPlatformApplicationAttributes = "SetPlatformApplicationAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetPlatformApplicationAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1489,11 +2089,34 @@ func (c *SNS) SetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input *SetPlatformApplicat return } +// SetPlatformApplicationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Sets the attributes of the platform application object for the supported // push notification services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see // Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html). // For information on configuring attributes for message delivery status, see // Using Amazon SNS Application Attributes for Message Delivery Status (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-msg-status.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation SetPlatformApplicationAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) SetPlatformApplicationAttributes(input *SetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput) (*SetPlatformApplicationAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1507,6 +2130,8 @@ const opSetSMSAttributes = "SetSMSAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetSMSAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1541,6 +2166,8 @@ func (c *SNS) SetSMSAttributesRequest(input *SetSMSAttributesInput) (req *reques return } +// SetSMSAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Use this request to set the default settings for sending SMS messages and // receiving daily SMS usage reports. // @@ -1548,6 +2175,28 @@ func (c *SNS) SetSMSAttributesRequest(input *SetSMSAttributesInput) (req *reques // the Publish action with the MessageAttributes.entry.N parameter. For more // information, see Sending an SMS Message (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sms_publish-to-phone.html) // in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation SetSMSAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * Throttled +// Indicates that the rate at which requests have been submitted for this action +// exceeds the limit for your account. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) SetSMSAttributes(input *SetSMSAttributesInput) (*SetSMSAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetSMSAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1561,6 +2210,8 @@ const opSetSubscriptionAttributes = "SetSubscriptionAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetSubscriptionAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1597,7 +2248,30 @@ func (c *SNS) SetSubscriptionAttributesRequest(input *SetSubscriptionAttributesI return } +// SetSubscriptionAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Allows a subscription owner to set an attribute of the topic to a new value. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation SetSubscriptionAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) SetSubscriptionAttributes(input *SetSubscriptionAttributesInput) (*SetSubscriptionAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetSubscriptionAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1611,6 +2285,8 @@ const opSetTopicAttributes = "SetTopicAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetTopicAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1647,7 +2323,30 @@ func (c *SNS) SetTopicAttributesRequest(input *SetTopicAttributesInput) (req *re return } +// SetTopicAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Allows a topic owner to set an attribute of the topic to a new value. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation SetTopicAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) SetTopicAttributes(input *SetTopicAttributesInput) (*SetTopicAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetTopicAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1661,6 +2360,8 @@ const opSubscribe = "Subscribe" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Subscribe for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1695,10 +2396,36 @@ func (c *SNS) SubscribeRequest(input *SubscribeInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// Subscribe API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Prepares to subscribe an endpoint by sending the endpoint a confirmation // message. To actually create a subscription, the endpoint owner must call // the ConfirmSubscription action with the token from the confirmation message. // Confirmation tokens are valid for three days. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation Subscribe for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * SubscriptionLimitExceeded +// Indicates that the customer already owns the maximum allowed number of subscriptions. +// +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// func (c *SNS) Subscribe(input *SubscribeInput) (*SubscribeOutput, error) { req, out := c.SubscribeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1712,6 +2439,8 @@ const opUnsubscribe = "Unsubscribe" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See Unsubscribe for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1748,12 +2477,35 @@ func (c *SNS) UnsubscribeRequest(input *UnsubscribeInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// Unsubscribe API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service. +// // Deletes a subscription. If the subscription requires authentication for deletion, // only the owner of the subscription or the topic's owner can unsubscribe, // and an AWS signature is required. If the Unsubscribe call does not require // authentication and the requester is not the subscription owner, a final cancellation // message is delivered to the endpoint, so that the endpoint owner can easily // resubscribe to the topic if the Unsubscribe request was unintended. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Notification Service's +// API operation Unsubscribe for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidParameter +// Indicates that a request parameter does not comply with the associated constraints. +// +// * InternalError +// Indicates an internal service error. +// +// * AuthorizationError +// Indicates that the user has been denied access to the requested resource. +// +// * NotFound +// Indicates that the requested resource does not exist. +// func (c *SNS) Unsubscribe(input *UnsubscribeInput) (*UnsubscribeOutput, error) { req, out := c.UnsubscribeRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1766,17 +2518,25 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // The AWS account IDs of the users (principals) who will be given access to // the specified actions. The users must have AWS accounts, but do not need // to be signed up for this service. + // + // AWSAccountId is a required field AWSAccountId []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The action you want to allow for the specified principal(s). // // Valid values: any Amazon SNS action name. + // + // ActionName is a required field ActionName []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for the new policy statement. + // + // Label is a required field Label *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the topic whose access control policy you wish to modify. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1831,6 +2591,8 @@ type CheckIfPhoneNumberIsOptedOutInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The phone number for which you want to check the opt out status. + // + // PhoneNumber is a required field PhoneNumber *string `locationName:"phoneNumber" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1892,9 +2654,13 @@ type ConfirmSubscriptionInput struct { AuthenticateOnUnsubscribe *string `type:"string"` // Short-lived token sent to an endpoint during the Subscribe action. + // + // Token is a required field Token *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the topic for which you wish to confirm a subscription. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1947,15 +2713,21 @@ type CreatePlatformApplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // For a list of attributes, see SetPlatformApplicationAttributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/api/API_SetPlatformApplicationAttributes.html) + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"` // Application names must be made up of only uppercase and lowercase ASCII letters, // numbers, underscores, hyphens, and periods, and must be between 1 and 256 // characters long. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The following platforms are supported: ADM (Amazon Device Messaging), APNS // (Apple Push Notification Service), APNS_SANDBOX, and GCM (Google Cloud Messaging). + // + // Platform is a required field Platform *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2019,6 +2791,8 @@ type CreatePlatformEndpointInput struct { // PlatformApplicationArn returned from CreatePlatformApplication is used to // create a an endpoint. + // + // PlatformApplicationArn is a required field PlatformApplicationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Unique identifier created by the notification service for an app on a device. @@ -2026,6 +2800,8 @@ type CreatePlatformEndpointInput struct { // is being used. For example, when using APNS as the notification service, // you need the device token. Alternatively, when using GCM or ADM, the device // token equivalent is called the registration ID. + // + // Token is a required field Token *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2082,6 +2858,8 @@ type CreateTopicInput struct { // Constraints: Topic names must be made up of only uppercase and lowercase // ASCII letters, numbers, underscores, and hyphens, and must be between 1 and // 256 characters long. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2131,6 +2909,8 @@ type DeleteEndpointInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // EndpointArn of endpoint to delete. + // + // EndpointArn is a required field EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2176,6 +2956,8 @@ type DeletePlatformApplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // PlatformApplicationArn of platform application object to delete. + // + // PlatformApplicationArn is a required field PlatformApplicationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2220,6 +3002,8 @@ type DeleteTopicInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the topic you want to delete. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2286,6 +3070,8 @@ type GetEndpointAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // EndpointArn for GetEndpointAttributes input. + // + // EndpointArn is a required field EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2348,6 +3134,8 @@ type GetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // PlatformApplicationArn for GetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput. + // + // PlatformApplicationArn is a required field PlatformApplicationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2451,6 +3239,8 @@ type GetSubscriptionAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the subscription whose properties you want to get. + // + // SubscriptionArn is a required field SubscriptionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2517,6 +3307,8 @@ type GetTopicAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the topic whose properties you want to get. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2593,6 +3385,8 @@ type ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationInput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // PlatformApplicationArn for ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationInput action. + // + // PlatformApplicationArn is a required field PlatformApplicationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2733,6 +3527,8 @@ type ListSubscriptionsByTopicInput struct { NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The ARN of the topic for which you wish to find subscriptions. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2880,6 +3676,8 @@ type MessageAttributeValue struct { // Amazon SNS supports the following logical data types: String, Number, and // Binary. For more information, see Message Attribute Data Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMessageAttributes.html#SNSMessageAttributes.DataTypes). + // + // DataType is a required field DataType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Strings are Unicode with UTF8 binary encoding. For a list of code values, @@ -2915,6 +3713,8 @@ type OptInPhoneNumberInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The phone number to opt in. + // + // PhoneNumber is a required field PhoneNumber *string `locationName:"phoneNumber" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3017,6 +3817,8 @@ type PublishInput struct { // // Failure to parse or validate any key or value in the message will cause // the Publish call to return an error (no partial delivery). + // + // Message is a required field Message *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Message attributes for Publish action. @@ -3129,9 +3931,13 @@ type RemovePermissionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The unique label of the statement you want to remove. + // + // Label is a required field Label *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the topic whose access control policy you wish to modify. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3193,9 +3999,13 @@ type SetEndpointAttributesInput struct { // Token -- device token, also referred to as a registration id, for an // app and mobile device. This is returned from the notification service when // an app and mobile device are registered with the notification service. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"` // EndpointArn used for SetEndpointAttributes action. + // + // EndpointArn is a required field EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3275,9 +4085,13 @@ type SetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput struct { // // SuccessFeedbackSampleRate -- Sample rate percentage (0-100) of successfully // delivered messages. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"` // PlatformApplicationArn for SetPlatformApplicationAttributes action. + // + // PlatformApplicationArn is a required field PlatformApplicationArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3397,6 +4211,8 @@ type SetSMSAttributesInput struct { // For an example bucket policy and usage report, see Monitoring SMS Activity // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sms_stats.html) in the Amazon SNS // Developer Guide. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes map[string]*string `locationName:"attributes" type:"map" required:"true"` } @@ -3446,12 +4262,16 @@ type SetSubscriptionAttributesInput struct { // attributes are mutable. // // Valid values: DeliveryPolicy | RawMessageDelivery + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The new value for the attribute in JSON format. AttributeValue *string `type:"string"` // The ARN of the subscription to modify. + // + // SubscriptionArn is a required field SubscriptionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3503,12 +4323,16 @@ type SetTopicAttributesInput struct { // are mutable. // // Valid values: Policy | DisplayName | DeliveryPolicy + // + // AttributeName is a required field AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The new value for the attribute. AttributeValue *string `type:"string"` // The ARN of the topic to modify. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3595,9 +4419,13 @@ type SubscribeInput struct { // a mobile app and device. // // lambda -- delivery of JSON-encoded message to an AWS Lambda function. + // + // Protocol is a required field Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ARN of the topic you want to subscribe to. + // + // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3700,6 +4528,8 @@ type UnsubscribeInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ARN of the subscription to be deleted. + // + // SubscriptionArn is a required field SubscriptionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs/api.go index 9b416bdab..78acaf7d9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs/api.go @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ const opAddPermission = "AddPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ func (c *SQS) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// AddPermission API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Adds a permission to a queue for a specific principal (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/glos-chap.html#P). // This allows for sharing access to the queue. // @@ -71,6 +75,21 @@ func (c *SQS) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.Requ // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation AddPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OverLimit +// The action that you requested would violate a limit. For example, ReceiveMessage +// returns this error if the maximum number of messages inflight has already +// been reached. AddPermission returns this error if the maximum number of permissions +// for the queue has already been reached. +// func (c *SQS) AddPermission(input *AddPermissionInput) (*AddPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -84,6 +103,8 @@ const opChangeMessageVisibility = "ChangeMessageVisibility" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ChangeMessageVisibility for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -120,6 +141,8 @@ func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibilityRequest(input *ChangeMessageVisibilityInput return } +// ChangeMessageVisibility API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Changes the visibility timeout of a specified message in a queue to a new // value. The maximum allowed timeout value you can set the value to is 12 hours. // This means you can't extend the timeout of a message in an existing queue @@ -153,6 +176,21 @@ func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibilityRequest(input *ChangeMessageVisibilityInput // visibility timeout for the message the next time it is received reverts to // the original timeout value, not the value you set with the ChangeMessageVisibility // action. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation ChangeMessageVisibility for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.MessageNotInflight +// The message referred to is not in flight. +// +// * ReceiptHandleIsInvalid +// The receipt handle provided is not valid. +// func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibility(input *ChangeMessageVisibilityInput) (*ChangeMessageVisibilityOutput, error) { req, out := c.ChangeMessageVisibilityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -166,6 +204,8 @@ const opChangeMessageVisibilityBatch = "ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -200,6 +240,8 @@ func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequest(input *ChangeMessageVisibility return } +// ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages. This is a batch version // of ChangeMessageVisibility. The result of the action on each message is reported // individually in the response. You can send up to 10 ChangeMessageVisibility @@ -212,6 +254,27 @@ func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequest(input *ChangeMessageVisibility // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.TooManyEntriesInBatchRequest +// Batch request contains more number of entries than permissible. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.EmptyBatchRequest +// Batch request does not contain an entry. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.BatchEntryIdsNotDistinct +// Two or more batch entries have the same Id in the request. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.InvalidBatchEntryId +// The Id of a batch entry in a batch request does not abide by the specification. +// func (c *SQS) ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch(input *ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput) (*ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchOutput, error) { req, out := c.ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -225,6 +288,8 @@ const opCreateQueue = "CreateQueue" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateQueue for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -259,6 +324,8 @@ func (c *SQS) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateQueue API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Creates a new queue, or returns the URL of an existing one. When you request // CreateQueue, you provide a name for the queue. To successfully create a new // queue, you must provide a name that is unique within the scope of your own @@ -282,6 +349,24 @@ func (c *SQS) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation CreateQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.QueueDeletedRecently +// You must wait 60 seconds after deleting a queue before you can create another +// with the same name. +// +// * QueueAlreadyExists +// A queue already exists with this name. Amazon SQS returns this error only +// if the request includes attributes whose values differ from those of the +// existing queue. +// func (c *SQS) CreateQueue(input *CreateQueueInput) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -295,6 +380,8 @@ const opDeleteMessage = "DeleteMessage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMessage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -331,6 +418,8 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteMessageRequest(input *DeleteMessageInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// DeleteMessage API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Deletes the specified message from the specified queue. You specify the message // by using the message's receipt handle and not the message ID you received // when you sent the message. Even if the message is locked by another reader @@ -351,6 +440,21 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteMessageRequest(input *DeleteMessageInput) (req *request.Requ // copy remains on the server and might be returned to you again on a subsequent // receive request. You should create your system to be idempotent so that receiving // a particular message more than once is not a problem. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation DeleteMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidIdFormat +// The receipt handle is not valid for the current version. +// +// * ReceiptHandleIsInvalid +// The receipt handle provided is not valid. +// func (c *SQS) DeleteMessage(input *DeleteMessageInput) (*DeleteMessageOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMessageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -364,6 +468,8 @@ const opDeleteMessageBatch = "DeleteMessageBatch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteMessageBatch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -398,6 +504,8 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteMessageBatchRequest(input *DeleteMessageBatchInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteMessageBatch API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue. This is a batch version // of DeleteMessage. The result of the delete action on each message is reported // individually in the response. @@ -409,6 +517,27 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteMessageBatchRequest(input *DeleteMessageBatchInput) (req *re // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation DeleteMessageBatch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.TooManyEntriesInBatchRequest +// Batch request contains more number of entries than permissible. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.EmptyBatchRequest +// Batch request does not contain an entry. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.BatchEntryIdsNotDistinct +// Two or more batch entries have the same Id in the request. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.InvalidBatchEntryId +// The Id of a batch entry in a batch request does not abide by the specification. +// func (c *SQS) DeleteMessageBatch(input *DeleteMessageBatchInput) (*DeleteMessageBatchOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteMessageBatchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -422,6 +551,8 @@ const opDeleteQueue = "DeleteQueue" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteQueue for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -458,6 +589,8 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteQueue API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Deletes the queue specified by the queue URL, regardless of whether the queue // is empty. If the specified queue does not exist, Amazon SQS returns a successful // response. @@ -475,6 +608,13 @@ func (c *SQS) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) (req *request.Request, // We reserve the right to delete queues that have had no activity for more // than 30 days. For more information, see How Amazon SQS Queues Work (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/SQSConcepts.html) // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation DeleteQueue for usage and error information. func (c *SQS) DeleteQueue(input *DeleteQueueInput) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -488,6 +628,8 @@ const opGetQueueAttributes = "GetQueueAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetQueueAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -522,11 +664,25 @@ func (c *SQS) GetQueueAttributesRequest(input *GetQueueAttributesInput) (req *re return } +// GetQueueAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Gets attributes for the specified queue. // // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation GetQueueAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidAttributeName +// The attribute referred to does not exist. +// func (c *SQS) GetQueueAttributes(input *GetQueueAttributesInput) (*GetQueueAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetQueueAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -540,6 +696,8 @@ const opGetQueueUrl = "GetQueueUrl" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetQueueUrl for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -574,6 +732,8 @@ func (c *SQS) GetQueueUrlRequest(input *GetQueueUrlInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// GetQueueUrl API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Returns the URL of an existing queue. This action provides a simple way to // retrieve the URL of an Amazon SQS queue. // @@ -582,6 +742,18 @@ func (c *SQS) GetQueueUrlRequest(input *GetQueueUrlInput) (req *request.Request, // must grant you permission to access the queue. For more information about // shared queue access, see AddPermission or go to Shared Queues (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/acp-overview.html) // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation GetQueueUrl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.NonExistentQueue +// The queue referred to does not exist. +// func (c *SQS) GetQueueUrl(input *GetQueueUrlInput) (*GetQueueUrlOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetQueueUrlRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -595,6 +767,8 @@ const opListDeadLetterSourceQueues = "ListDeadLetterSourceQueues" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDeadLetterSourceQueues for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -629,11 +803,25 @@ func (c *SQS) ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesRequest(input *ListDeadLetterSourceQueue return } +// ListDeadLetterSourceQueues API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Returns a list of your queues that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute // configured with a dead letter queue. // // For more information about using dead letter queues, see Using Amazon SQS // Dead Letter Queues (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/SQSDeadLetterQueue.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation ListDeadLetterSourceQueues for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.NonExistentQueue +// The queue referred to does not exist. +// func (c *SQS) ListDeadLetterSourceQueues(input *ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesInput) (*ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -647,6 +835,8 @@ const opListQueues = "ListQueues" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListQueues for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -681,9 +871,18 @@ func (c *SQS) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListQueues API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Returns a list of your queues. The maximum number of queues that can be returned // is 1000. If you specify a value for the optional QueueNamePrefix parameter, // only queues with a name beginning with the specified value are returned. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation ListQueues for usage and error information. func (c *SQS) ListQueues(input *ListQueuesInput) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -697,6 +896,8 @@ const opPurgeQueue = "PurgeQueue" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See PurgeQueue for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -733,6 +934,8 @@ func (c *SQS) PurgeQueueRequest(input *PurgeQueueInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// PurgeQueue API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Deletes the messages in a queue specified by the queue URL. // // When you use the PurgeQueue API, the deleted messages in the queue cannot @@ -743,6 +946,23 @@ func (c *SQS) PurgeQueueRequest(input *PurgeQueueInput) (req *request.Request, o // messages sent to the queue while it is being purged may be deleted. While // the queue is being purged, messages sent to the queue before PurgeQueue was // called may be received, but will be deleted within the next minute. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation PurgeQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.NonExistentQueue +// The queue referred to does not exist. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.PurgeQueueInProgress +// Indicates that the specified queue previously received a PurgeQueue request +// within the last 60 seconds, the time it can take to delete the messages in +// the queue. +// func (c *SQS) PurgeQueue(input *PurgeQueueInput) (*PurgeQueueOutput, error) { req, out := c.PurgeQueueRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -756,6 +976,8 @@ const opReceiveMessage = "ReceiveMessage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ReceiveMessage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -790,6 +1012,8 @@ func (c *SQS) ReceiveMessageRequest(input *ReceiveMessageInput) (req *request.Re return } +// ReceiveMessage API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Retrieves one or more messages, with a maximum limit of 10 messages, from // the specified queue. Long poll support is enabled by using the WaitTimeSeconds // parameter. For more information, see Amazon SQS Long Poll (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-long-polling.html) @@ -832,6 +1056,21 @@ func (c *SQS) ReceiveMessageRequest(input *ReceiveMessageInput) (req *request.Re // Going forward, new attributes might be added. If you are writing code // that calls this action, we recommend that you structure your code so that // it can handle new attributes gracefully. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation ReceiveMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * OverLimit +// The action that you requested would violate a limit. For example, ReceiveMessage +// returns this error if the maximum number of messages inflight has already +// been reached. AddPermission returns this error if the maximum number of permissions +// for the queue has already been reached. +// func (c *SQS) ReceiveMessage(input *ReceiveMessageInput) (*ReceiveMessageOutput, error) { req, out := c.ReceiveMessageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -845,6 +1084,8 @@ const opRemovePermission = "RemovePermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemovePermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -881,8 +1122,17 @@ func (c *SQS) RemovePermissionRequest(input *RemovePermissionInput) (req *reques return } +// RemovePermission API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Revokes any permissions in the queue policy that matches the specified Label // parameter. Only the owner of the queue can remove permissions. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation RemovePermission for usage and error information. func (c *SQS) RemovePermission(input *RemovePermissionInput) (*RemovePermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemovePermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -896,6 +1146,8 @@ const opSendMessage = "SendMessage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendMessage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -930,6 +1182,8 @@ func (c *SQS) SendMessageRequest(input *SendMessageInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// SendMessage API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Delivers a message to the specified queue. With Amazon SQS, you now have // the ability to send large payload messages that are up to 256KB (262,144 // bytes) in size. To send large payloads, you must use an AWS SDK that supports @@ -942,6 +1196,21 @@ func (c *SQS) SendMessageRequest(input *SendMessageInput) (req *request.Request, // in the list, your request will be rejected. // // #x9 | #xA | #xD | [#x20 to #xD7FF] | [#xE000 to #xFFFD] | [#x10000 to #x10FFFF] +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation SendMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidMessageContents +// The message contains characters outside the allowed set. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.UnsupportedOperation +// Error code 400. Unsupported operation. +// func (c *SQS) SendMessage(input *SendMessageInput) (*SendMessageOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendMessageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -955,6 +1224,8 @@ const opSendMessageBatch = "SendMessageBatch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendMessageBatch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -989,6 +1260,8 @@ func (c *SQS) SendMessageBatchRequest(input *SendMessageBatchInput) (req *reques return } +// SendMessageBatch API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Delivers up to ten messages to the specified queue. This is a batch version // of SendMessage. The result of the send action on each message is reported // individually in the response. The maximum allowed individual message size @@ -1015,6 +1288,33 @@ func (c *SQS) SendMessageBatchRequest(input *SendMessageBatchInput) (req *reques // Some API actions take lists of parameters. These lists are specified using // the param.n notation. Values of n are integers starting from 1. For example, // a parameter list with two elements looks like this: +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation SendMessageBatch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.TooManyEntriesInBatchRequest +// Batch request contains more number of entries than permissible. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.EmptyBatchRequest +// Batch request does not contain an entry. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.BatchEntryIdsNotDistinct +// Two or more batch entries have the same Id in the request. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.BatchRequestTooLong +// The length of all the messages put together is more than the limit. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.InvalidBatchEntryId +// The Id of a batch entry in a batch request does not abide by the specification. +// +// * AWS.SimpleQueueService.UnsupportedOperation +// Error code 400. Unsupported operation. +// func (c *SQS) SendMessageBatch(input *SendMessageBatchInput) (*SendMessageBatchOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendMessageBatchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1028,6 +1328,8 @@ const opSetQueueAttributes = "SetQueueAttributes" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SetQueueAttributes for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1064,6 +1366,8 @@ func (c *SQS) SetQueueAttributesRequest(input *SetQueueAttributesInput) (req *re return } +// SetQueueAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Queue Service. +// // Sets the value of one or more queue attributes. When you change a queue's // attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes // to propagate throughout the SQS system. Changes made to the MessageRetentionPeriod @@ -1072,6 +1376,18 @@ func (c *SQS) SetQueueAttributesRequest(input *SetQueueAttributesInput) (req *re // Going forward, new attributes might be added. If you are writing code that // calls this action, we recommend that you structure your code so that it can // handle new attributes gracefully. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Queue Service's +// API operation SetQueueAttributes for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidAttributeName +// The attribute referred to does not exist. +// func (c *SQS) SetQueueAttributes(input *SetQueueAttributesInput) (*SetQueueAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.SetQueueAttributesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1086,6 +1402,8 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // does not need to be signed up for Amazon SQS. For information about locating // the AWS account identification, see Your AWS Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/AWSCredentials.html) // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // AWSAccountIds is a required field AWSAccountIds []*string `locationNameList:"AWSAccountId" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The action the client wants to allow for the specified principal. The following @@ -1097,16 +1415,22 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // Specifying SendMessage, DeleteMessage, or ChangeMessageVisibility for the // ActionName.n also grants permissions for the corresponding batch versions // of those actions: SendMessageBatch, DeleteMessageBatch, and ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch. + // + // Actions is a required field Actions []*string `locationNameList:"ActionName" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The unique identification of the permission you're setting (e.g., AliceSendMessage). // Constraints: Maximum 80 characters; alphanumeric characters, hyphens (-), // and underscores (_) are allowed. + // + // Label is a required field Label *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1162,15 +1486,21 @@ type BatchResultErrorEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An error code representing why the action failed on this entry. + // + // Code is a required field Code *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The id of an entry in a batch request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A message explaining why the action failed on this entry. Message *string `type:"string"` // Whether the error happened due to the sender's fault. + // + // SenderFault is a required field SenderFault *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` } @@ -1189,11 +1519,15 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput struct { // A list of receipt handles of the messages for which the visibility timeout // must be changed. + // + // Entries is a required field Entries []*ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry `locationNameList:"ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1240,9 +1574,13 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items. + // + // Failed is a required field Failed []*BatchResultErrorEntry `locationNameList:"BatchResultErrorEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // A list of ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry items. + // + // Successful is a required field Successful []*ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry `locationNameList:"ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -1272,9 +1610,13 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry struct { // An identifier for this particular receipt handle. This is used to communicate // the result. Note that the Ids of a batch request need to be unique within // the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A receipt handle. + // + // ReceiptHandle is a required field ReceiptHandle *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The new value (in seconds) for the message's visibility timeout. @@ -1312,6 +1654,8 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Represents a message whose visibility timeout has been changed successfully. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1331,14 +1675,20 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityInput struct { // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The receipt handle associated with the message whose visibility timeout should // be changed. This parameter is returned by the ReceiveMessage action. + // + // ReceiptHandle is a required field ReceiptHandle *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The new value (in seconds - from 0 to 43200 - maximum 12 hours) for the message's // visibility timeout. + // + // VisibilityTimeout is a required field VisibilityTimeout *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } @@ -1431,6 +1781,8 @@ type CreateQueueInput struct { // The name for the queue to be created. // // Queue names are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueName is a required field QueueName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1479,11 +1831,15 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of receipt handles for the messages to be deleted. + // + // Entries is a required field Entries []*DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry `locationNameList:"DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1530,9 +1886,13 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items. + // + // Failed is a required field Failed []*BatchResultErrorEntry `locationNameList:"BatchResultErrorEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // A list of DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry items. + // + // Successful is a required field Successful []*DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry `locationNameList:"DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -1553,9 +1913,13 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { // An identifier for this particular receipt handle. This is used to communicate // the result. Note that the Ids of a batch request need to be unique within // the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A receipt handle. + // + // ReceiptHandle is a required field ReceiptHandle *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1590,6 +1954,8 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Represents a successfully deleted message. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1609,9 +1975,13 @@ type DeleteMessageInput struct { // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The receipt handle associated with the message to delete. + // + // ReceiptHandle is a required field ReceiptHandle *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1661,6 +2031,8 @@ type DeleteQueueInput struct { // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1760,6 +2132,8 @@ type GetQueueAttributesInput struct { // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1811,6 +2185,8 @@ type GetQueueUrlInput struct { // characters, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) are allowed. // // Queue names are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueName is a required field QueueName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The AWS account ID of the account that created the queue. @@ -1865,6 +2241,8 @@ type ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesInput struct { // The queue URL of a dead letter queue. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1897,6 +2275,8 @@ type ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesOutput struct { // A list of source queue URLs that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute configured // with a dead letter queue. + // + // QueueUrls is a required field QueueUrls []*string `locationName:"queueUrls" locationNameList:"QueueUrl" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -2019,6 +2399,8 @@ type MessageAttributeValue struct { // // You can also append custom labels. For more information, see Message Attribute // Data Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/SQSMessageAttributes.html#SQSMessageAttributes.DataTypes). + // + // DataType is a required field DataType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Not implemented. Reserved for future use. @@ -2059,6 +2441,8 @@ type PurgeQueueInput struct { // API. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2151,6 +2535,8 @@ type ReceiveMessageInput struct { // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The duration (in seconds) that the received messages are hidden from subsequent @@ -2209,11 +2595,15 @@ type RemovePermissionInput struct { // The identification of the permission to remove. This is the label added with // the AddPermission action. + // + // Label is a required field Label *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2261,11 +2651,15 @@ type SendMessageBatchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of SendMessageBatchRequestEntry items. + // + // Entries is a required field Entries []*SendMessageBatchRequestEntry `locationNameList:"SendMessageBatchRequestEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2313,9 +2707,13 @@ type SendMessageBatchOutput struct { // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items with the error detail about each message // that could not be enqueued. + // + // Failed is a required field Failed []*BatchResultErrorEntry `locationNameList:"BatchResultErrorEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // A list of SendMessageBatchResultEntry items. + // + // Successful is a required field Successful []*SendMessageBatchResultEntry `locationNameList:"SendMessageBatchResultEntry" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -2339,6 +2737,8 @@ type SendMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { // An identifier for the message in this batch. This is used to communicate // the result. Note that the Ids of a batch request need to be unique within // the request. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Each message attribute consists of a Name, Type, and Value. For more information, @@ -2346,6 +2746,8 @@ type SendMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { MessageAttributes map[string]*MessageAttributeValue `locationName:"MessageAttribute" locationNameKey:"Name" locationNameValue:"Value" type:"map" flattened:"true"` // Body of the message. + // + // MessageBody is a required field MessageBody *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2390,6 +2792,8 @@ type SendMessageBatchResultEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An identifier for the message in this batch. + // + // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message attribute string. This can be @@ -2402,9 +2806,13 @@ type SendMessageBatchResultEntry struct { // to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS first // URL decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about // MD5, go to http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1321.html (http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1321.html). + // + // MD5OfMessageBody is a required field MD5OfMessageBody *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // An identifier for the message. + // + // MessageId is a required field MessageId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2433,11 +2841,15 @@ type SendMessageInput struct { // The message to send. String maximum 256 KB in size. For a list of allowed // characters, see the preceding important note. + // + // MessageBody is a required field MessageBody *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2549,11 +2961,15 @@ type SetQueueAttributesInput struct { // Any other valid special request parameters that are specified (such as // ApproximateNumberOfMessages, ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed, ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible, // CreatedTimestamp, LastModifiedTimestamp, and QueueArn) will be ignored. + // + // Attributes is a required field Attributes map[string]*string `locationName:"Attribute" locationNameKey:"Name" locationNameValue:"Value" type:"map" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to take action on. // // Queue URLs are case-sensitive. + // + // QueueUrl is a required field QueueUrl *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2598,30 +3014,42 @@ func (s SetQueueAttributesOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum QueueAttributeName + // QueueAttributeNamePolicy is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNamePolicy = "Policy" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameVisibilityTimeout is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameVisibilityTimeout = "VisibilityTimeout" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameMaximumMessageSize is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameMaximumMessageSize = "MaximumMessageSize" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameMessageRetentionPeriod is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameMessageRetentionPeriod = "MessageRetentionPeriod" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessages is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessages = "ApproximateNumberOfMessages" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible = "ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameCreatedTimestamp is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameCreatedTimestamp = "CreatedTimestamp" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameLastModifiedTimestamp is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameLastModifiedTimestamp = "LastModifiedTimestamp" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameQueueArn is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameQueueArn = "QueueArn" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed = "ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameDelaySeconds is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameDelaySeconds = "DelaySeconds" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds = "ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds" - // @enum QueueAttributeName + + // QueueAttributeNameRedrivePolicy is a QueueAttributeName enum value QueueAttributeNameRedrivePolicy = "RedrivePolicy" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go index 3246b39ed..040b5d613 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *SSM) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *requ return } +// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource. Tags are // metadata that you assign to your managed instances. Tags enable you to categorize // your managed instances in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, @@ -70,6 +74,26 @@ func (c *SSM) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *requ // // For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Amazon EC2 Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidResourceType +// The resource type is not valid. If you are attempting to tag an instance, +// the instance must be a registered, managed instance. +// +// * InvalidResourceId +// The resource ID is not valid. Verify that you entered the correct ID and +// try again. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -83,6 +107,8 @@ const opCancelCommand = "CancelCommand" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CancelCommand for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -117,8 +143,32 @@ func (c *SSM) CancelCommandRequest(input *CancelCommandInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// CancelCommand API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Attempts to cancel the command specified by the Command ID. There is no guarantee // that the command will be terminated and the underlying process stopped. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation CancelCommand for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidCommandId + +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * DuplicateInstanceId +// You cannot specify an instance ID in more than one association. +// func (c *SSM) CancelCommand(input *CancelCommandInput) (*CancelCommandOutput, error) { req, out := c.CancelCommandRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -132,6 +182,8 @@ const opCreateActivation = "CreateActivation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateActivation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -166,6 +218,8 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateActivationRequest(input *CreateActivationInput) (req *reques return } +// CreateActivation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Registers your on-premises server or virtual machine with Amazon EC2 so that // you can manage these resources using Run Command. An on-premises server or // virtual machine that has been registered with EC2 is called a managed instance. @@ -173,6 +227,18 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateActivationRequest(input *CreateActivationInput) (req *reques // (Linux) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/managed-instances.html) // or Setting Up Managed Instances (Windows) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/managed-instances.html) // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation CreateActivation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) CreateActivation(input *CreateActivationInput) (*CreateActivationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateActivationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -186,6 +252,8 @@ const opCreateAssociation = "CreateAssociation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAssociation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -220,6 +288,8 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationRequest(input *CreateAssociationInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateAssociation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Associates the specified SSM document with the specified instance. // // When you associate an SSM document with an instance, the configuration agent @@ -228,6 +298,39 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationRequest(input *CreateAssociationInput) (req *requ // // If you associate a document with an instance that already has an associated // document, the system throws the AssociationAlreadyExists exception. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation CreateAssociation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AssociationAlreadyExists +// The specified association already exists. +// +// * AssociationLimitExceeded +// You can have at most 2,000 active associations. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * UnsupportedPlatformType +// The document does not support the platform type of the given instance ID(s). +// For example, you sent an SSM document for a Windows instance to a Linux instance. +// +// * InvalidParameters +// You must specify values for all required parameters in the SSM document. +// You can only supply values to parameters defined in the SSM document. +// func (c *SSM) CreateAssociation(input *CreateAssociationInput) (*CreateAssociationOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAssociationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -241,6 +344,8 @@ const opCreateAssociationBatch = "CreateAssociationBatch" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateAssociationBatch for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -275,6 +380,8 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationBatchRequest(input *CreateAssociationBatchInput) return } +// CreateAssociationBatch API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Associates the specified SSM document with the specified instances. // // When you associate an SSM document with an instance, the configuration agent @@ -283,6 +390,39 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationBatchRequest(input *CreateAssociationBatchInput) // // If you associate a document with an instance that already has an associated // document, the system throws the AssociationAlreadyExists exception. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation CreateAssociationBatch for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidParameters +// You must specify values for all required parameters in the SSM document. +// You can only supply values to parameters defined in the SSM document. +// +// * DuplicateInstanceId +// You cannot specify an instance ID in more than one association. +// +// * AssociationLimitExceeded +// You can have at most 2,000 active associations. +// +// * UnsupportedPlatformType +// The document does not support the platform type of the given instance ID(s). +// For example, you sent an SSM document for a Windows instance to a Linux instance. +// func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationBatch(input *CreateAssociationBatchInput) (*CreateAssociationBatchOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateAssociationBatchRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -296,6 +436,8 @@ const opCreateDocument = "CreateDocument" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateDocument for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -330,10 +472,36 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateDocumentRequest(input *CreateDocumentInput) (req *request.Re return } +// CreateDocument API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Creates an SSM document. // // After you create an SSM document, you can use CreateAssociation to associate // it with one or more running instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation CreateDocument for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DocumentAlreadyExists +// The specified SSM document already exists. +// +// * MaxDocumentSizeExceeded +// The size limit of an SSM document is 64 KB. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocumentContent +// The content for the SSM document is not valid. +// +// * DocumentLimitExceeded +// You can have at most 200 active SSM documents. +// func (c *SSM) CreateDocument(input *CreateDocumentInput) (*CreateDocumentOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateDocumentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -347,6 +515,8 @@ const opDeleteActivation = "DeleteActivation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteActivation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -381,10 +551,32 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteActivationRequest(input *DeleteActivationInput) (req *reques return } +// DeleteActivation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Deletes an activation. You are not required to delete an activation. If you // delete an activation, you can no longer use it to register additional managed // instances. Deleting an activation does not de-register managed instances. // You must manually de-register managed instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DeleteActivation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidActivationId +// The activation ID is not valid. Verify the you entered the correct ActivationId +// or ActivationCode and try again. +// +// * InvalidActivation +// The activation is not valid. The activation might have been deleted, or the +// ActivationId and the ActivationCode do not match. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) DeleteActivation(input *DeleteActivationInput) (*DeleteActivationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteActivationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -398,6 +590,8 @@ const opDeleteAssociation = "DeleteAssociation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteAssociation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -432,12 +626,40 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteAssociationRequest(input *DeleteAssociationInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteAssociation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Disassociates the specified SSM document from the specified instance. // // When you disassociate an SSM document from an instance, it does not change // the configuration of the instance. To change the configuration state of an // instance after you disassociate a document, you must create a new document // with the desired configuration and associate it with the instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DeleteAssociation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AssociationDoesNotExist +// The specified association does not exist. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * TooManyUpdates +// There are concurrent updates for a resource that supports one update at a +// time. +// func (c *SSM) DeleteAssociation(input *DeleteAssociationInput) (*DeleteAssociationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteAssociationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -451,6 +673,8 @@ const opDeleteDocument = "DeleteDocument" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteDocument for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -485,10 +709,35 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteDocumentRequest(input *DeleteDocumentInput) (req *request.Re return } +// DeleteDocument API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Deletes the SSM document and all instance associations to the document. // // Before you delete the SSM document, we recommend that you use DeleteAssociation // to disassociate all instances that are associated with the document. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DeleteDocument for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidDocumentOperation +// You attempted to delete a document while it is still shared. You must stop +// sharing the document before you can delete it. +// +// * AssociatedInstances +// You must disassociate an SSM document from all instances before you can delete +// it. +// func (c *SSM) DeleteDocument(input *DeleteDocumentInput) (*DeleteDocumentOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteDocumentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -502,6 +751,8 @@ const opDeregisterManagedInstance = "DeregisterManagedInstance" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeregisterManagedInstance for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -536,9 +787,27 @@ func (c *SSM) DeregisterManagedInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterManagedInstanceI return } +// DeregisterManagedInstance API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Removes the server or virtual machine from the list of registered servers. // You can reregister the instance again at any time. If you don’t plan to use // Run Command on the server, we suggest uninstalling the SSM agent first. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DeregisterManagedInstance for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) DeregisterManagedInstance(input *DeregisterManagedInstanceInput) (*DeregisterManagedInstanceOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeregisterManagedInstanceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -552,6 +821,8 @@ const opDescribeActivations = "DescribeActivations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeActivations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -592,9 +863,30 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeActivationsRequest(input *DescribeActivationsInput) (req * return } +// DescribeActivations API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Details about the activation, including: the date and time the activation // was created, the expiration date, the IAM role assigned to the instances // in the activation, and the number of instances activated by this registration. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DescribeActivations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidFilter +// The filter name is not valid. Verify the you entered the correct name and +// try again. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) DescribeActivations(input *DescribeActivationsInput) (*DescribeActivationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeActivationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -633,6 +925,8 @@ const opDescribeAssociation = "DescribeAssociation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeAssociation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -667,7 +961,31 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeAssociationRequest(input *DescribeAssociationInput) (req * return } +// DescribeAssociation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Describes the associations for the specified SSM document or instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DescribeAssociation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * AssociationDoesNotExist +// The specified association does not exist. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// func (c *SSM) DescribeAssociation(input *DescribeAssociationInput) (*DescribeAssociationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeAssociationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -681,6 +999,8 @@ const opDescribeDocument = "DescribeDocument" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDocument for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -715,7 +1035,24 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeDocumentRequest(input *DescribeDocumentInput) (req *reques return } +// DescribeDocument API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Describes the specified SSM document. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DescribeDocument for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// func (c *SSM) DescribeDocument(input *DescribeDocumentInput) (*DescribeDocumentOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDocumentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -729,6 +1066,8 @@ const opDescribeDocumentPermission = "DescribeDocumentPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeDocumentPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -763,9 +1102,30 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeDocumentPermissionRequest(input *DescribeDocumentPermissio return } +// DescribeDocumentPermission API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Describes the permissions for an SSM document. If you created the document, // you are the owner. If a document is shared, it can either be shared privately // (by specifying a user’s AWS account ID) or publicly (All). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DescribeDocumentPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidPermissionType +// The permission type is not supported. Share is the only supported permission +// type. +// func (c *SSM) DescribeDocumentPermission(input *DescribeDocumentPermissionInput) (*DescribeDocumentPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeDocumentPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -779,6 +1139,8 @@ const opDescribeInstanceInformation = "DescribeInstanceInformation" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DescribeInstanceInformation for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -819,12 +1181,39 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeInstanceInformationRequest(input *DescribeInstanceInformat return } +// DescribeInstanceInformation API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Describes one or more of your instances. You can use this to get information // about instances like the operating system platform, the SSM agent version // (Linux), status etc. If you specify one or more instance IDs, it returns // information for those instances. If you do not specify instance IDs, it returns // information for all your instances. If you specify an instance ID that is // not valid or an instance that you do not own, you receive an error. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation DescribeInstanceInformation for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// +// * InvalidInstanceInformationFilterValue +// The specified filter value is not valid. +// +// * InvalidFilterKey +// The specified key is not valid. +// func (c *SSM) DescribeInstanceInformation(input *DescribeInstanceInformationInput) (*DescribeInstanceInformationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DescribeInstanceInformationRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -863,6 +1252,8 @@ const opGetDocument = "GetDocument" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetDocument for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -897,7 +1288,24 @@ func (c *SSM) GetDocumentRequest(input *GetDocumentInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// GetDocument API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Gets the contents of the specified SSM document. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation GetDocument for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// func (c *SSM) GetDocument(input *GetDocumentInput) (*GetDocumentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetDocumentRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -911,6 +1319,8 @@ const opListAssociations = "ListAssociations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListAssociations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -951,7 +1361,24 @@ func (c *SSM) ListAssociationsRequest(input *ListAssociationsInput) (req *reques return } +// ListAssociations API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Lists the associations for the specified SSM document or instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ListAssociations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// func (c *SSM) ListAssociations(input *ListAssociationsInput) (*ListAssociationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListAssociationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -990,6 +1417,8 @@ const opListCommandInvocations = "ListCommandInvocations" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListCommandInvocations for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1030,11 +1459,38 @@ func (c *SSM) ListCommandInvocationsRequest(input *ListCommandInvocationsInput) return } +// ListCommandInvocations API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // An invocation is copy of a command sent to a specific instance. A command // can apply to one or more instances. A command invocation applies to one instance. // For example, if a user executes SendCommand against three instances, then // a command invocation is created for each requested instance ID. ListCommandInvocations // provide status about command execution. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ListCommandInvocations for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidCommandId + +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidFilterKey +// The specified key is not valid. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// func (c *SSM) ListCommandInvocations(input *ListCommandInvocationsInput) (*ListCommandInvocationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListCommandInvocationsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1073,6 +1529,8 @@ const opListCommands = "ListCommands" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListCommands for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1113,7 +1571,34 @@ func (c *SSM) ListCommandsRequest(input *ListCommandsInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// ListCommands API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Lists the commands requested by users of the AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ListCommands for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidCommandId + +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidFilterKey +// The specified key is not valid. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// func (c *SSM) ListCommands(input *ListCommandsInput) (*ListCommandsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListCommandsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1152,6 +1637,8 @@ const opListDocuments = "ListDocuments" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListDocuments for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1192,7 +1679,27 @@ func (c *SSM) ListDocumentsRequest(input *ListDocumentsInput) (req *request.Requ return } +// ListDocuments API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Describes one or more of your SSM documents. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ListDocuments for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidNextToken +// The specified token is not valid. +// +// * InvalidFilterKey +// The specified key is not valid. +// func (c *SSM) ListDocuments(input *ListDocumentsInput) (*ListDocumentsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDocumentsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1231,6 +1738,8 @@ const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1265,7 +1774,29 @@ func (c *SSM) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req * return } +// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Returns a list of the tags assigned to the specified resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidResourceType +// The resource type is not valid. If you are attempting to tag an instance, +// the instance must be a registered, managed instance. +// +// * InvalidResourceId +// The resource ID is not valid. Verify that you entered the correct ID and +// try again. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1279,6 +1810,8 @@ const opModifyDocumentPermission = "ModifyDocumentPermission" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ModifyDocumentPermission for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1313,10 +1846,39 @@ func (c *SSM) ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest(input *ModifyDocumentPermissionInp return } +// ModifyDocumentPermission API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Share a document publicly or privately. If you share a document privately, // you must specify the AWS user account IDs for those people who can use the // document. If you share a document publicly, you must specify All as the account // ID. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation ModifyDocumentPermission for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidPermissionType +// The permission type is not supported. Share is the only supported permission +// type. +// +// * DocumentPermissionLimit +// The document cannot be shared with more AWS user accounts. You can share +// a document with a maximum of 20 accounts. You can publicly share up to five +// documents. If you need to increase this limit, contact AWS Support. +// +// * DocumentLimitExceeded +// You can have at most 200 active SSM documents. +// func (c *SSM) ModifyDocumentPermission(input *ModifyDocumentPermissionInput) (*ModifyDocumentPermissionOutput, error) { req, out := c.ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1330,6 +1892,8 @@ const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1364,7 +1928,29 @@ func (c *SSM) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) return } +// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Removes all tags from the specified resource. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidResourceType +// The resource type is not valid. If you are attempting to tag an instance, +// the instance must be a registered, managed instance. +// +// * InvalidResourceId +// The resource ID is not valid. Verify that you entered the correct ID and +// try again. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1378,6 +1964,8 @@ const opSendCommand = "SendCommand" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See SendCommand for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1412,7 +2000,56 @@ func (c *SSM) SendCommandRequest(input *SendCommandInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// SendCommand API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Executes commands on one or more remote instances. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation SendCommand for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DuplicateInstanceId +// You cannot specify an instance ID in more than one association. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * InvalidOutputFolder +// The S3 bucket does not exist. +// +// * InvalidParameters +// You must specify values for all required parameters in the SSM document. +// You can only supply values to parameters defined in the SSM document. +// +// * UnsupportedPlatformType +// The document does not support the platform type of the given instance ID(s). +// For example, you sent an SSM document for a Windows instance to a Linux instance. +// +// * MaxDocumentSizeExceeded +// The size limit of an SSM document is 64 KB. +// +// * InvalidRole +// The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified +// an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For +// information about configuring the IAM role for SSM notifications, see Configuring +// SNS Notifications SSM (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/rc-sns.html) +// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide . +// +// * InvalidNotificationConfig +// One or more configuration items is not valid. Verify that a valid Amazon +// Resource Name (ARN) was provided for an Amazon SNS topic. +// func (c *SSM) SendCommand(input *SendCommandInput) (*SendCommandOutput, error) { req, out := c.SendCommandRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1426,6 +2063,8 @@ const opUpdateAssociationStatus = "UpdateAssociationStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateAssociationStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1460,7 +2099,38 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateAssociationStatusRequest(input *UpdateAssociationStatusInput return } +// UpdateAssociationStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Updates the status of the SSM document associated with the specified instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation UpdateAssociationStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InvalidDocument +// The specified document does not exist. +// +// * AssociationDoesNotExist +// The specified association does not exist. +// +// * StatusUnchanged +// The updated status is the same as the current status. +// +// * TooManyUpdates +// There are concurrent updates for a resource that supports one update at a +// time. +// func (c *SSM) UpdateAssociationStatus(input *UpdateAssociationStatusInput) (*UpdateAssociationStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateAssociationStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1474,6 +2144,8 @@ const opUpdateManagedInstanceRole = "UpdateManagedInstanceRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateManagedInstanceRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1508,8 +2180,26 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateManagedInstanceRoleRequest(input *UpdateManagedInstanceRoleI return } +// UpdateManagedInstanceRole API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service. +// // Assigns or changes an Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to // the managed instance. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Management Service's +// API operation UpdateManagedInstanceRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidInstanceId +// The instance is not in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, Stopped, +// Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// func (c *SSM) UpdateManagedInstanceRole(input *UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput) (*UpdateManagedInstanceRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateManagedInstanceRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1566,14 +2256,20 @@ type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The resource ID you want to tag. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the type of resource you are tagging. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceTypeForTagging"` // One or more tags. The value parameter is required, but if you don't want // the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set // the value to an empty string. + // + // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -1686,9 +2382,13 @@ type AssociationFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the filter. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AssociationFilterKey"` // The filter value. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `locationName:"value" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1729,12 +2429,18 @@ type AssociationStatus struct { AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"` // The date when the status changed. + // + // Date is a required field Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The reason for the status. + // + // Message is a required field Message *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The status. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AssociationStatusName"` } @@ -1771,6 +2477,8 @@ type CancelCommandInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the command you want to cancel. + // + // CommandId is a required field CommandId *string `min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` // (Optional) A list of instance IDs on which you want to cancel the command. @@ -1887,9 +2595,13 @@ type CommandFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the filter. For example, requested date and time. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"CommandFilterKey"` // The filter value. For example: June 30, 2015. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `locationName:"value" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2034,6 +2746,8 @@ type CreateActivationInput struct { // The Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to assign // to the managed instance. + // + // IamRole is a required field IamRole *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specify the maximum number of managed instances you want to register. The @@ -2093,6 +2807,8 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // One or more associations. + // + // Entries is a required field Entries []*CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry `locationNameList:"entries" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -2167,9 +2883,13 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The parameters for the documents runtime configuration. @@ -2223,9 +2943,13 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A valid JSON string. + // + // Content is a required field Content *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A name for the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2279,6 +3003,8 @@ type DeleteActivationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the activation that you want to delete. + // + // ActivationId is a required field ActivationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2323,9 +3049,13 @@ type DeleteAssociationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2373,6 +3103,8 @@ type DeleteDocumentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2418,6 +3150,8 @@ type DeregisterManagedInstanceInput struct { // The ID assigned to the managed instance when you registered it using the // activation process. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2542,9 +3276,13 @@ type DescribeAssociationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The instance ID. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2595,6 +3333,8 @@ type DescribeDocumentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2642,9 +3382,13 @@ type DescribeDocumentPermissionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the document for which you are the owner. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The permission type for the document. The permission type can be Share. + // + // PermissionType is a required field PermissionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DocumentPermissionType"` } @@ -2819,9 +3563,13 @@ type DocumentFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the filter. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DocumentFilterKey"` // The value of the filter. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `locationName:"value" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2936,6 +3684,8 @@ type GetDocumentInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3048,9 +3798,13 @@ type InstanceInformationFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the filter. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `locationName:"key" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InstanceInformationFilterKey"` // The filter values. + // + // ValueSet is a required field ValueSet []*string `locationName:"valueSet" locationNameList:"InstanceInformationFilterValue" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3087,6 +3841,8 @@ type ListAssociationsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // One or more filters. Use a filter to return a more specific list of results. + // + // AssociationFilterList is a required field AssociationFilterList []*AssociationFilter `locationNameList:"AssociationFilter" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns @@ -3406,9 +4162,13 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The resource ID for which you want to see a list of tags. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Returns a list of tags for a specific resource type. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceTypeForTagging"` } @@ -3469,9 +4229,13 @@ type ModifyDocumentPermissionInput struct { AccountIdsToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AccountId" type:"list"` // The name of the document that you want to share. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The permission type for the document. The permission type can be Share. + // + // PermissionType is a required field PermissionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DocumentPermissionType"` } @@ -3549,12 +4313,18 @@ type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The resource ID for which you want to remove tags. + // + // ResourceId is a required field ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of resource of which you want to remove a tag. + // + // ResourceType is a required field ResourceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceTypeForTagging"` // Tag keys that you want to remove from the specified resource. + // + // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -3620,10 +4390,14 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // Required. The name of the SSM document to execute. This can be an SSM public // document or a custom document. + // + // DocumentName is a required field DocumentName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Required. The instance IDs where the command should execute. You can specify // a maximum of 50 IDs. + // + // InstanceIds is a required field InstanceIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // Configurations for sending notifications. @@ -3708,9 +4482,13 @@ type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value of the tag. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3750,12 +4528,18 @@ type UpdateAssociationStatusInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The association status. + // + // AssociationStatus is a required field AssociationStatus *AssociationStatus `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SSM document. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3814,9 +4598,13 @@ type UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The IAM role you want to assign or change. + // + // IamRole is a required field IamRole *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the managed instance where you want to update the role. + // + // InstanceId is a required field InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3861,199 +4649,248 @@ func (s UpdateManagedInstanceRoleOutput) GoString() string { } const ( - // @enum AssociationFilterKey + // AssociationFilterKeyInstanceId is a AssociationFilterKey enum value AssociationFilterKeyInstanceId = "InstanceId" - // @enum AssociationFilterKey + + // AssociationFilterKeyName is a AssociationFilterKey enum value AssociationFilterKeyName = "Name" ) const ( - // @enum AssociationStatusName + // AssociationStatusNamePending is a AssociationStatusName enum value AssociationStatusNamePending = "Pending" - // @enum AssociationStatusName + + // AssociationStatusNameSuccess is a AssociationStatusName enum value AssociationStatusNameSuccess = "Success" - // @enum AssociationStatusName + + // AssociationStatusNameFailed is a AssociationStatusName enum value AssociationStatusNameFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum CommandFilterKey + // CommandFilterKeyInvokedAfter is a CommandFilterKey enum value CommandFilterKeyInvokedAfter = "InvokedAfter" - // @enum CommandFilterKey + + // CommandFilterKeyInvokedBefore is a CommandFilterKey enum value CommandFilterKeyInvokedBefore = "InvokedBefore" - // @enum CommandFilterKey + + // CommandFilterKeyStatus is a CommandFilterKey enum value CommandFilterKeyStatus = "Status" ) const ( - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + // CommandInvocationStatusPending is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusInProgress is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusCancelling is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusCancelling = "Cancelling" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusSuccess is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusSuccess = "Success" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusTimedOut is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusTimedOut = "TimedOut" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusCancelled is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusCancelled = "Cancelled" - // @enum CommandInvocationStatus + + // CommandInvocationStatusFailed is a CommandInvocationStatus enum value CommandInvocationStatusFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + // CommandPluginStatusPending is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + + // CommandPluginStatusInProgress is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + + // CommandPluginStatusSuccess is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusSuccess = "Success" - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + + // CommandPluginStatusTimedOut is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusTimedOut = "TimedOut" - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + + // CommandPluginStatusCancelled is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusCancelled = "Cancelled" - // @enum CommandPluginStatus + + // CommandPluginStatusFailed is a CommandPluginStatus enum value CommandPluginStatusFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum CommandStatus + // CommandStatusPending is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusPending = "Pending" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusInProgress is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusCancelling is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusCancelling = "Cancelling" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusSuccess is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusSuccess = "Success" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusTimedOut is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusTimedOut = "TimedOut" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusCancelled is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusCancelled = "Cancelled" - // @enum CommandStatus + + // CommandStatusFailed is a CommandStatus enum value CommandStatusFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum DescribeActivationsFilterKeys + // DescribeActivationsFilterKeysActivationIds is a DescribeActivationsFilterKeys enum value DescribeActivationsFilterKeysActivationIds = "ActivationIds" - // @enum DescribeActivationsFilterKeys + + // DescribeActivationsFilterKeysDefaultInstanceName is a DescribeActivationsFilterKeys enum value DescribeActivationsFilterKeysDefaultInstanceName = "DefaultInstanceName" - // @enum DescribeActivationsFilterKeys + + // DescribeActivationsFilterKeysIamRole is a DescribeActivationsFilterKeys enum value DescribeActivationsFilterKeysIamRole = "IamRole" ) const ( - // @enum DocumentFilterKey + // DocumentFilterKeyName is a DocumentFilterKey enum value DocumentFilterKeyName = "Name" - // @enum DocumentFilterKey + + // DocumentFilterKeyOwner is a DocumentFilterKey enum value DocumentFilterKeyOwner = "Owner" - // @enum DocumentFilterKey + + // DocumentFilterKeyPlatformTypes is a DocumentFilterKey enum value DocumentFilterKeyPlatformTypes = "PlatformTypes" ) const ( - // @enum DocumentHashType + // DocumentHashTypeSha256 is a DocumentHashType enum value DocumentHashTypeSha256 = "Sha256" - // @enum DocumentHashType + + // DocumentHashTypeSha1 is a DocumentHashType enum value DocumentHashTypeSha1 = "Sha1" ) const ( - // @enum DocumentParameterType + // DocumentParameterTypeString is a DocumentParameterType enum value DocumentParameterTypeString = "String" - // @enum DocumentParameterType + + // DocumentParameterTypeStringList is a DocumentParameterType enum value DocumentParameterTypeStringList = "StringList" ) const ( - // @enum DocumentPermissionType + // DocumentPermissionTypeShare is a DocumentPermissionType enum value DocumentPermissionTypeShare = "Share" ) const ( - // @enum DocumentStatus + // DocumentStatusCreating is a DocumentStatus enum value DocumentStatusCreating = "Creating" - // @enum DocumentStatus + + // DocumentStatusActive is a DocumentStatus enum value DocumentStatusActive = "Active" - // @enum DocumentStatus + + // DocumentStatusDeleting is a DocumentStatus enum value DocumentStatusDeleting = "Deleting" ) const ( - // @enum Fault + // FaultClient is a Fault enum value FaultClient = "Client" - // @enum Fault + + // FaultServer is a Fault enum value FaultServer = "Server" - // @enum Fault + + // FaultUnknown is a Fault enum value FaultUnknown = "Unknown" ) const ( - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyInstanceIds is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyInstanceIds = "InstanceIds" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyAgentVersion is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyAgentVersion = "AgentVersion" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyPingStatus is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyPingStatus = "PingStatus" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyPlatformTypes is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyPlatformTypes = "PlatformTypes" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyActivationIds is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyActivationIds = "ActivationIds" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyIamRole is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyIamRole = "IamRole" - // @enum InstanceInformationFilterKey + + // InstanceInformationFilterKeyResourceType is a InstanceInformationFilterKey enum value InstanceInformationFilterKeyResourceType = "ResourceType" ) const ( - // @enum NotificationEvent + // NotificationEventAll is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventAll = "All" - // @enum NotificationEvent + + // NotificationEventInProgress is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventInProgress = "InProgress" - // @enum NotificationEvent + + // NotificationEventSuccess is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventSuccess = "Success" - // @enum NotificationEvent + + // NotificationEventTimedOut is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventTimedOut = "TimedOut" - // @enum NotificationEvent + + // NotificationEventCancelled is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventCancelled = "Cancelled" - // @enum NotificationEvent + + // NotificationEventFailed is a NotificationEvent enum value NotificationEventFailed = "Failed" ) const ( - // @enum NotificationType + // NotificationTypeCommand is a NotificationType enum value NotificationTypeCommand = "Command" - // @enum NotificationType + + // NotificationTypeInvocation is a NotificationType enum value NotificationTypeInvocation = "Invocation" ) const ( - // @enum PingStatus + // PingStatusOnline is a PingStatus enum value PingStatusOnline = "Online" - // @enum PingStatus + + // PingStatusConnectionLost is a PingStatus enum value PingStatusConnectionLost = "ConnectionLost" - // @enum PingStatus + + // PingStatusInactive is a PingStatus enum value PingStatusInactive = "Inactive" ) const ( - // @enum PlatformType + // PlatformTypeWindows is a PlatformType enum value PlatformTypeWindows = "Windows" - // @enum PlatformType + + // PlatformTypeLinux is a PlatformType enum value PlatformTypeLinux = "Linux" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceType + // ResourceTypeManagedInstance is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeManagedInstance = "ManagedInstance" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeDocument is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeDocument = "Document" - // @enum ResourceType + + // ResourceTypeEc2instance is a ResourceType enum value ResourceTypeEc2instance = "EC2Instance" ) const ( - // @enum ResourceTypeForTagging + // ResourceTypeForTaggingManagedInstance is a ResourceTypeForTagging enum value ResourceTypeForTaggingManagedInstance = "ManagedInstance" ) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go index f11e8675f..17c7365e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ const opAssumeRole = "AssumeRole" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// AssumeRole API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access // key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) that you can use to access // AWS resources that you might not normally have access to. Typically, you @@ -140,6 +144,31 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o // parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual // MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that // the MFA devices produces. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * PackedPolicyTooLarge +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * RegionDisabledException +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// func (c *STS) AssumeRole(input *AssumeRoleInput) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -153,6 +182,8 @@ const opAssumeRoleWithSAML = "AssumeRoleWithSAML" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -187,6 +218,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re return } +// AssumeRoleWithSAML API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated // via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for // tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based AWS access @@ -254,6 +287,46 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re // // Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * PackedPolicyTooLarge +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * IDPRejectedClaim +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * InvalidIdentityToken +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ExpiredTokenException +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * RegionDisabledException +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAML(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -267,6 +340,8 @@ const opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity = "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -301,6 +376,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI return } +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated // in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider, such as Amazon // Cognito, Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any OpenID Connect-compatible @@ -386,6 +463,53 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI // Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/4617974389850313). // This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of how // to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * PackedPolicyTooLarge +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * IDPRejectedClaim +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * IDPCommunicationError +// The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider +// (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. +// This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request +// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the +// error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. +// +// * InvalidIdentityToken +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ExpiredTokenException +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * RegionDisabledException +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -399,6 +523,8 @@ const opDecodeAuthorizationMessage = "DecodeAuthorizationMessage" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -433,6 +559,8 @@ func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessag return } +// DecodeAuthorizationMessage API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request // from an encoded message returned in response to an AWS request. // @@ -465,6 +593,20 @@ func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessag // The requested resource. // // The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InvalidAuthorizationMessageException +// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was +// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as +// linebreaks. +// func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -478,6 +620,8 @@ const opGetCallerIdentity = "GetCallerIdentity" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -512,8 +656,17 @@ func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *requ return } +// GetCallerIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns details about the IAM identity whose credentials are used to call // the API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentity(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -527,6 +680,8 @@ const opGetFederationToken = "GetFederationToken" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -561,6 +716,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *re return } +// GetFederationToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access // key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a federated user. // A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials @@ -639,6 +796,31 @@ func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *re // For information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security // credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity // Broker (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * MalformedPolicyDocument +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * PackedPolicyTooLarge +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * RegionDisabledException +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// func (c *STS) GetFederationToken(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -652,6 +834,8 @@ const opGetSessionToken = "GetSessionToken" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -686,6 +870,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request. return } +// GetSessionToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// // Returns a set of temporary credentials for an AWS account or IAM user. The // credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security // token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to protect @@ -732,6 +918,22 @@ func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request. // For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary credentials, // go to Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken) // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * RegionDisabledException +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// func (c *STS) GetSessionToken(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -797,6 +999,8 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume. + // + // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // An identifier for the assumed role session. @@ -813,6 +1017,8 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { // of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following // characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user @@ -967,9 +1173,13 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes // the IdP. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field PrincipalArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The base-64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. @@ -977,6 +1187,8 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { // For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html) // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // SAMLAssertion is a required field SAMLAssertion *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1140,6 +1352,8 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { ProviderId *string `min:"4" type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name @@ -1152,12 +1366,16 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { // of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following // characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by // the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating // the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before // the application makes an AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. + // + // WebIdentityToken is a required field WebIdentityToken *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1273,11 +1491,15 @@ type AssumedRoleUser struct { // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in // policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier that contains the role ID and the role session name of // the role that is being assumed. The role ID is generated by AWS when the // role is created. + // + // AssumedRoleId is a required field AssumedRoleId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1296,15 +1518,23 @@ type Credentials struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The access key ID that identifies the temporary security credentials. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` // The date on which the current credentials expire. + // + // Expiration is a required field Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"` // The secret access key that can be used to sign requests. + // + // SecretAccessKey is a required field SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The token that users must pass to the service API to use the temporary credentials. + // + // SessionToken is a required field SessionToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1322,6 +1552,8 @@ type DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The encoded message that was returned with the response. + // + // EncodedMessage is a required field EncodedMessage *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1379,10 +1611,14 @@ type FederatedUser struct { // For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` // The string that identifies the federated user associated with the credentials, // similar to the unique ID of an IAM user. + // + // FederatedUserId is a required field FederatedUserId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -1460,6 +1696,8 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct { // of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters // with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following // characters: =,.@- + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // An IAM policy in JSON format that is passed with the GetFederationToken call diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf/api.go index dc8b8b9ed..47c081ff6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf/api.go @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ const opCreateByteMatchSet = "CreateByteMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateByteMatchSetRequest(input *CreateByteMatchSetInput) (req *re return } +// CreateByteMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates a ByteMatchSet. You then use UpdateByteMatchSet to identify the part // of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect, such as the values of // the User-Agent header or the query string. For example, you can create a @@ -74,6 +78,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateByteMatchSetRequest(input *CreateByteMatchSetInput) (req *re // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateByteMatchSet(input *CreateByteMatchSetInput) (*CreateByteMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateByteMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -87,6 +144,8 @@ const opCreateIPSet = "CreateIPSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateIPSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -121,6 +180,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateIPSetRequest(input *CreateIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// CreateIPSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates an IPSet, which you use to specify which web requests you want to // allow or block based on the IP addresses that the requests originate from. // For example, if you're receiving a lot of requests from one or more individual @@ -143,6 +204,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateIPSetRequest(input *CreateIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateIPSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateIPSet(input *CreateIPSetInput) (*CreateIPSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateIPSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -156,6 +270,8 @@ const opCreateRule = "CreateRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -190,6 +306,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// CreateRule API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates a Rule, which contains the IPSet objects, ByteMatchSet objects, and // other predicates that identify the requests that you want to block. If you // add more than one predicate to a Rule, a request must match all of the specifications @@ -226,6 +344,55 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateRuleRequest(input *CreateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateRule(input *CreateRuleInput) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -239,6 +406,8 @@ const opCreateSizeConstraintSet = "CreateSizeConstraintSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -273,6 +442,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *CreateSizeConstraintSetInput return } +// CreateSizeConstraintSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates a SizeConstraintSet. You then use UpdateSizeConstraintSet to identify // the part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to check for length, such // as the length of the User-Agent header or the length of the query string. @@ -296,6 +467,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *CreateSizeConstraintSetInput // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateSizeConstraintSet(input *CreateSizeConstraintSetInput) (*CreateSizeConstraintSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -309,6 +533,8 @@ const opCreateSqlInjectionMatchSet = "CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -343,6 +569,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *CreateSqlInjectionMatchSe return } +// CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates a SqlInjectionMatchSet, which you use to allow, block, or count requests // that contain snippets of SQL code in a specified part of web requests. AWS // WAF searches for character sequences that are likely to be malicious strings. @@ -362,6 +590,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *CreateSqlInjectionMatchSe // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet(input *CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetInput) (*CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -375,6 +656,8 @@ const opCreateWebACL = "CreateWebACL" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateWebACL for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -409,6 +692,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateWebACLRequest(input *CreateWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// CreateWebACL API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates a WebACL, which contains the Rules that identify the CloudFront web // requests that you want to allow, block, or count. AWS WAF evaluates Rules // in order based on the value of Priority for each Rule. @@ -440,6 +725,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateWebACLRequest(input *CreateWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API, see the AWS WAF // Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateWebACL for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateWebACL(input *CreateWebACLInput) (*CreateWebACLOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateWebACLRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -453,6 +791,8 @@ const opCreateXssMatchSet = "CreateXssMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See CreateXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -487,6 +827,8 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateXssMatchSetRequest(input *CreateXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ return } +// CreateXssMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Creates an XssMatchSet, which you use to allow, block, or count requests // that contain cross-site scripting attacks in the specified part of web requests. // AWS WAF searches for character sequences that are likely to be malicious @@ -507,6 +849,59 @@ func (c *WAF) CreateXssMatchSetRequest(input *CreateXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation CreateXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * DisallowedNameException +// The name specified is invalid. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) CreateXssMatchSet(input *CreateXssMatchSetInput) (*CreateXssMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateXssMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -520,6 +915,8 @@ const opDeleteByteMatchSet = "DeleteByteMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -554,6 +951,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteByteMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteByteMatchSetInput) (req *re return } +// DeleteByteMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes a ByteMatchSet. You can't delete a ByteMatchSet if it's // still used in any Rules or if it still includes any ByteMatchTuple objects // (any filters). @@ -569,6 +968,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteByteMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteByteMatchSetInput) (req *re // parameter of a DeleteByteMatchSet request. // // Submit a DeleteByteMatchSet request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteByteMatchSet(input *DeleteByteMatchSetInput) (*DeleteByteMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteByteMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -582,6 +1027,8 @@ const opDeleteIPSet = "DeleteIPSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteIPSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -616,6 +1063,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteIPSetRequest(input *DeleteIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// DeleteIPSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes an IPSet. You can't delete an IPSet if it's still used // in any Rules or if it still includes any IP addresses. // @@ -630,6 +1079,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteIPSetRequest(input *DeleteIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, // parameter of a DeleteIPSet request. // // Submit a DeleteIPSet request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteIPSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteIPSet(input *DeleteIPSetInput) (*DeleteIPSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteIPSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -643,6 +1138,8 @@ const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -677,6 +1174,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// DeleteRule API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes a Rule. You can't delete a Rule if it's still used in // any WebACL objects or if it still includes any predicates, such as ByteMatchSet // objects. @@ -692,6 +1191,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteRuleRequest(input *DeleteRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o // parameter of a DeleteRule request. // // Submit a DeleteRule request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteRule(input *DeleteRuleInput) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -705,6 +1250,8 @@ const opDeleteSizeConstraintSet = "DeleteSizeConstraintSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -739,6 +1286,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *DeleteSizeConstraintSetInput return } +// DeleteSizeConstraintSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes a SizeConstraintSet. You can't delete a SizeConstraintSet // if it's still used in any Rules or if it still includes any SizeConstraint // objects (any filters). @@ -754,6 +1303,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *DeleteSizeConstraintSetInput // parameter of a DeleteSizeConstraintSet request. // // Submit a DeleteSizeConstraintSet request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteSizeConstraintSet(input *DeleteSizeConstraintSetInput) (*DeleteSizeConstraintSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSizeConstraintSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -767,6 +1362,8 @@ const opDeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet = "DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -801,6 +1398,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSe return } +// DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes a SqlInjectionMatchSet. You can't delete a SqlInjectionMatchSet // if it's still used in any Rules or if it still contains any SqlInjectionMatchTuple // objects. @@ -817,6 +1416,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSe // parameter of a DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet request. // // Submit a DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSet(input *DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetInput) (*DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -830,6 +1475,8 @@ const opDeleteWebACL = "DeleteWebACL" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteWebACL for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -864,6 +1511,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteWebACLRequest(input *DeleteWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// DeleteWebACL API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes a WebACL. You can't delete a WebACL if it still contains // any Rules. // @@ -875,6 +1524,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteWebACLRequest(input *DeleteWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques // parameter of a DeleteWebACL request. // // Submit a DeleteWebACL request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteWebACL for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteWebACL(input *DeleteWebACLInput) (*DeleteWebACLOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteWebACLRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -888,6 +1583,8 @@ const opDeleteXssMatchSet = "DeleteXssMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See DeleteXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -922,6 +1619,8 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteXssMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ return } +// DeleteXssMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Permanently deletes an XssMatchSet. You can't delete an XssMatchSet if it's // still used in any Rules or if it still contains any XssMatchTuple objects. // @@ -937,6 +1636,52 @@ func (c *WAF) DeleteXssMatchSetRequest(input *DeleteXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ // parameter of a DeleteXssMatchSet request. // // Submit a DeleteXssMatchSet request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation DeleteXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * NonEmptyEntityException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that isn't empty. +// For example: +// +// You tried to delete a WebACL that still contains one or more Rule objects. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that still contains one or more ByteMatchSet +// objects or other predicates. +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that contains one or more ByteMatchTuple +// objects. +// +// You tried to delete an IPSet that references one or more IP addresses. +// func (c *WAF) DeleteXssMatchSet(input *DeleteXssMatchSetInput) (*DeleteXssMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteXssMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -950,6 +1695,8 @@ const opGetByteMatchSet = "GetByteMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -984,7 +1731,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetByteMatchSetRequest(input *GetByteMatchSetInput) (req *request. return } +// GetByteMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the ByteMatchSet specified by ByteMatchSetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetByteMatchSet(input *GetByteMatchSetInput) (*GetByteMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetByteMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -998,6 +1767,8 @@ const opGetChangeToken = "GetChangeToken" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetChangeToken for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1032,6 +1803,8 @@ func (c *WAF) GetChangeTokenRequest(input *GetChangeTokenInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GetChangeToken API operation for AWS WAF. +// // When you want to create, update, or delete AWS WAF objects, get a change // token and include the change token in the create, update, or delete request. // Change tokens ensure that your application doesn't submit conflicting requests @@ -1047,6 +1820,19 @@ func (c *WAF) GetChangeTokenRequest(input *GetChangeTokenInput) (req *request.Re // status of the change token changes to PENDING, which indicates that AWS WAF // is propagating the change to all AWS WAF servers. Use GetChangeTokenStatus // to determine the status of your change token. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetChangeToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// func (c *WAF) GetChangeToken(input *GetChangeTokenInput) (*GetChangeTokenOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetChangeTokenRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1060,6 +1846,8 @@ const opGetChangeTokenStatus = "GetChangeTokenStatus" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetChangeTokenStatus for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1094,6 +1882,8 @@ func (c *WAF) GetChangeTokenStatusRequest(input *GetChangeTokenStatusInput) (req return } +// GetChangeTokenStatus API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the status of a ChangeToken that you got by calling GetChangeToken. // ChangeTokenStatus is one of the following values: // @@ -1105,6 +1895,22 @@ func (c *WAF) GetChangeTokenStatusRequest(input *GetChangeTokenStatusInput) (req // to all AWS WAF servers. // // IN_SYNC: Propagation is complete. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetChangeTokenStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// func (c *WAF) GetChangeTokenStatus(input *GetChangeTokenStatusInput) (*GetChangeTokenStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetChangeTokenStatusRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1118,6 +1924,8 @@ const opGetIPSet = "GetIPSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetIPSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1152,7 +1960,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetIPSetRequest(input *GetIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, outpu return } +// GetIPSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the IPSet that is specified by IPSetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetIPSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetIPSet(input *GetIPSetInput) (*GetIPSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetIPSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1166,6 +1996,8 @@ const opGetRule = "GetRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1200,8 +2032,30 @@ func (c *WAF) GetRuleRequest(input *GetRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output return } +// GetRule API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the Rule that is specified by the RuleId that you included in the // GetRule request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetRule(input *GetRuleInput) (*GetRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1215,6 +2069,8 @@ const opGetSampledRequests = "GetSampledRequests" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSampledRequests for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1249,6 +2105,8 @@ func (c *WAF) GetSampledRequestsRequest(input *GetSampledRequestsInput) (req *re return } +// GetSampledRequests API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests--a sample--that // AWS WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS // resource received during a time range that you choose. You can specify a @@ -1260,6 +2118,22 @@ func (c *WAF) GetSampledRequestsRequest(input *GetSampledRequestsInput) (req *re // received 5,000 requests before the specified time range elapsed, GetSampledRequests // returns an updated time range. This new time range indicates the actual period // during which AWS WAF selected the requests in the sample. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetSampledRequests for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// func (c *WAF) GetSampledRequests(input *GetSampledRequestsInput) (*GetSampledRequestsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSampledRequestsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1273,6 +2147,8 @@ const opGetSizeConstraintSet = "GetSizeConstraintSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1307,7 +2183,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *GetSizeConstraintSetInput) (req return } +// GetSizeConstraintSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the SizeConstraintSet specified by SizeConstraintSetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetSizeConstraintSet(input *GetSizeConstraintSetInput) (*GetSizeConstraintSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSizeConstraintSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1321,6 +2219,8 @@ const opGetSqlInjectionMatchSet = "GetSqlInjectionMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1355,7 +2255,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *GetSqlInjectionMatchSetInput return } +// GetSqlInjectionMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the SqlInjectionMatchSet that is specified by SqlInjectionMatchSetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetSqlInjectionMatchSet(input *GetSqlInjectionMatchSetInput) (*GetSqlInjectionMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1369,6 +2291,8 @@ const opGetWebACL = "GetWebACL" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetWebACL for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1403,7 +2327,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetWebACLRequest(input *GetWebACLInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// GetWebACL API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the WebACL that is specified by WebACLId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetWebACL for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetWebACL(input *GetWebACLInput) (*GetWebACLOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetWebACLRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1417,6 +2363,8 @@ const opGetXssMatchSet = "GetXssMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See GetXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1451,7 +2399,29 @@ func (c *WAF) GetXssMatchSetRequest(input *GetXssMatchSetInput) (req *request.Re return } +// GetXssMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns the XssMatchSet that is specified by XssMatchSetId. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation GetXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// func (c *WAF) GetXssMatchSet(input *GetXssMatchSetInput) (*GetXssMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetXssMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1465,6 +2435,8 @@ const opListByteMatchSets = "ListByteMatchSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListByteMatchSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1499,7 +2471,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListByteMatchSetsRequest(input *ListByteMatchSetsInput) (req *requ return } +// ListByteMatchSets API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of ByteMatchSetSummary objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListByteMatchSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListByteMatchSets(input *ListByteMatchSetsInput) (*ListByteMatchSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListByteMatchSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1513,6 +2504,8 @@ const opListIPSets = "ListIPSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListIPSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1547,7 +2540,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListIPSetsRequest(input *ListIPSetsInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// ListIPSets API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of IPSetSummary objects in the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListIPSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListIPSets(input *ListIPSetsInput) (*ListIPSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListIPSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1561,6 +2573,8 @@ const opListRules = "ListRules" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListRules for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1595,7 +2609,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListRulesRequest(input *ListRulesInput) (req *request.Request, out return } +// ListRules API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of RuleSummary objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListRules for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListRules(input *ListRulesInput) (*ListRulesOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListRulesRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1609,6 +2642,8 @@ const opListSizeConstraintSets = "ListSizeConstraintSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSizeConstraintSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1643,7 +2678,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListSizeConstraintSetsRequest(input *ListSizeConstraintSetsInput) return } +// ListSizeConstraintSets API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of SizeConstraintSetSummary objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListSizeConstraintSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListSizeConstraintSets(input *ListSizeConstraintSetsInput) (*ListSizeConstraintSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSizeConstraintSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1657,6 +2711,8 @@ const opListSqlInjectionMatchSets = "ListSqlInjectionMatchSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListSqlInjectionMatchSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1691,7 +2747,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListSqlInjectionMatchSetsRequest(input *ListSqlInjectionMatchSetsI return } +// ListSqlInjectionMatchSets API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of SqlInjectionMatchSet objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListSqlInjectionMatchSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListSqlInjectionMatchSets(input *ListSqlInjectionMatchSetsInput) (*ListSqlInjectionMatchSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListSqlInjectionMatchSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1705,6 +2780,8 @@ const opListWebACLs = "ListWebACLs" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListWebACLs for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1739,7 +2816,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListWebACLsRequest(input *ListWebACLsInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// ListWebACLs API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of WebACLSummary objects in the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListWebACLs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListWebACLs(input *ListWebACLsInput) (*ListWebACLsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListWebACLsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1753,6 +2849,8 @@ const opListXssMatchSets = "ListXssMatchSets" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See ListXssMatchSets for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1787,7 +2885,26 @@ func (c *WAF) ListXssMatchSetsRequest(input *ListXssMatchSetsInput) (req *reques return } +// ListXssMatchSets API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Returns an array of XssMatchSet objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation ListXssMatchSets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// func (c *WAF) ListXssMatchSets(input *ListXssMatchSetsInput) (*ListXssMatchSetsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListXssMatchSetsRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1801,6 +2918,8 @@ const opUpdateByteMatchSet = "UpdateByteMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1835,6 +2954,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateByteMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateByteMatchSetInput) (req *re return } +// UpdateByteMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes ByteMatchTuple objects (filters) in a ByteMatchSet. For // each ByteMatchTuple object, you specify the following values: // @@ -1872,6 +2993,96 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateByteMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateByteMatchSetInput) (req *re // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateByteMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateByteMatchSet(input *UpdateByteMatchSetInput) (*UpdateByteMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateByteMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1885,6 +3096,8 @@ const opUpdateIPSet = "UpdateIPSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateIPSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -1919,6 +3132,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateIPSetRequest(input *UpdateIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, return } +// UpdateIPSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes IPSetDescriptor objects in an IPSet. For each IPSetDescriptor // object, you specify the following values: // @@ -1968,6 +3183,104 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateIPSetRequest(input *UpdateIPSetInput) (req *request.Request, // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateIPSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateIPSet(input *UpdateIPSetInput) (*UpdateIPSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateIPSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -1981,6 +3294,8 @@ const opUpdateRule = "UpdateRule" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateRule for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2015,6 +3330,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateRuleRequest(input *UpdateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o return } +// UpdateRule API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes Predicate objects in a Rule. Each Predicate object identifies // a predicate, such as a ByteMatchSet or an IPSet, that specifies the web requests // that you want to allow, block, or count. If you add more than one predicate @@ -2048,6 +3365,104 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateRuleRequest(input *UpdateRuleInput) (req *request.Request, o // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateRule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateRule(input *UpdateRuleInput) (*UpdateRuleOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateRuleRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2061,6 +3476,8 @@ const opUpdateSizeConstraintSet = "UpdateSizeConstraintSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2095,6 +3512,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *UpdateSizeConstraintSetInput return } +// UpdateSizeConstraintSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes SizeConstraint objects (filters) in a SizeConstraintSet. // For each SizeConstraint object, you specify the following values: // @@ -2134,6 +3553,104 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input *UpdateSizeConstraintSetInput // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateSizeConstraintSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateSizeConstraintSet(input *UpdateSizeConstraintSetInput) (*UpdateSizeConstraintSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateSizeConstraintSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2147,6 +3664,8 @@ const opUpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet = "UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2181,6 +3700,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSe return } +// UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes SqlInjectionMatchTuple objects (filters) in a SqlInjectionMatchSet. // For each SqlInjectionMatchTuple object, you specify the following values: // @@ -2213,6 +3734,96 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSe // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSet(input *UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetInput) (*UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2226,6 +3837,8 @@ const opUpdateWebACL = "UpdateWebACL" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateWebACL for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2260,6 +3873,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateWebACLRequest(input *UpdateWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques return } +// UpdateWebACL API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes ActivatedRule objects in a WebACL. Each Rule identifies // web requests that you want to allow, block, or count. When you update a WebACL, // you specify the following values: @@ -2304,6 +3919,104 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateWebACLRequest(input *UpdateWebACLInput) (req *request.Reques // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateWebACL for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * ReferencedItemException +// The operation failed because you tried to delete an object that is still +// in use. For example: +// +// You tried to delete a ByteMatchSet that is still referenced by a Rule. +// +// You tried to delete a Rule that is still referenced by a WebACL. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateWebACL(input *UpdateWebACLInput) (*UpdateWebACLOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateWebACLRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2317,6 +4030,8 @@ const opUpdateXssMatchSet = "UpdateXssMatchSet" // value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method // is called. // +// See UpdateXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// // Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject // custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to // access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If @@ -2351,6 +4066,8 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateXssMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ return } +// UpdateXssMatchSet API operation for AWS WAF. +// // Inserts or deletes XssMatchTuple objects (filters) in an XssMatchSet. For // each XssMatchTuple object, you specify the following values: // @@ -2382,6 +4099,96 @@ func (c *WAF) UpdateXssMatchSetRequest(input *UpdateXssMatchSetInput) (req *requ // // For more information about how to use the AWS WAF API to allow or block // HTTP requests, see the AWS WAF Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS WAF's +// API operation UpdateXssMatchSet for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * InternalErrorException +// The operation failed because of a system problem, even though the request +// was valid. Retry your request. +// +// * InvalidAccountException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using an invalid account identifier. +// +// * InvalidOperationException +// The operation failed because there was nothing to do. For example: +// +// You tried to remove a Rule from a WebACL, but the Rule isn't in the specified +// WebACL. +// +// You tried to remove an IP address from an IPSet, but the IP address isn't +// in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to remove a ByteMatchTuple from a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// isn't in the specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add a Rule to a WebACL, but the Rule already exists in the +// specified WebACL. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to an IPSet, but the IP address already +// exists in the specified IPSet. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to a ByteMatchSet, but the ByteMatchTuple +// already exists in the specified WebACL. +// +// * InvalidParameterException +// The operation failed because AWS WAF didn't recognize a parameter in the +// request. For example: +// +// You specified an invalid parameter name. +// +// You specified an invalid value. +// +// You tried to update an object (ByteMatchSet, IPSet, Rule, or WebACL) using +// an action other than INSERT or DELETE. +// +// You tried to create a WebACL with a DefaultAction Type other than ALLOW, +// BLOCK, or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a WebACL with a WafAction Type other than ALLOW, BLOCK, +// or COUNT. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a FieldToMatch Type other than +// HEADER, QUERY_STRING, or URI. +// +// You tried to update a ByteMatchSet with a Field of HEADER but no value +// for Data. +// +// * NonexistentContainerException +// The operation failed because you tried to add an object to or delete an object +// from another object that doesn't exist. For example: +// +// You tried to add a Rule to or delete a Rule from a WebACL that doesn't +// exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchSet to or delete a ByteMatchSet from a Rule +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add an IP address to or delete an IP address from an IPSet +// that doesn't exist. +// +// You tried to add a ByteMatchTuple to or delete a ByteMatchTuple from a +// ByteMatchSet that doesn't exist. +// +// * NonexistentItemException +// The operation failed because the referenced object doesn't exist. +// +// * StaleDataException +// The operation failed because you tried to create, update, or delete an object +// by using a change token that has already been used. +// +// * LimitsExceededException +// The operation exceeds a resource limit, for example, the maximum number of +// WebACL objects that you can create for an AWS account. For more information, +// see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/waf/latest/developerguide/limits.html) +// in the AWS WAF Developer Guide. +// func (c *WAF) UpdateXssMatchSet(input *UpdateXssMatchSetInput) (*UpdateXssMatchSetOutput, error) { req, out := c.UpdateXssMatchSetRequest(input) err := req.Send() @@ -2408,12 +4215,16 @@ type ActivatedRule struct { // COUNT: AWS WAF increments a counter of requests that match the conditions // in the rule and then continues to inspect the web request based on the remaining // rules in the web ACL. + // + // Action is a required field Action *WafAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies the order in which the Rules in a WebACL are evaluated. Rules with // a lower value for Priority are evaluated before Rules with a higher value. // The value must be a unique integer. If you add multiple Rules to a WebACL, // the values don't need to be consecutive. + // + // Priority is a required field Priority *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The RuleId for a Rule. You use RuleId to get more information about a Rule @@ -2422,6 +4233,8 @@ type ActivatedRule struct { // WAF (see DeleteRule). // // RuleId is returned by CreateRule and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2480,11 +4293,15 @@ type ByteMatchSet struct { // and delete a ByteMatchSet from AWS WAF (see DeleteByteMatchSet). // // ByteMatchSetId is returned by CreateByteMatchSet and by ListByteMatchSets. + // + // ByteMatchSetId is a required field ByteMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the bytes (typically a string that corresponds with ASCII characters) // that you want AWS WAF to search for in web requests, the location in requests // that you want AWS WAF to search, and other settings. + // + // ByteMatchTuples is a required field ByteMatchTuples []*ByteMatchTuple `type:"list" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the ByteMatchSet. You can't change Name @@ -2512,10 +4329,14 @@ type ByteMatchSetSummary struct { // Rule, and delete a ByteMatchSet from AWS WAF. // // ByteMatchSetId is returned by CreateByteMatchSet and by ListByteMatchSets. + // + // ByteMatchSetId is a required field ByteMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the ByteMatchSet. You can't change Name // after you create a ByteMatchSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2535,12 +4356,16 @@ type ByteMatchSetUpdate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether to insert or delete a ByteMatchTuple. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // Information about the part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect // and the value that you want AWS WAF to search for. If you specify DELETE // for the value of Action, the ByteMatchTuple values must exactly match the // values in the ByteMatchTuple that you want to delete from the ByteMatchSet. + // + // ByteMatchTuple is a required field ByteMatchTuple *ByteMatchTuple `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -2583,6 +4408,8 @@ type ByteMatchTuple struct { // The part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to search, such as a specified // header or a query string. For more information, see FieldToMatch. + // + // FieldToMatch is a required field FieldToMatch *FieldToMatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Within the portion of a web request that you want to search (for example, @@ -2630,6 +4457,8 @@ type ByteMatchTuple struct { // // The value of TargetString must appear at the end of the specified part of // the web request. + // + // PositionalConstraint is a required field PositionalConstraint *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PositionalConstraint"` // The value that you want AWS WAF to search for. AWS WAF searches for the specified @@ -2678,6 +4507,8 @@ type ByteMatchTuple struct { // encodes the value. // // TargetString is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + // + // TargetString is a required field TargetString []byte `type:"blob" required:"true"` // Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers @@ -2750,6 +4581,8 @@ type ByteMatchTuple struct { // NONE // // Specify NONE if you don't want to perform any text transformations. + // + // TextTransformation is a required field TextTransformation *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TextTransformation"` } @@ -2794,10 +4627,14 @@ type CreateByteMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the ByteMatchSet. You can't change Name // after you create a ByteMatchSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2859,10 +4696,14 @@ type CreateIPSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the IPSet. You can't change Name after // you create the IPSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2924,16 +4765,22 @@ type CreateRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description for the metrics for this Rule. The name can // contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9); the name can't contain // whitespace. You can't change the name of the metric after you create the // Rule. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the Rule. You can't change the name of // a Rule after you create it. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -2998,10 +4845,14 @@ type CreateSizeConstraintSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the SizeConstraintSet. You can't change // Name after you create a SizeConstraintSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3064,10 +4915,14 @@ type CreateSqlInjectionMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description for the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you're creating. // You can't change Name after you create the SqlInjectionMatchSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3130,20 +4985,28 @@ type CreateWebACLInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The action that you want AWS WAF to take when a request doesn't match the // criteria specified in any of the Rule objects that are associated with the // WebACL. + // + // DefaultAction is a required field DefaultAction *WafAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description for the metrics for this WebACL. The name // can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9); the name can't // contain whitespace. You can't change MetricName after you create the WebACL. + // + // MetricName is a required field MetricName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the WebACL. You can't change Name after // you create the WebACL. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3217,10 +5080,14 @@ type CreateXssMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description for the XssMatchSet that you're creating. // You can't change Name after you create the XssMatchSet. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3284,9 +5151,13 @@ type DeleteByteMatchSetInput struct { // The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to delete. ByteMatchSetId // is returned by CreateByteMatchSet and by ListByteMatchSets. + // + // ByteMatchSetId is a required field ByteMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3345,10 +5216,14 @@ type DeleteIPSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to delete. IPSetId is returned by // CreateIPSet and by ListIPSets. + // + // IPSetId is a required field IPSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3407,10 +5282,14 @@ type DeleteRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RuleId of the Rule that you want to delete. RuleId is returned by CreateRule // and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3469,10 +5348,14 @@ type DeleteSizeConstraintSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to delete. // SizeConstraintSetId is returned by CreateSizeConstraintSet and by ListSizeConstraintSets. + // + // SizeConstraintSetId is a required field SizeConstraintSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3532,10 +5415,14 @@ type DeleteSqlInjectionMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to delete. // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet and by ListSqlInjectionMatchSets. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is a required field SqlInjectionMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3595,10 +5482,14 @@ type DeleteWebACLInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to delete. WebACLId is returned // by CreateWebACL and by ListWebACLs. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3658,10 +5549,14 @@ type DeleteXssMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to delete. XssMatchSetId // is returned by CreateXssMatchSet and by ListXssMatchSets. + // + // XssMatchSetId is a required field XssMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3751,6 +5646,8 @@ type FieldToMatch struct { // only the first 8192 bytes of the request body are forwarded to AWS WAF for // inspection. To allow or block requests based on the length of the body, you // can create a size constraint set. For more information, see CreateSizeConstraintSet. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MatchFieldType"` } @@ -3782,6 +5679,8 @@ type GetByteMatchSetInput struct { // The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to get. ByteMatchSetId // is returned by CreateByteMatchSet and by ListByteMatchSets. + // + // ByteMatchSetId is a required field ByteMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3873,6 +5772,8 @@ type GetChangeTokenStatusInput struct { // The change token for which you want to get the status. This change token // was previously returned in the GetChangeToken response. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3924,6 +5825,8 @@ type GetIPSetInput struct { // The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to get. IPSetId is returned by CreateIPSet // and by ListIPSets. + // + // IPSetId is a required field IPSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3981,6 +5884,8 @@ type GetRuleInput struct { // The RuleId of the Rule that you want to get. RuleId is returned by CreateRule // and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4039,6 +5944,8 @@ type GetSampledRequestsInput struct { // 5,000 requests that your AWS resource received during the time range. If // your resource received fewer requests than the value of MaxItems, GetSampledRequests // returns information about all of them. + // + // MaxItems is a required field MaxItems *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"` // RuleId is one of two values: @@ -4048,16 +5955,22 @@ type GetSampledRequestsInput struct { // // Default_Action, which causes GetSampledRequests to return a sample of // the requests that didn't match any of the rules in the specified WebACL. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which // you want GetSampledRequests to return a sample of requests. Specify the date // and time in Unix time format (in seconds). You can specify any time range // in the previous three hours. + // + // TimeWindow is a required field TimeWindow *TimeWindow `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The WebACLId of the WebACL for which you want GetSampledRequests to return // a sample of requests. + // + // WebAclId is a required field WebAclId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4141,6 +6054,8 @@ type GetSizeConstraintSetInput struct { // The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to get. SizeConstraintSetId // is returned by CreateSizeConstraintSet and by ListSizeConstraintSets. + // + // SizeConstraintSetId is a required field SizeConstraintSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4203,6 +6118,8 @@ type GetSqlInjectionMatchSetInput struct { // The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to get. // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet and by ListSqlInjectionMatchSets. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is a required field SqlInjectionMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4264,6 +6181,8 @@ type GetWebACLInput struct { // The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to get. WebACLId is returned by // CreateWebACL and by ListWebACLs. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4327,6 +6246,8 @@ type GetXssMatchSetInput struct { // The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to get. XssMatchSetId // is returned by CreateXssMatchSet and by ListXssMatchSets. + // + // XssMatchSetId is a required field XssMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4476,6 +6397,8 @@ type IPSet struct { // // x-forwarded-for, if the viewer did use an HTTP proxy or a load balancer // to send the request + // + // IPSetDescriptors is a required field IPSetDescriptors []*IPSetDescriptor `type:"list" required:"true"` // The IPSetId for an IPSet. You use IPSetId to get information about an IPSet @@ -4484,6 +6407,8 @@ type IPSet struct { // AWS WAF (see DeleteIPSet). // // IPSetId is returned by CreateIPSet and by ListIPSets. + // + // IPSetId is a required field IPSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the IPSet. You can't change the name of @@ -4507,6 +6432,8 @@ type IPSetDescriptor struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specify IPV4 or IPV6. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IPSetDescriptorType"` // Specify an IPv4 address by using CIDR notation. For example: @@ -4528,6 +6455,8 @@ type IPSetDescriptor struct { // To configure AWS WAF to allow, block, or count requests that originated // from IP addresses 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 to 1111:0000:0000:0000:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff, // specify 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000/64. + // + // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4563,10 +6492,14 @@ type IPSetSummary struct { // The IPSetId for an IPSet. You can use IPSetId in a GetIPSet request to get // detailed information about an IPSet. + // + // IPSetId is a required field IPSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A friendly name or description of the IPSet. You can't change the name of // an IPSet after you create it. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -4585,10 +6518,14 @@ type IPSetUpdate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether to insert or delete an IP address with UpdateIPSet. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // The IP address type (IPV4 or IPV6) and the IP address range (in CIDR notation) // that web requests originate from. + // + // IPSetDescriptor is a required field IPSetDescriptor *IPSetDescriptor `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5082,6 +7019,8 @@ type Predicate struct { // A unique identifier for a predicate in a Rule, such as ByteMatchSetId or // IPSetId. The ID is returned by the corresponding Create or List command. + // + // DataId is a required field DataId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Set Negated to False if you want AWS WAF to allow, block, or count requests @@ -5095,9 +7034,13 @@ type Predicate struct { // XssMatchSet, or SizeConstraintSet. For example, if an IPSet includes the // IP address 192.0.2.44, AWS WAF will allow, block, or count requests based // on all IP addresses except 192.0.2.44. + // + // Negated is a required field Negated *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // The type of predicate in a Rule, such as ByteMatchSet or IPSet. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PredicateType"` } @@ -5156,6 +7099,8 @@ type Rule struct { // The Predicates object contains one Predicate element for each ByteMatchSet, // IPSet, or SqlInjectionMatchSet object that you want to include in a Rule. + // + // Predicates is a required field Predicates []*Predicate `type:"list" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a Rule. You use RuleId to get more information about @@ -5164,6 +7109,8 @@ type Rule struct { // from AWS WAF (see DeleteRule). // // RuleId is returned by CreateRule and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5183,6 +7130,8 @@ type RuleSummary struct { // A friendly name or description of the Rule. You can't change the name of // a Rule after you create it. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a Rule. You use RuleId to get more information about @@ -5191,6 +7140,8 @@ type RuleSummary struct { // from AWS WAF (see DeleteRule). // // RuleId is returned by CreateRule and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5211,9 +7162,13 @@ type RuleUpdate struct { // Specify INSERT to add a Predicate to a Rule. Use DELETE to remove a Predicate // from a Rule. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // The ID of the Predicate (such as an IPSet) that you want to add to a Rule. + // + // Predicate is a required field Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5259,6 +7214,8 @@ type SampledHTTPRequest struct { Action *string `type:"string"` // A complex type that contains detailed information about the request. + // + // Request is a required field Request *HTTPRequest `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The time at which AWS WAF received the request from your AWS resource, in @@ -5269,6 +7226,8 @@ type SampledHTTPRequest struct { // to other results in the response. A result that has a weight of 2 represents // roughly twice as many CloudFront web requests as a result that has a weight // of 1. + // + // Weight is a required field Weight *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` } @@ -5306,9 +7265,13 @@ type SizeConstraint struct { // FieldToMatch // // GT: Used to test if the Size is strictly greater than the size of the FieldToMatch + // + // ComparisonOperator is a required field ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ComparisonOperator"` // Specifies where in a web request to look for TargetString. + // + // FieldToMatch is a required field FieldToMatch *FieldToMatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The size in bytes that you want AWS WAF to compare against the size of the @@ -5321,6 +7284,8 @@ type SizeConstraint struct { // // If you specify URI for the value of Type, the / in the URI counts as one // character. For example, the URI /logo.jpg is nine characters long. + // + // Size is a required field Size *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"` // Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers @@ -5397,6 +7362,8 @@ type SizeConstraint struct { // URL_DECODE // // Use this option to decode a URL-encoded value. + // + // TextTransformation is a required field TextTransformation *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TextTransformation"` } @@ -5454,9 +7421,13 @@ type SizeConstraintSet struct { // from AWS WAF (see DeleteSizeConstraintSet). // // SizeConstraintSetId is returned by CreateSizeConstraintSet and by ListSizeConstraintSets. + // + // SizeConstraintSetId is a required field SizeConstraintSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the parts of web requests that you want to inspect the size of. + // + // SizeConstraints is a required field SizeConstraints []*SizeConstraint `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5475,6 +7446,8 @@ type SizeConstraintSetSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the SizeConstraintSet, if any. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a SizeConstraintSet. You use SizeConstraintSetId @@ -5484,6 +7457,8 @@ type SizeConstraintSetSummary struct { // from AWS WAF (see DeleteSizeConstraintSet). // // SizeConstraintSetId is returned by CreateSizeConstraintSet and by ListSizeConstraintSets. + // + // SizeConstraintSetId is a required field SizeConstraintSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5505,12 +7480,16 @@ type SizeConstraintSetUpdate struct { // Specify INSERT to add a SizeConstraintSetUpdate to a SizeConstraintSet. Use // DELETE to remove a SizeConstraintSetUpdate from a SizeConstraintSet. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // Specifies a constraint on the size of a part of the web request. AWS WAF // uses the Size, ComparisonOperator, and FieldToMatch to build an expression // in the form of "Size ComparisonOperator size in bytes of FieldToMatch". If // that expression is true, the SizeConstraint is considered to match. + // + // SizeConstraint is a required field SizeConstraint *SizeConstraint `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5565,10 +7544,14 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchSet struct { // // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet and by // ListSqlInjectionMatchSets. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is a required field SqlInjectionMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the parts of web requests that you want to inspect for snippets // of malicious SQL code. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchTuples is a required field SqlInjectionMatchTuples []*SqlInjectionMatchTuple `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5587,6 +7570,8 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchSetSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the SqlInjectionMatchSet, if any, specified by Id. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a SqlInjectionMatchSet. You use SqlInjectionMatchSetId @@ -5597,6 +7582,8 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchSetSummary struct { // // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet and by // ListSqlInjectionMatchSets. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is a required field SqlInjectionMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5618,11 +7605,15 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate struct { // Specify INSERT to add a SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate to a SqlInjectionMatchSet. // Use DELETE to remove a SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate from a SqlInjectionMatchSet. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // Specifies the part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect for // snippets of malicious SQL code and, if you want AWS WAF to inspect a header, // the name of the header. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchTuple is a required field SqlInjectionMatchTuple *SqlInjectionMatchTuple `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -5664,6 +7655,8 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchTuple struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies where in a web request to look for TargetString. + // + // FieldToMatch is a required field FieldToMatch *FieldToMatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers @@ -5736,6 +7729,8 @@ type SqlInjectionMatchTuple struct { // NONE // // Specify NONE if you don't want to perform any text transformations. + // + // TextTransformation is a required field TextTransformation *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TextTransformation"` } @@ -5786,11 +7781,15 @@ type TimeWindow struct { // The end of the time range from which you want GetSampledRequests to return // a sample of the requests that your AWS resource received. You can specify // any time range in the previous three hours. + // + // EndTime is a required field EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` // The beginning of the time range from which you want GetSampledRequests to // return a sample of the requests that your AWS resource received. You can // specify any time range in the previous three hours. + // + // StartTime is a required field StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"` } @@ -5825,9 +7824,13 @@ type UpdateByteMatchSetInput struct { // The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to update. ByteMatchSetId // is returned by CreateByteMatchSet and by ListByteMatchSets. + // + // ByteMatchSetId is a required field ByteMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of ByteMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete @@ -5839,6 +7842,8 @@ type UpdateByteMatchSetInput struct { // and TextTransformation // // FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*ByteMatchSetUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5910,10 +7915,14 @@ type UpdateIPSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to update. IPSetId is returned by // CreateIPSet and by ListIPSets. + // + // IPSetId is a required field IPSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of IPSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from @@ -5922,6 +7931,8 @@ type UpdateIPSetInput struct { // IPSetUpdate: Contains Action and IPSetDescriptor // // IPSetDescriptor: Contains Type and Value + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*IPSetUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5993,10 +8004,14 @@ type UpdateRuleInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The RuleId of the Rule that you want to update. RuleId is returned by CreateRule // and by ListRules. + // + // RuleId is a required field RuleId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of RuleUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from @@ -6007,6 +8022,8 @@ type UpdateRuleInput struct { // Predicate: Contains DataId, Negated, and Type // // FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*RuleUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6078,10 +8095,14 @@ type UpdateSizeConstraintSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to update. // SizeConstraintSetId is returned by CreateSizeConstraintSet and by ListSizeConstraintSets. + // + // SizeConstraintSetId is a required field SizeConstraintSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of SizeConstraintSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into @@ -6094,6 +8115,8 @@ type UpdateSizeConstraintSetInput struct { // and Size // // FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*SizeConstraintSetUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6166,10 +8189,14 @@ type UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to update. // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by CreateSqlInjectionMatchSet and by ListSqlInjectionMatchSets. + // + // SqlInjectionMatchSetId is a required field SqlInjectionMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into @@ -6181,6 +8208,8 @@ type UpdateSqlInjectionMatchSetInput struct { // SqlInjectionMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation // // FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6253,6 +8282,8 @@ type UpdateWebACLInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // For the action that is associated with a rule in a WebACL, specifies the @@ -6276,6 +8307,8 @@ type UpdateWebACLInput struct { // The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to update. WebACLId is returned // by CreateWebACL and by ListWebACLs. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6350,6 +8383,8 @@ type UpdateXssMatchSetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value returned by the most recent call to GetChangeToken. + // + // ChangeToken is a required field ChangeToken *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An array of XssMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete @@ -6360,10 +8395,14 @@ type UpdateXssMatchSetInput struct { // XssMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation // // FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type + // + // Updates is a required field Updates []*XssMatchSetUpdate `type:"list" required:"true"` // The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to update. XssMatchSetId // is returned by CreateXssMatchSet and by ListXssMatchSets. + // + // XssMatchSetId is a required field XssMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6451,6 +8490,8 @@ type WafAction struct { // the conditions in the rule. AWS WAF then continues to inspect the web request // based on the remaining rules in the web ACL. You can't specify COUNT for // the default action for a WebACL. + // + // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"WafActionType"` } @@ -6490,6 +8531,8 @@ type WebACL struct { // The action to perform if none of the Rules contained in the WebACL match. // The action is specified by the WafAction object. + // + // DefaultAction is a required field DefaultAction *WafAction `type:"structure" required:"true"` MetricName *string `type:"string"` @@ -6500,6 +8543,8 @@ type WebACL struct { // An array that contains the action for each Rule in a WebACL, the priority // of the Rule, and the ID of the Rule. + // + // Rules is a required field Rules []*ActivatedRule `type:"list" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a WebACL. You use WebACLId to get information about @@ -6507,6 +8552,8 @@ type WebACL struct { // a WebACL from AWS WAF (see DeleteWebACL). // // WebACLId is returned by CreateWebACL and by ListWebACLs. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6526,6 +8573,8 @@ type WebACLSummary struct { // A friendly name or description of the WebACL. You can't change the name of // a WebACL after you create it. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for a WebACL. You use WebACLId to get information about @@ -6533,6 +8582,8 @@ type WebACLSummary struct { // a WebACL from AWS WAF (see DeleteWebACL). // // WebACLId is returned by CreateWebACL and by ListWebACLs. + // + // WebACLId is a required field WebACLId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6551,6 +8602,8 @@ type WebACLUpdate struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether to insert a Rule into or delete a Rule from a WebACL. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // The ActivatedRule object in an UpdateWebACL request specifies a Rule that @@ -6560,6 +8613,8 @@ type WebACLUpdate struct { // // To specify whether to insert or delete a Rule, use the Action parameter // in the WebACLUpdate data type. + // + // ActivatedRule is a required field ActivatedRule *ActivatedRule `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -6612,10 +8667,14 @@ type XssMatchSet struct { // and delete an XssMatchSet from AWS WAF (see DeleteXssMatchSet). // // XssMatchSetId is returned by CreateXssMatchSet and by ListXssMatchSets. + // + // XssMatchSetId is a required field XssMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the parts of web requests that you want to inspect for cross-site // scripting attacks. + // + // XssMatchTuples is a required field XssMatchTuples []*XssMatchTuple `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -6634,6 +8693,8 @@ type XssMatchSetSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the XssMatchSet, if any, specified by Id. + // + // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A unique identifier for an XssMatchSet. You use XssMatchSetId to get information @@ -6642,6 +8703,8 @@ type XssMatchSetSummary struct { // and delete an XssMatchSet from AWS WAF (see DeleteXssMatchSet). // // XssMatchSetId is returned by CreateXssMatchSet and by ListXssMatchSets. + // + // XssMatchSetId is a required field XssMatchSetId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -6663,11 +8726,15 @@ type XssMatchSetUpdate struct { // Specify INSERT to add a XssMatchSetUpdate to an XssMatchSet. Use DELETE to // remove a XssMatchSetUpdate from an XssMatchSet. + // + // Action is a required field Action *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChangeAction"` // Specifies the part of a web request that you want AWS WAF to inspect for // cross-site scripting attacks and, if you want AWS WAF to inspect a header, // the name of the header. + // + // XssMatchTuple is a required field XssMatchTuple *XssMatchTuple `type:"structure" required:"true"` } @@ -6709,6 +8776,8 @@ type XssMatchTuple struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies where in a web request to look for TargetString. + // + // FieldToMatch is a required field FieldToMatch *FieldToMatch `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Text transformations eliminate some of the unusual formatting that attackers @@ -6781,6 +8850,8 @@ type XssMatchTuple struct { // NONE // // Specify NONE if you don't want to perform any text transformations. + // + // TextTransformation is a required field TextTransformation *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TextTransformation"` } @@ -6816,130 +8887,167 @@ func (s *XssMatchTuple) Validate() error { } const ( - // @enum ChangeAction + // ChangeActionInsert is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionInsert = "INSERT" - // @enum ChangeAction + + // ChangeActionDelete is a ChangeAction enum value ChangeActionDelete = "DELETE" ) const ( - // @enum ChangeTokenStatus + // ChangeTokenStatusProvisioned is a ChangeTokenStatus enum value ChangeTokenStatusProvisioned = "PROVISIONED" - // @enum ChangeTokenStatus + + // ChangeTokenStatusPending is a ChangeTokenStatus enum value ChangeTokenStatusPending = "PENDING" - // @enum ChangeTokenStatus + + // ChangeTokenStatusInsync is a ChangeTokenStatus enum value ChangeTokenStatusInsync = "INSYNC" ) const ( - // @enum ComparisonOperator + // ComparisonOperatorEq is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorEq = "EQ" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorNe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorNe = "NE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLe = "LE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorLt is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorLt = "LT" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGe is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGe = "GE" - // @enum ComparisonOperator + + // ComparisonOperatorGt is a ComparisonOperator enum value ComparisonOperatorGt = "GT" ) const ( - // @enum IPSetDescriptorType + // IPSetDescriptorTypeIpv4 is a IPSetDescriptorType enum value IPSetDescriptorTypeIpv4 = "IPV4" - // @enum IPSetDescriptorType + + // IPSetDescriptorTypeIpv6 is a IPSetDescriptorType enum value IPSetDescriptorTypeIpv6 = "IPV6" ) const ( - // @enum MatchFieldType + // MatchFieldTypeUri is a MatchFieldType enum value MatchFieldTypeUri = "URI" - // @enum MatchFieldType + + // MatchFieldTypeQueryString is a MatchFieldType enum value MatchFieldTypeQueryString = "QUERY_STRING" - // @enum MatchFieldType + + // MatchFieldTypeHeader is a MatchFieldType enum value MatchFieldTypeHeader = "HEADER" - // @enum MatchFieldType + + // MatchFieldTypeMethod is a MatchFieldType enum value MatchFieldTypeMethod = "METHOD" - // @enum MatchFieldType + + // MatchFieldTypeBody is a MatchFieldType enum value MatchFieldTypeBody = "BODY" ) const ( - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + // ParameterExceptionFieldChangeAction is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldChangeAction = "CHANGE_ACTION" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldWafAction is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldWafAction = "WAF_ACTION" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldPredicateType is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldPredicateType = "PREDICATE_TYPE" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldIpsetType is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldIpsetType = "IPSET_TYPE" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchFieldType is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchFieldType = "BYTE_MATCH_FIELD_TYPE" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldSqlInjectionMatchFieldType is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldSqlInjectionMatchFieldType = "SQL_INJECTION_MATCH_FIELD_TYPE" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchTextTransformation is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchTextTransformation = "BYTE_MATCH_TEXT_TRANSFORMATION" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchPositionalConstraint is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldByteMatchPositionalConstraint = "BYTE_MATCH_POSITIONAL_CONSTRAINT" - // @enum ParameterExceptionField + + // ParameterExceptionFieldSizeConstraintComparisonOperator is a ParameterExceptionField enum value ParameterExceptionFieldSizeConstraintComparisonOperator = "SIZE_CONSTRAINT_COMPARISON_OPERATOR" ) const ( - // @enum ParameterExceptionReason + // ParameterExceptionReasonInvalidOption is a ParameterExceptionReason enum value ParameterExceptionReasonInvalidOption = "INVALID_OPTION" - // @enum ParameterExceptionReason + + // ParameterExceptionReasonIllegalCombination is a ParameterExceptionReason enum value ParameterExceptionReasonIllegalCombination = "ILLEGAL_COMBINATION" ) const ( - // @enum PositionalConstraint + // PositionalConstraintExactly is a PositionalConstraint enum value PositionalConstraintExactly = "EXACTLY" - // @enum PositionalConstraint + + // PositionalConstraintStartsWith is a PositionalConstraint enum value PositionalConstraintStartsWith = "STARTS_WITH" - // @enum PositionalConstraint + + // PositionalConstraintEndsWith is a PositionalConstraint enum value PositionalConstraintEndsWith = "ENDS_WITH" - // @enum PositionalConstraint + + // PositionalConstraintContains is a PositionalConstraint enum value PositionalConstraintContains = "CONTAINS" - // @enum PositionalConstraint + + // PositionalConstraintContainsWord is a PositionalConstraint enum value PositionalConstraintContainsWord = "CONTAINS_WORD" ) const ( - // @enum PredicateType + // PredicateTypeIpmatch is a PredicateType enum value PredicateTypeIpmatch = "IPMatch" - // @enum PredicateType + + // PredicateTypeByteMatch is a PredicateType enum value PredicateTypeByteMatch = "ByteMatch" - // @enum PredicateType + + // PredicateTypeSqlInjectionMatch is a PredicateType enum value PredicateTypeSqlInjectionMatch = "SqlInjectionMatch" - // @enum PredicateType + + // PredicateTypeSizeConstraint is a PredicateType enum value PredicateTypeSizeConstraint = "SizeConstraint" - // @enum PredicateType + + // PredicateTypeXssMatch is a PredicateType enum value PredicateTypeXssMatch = "XssMatch" ) const ( - // @enum TextTransformation + // TextTransformationNone is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationNone = "NONE" - // @enum TextTransformation + + // TextTransformationCompressWhiteSpace is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationCompressWhiteSpace = "COMPRESS_WHITE_SPACE" - // @enum TextTransformation + + // TextTransformationHtmlEntityDecode is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationHtmlEntityDecode = "HTML_ENTITY_DECODE" - // @enum TextTransformation + + // TextTransformationLowercase is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationLowercase = "LOWERCASE" - // @enum TextTransformation + + // TextTransformationCmdLine is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationCmdLine = "CMD_LINE" - // @enum TextTransformation + + // TextTransformationUrlDecode is a TextTransformation enum value TextTransformationUrlDecode = "URL_DECODE" ) const ( - // @enum WafActionType + // WafActionTypeBlock is a WafActionType enum value WafActionTypeBlock = "BLOCK" - // @enum WafActionType + + // WafActionTypeAllow is a WafActionType enum value WafActionTypeAllow = "ALLOW" - // @enum WafActionType + + // WafActionTypeCount is a WafActionType enum value WafActionTypeCount = "COUNT" ) diff --git a/vendor/vendor.json b/vendor/vendor.json index 1a9920146..cc2a37549 100644 --- a/vendor/vendor.json +++ b/vendor/vendor.json @@ -335,572 +335,430 @@ "revision": "4239b77079c7b5d1243b7b4736304ce8ddb6f0f2" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "QX3gcUY0fj5Mj+h3US/JnC7/dDE=", + "checksumSHA1": "uUzIcEqMK3TgBylPKg04v+PTWDk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "dq1GRxE/Qsvp1pawHFQ3vaFoYX4=", + "checksumSHA1": "nGJsEKW1/7cQKGlYCuX3XwUhUmM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Y9W+4GimK4Fuxq+vyIskVYFRnX4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "+q4vdl3l1Wom8K1wfIpJ4jlFsbY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "/232RBWA3KnT7U+wciPS2+wmvR0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ieAJ+Cvp/PKv1LpUEnUXpc3OI6E=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "c1N3Loy3AS9zD+m5CzpPNAED39U=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "dNZNaOPfBPnzE2CBnfhXXZ9g9jU=", + "checksumSHA1": "zu5C95rmCZff6NYZb62lEaT5ibE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "KQiUK/zr3mqnAXD7x/X55/iNme0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "NUJUTWlc1sV8b7WjfiYc4JZbXl0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "4Ipx+5xN0gso+cENC2MHMWmQlR4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "DwhFsNluCFEwqzyp3hbJR3q2Wqs=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "8E0fEBUJY/1lJOyVxzTxMGQGInk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "5Ac22YMTBmrX/CXaEIXzWljr8UY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "BXuya7NrVg2BtHOM4ED5zAwDkg4=", + "checksumSHA1": "AFcUmKIbqHEKLdNMYB8ubtT+FHA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "OgyO1NRszPKURsDpob+zxUR157A=", + "checksumSHA1": "diXvBs1LRC0RJ9WK6sllWKdzC04=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Bm6UrYb2QCzpYseLwwgw6aetgRc=", + "checksumSHA1": "3I/Ty6X9m2NQFPYTrSf4Pdf4cfk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/endpoints", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "wk7EyvDaHwb5qqoOP/4d3cV0708=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "uNmSKXAF8B9HWEciW+iyUwZ99qQ=", + "checksumSHA1": "1QmQ3FqV37w0Zi44qv8pA1GeR0A=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "pNeF0Ey7TfBArH5LBQhKOQXQbLY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/json/jsonutil", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "H9TymcQkQnXSXSVfjggiiS4bpzM=", + "checksumSHA1": "R00RL5jJXRYq1iiK1+PGvMfvXyM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "isoix7lTx4qIq2zI2xFADtti5SI=", + "checksumSHA1": "ZqY5RWavBLWTo6j9xqdyBEaNFRk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "5xzix1R8prUyWxgLnzUQoxTsfik=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "TW/7U+/8ormL7acf6z2rv2hDD+s=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "oUOTWZIpPJiGjc9p/hntdBDvS10=", + "checksumSHA1": "Rpu8KBtHZgvhkwHxUfaky+qW+G4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Y6Db2GGfGD9LPpcJIPj8vXE8BbQ=", + "checksumSHA1": "ODo+ko8D6unAxZuN1jGzMcN4QCc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "eUEkjyMPAuekKBE4ou+nM9tXEas=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "F6mth+G7dXN1GI+nktaGo8Lx8aE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/signer/v2", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Eo9yODN5U99BK0pMzoqnBm7PCrY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/waiter", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Yy3DcxSa9t4hg0MJQZEYhH4PQi4=", + "checksumSHA1": "1GRM9c7nKCaKe8Mx/tTcemGKq/4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "WEwNL8ueG/6RTZOIDF/qu9EkwXo=", + "checksumSHA1": "G6ei4JkA8kMIK6kWohho3ZyqEy4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "MXY2nnlU3Qf4+6nTV4+GFxSD5Y4=", + "checksumSHA1": "RrzC2aXy/ZNSW+DjkswSkozfHQg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "0rkXGU6zlND+NPCn/XgPDTuANQQ=", + "checksumSHA1": "qczOmsbnxTRlwr6/jld7iuhY1ec=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "IBdkYM4/ts1B7FXcTrUk9KXPpcc=", + "checksumSHA1": "LhUA6FygZFZM68UgRIKYtSqivBg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "eCFTaV9GKqv/UEzwRgFFUaFz098=", + "checksumSHA1": "v/gjvG5+yfmnluXtIOXfCXPHmGk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "G9CmCfw00Bjz0TtJsEnxGE6mv/0=", + "checksumSHA1": "T368o7aYyvIQ/JrEj/EXWuZfjbk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "mWNJKpt18ASs9/RhnIjILcsGlng=", + "checksumSHA1": "CtXDIQ4si4gg4WBwF10obV7pJIk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "sP/qEaDICVBV3rRw2sl759YI0iw=", + "checksumSHA1": "TMUPZvpmtRRB3uWwGzwngB4Vg2w=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "p5a/DcdUvhTx0PCRR+/CRXk9g6c=", + "checksumSHA1": "4ejjXKR6n65oqZtjq0XhrU8ActU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "f1ylzOsK3qtUcXXWs8vX/02QXig=", + "checksumSHA1": "pstdsnanSdZ3M/jFMLGBOOi5L+E=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "i4hrcsFXLAQXzaxvWh6+BG8XcIU=", + "checksumSHA1": "JRjbBfjM9AbLaNyEHJVJ9p/EKRE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "y+pZPK8hcTDwq1zHuRduWE14flw=", + "checksumSHA1": "CvlvYHZtbdwCwx7l6o0ee5Ez6BA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "wo+0n7gevYlsXAb6gJmG3F/+7pg=", + "checksumSHA1": "hNyeWmtAtYlJ4xX+Vk0ZkwV+UfA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "d5x+dDz7zdrEYAGDM9XpYnSW3FE=", + "checksumSHA1": "vIGJIbBE4GoNAsded9sC1R9oR9E=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "CvZ+vaOolbfpAdOQPAuKDn4Mmt4=", + "checksumSHA1": "D/w9j9GKvw0xNnJ21UDiSGjN6dA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "b8uLvSIG26PqvnppVQboqDTCR2w=", + "checksumSHA1": "1OA1hi717X+c/lnu9XYEJLm4vi4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "rjSScNzMTvEHv7Lk5KcxDpNU5EE=", + "checksumSHA1": "/VZW/gbuUSkdn4cwXTSIQDdKGvQ=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "RZF1yHtJhAqaMwbeAM/6BdLLavk=", + "checksumSHA1": "Xd1GVn0Uin/56syb2ETMxOKAI/A=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "VAlXnW+WxxWRcCv4xsCoox2kgE0=", + "checksumSHA1": "9vE6CgR7b01zZn0lFJzqOrve7B4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "qHuJHGUAuuizD9834MP3gVupfdo=", + "checksumSHA1": "OPAnsPFcq6iXH5hGng2t2mMpfaE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "YiNiSOILzSOaKB4JwdM4SDw7daM=", + "checksumSHA1": "Hwqr2+Y5J7Oq3VXiL1Tj8231eqg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "DdsbJgngbL7Ce18ipxreRsf3lYo=", + "checksumSHA1": "cIUQhrMH0XJKIJSAf4LWpGxw7W0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "yyFg3ZnBFHe29W7BovH1oC92u4o=", + "checksumSHA1": "6aSvNkSZeB0dhw+vfmgsCumX0Nw=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "TtIAgZ+evpkKB5bBYCB69k0wZoU=", + "checksumSHA1": "nKEvKhAFlvWxhwCFW2JPSVfb4k4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "B1EtgBrv//gYqA+Sp6a/SK2zLO4=", + "checksumSHA1": "sv61kTARWfkfrT8ouftcpZhepZ4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "dH2W7lR17dgn4a4OYiEzjpQH8hI=", + "checksumSHA1": "rCHIHwv4JYxTGc7XpfT9Fx70a1M=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "2n5/m0ClE4OyQRNdjfLwg+nSY3o=", + "checksumSHA1": "VstNEQuAAuyaVpBh24fDQPSbZCM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "cE02R3i+yj4+xmiO+/eUbq4mEys=", + "checksumSHA1": "C+gqGSu7/EIGggant4O3wv8v+Yw=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Qpi347xz5FIQISq73dZSdIf47AU=", + "checksumSHA1": "R3OeBAWZe3p69aYIa37ispEz4Ys=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "IRD5ermNbvUDRXF+0mI9103AmIM=", + "checksumSHA1": "EPrM4mjeehz7nm5WXbdldZpG0BU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Jxorquk7bgn6lPMr3/nUikDHWK8=", + "checksumSHA1": "h6TAgyjW5GFdt8TPKBeczyGjkKM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "hHgtebbSai1+33Y8nKZyV7IL5nY=", + "checksumSHA1": "/fWs0DLkUSTyLWGUSz/kf/maoOM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Dw4DpBaYfuu+aQTlywfv1TCzHCg=", + "checksumSHA1": "H2DlzddrhenFeCOQH9ssYPcFePQ=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "W7044H9bJrM5zO3DGcfA+qOYThk=", + "checksumSHA1": "V3Ta5FZBZeAsIbtm1OGMkYyYmt8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "o+bjuT6ycywUf+vXY9hYK4Z3okE=", + "checksumSHA1": "UUDH3SCShP/T6+K1OsKvCc2O+VA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "DW5kDRWLA2yAgYh9vsI+0uVqq/Q=", + "checksumSHA1": "XbulhWUHjhuWqJymKeurU01uuiU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "QHuF2nb/DTz20LRh0rslFDzIm54=", + "checksumSHA1": "nzzjBb+KNOXxvx9racGlHA6w/SU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "oLAlquYlQzgYFS9ochS/iQ9+uXY=", + "checksumSHA1": "6wjnNcTzRa+BP7AnodnCb14J7/Q=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Zw0GXDOn45IvrmAcCOlSHJMiljU=", + "checksumSHA1": "fiGhMDgP0uyIcRqwDlBZyfEPyn0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "nH/itbdeFHpl4ysegdtgww9bFSA=", + "checksumSHA1": "Ko75IlSR0pVtGp7dCdZuXh1279Q=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "Dx3EiCxwZzQk5ScuXa1aQYrB9kM=", + "checksumSHA1": "A7C67KQAzKQ3x+cQMvicMcM2VLs=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf", - "revision": "429750244b4773992ab16ab536447e584795b156", - "revisionTime": "2016-10-06T23:32:44Z", - "version": "v1.4.15", - "versionExact": "v1.4.15" + "revision": "09f8dd1eb5e719dc370b432d3d6d8f86e5bf6dbe", + "revisionTime": "2016-10-17T19:35:59Z" }, { "checksumSHA1": "nqw2Qn5xUklssHTubS5HDvEL9L4=",